China Studies Wiki - User contributions [en]

Trans Type EN 13

2021-12-15T15:35:38Z

Muhammad Numan: /* Theoritical Framework */

= Muhammad Numan A Study to Explore the Translation Strategies of Idiomatic Expression from Urdu to English ; A Case Study of Sadat Hassan Manto’s Short Story “Khol Do” =
[[Trans_Type_EN_13]]
Muhammad Numan,Hunan Normal University,China

===Abstract===
Translation is necessary for developing knowledge and idea, but it also makes the people understand the language and culture of other people or countries. However, equivalence is essential during translation, especially when the translator wants to translate idiomatic expressions in the best possible way. Therefore it is necessary to follow up on some strategies during the translation process. The research work is carried out under the qualitative method with textual analysis techniques as significant. Mona Baker's model for idiomatic expression is explored with the help of different examples from collected data. The primary purpose of this study is to find out which types of strategies are being followed by the translator during the translation process. It was found that translation by paraphrasing, translation by similar words and meaning and translation by similar meaning and different words.
===Key words ===
Translation Strategies, Idiomatic expression, Sadat Hassan Manto, Urdu Literature --[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 09:45, 12 December 2021 (UTC)

===Introduction ===

In this chapter, the researcher wants to highlight the different concepts about the fundamental question that "what is idiomatic expression" and the views of various critics, theorists and linguistic experts, and prominent scholars of translation studies.--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 15:38, 13 December 2021 (UTC) Among them are Lindalorri, Mona Baker, Newmark's, and many more define idioms from their point of view. Secondly, the researcher highlights one of the most prominent literary and short stories writers of the sub-continent Sadat Hassan Manto, his life, literary style, and short stories career. In the last statement of the problem, the objective of the research, which type of strategies was followed in the translation process, purposes of study, and delimitation of studies are explained one by one.

Many critics, theorists, and linguists define idioms differently. However, in general, an idiom is a phrase or expression that typically has a metaphorical, non-literal meaning connected to it. However, phrases can become figurative idioms while keeping the literal meaning of the words. However, according to the Oxford Dictionary of English, a set of words is established by usage as having a meaning not deducible from the meanings of the constituent terms (e.g., over the moon, see the light).

"What is particularly remarkable about idioms is that they can be described in a variety of ways, depending on the roles they fulfilled," writes (Linda 2006: 8). "A string of words whose meaning differs from the meaning supplied by the individual words" is what an idiom is, according to (Larson 1984: 20). Idioms are "at the end of the scale from collocations in one or both of the areas: flexibility of patterning and transparency of meaning," according to (Baker 1992: 23). Idioms are defined by (Yagihashi 2003, 22) as a "collection of words whose meaning cannot be guessed from their meaning.". According to Newmark, “Idioms are word groups whose meaning cannot be deduced from the meaning of individual words.”(Newmark 1981: 11).--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 15:38, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

The whole meaning of each word that makes up an idiom cannot be considered the idiom's overall meaning. As a result, an idiom should not be translated. To remark that someone is bull-headed, for example, suggests that he or she is obstinate, even though the connotation has nothing to do with the words bull or headed. According to Corelli, English has a sizeable idiomatic base. About 4,000 idioms in American English are drawn from the nation's culture and everyday life. Idioms infect English with a peculiar flavor and offer it remarkable diversity, brilliant character, and color. She also feels that idiomatic expressions not only assist language learners in understanding English culture but also penetrating English people's traditions and lifestyles and gaining a deeper understanding of English history.(Corelli 2006: 53)

The main issue that idiomatic and fixed expressions pose for translators, according to Baker is twofold: "the ability to recognize and interpret an idiom correctly; and the difficulties involved in rendering the various aspects of meaning that an idiom or a fixed expression conveys into the target language. The first challenge that a translator encounters is understanding that she/he is dealing with an idiomatic expression.(Baker 1992: 65)

Sadat Husain Manto's writings also include numerous literary criticism, studies in Urdu, and many translations from Urdu into English. He is credited with having brought Urdu language and literature into the mainstream of contemporary international writing. There is no doubt that Sadat Hassan Manto was the most prolific of all modern writers in the sub-continent. Manto's published a substantial number of short stories during his short literary life span, and novelette gave some master piece work to Urdu literature. The noble laureate Hemingway mentions the lunatic life of great Manto's in his speeches. The current research study aims at discovering and determining the strategies used in translations of "khol do" short stories about sexual violence during partition of sub-continent and "license" a short story which throw light on the behavior of society toward widow his profession which lead toward prostitution by Aatesh Taseer an Indian born translator currently living in London having solid links with native country and culture.(Ahsan 2020: 12-27)--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 15:44, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Literature Review ===

In this chapter, the author/researcher defines the strategy and its different definitions from various perspectivess. However, the sole focus is only on the strategy of translation studies. Furthermore, renowned academicians put forward their definition of strategy like Venutti quoted translation strategy as the theory of de construction-sim, which is progressive and future-oriented.(Venutti !995, 35 Krings defines it as the content of the project, while Seguinet divided the term into three steps.(Krings 2000:21). However, Locher defines it as the procedure of solving a problem faced in translating a text. Jaskelaine involves the primary task of choosing the SL text and developed a method to translate it. (Locher 2002:76) In last, the author points out his research work's sole purpose by mentioning different research work on Mento's short stories except for this angle. --[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:30, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

The term "strategy" is used in a variety of settings. Many theorists in translation studies have used the phrase "translation methods" interchangeably, although with significant distinctions in meaning and perspective. The following is a collection of more general definitions of the term strategy. A strategy is a long-term set of actions to achieve a specific goal (Wikipedia Committee, n. d.).A methodical plan for improving one's learning performance has been actively altered and mentioned (Instruction Curriculum Reading Glossary, n. d.)
A strategy is a well-thought-out, intentional, goal-oriented (with a measurable outcome) approach carried out through a series of actions that can be monitored and modified (Curriculum Learning Literate-Futures Glossary, n. d.)

A collection of particular mental and behavioral procedures is taken to reach a given result. These definitions are general and can be related to different fields of study. This study mainly concerns translation strategies, although the definitions mentioned above can be narrowed down to this research field, as well. Translation strategies have their characteristics, through which one can gain a proper understanding of them. In general, a translator employs a strategy when confronted with a challenge while translating a text; nevertheless, translation methods are not required when translating a text literally. Bergen points out that strategies are not always obvious or straightforward. (Bergen 1996:33)

Although beginners in the field of translation believe they have done a successful translation when they translate word for word and utilize a dictionary, they do not realize that there is still a problem and that adjustments must be made at various levels of the translation. As a result, the most critical purpose of the strategies is to solve problems. "Venuti attempted to put deconstructionist translation theory into practice by proposing the "resistant translation" technique as an alternative to the standard "smooth translation. This technique tries to reverse the colonial concept of translation, English-American culture centralism, and the value of imperialist culture from an ideological standpoint. (Vinute 1998:41).--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:30, 13 December 2021 (UTC)
It aims to retain "foreignness" rather than seeking similarity in translation principles and methods. The author believes Venuti's translation strategy is quite progressive and future-oriented, with the development of international communications on an equal footing. However, it will take time to implement fully." (Jianzhong. .Krings 1986, 18) defines translation strategy as "a translator's potentially deliberate objectives for solving concrete translation problems specific translation task in the context of a project."The translators adopted three global tactics, according to Seguinot (i) translating uninterrupted for as long as possible; (ii) resolving surface flaws as soon as possible; (iii) leaving text quality and stylistic problems to the editing stage.(Seguinot 1989:27)--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:30, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

Furthermore, Loescher defines translation strategy as "a possibly conscious technique for overcoming a difficulty encountered in translating a text, or any segment thereof."(Loescher 1991:8) As stated in this definition, consciousness is vital in distinguishing strategies employed by learners and translators. "The element of consciousness is what distinguishes strategies from these activities that are not strategic," (Cohen 1998:4) claim moreover, 'Bell' distinguishes between global (whole-text) and local (text segment) techniques and indicates that this distinction is the outcome of several types of translation challenges.(Bell 1998:188)

According to Venuti, "involve the core tasks of picking the foreign text to be translated and establishing a way to translate it."(Venuti 1998, 240). He uses the terms "domesticating" and "foreignizing" to describe them. Ordudari, considering the process and outcome of translation, Jaaskelainen divides methods into two primary categories: some strategies deal with what happens to texts, while others deal with what happens during the translation process. According to Jaaskelainen, product-related strategies entail the essential tasks of selecting the SL content and establishing a technique for translating it. On the other hand, process-related strategies are "a set of (loosely articulated) rules or principles that a translator applies to attain the goals determined by the translating scenario.(Jaaskelainen 2005:15)

Furthermore, Jaaskelainen distinguishes between global and local strategies, stating that "global strategies refer to general principles and modes of action, while local strategies refer to specific activities concerning the translator's problem-solving and decision-making.(Jaaskelainen 2005:16). Newmarkdistinguishes between translation methods and translation procedures. (Newmark 1988, 81) also distinguishes between translation techniques and procedures, writing, "While translation methods are employed for full texts, translation procedures are utilized for sentences and smaller units of language."(Newmark 1988, 221)

Apart from other literature like poetry, drams and other subcultures also produce literary genius in short stories. Monto is one of them. His literature is translated into different languages with a different theme in his work. Apart from the story of division, Manto's books are characterized by powerful female characters. Manto combines the physical brutality of division with the intellectual cruelty that sex and sexuality face inside the Indio Pak subcontinent's social framework (Ranjan 2004, 3). Manto's female characters, according to Ispahani, are characterized by their sexual fragilities, such as sexual humiliation, rape, and prostitution. "They are nearly always victims, with the power only to cause their destruction," she believes. Sakina's body movement reveals how severely she was sexually raped. Sakina's silence and pain depict the savagery of her rape to the point where they lost their ability to communicate. Manto's short stories present another perspective on trauma through the absence of the subject converses (Mehta 2018, 9). Bingo by Tariq Rahman explores sexual repression, social injustice, and war tragedies. Wartime rape has existed since the beginning of conflicts, and penetrators consider it one of their weapons of war (Isikozlu, 2016:13).

The concept of hegemonic binary was introduced by the second wave of feminism, which depicts patriarchal conduct as sexually superior and powerful. At the same time, women are sexually inferior and submissive argue (Marinucci, 2010:15). Sexual trauma serves as a link between the victim and society; it ruins the victim's sense of safety, leads to low self-esteem, and silences them called by (Lewis 2017:54). Saadat Hasan Manto (1912-1955) was one of the most well-known, controversial, and provocative Urdu writers of the twentieth century. Despite being a prolific writer of essays, plays, film scripts, and novels, he was best known for his short tales. Born in Punjab, he began his writing career in Bombay before moving to Lahore, Pakistan, in January 1948, a few months after partition (Hasan 1984:12). Following that, his stories generally centered on a partition, exploring its human effects from various perspectives.

Manto's works are notable for their realism, word economy, dependence on internal components, and, most notably, their abrupt, often distressingly unclear ends (Akhtar and Flemming 1985:9). While Tariq Rahman wrote Bingo, he is a writer, playwright, and critic who has made significant contributions to Urdu literature through his writing. Research work was carried out on the comparison of "bingo" and "khol do."
The purpose of this thesis is to compare the two short stories Khol Do and Bingo, both of which focus on women and violence, particularly wartime rape, which makes women more vulnerable than ever before. This paper explores how women are victims of war and partition, making them doubly marginalize primarily due to the hegemonic binaries of men and women. Both of the stories aim to reflect the stigmata of our society regarding the violence and cruel treatment of women since their existence. Furthermore, via the lenses of feminism and post-colonialism, it examines how varied wartime weapons can be for both gender binaries. The writers' audacity causes us to reflect on the inhumane treatment of women in everyday life and even in wartime when they are with the men who are supposed to defend the female..(Ahsan 2020: 12-27)--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:31, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

=== Theoritical Framework ===

In this paper, various strategies have been used, like using an idiom of similar meaning and similar form, the idiom of similar meaning and different form, translation by Paraphrasing, translation by omission. The approach of employing idioms of similar meaning and form, according to Mona Baker, entails using an idiom in the target language that can express about the same meaning as the source language idiom, as well as having lexical similarity. On the other hand, this type of matching happens periodically as well as regularly.(Baker 1992:13)

Similarly, employing idioms with similar meanings but different forms means that it is possible to locate an idiom or fixed expression in the target text language that has a similar meaning to the source idiom or expression but is made up of distinct lexical elements. Consider the case of English and French, both of which use the idiom mentioned above. In English, one good deed is rewarded with another, whereas in French, handsome deeds are rewarded with handsome deeds.

Furthermore, we did not come across any idioms in the category mentioned above during translating idioms. To deal with this issue, the translators used the most popular approach, known as a translation by paraphrase, which is short, straightforward, and time-saving. When a match cannot be identified in the target language or when it appears improper to employ idiomatic language in target material due to aesthetic differences between the source and target languages, this is the most typical approach for translating an idiom from source to target language. However, one thing to keep in mind is that a perfect translation is not required is necessary or possible.

Last but not least, to overcome the problem of idiom translation, the translator employs the strategy of translation by omission. This can be defined as an idiom being omitted entirely in the target text with a single word. This is done because the idiom has no close match in the target language; its meaning cannot be easily paraphrased or due to stylistic reasons.--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:38, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

Data analysis Techniques:
Textual analysis is the method of data analysis in qualitative research that brings forth the hidden and potent message, structure, and function of research in giving text, Alan Mckee (defines textual analysis as whenever we perform textual analysis on the text, we make an educated guess at some time of the most likely interpretations that might be made of that text (Alan 2001:3)
Analysis of the translation of short stories in light of Mona baker's theory "khol do and license" are short stories written by Sadat Hassan Manto and translated by many translators from Urdu into English. During translation, the translator adopted many strategies for translating idiomatic expression, sometimes by Paraphrasing, sometimes by omission, sometimes using similar idioms of form and meaning while sometimes using different words and the same form, the whole.
--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 09:51, 12 December 2021 (UTC)

===Discussion and Analysis===

The chapter analyzes and discusses all the data collected by the author/researcher from different sources. All the examples of idioms are firstly identified, then translated into the target text, and back-translated for the sole purpose of exploring the strategies being used by the translator. A separate section is given to every strategy with its related example. Moreover, the idiomatic expression, the target work for finding, is highlighted through the bold letter.

4.1 Translation by Paraphrasing:

Based on our findings, the most often used strategy was "translation by paraphrasing." An inspection also reveals that Aatish Taseer preferred this strategy. Here are some examples applied by the translators, and in the following section, the logic behind their preference towards this strategy is elaborate. The following are examples from two short stories of Sadat Husain Manto's "khol do" and "license."
Example 1:

ST: Sirajuddin ne subah das baji anki kholi to logo ka aik mutalatam samandar deka.

TT: Ten a.m., Siraj Uddin opens his eyes on the cold floor of the camp, seeing the swelling sea of men.

BT: sub ke das baji jab Sirajuddin ne apni anki koli to logo ka aik ublaha howa samandar ka nizara dekni laga.

So, the above idioms are literal idioms being translated with the help of 'Paraphrasing' because there is no perfect equivalent of mutalatam words in English languages. A similar look at another idiom from short stories "khol do."

Example 2:

ST: Khuda tomahra bala kari.

TT: Your God will reward

BT: Is ka badla khoda tomahi di.

Here, the word reward is being used for Bala Kari, an example of transitional by Paraphrasing.
Let take another example from "khol do."

Example 3:

ST: unkho nai Jan khateli pa rak kar sakena ko donda.

TT: even putting their lives online, they search sakina

BT: apni zindagio ko khatri me dal kar unkho nai sakina ko dond nekala.

The above idioms are examples of pure idiom translated from Urdu into English with the help of paraphrases strategies. However, under the same strategies, the idioms of another short story of Manto,s "license," are translated by Aatish Taseer. Some of the examples are given below.

Example 4:

ST: Abu kochwan bara cheel jabela ta. It is the binomial type of idioms taken from the first sentence of the short story "license" by Sadat
Hasan Manto

TT: Abu kochwan is stylish man.

BT: Abu kochwan aik wazahdar admi ta.

From the above idiom, it is clear that there is no perfect equivalence of cheela chabela idiom in English; that is, the translator goes
through paraphrasing strategies. Look at another example from "license."

Example 5:

ST: Lein har waqat bank bani rekhi ka usi be had showk ta

TT: He had a weakness for style and fashion.

BT: Dan saj ke rekhna uski kamzori me sai ik ta.

So all of the above examples, which are analyzed one by one, are examples of idioms being translated through paraphrasing strategies. Beaugrande and Dressler define paraphrases as "approximate conceptual equivalence among outwardly different material."(De Beaugrande and Dressler 1981, 50) Similarly, in this regard, Hirst defines paraphrases as "talk(ing) about the same situation in a different way." (Hirst 1980:12) Munday declared that "equivalence is particularly useful in translating idioms and proverbs” For instance, if the English idiom like a bear with a sore head is rendered into Persian as (mesle borje zahremar), meaning like a tower of snake venom, the strategy of equivalence has been applied. (Munday 1981:13).--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:55, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

According to Leonardi, "Equivalence can be said to be the central issue in translation." In this regard, house believes that "a translation text should match not only its source text in function but also employ equivalent situational-dimensional means to achieve that function" (Baker 2002:49). who shares this approach, states that equivalence is used "for the sake of convenience—because most translators are used to it rather than because it has any theoretical status" (Kenny 1998:77).

Despite different attitudes to the concept of equivalence, most specialists pay much attention to its meaning in the theory of translation. The translation is a form of communication, and that is why it is vital to establish equivalence between the source text and the target text. Although Vinay and Darbelnet believe that equivalence is used differently than in modern translation theory, it is evident that equivalence is one of the basic concepts of translation that cannot be neglected.Vinay and Darbelnet 1999:18)
Consequently, based on the Above mentioned studies using 'Paraphrasing' in translation stands as the core concept in the process of translation, and still, most of the translators cling to it for producing a more comprehensible and explicable text. These language ideas and translation models are ideal constructs, presented abstractly in order to be differentiated precisely. They may exist in an uneasy combination in actual theories and practices, resulting in logical tensions or inconsistencies. They must first contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation before they can contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation. Theories and actions must be contextualized in historical settings. They've been utilized as analytical tools to describe various topics in section introductions. Theoretical writings and current events these language notions and translation models are ideal constructs expressed in an abstract manner in order to be distinguished precisely in real-life hypotheses they may exist in an uncomfortable mix, resulting in logical conflicts or inconsistencies. They must first contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation before they can contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation.

4.2 Using an idiom of Similar Meaning and Form

As mentioned earlier, this strategy type is being used by Aatish Taseer during their translated work of Manto's short stories "khol do" and" license" on an occasional basis. Some examples are mention below.

From khol do.

Example 6:

ST: Larki ka rang zard hogaya.

TT: The girl's face became fail

BT: larki ka rang zar hogya.

Similarly, another example from the license is

Example 7:

ST: Abu our us ke mat beer hogaie

TT: They fall in love with each other.

BT: WO ik dosri ke mokhbat me geriftar hogaie

The above idioms are pure ones and are being translated with the help of similar meanings and similar forms.

The procedures: transposition, modulation, equivalence, and adaptation, and when it comes to defining the term Equivalence, (Vinay and Darbelnet 2000:90) propose that it consists in rendering "the same situation … by two texts using completely different stylistic and structural methods", and when it comes to translating idiomatic expressions like "Il pleut à seaux" it can be translated as "It is raining cats and dogs" using the idiom of similar form and meaning in the target language.

As Baker states, this strategy involves using an idiom in the TL which conveys roughly the same meaning as that of the source language idiom and, in addition, consists of identical lexical items. The salient point is that this kind of match can only occasionally be achieved, which cannot be picked up more often by translators. Accordingly, both translators mentioned in the current study had quite a slim chance of using this strategy type.(Baker 1992:12)

4.3 Using an idiom of similar meaning but different form:

During translating Manto short stories, "khol do" and "license," some of the idioms are translated with the help of this strategy. Some of the examples are given below from two different short stories.

Example number one is from the short story "khol do"

Example 8:

ST: Aur bolwai gos ayai thee?

TT: The roitors come abroad.

BT: pasadi bahar agai hai.

The above idiom is a pure type of idiom being translated with the help of above mention strategy. The word rioter is being used for bolwai, which is not a perfect word for bolwai. In Urdu bolwai, people believe in violence when minorities or the low population of any country want some rights. These people stop them by using violence, burn down their properties, rapes women, and do things like that. Another example from the license is below.

Example 9:

ST: Dosri kotwal abu ko dek kar jal ban ho jati.

TT: The other coachman burn with envy.

BT: Abu ke kamyabi dek kar aur kotwal abu sai khasad karni lagi’

The above idioms are a pure idiom that reflects the effect of jealousy between competitors to achieve equivalency. Aatish Taseer uses envy word for jal ban instead of other which have similar meaning but different form. Look at the other example from "license."

Example 10:

ST: Dino lat vo lagal se kam karni laga.

TT: Dino came with an excuse.

BT: Dino abb bahi tarashni laga.

The above idioms are types of binomial idioms translated with the help of idioms with similar meanings and different forms. (Newmark 1988, 81) mentions the difference between translation methods and translation procedures. He writes that "[w]hile translation methods relate to whole texts, translation procedures are used for sentences and the smaller units of language" (Newmark 1988: 81). Idiomatic translation in his definition reproduces the 'message' of the original. However, it distorts nuances of meaning by preferring colloquialisms and idioms where these do not exist in the original, leading to using an idiom of similar meaning but a different form. Besides, it is often possible to find an idiom or fixed expression in the target language with a meaning similar to that of the source idiom or expression but which consists of different lexical items (Baker 1992, 12). Therefore, translators discover idiomatic expressions in the target language with different forms than in the source language. In the current study, the translators approached this strategy merely for 9% of the total times, which means the frequency of Iranian and English idioms with the same meaning and different forms is not considered high.

4.4 Translation by omission:

A translator is less using these strategies, and we did not find any clue on this type of strategy in an area under consideration.
--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 09:48, 12 December 2021 (UTC)

=== Findings===

Mandelbit believed that idioms with different cognitive mapping in the target language would be more challenging to translate.(Mandelbit 1995:40) After conducting this study and data analysis of collected data, the result revealed that the translator frequently used three out of four strategies of the Mona Baker model during the translation process, which is a translation by Paraphrasing, translation by similar meaning and similar form, translation by similar meaning and different form. In contrast, translation by omission does not found in his work.
After detail and careful analysis of data, more than half of idioms like "swelling sea of man,” my lord break his arrogance, “weakness for style and fashion." As I mentioned earlier, many more are translated under the umbrella of Paraphrasing, which is considered the most common method used for translating idioms.

Similarly, it also reflects strategies like similar meaning and different form and similar meaning and similar form. The idiom "rioter came abroad,” burn with envy,” The girl's face became pale, " They fall in love with each other" are translated with the help of two mention strategies, respectively.

Although translation by omission is a strategy used on rare occasions because of its meaning, its meaning cannot be easily paraphrased or stylistic reason. Here, the researcher also did not find any idiom translated with the help of the omission strategy.--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 17:18, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Conclusion ===

By going through the detailed discussion and analysis of the data collected, it was finally concluded that the idioms which are present in two short stories, "khol do" and "License," are translated under the frame of Mona Baker's idiomatic model. Translation by Paraphrasing is mainly used while idioms of similar meaning and form and idioms of similar meaning and different forms are used occasionally. The researcher discusses all the strategies with related examples in the order of maximum used to minimum used. The strategy by omission did not find it works. All the data are collected from different sources and analyzed with the help of different researcher tools, and the result is written in light of the finding. Different from previous studies, the writer presents the strategies to translate idioms by each type of idiomatic expression found in the story. From the result, it is considered the translation of idiomatic expressions in the story is quite accurate. As the number of accurate data is more the data which is not related to the translation. We take conclusion from the translation through idiomatic expression and paraphrasing is the best way to translate a novel or a story however it is very difficult job to do because it needs more accurate and precise knowledge about the source language and an inspiring method to express ideas in the target language. However, translation is thing through which we can connect the world with each other and also we can study and observe diverse cultures.

=== References ===

Abu-Saydeh, A. F. (2004). Translation of English idioms into Arabic. Babel, 114-131.

Ahsan, S. (2020). A comparative study of two translations of manto's short story "Toba Tek". International Journal of English Language Studies, 12-27.

Alexander, R. J. (1987). Mimeograph. In R. J. Alexander (Ed.) Collocation and Culture. Trier: University of Trier, West Germany.

Al-Qinai, J. (2000). Translation quality assessment. strategies, parameters and procedures. Translator's Journal, 497-519.

Bayashi, J. (2020). Japanese-English translation: An advanced guide. Oxfordshire: Routledge.

Das, V. (1995). Critical events: An anthropological perspective on contemporary India. New Delhi: Oxford Printing Press.--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 17:36, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

Mufti, A. (2007). The Language of English India. In I. &. End (Ed.) Enlightenment in the Colony. Princeton University Press.

Waka Xia, L. (2019). A discourse analysis of news translation in China. Syydney: Routledge.

Translation types, strategies, styles, methods

2021-12-13T18:25:42Z

Muhammad Numan: /* Translation Procedure */

'''Translation types, strategies, styles, methods'''

[[Translation_types,_strategies,_styles,_methods|Overview Page of Translation types, strategies, styles, methods]]

30 Chapters（0/30)

[[Trans_Type_EN_1]] [[Trans_Type_EN_2]] [[Trans_Type_EN_3]] [[Trans_Type_EN_4]] [[Trans_Type_EN_5]] [[Trans_Type_EN_6]] [[Trans_Type_EN_7]] [[Trans_Type_EN_8]] [[Trans_Type_EN_9]] [[Trans_Type_EN_10]] [[Trans_Type_EN_11]] [[Trans_Type_EN_12]] [[Trans_Type_EN_13]] [[Trans_Type_EN_14]] [[Trans_Type_EN_15]] [[Trans_Type_EN_16]] [[Trans_Type_EN_17]] [[Trans_Type_EN_18]] [[Trans_Type_EN_19]] [[Trans_Type_EN_20]] [[Trans_Type_EN_21]] [[Trans_Type_EN_22]] [[Trans_Type_EN_23]] [[Trans_Type_EN_24]] [[Trans_Type_EN_25]] [[Trans_Type_EN_26]] [[Trans_Type_EN_27]] [[Trans_Type_EN_28]] [[Trans_Type_EN_29]] [[Trans_Type_EN_30]] ...

[[Book_projects|Back to translation project overview]]

[[DCG-To-Do|To the To Do List]]

=阳佳颖 Analysis On Subtitling Strategies in the American Version of the ''Legend of Zhen Huan''=

'''浅析美版《甄嬛传》的字幕翻译策略'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_1]]

阳佳颖 Yang Jiaying, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 2: The Use of Translation Strategy and Translation Methods in Tourism Texts under the Guidance of Peter Newmark's Translation Theory -- A Case Study of ''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''=
'''纽马克翻译理论指导下旅游文本中翻译策略与翻译方法的使用——以''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_2]]

刘晓 Liu Xiao, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 3: Translation methods and strategies for novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory -- A case study of Korean novel Eun-ju's Movie (Excerpt)=
交际翻译理论指导下小说题材所适用的翻译方法和翻译策略—以韩国小说集《恩珠的电影》（节选）为例

[[Trans_Type_EN_3]]

刘越Liu Yue ，Hunan Normal University，China

=Chapter 4: On Translation Strategies and Translation Methods in Chinese Translation of English Prose -- A Case Study of Chinese Translation of English Prose "Pleasures of Ignorance"=

'''浅析英语散文汉译中的翻译策略和翻译方法——以英语散文《无知的乐趣》汉译本为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_4]]

毛雅文 Mao Yawen, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 5： Analysis of translation strategies and methods for political eassays --- A Case Study of Annual Summary of the Russian Government's Work of 2019 =
'''政论语体翻译策略及翻译方法— 以《2019年俄罗斯政府工作报告》为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_5]]

毛优 Mao You，Hunan Normal University，China

=Chapter 6: An analysis and comparison of the translation styles of two Chinese translations of ''Le Spleen de Paris''=
'''浅析对比《巴黎的忧郁》两个汉译本的翻译风格'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_6]]

彭瑞雪 Peng Ruixue, Hunan University, China

=Chapter 7: A Study of Lu Xun’s Short Stories Translation from the Perspective of Functional Equivalence: Taking Yang Xianyi and Gladys Yang’s English Verison of ''Kong I-Chi'' as a Case Study=
功能对等翻译视角下的鲁迅短篇小说翻译研究——以杨、戴夫妇的《孔乙己》英译本为例

[[Trans_Type_EN_7]]

秦建安 QinJianna, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 8:Translation methods and strategies applicable to the style of biographical literature -- Taking ''Incidents in Life of Slave Girl'' (excerpt) as an example=

'''传记文学的文体所适用的翻译技巧与策略——以英文传记《一名女奴的人生际遇》(节选)为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_8]]

颜子涵 Yan Zihan, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 9: On the Translation Strategies of ''Lun Yu'' from the Perspective of Fusion of Horizons – A Contrastive Study of two translations of Ku Hung-ming and Xu Yuanchong=

'''视域融合视角下看《论语》英译的翻译策略—以辜鸿铭和许渊冲的英译本为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_9]]

邝艳丽 Kuang Yanli, Hunan Normal University, China

=杨柳青 Bian Zhilin's Literary Translation Theories and Practice——Take His Translation of Romantic Poems as Examples=

Yang Liuqing杨柳青,Hunan Normal University,China.

[[Trans_Type_EN_10]]

=Atta Ur Rahman Exploring Translation Strategies: A Case Study of the English Translation of the Holy Quran=

===Abstract===
This study aims at diagnosing culture-specific items in the English translation of the Holy Quran and the strategies which were used to translate the CSIs. Translating CSIs can be a demanding task because such items have specific meanings in the culture and language in which they exist but not necessarily in others. Taking this fact into account, the present study investigates the strategies used in the translation of culture-specific items in the English translation of the Holy Quran. Moreover, the researcher explored the most frequently employed translation procedures. To achieve these goals, the descriptive approach is applied for the analysis of the translation of specific items of culture. The descriptive analysis is also used for the investigation of the translation procedures used therein. The findings of this study indicate that the use of cultural equivalent strategy was the most frequent applied procedure. The descriptive equivalent and through translation procedures were the second most frequently applied translation strategies which were followed by transference, functional equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, modulation and notes. The results shows that the translation procedures are helpful (especially the target-oriented ones) in conveying the meaning of the text from Arabic into English in different ways.

===Key Words===
The Holy Quran, Translation Strategies/procedures, Culture-Specific Items, Newmark

===Introduction===
1. Overview
Translation that plays a crucial role in introducing the history and in transferring the culture of an area is a kind of communication between different languages. It is also illustrated “as the result of a linguistic-textual procedure in which a text in one language is re-contextualized in another language.” In the re-contextualization, studies on translation demonstrate that there are certain critical points (Munday 2012:37) that are problematic for translators, especially, when dealing with vital cultural texts such as religious texts (Malmkjær 2015:10). It helps to communicate and exchange information with people from different countries and cultures. Khammyseh argues that translation is one of the traditional communicating methods between communities all around the world. (Khammyseh 2005:9). Jothiraj states that “translation plays an important role in the inter-lingual process of communication”(Jothiraj 2004:1). Translation is essential for cultures and languages to exchange information. Newmark defines it as a craft in which a written message in a language is replaced by the same story in another language. According to him, Translation is the art of trying to translate what is written or expressed in one language into another language with the same message or expression. To accomplish a qualified translation, the translator needs to be aware of different aspects(Newmark 1988:2). Many scholars in translation have noticed that the difficulty for a translator is to translate texts which deals with religious concepts and cultural specific items.

Nida indicated that translation is the way of finding natural issues in the TL close to the SL, in terms of message and style(Nida 1964:32). Larson has acknowledged that dealing with religious and cultural items is the most difficult, both in finding equivalence and analyzing the source vocabulary. Among the many challenges that exist for the translator is to bring the concept of the SL to a deeper meaning in the TL, the main problem is how to give CSIs, the significance which is firmly connected to the particular cultural context(Larson 1998:23).--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 15:41, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

Culture plays a considerable role, Snell-Hornby assumed that “Culture refers to all socially conditioned aspects of human life”(Snell-Hornby 1988:33). Another definition of culture is formulated by Goodenough. For him, culture is “what people have to learn as distinct from their biological heritage, must consist of the end product of learning: knowledge, in a most general, if relative, sense of the term."(Goodenough 1957:167). By this definition, we should note that culture is not only a material phenomenon; it does not consist of things, people, behavior, or emotions. It is rather the organization of these things. It is the forms of things that people have in their minds, their models for perceiving, relating, and otherwise interpreting them”. According to him, if the translator wants to understand a culture, she or he has to understand that culture is a mixture of belief and knowledge.

The religious text and especially the Holy Quran have played a significant role in human life throughout history to guide human beings towards the right path. Translating religious text can be a hectic job. When it comes to religious texts like the Holy Quran, it might be even more hectic. The Holy Quran has a profound impact on the human lives of its believers. It spreads spiritual serenity and peace of mind. Lustig and Joline thought that “religion is an important institutional network that binds people to one another”(Lustig and Joline 2003:16). But sometimes believers of Islam (whether they are native or not native speakers of the language) face a tremendous difficulty when they want to understand the meaning of a certain lexical unit, lexis that can be identified as Quranic-specific words/phrases.

This study is aimed to probe Newmark's translation procedures applied to translate cultural items from the SL (Arabic) to the TL (English) and to focus on translation strategies used by the English translator to transfer absolute and in-depth intended meanings of the CSI in the Holy Quran. If we examine Newmark's opinion, seventeen procedures may be needed by a translator in the process of translation. However, only a few translation procedures are relevant to this translation, they are Transference, cultural equivalent, functional equivalent, descriptive equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, through translation, modulation and notes.(Newmark 1988:81). These types of translation procedures are usually used to translate cultural terms contained in the text involving Surah Yusuf as a source language. Thus, in the relationship between translation and culture, the strategies offered should be understood as an attempt to make the translation easy to understand by the TR without blurring the message contained in the text written in the SL.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 15:41, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Translation and Culture===

2. Translation and Culture

Culture and translation are intimately connected, for understanding the culture translation plays a crucial role. In every nation, there are multiple cultures which reflect how people behave, socially, traditionally and politically and also practice their specific languages. Languages have a complex system of communication that humans adapt from different cultural background. When someone wants to know more about any culture, it is necessary to know about that language. For understanding the language they need to translate it as one might not understand the particular language. Thus, translation fills the gap created by languages that is a very important aspect of translation.

The translation is the process of translating a point or text from one language to another, we can also refer translation to moving of something from one place to another. Translation impacts also on our real life, in a way of transforming other cultures, norms and traditions into our culture. Translators play a vital role in culture and mediators between cultures, dedicated to linking the gap that repeatedly hinders effective communication between communities. According to Peter Newmark, “translators have been entrusted the elegant and highly-demanding task of representing cultures for decades” (Newmark 1988:7). Newmark established connections concerning the relationship between culture and translating. In his book, he regards translation as a process of “representing the meaning of a text into another language in the way that the author planned the text” (Newmark 1988:5). According to him, although this process has been supposed to be simple, in reality, translators have been facing the complex task of translating and conveying culture for decades, ever since countries began establishing relationships between one another. (Newmark 1988:7).

In the history of translation studies, translation has been discussed through multiple routes which based on practicality and some theoretical aspects. For instance, Catford defined it as "the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language”(Catford 1965:20). According to Venuti translation is "the forcible replacement of the linguistic and cultural difference of the foreign text with a text that will be understandable to the target language reader”(Venuti 1995:18). Schjoldager stated that“a translation is a text that expresses what another text has expressed in another language”(Schjoldager 2008:19). Culture is a complex whole which includes knowledge,belief,art,law,morals,customs and many other capabilities and habits acquired by man as a member of society. The translation is no longer considered to be a mere cross-linguistic activity but it significantly is cross-cultural communication.”
Since language reflects the way of life and basic parts of it, the process of translation cannot be done without the integration of cultural symbols into the construction of meaning. Hassan claimed that a good translation “is one that carries all the ideas of the original as well as its structural and cultural features” (Hassan 2014:2). Hermanns contributed that translation should be recognized as a cultural act. It is a kind of linguistic-cultural activity that involves at least two languages and two cultural traditions. Similarly, translation is not just a verbal act; it is also cultural, which is an act of communication of cultures(Hermanns 1999:22) Later, Hassan emphasized a good translation "is one that carries all the ideas of the original as well as its structural and cultural features" and that "reconstructs the cultural/historical context of the original"(Hassan 2014:2).
These statements demonstrate that there is an interaction between translation and culture, Newmark illustrated that culture in translation competence is “the greatest hurdle to translation, at least the achievement of an accurate and decent translation" (Newmark 2001:328).

Bearing in mind the general alliance among researchers regarding the importance of culture in translation, the translation activity is a question of transferring the correct meaning and that the translator has a productive role in transferring not only the linguistic system of the source text but also the cultural one. As such, it is extremely difficult to draw a borderline between translation and culture as they are inextricably overlaid and this connection leads to creative translation.

2.1 Culture-Specific Items (CSIs)

Culture-specific items are notions that are specific to a particular culture. These concepts are using in different domains such as flora,fauna,food,clothes,housing, work,leisure,politics,law,and religion in the way of life. These cultural concepts are consist of different suggestion and approaches. For the denomination of these concepts, many scholars and linguists employed different names or terms, relatively different definitions are given and they tried to define some points that were related to the culture but they not defined even the name of the concept clearly. Scholars refer different names to these culture-specific items, Newmark uses the term cultural words. (Newmark 1988:327) Christine Nord names them “culturemes” (Nord 1997:9) while in one of the newer studies, focused on the translation of culture-specific items, Mohammad Reza Shah Ahmadi and Fatemeh Nosrati employ a term culture-bound element (Ahmadi and Nosrati 2012:1).
After a long time, some scholars prefer the terms “culture-specific item” (Davies 2003:17), others choose cultural words (Newmark 2003;87) or culture-bound phenomena/concepts (Newmark 2003:7). In this study, the term “culture-specific item” is used as the basic term, as well as its abbreviation CSI, although other synonyms may be used to prevent repetition. "Culture-specific items are defined by different scholars according to their differences and similarities. Meanwhile, Mona Baker (1992) defines specific concepts of culture as “sourcelanguage words that express concepts unknown in the target culture” (Baker 1992:21). It may relate to religion, kind of food or social customs. Newmark suggests to culture-specific items as cultural words (Newmark 1988:94). He further discussed that in many circumstances, cultural words are somewhat easy to detect in a text because they are closely related to a specific language and unable to translate word by word (Newmark 1988:95). When they cannot be translated literary then he mentioned that the translators usually the purpose is to provide a descriptive-functional equivalent (Newmark 1988:95).--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:02, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

2.1.1 Translation of CSIs in the Holy Quran

The Holy Quran is the most basic religious book for Muslims, the Quran was revealed to the prophet Muhammad (PBUH). The Quranic corpus, created in an early form of Classical Arabic, is traditionally believed to be a literal transcript of God’s speech and to constitute the earthly production of an uncreated and eternal heavenly original, according to the general view referred to in the Quran itself as “the well-preserved tablet” (al-lawḥ al-mahfūẓ; Qurʾān 85:22). It has a heartfelt impact on human lives and their believers. It spreads spiritual stability and peace of mind. According to (Lustig and Joline 2003:16) “Religion is an important institutional network that binds people to one another.”
Translating Quranic-specific words/phrases is considered a great challenge for the translators which requires an accurate interpretation and consciousness of the crucial functions of these Quranic-specific words/phrases. Therefore, they have to focus on a set of aspects to attain equivalence and then render the exact meaning. The translation of the Holy Quran is a debatable process because Arabic is full of cultural-specific concepts with no proper equivalent in other languages; consequently, some equivalents fail to convey their cultural meaning thoroughly. The translation is seen as the process of reconstructing a text into other languages. In the Holy Quran, it is mentioned in the Surah of Yusuf: “we have sent it down as an Arabic Quran”, the translated text has been simply seen as a commentary, explaining, or paraphrasing of the source text. In general, exact translation never occurs; rather this can be a basic interpretation of the Holy Quran. In the process of translation of the Holy Quran, language and CSI items and rhetorical features were not inimitable and reproducible into other languages.
Translating CSIs is a strenuous task because such elements have special meanings in culture and language.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:02, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Types of Translation ===

3. Types of Translation

Newmark determines 8 types of translation which are:

3.1 Word-for-Word Translation

This is usually indicated as an interlinear translation, with the target language immediately below the source language words. The source language word-order is preserved and the words translated singly by their most common meanings, out of context. These words are translated literally. Some of the uses of point-by-point translation are to understand the mechanics of the source language or to create a difficult text as a pre-translation process.

3.2 Literal translation

In this type of translation, the grammatical structures of the source language are changed to the nearest target language equivalent but the written points remain the same to one another, out of context.

3.3 Faithful translation
This translation attempts to reproduce the original exact meaning within the limitations of the TL grammatical structures. It also conveys cultural words and maintains an unusual degree of grammar and strength in translation. It tries to make the SL author completely loyal to the intent and reality of the text.

3.4 Semantic Translation

Semantic translation takes much of the aesthetic value of the source language text, making sense where appropriate so that there are no implications, wordplay or repetition roots in the finished version. It may translate less important cultural points by a culturally neutral third or active terms but not by cultural equation and it may also give the reader more small concessions.

3.5 Adaptation

This is an unrestricted form of translation. It is used mainly for plays and poetry, the themes, characters, plots are usually preserved, the SL culture converted to the TL culture and the text rewritten (Ahmad 2015:15).

3.6 Free Translation

The content without a form of the original or the matter without the manner is the productions of free translation. It is also known as intra-lingual translation and it is usually longer than the original.

3.7 Idiomatic Translation

This type of translation replicates the original message but degrades the depth of meaning by selecting meanings and dialogues that do not exist in the original.

3.8 Communicative Translation

This type of translation replicates the original message but degrades the depth of meaning by selecting meanings and dialogues that do not exist in the original(Newmark 1988: 18).
--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:05, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Translation Strategies ===

4. Translation Strategies
Many theorists have used the term translation strategy extensively but with some significant differences in meaning and perspective that they see. Many theorists have used the approach of translation comprehensively but with some notable differences in meaning and vision as they appear.

4.1 Aixela Translation Strategies:
According to Aixela translators need to choose several strategies based on the source language culture and target culture. He distinguishes many of the translation strategies that apply to the translation of culture-specific items and at the same time, he tries to command by the level of their intercultural intervention. He divided it into two groups; conservative groups (5 approaches) and the substitution (6 strategies).

4.1.1. Conservation:
In conservation,the less compelling process includes repetition,orthographic adaptation,linguistic translation,extratextual gloss and intratextual gloss.

4.1.1.1 Repetition:In repetition, there is simply the transference of the culture-specific items from the ST to the TT. Thus,the translator keeps as much as possible the original reference (Aixela 1996:61). This approach is often used for languages that do not differ in the alphabet and most for names.

4.1.1.2 Orthographic Adaptation: The orthographic adaptation involves writing or
transliteration, mainly when the original term is given in a different alphabet than the one used in the target culture.

4.1.1.3 Linguistics translation: Linguistic translation emphasizes on the way where the translator chooses the source closest to the original text and increases his understanding by giving the TL version which is still relevant to the ST cultural system.

4.1.1.4 Extra-textual Gloss: Here,the extra-textual gloss refers to additional information to the previously mentioned procedures, The translator uses one of the above strategies but considers it as a necessity to explain the meaning or concept of CSI. In this gloss, it can be footnotes,endings,words,ideas,translators in dictionaries, italics and so on.

4.1.1.5 Intra-textual Gloss:It's like the past but the translator feels that he/she can include the globe as an indirect part of the text,not to distract the reader.

4.2.1 Substitution
In substitution, According Aixela “that synonymy, limited universalization, absolute universalization, naturalization, deletion, and autonomous creation are encompassing here"(Aixela 1996:87)--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:40, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

4.2.1.1 Synonymy: This strategy is a stylist used to avoid the constant repetition of culturespecific items in the ST.

4.2.1.2 Limited Universalization: When the translator realizes that the culture-specific item is not clear to the reader or that another source CSI exists in the source language which can be replaced, replace it with data. Of course, the location is not as specific to the source language as the first one.

4.2.1.3 Absolute Universalization: The only difference between limited universalization and absolute universalization is when the translator cannot find the best known CSI in the source language or prefers to eliminate the unusual concept and choose a neutral term. (Aixela 1997:63).

4.2.1.4 Naturalization: In this case “translator brings the culture-specific item into the TL culture” (Ketabi 2015:8).

4.2.1.5 Deletion: When the CSI is “unacceptable ideologically or stylistically or it is not relevant enough for the effort of comprehension required for the readers” (Aixela 1996;64), or very clear that the translator does not want to use any strategy, they delete the CSI.

4.2.1.6 Autonomous Creation: When the translator agrees to use non-existent cultural
reference in the ST.(Aixela 1997:43).

4.3 Mona Baker's Translation Strategies
Baker's strategies have been used by professional translators at word level in their translations, to deal with issues while performing the task of translation.Baker She suggests various procedures to work for unequal treatment at the point level, for example, translation by a more general word, translation by a more neutral / less obvious word, translation by paraphrasing, Using related words, and so on. She formulates the classification in different strategies(Baker 1992;90) which are the following:

4.3.1 Translation by a more general word: According to Baker,this has to do with the meaning of the proposition. Appropriately it works in many languages.

4.3.2 Translation by a more neutral/ less expressive word: This is another strategy in terms of semantics it does with differences with obvious meaning.

4.3.3 Translation by cultural substitution:This strategy involves placing culture-specific material that does not have the same predictive meaning as the target language material but may have the same effect on the target reader.

4.3.4 Translation using a loan word: This strategy relies on culture-specific items, modern borrowing points plus interpretation concepts and buzz points.

4.3.5 Translation by paraphrase using a related word: When the source material is written in the target language but separately, and when the frequency used in the source text is high, it will be natural in the target language.

4.3.6 Translation by paraphrase using unrelated words: This strategy can be used when the concept in the source material is not lexical in the TL.

4.3.7 Translation by omission: Losing phrases or words that are not vital to text development.

4.3.8 Translation by an illustration: Here, use examples when the source word is not equal in the target language. Each theorist presents their strategies according to their point of view,however,Baker,s translation strategies include the most applicable set of strategies, as it shows the strategies used by professional translators.
--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:40, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Cultural Categories ===

5. Cultural categories

5.1.2 Ecology
In this type of cultural category, Newmark labels those words which have some similarities and differences in culture concerning the environment. For Example, animals, colors, astronomy, plants birds etc. They will also have some geographical features that can normally differ from other cultural terms in that they usually have no political, commercial value.

5.1.2 Material culture

Material culture is also known as artefacts, In the category of material culture, Newmark included Food, clothes, housing, transport, and communications and also those objects which are made by humans. For Example, Clothing, atoms, crops, vegetables, jewellery, drugs, planets etc. “Food is for many the most sensitive and important expression of national culture. The function of the generic clothes terms is approximately constant, indicating the part of the body that is covered, but the description varies depending on climate and material used, houses and town, and transport.”(Newmark 1988:90)

5.1.3 Social culture

The social culture is divided by Newmark in two ways, they are work and leisure. For example, Trade, armour, literature, poets, markets, games.

5.1.4 Organisation

Newmark organizations are divided into five categories: political and administrative conditions, historical conditions, and international conditions. ‘The international community terms usually have recognized translations which are in• fact through-translations, and are now generally known by their acronyms', religious terms, artistic terms; “the translation of artistic terms referring to movements, processes and organizations generally depend on the putative knowledge of the readership. For example, adultery, business, corruption, sex, poverty, marriage, divorce etc.”

5.2 Newmark Classification CSIs

Newmark established the classification of culture-specific items (CSIs) into five classes which are;
Table 1. Newmark classification of Culture-Specific Items. (Newmark 1988:97) --[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:50, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

5.2.1 Categorization of CSIs in Surah Yousuf of the Holy Quran

Verse No. Terms English Translation Categories
1 الۡکِتٰبِ Book Material culture

2 قرُۡءٰنًا Quran Material culture

3 الۡقَصَصِ Narration Gesture

4 رَايَۡتُ Dream Habit

5 کَوۡکَبًا Stars Ecology

6 ال َّ شمۡسَ Sun Ecology

7 الۡقَمَرَ Moon Ecology

8 الۡاحََادِيۡثِ Events Organization

9 يعَۡقوُۡبَ House of Yaqub Material culture

10 يعَۡقوُۡبَ Yaqub

11 ابِۡرٰہيِۡمَ Ibrahim

12 اِسۡحٰقَ Ishaq

13 اقۡتلُوُا Kill Social culture

14 ارَۡضًا Earth Ecology

15 الۡجُبِّ Pit Ecology

16 ال َّ س َّ يارَةِ Wayfares

17 يٰۤابََانَا Father

18 َّ يرۡتعَۡ Eat Social culture

19 وَ يَلۡعَبۡ Play Social culture

20 لَحٰفِظُوۡنَ Guard Social culture

21 وَ اخََافُ Fear Habit

22 الذِئّۡبُ Wolf Ecology

23 عِشَاءًٓ Nightfall Ecology

24 َّ يبۡکُوۡنَ Weeping Habit

25 مَتاَعِنَا Belongings Material culture

26 قمَِيۡصِہٖ Shirt Material culture

27 وَارِدہَمُۡ Water drawer Material culture

28 دلَۡوَهٗ Bucket Material culture

29 بِثمََنٍ ۢ بَخۡسٍ Paltry price Material culture

30 درََاہمَِ مَعۡدوُۡدةٍَ Silver coin Material culture

31 مِّصۡرَ Egypt

32 لِامۡرَاتَِہٖۤ Wife

33 الۡارَۡضِ Land Ecology

34 اشَُدَّ هٗۤ Prime age

35 الۡابَۡوَابَ Door Material culture

36 مَعَاذَ ّٰ ِ Master Organization

37 ال ُّ سوۡٓءَ Evil Habit

38 الۡفَحۡشَاءَؕٓ Lewdness Habit

39 عِبَادِنَا Servant Organization

40 وَ قَدَّ تۡ Ripped Social culture

41 عَذاَبٌ Punishment Social culture

42 ُّ يسۡجَنَ Prison Organization

43 الۡعَزِيۡزِ Minister Organistion

44 حُباؕ Love Social culture

45 فتَٰىہَا Slave Organization

46 سِکِّيۡنًا Knife Material culture

47 مَلکٌَ Angel Organization

48 فَاسۡتجََابَ Prayer Gestures

49 خَمۡرًا Wine Material culture

50 خُبۡزًا Bread Material culture

51 رَاۡسِیۡ Head Material culture

52 ال َّ طيۡرُ Birds Ecology

53 ءَارَۡبَابٌ Gods Organization

54 يٰصَاحِبَیِ السِّجۡنِ Prisoners Organization

55 تعَۡبدُوُۡنَ Worship Gesture

56 ال َّ شيۡطٰنُ Satan Organization

57 الۡمَلِکُ King Organization

58 بَقَرٰتٍ Cows Ecology

59 خُضۡرٍ Green Ecology

60 يٰبسِٰتٍ Dry Ecology

61 سُنۡۢبلُٰتٍ Grain Material culture

62 تزَۡرَعُوۡنَ Crops Material culture

63 يغَُاثُ Rain Ecology

64 يَعۡصِرُوۡنَ Juice Material culture

65 النِّسۡوَةِ Women

66 ال َّ رسُوۡلُ Messenger Organization

67 الۡعَزِيۡزِ Governor Organization

68 ال ّٰ صدِقِيۡنَ Truthful Habit

69 الۡخَائِٓنيِۡنَ Betray Organization

70 خَزَائِٓنِ Treasure Material culture

71 مَ َّ کنَّ ا Power Organization

72 بِرَحۡمَتِنَا Mercy Gestures

73 يَتَّ قوُۡنَ Taqwa Habit

74 الۡمُنۡزِلِيۡنَ Hospitality Habit

75 رِحَالِہِمۡ Camel Ecology

76 وَ ل َّ مَا فَتحَُوۡا Family Organization

77 بَابٍ Gate Material culture

78 اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty Organization

79 الۡعِيۡرُ Caravan Organization

80 لسَٰرِقوُۡنَ Thieves Organization

81 السِّقَايَۃَ Bowl Material culture

82 تاَ ّٰ ِ Swear Habit

83 کٰذِبيِۡنَ Liars Habit

84 وِّعَاءِٓ Bag Material culture

85 درََجٰتٍ Rank Organization

86 َّ موۡثِقًا Pledge Social culture

87 الۡحٰکِمِيۡنَ Judges Organization

88 الۡقَرۡيَۃَ Town Material culture

89 عَيۡنٰہُ Eyes

90 الۡبَشِيۡرُ News Social culture

91 ابَوََيۡہِ Parents Organization

92 الۡعَرۡشِ Thrown Organization

93 يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ Devices Material culture

94 وَ الۡارَۡضِ Earth Ecology

95 ال َّ سمٰوٰتِ Heavens Ecology

===Translation Procedure ===

6. Translation Procedure

There are seventeen different kinds of translation procedures classified by Newmark. According to (Gallagher 1996:31)“translation procedures are the technical devices to convey the message of a text in one language into another language.” The difference between translation procedure and translation methods discussed by (Newmark 1988:81)“translation methods relate to whole texts, translation procedures are used for sentences and the smaller units of language.”

6.1 Transference
Transference is the way through which we convert the source language to target language and also contains transliteration or transcription. Transference is also known as loan words, there is no transformation in the spelling of the words that have been translated.

6.2 Naturalization
Naturalization changes the word SL to its pronunciation,then TL to its original form.
Naturalization also adds new connections to external conditions.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:55, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

6.3 Culture equivalent
In this procedure, SL the cultural word is translated by the target cultural word. The use of the translation of this procedure is limited because it is not accurate, but it can be used in general texts, public and publicity,as well as for brief explanation to readers who do not understand the relevant source language culture.

6.4 Functional Equivalent
This approach is the most accurate path of translating and it uses very neutral cultural points with a new specific term.

6.5 Descriptive equivalent
This strategy is working for the description of the meaning or function of the source language.

6.6 Synonymy
This method of translation is applied when there is nothing to the same.

6.7 Through-Translation
Through translation is the literal translation of common conflicts,the names of organizations and compound parts.

6.8 Shifts or Transposition
This translation procedure involving a change in grammar from SL to TL. This change is done when there is a difference between the structure of the SL and the TL is reasonable.

6.9 Modulation
This procedure is used in the translation of sentences, phrases and clauses. Here the translator looked at the message in the source language sentence from a different angle or a different way of thinking. This strategy is used when the translation of words with literal meaning does not produce a reasonable translation.

6.10 Recognized Translation
The translation process is manifested when the translator uses an authoritative or appropriate translation of an organization's term.

6.11 Translation Label
This procedure is the appropriate one for the translation of a new institutional term,and it is a temporary translation of the source language word.

6.12 Compensation
This process manifests itself when there is a meaningful loss in one part,but compensation in the other part.

6.13 Componential Analysis
In this procedure, the source language word translated into the TL by detailing the components of the meaning of the source language word.

6.14 Reduction & Expansion
In this procedure, the elements of the word 'auto' removed and the elements of the word expanded in the target language.

6.15 Paraphrase
This procedure appears when cultural words need more explanation.

6.16 Couplets
In this procedure, two or more different procedures meet in one translation, couplets, triplets, quadruplets.

6.17 Notes
When the additional information is added to the cultural words for the clarification of readers.

===Analysis and Discussion ===

7. Analysis and Discussion

7.1 Introduction
This chapter highlights the procedure of the study and the analysis of culture-specific items in Surah Yusuf. This chapter explores the use of translation strategies in transferring meaning from the ST to the TL and the appropriateness of Newmark's model in interpreting the procedures that the translator applied during the translation process.

7.2 Procedures
To account for the translation of CSIs in this research, the source text of the Holy Quran in Arabic and its English translation translated by Mufti Taqi Usmani were studied. After reading the whole Ayahs of Surah Yusuf and its translation, every Ayah and its translation in English were carefully analyzed to identify CSIs and the strategies used by the translator to translate them into English. After that, the classification of CSIs by Newmark has been accepted as the theoretical framework of this study aimed at analyzing culture-specific items. For the clarification, each procedure is interpreted and demonstrated with illustrations in Tables 1-9.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 17:01, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

7.3 Analysis and Discussion
After the categorizing the culture-specific items according to Newmark's strategies, the researcher worked on the strategies for translating the culture-specific items applied in Surah Yusuf, including transference, cultural equivalent, functional equivalent, descriptive equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, through translation, modulation and notes; Then, he arranged the data gained in Tables 1-9 in order to show the cases of applying Newmark’s strategies for translating the culture-specific items.
The discussion section is devoted to the interpretation of each selected culture-specific word, the researcher presents a discussion of how he formulates the CSIs in Newmark strategies.
Below are the discussion points created for using each strategy;

7.3.1 Transference: Transference includes transliteration and is the same as what is called transcription. The word then becomes a loan word. There were words that were transferred from the source text to the target text. These are presented in the following table.
Table1.

Here are some examples of Transference applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yusuf:

Strategy Source Text Target Text
قرُۡءٰنًا Quran
ابِۡرٰہيِۡمَ Ibrahim
Transference يعَۡقوُۡب Yaqub
اِسۡحٰق Ishaq
يَتَّ قوُۡنَ Taqwa

Words that have given in table 1 are transference words because these are conveyed to target language which is a different language writing system then from the source language, For example, the word Quran is transliterated word and pronounce as same as like in source language قرُۡءٰنًا, so it is transcripted and also become a loan word. Similarly, all the mentioned words in table 1 are transference words.
7.3.2. Cultural Equivalent: Cultural equivalent purpose is to replace a cultural word in the source language with an, although not completely synonymous, target language word.

Table 2.
Examples of Cultural equivalent applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡب House of Yaqub
لَحٰفِظُوۡنَ Guard
بِثمََنٍ ۢ بَخۡسٍ Paltry price
درََاہمَِ مَعۡدوُۡدةٍَ Silver coin
اشَُدَّ هٗ Prime age
Cultural Equivalent مَعَاذَ ّٰ Master
الۡعَزِيۡزِ Minister
فَاسۡتجََابَ Prayer
اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty
يٰصَاحِبَیِ السِّجۡن Prisoners
الۡمَلِکُ King
يَعۡصِرُوۡنَ Juice
مَ َّ کنَّ ا Power

In Surah Yusuf, we have some words that are related to the cultural equivalent, Table 2 contains cases where cultural equality is applied. The word House of Yaqub is not completely synonymous to the ST اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡب, it is a replaced word in the SL. The word minister is not completely synonymous to the word ST word الۡعزَِيۡزِ. Similarly, the word Master in the TT is not synonymous to the word which is used in the ST ّٰ مَعَاذَ, it is a replaced word. The original meaning of the word فَاسۡتجََابَ is to accepted, but here it is referred to Prayer which is not only the synonymous but also a replaced one; furthermore, all the words mentioned in table 2 are mostly not completely synonymous words but the cultural replacing words.

7.3.3 Functional Equivalent:In functional equivalent, the word culture-free is used,
sometimes with a specific term; Therefore, it generalizes the word SL.

Table3.

Examples of Functional equivalent applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
الۡقَصَصِ Narration
رَايَۡتُ Dream
Functional equivalent الۡاحََادِيۡثِ Events
ال َّ س َّ يارَةِ Wayfares
مِّصۡرَ Egypt
يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ Devices

In functional equivalent, culture-free words are used, sometimes a new specific term is used which generalizes the SL word. For example, in table 3 the word Events is used as a cultural free word that generalizes the ST الۡاحََادِيۡثِ. The word Devices is a cultural free word and used as a new specific term to generalize the ST word يَمۡکُرُوۡنَ. The word Narration is used in the TT as a cultural free word because it is not limited or bound to a single culture. The word narration can be used by every culture representative.
7.3.4 Descriptive Equivalent: It is using phrases in TT to explain the ST word.
Table4.
Examples of Descriptive equivalent applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
کَوۡکَبًا Stars
ال َّ شمۡسَ Sun
الۡقمََرَ Moon
Descriptive equivalent عِشَاءًٓ And at Nightfall
وَارِدہَمُۡ Water drawer
سِکِّيۡنً Knife
الۡکِتٰبِ Enlightening book
ال َّ سمٰوٰتِ Heaven

The descriptive equivalent is, using phrases in TT to explain the ST word. For example Eleven stars and the sun and the moon a phrase used in the TT which explains کَوۡکَبًا َّ و ال َّ شمۡسَ وَ الۡقمََرَ the ST words stars, sun and moon. Similarly, Enlightening the book is a phrase used in the target text which highlights the meaning of الۡکِتٰبِ.
7.3.5 Componential Analysis:componential analysis is the initial comparison of a source language point to a selected language point that has the same meaning, but does not equate to one.
Table5.
Examples of Componential analysis applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
رَايَۡتُ Dream
ال َّ طيۡرُ Birds
Componential analysis وَ يَلۡعَبۡ Play
يَعۡصِرُوۡنَ Juice
مَعَاذَ ّٰ ِ Master
يٰصَاحِبَیِ السِّجۡنِ Prisoners
اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty

Further, in justification in the translation of CSIs, the researcher analyzed the words that comparing the word base of a source language with the target language point that has the same meaning, but obviously not equals one. Like رَايَۡتُ means to look or see while translating it to the TT it meanings changes to word Dream. The basic comparison of these two words is the same.
That is both words are related to cognition and eyes. For instance, other words are ال َّ طيۡرُ Birds, اِ نِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty.
7.3.6 Synonymy: Synonymy is a near target language equivalent.
Table 6.
Examples of Synonymy applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
الۡکِتٰبِ Book
قۡتلُوُا Kill
ارَۡضًا Earth
Synonymy الذِئّۡبُ Wolf
دلَۡوَه Bucket
خَمۡرًا Wine
يٰبسِٰتٍ Dry

The translator has used good equivalents for the words chosen in the Surah Yusuf. For instance, الۡکِتٰبِ Book, Book in the TT and الۡکِتٰبِ in the ST are the synonymous word. Few other examples are mentioned in table 6.
7.3.7 Through translation:Through-translation, is a literal translation of common conflicts, names of organizations and compound parts. It can also be called: click or loan translation.
Table7.
Examples of Through-translation applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡبَ House of Yaqub
غَيٰبَتِ الۡجُبِّ Into the bottom of a pit
بِرَحۡمَتِنَا Mercy
Through Translation الۡاحََادِيۡثِ Events
ُّ يسۡجَنَ Prison
الۡعَزِيۡزِ Governor
الۡخَائِٓنيِۡنَ Betray
وَ ل َّ مَا فَتحَُوۡا Family

In through translation, the researcher found those words which have common collocations, name of organization or component of compounds in Surah Yusuf. Examples of through translations are House of Yaqub, اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡبَ is a component of the compound, Family وَ ل َّ مَا فَتحَُوۡا is the name of the organization, other examples are mentioned in table 7.
7.3.8 Modulation: Modulation occurs when the translator generates the original text message in TL text according to the current target language norms, as source language and target languages may differ visually.
Table8.
Examples of in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf Modulation applied
Strategy Source Text Target Text
يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ Devices
Modulation لَسٰرِقوُۡنَ Thieves
مَ َّکنَّ ا Power
وَ قَدَّ تۡ Ripped

The modulation occurs in the translation of culture-specific items when we are translating the word or phrase from the source text to target text according to the new norms and traditions in TT culture. For instance, Devices are the word that had been translated from the Arabic word يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ which means to plan something while in English it is opposite which means tools.
7.3.9 Notes: Notes, additions, and glosses are additional information that a translator must add to the version; The additional information that translators add is usually cultural.
Table9.
Examples of Notes applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty
Notes تعَۡبدُوُۡنَ Worship
ال َّ شيۡطٰنُ Satan
بِثمََنٍ ۢ بَخۡسٍ Paltry price

In this strategy, the translator adds some additional information to his version, The additional information that translators add is usually cultural. For example اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ is a word which means that giving the order is limited or quality related to Al-Mighty God while the translator used the word sovereign which means authority. Worship is a word which means to follow or obey someone, the translator can use it in his point of view while in Arabic تعَۡبدُوُۡ نَ which means a quality limited to God.

===Conclusion and Recommendations===

8. Conclusion and Recommendations

This chapter summarizes the findings of the study. It also provides some recommendations regarding the application of translation procedures in translation between language systems.

8.1 Summary of the Findings

The translator applied nine translation procedures out of seventeen of Newmark’s translation procedures in the translation of the Surah Yusuf of the Holy Quran, namely, transference, cultural equivalent, functional equivalent, descriptive equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, through translation, modulation and notes. The cultural equivalent strategy was the most frequent applied procedure. The descriptive equivalent and through translation procedure was the second most frequently applied translation procedure, It was followed by transference, functional equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, modulation and notes. It is a descriptive study in which CSIs from ST translated to TT.

8.2 Conclusion

The present study purpose was to explore the CSIs in Surah Yusuf of the Holy Quran and to investigate which translation strategy proposed by Newmark were employed by the translator to overcome culture-specific items. Obviously, the researcher has worked hard to clear the way for future students of translation. Throughout the research, the researcher faced a lot of challenges and findings were revealed, some of them are the following;

• Between Arabic and English, there is a big cultural gap. Till now, this problem is considered as an unsolvable problem.

• Lack of reading and translating religious books.

• Many mistakes are made by the translators because they were unknown to the ST.

• The translators have to go through or review the previous translation of the Quranic scripture to solve the problem that they might face in the process of their translation.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 17:05, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

The procedures used in this study will help the translator to render culture-specific terms accurately. Thus, the researcher worked well to fill the linguistic gaps between Arabic and English. Furthermore, Newmark’s translation procedures helped the translator make the translation sound more natural to the TR. It can be observed from the analysis that Newmark’s translation procedures were effective in translating the Islamic texts. The findings of the study might help students of translation and practitioners in the field of TS to get familiar with the most influential strategies in rendering cultural specific items. They can use the findings of the study to employ translation tasks in translations. Educational planners can use the findings of this study to specify the most influential, dominant strategies to conduct a target-oriented/sourceoriented translation. To sum up, it should be emphasized that the focus of this particular study was on religious genre. Investigating CSIs in different genres could lead to new areas of research for interested researchers. Accordingly, the information gained from this study may prove useful to translators, translation teachers, and student learners as it will help them improve their translation skills with the special attention of culture-specific items and will allow them Give texts when having a broad view of translation. Other researchers can derive similar effects from many of the findings of the same study.

This study is similar to other studies that might have several limitations which need to be taken into account. The study focused on one Surah translated by one translator. Examining different Surahs of the Holy Quran and their translations by other authors from different cultures might lead to interesting facts or they might confirm the findings of this study. Different translators might employ different strategies. Further research is needed to confirm or disconfirm the findings of this study. Newmark's strategies are not limited to the cultural features of the language. But it also covers the linguistic specifications. To narrow down the subject of the study, the linguistic aspects of the text were ignored. Comparing these linguistic aspects could be another interesting topic and venue for further research.
Finally, It may be concluded that Newmark’s translation procedures are necessary for the translation of an Islamic text between two different language systems and cultures. However,the translator must be competent in using the translation procedures to provide an accurate translation.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 17:05, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

8.3 Recommendations

The researcher furnished a set of recommendations in the light of the findings reached and the results obtained. The recommendations can make a helpful set of guidelines for both existing and potential translators in general and for translating religious texts of two languages that are not closely related. These recommendations are tentative and are subject to modification upon closer investigation by translation scholars and professionals:

• The researcher recommends that the study of translation procedures should be included in the university curriculum for students who study translation, to help them in solving the problems of translating religious texts.

• It is recommended for translastors to use the translation procedures appropriately in order to deliver the meaning of the source text correctly.

• The researcher also recommends examining the application of other kinds of translation procedures on Islamic texts based on other models such as Andrew Chesterman’s translation procedures.

• It would also be beneficial to investigate Newmark’s translation procedures to various types of texts such as medical texts and journalistic texts.

=== References ===
Abdi, H. (2019). Translating culture-specific items (CSIs) as a conundrum for Iranian MA translation students: Considering the level of study. Journal of new advances in English Language Teaching and Applied Linguistics, 1(1), 88-109.

Aguado-Gimenez, P., & Pérez-Paredes, P. F. (2005). Translation-strategies use: A classroombased examination of Baker’s taxonomy. Meta: journal des traducteurs/Meta:
Translators' Journal, 50(1), 294-311.

Ahmadi, M. R.S and Nosrati, Fatemah. (2012). Domestication and Foreignization Strategies in Translation of Culture-Specific Items. Translations of English-Persian Children’s Literature. San Francisco: Grin Publishing. Google Books.

Al Saleh, R. A. (2019). An Application of Newmark's Procedures to Muhammad Abul Quasem's Alleman, J. C. Bee. W. Ulitkin, I. Files, F., Zetzsche, J., Chatonnet-Marton, P. & y del Árbol, E. V. Translation Strategies.

Al-Sofi, B. B. M. A., & Abouabdulqader, H. (2020). Bridging the gap between translation and culture: towards a cultural dimension of translation. International journal of linguistics, literature and culture, 6(1), 1-13.

Baker, M., 1992. In Other Words: A Coursebook on Translation. London: Routledge, p.20–42.

Blažytė, D., & Liubinienė, V. (2016). Culture-specific items (CSI) and their translation strategies in Martin Lindstrom’s" Brand sense". Kalbų studijos, (29), 42-57.

Bush, P. (1998) "Literary Translation." In: M. Baker, ed. Routledge Encyclopedia of Translation Studies, London: Routledge, pp.127-130.

Catford. J. C. (1965). A linguistic theory of translation. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
English Translation of Mohammad Al-Ghazali's Islamic Guidance.Literature and Culture, 6(1), 1-13.

Gečaitė, L. (2020). Culture-Specific Items and Their Translation Strategies in Victoria Hislop's Novel The Sunrise.” (2020).

Hassan, B. E. A. (2014). Between English and Arabic: A practical course in translation.
Cambridge Scholars Publishing.

Hermans, T. (1999). Translation in systems. Manchester: St. Jerome Publication House, J. (Ed.). (2014). Translation: a multidisciplinary approach. Springer.
Issa, A. L. S. M., & Hammood, L. H. R.- Quranic-Specific Phrases under the Study of Translation; Significance and Applications.

Janfaza, E., Assemi, A., & Dehghan, S. S. (2012). Language, translation, and culture.
In International Conference on Language, Medias and Culture (Vol. (33), p. 83-87).

Janfaza, E., Assemi, A., & Dehghan, S. S. (2012). Language, translation, and culture.
In International Conference on Language, Medias and Culture (Vol. 33, p. 83-87).

Lambert, J. (1998) Literary Translation. In: M. Baker, ed. Routledge Encyclopedia of Translation Studies. London: Routledge, 130-134.

Landers, Clifford E. (2001) Literary Translation: A practical guide. New Jersey University Press: Multilingual Maters.

Lustig, Myron, W. and Koeser, Joline (2003), Intercultural Competence: Interpersonal Communication Across Cultures, Boston: Allyn and Bacon.

Malmkjær, K. (1993). Who Can Make Nice A Better Word Than Pretty? Collocation, Translation, and Psycholoinguistics. In: Baker, M., Francis, G. and Tognini-Bonelli, E.
eds. Text and Technology. Philadelphia/Amsterdam: John Benjamins Publishing Company. pp.213-32.

Mosavat, S., & Rahimpour, S. (2016). The Most and Least Used Translation Strategies for
Conveying Culture-Specific-Items in Young Adult Literature from English into Persian. International Journal of Humanities and Cultural Studies (IJHCS) ISSN 23565926, 1853-1873.

Munday, J. (1997). Systems in Translation: A computer-assisted systemic approach to the analysis of translation of García Márquez. Ph.D thesis, University of Bradford.

Newmark, P. (2001). A Textbook of Translation. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language
Education Press

Newmark, Peter. (1988). A Textbook of Translation. New Jersey: Prentice-Halls

Nord, Christiane. (1997). Translating as a Purposeful Activity: Functionalist Approaches
Explained. Manchester: St. Jerome. Accessed 10 November. 2018. Google Books Schjoldager, A. (2008). Understanding translation. Academica: Århus.

Silalahi, M., & Lubis, S. (2013). Translation Procedures of Cultural Terms Found In Sejarah Bilingual For Students of Senior High School.
Valipoor, K., & andAzizeh Chalak, H. H. T. (2019). Cultural-specific items in translation of the Holy Quran by Irving: 43-51.

Venuti, L. (1995). The translator’s invisibility: A history of translation. London and New York:
Routledge

Widiarto, O. V. V. (2016). The translation procedures of cultural expressions applied in a game of thrones translated into Perebutan Tahta novel by Barokah Ruziati (Doctoral dissertation, Dian Nuswantoro University).

=Zohaib Chand AN INTRODUCTION TO TRANSLATION STUDIES: AN OVERVIEW Intan Pradita=

[[Trans_Type_EN_12]]

===Abstract===
This study aims to observe the development of translation studies through its different types, various strategies, styles and particular methods. In this paper, the readers are introduced to some famous translation scholars including their view of translation studies. At the further discussions, this study lets the readers acknowledge the main issues on translation studies, focusing on different styles of variations such as grammar, sentence structure, textual analysis, strategies and methods. This study may help those who are interested to conduct translation researches and help them by giving options of which theories is beneficial to their analysis. Moreover, it aims to explore the clear definition of translation as well as help the readers to understand the basic concept which are used in the field of translation. The present study, therefore, attempts to outline the scope of the discipline of translation studies and more importantly, it is an attempt to outline its activity that required a deep mastering of language, a good source of knowledge and target cultures.

===Key words ===
Translation, styles of variations, strategies

===Introduction ===
It is undoubtedly right that translation is important to share information. In line with these premise, the number of translation professionals is getting higher. In fact, the result of translation researches tends to help human daily life in term of evaluation, designing translator machines, and cultural studies. Therefore, translation means converting written information from one language into another. It is the new discipline appeared in the second half of the 20th century. The term “Translation Studies” was coined by James S. Holmes, an American-Dutch poet and translator of poetry, in his seminal paper “The Name and Nature of Translation Studies”. Translation enables effective communication between people around the world. It is a courier for the transmission of knowledge, a protector of cultural heritage, and essential to the development of a global economy. Translation helps us to know about the developments in the field of creative arts, education, literature, business, science and politics. It has shifted from the traditional conception of the fixed, stable and unchangeable nature of the text and its meaning to a text with wide scope for variations. Translation also helps in nation building. In this globalised world, the demand for translation and language related services has increased many times. Translation is not only needed for the creation of national identity but has also become an essential tool for keeping pace with the processes of globalization and localization. The activity of translation has a long-standing tradition and has been widely practiced throughout history, but in our rapidly changing world its role has become of paramount importance. Nowadays, knowledge in which cultural exchanges have been widening, has been increasingly expanding and international communication has been intensifying, the phenomenon of translation has become fundamental. Be it for scientific, medical, technological, commercial, legal, cultural or literary purposes, today human communication depends heavily on translation and, consequently, interest in the field is also growing. Accordingly, the discussion, in the present study, proceeds primarily from the perspectives of “Translation Studies” and “Linguistics”. One major goal is to show the interrelationships between linguistics and translation, and how they benefit from each other. Nowadays, translation research has started to take another path, which is more automatic. The invention of the internet, together with the new technological developments in communication and digital materials, has increased cultural exchanges between nations. This leads translators to look for ways to cope with these changes and to look for more practical techniques that enable them to translate more and waste less. They also felt the need to enter the world of cinematographic translation, hence the birth of audiovisual translation. The latter technique, also called screen translation, is concerned with the translation of all kinds of TV programs, including films, series, and documentaries. This field is based on computers and translation software programs, and it is composed of two methods; dubbing and subtitling. In fact, audiovisual translation marks a changing era in the domain of translation.
In short, translation has very wide and rich history in the West. Since its birth, translation was the subject of a variety of research and conflicts between theorists. Each theorist approaches it according to his viewpoint and field of research, the fact that gives its history a changing quality.

Discussion

Translation is an activity that requires deep mastering of languages, a good knowledge of source and target cultures. It is also linked with the translation method, strategies and styles of variations. Each translation type requires different translation method. In this paper, it is an attempt to outline that there are several types of translation. Each type is defined by different scholars through different criteria to the contextual situation of communication. In this paper, we will be writing down the three prominent types of translation through various medium namely; technical translation, literary translation and pragmatic translation. For each type, a selection of examples will be considered for analysis based on translation theories and techniques. We will show that some chunks of text require literal translation, while other requires interpretive method. In addition, this paper will also examine various strategies and its styles of variations based on translational study. The following strategies will be presented in the paper as;

• They involve text manipulation.
• They must be applied to the process.
• They are goal-oriented.
• They are problem-centered.
• They are applied consciously.
• They are inter-subjective.

Most theorists agree that strategies are used by translators when they encounter a problem and literal translation is not useful. Different researchers have investigated and described various translation strategies from their different perspectives. It intends to show what translation strategies exist and when and why they are used by professional translators. Different scholars have various perspectives to the aspects of the act of translation, so, they define and describe different types of strategies. Bergen's (n. d.) classification of the strategies includes three categorizations which will be discussed mainly in this paper:

• Comprehension strategies
• Transfer strategies
• Production strategies

An addition to this paper, styles of variations will also be introduced to the readers through different aspects and examples. The concept of style can be defined in terms of the distinctive way an individual or a group uses language, or better still the discourse used to perform distinct functions of language aimed at achieving specific purposes. However, this does not entail that style is simply a matter of form since it is the product of other components such as the genre of discourse, its semantics, syntax and phonology. Indeed, in order to analyze a given stylistic variation one needs an extensive checklist that includes lexical and grammatical categories, allusions, and figures of speech. Style can be understood to refer to the recurring typical features of the source text compared to the typical features of the translated text. In a quantitative and qualitative analysis, this variation is shown to be influenced by several pragmatic and social factors, and to index the interpreters' stances towards source speakers and towards the immigrant court users who are the recipients of translations from English. It is argued that translation styles have profound consequences for limited English speakers, as the insistence on institutional norms in translating to them is viewed as a gate keeping behavior that may impede their full participation in the proceedings.

What is translation?

Translation went through various definitions going from a mere linguistics activity during the sixties, a cultural and communicative activity during the seventies reflects the social impacting activity in the latest founding of the literature.
“Translation is traditionally known as being the replacement of textual material in one language into equivalent textual material in another language”.
House (2015) mentions that translation is considered as the “replacement” of a text in the source language by a semantically and pragmatically equivalent text in the target language. It is strongly related to a source language and target language cultures. It requires a high level of mastery languages, an awareness of any contextual factors within which the discourse emerges. There is no need to mention how it affected civilizations through different areas of mankind history. For example, An Arab-Islamic civilizations. There have always been different directions on how one should or should not translate. In the Arab tradition, two main methods existed and were in complete divergence namely the literal and the free method.
On the other hand, in the Western tradition there are various methods currently exist namely, the linguistic, the hermeneutic, the interpretive, the functionalist, the interventionist, the poly-systemic and the text-typologist method. More so, it may be important to point out that translation has been defined in many ways, and every definition reflects the theoretical approach underpinning it.
As Shuttlworth and Cowie (1997) observe throughout the history of research into translation, the phenomenon has been variously delimited by formal descriptions, echoing the frameworks of the scholars proposing them. For example, Bell (1991: XV) starts with an informal definition of translation, which runs as follows: the transformation of a text originally in one language into an equivalent text in a different language retaining, as far as is possible, the content of the message and the formal features and functional roles of the original text.
At the beginning of the ‘scientific’ (Newmark, 1988, p. 2) study of translation, Catford (1965, p. 20) described it in these terms, the replacement of textual material in one language (SL) by the equivalent textual material in another language.
Thirty years later, in Germany, the concept of translation as a form of ‘equivalence’ is maintained, as we can see from Koller’s definition (1995, p. 196): “The result of a text processing activity, by means of which a source language text is transposed into a target-language text. Between the resultant text in L2 (the target-language text) and the source text in L1 (the source language text) there exists a relationship, which can be designated as a translational, or equivalence relation”. Because complete equivalence (in the sense of synonymy or sameness) cannot take place in any of his categories, Jakobson (1959) declares that all poetic art is, therefore, technically untranslatable. That is, the translator has to take the question of interpretation into account in addition to the problem of selecting a TL phrase which will have a roughly similar meaning. Exact translation is impossible. In this regard, Bassnett (1996) claims that all texts, being part of a literary system descended from and related to other systems are “translations of translation of translations”: every text is unique and at the same time, it is the translation of another text. No text is entirely original because language itself, in its essence, is already a translation: firstly, of the non-verbal world and secondly, since every sign and every phrase is the translation of another sign and another phrase. However, this argument can be turned around without losing any of its validity: all texts are original because every translation is distinctive. Every translation, up to a certain point, is an invention and as such it constitutes a unique text.
In this analysis of the above definition, Manfredi (2008), points out that the above distinction can be divided into two main perspectives, those that consider translation either as a ‘process’ or a ‘product’. To this twofold categorization, Bell (1991, p. 13) adds a further variable, since he suggests making a distinction between translating (the process), a translation (the product) and translation (i.e., “the abstract concept which encompasses both the process of translating and the product of that process”. Moreover, thanks to advances in new technologies, today we can also incorporate into TS the contribution of corpus linguistics, which allows both theorists and translators analyses of large amounts of electronic texts (Manfredi, 2008). On the other hand, Halliday (1992, p. 15) takes translation to refer to the total process and relationship of equivalence between two languages; we then distinguish, within translation, between “translating” (written text) and “interpreting” (spoken text). Halliday, thus, proposes distinguishing the activity of “translation” (as a process) from the product(s) of “translating”, including both “translation” (concerning written text) and ‘interpreting’ (regarding spoken text.
“Translation is the production of a functional target text maintaining a relationship with a given source text that is specified according to the intended or demanding function of the target text.

Types of Translation

Translation is an activity that requires deep mastering of languages, a good knowledge of source and target cultures. It is also linked with the translation method, strategies and styles of variations. Each translation type requires different translation method. In this paper, it is an attempt to outline that there are several types of translation. Each type is defined by different scholars through different criteria to the contextual situation of communication. In this paper, we will be writing down the three prominent types of translation through various medium namely; technical translation, literary translation and pragmatic translation.

Technical translation

Technical translation is a type of specialized translation involving the translation of documents produced by technical writers, or more specifically, texts which relate to technological subject areas or texts which deal with the practical application of scientific and technological information. (Wikipedia)
Translators' main goal is to accurately translate the technical terminology to match the document and the message of the original content.

The benefits of technical translation

A professional technical translation service is provided by translators with dual specialties, that is, professionals who are fluent in the language pair, but who are also experts in the field covered by the documents to be translated.
When you need to have your documents translated by a technical translator, translators who are not experts may not be able to provide the necessary solutions and terminology for a quality translation. If the translator is not an expert in the field, he/she will have to learn the new terminology while working. This means that translation will take longer, have higher chances of inaccuracies, and may result in higher costs. Therefore, the main advantages of hiring an agency specialized in this type of service are as follows:

Literary translation

Literary translation is the translation of creative and dramatic prose and poetry into other languages. This includes the translation of literature from ancient languages and the translation of modern fiction so that it can reach a wider audience.
Literary translation is of huge importance. It helps to shape our understanding of the world around us in many ways. Reading Homer and Sophocles as part of a classical education in school helps to build an understanding of history, politics, philosophy and so much more. Meanwhile, reading contemporary translations provides fascinating insights into life in other cultures and other countries. In a fast-paced world so rife with misunderstanding and confusion, such efforts to share knowledge and experiences across cultural boundaries should be applauded.
The translation of literature differs greatly from other forms of translation. The sheer size of the texts involved in literary translation sets it apart. Tackling a translation that runs to hundreds of thousands of words is not a task for the faint-hearted. Nor is recreating poetry in a new language, without losing the beauty and essence of the original work.
One of the key challenges of literary translation is the need to balance staying faithful to the original work with the need to create something unique and distinctive that will evoke the same feelings and responses as the original. This can be particularly challenging when it comes to translating poetry.
Poems are written with incredible attention to detail. Not only are the words and phrases important, but the number of syllables and the entire rhythm of the completed work. It’s a challenging task to complete just in one language, let alone when trying to recreate a poet’s work during a translation. Daniel Hahn, director of the British Centre for Literary Translation, sums up the issue beautifully.
As literary translators will attest, a single word can be extremely troublesome. The author of a work of fiction has chosen that word for a good reason, so the translator must ensure that it is faithfully delivered in the target language. However, what if no direct translation is available? Or what if several options exist, each with a slightly different nuance? Urdu language translator Fahmida Riaz outlines her approach to such thorny issues.
For instance, “Every piece you translate comes from the pen of an individual, so you have to give it an individual treatment. I try to retain the ambience of the original culture, rather than the language, as it is reflected in the text.”

Pragmatic translation

Pragmatic translation is the basic assumption that provided a source language text contains no misstatements of fact, is competently written and has to be fully translated rather than summarized or functionally reorientated; one's purpose in translating it is to be referentially and pragmatically accurate. In this paper, I shall not deal with referential accuracy but concentrate instead on the pragmatic aspects of translation. As the term pragmatic translation may be used in a variety of ways, I should like to state my own definition of pragmatic, which derives from Charles Morris and ultimately from Charles S. Peirce. I am using pragmatic as one of the two factors in translation: pragmatic denotes the reader's or readership's reception of the translation, as opposed to referential, which denotes the relationship between the translation and the extra-linguistic reality it describes.
Translation is a properly way to a properly communication and pragmatics is how to use language in communication properly. By translation, many things from different languages and cultures can understand to each other. In other words, translation can be stated as a facilitator to make a communication runs well.

===An Overview on Translation Studies ===

===Main Issues in Translation Studies: Equivalence or Variations ===

=== Matthiessen's Parameter on Register Variations===

===Conclusion ===

=== References ===

= Muhammad Numan A Study to Explore the Translation Strategies of Idiomatic Expression from Urdu to English ; A Case Study of Sadat Hassan Manto’s Short Story “Khol Do” =
[[Trans_Type_EN_13]]

===Abstract===
Translation is necessary for developing knowledge and idea, but it also makes the people understand the language and culture of other people or countries. However, equivalence is essential during translation, especially when the translator wants to translate idiomatic expressions in the best possible way. Therefore it is necessary to follow up on some strategies during the translation process. The research work is carried out under the qualitative method with textual analysis techniques as significant. Mona Baker's model for idiomatic expression is explored with the help of different examples from collected data. The primary purpose of this study is to find out which types of strategies are being followed by the translator during the translation process. It was found that translation by paraphrasing, translation by similar words and meaning and translation by similar meaning and different words.
===Key words ===
Translation Strategies, Idiomatic expression, Sadat Hassan Manto, Urdu Literature --[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 09:45, 12 December 2021 (UTC)

===Introduction ===

In this chapter, the researcher wants to highlight the different concepts about the fundamental question that "what is idiomatic expression" and the views of various critics, theorists and linguistic experts, and prominent scholars of translation studies.--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 15:38, 13 December 2021 (UTC) Among them are Lindalorri, Mona Baker, Newmark's, and many more define idioms from their point of view. Secondly, the researcher highlights one of the most prominent literary and short stories writers of the sub-continent Sadat Hassan Manto, his life, literary style, and short stories career. In the last statement of the problem, the objective of the research, which type of strategies was followed in the translation process, purposes of study, and delimitation of studies are explained one by one.

Many critics, theorists, and linguists define idioms differently. However, in general, an idiom is a phrase or expression that typically has a metaphorical, non-literal meaning connected to it. However, phrases can become figurative idioms while keeping the literal meaning of the words. However, according to the Oxford Dictionary of English, a set of words is established by usage as having a meaning not deducible from the meanings of the constituent terms (e.g., over the moon, see the light).

"What is particularly remarkable about idioms is that they can be described in a variety of ways, depending on the roles they fulfilled," writes (Linda 2006: 8). "A string of words whose meaning differs from the meaning supplied by the individual words" is what an idiom is, according to (Larson 1984: 20). Idioms are "at the end of the scale from collocations in one or both of the areas: flexibility of patterning and transparency of meaning," according to (Baker 1992: 23). Idioms are defined by (Yagihashi 2003, 22) as a "collection of words whose meaning cannot be guessed from their meaning.". According to Newmark, “Idioms are word groups whose meaning cannot be deduced from the meaning of individual words.”(Newmark 1981: 11).--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 15:38, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

The whole meaning of each word that makes up an idiom cannot be considered the idiom's overall meaning. As a result, an idiom should not be translated. To remark that someone is bull-headed, for example, suggests that he or she is obstinate, even though the connotation has nothing to do with the words bull or headed. According to Corelli, English has a sizeable idiomatic base. About 4,000 idioms in American English are drawn from the nation's culture and everyday life. Idioms infect English with a peculiar flavor and offer it remarkable diversity, brilliant character, and color. She also feels that idiomatic expressions not only assist language learners in understanding English culture but also penetrating English people's traditions and lifestyles and gaining a deeper understanding of English history.(Corelli 2006: 53)

The main issue that idiomatic and fixed expressions pose for translators, according to Baker is twofold: "the ability to recognize and interpret an idiom correctly; and the difficulties involved in rendering the various aspects of meaning that an idiom or a fixed expression conveys into the target language. The first challenge that a translator encounters is understanding that she/he is dealing with an idiomatic expression.(Baker 1992: 65)

Sadat Husain Manto's writings also include numerous literary criticism, studies in Urdu, and many translations from Urdu into English. He is credited with having brought Urdu language and literature into the mainstream of contemporary international writing. There is no doubt that Sadat Hassan Manto was the most prolific of all modern writers in the sub-continent. Manto's published a substantial number of short stories during his short literary life span, and novelette gave some master piece work to Urdu literature. The noble laureate Hemingway mentions the lunatic life of great Manto's in his speeches. The current research study aims at discovering and determining the strategies used in translations of "khol do" short stories about sexual violence during partition of sub-continent and "license" a short story which throw light on the behavior of society toward widow his profession which lead toward prostitution by Aatesh Taseer an Indian born translator currently living in London having solid links with native country and culture.(Ahsan 2020: 12-27)--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 15:44, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Literature Review ===

In this chapter, the author/researcher defines the strategy and its different definitions from various perspectivess. However, the sole focus is only on the strategy of translation studies. Furthermore, renowned academicians put forward their definition of strategy like Venutti quoted translation strategy as the theory of de construction-sim, which is progressive and future-oriented.(Venutti !995, 35 Krings defines it as the content of the project, while Seguinet divided the term into three steps.(Krings 2000:21). However, Locher defines it as the procedure of solving a problem faced in translating a text. Jaskelaine involves the primary task of choosing the SL text and developed a method to translate it. (Locher 2002:76) In last, the author points out his research work's sole purpose by mentioning different research work on Mento's short stories except for this angle. --[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:30, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

The term "strategy" is used in a variety of settings. Many theorists in translation studies have used the phrase "translation methods" interchangeably, although with significant distinctions in meaning and perspective. The following is a collection of more general definitions of the term strategy. A strategy is a long-term set of actions to achieve a specific goal (Wikipedia Committee, n. d.).A methodical plan for improving one's learning performance has been actively altered and mentioned (Instruction Curriculum Reading Glossary, n. d.)
A strategy is a well-thought-out, intentional, goal-oriented (with a measurable outcome) approach carried out through a series of actions that can be monitored and modified (Curriculum Learning Literate-Futures Glossary, n. d.)

A collection of particular mental and behavioral procedures is taken to reach a given result. These definitions are general and can be related to different fields of study. This study mainly concerns translation strategies, although the definitions mentioned above can be narrowed down to this research field, as well. Translation strategies have their characteristics, through which one can gain a proper understanding of them. In general, a translator employs a strategy when confronted with a challenge while translating a text; nevertheless, translation methods are not required when translating a text literally. Bergen points out that strategies are not always obvious or straightforward. (Bergen 1996:33)

Although beginners in the field of translation believe they have done a successful translation when they translate word for word and utilize a dictionary, they do not realize that there is still a problem and that adjustments must be made at various levels of the translation. As a result, the most critical purpose of the strategies is to solve problems. "Venuti attempted to put deconstructionist translation theory into practice by proposing the "resistant translation" technique as an alternative to the standard "smooth translation. This technique tries to reverse the colonial concept of translation, English-American culture centralism, and the value of imperialist culture from an ideological standpoint. (Vinute 1998:41).--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:30, 13 December 2021 (UTC)
It aims to retain "foreignness" rather than seeking similarity in translation principles and methods. The author believes Venuti's translation strategy is quite progressive and future-oriented, with the development of international communications on an equal footing. However, it will take time to implement fully." (Jianzhong. .Krings 1986, 18) defines translation strategy as "a translator's potentially deliberate objectives for solving concrete translation problems specific translation task in the context of a project."The translators adopted three global tactics, according to Seguinot (i) translating uninterrupted for as long as possible; (ii) resolving surface flaws as soon as possible; (iii) leaving text quality and stylistic problems to the editing stage.(Seguinot 1989:27)--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:30, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

Furthermore, Loescher defines translation strategy as "a possibly conscious technique for overcoming a difficulty encountered in translating a text, or any segment thereof."(Loescher 1991:8) As stated in this definition, consciousness is vital in distinguishing strategies employed by learners and translators. "The element of consciousness is what distinguishes strategies from these activities that are not strategic," (Cohen 1998:4) claim moreover, 'Bell' distinguishes between global (whole-text) and local (text segment) techniques and indicates that this distinction is the outcome of several types of translation challenges.(Bell 1998:188)

According to Venuti, "involve the core tasks of picking the foreign text to be translated and establishing a way to translate it."(Venuti 1998, 240). He uses the terms "domesticating" and "foreignizing" to describe them. Ordudari, considering the process and outcome of translation, Jaaskelainen divides methods into two primary categories: some strategies deal with what happens to texts, while others deal with what happens during the translation process. According to Jaaskelainen, product-related strategies entail the essential tasks of selecting the SL content and establishing a technique for translating it. On the other hand, process-related strategies are "a set of (loosely articulated) rules or principles that a translator applies to attain the goals determined by the translating scenario.(Jaaskelainen 2005:15)

Furthermore, Jaaskelainen distinguishes between global and local strategies, stating that "global strategies refer to general principles and modes of action, while local strategies refer to specific activities concerning the translator's problem-solving and decision-making.(Jaaskelainen 2005:16). Newmarkdistinguishes between translation methods and translation procedures. (Newmark 1988, 81) also distinguishes between translation techniques and procedures, writing, "While translation methods are employed for full texts, translation procedures are utilized for sentences and smaller units of language."(Newmark 1988, 221)

Apart from other literature like poetry, drams and other subcultures also produce literary genius in short stories. Monto is one of them. His literature is translated into different languages with a different theme in his work. Apart from the story of division, Manto's books are characterized by powerful female characters. Manto combines the physical brutality of division with the intellectual cruelty that sex and sexuality face inside the Indio Pak subcontinent's social framework (Ranjan 2004, 3). Manto's female characters, according to Ispahani, are characterized by their sexual fragilities, such as sexual humiliation, rape, and prostitution. "They are nearly always victims, with the power only to cause their destruction," she believes. Sakina's body movement reveals how severely she was sexually raped. Sakina's silence and pain depict the savagery of her rape to the point where they lost their ability to communicate. Manto's short stories present another perspective on trauma through the absence of the subject converses (Mehta 2018, 9). Bingo by Tariq Rahman explores sexual repression, social injustice, and war tragedies. Wartime rape has existed since the beginning of conflicts, and penetrators consider it one of their weapons of war (Isikozlu, 2016:13).

The concept of hegemonic binary was introduced by the second wave of feminism, which depicts patriarchal conduct as sexually superior and powerful. At the same time, women are sexually inferior and submissive argue (Marinucci, 2010:15). Sexual trauma serves as a link between the victim and society; it ruins the victim's sense of safety, leads to low self-esteem, and silences them called by (Lewis 2017:54). Saadat Hasan Manto (1912-1955) was one of the most well-known, controversial, and provocative Urdu writers of the twentieth century. Despite being a prolific writer of essays, plays, film scripts, and novels, he was best known for his short tales. Born in Punjab, he began his writing career in Bombay before moving to Lahore, Pakistan, in January 1948, a few months after partition (Hasan 1984:12). Following that, his stories generally centered on a partition, exploring its human effects from various perspectives.

Manto's works are notable for their realism, word economy, dependence on internal components, and, most notably, their abrupt, often distressingly unclear ends (Akhtar and Flemming 1985:9). While Tariq Rahman wrote Bingo, he is a writer, playwright, and critic who has made significant contributions to Urdu literature through his writing. Research work was carried out on the comparison of "bingo" and "khol do."
The purpose of this thesis is to compare the two short stories Khol Do and Bingo, both of which focus on women and violence, particularly wartime rape, which makes women more vulnerable than ever before. This paper explores how women are victims of war and partition, making them doubly marginalize primarily due to the hegemonic binaries of men and women. Both of the stories aim to reflect the stigmata of our society regarding the violence and cruel treatment of women since their existence. Furthermore, via the lenses of feminism and post-colonialism, it examines how varied wartime weapons can be for both gender binaries. The writers' audacity causes us to reflect on the inhumane treatment of women in everyday life and even in wartime when they are with the men who are supposed to defend the female..(Ahsan 2020: 12-27)--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:31, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

=== Theoritical Framework ===

In this paper, various strategies have been used, like using an idiom of similar meaning and similar form, the idiom of similar meaning and different form, translation by Paraphrasing, translation by omission. The approach of employing idioms of similar meaning and form, according to Mona Baker, entails using an idiom in the target language that can express about the same meaning as the source language idiom, as well as having lexical similarity. On the other hand, this type of matching happens periodically as well as regularly.(Baker, 1992, 13)

Similarly, employing idioms with similar meanings but different forms means that it is possible to locate an idiom or fixed expression in the target text language that has a similar meaning to the source idiom or expression but is made up of distinct lexical elements. Consider the case of English and French, both of which use the idiom mentioned above. In English, one good deed is rewarded with another, whereas in French, handsome deeds are rewarded with handsome deeds.

Furthermore, we did not come across any idioms in the category mentioned above during translating idioms. To deal with this issue, the translators used the most popular approach, known as a translation by paraphrase, which is short, straightforward, and time-saving. When a match cannot be identified in the target language or when it appears improper to employ idiomatic language in target material due to aesthetic differences between the source and target languages, this is the most typical approach for translating an idiom from source to target language. However, one thing to keep in mind is that a perfect translation is not required is necessary or possible.

Last but not least, to overcome the problem of idiom translation, the translator employs the strategy of translation by omission. This can be defined as an idiom being omitted entirely in the target text with a single word. This is done because the idiom has no close match in the target language; its meaning cannot be easily paraphrased or due to stylistic reasons.--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:38, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

Data analysis Techniques:
Textual analysis is the method of data analysis in qualitative research that brings forth the hidden and potent message, structure, and function of research in giving text, Alan Mckee (defines textual analysis as whenever we perform textual analysis on the text, we make an educated guess at some time of the most likely interpretations that might be made of that text (Alan 2001:3)
Analysis of the translation of short stories in light of Mona baker's theory "khol do and license" are short stories written by Sadat Hassan Manto and translated by many translators from Urdu into English. During translation, the translator adopted many strategies for translating idiomatic expression, sometimes by Paraphrasing, sometimes by omission, sometimes using similar idioms of form and meaning while sometimes using different words and the same form, the whole.
--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 09:51, 12 December 2021 (UTC)

===Discussion and Analysis===

The chapter analyzes and discusses all the data collected by the author/researcher from different sources. All the examples of idioms are firstly identified, then translated into the target text, and back-translated for the sole purpose of exploring the strategies being used by the translator. A separate section is given to every strategy with its related example. Moreover, the idiomatic expression, the target work for finding, is highlighted through the bold letter.

4.1 Translation by Paraphrasing:

Based on our findings, the most often used strategy was "translation by paraphrasing." An inspection also reveals that Aatish Taseer preferred this strategy. Here are some examples applied by the translators, and in the following section, the logic behind their preference towards this strategy is elaborate. The following are examples from two short stories of Sadat Husain Manto's "khol do" and "license."
Example 1:

ST: Sirajuddin ne subah das baji anki kholi to logo ka aik mutalatam samandar deka.

TT: Ten a.m., Siraj Uddin opens his eyes on the cold floor of the camp, seeing the swelling sea of men.

BT: sub ke das baji jab Sirajuddin ne apni anki koli to logo ka aik ublaha howa samandar ka nizara dekni laga.

So, the above idioms are literal idioms being translated with the help of 'Paraphrasing' because there is no perfect equivalent of mutalatam words in English languages. A similar look at another idiom from short stories "khol do."

Example 2:

ST: Khuda tomahra bala kari.

TT: Your God will reward

BT: Is ka badla khoda tomahi di.

Here, the word reward is being used for Bala Kari, an example of transitional by Paraphrasing.
Let take another example from "khol do."

Example 3:

ST: unkho nai Jan khateli pa rak kar sakena ko donda.

TT: even putting their lives online, they search sakina

BT: apni zindagio ko khatri me dal kar unkho nai sakina ko dond nekala.

The above idioms are examples of pure idiom translated from Urdu into English with the help of paraphrases strategies. However, under the same strategies, the idioms of another short story of Manto,s "license," are translated by Aatish Taseer. Some of the examples are given below.

Example 4:

ST: Abu kochwan bara cheel jabela ta. It is the binomial type of idioms taken from the first sentence of the short story "license" by Sadat
Hasan Manto

TT: Abu kochwan is stylish man.

BT: Abu kochwan aik wazahdar admi ta.

From the above idiom, it is clear that there is no perfect equivalence of cheela chabela idiom in English; that is, the translator goes
through paraphrasing strategies. Look at another example from "license."

Example 5:

ST: Lein har waqat bank bani rekhi ka usi be had showk ta

TT: He had a weakness for style and fashion.

BT: Dan saj ke rekhna uski kamzori me sai ik ta.

So all of the above examples, which are analyzed one by one, are examples of idioms being translated through paraphrasing strategies. Beaugrande and Dressler define paraphrases as "approximate conceptual equivalence among outwardly different material."(De Beaugrande and Dressler 1981, 50) Similarly, in this regard, Hirst defines paraphrases as "talk(ing) about the same situation in a different way." (Hirst 1980:12) Munday declared that "equivalence is particularly useful in translating idioms and proverbs” For instance, if the English idiom like a bear with a sore head is rendered into Persian as (mesle borje zahremar), meaning like a tower of snake venom, the strategy of equivalence has been applied. (Munday 1981:13).--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:55, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

According to Leonardi, "Equivalence can be said to be the central issue in translation." In this regard, house believes that "a translation text should match not only its source text in function but also employ equivalent situational-dimensional means to achieve that function" (Baker 2002:49). who shares this approach, states that equivalence is used "for the sake of convenience—because most translators are used to it rather than because it has any theoretical status" (Kenny 1998:77).

Despite different attitudes to the concept of equivalence, most specialists pay much attention to its meaning in the theory of translation. The translation is a form of communication, and that is why it is vital to establish equivalence between the source text and the target text. Although Vinay and Darbelnet believe that equivalence is used differently than in modern translation theory, it is evident that equivalence is one of the basic concepts of translation that cannot be neglected.Vinay and Darbelnet 1999:18)
Consequently, based on the Above mentioned studies using 'Paraphrasing' in translation stands as the core concept in the process of translation, and still, most of the translators cling to it for producing a more comprehensible and explicable text. These language ideas and translation models are ideal constructs, presented abstractly in order to be differentiated precisely. They may exist in an uneasy combination in actual theories and practices, resulting in logical tensions or inconsistencies. They must first contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation before they can contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation. Theories and actions must be contextualized in historical settings. They've been utilized as analytical tools to describe various topics in section introductions. Theoretical writings and current events these language notions and translation models are ideal constructs expressed in an abstract manner in order to be distinguished precisely in real-life hypotheses they may exist in an uncomfortable mix, resulting in logical conflicts or inconsistencies. They must first contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation before they can contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation.

4.2 Using an idiom of Similar Meaning and Form

As mentioned earlier, this strategy type is being used by Aatish Taseer during their translated work of Manto's short stories "khol do" and" license" on an occasional basis. Some examples are mention below.

From khol do.

Example 6:

ST: Larki ka rang zard hogaya.

TT: The girl's face became fail

BT: larki ka rang zar hogya.

Similarly, another example from the license is

Example 7:

ST: Abu our us ke mat beer hogaie

TT: They fall in love with each other.

BT: WO ik dosri ke mokhbat me geriftar hogaie

The above idioms are pure ones and are being translated with the help of similar meanings and similar forms.

The procedures: transposition, modulation, equivalence, and adaptation, and when it comes to defining the term Equivalence, (Vinay and Darbelnet 2000:90) propose that it consists in rendering "the same situation … by two texts using completely different stylistic and structural methods", and when it comes to translating idiomatic expressions like "Il pleut à seaux" it can be translated as "It is raining cats and dogs" using the idiom of similar form and meaning in the target language.

As Baker states, this strategy involves using an idiom in the TL which conveys roughly the same meaning as that of the source language idiom and, in addition, consists of identical lexical items. The salient point is that this kind of match can only occasionally be achieved, which cannot be picked up more often by translators. Accordingly, both translators mentioned in the current study had quite a slim chance of using this strategy type.(Baker 1992:12)

4.3 Using an idiom of similar meaning but different form:

During translating Manto short stories, "khol do" and "license," some of the idioms are translated with the help of this strategy. Some of the examples are given below from two different short stories.

Example number one is from the short story "khol do"

Example 8:

ST: Aur bolwai gos ayai thee?

TT: The roitors come abroad.

BT: pasadi bahar agai hai.

The above idiom is a pure type of idiom being translated with the help of above mention strategy. The word rioter is being used for bolwai, which is not a perfect word for bolwai. In Urdu bolwai, people believe in violence when minorities or the low population of any country want some rights. These people stop them by using violence, burn down their properties, rapes women, and do things like that. Another example from the license is below.

Example 9:

ST: Dosri kotwal abu ko dek kar jal ban ho jati.

TT: The other coachman burn with envy.

BT: Abu ke kamyabi dek kar aur kotwal abu sai khasad karni lagi’

The above idioms are a pure idiom that reflects the effect of jealousy between competitors to achieve equivalency. Aatish Taseer uses envy word for jal ban instead of other which have similar meaning but different form. Look at the other example from "license."

Example 10:

ST: Dino lat vo lagal se kam karni laga.

TT: Dino came with an excuse.

BT: Dino abb bahi tarashni laga.

The above idioms are types of binomial idioms translated with the help of idioms with similar meanings and different forms. (Newmark 1988, 81) mentions the difference between translation methods and translation procedures. He writes that "[w]hile translation methods relate to whole texts, translation procedures are used for sentences and the smaller units of language" (Newmark 1988: 81). Idiomatic translation in his definition reproduces the 'message' of the original. However, it distorts nuances of meaning by preferring colloquialisms and idioms where these do not exist in the original, leading to using an idiom of similar meaning but a different form. Besides, it is often possible to find an idiom or fixed expression in the target language with a meaning similar to that of the source idiom or expression but which consists of different lexical items (Baker 1992, 12). Therefore, translators discover idiomatic expressions in the target language with different forms than in the source language. In the current study, the translators approached this strategy merely for 9% of the total times, which means the frequency of Iranian and English idioms with the same meaning and different forms is not considered high.

4.4 Translation by omission:

A translator is less using these strategies, and we did not find any clue on this type of strategy in an area under consideration.
--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 09:48, 12 December 2021 (UTC)

=== Findings===

Mandelbit believed that idioms with different cognitive mapping in the target language would be more challenging to translate.(Mandelbit 1995:40) After conducting this study and data analysis of collected data, the result revealed that the translator frequently used three out of four strategies of the Mona Baker model during the translation process, which is a translation by Paraphrasing, translation by similar meaning and similar form, translation by similar meaning and different form. In contrast, translation by omission does not found in his work.
After detail and careful analysis of data, more than half of idioms like "swelling sea of man,” my lord break his arrogance, “weakness for style and fashion." As I mentioned earlier, many more are translated under the umbrella of Paraphrasing, which is considered the most common method used for translating idioms.

Similarly, it also reflects strategies like similar meaning and different form and similar meaning and similar form. The idiom "rioter came abroad,” burn with envy,” The girl's face became pale, " They fall in love with each other" are translated with the help of two mention strategies, respectively.

Although translation by omission is a strategy used on rare occasions because of its meaning, its meaning cannot be easily paraphrased or stylistic reason. Here, the researcher also did not find any idiom translated with the help of the omission strategy.--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 17:18, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Conclusion ===

By going through the detailed discussion and analysis of the data collected, it was finally concluded that the idioms which are present in two short stories, "khol do" and "License," are translated under the frame of Mona Baker's idiomatic model. Translation by Paraphrasing is mainly used while idioms of similar meaning and form and idioms of similar meaning and different forms are used occasionally. The researcher discusses all the strategies with related examples in the order of maximum used to minimum used. The strategy by omission did not find it works. All the data are collected from different sources and analyzed with the help of different researcher tools, and the result is written in light of the finding. Different from previous studies, the writer presents the strategies to translate idioms by each type of idiomatic expression found in the story. From the result, it is considered the translation of idiomatic expressions in the story is quite accurate. As the number of accurate data is more the data which is not related to the translation. We take conclusion from the translation through idiomatic expression and paraphrasing is the best way to translate a novel or a story however it is very difficult job to do because it needs more accurate and precise knowledge about the source language and an inspiring method to express ideas in the target language. However, translation is thing through which we can connect the world with each other and also we can study and observe diverse cultures.

=== References ===

Abu-Saydeh, A. F. (2004). Translation of English idioms into Arabic. Babel, 114-131.

Ahsan, S. (2020). A comparative study of two translations of manto's short story "Toba Tek". International Journal of English Language Studies, 12-27.

Alexander, R. J. (1987). Mimeograph. In R. J. Alexander (Ed.) Collocation and Culture. Trier: University of Trier, West Germany.

Al-Qinai, J. (2000). Translation quality assessment. strategies, parameters and procedures. Translator's Journal, 497-519.

Bayashi, J. (2020). Japanese-English translation: An advanced guide. Oxfordshire: Routledge.

Das, V. (1995). Critical events: An anthropological perspective on contemporary India. New Delhi: Oxford Printing Press.--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 17:36, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

Mufti, A. (2007). The Language of English India. In I. &. End (Ed.) Enlightenment in the Colony. Princeton University Press.

Waka Xia, L. (2019). A discourse analysis of news translation in China. Syydney: Routledge.

= Muhammad Saqib Mehran Problems in Translation Study =
[[Trans_Type_EN_14]]

===Abstract===

===Key words ===

===Introduction ===

===Ambiguity===

===Lexical and Structural Mismatches===

===Multiword units: Idioms and Collocations===

===Summary===

===Further Reading===

=刘胜楠 A Case Study of ''Ne Zha'' on Subtitle Translation Strategies from the Perspective of Skopos Theory=
[[Trans_Type_EN_15]]

Translation types, strategies, styles, methods

2021-12-13T18:22:49Z

Muhammad Numan: /* Cultural Categories */

'''Translation types, strategies, styles, methods'''

[[Translation_types,_strategies,_styles,_methods|Overview Page of Translation types, strategies, styles, methods]]

30 Chapters（0/30)

[[Trans_Type_EN_1]] [[Trans_Type_EN_2]] [[Trans_Type_EN_3]] [[Trans_Type_EN_4]] [[Trans_Type_EN_5]] [[Trans_Type_EN_6]] [[Trans_Type_EN_7]] [[Trans_Type_EN_8]] [[Trans_Type_EN_9]] [[Trans_Type_EN_10]] [[Trans_Type_EN_11]] [[Trans_Type_EN_12]] [[Trans_Type_EN_13]] [[Trans_Type_EN_14]] [[Trans_Type_EN_15]] [[Trans_Type_EN_16]] [[Trans_Type_EN_17]] [[Trans_Type_EN_18]] [[Trans_Type_EN_19]] [[Trans_Type_EN_20]] [[Trans_Type_EN_21]] [[Trans_Type_EN_22]] [[Trans_Type_EN_23]] [[Trans_Type_EN_24]] [[Trans_Type_EN_25]] [[Trans_Type_EN_26]] [[Trans_Type_EN_27]] [[Trans_Type_EN_28]] [[Trans_Type_EN_29]] [[Trans_Type_EN_30]] ...

[[Book_projects|Back to translation project overview]]

[[DCG-To-Do|To the To Do List]]

=阳佳颖 Analysis On Subtitling Strategies in the American Version of the ''Legend of Zhen Huan''=

'''浅析美版《甄嬛传》的字幕翻译策略'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_1]]

阳佳颖 Yang Jiaying, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 2: The Use of Translation Strategy and Translation Methods in Tourism Texts under the Guidance of Peter Newmark's Translation Theory -- A Case Study of ''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''=
'''纽马克翻译理论指导下旅游文本中翻译策略与翻译方法的使用——以''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_2]]

刘晓 Liu Xiao, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 3: Translation methods and strategies for novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory -- A case study of Korean novel Eun-ju's Movie (Excerpt)=
交际翻译理论指导下小说题材所适用的翻译方法和翻译策略—以韩国小说集《恩珠的电影》（节选）为例

[[Trans_Type_EN_3]]

刘越Liu Yue ，Hunan Normal University，China

=Chapter 4: On Translation Strategies and Translation Methods in Chinese Translation of English Prose -- A Case Study of Chinese Translation of English Prose "Pleasures of Ignorance"=

'''浅析英语散文汉译中的翻译策略和翻译方法——以英语散文《无知的乐趣》汉译本为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_4]]

毛雅文 Mao Yawen, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 5： Analysis of translation strategies and methods for political eassays --- A Case Study of Annual Summary of the Russian Government's Work of 2019 =
'''政论语体翻译策略及翻译方法— 以《2019年俄罗斯政府工作报告》为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_5]]

毛优 Mao You，Hunan Normal University，China

=Chapter 6: An analysis and comparison of the translation styles of two Chinese translations of ''Le Spleen de Paris''=
'''浅析对比《巴黎的忧郁》两个汉译本的翻译风格'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_6]]

彭瑞雪 Peng Ruixue, Hunan University, China

=Chapter 7: A Study of Lu Xun’s Short Stories Translation from the Perspective of Functional Equivalence: Taking Yang Xianyi and Gladys Yang’s English Verison of ''Kong I-Chi'' as a Case Study=
功能对等翻译视角下的鲁迅短篇小说翻译研究——以杨、戴夫妇的《孔乙己》英译本为例

[[Trans_Type_EN_7]]

秦建安 QinJianna, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 8:Translation methods and strategies applicable to the style of biographical literature -- Taking ''Incidents in Life of Slave Girl'' (excerpt) as an example=

'''传记文学的文体所适用的翻译技巧与策略——以英文传记《一名女奴的人生际遇》(节选)为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_8]]

颜子涵 Yan Zihan, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 9: On the Translation Strategies of ''Lun Yu'' from the Perspective of Fusion of Horizons – A Contrastive Study of two translations of Ku Hung-ming and Xu Yuanchong=

'''视域融合视角下看《论语》英译的翻译策略—以辜鸿铭和许渊冲的英译本为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_9]]

邝艳丽 Kuang Yanli, Hunan Normal University, China

=杨柳青 Bian Zhilin's Literary Translation Theories and Practice——Take His Translation of Romantic Poems as Examples=

Yang Liuqing杨柳青,Hunan Normal University,China.

[[Trans_Type_EN_10]]

=Atta Ur Rahman Exploring Translation Strategies: A Case Study of the English Translation of the Holy Quran=

===Abstract===
This study aims at diagnosing culture-specific items in the English translation of the Holy Quran and the strategies which were used to translate the CSIs. Translating CSIs can be a demanding task because such items have specific meanings in the culture and language in which they exist but not necessarily in others. Taking this fact into account, the present study investigates the strategies used in the translation of culture-specific items in the English translation of the Holy Quran. Moreover, the researcher explored the most frequently employed translation procedures. To achieve these goals, the descriptive approach is applied for the analysis of the translation of specific items of culture. The descriptive analysis is also used for the investigation of the translation procedures used therein. The findings of this study indicate that the use of cultural equivalent strategy was the most frequent applied procedure. The descriptive equivalent and through translation procedures were the second most frequently applied translation strategies which were followed by transference, functional equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, modulation and notes. The results shows that the translation procedures are helpful (especially the target-oriented ones) in conveying the meaning of the text from Arabic into English in different ways.

===Key Words===
The Holy Quran, Translation Strategies/procedures, Culture-Specific Items, Newmark

===Introduction===
1. Overview
Translation that plays a crucial role in introducing the history and in transferring the culture of an area is a kind of communication between different languages. It is also illustrated “as the result of a linguistic-textual procedure in which a text in one language is re-contextualized in another language.” In the re-contextualization, studies on translation demonstrate that there are certain critical points (Munday 2012:37) that are problematic for translators, especially, when dealing with vital cultural texts such as religious texts (Malmkjær 2015:10). It helps to communicate and exchange information with people from different countries and cultures. Khammyseh argues that translation is one of the traditional communicating methods between communities all around the world. (Khammyseh 2005:9). Jothiraj states that “translation plays an important role in the inter-lingual process of communication”(Jothiraj 2004:1). Translation is essential for cultures and languages to exchange information. Newmark defines it as a craft in which a written message in a language is replaced by the same story in another language. According to him, Translation is the art of trying to translate what is written or expressed in one language into another language with the same message or expression. To accomplish a qualified translation, the translator needs to be aware of different aspects(Newmark 1988:2). Many scholars in translation have noticed that the difficulty for a translator is to translate texts which deals with religious concepts and cultural specific items.

Nida indicated that translation is the way of finding natural issues in the TL close to the SL, in terms of message and style(Nida 1964:32). Larson has acknowledged that dealing with religious and cultural items is the most difficult, both in finding equivalence and analyzing the source vocabulary. Among the many challenges that exist for the translator is to bring the concept of the SL to a deeper meaning in the TL, the main problem is how to give CSIs, the significance which is firmly connected to the particular cultural context(Larson 1998:23).--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 15:41, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

Culture plays a considerable role, Snell-Hornby assumed that “Culture refers to all socially conditioned aspects of human life”(Snell-Hornby 1988:33). Another definition of culture is formulated by Goodenough. For him, culture is “what people have to learn as distinct from their biological heritage, must consist of the end product of learning: knowledge, in a most general, if relative, sense of the term."(Goodenough 1957:167). By this definition, we should note that culture is not only a material phenomenon; it does not consist of things, people, behavior, or emotions. It is rather the organization of these things. It is the forms of things that people have in their minds, their models for perceiving, relating, and otherwise interpreting them”. According to him, if the translator wants to understand a culture, she or he has to understand that culture is a mixture of belief and knowledge.

The religious text and especially the Holy Quran have played a significant role in human life throughout history to guide human beings towards the right path. Translating religious text can be a hectic job. When it comes to religious texts like the Holy Quran, it might be even more hectic. The Holy Quran has a profound impact on the human lives of its believers. It spreads spiritual serenity and peace of mind. Lustig and Joline thought that “religion is an important institutional network that binds people to one another”(Lustig and Joline 2003:16). But sometimes believers of Islam (whether they are native or not native speakers of the language) face a tremendous difficulty when they want to understand the meaning of a certain lexical unit, lexis that can be identified as Quranic-specific words/phrases.

This study is aimed to probe Newmark's translation procedures applied to translate cultural items from the SL (Arabic) to the TL (English) and to focus on translation strategies used by the English translator to transfer absolute and in-depth intended meanings of the CSI in the Holy Quran. If we examine Newmark's opinion, seventeen procedures may be needed by a translator in the process of translation. However, only a few translation procedures are relevant to this translation, they are Transference, cultural equivalent, functional equivalent, descriptive equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, through translation, modulation and notes.(Newmark 1988:81). These types of translation procedures are usually used to translate cultural terms contained in the text involving Surah Yusuf as a source language. Thus, in the relationship between translation and culture, the strategies offered should be understood as an attempt to make the translation easy to understand by the TR without blurring the message contained in the text written in the SL.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 15:41, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Translation and Culture===

2. Translation and Culture

Culture and translation are intimately connected, for understanding the culture translation plays a crucial role. In every nation, there are multiple cultures which reflect how people behave, socially, traditionally and politically and also practice their specific languages. Languages have a complex system of communication that humans adapt from different cultural background. When someone wants to know more about any culture, it is necessary to know about that language. For understanding the language they need to translate it as one might not understand the particular language. Thus, translation fills the gap created by languages that is a very important aspect of translation.

The translation is the process of translating a point or text from one language to another, we can also refer translation to moving of something from one place to another. Translation impacts also on our real life, in a way of transforming other cultures, norms and traditions into our culture. Translators play a vital role in culture and mediators between cultures, dedicated to linking the gap that repeatedly hinders effective communication between communities. According to Peter Newmark, “translators have been entrusted the elegant and highly-demanding task of representing cultures for decades” (Newmark 1988:7). Newmark established connections concerning the relationship between culture and translating. In his book, he regards translation as a process of “representing the meaning of a text into another language in the way that the author planned the text” (Newmark 1988:5). According to him, although this process has been supposed to be simple, in reality, translators have been facing the complex task of translating and conveying culture for decades, ever since countries began establishing relationships between one another. (Newmark 1988:7).

In the history of translation studies, translation has been discussed through multiple routes which based on practicality and some theoretical aspects. For instance, Catford defined it as "the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language”(Catford 1965:20). According to Venuti translation is "the forcible replacement of the linguistic and cultural difference of the foreign text with a text that will be understandable to the target language reader”(Venuti 1995:18). Schjoldager stated that“a translation is a text that expresses what another text has expressed in another language”(Schjoldager 2008:19). Culture is a complex whole which includes knowledge,belief,art,law,morals,customs and many other capabilities and habits acquired by man as a member of society. The translation is no longer considered to be a mere cross-linguistic activity but it significantly is cross-cultural communication.”
Since language reflects the way of life and basic parts of it, the process of translation cannot be done without the integration of cultural symbols into the construction of meaning. Hassan claimed that a good translation “is one that carries all the ideas of the original as well as its structural and cultural features” (Hassan 2014:2). Hermanns contributed that translation should be recognized as a cultural act. It is a kind of linguistic-cultural activity that involves at least two languages and two cultural traditions. Similarly, translation is not just a verbal act; it is also cultural, which is an act of communication of cultures(Hermanns 1999:22) Later, Hassan emphasized a good translation "is one that carries all the ideas of the original as well as its structural and cultural features" and that "reconstructs the cultural/historical context of the original"(Hassan 2014:2).
These statements demonstrate that there is an interaction between translation and culture, Newmark illustrated that culture in translation competence is “the greatest hurdle to translation, at least the achievement of an accurate and decent translation" (Newmark 2001:328).

Bearing in mind the general alliance among researchers regarding the importance of culture in translation, the translation activity is a question of transferring the correct meaning and that the translator has a productive role in transferring not only the linguistic system of the source text but also the cultural one. As such, it is extremely difficult to draw a borderline between translation and culture as they are inextricably overlaid and this connection leads to creative translation.

2.1 Culture-Specific Items (CSIs)

Culture-specific items are notions that are specific to a particular culture. These concepts are using in different domains such as flora,fauna,food,clothes,housing, work,leisure,politics,law,and religion in the way of life. These cultural concepts are consist of different suggestion and approaches. For the denomination of these concepts, many scholars and linguists employed different names or terms, relatively different definitions are given and they tried to define some points that were related to the culture but they not defined even the name of the concept clearly. Scholars refer different names to these culture-specific items, Newmark uses the term cultural words. (Newmark 1988:327) Christine Nord names them “culturemes” (Nord 1997:9) while in one of the newer studies, focused on the translation of culture-specific items, Mohammad Reza Shah Ahmadi and Fatemeh Nosrati employ a term culture-bound element (Ahmadi and Nosrati 2012:1).
After a long time, some scholars prefer the terms “culture-specific item” (Davies 2003:17), others choose cultural words (Newmark 2003;87) or culture-bound phenomena/concepts (Newmark 2003:7). In this study, the term “culture-specific item” is used as the basic term, as well as its abbreviation CSI, although other synonyms may be used to prevent repetition. "Culture-specific items are defined by different scholars according to their differences and similarities. Meanwhile, Mona Baker (1992) defines specific concepts of culture as “sourcelanguage words that express concepts unknown in the target culture” (Baker 1992:21). It may relate to religion, kind of food or social customs. Newmark suggests to culture-specific items as cultural words (Newmark 1988:94). He further discussed that in many circumstances, cultural words are somewhat easy to detect in a text because they are closely related to a specific language and unable to translate word by word (Newmark 1988:95). When they cannot be translated literary then he mentioned that the translators usually the purpose is to provide a descriptive-functional equivalent (Newmark 1988:95).--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:02, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

2.1.1 Translation of CSIs in the Holy Quran

The Holy Quran is the most basic religious book for Muslims, the Quran was revealed to the prophet Muhammad (PBUH). The Quranic corpus, created in an early form of Classical Arabic, is traditionally believed to be a literal transcript of God’s speech and to constitute the earthly production of an uncreated and eternal heavenly original, according to the general view referred to in the Quran itself as “the well-preserved tablet” (al-lawḥ al-mahfūẓ; Qurʾān 85:22). It has a heartfelt impact on human lives and their believers. It spreads spiritual stability and peace of mind. According to (Lustig and Joline 2003:16) “Religion is an important institutional network that binds people to one another.”
Translating Quranic-specific words/phrases is considered a great challenge for the translators which requires an accurate interpretation and consciousness of the crucial functions of these Quranic-specific words/phrases. Therefore, they have to focus on a set of aspects to attain equivalence and then render the exact meaning. The translation of the Holy Quran is a debatable process because Arabic is full of cultural-specific concepts with no proper equivalent in other languages; consequently, some equivalents fail to convey their cultural meaning thoroughly. The translation is seen as the process of reconstructing a text into other languages. In the Holy Quran, it is mentioned in the Surah of Yusuf: “we have sent it down as an Arabic Quran”, the translated text has been simply seen as a commentary, explaining, or paraphrasing of the source text. In general, exact translation never occurs; rather this can be a basic interpretation of the Holy Quran. In the process of translation of the Holy Quran, language and CSI items and rhetorical features were not inimitable and reproducible into other languages.
Translating CSIs is a strenuous task because such elements have special meanings in culture and language.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:02, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Types of Translation ===

3. Types of Translation

Newmark determines 8 types of translation which are:

3.1 Word-for-Word Translation

This is usually indicated as an interlinear translation, with the target language immediately below the source language words. The source language word-order is preserved and the words translated singly by their most common meanings, out of context. These words are translated literally. Some of the uses of point-by-point translation are to understand the mechanics of the source language or to create a difficult text as a pre-translation process.

3.2 Literal translation

In this type of translation, the grammatical structures of the source language are changed to the nearest target language equivalent but the written points remain the same to one another, out of context.

3.3 Faithful translation
This translation attempts to reproduce the original exact meaning within the limitations of the TL grammatical structures. It also conveys cultural words and maintains an unusual degree of grammar and strength in translation. It tries to make the SL author completely loyal to the intent and reality of the text.

3.4 Semantic Translation

Semantic translation takes much of the aesthetic value of the source language text, making sense where appropriate so that there are no implications, wordplay or repetition roots in the finished version. It may translate less important cultural points by a culturally neutral third or active terms but not by cultural equation and it may also give the reader more small concessions.

3.5 Adaptation

This is an unrestricted form of translation. It is used mainly for plays and poetry, the themes, characters, plots are usually preserved, the SL culture converted to the TL culture and the text rewritten (Ahmad 2015:15).

3.6 Free Translation

The content without a form of the original or the matter without the manner is the productions of free translation. It is also known as intra-lingual translation and it is usually longer than the original.

3.7 Idiomatic Translation

This type of translation replicates the original message but degrades the depth of meaning by selecting meanings and dialogues that do not exist in the original.

3.8 Communicative Translation

This type of translation replicates the original message but degrades the depth of meaning by selecting meanings and dialogues that do not exist in the original(Newmark 1988: 18).
--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:05, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Translation Strategies ===

4. Translation Strategies
Many theorists have used the term translation strategy extensively but with some significant differences in meaning and perspective that they see. Many theorists have used the approach of translation comprehensively but with some notable differences in meaning and vision as they appear.

4.1 Aixela Translation Strategies:
According to Aixela translators need to choose several strategies based on the source language culture and target culture. He distinguishes many of the translation strategies that apply to the translation of culture-specific items and at the same time, he tries to command by the level of their intercultural intervention. He divided it into two groups; conservative groups (5 approaches) and the substitution (6 strategies).

4.1.1. Conservation:
In conservation,the less compelling process includes repetition,orthographic adaptation,linguistic translation,extratextual gloss and intratextual gloss.

4.1.1.1 Repetition:In repetition, there is simply the transference of the culture-specific items from the ST to the TT. Thus,the translator keeps as much as possible the original reference (Aixela 1996:61). This approach is often used for languages that do not differ in the alphabet and most for names.

4.1.1.2 Orthographic Adaptation: The orthographic adaptation involves writing or
transliteration, mainly when the original term is given in a different alphabet than the one used in the target culture.

4.1.1.3 Linguistics translation: Linguistic translation emphasizes on the way where the translator chooses the source closest to the original text and increases his understanding by giving the TL version which is still relevant to the ST cultural system.

4.1.1.4 Extra-textual Gloss: Here,the extra-textual gloss refers to additional information to the previously mentioned procedures, The translator uses one of the above strategies but considers it as a necessity to explain the meaning or concept of CSI. In this gloss, it can be footnotes,endings,words,ideas,translators in dictionaries, italics and so on.

4.1.1.5 Intra-textual Gloss:It's like the past but the translator feels that he/she can include the globe as an indirect part of the text,not to distract the reader.

4.2.1 Substitution
In substitution, According Aixela “that synonymy, limited universalization, absolute universalization, naturalization, deletion, and autonomous creation are encompassing here"(Aixela 1996:87)--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:40, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

4.2.1.1 Synonymy: This strategy is a stylist used to avoid the constant repetition of culturespecific items in the ST.

4.2.1.2 Limited Universalization: When the translator realizes that the culture-specific item is not clear to the reader or that another source CSI exists in the source language which can be replaced, replace it with data. Of course, the location is not as specific to the source language as the first one.

4.2.1.3 Absolute Universalization: The only difference between limited universalization and absolute universalization is when the translator cannot find the best known CSI in the source language or prefers to eliminate the unusual concept and choose a neutral term. (Aixela 1997:63).

4.2.1.4 Naturalization: In this case “translator brings the culture-specific item into the TL culture” (Ketabi 2015:8).

4.2.1.5 Deletion: When the CSI is “unacceptable ideologically or stylistically or it is not relevant enough for the effort of comprehension required for the readers” (Aixela 1996;64), or very clear that the translator does not want to use any strategy, they delete the CSI.

4.2.1.6 Autonomous Creation: When the translator agrees to use non-existent cultural
reference in the ST.(Aixela 1997:43).

4.3 Mona Baker's Translation Strategies
Baker's strategies have been used by professional translators at word level in their translations, to deal with issues while performing the task of translation.Baker She suggests various procedures to work for unequal treatment at the point level, for example, translation by a more general word, translation by a more neutral / less obvious word, translation by paraphrasing, Using related words, and so on. She formulates the classification in different strategies(Baker 1992;90) which are the following:

4.3.1 Translation by a more general word: According to Baker,this has to do with the meaning of the proposition. Appropriately it works in many languages.

4.3.2 Translation by a more neutral/ less expressive word: This is another strategy in terms of semantics it does with differences with obvious meaning.

4.3.3 Translation by cultural substitution:This strategy involves placing culture-specific material that does not have the same predictive meaning as the target language material but may have the same effect on the target reader.

4.3.4 Translation using a loan word: This strategy relies on culture-specific items, modern borrowing points plus interpretation concepts and buzz points.

4.3.5 Translation by paraphrase using a related word: When the source material is written in the target language but separately, and when the frequency used in the source text is high, it will be natural in the target language.

4.3.6 Translation by paraphrase using unrelated words: This strategy can be used when the concept in the source material is not lexical in the TL.

4.3.7 Translation by omission: Losing phrases or words that are not vital to text development.

4.3.8 Translation by an illustration: Here, use examples when the source word is not equal in the target language. Each theorist presents their strategies according to their point of view,however,Baker,s translation strategies include the most applicable set of strategies, as it shows the strategies used by professional translators.
--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:40, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Cultural Categories ===

5. Cultural categories

5.1.2 Ecology
In this type of cultural category, Newmark labels those words which have some similarities and differences in culture concerning the environment. For Example, animals, colors, astronomy, plants birds etc. They will also have some geographical features that can normally differ from other cultural terms in that they usually have no political, commercial value.

5.1.2 Material culture

Material culture is also known as artefacts, In the category of material culture, Newmark included Food, clothes, housing, transport, and communications and also those objects which are made by humans. For Example, Clothing, atoms, crops, vegetables, jewellery, drugs, planets etc. “Food is for many the most sensitive and important expression of national culture. The function of the generic clothes terms is approximately constant, indicating the part of the body that is covered, but the description varies depending on climate and material used, houses and town, and transport.”(Newmark 1988:90)

5.1.3 Social culture

The social culture is divided by Newmark in two ways, they are work and leisure. For example, Trade, armour, literature, poets, markets, games.

5.1.4 Organisation

Newmark organizations are divided into five categories: political and administrative conditions, historical conditions, and international conditions. ‘The international community terms usually have recognized translations which are in• fact through-translations, and are now generally known by their acronyms', religious terms, artistic terms; “the translation of artistic terms referring to movements, processes and organizations generally depend on the putative knowledge of the readership. For example, adultery, business, corruption, sex, poverty, marriage, divorce etc.”

5.2 Newmark Classification CSIs

Newmark established the classification of culture-specific items (CSIs) into five classes which are;
Table 1. Newmark classification of Culture-Specific Items. (Newmark 1988:97) --[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:50, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

5.2.1 Categorization of CSIs in Surah Yousuf of the Holy Quran

Verse No. Terms English Translation Categories
1 الۡکِتٰبِ Book Material culture

2 قرُۡءٰنًا Quran Material culture

3 الۡقَصَصِ Narration Gesture

4 رَايَۡتُ Dream Habit

5 کَوۡکَبًا Stars Ecology

6 ال َّ شمۡسَ Sun Ecology

7 الۡقَمَرَ Moon Ecology

8 الۡاحََادِيۡثِ Events Organization

9 يعَۡقوُۡبَ House of Yaqub Material culture

10 يعَۡقوُۡبَ Yaqub

11 ابِۡرٰہيِۡمَ Ibrahim

12 اِسۡحٰقَ Ishaq

13 اقۡتلُوُا Kill Social culture

14 ارَۡضًا Earth Ecology

15 الۡجُبِّ Pit Ecology

16 ال َّ س َّ يارَةِ Wayfares

17 يٰۤابََانَا Father

18 َّ يرۡتعَۡ Eat Social culture

19 وَ يَلۡعَبۡ Play Social culture

20 لَحٰفِظُوۡنَ Guard Social culture

21 وَ اخََافُ Fear Habit

22 الذِئّۡبُ Wolf Ecology

23 عِشَاءًٓ Nightfall Ecology

24 َّ يبۡکُوۡنَ Weeping Habit

25 مَتاَعِنَا Belongings Material culture

26 قمَِيۡصِہٖ Shirt Material culture

27 وَارِدہَمُۡ Water drawer Material culture

28 دلَۡوَهٗ Bucket Material culture

29 بِثمََنٍ ۢ بَخۡسٍ Paltry price Material culture

30 درََاہمَِ مَعۡدوُۡدةٍَ Silver coin Material culture

31 مِّصۡرَ Egypt

32 لِامۡرَاتَِہٖۤ Wife

33 الۡارَۡضِ Land Ecology

34 اشَُدَّ هٗۤ Prime age

35 الۡابَۡوَابَ Door Material culture

36 مَعَاذَ ّٰ ِ Master Organization

37 ال ُّ سوۡٓءَ Evil Habit

38 الۡفَحۡشَاءَؕٓ Lewdness Habit

39 عِبَادِنَا Servant Organization

40 وَ قَدَّ تۡ Ripped Social culture

41 عَذاَبٌ Punishment Social culture

42 ُّ يسۡجَنَ Prison Organization

43 الۡعَزِيۡزِ Minister Organistion

44 حُباؕ Love Social culture

45 فتَٰىہَا Slave Organization

46 سِکِّيۡنًا Knife Material culture

47 مَلکٌَ Angel Organization

48 فَاسۡتجََابَ Prayer Gestures

49 خَمۡرًا Wine Material culture

50 خُبۡزًا Bread Material culture

51 رَاۡسِیۡ Head Material culture

52 ال َّ طيۡرُ Birds Ecology

53 ءَارَۡبَابٌ Gods Organization

54 يٰصَاحِبَیِ السِّجۡنِ Prisoners Organization

55 تعَۡبدُوُۡنَ Worship Gesture

56 ال َّ شيۡطٰنُ Satan Organization

57 الۡمَلِکُ King Organization

58 بَقَرٰتٍ Cows Ecology

59 خُضۡرٍ Green Ecology

60 يٰبسِٰتٍ Dry Ecology

61 سُنۡۢبلُٰتٍ Grain Material culture

62 تزَۡرَعُوۡنَ Crops Material culture

63 يغَُاثُ Rain Ecology

64 يَعۡصِرُوۡنَ Juice Material culture

65 النِّسۡوَةِ Women

66 ال َّ رسُوۡلُ Messenger Organization

67 الۡعَزِيۡزِ Governor Organization

68 ال ّٰ صدِقِيۡنَ Truthful Habit

69 الۡخَائِٓنيِۡنَ Betray Organization

70 خَزَائِٓنِ Treasure Material culture

71 مَ َّ کنَّ ا Power Organization

72 بِرَحۡمَتِنَا Mercy Gestures

73 يَتَّ قوُۡنَ Taqwa Habit

74 الۡمُنۡزِلِيۡنَ Hospitality Habit

75 رِحَالِہِمۡ Camel Ecology

76 وَ ل َّ مَا فَتحَُوۡا Family Organization

77 بَابٍ Gate Material culture

78 اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty Organization

79 الۡعِيۡرُ Caravan Organization

80 لسَٰرِقوُۡنَ Thieves Organization

81 السِّقَايَۃَ Bowl Material culture

82 تاَ ّٰ ِ Swear Habit

83 کٰذِبيِۡنَ Liars Habit

84 وِّعَاءِٓ Bag Material culture

85 درََجٰتٍ Rank Organization

86 َّ موۡثِقًا Pledge Social culture

87 الۡحٰکِمِيۡنَ Judges Organization

88 الۡقَرۡيَۃَ Town Material culture

89 عَيۡنٰہُ Eyes

90 الۡبَشِيۡرُ News Social culture

91 ابَوََيۡہِ Parents Organization

92 الۡعَرۡشِ Thrown Organization

93 يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ Devices Material culture

94 وَ الۡارَۡضِ Earth Ecology

95 ال َّ سمٰوٰتِ Heavens Ecology

===Translation Procedure ===

6. Translation Procedure

There are seventeen different kinds of translation procedures classified by Newmark. According to (Gallagher 1996;31)“translation procedures are the technical devices to convey the message of a text in one language into another language.” The difference between translation procedure and translation methods discussed by (Newmark 1988;81)“translation methods relate to whole texts, translation procedures are used for sentences and the smaller units of language.”

6.1 Transference
Transference is the way through which we convert the source language to target language and also contains transliteration or transcription. Transference is also known as loan words, there is no transformation in the spelling of the words that have been translated.

6.2 Naturalization
Naturalization changes the word SL to its pronunciation,then TL to its original form.
Naturalization also adds new connections to external conditions.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:55, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

6.3 Culture equivalent
In this procedure, SL the cultural word is translated by the target cultural word. The use of the translation of this procedure is limited because it is not accurate, but it can be used in general texts, public and publicity,as well as for brief explanation to readers who do not understand the relevant source language culture.

6.4 Functional Equivalent
This approach is the most accurate path of translating and it uses very neutral cultural points with a new specific term.

6.5 Descriptive equivalent
This strategy is working for the description of the meaning or function of the source language.

6.6 Synonymy
This method of translation is applied when there is nothing to the same.

6.7 Through-Translation
Through translation is the literal translation of common conflicts,the names of organizations and compound parts.

6.8 Shifts or Transposition
This translation procedure involving a change in grammar from SL to TL. This change is done when there is a difference between the structure of the SL and the TL is reasonable.

6.9 Modulation
This procedure is used in the translation of sentences, phrases and clauses. Here the translator looked at the message in the source language sentence from a different angle or a different way of thinking. This strategy is used when the translation of words with literal meaning does not produce a reasonable translation.

6.10 Recognized Translation
The translation process is manifested when the translator uses an authoritative or appropriate translation of an organization's term.

6.11 Translation Label
This procedure is the appropriate one for the translation of a new institutional term,and it is a temporary translation of the source language word.

6.12 Compensation
This process manifests itself when there is a meaningful loss in one part,but compensation in the other part.

6.13 Componential Analysis
In this procedure, the source language word translated into the TL by detailing the components of the meaning of the source language word.

6.14 Reduction & Expansion
In this procedure, the elements of the word 'auto' removed and the elements of the word expanded in the target language.

6.15 Paraphrase
This procedure appears when cultural words need more explanation.

6.16 Couplets
In this procedure, two or more different procedures meet in one translation, couplets, triplets, quadruplets.

6.17 Notes
When the additional information is added to the cultural words for the clarification of readers.

===Analysis and Discussion ===

7. Analysis and Discussion

7.1 Introduction
This chapter highlights the procedure of the study and the analysis of culture-specific items in Surah Yusuf. This chapter explores the use of translation strategies in transferring meaning from the ST to the TL and the appropriateness of Newmark's model in interpreting the procedures that the translator applied during the translation process.

7.2 Procedures
To account for the translation of CSIs in this research, the source text of the Holy Quran in Arabic and its English translation translated by Mufti Taqi Usmani were studied. After reading the whole Ayahs of Surah Yusuf and its translation, every Ayah and its translation in English were carefully analyzed to identify CSIs and the strategies used by the translator to translate them into English. After that, the classification of CSIs by Newmark has been accepted as the theoretical framework of this study aimed at analyzing culture-specific items. For the clarification, each procedure is interpreted and demonstrated with illustrations in Tables 1-9.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 17:01, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

7.3 Analysis and Discussion
After the categorizing the culture-specific items according to Newmark's strategies, the researcher worked on the strategies for translating the culture-specific items applied in Surah Yusuf, including transference, cultural equivalent, functional equivalent, descriptive equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, through translation, modulation and notes; Then, he arranged the data gained in Tables 1-9 in order to show the cases of applying Newmark’s strategies for translating the culture-specific items.
The discussion section is devoted to the interpretation of each selected culture-specific word, the researcher presents a discussion of how he formulates the CSIs in Newmark strategies.
Below are the discussion points created for using each strategy;

7.3.1 Transference: Transference includes transliteration and is the same as what is called transcription. The word then becomes a loan word. There were words that were transferred from the source text to the target text. These are presented in the following table.
Table1.

Here are some examples of Transference applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yusuf:

Strategy Source Text Target Text
قرُۡءٰنًا Quran
ابِۡرٰہيِۡمَ Ibrahim
Transference يعَۡقوُۡب Yaqub
اِسۡحٰق Ishaq
يَتَّ قوُۡنَ Taqwa

Words that have given in table 1 are transference words because these are conveyed to target language which is a different language writing system then from the source language, For example, the word Quran is transliterated word and pronounce as same as like in source language قرُۡءٰنًا, so it is transcripted and also become a loan word. Similarly, all the mentioned words in table 1 are transference words.
7.3.2. Cultural Equivalent: Cultural equivalent purpose is to replace a cultural word in the source language with an, although not completely synonymous, target language word.

Table 2.
Examples of Cultural equivalent applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡب House of Yaqub
لَحٰفِظُوۡنَ Guard
بِثمََنٍ ۢ بَخۡسٍ Paltry price
درََاہمَِ مَعۡدوُۡدةٍَ Silver coin
اشَُدَّ هٗ Prime age
Cultural Equivalent مَعَاذَ ّٰ Master
الۡعَزِيۡزِ Minister
فَاسۡتجََابَ Prayer
اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty
يٰصَاحِبَیِ السِّجۡن Prisoners
الۡمَلِکُ King
يَعۡصِرُوۡنَ Juice
مَ َّ کنَّ ا Power

In Surah Yusuf, we have some words that are related to the cultural equivalent, Table 2 contains cases where cultural equality is applied. The word House of Yaqub is not completely synonymous to the ST اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡب, it is a replaced word in the SL. The word minister is not completely synonymous to the word ST word الۡعزَِيۡزِ. Similarly, the word Master in the TT is not synonymous to the word which is used in the ST ّٰ مَعَاذَ, it is a replaced word. The original meaning of the word فَاسۡتجََابَ is to accepted, but here it is referred to Prayer which is not only the synonymous but also a replaced one; furthermore, all the words mentioned in table 2 are mostly not completely synonymous words but the cultural replacing words.

7.3.3 Functional Equivalent:In functional equivalent, the word culture-free is used,
sometimes with a specific term; Therefore, it generalizes the word SL.

Table3.

Examples of Functional equivalent applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
الۡقَصَصِ Narration
رَايَۡتُ Dream
Functional equivalent الۡاحََادِيۡثِ Events
ال َّ س َّ يارَةِ Wayfares
مِّصۡرَ Egypt
يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ Devices

In functional equivalent, culture-free words are used, sometimes a new specific term is used which generalizes the SL word. For example, in table 3 the word Events is used as a cultural free word that generalizes the ST الۡاحََادِيۡثِ. The word Devices is a cultural free word and used as a new specific term to generalize the ST word يَمۡکُرُوۡنَ. The word Narration is used in the TT as a cultural free word because it is not limited or bound to a single culture. The word narration can be used by every culture representative.
7.3.4 Descriptive Equivalent: It is using phrases in TT to explain the ST word.
Table4.
Examples of Descriptive equivalent applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
کَوۡکَبًا Stars
ال َّ شمۡسَ Sun
الۡقمََرَ Moon
Descriptive equivalent عِشَاءًٓ And at Nightfall
وَارِدہَمُۡ Water drawer
سِکِّيۡنً Knife
الۡکِتٰبِ Enlightening book
ال َّ سمٰوٰتِ Heaven

The descriptive equivalent is, using phrases in TT to explain the ST word. For example Eleven stars and the sun and the moon a phrase used in the TT which explains کَوۡکَبًا َّ و ال َّ شمۡسَ وَ الۡقمََرَ the ST words stars, sun and moon. Similarly, Enlightening the book is a phrase used in the target text which highlights the meaning of الۡکِتٰبِ.
7.3.5 Componential Analysis:componential analysis is the initial comparison of a source language point to a selected language point that has the same meaning, but does not equate to one.
Table5.
Examples of Componential analysis applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
رَايَۡتُ Dream
ال َّ طيۡرُ Birds
Componential analysis وَ يَلۡعَبۡ Play
يَعۡصِرُوۡنَ Juice
مَعَاذَ ّٰ ِ Master
يٰصَاحِبَیِ السِّجۡنِ Prisoners
اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty

Further, in justification in the translation of CSIs, the researcher analyzed the words that comparing the word base of a source language with the target language point that has the same meaning, but obviously not equals one. Like رَايَۡتُ means to look or see while translating it to the TT it meanings changes to word Dream. The basic comparison of these two words is the same.
That is both words are related to cognition and eyes. For instance, other words are ال َّ طيۡرُ Birds, اِ نِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty.
7.3.6 Synonymy: Synonymy is a near target language equivalent.
Table 6.
Examples of Synonymy applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
الۡکِتٰبِ Book
قۡتلُوُا Kill
ارَۡضًا Earth
Synonymy الذِئّۡبُ Wolf
دلَۡوَه Bucket
خَمۡرًا Wine
يٰبسِٰتٍ Dry

The translator has used good equivalents for the words chosen in the Surah Yusuf. For instance, الۡکِتٰبِ Book, Book in the TT and الۡکِتٰبِ in the ST are the synonymous word. Few other examples are mentioned in table 6.
7.3.7 Through translation:Through-translation, is a literal translation of common conflicts, names of organizations and compound parts. It can also be called: click or loan translation.
Table7.
Examples of Through-translation applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡبَ House of Yaqub
غَيٰبَتِ الۡجُبِّ Into the bottom of a pit
بِرَحۡمَتِنَا Mercy
Through Translation الۡاحََادِيۡثِ Events
ُّ يسۡجَنَ Prison
الۡعَزِيۡزِ Governor
الۡخَائِٓنيِۡنَ Betray
وَ ل َّ مَا فَتحَُوۡا Family

In through translation, the researcher found those words which have common collocations, name of organization or component of compounds in Surah Yusuf. Examples of through translations are House of Yaqub, اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡبَ is a component of the compound, Family وَ ل َّ مَا فَتحَُوۡا is the name of the organization, other examples are mentioned in table 7.
7.3.8 Modulation: Modulation occurs when the translator generates the original text message in TL text according to the current target language norms, as source language and target languages may differ visually.
Table8.
Examples of in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf Modulation applied
Strategy Source Text Target Text
يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ Devices
Modulation لَسٰرِقوُۡنَ Thieves
مَ َّکنَّ ا Power
وَ قَدَّ تۡ Ripped

The modulation occurs in the translation of culture-specific items when we are translating the word or phrase from the source text to target text according to the new norms and traditions in TT culture. For instance, Devices are the word that had been translated from the Arabic word يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ which means to plan something while in English it is opposite which means tools.
7.3.9 Notes: Notes, additions, and glosses are additional information that a translator must add to the version; The additional information that translators add is usually cultural.
Table9.
Examples of Notes applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty
Notes تعَۡبدُوُۡنَ Worship
ال َّ شيۡطٰنُ Satan
بِثمََنٍ ۢ بَخۡسٍ Paltry price

In this strategy, the translator adds some additional information to his version, The additional information that translators add is usually cultural. For example اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ is a word which means that giving the order is limited or quality related to Al-Mighty God while the translator used the word sovereign which means authority. Worship is a word which means to follow or obey someone, the translator can use it in his point of view while in Arabic تعَۡبدُوُۡ نَ which means a quality limited to God.

===Conclusion and Recommendations===

8. Conclusion and Recommendations

This chapter summarizes the findings of the study. It also provides some recommendations regarding the application of translation procedures in translation between language systems.

8.1 Summary of the Findings

The translator applied nine translation procedures out of seventeen of Newmark’s translation procedures in the translation of the Surah Yusuf of the Holy Quran, namely, transference, cultural equivalent, functional equivalent, descriptive equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, through translation, modulation and notes. The cultural equivalent strategy was the most frequent applied procedure. The descriptive equivalent and through translation procedure was the second most frequently applied translation procedure, It was followed by transference, functional equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, modulation and notes. It is a descriptive study in which CSIs from ST translated to TT.

8.2 Conclusion

The present study purpose was to explore the CSIs in Surah Yusuf of the Holy Quran and to investigate which translation strategy proposed by Newmark were employed by the translator to overcome culture-specific items. Obviously, the researcher has worked hard to clear the way for future students of translation. Throughout the research, the researcher faced a lot of challenges and findings were revealed, some of them are the following;

• Between Arabic and English, there is a big cultural gap. Till now, this problem is considered as an unsolvable problem.

• Lack of reading and translating religious books.

• Many mistakes are made by the translators because they were unknown to the ST.

• The translators have to go through or review the previous translation of the Quranic scripture to solve the problem that they might face in the process of their translation.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 17:05, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

The procedures used in this study will help the translator to render culture-specific terms accurately. Thus, the researcher worked well to fill the linguistic gaps between Arabic and English. Furthermore, Newmark’s translation procedures helped the translator make the translation sound more natural to the TR. It can be observed from the analysis that Newmark’s translation procedures were effective in translating the Islamic texts. The findings of the study might help students of translation and practitioners in the field of TS to get familiar with the most influential strategies in rendering cultural specific items. They can use the findings of the study to employ translation tasks in translations. Educational planners can use the findings of this study to specify the most influential, dominant strategies to conduct a target-oriented/sourceoriented translation. To sum up, it should be emphasized that the focus of this particular study was on religious genre. Investigating CSIs in different genres could lead to new areas of research for interested researchers. Accordingly, the information gained from this study may prove useful to translators, translation teachers, and student learners as it will help them improve their translation skills with the special attention of culture-specific items and will allow them Give texts when having a broad view of translation. Other researchers can derive similar effects from many of the findings of the same study.

This study is similar to other studies that might have several limitations which need to be taken into account. The study focused on one Surah translated by one translator. Examining different Surahs of the Holy Quran and their translations by other authors from different cultures might lead to interesting facts or they might confirm the findings of this study. Different translators might employ different strategies. Further research is needed to confirm or disconfirm the findings of this study. Newmark's strategies are not limited to the cultural features of the language. But it also covers the linguistic specifications. To narrow down the subject of the study, the linguistic aspects of the text were ignored. Comparing these linguistic aspects could be another interesting topic and venue for further research.
Finally, It may be concluded that Newmark’s translation procedures are necessary for the translation of an Islamic text between two different language systems and cultures. However,the translator must be competent in using the translation procedures to provide an accurate translation.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 17:05, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

8.3 Recommendations

The researcher furnished a set of recommendations in the light of the findings reached and the results obtained. The recommendations can make a helpful set of guidelines for both existing and potential translators in general and for translating religious texts of two languages that are not closely related. These recommendations are tentative and are subject to modification upon closer investigation by translation scholars and professionals:

• The researcher recommends that the study of translation procedures should be included in the university curriculum for students who study translation, to help them in solving the problems of translating religious texts.

• It is recommended for translastors to use the translation procedures appropriately in order to deliver the meaning of the source text correctly.

• The researcher also recommends examining the application of other kinds of translation procedures on Islamic texts based on other models such as Andrew Chesterman’s translation procedures.

• It would also be beneficial to investigate Newmark’s translation procedures to various types of texts such as medical texts and journalistic texts.

=== References ===
Abdi, H. (2019). Translating culture-specific items (CSIs) as a conundrum for Iranian MA translation students: Considering the level of study. Journal of new advances in English Language Teaching and Applied Linguistics, 1(1), 88-109.

Aguado-Gimenez, P., & Pérez-Paredes, P. F. (2005). Translation-strategies use: A classroombased examination of Baker’s taxonomy. Meta: journal des traducteurs/Meta:
Translators' Journal, 50(1), 294-311.

Ahmadi, M. R.S and Nosrati, Fatemah. (2012). Domestication and Foreignization Strategies in Translation of Culture-Specific Items. Translations of English-Persian Children’s Literature. San Francisco: Grin Publishing. Google Books.

Al Saleh, R. A. (2019). An Application of Newmark's Procedures to Muhammad Abul Quasem's Alleman, J. C. Bee. W. Ulitkin, I. Files, F., Zetzsche, J., Chatonnet-Marton, P. & y del Árbol, E. V. Translation Strategies.

Al-Sofi, B. B. M. A., & Abouabdulqader, H. (2020). Bridging the gap between translation and culture: towards a cultural dimension of translation. International journal of linguistics, literature and culture, 6(1), 1-13.

Baker, M., 1992. In Other Words: A Coursebook on Translation. London: Routledge, p.20–42.

Blažytė, D., & Liubinienė, V. (2016). Culture-specific items (CSI) and their translation strategies in Martin Lindstrom’s" Brand sense". Kalbų studijos, (29), 42-57.

Bush, P. (1998) "Literary Translation." In: M. Baker, ed. Routledge Encyclopedia of Translation Studies, London: Routledge, pp.127-130.

Catford. J. C. (1965). A linguistic theory of translation. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
English Translation of Mohammad Al-Ghazali's Islamic Guidance.Literature and Culture, 6(1), 1-13.

Gečaitė, L. (2020). Culture-Specific Items and Their Translation Strategies in Victoria Hislop's Novel The Sunrise.” (2020).

Hassan, B. E. A. (2014). Between English and Arabic: A practical course in translation.
Cambridge Scholars Publishing.

Hermans, T. (1999). Translation in systems. Manchester: St. Jerome Publication House, J. (Ed.). (2014). Translation: a multidisciplinary approach. Springer.
Issa, A. L. S. M., & Hammood, L. H. R.- Quranic-Specific Phrases under the Study of Translation; Significance and Applications.

Janfaza, E., Assemi, A., & Dehghan, S. S. (2012). Language, translation, and culture.
In International Conference on Language, Medias and Culture (Vol. (33), p. 83-87).

Janfaza, E., Assemi, A., & Dehghan, S. S. (2012). Language, translation, and culture.
In International Conference on Language, Medias and Culture (Vol. 33, p. 83-87).

Lambert, J. (1998) Literary Translation. In: M. Baker, ed. Routledge Encyclopedia of Translation Studies. London: Routledge, 130-134.

Landers, Clifford E. (2001) Literary Translation: A practical guide. New Jersey University Press: Multilingual Maters.

Lustig, Myron, W. and Koeser, Joline (2003), Intercultural Competence: Interpersonal Communication Across Cultures, Boston: Allyn and Bacon.

Malmkjær, K. (1993). Who Can Make Nice A Better Word Than Pretty? Collocation, Translation, and Psycholoinguistics. In: Baker, M., Francis, G. and Tognini-Bonelli, E.
eds. Text and Technology. Philadelphia/Amsterdam: John Benjamins Publishing Company. pp.213-32.

Mosavat, S., & Rahimpour, S. (2016). The Most and Least Used Translation Strategies for
Conveying Culture-Specific-Items in Young Adult Literature from English into Persian. International Journal of Humanities and Cultural Studies (IJHCS) ISSN 23565926, 1853-1873.

Munday, J. (1997). Systems in Translation: A computer-assisted systemic approach to the analysis of translation of García Márquez. Ph.D thesis, University of Bradford.

Newmark, P. (2001). A Textbook of Translation. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language
Education Press

Newmark, Peter. (1988). A Textbook of Translation. New Jersey: Prentice-Halls

Nord, Christiane. (1997). Translating as a Purposeful Activity: Functionalist Approaches
Explained. Manchester: St. Jerome. Accessed 10 November. 2018. Google Books Schjoldager, A. (2008). Understanding translation. Academica: Århus.

Silalahi, M., & Lubis, S. (2013). Translation Procedures of Cultural Terms Found In Sejarah Bilingual For Students of Senior High School.
Valipoor, K., & andAzizeh Chalak, H. H. T. (2019). Cultural-specific items in translation of the Holy Quran by Irving: 43-51.

Venuti, L. (1995). The translator’s invisibility: A history of translation. London and New York:
Routledge

Widiarto, O. V. V. (2016). The translation procedures of cultural expressions applied in a game of thrones translated into Perebutan Tahta novel by Barokah Ruziati (Doctoral dissertation, Dian Nuswantoro University).

=Zohaib Chand AN INTRODUCTION TO TRANSLATION STUDIES: AN OVERVIEW Intan Pradita=

[[Trans_Type_EN_12]]

===Abstract===
This study aims to observe the development of translation studies through its different types, various strategies, styles and particular methods. In this paper, the readers are introduced to some famous translation scholars including their view of translation studies. At the further discussions, this study lets the readers acknowledge the main issues on translation studies, focusing on different styles of variations such as grammar, sentence structure, textual analysis, strategies and methods. This study may help those who are interested to conduct translation researches and help them by giving options of which theories is beneficial to their analysis. Moreover, it aims to explore the clear definition of translation as well as help the readers to understand the basic concept which are used in the field of translation. The present study, therefore, attempts to outline the scope of the discipline of translation studies and more importantly, it is an attempt to outline its activity that required a deep mastering of language, a good source of knowledge and target cultures.

===Key words ===
Translation, styles of variations, strategies

===Introduction ===
It is undoubtedly right that translation is important to share information. In line with these premise, the number of translation professionals is getting higher. In fact, the result of translation researches tends to help human daily life in term of evaluation, designing translator machines, and cultural studies. Therefore, translation means converting written information from one language into another. It is the new discipline appeared in the second half of the 20th century. The term “Translation Studies” was coined by James S. Holmes, an American-Dutch poet and translator of poetry, in his seminal paper “The Name and Nature of Translation Studies”. Translation enables effective communication between people around the world. It is a courier for the transmission of knowledge, a protector of cultural heritage, and essential to the development of a global economy. Translation helps us to know about the developments in the field of creative arts, education, literature, business, science and politics. It has shifted from the traditional conception of the fixed, stable and unchangeable nature of the text and its meaning to a text with wide scope for variations. Translation also helps in nation building. In this globalised world, the demand for translation and language related services has increased many times. Translation is not only needed for the creation of national identity but has also become an essential tool for keeping pace with the processes of globalization and localization. The activity of translation has a long-standing tradition and has been widely practiced throughout history, but in our rapidly changing world its role has become of paramount importance. Nowadays, knowledge in which cultural exchanges have been widening, has been increasingly expanding and international communication has been intensifying, the phenomenon of translation has become fundamental. Be it for scientific, medical, technological, commercial, legal, cultural or literary purposes, today human communication depends heavily on translation and, consequently, interest in the field is also growing. Accordingly, the discussion, in the present study, proceeds primarily from the perspectives of “Translation Studies” and “Linguistics”. One major goal is to show the interrelationships between linguistics and translation, and how they benefit from each other. Nowadays, translation research has started to take another path, which is more automatic. The invention of the internet, together with the new technological developments in communication and digital materials, has increased cultural exchanges between nations. This leads translators to look for ways to cope with these changes and to look for more practical techniques that enable them to translate more and waste less. They also felt the need to enter the world of cinematographic translation, hence the birth of audiovisual translation. The latter technique, also called screen translation, is concerned with the translation of all kinds of TV programs, including films, series, and documentaries. This field is based on computers and translation software programs, and it is composed of two methods; dubbing and subtitling. In fact, audiovisual translation marks a changing era in the domain of translation.
In short, translation has very wide and rich history in the West. Since its birth, translation was the subject of a variety of research and conflicts between theorists. Each theorist approaches it according to his viewpoint and field of research, the fact that gives its history a changing quality.

Discussion

Translation is an activity that requires deep mastering of languages, a good knowledge of source and target cultures. It is also linked with the translation method, strategies and styles of variations. Each translation type requires different translation method. In this paper, it is an attempt to outline that there are several types of translation. Each type is defined by different scholars through different criteria to the contextual situation of communication. In this paper, we will be writing down the three prominent types of translation through various medium namely; technical translation, literary translation and pragmatic translation. For each type, a selection of examples will be considered for analysis based on translation theories and techniques. We will show that some chunks of text require literal translation, while other requires interpretive method. In addition, this paper will also examine various strategies and its styles of variations based on translational study. The following strategies will be presented in the paper as;

• They involve text manipulation.
• They must be applied to the process.
• They are goal-oriented.
• They are problem-centered.
• They are applied consciously.
• They are inter-subjective.

Most theorists agree that strategies are used by translators when they encounter a problem and literal translation is not useful. Different researchers have investigated and described various translation strategies from their different perspectives. It intends to show what translation strategies exist and when and why they are used by professional translators. Different scholars have various perspectives to the aspects of the act of translation, so, they define and describe different types of strategies. Bergen's (n. d.) classification of the strategies includes three categorizations which will be discussed mainly in this paper:

• Comprehension strategies
• Transfer strategies
• Production strategies

An addition to this paper, styles of variations will also be introduced to the readers through different aspects and examples. The concept of style can be defined in terms of the distinctive way an individual or a group uses language, or better still the discourse used to perform distinct functions of language aimed at achieving specific purposes. However, this does not entail that style is simply a matter of form since it is the product of other components such as the genre of discourse, its semantics, syntax and phonology. Indeed, in order to analyze a given stylistic variation one needs an extensive checklist that includes lexical and grammatical categories, allusions, and figures of speech. Style can be understood to refer to the recurring typical features of the source text compared to the typical features of the translated text. In a quantitative and qualitative analysis, this variation is shown to be influenced by several pragmatic and social factors, and to index the interpreters' stances towards source speakers and towards the immigrant court users who are the recipients of translations from English. It is argued that translation styles have profound consequences for limited English speakers, as the insistence on institutional norms in translating to them is viewed as a gate keeping behavior that may impede their full participation in the proceedings.

What is translation?

Translation went through various definitions going from a mere linguistics activity during the sixties, a cultural and communicative activity during the seventies reflects the social impacting activity in the latest founding of the literature.
“Translation is traditionally known as being the replacement of textual material in one language into equivalent textual material in another language”.
House (2015) mentions that translation is considered as the “replacement” of a text in the source language by a semantically and pragmatically equivalent text in the target language. It is strongly related to a source language and target language cultures. It requires a high level of mastery languages, an awareness of any contextual factors within which the discourse emerges. There is no need to mention how it affected civilizations through different areas of mankind history. For example, An Arab-Islamic civilizations. There have always been different directions on how one should or should not translate. In the Arab tradition, two main methods existed and were in complete divergence namely the literal and the free method.
On the other hand, in the Western tradition there are various methods currently exist namely, the linguistic, the hermeneutic, the interpretive, the functionalist, the interventionist, the poly-systemic and the text-typologist method. More so, it may be important to point out that translation has been defined in many ways, and every definition reflects the theoretical approach underpinning it.
As Shuttlworth and Cowie (1997) observe throughout the history of research into translation, the phenomenon has been variously delimited by formal descriptions, echoing the frameworks of the scholars proposing them. For example, Bell (1991: XV) starts with an informal definition of translation, which runs as follows: the transformation of a text originally in one language into an equivalent text in a different language retaining, as far as is possible, the content of the message and the formal features and functional roles of the original text.
At the beginning of the ‘scientific’ (Newmark, 1988, p. 2) study of translation, Catford (1965, p. 20) described it in these terms, the replacement of textual material in one language (SL) by the equivalent textual material in another language.
Thirty years later, in Germany, the concept of translation as a form of ‘equivalence’ is maintained, as we can see from Koller’s definition (1995, p. 196): “The result of a text processing activity, by means of which a source language text is transposed into a target-language text. Between the resultant text in L2 (the target-language text) and the source text in L1 (the source language text) there exists a relationship, which can be designated as a translational, or equivalence relation”. Because complete equivalence (in the sense of synonymy or sameness) cannot take place in any of his categories, Jakobson (1959) declares that all poetic art is, therefore, technically untranslatable. That is, the translator has to take the question of interpretation into account in addition to the problem of selecting a TL phrase which will have a roughly similar meaning. Exact translation is impossible. In this regard, Bassnett (1996) claims that all texts, being part of a literary system descended from and related to other systems are “translations of translation of translations”: every text is unique and at the same time, it is the translation of another text. No text is entirely original because language itself, in its essence, is already a translation: firstly, of the non-verbal world and secondly, since every sign and every phrase is the translation of another sign and another phrase. However, this argument can be turned around without losing any of its validity: all texts are original because every translation is distinctive. Every translation, up to a certain point, is an invention and as such it constitutes a unique text.
In this analysis of the above definition, Manfredi (2008), points out that the above distinction can be divided into two main perspectives, those that consider translation either as a ‘process’ or a ‘product’. To this twofold categorization, Bell (1991, p. 13) adds a further variable, since he suggests making a distinction between translating (the process), a translation (the product) and translation (i.e., “the abstract concept which encompasses both the process of translating and the product of that process”. Moreover, thanks to advances in new technologies, today we can also incorporate into TS the contribution of corpus linguistics, which allows both theorists and translators analyses of large amounts of electronic texts (Manfredi, 2008). On the other hand, Halliday (1992, p. 15) takes translation to refer to the total process and relationship of equivalence between two languages; we then distinguish, within translation, between “translating” (written text) and “interpreting” (spoken text). Halliday, thus, proposes distinguishing the activity of “translation” (as a process) from the product(s) of “translating”, including both “translation” (concerning written text) and ‘interpreting’ (regarding spoken text.
“Translation is the production of a functional target text maintaining a relationship with a given source text that is specified according to the intended or demanding function of the target text.

Types of Translation

Translation is an activity that requires deep mastering of languages, a good knowledge of source and target cultures. It is also linked with the translation method, strategies and styles of variations. Each translation type requires different translation method. In this paper, it is an attempt to outline that there are several types of translation. Each type is defined by different scholars through different criteria to the contextual situation of communication. In this paper, we will be writing down the three prominent types of translation through various medium namely; technical translation, literary translation and pragmatic translation.

Technical translation

Technical translation is a type of specialized translation involving the translation of documents produced by technical writers, or more specifically, texts which relate to technological subject areas or texts which deal with the practical application of scientific and technological information. (Wikipedia)
Translators' main goal is to accurately translate the technical terminology to match the document and the message of the original content.

The benefits of technical translation

A professional technical translation service is provided by translators with dual specialties, that is, professionals who are fluent in the language pair, but who are also experts in the field covered by the documents to be translated.
When you need to have your documents translated by a technical translator, translators who are not experts may not be able to provide the necessary solutions and terminology for a quality translation. If the translator is not an expert in the field, he/she will have to learn the new terminology while working. This means that translation will take longer, have higher chances of inaccuracies, and may result in higher costs. Therefore, the main advantages of hiring an agency specialized in this type of service are as follows:

Literary translation

Literary translation is the translation of creative and dramatic prose and poetry into other languages. This includes the translation of literature from ancient languages and the translation of modern fiction so that it can reach a wider audience.
Literary translation is of huge importance. It helps to shape our understanding of the world around us in many ways. Reading Homer and Sophocles as part of a classical education in school helps to build an understanding of history, politics, philosophy and so much more. Meanwhile, reading contemporary translations provides fascinating insights into life in other cultures and other countries. In a fast-paced world so rife with misunderstanding and confusion, such efforts to share knowledge and experiences across cultural boundaries should be applauded.
The translation of literature differs greatly from other forms of translation. The sheer size of the texts involved in literary translation sets it apart. Tackling a translation that runs to hundreds of thousands of words is not a task for the faint-hearted. Nor is recreating poetry in a new language, without losing the beauty and essence of the original work.
One of the key challenges of literary translation is the need to balance staying faithful to the original work with the need to create something unique and distinctive that will evoke the same feelings and responses as the original. This can be particularly challenging when it comes to translating poetry.
Poems are written with incredible attention to detail. Not only are the words and phrases important, but the number of syllables and the entire rhythm of the completed work. It’s a challenging task to complete just in one language, let alone when trying to recreate a poet’s work during a translation. Daniel Hahn, director of the British Centre for Literary Translation, sums up the issue beautifully.
As literary translators will attest, a single word can be extremely troublesome. The author of a work of fiction has chosen that word for a good reason, so the translator must ensure that it is faithfully delivered in the target language. However, what if no direct translation is available? Or what if several options exist, each with a slightly different nuance? Urdu language translator Fahmida Riaz outlines her approach to such thorny issues.
For instance, “Every piece you translate comes from the pen of an individual, so you have to give it an individual treatment. I try to retain the ambience of the original culture, rather than the language, as it is reflected in the text.”

Pragmatic translation

Pragmatic translation is the basic assumption that provided a source language text contains no misstatements of fact, is competently written and has to be fully translated rather than summarized or functionally reorientated; one's purpose in translating it is to be referentially and pragmatically accurate. In this paper, I shall not deal with referential accuracy but concentrate instead on the pragmatic aspects of translation. As the term pragmatic translation may be used in a variety of ways, I should like to state my own definition of pragmatic, which derives from Charles Morris and ultimately from Charles S. Peirce. I am using pragmatic as one of the two factors in translation: pragmatic denotes the reader's or readership's reception of the translation, as opposed to referential, which denotes the relationship between the translation and the extra-linguistic reality it describes.
Translation is a properly way to a properly communication and pragmatics is how to use language in communication properly. By translation, many things from different languages and cultures can understand to each other. In other words, translation can be stated as a facilitator to make a communication runs well.

===An Overview on Translation Studies ===

===Main Issues in Translation Studies: Equivalence or Variations ===

=== Matthiessen's Parameter on Register Variations===

===Conclusion ===

=== References ===

= Muhammad Numan A Study to Explore the Translation Strategies of Idiomatic Expression from Urdu to English ; A Case Study of Sadat Hassan Manto’s Short Story “Khol Do” =
[[Trans_Type_EN_13]]

===Abstract===
Translation is necessary for developing knowledge and idea, but it also makes the people understand the language and culture of other people or countries. However, equivalence is essential during translation, especially when the translator wants to translate idiomatic expressions in the best possible way. Therefore it is necessary to follow up on some strategies during the translation process. The research work is carried out under the qualitative method with textual analysis techniques as significant. Mona Baker's model for idiomatic expression is explored with the help of different examples from collected data. The primary purpose of this study is to find out which types of strategies are being followed by the translator during the translation process. It was found that translation by paraphrasing, translation by similar words and meaning and translation by similar meaning and different words.
===Key words ===
Translation Strategies, Idiomatic expression, Sadat Hassan Manto, Urdu Literature --[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 09:45, 12 December 2021 (UTC)

===Introduction ===

In this chapter, the researcher wants to highlight the different concepts about the fundamental question that "what is idiomatic expression" and the views of various critics, theorists and linguistic experts, and prominent scholars of translation studies.--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 15:38, 13 December 2021 (UTC) Among them are Lindalorri, Mona Baker, Newmark's, and many more define idioms from their point of view. Secondly, the researcher highlights one of the most prominent literary and short stories writers of the sub-continent Sadat Hassan Manto, his life, literary style, and short stories career. In the last statement of the problem, the objective of the research, which type of strategies was followed in the translation process, purposes of study, and delimitation of studies are explained one by one.

Many critics, theorists, and linguists define idioms differently. However, in general, an idiom is a phrase or expression that typically has a metaphorical, non-literal meaning connected to it. However, phrases can become figurative idioms while keeping the literal meaning of the words. However, according to the Oxford Dictionary of English, a set of words is established by usage as having a meaning not deducible from the meanings of the constituent terms (e.g., over the moon, see the light).

"What is particularly remarkable about idioms is that they can be described in a variety of ways, depending on the roles they fulfilled," writes (Linda 2006: 8). "A string of words whose meaning differs from the meaning supplied by the individual words" is what an idiom is, according to (Larson 1984: 20). Idioms are "at the end of the scale from collocations in one or both of the areas: flexibility of patterning and transparency of meaning," according to (Baker 1992: 23). Idioms are defined by (Yagihashi 2003, 22) as a "collection of words whose meaning cannot be guessed from their meaning.". According to Newmark, “Idioms are word groups whose meaning cannot be deduced from the meaning of individual words.”(Newmark 1981: 11).--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 15:38, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

The whole meaning of each word that makes up an idiom cannot be considered the idiom's overall meaning. As a result, an idiom should not be translated. To remark that someone is bull-headed, for example, suggests that he or she is obstinate, even though the connotation has nothing to do with the words bull or headed. According to Corelli, English has a sizeable idiomatic base. About 4,000 idioms in American English are drawn from the nation's culture and everyday life. Idioms infect English with a peculiar flavor and offer it remarkable diversity, brilliant character, and color. She also feels that idiomatic expressions not only assist language learners in understanding English culture but also penetrating English people's traditions and lifestyles and gaining a deeper understanding of English history.(Corelli 2006: 53)

The main issue that idiomatic and fixed expressions pose for translators, according to Baker is twofold: "the ability to recognize and interpret an idiom correctly; and the difficulties involved in rendering the various aspects of meaning that an idiom or a fixed expression conveys into the target language. The first challenge that a translator encounters is understanding that she/he is dealing with an idiomatic expression.(Baker 1992: 65)

Sadat Husain Manto's writings also include numerous literary criticism, studies in Urdu, and many translations from Urdu into English. He is credited with having brought Urdu language and literature into the mainstream of contemporary international writing. There is no doubt that Sadat Hassan Manto was the most prolific of all modern writers in the sub-continent. Manto's published a substantial number of short stories during his short literary life span, and novelette gave some master piece work to Urdu literature. The noble laureate Hemingway mentions the lunatic life of great Manto's in his speeches. The current research study aims at discovering and determining the strategies used in translations of "khol do" short stories about sexual violence during partition of sub-continent and "license" a short story which throw light on the behavior of society toward widow his profession which lead toward prostitution by Aatesh Taseer an Indian born translator currently living in London having solid links with native country and culture.(Ahsan 2020: 12-27)--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 15:44, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Literature Review ===

In this chapter, the author/researcher defines the strategy and its different definitions from various perspectivess. However, the sole focus is only on the strategy of translation studies. Furthermore, renowned academicians put forward their definition of strategy like Venutti quoted translation strategy as the theory of de construction-sim, which is progressive and future-oriented.(Venutti !995, 35 Krings defines it as the content of the project, while Seguinet divided the term into three steps.(Krings 2000:21). However, Locher defines it as the procedure of solving a problem faced in translating a text. Jaskelaine involves the primary task of choosing the SL text and developed a method to translate it. (Locher 2002:76) In last, the author points out his research work's sole purpose by mentioning different research work on Mento's short stories except for this angle. --[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:30, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

The term "strategy" is used in a variety of settings. Many theorists in translation studies have used the phrase "translation methods" interchangeably, although with significant distinctions in meaning and perspective. The following is a collection of more general definitions of the term strategy. A strategy is a long-term set of actions to achieve a specific goal (Wikipedia Committee, n. d.).A methodical plan for improving one's learning performance has been actively altered and mentioned (Instruction Curriculum Reading Glossary, n. d.)
A strategy is a well-thought-out, intentional, goal-oriented (with a measurable outcome) approach carried out through a series of actions that can be monitored and modified (Curriculum Learning Literate-Futures Glossary, n. d.)

A collection of particular mental and behavioral procedures is taken to reach a given result. These definitions are general and can be related to different fields of study. This study mainly concerns translation strategies, although the definitions mentioned above can be narrowed down to this research field, as well. Translation strategies have their characteristics, through which one can gain a proper understanding of them. In general, a translator employs a strategy when confronted with a challenge while translating a text; nevertheless, translation methods are not required when translating a text literally. Bergen points out that strategies are not always obvious or straightforward. (Bergen 1996:33)

Although beginners in the field of translation believe they have done a successful translation when they translate word for word and utilize a dictionary, they do not realize that there is still a problem and that adjustments must be made at various levels of the translation. As a result, the most critical purpose of the strategies is to solve problems. "Venuti attempted to put deconstructionist translation theory into practice by proposing the "resistant translation" technique as an alternative to the standard "smooth translation. This technique tries to reverse the colonial concept of translation, English-American culture centralism, and the value of imperialist culture from an ideological standpoint. (Vinute 1998:41).--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:30, 13 December 2021 (UTC)
It aims to retain "foreignness" rather than seeking similarity in translation principles and methods. The author believes Venuti's translation strategy is quite progressive and future-oriented, with the development of international communications on an equal footing. However, it will take time to implement fully." (Jianzhong. .Krings 1986, 18) defines translation strategy as "a translator's potentially deliberate objectives for solving concrete translation problems specific translation task in the context of a project."The translators adopted three global tactics, according to Seguinot (i) translating uninterrupted for as long as possible; (ii) resolving surface flaws as soon as possible; (iii) leaving text quality and stylistic problems to the editing stage.(Seguinot 1989:27)--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:30, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

Furthermore, Loescher defines translation strategy as "a possibly conscious technique for overcoming a difficulty encountered in translating a text, or any segment thereof."(Loescher 1991:8) As stated in this definition, consciousness is vital in distinguishing strategies employed by learners and translators. "The element of consciousness is what distinguishes strategies from these activities that are not strategic," (Cohen 1998:4) claim moreover, 'Bell' distinguishes between global (whole-text) and local (text segment) techniques and indicates that this distinction is the outcome of several types of translation challenges.(Bell 1998:188)

According to Venuti, "involve the core tasks of picking the foreign text to be translated and establishing a way to translate it."(Venuti 1998, 240). He uses the terms "domesticating" and "foreignizing" to describe them. Ordudari, considering the process and outcome of translation, Jaaskelainen divides methods into two primary categories: some strategies deal with what happens to texts, while others deal with what happens during the translation process. According to Jaaskelainen, product-related strategies entail the essential tasks of selecting the SL content and establishing a technique for translating it. On the other hand, process-related strategies are "a set of (loosely articulated) rules or principles that a translator applies to attain the goals determined by the translating scenario.(Jaaskelainen 2005:15)

Furthermore, Jaaskelainen distinguishes between global and local strategies, stating that "global strategies refer to general principles and modes of action, while local strategies refer to specific activities concerning the translator's problem-solving and decision-making.(Jaaskelainen 2005:16). Newmarkdistinguishes between translation methods and translation procedures. (Newmark 1988, 81) also distinguishes between translation techniques and procedures, writing, "While translation methods are employed for full texts, translation procedures are utilized for sentences and smaller units of language."(Newmark 1988, 221)

Apart from other literature like poetry, drams and other subcultures also produce literary genius in short stories. Monto is one of them. His literature is translated into different languages with a different theme in his work. Apart from the story of division, Manto's books are characterized by powerful female characters. Manto combines the physical brutality of division with the intellectual cruelty that sex and sexuality face inside the Indio Pak subcontinent's social framework (Ranjan 2004, 3). Manto's female characters, according to Ispahani, are characterized by their sexual fragilities, such as sexual humiliation, rape, and prostitution. "They are nearly always victims, with the power only to cause their destruction," she believes. Sakina's body movement reveals how severely she was sexually raped. Sakina's silence and pain depict the savagery of her rape to the point where they lost their ability to communicate. Manto's short stories present another perspective on trauma through the absence of the subject converses (Mehta 2018, 9). Bingo by Tariq Rahman explores sexual repression, social injustice, and war tragedies. Wartime rape has existed since the beginning of conflicts, and penetrators consider it one of their weapons of war (Isikozlu, 2016:13).

The concept of hegemonic binary was introduced by the second wave of feminism, which depicts patriarchal conduct as sexually superior and powerful. At the same time, women are sexually inferior and submissive argue (Marinucci, 2010:15). Sexual trauma serves as a link between the victim and society; it ruins the victim's sense of safety, leads to low self-esteem, and silences them called by (Lewis 2017:54). Saadat Hasan Manto (1912-1955) was one of the most well-known, controversial, and provocative Urdu writers of the twentieth century. Despite being a prolific writer of essays, plays, film scripts, and novels, he was best known for his short tales. Born in Punjab, he began his writing career in Bombay before moving to Lahore, Pakistan, in January 1948, a few months after partition (Hasan 1984:12). Following that, his stories generally centered on a partition, exploring its human effects from various perspectives.

Manto's works are notable for their realism, word economy, dependence on internal components, and, most notably, their abrupt, often distressingly unclear ends (Akhtar and Flemming 1985:9). While Tariq Rahman wrote Bingo, he is a writer, playwright, and critic who has made significant contributions to Urdu literature through his writing. Research work was carried out on the comparison of "bingo" and "khol do."
The purpose of this thesis is to compare the two short stories Khol Do and Bingo, both of which focus on women and violence, particularly wartime rape, which makes women more vulnerable than ever before. This paper explores how women are victims of war and partition, making them doubly marginalize primarily due to the hegemonic binaries of men and women. Both of the stories aim to reflect the stigmata of our society regarding the violence and cruel treatment of women since their existence. Furthermore, via the lenses of feminism and post-colonialism, it examines how varied wartime weapons can be for both gender binaries. The writers' audacity causes us to reflect on the inhumane treatment of women in everyday life and even in wartime when they are with the men who are supposed to defend the female..(Ahsan 2020: 12-27)--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:31, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

=== Theoritical Framework ===

In this paper, various strategies have been used, like using an idiom of similar meaning and similar form, the idiom of similar meaning and different form, translation by Paraphrasing, translation by omission. The approach of employing idioms of similar meaning and form, according to Mona Baker, entails using an idiom in the target language that can express about the same meaning as the source language idiom, as well as having lexical similarity. On the other hand, this type of matching happens periodically as well as regularly.(Baker, 1992, 13)

Similarly, employing idioms with similar meanings but different forms means that it is possible to locate an idiom or fixed expression in the target text language that has a similar meaning to the source idiom or expression but is made up of distinct lexical elements. Consider the case of English and French, both of which use the idiom mentioned above. In English, one good deed is rewarded with another, whereas in French, handsome deeds are rewarded with handsome deeds.

Furthermore, we did not come across any idioms in the category mentioned above during translating idioms. To deal with this issue, the translators used the most popular approach, known as a translation by paraphrase, which is short, straightforward, and time-saving. When a match cannot be identified in the target language or when it appears improper to employ idiomatic language in target material due to aesthetic differences between the source and target languages, this is the most typical approach for translating an idiom from source to target language. However, one thing to keep in mind is that a perfect translation is not required is necessary or possible.

Last but not least, to overcome the problem of idiom translation, the translator employs the strategy of translation by omission. This can be defined as an idiom being omitted entirely in the target text with a single word. This is done because the idiom has no close match in the target language; its meaning cannot be easily paraphrased or due to stylistic reasons.--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:38, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

Data analysis Techniques:
Textual analysis is the method of data analysis in qualitative research that brings forth the hidden and potent message, structure, and function of research in giving text, Alan Mckee (defines textual analysis as whenever we perform textual analysis on the text, we make an educated guess at some time of the most likely interpretations that might be made of that text (Alan 2001:3)
Analysis of the translation of short stories in light of Mona baker's theory "khol do and license" are short stories written by Sadat Hassan Manto and translated by many translators from Urdu into English. During translation, the translator adopted many strategies for translating idiomatic expression, sometimes by Paraphrasing, sometimes by omission, sometimes using similar idioms of form and meaning while sometimes using different words and the same form, the whole.
--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 09:51, 12 December 2021 (UTC)

===Discussion and Analysis===

The chapter analyzes and discusses all the data collected by the author/researcher from different sources. All the examples of idioms are firstly identified, then translated into the target text, and back-translated for the sole purpose of exploring the strategies being used by the translator. A separate section is given to every strategy with its related example. Moreover, the idiomatic expression, the target work for finding, is highlighted through the bold letter.

4.1 Translation by Paraphrasing:

Based on our findings, the most often used strategy was "translation by paraphrasing." An inspection also reveals that Aatish Taseer preferred this strategy. Here are some examples applied by the translators, and in the following section, the logic behind their preference towards this strategy is elaborate. The following are examples from two short stories of Sadat Husain Manto's "khol do" and "license."
Example 1:

ST: Sirajuddin ne subah das baji anki kholi to logo ka aik mutalatam samandar deka.

TT: Ten a.m., Siraj Uddin opens his eyes on the cold floor of the camp, seeing the swelling sea of men.

BT: sub ke das baji jab Sirajuddin ne apni anki koli to logo ka aik ublaha howa samandar ka nizara dekni laga.

So, the above idioms are literal idioms being translated with the help of 'Paraphrasing' because there is no perfect equivalent of mutalatam words in English languages. A similar look at another idiom from short stories "khol do."

Example 2:

ST: Khuda tomahra bala kari.

TT: Your God will reward

BT: Is ka badla khoda tomahi di.

Here, the word reward is being used for Bala Kari, an example of transitional by Paraphrasing.
Let take another example from "khol do."

Example 3:

ST: unkho nai Jan khateli pa rak kar sakena ko donda.

TT: even putting their lives online, they search sakina

BT: apni zindagio ko khatri me dal kar unkho nai sakina ko dond nekala.

The above idioms are examples of pure idiom translated from Urdu into English with the help of paraphrases strategies. However, under the same strategies, the idioms of another short story of Manto,s "license," are translated by Aatish Taseer. Some of the examples are given below.

Example 4:

ST: Abu kochwan bara cheel jabela ta. It is the binomial type of idioms taken from the first sentence of the short story "license" by Sadat
Hasan Manto

TT: Abu kochwan is stylish man.

BT: Abu kochwan aik wazahdar admi ta.

From the above idiom, it is clear that there is no perfect equivalence of cheela chabela idiom in English; that is, the translator goes
through paraphrasing strategies. Look at another example from "license."

Example 5:

ST: Lein har waqat bank bani rekhi ka usi be had showk ta

TT: He had a weakness for style and fashion.

BT: Dan saj ke rekhna uski kamzori me sai ik ta.

So all of the above examples, which are analyzed one by one, are examples of idioms being translated through paraphrasing strategies. Beaugrande and Dressler define paraphrases as "approximate conceptual equivalence among outwardly different material."(De Beaugrande and Dressler 1981, 50) Similarly, in this regard, Hirst defines paraphrases as "talk(ing) about the same situation in a different way." (Hirst 1980:12) Munday declared that "equivalence is particularly useful in translating idioms and proverbs” For instance, if the English idiom like a bear with a sore head is rendered into Persian as (mesle borje zahremar), meaning like a tower of snake venom, the strategy of equivalence has been applied. (Munday 1981:13).--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:55, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

According to Leonardi, "Equivalence can be said to be the central issue in translation." In this regard, house believes that "a translation text should match not only its source text in function but also employ equivalent situational-dimensional means to achieve that function" (Baker 2002:49). who shares this approach, states that equivalence is used "for the sake of convenience—because most translators are used to it rather than because it has any theoretical status" (Kenny 1998:77).

Despite different attitudes to the concept of equivalence, most specialists pay much attention to its meaning in the theory of translation. The translation is a form of communication, and that is why it is vital to establish equivalence between the source text and the target text. Although Vinay and Darbelnet believe that equivalence is used differently than in modern translation theory, it is evident that equivalence is one of the basic concepts of translation that cannot be neglected.Vinay and Darbelnet 1999:18)
Consequently, based on the Above mentioned studies using 'Paraphrasing' in translation stands as the core concept in the process of translation, and still, most of the translators cling to it for producing a more comprehensible and explicable text. These language ideas and translation models are ideal constructs, presented abstractly in order to be differentiated precisely. They may exist in an uneasy combination in actual theories and practices, resulting in logical tensions or inconsistencies. They must first contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation before they can contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation. Theories and actions must be contextualized in historical settings. They've been utilized as analytical tools to describe various topics in section introductions. Theoretical writings and current events these language notions and translation models are ideal constructs expressed in an abstract manner in order to be distinguished precisely in real-life hypotheses they may exist in an uncomfortable mix, resulting in logical conflicts or inconsistencies. They must first contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation before they can contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation.

4.2 Using an idiom of Similar Meaning and Form

As mentioned earlier, this strategy type is being used by Aatish Taseer during their translated work of Manto's short stories "khol do" and" license" on an occasional basis. Some examples are mention below.

From khol do.

Example 6:

ST: Larki ka rang zard hogaya.

TT: The girl's face became fail

BT: larki ka rang zar hogya.

Similarly, another example from the license is

Example 7:

ST: Abu our us ke mat beer hogaie

TT: They fall in love with each other.

BT: WO ik dosri ke mokhbat me geriftar hogaie

The above idioms are pure ones and are being translated with the help of similar meanings and similar forms.

The procedures: transposition, modulation, equivalence, and adaptation, and when it comes to defining the term Equivalence, (Vinay and Darbelnet 2000:90) propose that it consists in rendering "the same situation … by two texts using completely different stylistic and structural methods", and when it comes to translating idiomatic expressions like "Il pleut à seaux" it can be translated as "It is raining cats and dogs" using the idiom of similar form and meaning in the target language.

As Baker states, this strategy involves using an idiom in the TL which conveys roughly the same meaning as that of the source language idiom and, in addition, consists of identical lexical items. The salient point is that this kind of match can only occasionally be achieved, which cannot be picked up more often by translators. Accordingly, both translators mentioned in the current study had quite a slim chance of using this strategy type.(Baker 1992:12)

4.3 Using an idiom of similar meaning but different form:

During translating Manto short stories, "khol do" and "license," some of the idioms are translated with the help of this strategy. Some of the examples are given below from two different short stories.

Example number one is from the short story "khol do"

Example 8:

ST: Aur bolwai gos ayai thee?

TT: The roitors come abroad.

BT: pasadi bahar agai hai.

The above idiom is a pure type of idiom being translated with the help of above mention strategy. The word rioter is being used for bolwai, which is not a perfect word for bolwai. In Urdu bolwai, people believe in violence when minorities or the low population of any country want some rights. These people stop them by using violence, burn down their properties, rapes women, and do things like that. Another example from the license is below.

Example 9:

ST: Dosri kotwal abu ko dek kar jal ban ho jati.

TT: The other coachman burn with envy.

BT: Abu ke kamyabi dek kar aur kotwal abu sai khasad karni lagi’

The above idioms are a pure idiom that reflects the effect of jealousy between competitors to achieve equivalency. Aatish Taseer uses envy word for jal ban instead of other which have similar meaning but different form. Look at the other example from "license."

Example 10:

ST: Dino lat vo lagal se kam karni laga.

TT: Dino came with an excuse.

BT: Dino abb bahi tarashni laga.

The above idioms are types of binomial idioms translated with the help of idioms with similar meanings and different forms. (Newmark 1988, 81) mentions the difference between translation methods and translation procedures. He writes that "[w]hile translation methods relate to whole texts, translation procedures are used for sentences and the smaller units of language" (Newmark 1988: 81). Idiomatic translation in his definition reproduces the 'message' of the original. However, it distorts nuances of meaning by preferring colloquialisms and idioms where these do not exist in the original, leading to using an idiom of similar meaning but a different form. Besides, it is often possible to find an idiom or fixed expression in the target language with a meaning similar to that of the source idiom or expression but which consists of different lexical items (Baker 1992, 12). Therefore, translators discover idiomatic expressions in the target language with different forms than in the source language. In the current study, the translators approached this strategy merely for 9% of the total times, which means the frequency of Iranian and English idioms with the same meaning and different forms is not considered high.

4.4 Translation by omission:

A translator is less using these strategies, and we did not find any clue on this type of strategy in an area under consideration.
--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 09:48, 12 December 2021 (UTC)

=== Findings===

Mandelbit believed that idioms with different cognitive mapping in the target language would be more challenging to translate.(Mandelbit 1995:40) After conducting this study and data analysis of collected data, the result revealed that the translator frequently used three out of four strategies of the Mona Baker model during the translation process, which is a translation by Paraphrasing, translation by similar meaning and similar form, translation by similar meaning and different form. In contrast, translation by omission does not found in his work.
After detail and careful analysis of data, more than half of idioms like "swelling sea of man,” my lord break his arrogance, “weakness for style and fashion." As I mentioned earlier, many more are translated under the umbrella of Paraphrasing, which is considered the most common method used for translating idioms.

Similarly, it also reflects strategies like similar meaning and different form and similar meaning and similar form. The idiom "rioter came abroad,” burn with envy,” The girl's face became pale, " They fall in love with each other" are translated with the help of two mention strategies, respectively.

Although translation by omission is a strategy used on rare occasions because of its meaning, its meaning cannot be easily paraphrased or stylistic reason. Here, the researcher also did not find any idiom translated with the help of the omission strategy.--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 17:18, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Conclusion ===

By going through the detailed discussion and analysis of the data collected, it was finally concluded that the idioms which are present in two short stories, "khol do" and "License," are translated under the frame of Mona Baker's idiomatic model. Translation by Paraphrasing is mainly used while idioms of similar meaning and form and idioms of similar meaning and different forms are used occasionally. The researcher discusses all the strategies with related examples in the order of maximum used to minimum used. The strategy by omission did not find it works. All the data are collected from different sources and analyzed with the help of different researcher tools, and the result is written in light of the finding. Different from previous studies, the writer presents the strategies to translate idioms by each type of idiomatic expression found in the story. From the result, it is considered the translation of idiomatic expressions in the story is quite accurate. As the number of accurate data is more the data which is not related to the translation. We take conclusion from the translation through idiomatic expression and paraphrasing is the best way to translate a novel or a story however it is very difficult job to do because it needs more accurate and precise knowledge about the source language and an inspiring method to express ideas in the target language. However, translation is thing through which we can connect the world with each other and also we can study and observe diverse cultures.

=== References ===

Abu-Saydeh, A. F. (2004). Translation of English idioms into Arabic. Babel, 114-131.

Ahsan, S. (2020). A comparative study of two translations of manto's short story "Toba Tek". International Journal of English Language Studies, 12-27.

Alexander, R. J. (1987). Mimeograph. In R. J. Alexander (Ed.) Collocation and Culture. Trier: University of Trier, West Germany.

Al-Qinai, J. (2000). Translation quality assessment. strategies, parameters and procedures. Translator's Journal, 497-519.

Bayashi, J. (2020). Japanese-English translation: An advanced guide. Oxfordshire: Routledge.

Das, V. (1995). Critical events: An anthropological perspective on contemporary India. New Delhi: Oxford Printing Press.--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 17:36, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

Mufti, A. (2007). The Language of English India. In I. &. End (Ed.) Enlightenment in the Colony. Princeton University Press.

Waka Xia, L. (2019). A discourse analysis of news translation in China. Syydney: Routledge.

= Muhammad Saqib Mehran Problems in Translation Study =
[[Trans_Type_EN_14]]

===Abstract===

===Key words ===

===Introduction ===

===Ambiguity===

===Lexical and Structural Mismatches===

===Multiword units: Idioms and Collocations===

===Summary===

===Further Reading===

=刘胜楠 A Case Study of ''Ne Zha'' on Subtitle Translation Strategies from the Perspective of Skopos Theory=
[[Trans_Type_EN_15]]

Translation types, strategies, styles, methods

2021-12-13T18:20:14Z

Muhammad Numan: /* Translation Strategies */

'''Translation types, strategies, styles, methods'''

[[Translation_types,_strategies,_styles,_methods|Overview Page of Translation types, strategies, styles, methods]]

30 Chapters（0/30)

[[Trans_Type_EN_1]] [[Trans_Type_EN_2]] [[Trans_Type_EN_3]] [[Trans_Type_EN_4]] [[Trans_Type_EN_5]] [[Trans_Type_EN_6]] [[Trans_Type_EN_7]] [[Trans_Type_EN_8]] [[Trans_Type_EN_9]] [[Trans_Type_EN_10]] [[Trans_Type_EN_11]] [[Trans_Type_EN_12]] [[Trans_Type_EN_13]] [[Trans_Type_EN_14]] [[Trans_Type_EN_15]] [[Trans_Type_EN_16]] [[Trans_Type_EN_17]] [[Trans_Type_EN_18]] [[Trans_Type_EN_19]] [[Trans_Type_EN_20]] [[Trans_Type_EN_21]] [[Trans_Type_EN_22]] [[Trans_Type_EN_23]] [[Trans_Type_EN_24]] [[Trans_Type_EN_25]] [[Trans_Type_EN_26]] [[Trans_Type_EN_27]] [[Trans_Type_EN_28]] [[Trans_Type_EN_29]] [[Trans_Type_EN_30]] ...

[[Book_projects|Back to translation project overview]]

[[DCG-To-Do|To the To Do List]]

=阳佳颖 Analysis On Subtitling Strategies in the American Version of the ''Legend of Zhen Huan''=

'''浅析美版《甄嬛传》的字幕翻译策略'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_1]]

阳佳颖 Yang Jiaying, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 2: The Use of Translation Strategy and Translation Methods in Tourism Texts under the Guidance of Peter Newmark's Translation Theory -- A Case Study of ''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''=
'''纽马克翻译理论指导下旅游文本中翻译策略与翻译方法的使用——以''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_2]]

刘晓 Liu Xiao, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 3: Translation methods and strategies for novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory -- A case study of Korean novel Eun-ju's Movie (Excerpt)=
交际翻译理论指导下小说题材所适用的翻译方法和翻译策略—以韩国小说集《恩珠的电影》（节选）为例

[[Trans_Type_EN_3]]

刘越Liu Yue ，Hunan Normal University，China

=Chapter 4: On Translation Strategies and Translation Methods in Chinese Translation of English Prose -- A Case Study of Chinese Translation of English Prose "Pleasures of Ignorance"=

'''浅析英语散文汉译中的翻译策略和翻译方法——以英语散文《无知的乐趣》汉译本为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_4]]

毛雅文 Mao Yawen, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 5： Analysis of translation strategies and methods for political eassays --- A Case Study of Annual Summary of the Russian Government's Work of 2019 =
'''政论语体翻译策略及翻译方法— 以《2019年俄罗斯政府工作报告》为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_5]]

毛优 Mao You，Hunan Normal University，China

=Chapter 6: An analysis and comparison of the translation styles of two Chinese translations of ''Le Spleen de Paris''=
'''浅析对比《巴黎的忧郁》两个汉译本的翻译风格'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_6]]

彭瑞雪 Peng Ruixue, Hunan University, China

=Chapter 7: A Study of Lu Xun’s Short Stories Translation from the Perspective of Functional Equivalence: Taking Yang Xianyi and Gladys Yang’s English Verison of ''Kong I-Chi'' as a Case Study=
功能对等翻译视角下的鲁迅短篇小说翻译研究——以杨、戴夫妇的《孔乙己》英译本为例

[[Trans_Type_EN_7]]

秦建安 QinJianna, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 8:Translation methods and strategies applicable to the style of biographical literature -- Taking ''Incidents in Life of Slave Girl'' (excerpt) as an example=

'''传记文学的文体所适用的翻译技巧与策略——以英文传记《一名女奴的人生际遇》(节选)为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_8]]

颜子涵 Yan Zihan, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 9: On the Translation Strategies of ''Lun Yu'' from the Perspective of Fusion of Horizons – A Contrastive Study of two translations of Ku Hung-ming and Xu Yuanchong=

'''视域融合视角下看《论语》英译的翻译策略—以辜鸿铭和许渊冲的英译本为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_9]]

邝艳丽 Kuang Yanli, Hunan Normal University, China

=杨柳青 Bian Zhilin's Literary Translation Theories and Practice——Take His Translation of Romantic Poems as Examples=

Yang Liuqing杨柳青,Hunan Normal University,China.

[[Trans_Type_EN_10]]

=Atta Ur Rahman Exploring Translation Strategies: A Case Study of the English Translation of the Holy Quran=

===Abstract===
This study aims at diagnosing culture-specific items in the English translation of the Holy Quran and the strategies which were used to translate the CSIs. Translating CSIs can be a demanding task because such items have specific meanings in the culture and language in which they exist but not necessarily in others. Taking this fact into account, the present study investigates the strategies used in the translation of culture-specific items in the English translation of the Holy Quran. Moreover, the researcher explored the most frequently employed translation procedures. To achieve these goals, the descriptive approach is applied for the analysis of the translation of specific items of culture. The descriptive analysis is also used for the investigation of the translation procedures used therein. The findings of this study indicate that the use of cultural equivalent strategy was the most frequent applied procedure. The descriptive equivalent and through translation procedures were the second most frequently applied translation strategies which were followed by transference, functional equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, modulation and notes. The results shows that the translation procedures are helpful (especially the target-oriented ones) in conveying the meaning of the text from Arabic into English in different ways.

===Key Words===
The Holy Quran, Translation Strategies/procedures, Culture-Specific Items, Newmark

===Introduction===
1. Overview
Translation that plays a crucial role in introducing the history and in transferring the culture of an area is a kind of communication between different languages. It is also illustrated “as the result of a linguistic-textual procedure in which a text in one language is re-contextualized in another language.” In the re-contextualization, studies on translation demonstrate that there are certain critical points (Munday 2012:37) that are problematic for translators, especially, when dealing with vital cultural texts such as religious texts (Malmkjær 2015:10). It helps to communicate and exchange information with people from different countries and cultures. Khammyseh argues that translation is one of the traditional communicating methods between communities all around the world. (Khammyseh 2005:9). Jothiraj states that “translation plays an important role in the inter-lingual process of communication”(Jothiraj 2004:1). Translation is essential for cultures and languages to exchange information. Newmark defines it as a craft in which a written message in a language is replaced by the same story in another language. According to him, Translation is the art of trying to translate what is written or expressed in one language into another language with the same message or expression. To accomplish a qualified translation, the translator needs to be aware of different aspects(Newmark 1988:2). Many scholars in translation have noticed that the difficulty for a translator is to translate texts which deals with religious concepts and cultural specific items.

Nida indicated that translation is the way of finding natural issues in the TL close to the SL, in terms of message and style(Nida 1964:32). Larson has acknowledged that dealing with religious and cultural items is the most difficult, both in finding equivalence and analyzing the source vocabulary. Among the many challenges that exist for the translator is to bring the concept of the SL to a deeper meaning in the TL, the main problem is how to give CSIs, the significance which is firmly connected to the particular cultural context(Larson 1998:23).--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 15:41, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

Culture plays a considerable role, Snell-Hornby assumed that “Culture refers to all socially conditioned aspects of human life”(Snell-Hornby 1988:33). Another definition of culture is formulated by Goodenough. For him, culture is “what people have to learn as distinct from their biological heritage, must consist of the end product of learning: knowledge, in a most general, if relative, sense of the term."(Goodenough 1957:167). By this definition, we should note that culture is not only a material phenomenon; it does not consist of things, people, behavior, or emotions. It is rather the organization of these things. It is the forms of things that people have in their minds, their models for perceiving, relating, and otherwise interpreting them”. According to him, if the translator wants to understand a culture, she or he has to understand that culture is a mixture of belief and knowledge.

The religious text and especially the Holy Quran have played a significant role in human life throughout history to guide human beings towards the right path. Translating religious text can be a hectic job. When it comes to religious texts like the Holy Quran, it might be even more hectic. The Holy Quran has a profound impact on the human lives of its believers. It spreads spiritual serenity and peace of mind. Lustig and Joline thought that “religion is an important institutional network that binds people to one another”(Lustig and Joline 2003:16). But sometimes believers of Islam (whether they are native or not native speakers of the language) face a tremendous difficulty when they want to understand the meaning of a certain lexical unit, lexis that can be identified as Quranic-specific words/phrases.

This study is aimed to probe Newmark's translation procedures applied to translate cultural items from the SL (Arabic) to the TL (English) and to focus on translation strategies used by the English translator to transfer absolute and in-depth intended meanings of the CSI in the Holy Quran. If we examine Newmark's opinion, seventeen procedures may be needed by a translator in the process of translation. However, only a few translation procedures are relevant to this translation, they are Transference, cultural equivalent, functional equivalent, descriptive equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, through translation, modulation and notes.(Newmark 1988:81). These types of translation procedures are usually used to translate cultural terms contained in the text involving Surah Yusuf as a source language. Thus, in the relationship between translation and culture, the strategies offered should be understood as an attempt to make the translation easy to understand by the TR without blurring the message contained in the text written in the SL.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 15:41, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Translation and Culture===

2. Translation and Culture

Culture and translation are intimately connected, for understanding the culture translation plays a crucial role. In every nation, there are multiple cultures which reflect how people behave, socially, traditionally and politically and also practice their specific languages. Languages have a complex system of communication that humans adapt from different cultural background. When someone wants to know more about any culture, it is necessary to know about that language. For understanding the language they need to translate it as one might not understand the particular language. Thus, translation fills the gap created by languages that is a very important aspect of translation.

The translation is the process of translating a point or text from one language to another, we can also refer translation to moving of something from one place to another. Translation impacts also on our real life, in a way of transforming other cultures, norms and traditions into our culture. Translators play a vital role in culture and mediators between cultures, dedicated to linking the gap that repeatedly hinders effective communication between communities. According to Peter Newmark, “translators have been entrusted the elegant and highly-demanding task of representing cultures for decades” (Newmark 1988:7). Newmark established connections concerning the relationship between culture and translating. In his book, he regards translation as a process of “representing the meaning of a text into another language in the way that the author planned the text” (Newmark 1988:5). According to him, although this process has been supposed to be simple, in reality, translators have been facing the complex task of translating and conveying culture for decades, ever since countries began establishing relationships between one another. (Newmark 1988:7).

In the history of translation studies, translation has been discussed through multiple routes which based on practicality and some theoretical aspects. For instance, Catford defined it as "the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language”(Catford 1965:20). According to Venuti translation is "the forcible replacement of the linguistic and cultural difference of the foreign text with a text that will be understandable to the target language reader”(Venuti 1995:18). Schjoldager stated that“a translation is a text that expresses what another text has expressed in another language”(Schjoldager 2008:19). Culture is a complex whole which includes knowledge,belief,art,law,morals,customs and many other capabilities and habits acquired by man as a member of society. The translation is no longer considered to be a mere cross-linguistic activity but it significantly is cross-cultural communication.”
Since language reflects the way of life and basic parts of it, the process of translation cannot be done without the integration of cultural symbols into the construction of meaning. Hassan claimed that a good translation “is one that carries all the ideas of the original as well as its structural and cultural features” (Hassan 2014:2). Hermanns contributed that translation should be recognized as a cultural act. It is a kind of linguistic-cultural activity that involves at least two languages and two cultural traditions. Similarly, translation is not just a verbal act; it is also cultural, which is an act of communication of cultures(Hermanns 1999:22) Later, Hassan emphasized a good translation "is one that carries all the ideas of the original as well as its structural and cultural features" and that "reconstructs the cultural/historical context of the original"(Hassan 2014:2).
These statements demonstrate that there is an interaction between translation and culture, Newmark illustrated that culture in translation competence is “the greatest hurdle to translation, at least the achievement of an accurate and decent translation" (Newmark 2001:328).

Bearing in mind the general alliance among researchers regarding the importance of culture in translation, the translation activity is a question of transferring the correct meaning and that the translator has a productive role in transferring not only the linguistic system of the source text but also the cultural one. As such, it is extremely difficult to draw a borderline between translation and culture as they are inextricably overlaid and this connection leads to creative translation.

2.1 Culture-Specific Items (CSIs)

Culture-specific items are notions that are specific to a particular culture. These concepts are using in different domains such as flora,fauna,food,clothes,housing, work,leisure,politics,law,and religion in the way of life. These cultural concepts are consist of different suggestion and approaches. For the denomination of these concepts, many scholars and linguists employed different names or terms, relatively different definitions are given and they tried to define some points that were related to the culture but they not defined even the name of the concept clearly. Scholars refer different names to these culture-specific items, Newmark uses the term cultural words. (Newmark 1988:327) Christine Nord names them “culturemes” (Nord 1997:9) while in one of the newer studies, focused on the translation of culture-specific items, Mohammad Reza Shah Ahmadi and Fatemeh Nosrati employ a term culture-bound element (Ahmadi and Nosrati 2012:1).
After a long time, some scholars prefer the terms “culture-specific item” (Davies 2003:17), others choose cultural words (Newmark 2003;87) or culture-bound phenomena/concepts (Newmark 2003:7). In this study, the term “culture-specific item” is used as the basic term, as well as its abbreviation CSI, although other synonyms may be used to prevent repetition. "Culture-specific items are defined by different scholars according to their differences and similarities. Meanwhile, Mona Baker (1992) defines specific concepts of culture as “sourcelanguage words that express concepts unknown in the target culture” (Baker 1992:21). It may relate to religion, kind of food or social customs. Newmark suggests to culture-specific items as cultural words (Newmark 1988:94). He further discussed that in many circumstances, cultural words are somewhat easy to detect in a text because they are closely related to a specific language and unable to translate word by word (Newmark 1988:95). When they cannot be translated literary then he mentioned that the translators usually the purpose is to provide a descriptive-functional equivalent (Newmark 1988:95).--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:02, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

2.1.1 Translation of CSIs in the Holy Quran

The Holy Quran is the most basic religious book for Muslims, the Quran was revealed to the prophet Muhammad (PBUH). The Quranic corpus, created in an early form of Classical Arabic, is traditionally believed to be a literal transcript of God’s speech and to constitute the earthly production of an uncreated and eternal heavenly original, according to the general view referred to in the Quran itself as “the well-preserved tablet” (al-lawḥ al-mahfūẓ; Qurʾān 85:22). It has a heartfelt impact on human lives and their believers. It spreads spiritual stability and peace of mind. According to (Lustig and Joline 2003:16) “Religion is an important institutional network that binds people to one another.”
Translating Quranic-specific words/phrases is considered a great challenge for the translators which requires an accurate interpretation and consciousness of the crucial functions of these Quranic-specific words/phrases. Therefore, they have to focus on a set of aspects to attain equivalence and then render the exact meaning. The translation of the Holy Quran is a debatable process because Arabic is full of cultural-specific concepts with no proper equivalent in other languages; consequently, some equivalents fail to convey their cultural meaning thoroughly. The translation is seen as the process of reconstructing a text into other languages. In the Holy Quran, it is mentioned in the Surah of Yusuf: “we have sent it down as an Arabic Quran”, the translated text has been simply seen as a commentary, explaining, or paraphrasing of the source text. In general, exact translation never occurs; rather this can be a basic interpretation of the Holy Quran. In the process of translation of the Holy Quran, language and CSI items and rhetorical features were not inimitable and reproducible into other languages.
Translating CSIs is a strenuous task because such elements have special meanings in culture and language.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:02, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Types of Translation ===

3. Types of Translation

Newmark determines 8 types of translation which are:

3.1 Word-for-Word Translation

This is usually indicated as an interlinear translation, with the target language immediately below the source language words. The source language word-order is preserved and the words translated singly by their most common meanings, out of context. These words are translated literally. Some of the uses of point-by-point translation are to understand the mechanics of the source language or to create a difficult text as a pre-translation process.

3.2 Literal translation

In this type of translation, the grammatical structures of the source language are changed to the nearest target language equivalent but the written points remain the same to one another, out of context.

3.3 Faithful translation
This translation attempts to reproduce the original exact meaning within the limitations of the TL grammatical structures. It also conveys cultural words and maintains an unusual degree of grammar and strength in translation. It tries to make the SL author completely loyal to the intent and reality of the text.

3.4 Semantic Translation

Semantic translation takes much of the aesthetic value of the source language text, making sense where appropriate so that there are no implications, wordplay or repetition roots in the finished version. It may translate less important cultural points by a culturally neutral third or active terms but not by cultural equation and it may also give the reader more small concessions.

3.5 Adaptation

This is an unrestricted form of translation. It is used mainly for plays and poetry, the themes, characters, plots are usually preserved, the SL culture converted to the TL culture and the text rewritten (Ahmad 2015:15).

3.6 Free Translation

The content without a form of the original or the matter without the manner is the productions of free translation. It is also known as intra-lingual translation and it is usually longer than the original.

3.7 Idiomatic Translation

This type of translation replicates the original message but degrades the depth of meaning by selecting meanings and dialogues that do not exist in the original.

3.8 Communicative Translation

This type of translation replicates the original message but degrades the depth of meaning by selecting meanings and dialogues that do not exist in the original(Newmark 1988: 18).
--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:05, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Translation Strategies ===

4. Translation Strategies
Many theorists have used the term translation strategy extensively but with some significant differences in meaning and perspective that they see. Many theorists have used the approach of translation comprehensively but with some notable differences in meaning and vision as they appear.

4.1 Aixela Translation Strategies:
According to Aixela translators need to choose several strategies based on the source language culture and target culture. He distinguishes many of the translation strategies that apply to the translation of culture-specific items and at the same time, he tries to command by the level of their intercultural intervention. He divided it into two groups; conservative groups (5 approaches) and the substitution (6 strategies).

4.1.1. Conservation:
In conservation,the less compelling process includes repetition,orthographic adaptation,linguistic translation,extratextual gloss and intratextual gloss.

4.1.1.1 Repetition:In repetition, there is simply the transference of the culture-specific items from the ST to the TT. Thus,the translator keeps as much as possible the original reference (Aixela 1996:61). This approach is often used for languages that do not differ in the alphabet and most for names.

4.1.1.2 Orthographic Adaptation: The orthographic adaptation involves writing or
transliteration, mainly when the original term is given in a different alphabet than the one used in the target culture.

4.1.1.3 Linguistics translation: Linguistic translation emphasizes on the way where the translator chooses the source closest to the original text and increases his understanding by giving the TL version which is still relevant to the ST cultural system.

4.1.1.4 Extra-textual Gloss: Here,the extra-textual gloss refers to additional information to the previously mentioned procedures, The translator uses one of the above strategies but considers it as a necessity to explain the meaning or concept of CSI. In this gloss, it can be footnotes,endings,words,ideas,translators in dictionaries, italics and so on.

4.1.1.5 Intra-textual Gloss:It's like the past but the translator feels that he/she can include the globe as an indirect part of the text,not to distract the reader.

4.2.1 Substitution
In substitution, According Aixela “that synonymy, limited universalization, absolute universalization, naturalization, deletion, and autonomous creation are encompassing here"(Aixela 1996:87)--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:40, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

4.2.1.1 Synonymy: This strategy is a stylist used to avoid the constant repetition of culturespecific items in the ST.

4.2.1.2 Limited Universalization: When the translator realizes that the culture-specific item is not clear to the reader or that another source CSI exists in the source language which can be replaced, replace it with data. Of course, the location is not as specific to the source language as the first one.

4.2.1.3 Absolute Universalization: The only difference between limited universalization and absolute universalization is when the translator cannot find the best known CSI in the source language or prefers to eliminate the unusual concept and choose a neutral term. (Aixela 1997:63).

4.2.1.4 Naturalization: In this case “translator brings the culture-specific item into the TL culture” (Ketabi 2015:8).

4.2.1.5 Deletion: When the CSI is “unacceptable ideologically or stylistically or it is not relevant enough for the effort of comprehension required for the readers” (Aixela 1996;64), or very clear that the translator does not want to use any strategy, they delete the CSI.

4.2.1.6 Autonomous Creation: When the translator agrees to use non-existent cultural
reference in the ST.(Aixela 1997:43).

4.3 Mona Baker's Translation Strategies
Baker's strategies have been used by professional translators at word level in their translations, to deal with issues while performing the task of translation.Baker She suggests various procedures to work for unequal treatment at the point level, for example, translation by a more general word, translation by a more neutral / less obvious word, translation by paraphrasing, Using related words, and so on. She formulates the classification in different strategies(Baker 1992;90) which are the following:

4.3.1 Translation by a more general word: According to Baker,this has to do with the meaning of the proposition. Appropriately it works in many languages.

4.3.2 Translation by a more neutral/ less expressive word: This is another strategy in terms of semantics it does with differences with obvious meaning.

4.3.3 Translation by cultural substitution:This strategy involves placing culture-specific material that does not have the same predictive meaning as the target language material but may have the same effect on the target reader.

4.3.4 Translation using a loan word: This strategy relies on culture-specific items, modern borrowing points plus interpretation concepts and buzz points.

4.3.5 Translation by paraphrase using a related word: When the source material is written in the target language but separately, and when the frequency used in the source text is high, it will be natural in the target language.

4.3.6 Translation by paraphrase using unrelated words: This strategy can be used when the concept in the source material is not lexical in the TL.

4.3.7 Translation by omission: Losing phrases or words that are not vital to text development.

4.3.8 Translation by an illustration: Here, use examples when the source word is not equal in the target language. Each theorist presents their strategies according to their point of view,however,Baker,s translation strategies include the most applicable set of strategies, as it shows the strategies used by professional translators.
--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:40, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Cultural Categories ===

5. Cultural categories

5.1.2 Ecology
In this type of cultural category, Newmark labels those words which have some similarities and differences in culture concerning the environment. For Example, animals, colors, astronomy, plants birds etc. They will also have some geographical features that can normally differ from other cultural terms in that they usually have no political, commercial value.

5.1.2 Material culture

Material culture is also known as artefacts, In the category of material culture, Newmark included Food, clothes, housing, transport, and communications and also those objects which are made by humans. For Example, Clothing, atoms, crops, vegetables, jewellery, drugs, planets etc. “Food is for many the most sensitive and important expression of national culture. The function of the generic clothes terms is approximately constant, indicating the part of the body that is covered, but the description varies depending on climate and material used, houses and town, and transport.”(Newmark 1988;90)

5.1.3 Social culture

The social culture is divided by Newmark in two ways, they are work and leisure. For example, Trade, armour, literature, poets, markets, games.

5.1.4 Organisation

Newmark organizations are divided into five categories: political and administrative conditions, historical conditions, and international conditions. ‘The international community terms usually have recognized translations which are in• fact through-translations, and are now generally known by their acronyms', religious terms, artistic terms; “the translation of artistic terms referring to movements, processes and organizations generally depend on the putative knowledge of the readership. For example, adultery, business, corruption, sex, poverty, marriage, divorce etc.”

5.2 Newmark Classification CSIs

Newmark established the classification of culture-specific items (CSIs) into five classes which are;
Table 1. Newmark classification of Culture-Specific Items. (Newmark 1988;97) --[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:50, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

5.2.1 Categorization of CSIs in Surah Yousuf of the Holy Quran

Verse No. Terms English Translation Categories
1 الۡکِتٰبِ Book Material culture

2 قرُۡءٰنًا Quran Material culture

3 الۡقَصَصِ Narration Gesture

4 رَايَۡتُ Dream Habit

5 کَوۡکَبًا Stars Ecology

6 ال َّ شمۡسَ Sun Ecology

7 الۡقَمَرَ Moon Ecology

8 الۡاحََادِيۡثِ Events Organization

9 يعَۡقوُۡبَ House of Yaqub Material culture

10 يعَۡقوُۡبَ Yaqub

11 ابِۡرٰہيِۡمَ Ibrahim

12 اِسۡحٰقَ Ishaq

13 اقۡتلُوُا Kill Social culture

14 ارَۡضًا Earth Ecology

15 الۡجُبِّ Pit Ecology

16 ال َّ س َّ يارَةِ Wayfares

17 يٰۤابََانَا Father

18 َّ يرۡتعَۡ Eat Social culture

19 وَ يَلۡعَبۡ Play Social culture

20 لَحٰفِظُوۡنَ Guard Social culture

21 وَ اخََافُ Fear Habit

22 الذِئّۡبُ Wolf Ecology

23 عِشَاءًٓ Nightfall Ecology

24 َّ يبۡکُوۡنَ Weeping Habit

25 مَتاَعِنَا Belongings Material culture

26 قمَِيۡصِہٖ Shirt Material culture

27 وَارِدہَمُۡ Water drawer Material culture

28 دلَۡوَهٗ Bucket Material culture

29 بِثمََنٍ ۢ بَخۡسٍ Paltry price Material culture

30 درََاہمَِ مَعۡدوُۡدةٍَ Silver coin Material culture

31 مِّصۡرَ Egypt

32 لِامۡرَاتَِہٖۤ Wife

33 الۡارَۡضِ Land Ecology

34 اشَُدَّ هٗۤ Prime age

35 الۡابَۡوَابَ Door Material culture

36 مَعَاذَ ّٰ ِ Master Organization

37 ال ُّ سوۡٓءَ Evil Habit

38 الۡفَحۡشَاءَؕٓ Lewdness Habit

39 عِبَادِنَا Servant Organization

40 وَ قَدَّ تۡ Ripped Social culture

41 عَذاَبٌ Punishment Social culture

42 ُّ يسۡجَنَ Prison Organization

43 الۡعَزِيۡزِ Minister Organistion

44 حُباؕ Love Social culture

45 فتَٰىہَا Slave Organization

46 سِکِّيۡنًا Knife Material culture

47 مَلکٌَ Angel Organization

48 فَاسۡتجََابَ Prayer Gestures

49 خَمۡرًا Wine Material culture

50 خُبۡزًا Bread Material culture

51 رَاۡسِیۡ Head Material culture

52 ال َّ طيۡرُ Birds Ecology

53 ءَارَۡبَابٌ Gods Organization

54 يٰصَاحِبَیِ السِّجۡنِ Prisoners Organization

55 تعَۡبدُوُۡنَ Worship Gesture

56 ال َّ شيۡطٰنُ Satan Organization

57 الۡمَلِکُ King Organization

58 بَقَرٰتٍ Cows Ecology

59 خُضۡرٍ Green Ecology

60 يٰبسِٰتٍ Dry Ecology

61 سُنۡۢبلُٰتٍ Grain Material culture

62 تزَۡرَعُوۡنَ Crops Material culture

63 يغَُاثُ Rain Ecology

64 يَعۡصِرُوۡنَ Juice Material culture

65 النِّسۡوَةِ Women

66 ال َّ رسُوۡلُ Messenger Organization

67 الۡعَزِيۡزِ Governor Organization

68 ال ّٰ صدِقِيۡنَ Truthful Habit

69 الۡخَائِٓنيِۡنَ Betray Organization

70 خَزَائِٓنِ Treasure Material culture

71 مَ َّ کنَّ ا Power Organization

72 بِرَحۡمَتِنَا Mercy Gestures

73 يَتَّ قوُۡنَ Taqwa Habit

74 الۡمُنۡزِلِيۡنَ Hospitality Habit

75 رِحَالِہِمۡ Camel Ecology

76 وَ ل َّ مَا فَتحَُوۡا Family Organization

77 بَابٍ Gate Material culture

78 اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty Organization

79 الۡعِيۡرُ Caravan Organization

80 لسَٰرِقوُۡنَ Thieves Organization

81 السِّقَايَۃَ Bowl Material culture

82 تاَ ّٰ ِ Swear Habit

83 کٰذِبيِۡنَ Liars Habit

84 وِّعَاءِٓ Bag Material culture

85 درََجٰتٍ Rank Organization

86 َّ موۡثِقًا Pledge Social culture

87 الۡحٰکِمِيۡنَ Judges Organization

88 الۡقَرۡيَۃَ Town Material culture

89 عَيۡنٰہُ Eyes

90 الۡبَشِيۡرُ News Social culture

91 ابَوََيۡہِ Parents Organization

92 الۡعَرۡشِ Thrown Organization

93 يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ Devices Material culture

94 وَ الۡارَۡضِ Earth Ecology

95 ال َّ سمٰوٰتِ Heavens Ecology

===Translation Procedure ===

6. Translation Procedure

There are seventeen different kinds of translation procedures classified by Newmark. According to (Gallagher 1996;31)“translation procedures are the technical devices to convey the message of a text in one language into another language.” The difference between translation procedure and translation methods discussed by (Newmark 1988;81)“translation methods relate to whole texts, translation procedures are used for sentences and the smaller units of language.”

6.1 Transference
Transference is the way through which we convert the source language to target language and also contains transliteration or transcription. Transference is also known as loan words, there is no transformation in the spelling of the words that have been translated.

6.2 Naturalization
Naturalization changes the word SL to its pronunciation,then TL to its original form.
Naturalization also adds new connections to external conditions.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:55, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

6.3 Culture equivalent
In this procedure, SL the cultural word is translated by the target cultural word. The use of the translation of this procedure is limited because it is not accurate, but it can be used in general texts, public and publicity,as well as for brief explanation to readers who do not understand the relevant source language culture.

6.4 Functional Equivalent
This approach is the most accurate path of translating and it uses very neutral cultural points with a new specific term.

6.5 Descriptive equivalent
This strategy is working for the description of the meaning or function of the source language.

6.6 Synonymy
This method of translation is applied when there is nothing to the same.

6.7 Through-Translation
Through translation is the literal translation of common conflicts,the names of organizations and compound parts.

6.8 Shifts or Transposition
This translation procedure involving a change in grammar from SL to TL. This change is done when there is a difference between the structure of the SL and the TL is reasonable.

6.9 Modulation
This procedure is used in the translation of sentences, phrases and clauses. Here the translator looked at the message in the source language sentence from a different angle or a different way of thinking. This strategy is used when the translation of words with literal meaning does not produce a reasonable translation.

6.10 Recognized Translation
The translation process is manifested when the translator uses an authoritative or appropriate translation of an organization's term.

6.11 Translation Label
This procedure is the appropriate one for the translation of a new institutional term,and it is a temporary translation of the source language word.

6.12 Compensation
This process manifests itself when there is a meaningful loss in one part,but compensation in the other part.

6.13 Componential Analysis
In this procedure, the source language word translated into the TL by detailing the components of the meaning of the source language word.

6.14 Reduction & Expansion
In this procedure, the elements of the word 'auto' removed and the elements of the word expanded in the target language.

6.15 Paraphrase
This procedure appears when cultural words need more explanation.

6.16 Couplets
In this procedure, two or more different procedures meet in one translation, couplets, triplets, quadruplets.

6.17 Notes
When the additional information is added to the cultural words for the clarification of readers.

===Analysis and Discussion ===

7. Analysis and Discussion

7.1 Introduction
This chapter highlights the procedure of the study and the analysis of culture-specific items in Surah Yusuf. This chapter explores the use of translation strategies in transferring meaning from the ST to the TL and the appropriateness of Newmark's model in interpreting the procedures that the translator applied during the translation process.

7.2 Procedures
To account for the translation of CSIs in this research, the source text of the Holy Quran in Arabic and its English translation translated by Mufti Taqi Usmani were studied. After reading the whole Ayahs of Surah Yusuf and its translation, every Ayah and its translation in English were carefully analyzed to identify CSIs and the strategies used by the translator to translate them into English. After that, the classification of CSIs by Newmark has been accepted as the theoretical framework of this study aimed at analyzing culture-specific items. For the clarification, each procedure is interpreted and demonstrated with illustrations in Tables 1-9.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 17:01, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

7.3 Analysis and Discussion
After the categorizing the culture-specific items according to Newmark's strategies, the researcher worked on the strategies for translating the culture-specific items applied in Surah Yusuf, including transference, cultural equivalent, functional equivalent, descriptive equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, through translation, modulation and notes; Then, he arranged the data gained in Tables 1-9 in order to show the cases of applying Newmark’s strategies for translating the culture-specific items.
The discussion section is devoted to the interpretation of each selected culture-specific word, the researcher presents a discussion of how he formulates the CSIs in Newmark strategies.
Below are the discussion points created for using each strategy;

7.3.1 Transference: Transference includes transliteration and is the same as what is called transcription. The word then becomes a loan word. There were words that were transferred from the source text to the target text. These are presented in the following table.
Table1.

Here are some examples of Transference applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yusuf:

Strategy Source Text Target Text
قرُۡءٰنًا Quran
ابِۡرٰہيِۡمَ Ibrahim
Transference يعَۡقوُۡب Yaqub
اِسۡحٰق Ishaq
يَتَّ قوُۡنَ Taqwa

Words that have given in table 1 are transference words because these are conveyed to target language which is a different language writing system then from the source language, For example, the word Quran is transliterated word and pronounce as same as like in source language قرُۡءٰنًا, so it is transcripted and also become a loan word. Similarly, all the mentioned words in table 1 are transference words.
7.3.2. Cultural Equivalent: Cultural equivalent purpose is to replace a cultural word in the source language with an, although not completely synonymous, target language word.

Table 2.
Examples of Cultural equivalent applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡب House of Yaqub
لَحٰفِظُوۡنَ Guard
بِثمََنٍ ۢ بَخۡسٍ Paltry price
درََاہمَِ مَعۡدوُۡدةٍَ Silver coin
اشَُدَّ هٗ Prime age
Cultural Equivalent مَعَاذَ ّٰ Master
الۡعَزِيۡزِ Minister
فَاسۡتجََابَ Prayer
اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty
يٰصَاحِبَیِ السِّجۡن Prisoners
الۡمَلِکُ King
يَعۡصِرُوۡنَ Juice
مَ َّ کنَّ ا Power

In Surah Yusuf, we have some words that are related to the cultural equivalent, Table 2 contains cases where cultural equality is applied. The word House of Yaqub is not completely synonymous to the ST اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡب, it is a replaced word in the SL. The word minister is not completely synonymous to the word ST word الۡعزَِيۡزِ. Similarly, the word Master in the TT is not synonymous to the word which is used in the ST ّٰ مَعَاذَ, it is a replaced word. The original meaning of the word فَاسۡتجََابَ is to accepted, but here it is referred to Prayer which is not only the synonymous but also a replaced one; furthermore, all the words mentioned in table 2 are mostly not completely synonymous words but the cultural replacing words.

7.3.3 Functional Equivalent:In functional equivalent, the word culture-free is used,
sometimes with a specific term; Therefore, it generalizes the word SL.

Table3.

Examples of Functional equivalent applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
الۡقَصَصِ Narration
رَايَۡتُ Dream
Functional equivalent الۡاحََادِيۡثِ Events
ال َّ س َّ يارَةِ Wayfares
مِّصۡرَ Egypt
يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ Devices

In functional equivalent, culture-free words are used, sometimes a new specific term is used which generalizes the SL word. For example, in table 3 the word Events is used as a cultural free word that generalizes the ST الۡاحََادِيۡثِ. The word Devices is a cultural free word and used as a new specific term to generalize the ST word يَمۡکُرُوۡنَ. The word Narration is used in the TT as a cultural free word because it is not limited or bound to a single culture. The word narration can be used by every culture representative.
7.3.4 Descriptive Equivalent: It is using phrases in TT to explain the ST word.
Table4.
Examples of Descriptive equivalent applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
کَوۡکَبًا Stars
ال َّ شمۡسَ Sun
الۡقمََرَ Moon
Descriptive equivalent عِشَاءًٓ And at Nightfall
وَارِدہَمُۡ Water drawer
سِکِّيۡنً Knife
الۡکِتٰبِ Enlightening book
ال َّ سمٰوٰتِ Heaven

The descriptive equivalent is, using phrases in TT to explain the ST word. For example Eleven stars and the sun and the moon a phrase used in the TT which explains کَوۡکَبًا َّ و ال َّ شمۡسَ وَ الۡقمََرَ the ST words stars, sun and moon. Similarly, Enlightening the book is a phrase used in the target text which highlights the meaning of الۡکِتٰبِ.
7.3.5 Componential Analysis:componential analysis is the initial comparison of a source language point to a selected language point that has the same meaning, but does not equate to one.
Table5.
Examples of Componential analysis applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
رَايَۡتُ Dream
ال َّ طيۡرُ Birds
Componential analysis وَ يَلۡعَبۡ Play
يَعۡصِرُوۡنَ Juice
مَعَاذَ ّٰ ِ Master
يٰصَاحِبَیِ السِّجۡنِ Prisoners
اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty

Further, in justification in the translation of CSIs, the researcher analyzed the words that comparing the word base of a source language with the target language point that has the same meaning, but obviously not equals one. Like رَايَۡتُ means to look or see while translating it to the TT it meanings changes to word Dream. The basic comparison of these two words is the same.
That is both words are related to cognition and eyes. For instance, other words are ال َّ طيۡرُ Birds, اِ نِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty.
7.3.6 Synonymy: Synonymy is a near target language equivalent.
Table 6.
Examples of Synonymy applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
الۡکِتٰبِ Book
قۡتلُوُا Kill
ارَۡضًا Earth
Synonymy الذِئّۡبُ Wolf
دلَۡوَه Bucket
خَمۡرًا Wine
يٰبسِٰتٍ Dry

The translator has used good equivalents for the words chosen in the Surah Yusuf. For instance, الۡکِتٰبِ Book, Book in the TT and الۡکِتٰبِ in the ST are the synonymous word. Few other examples are mentioned in table 6.
7.3.7 Through translation:Through-translation, is a literal translation of common conflicts, names of organizations and compound parts. It can also be called: click or loan translation.
Table7.
Examples of Through-translation applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡبَ House of Yaqub
غَيٰبَتِ الۡجُبِّ Into the bottom of a pit
بِرَحۡمَتِنَا Mercy
Through Translation الۡاحََادِيۡثِ Events
ُّ يسۡجَنَ Prison
الۡعَزِيۡزِ Governor
الۡخَائِٓنيِۡنَ Betray
وَ ل َّ مَا فَتحَُوۡا Family

In through translation, the researcher found those words which have common collocations, name of organization or component of compounds in Surah Yusuf. Examples of through translations are House of Yaqub, اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡبَ is a component of the compound, Family وَ ل َّ مَا فَتحَُوۡا is the name of the organization, other examples are mentioned in table 7.
7.3.8 Modulation: Modulation occurs when the translator generates the original text message in TL text according to the current target language norms, as source language and target languages may differ visually.
Table8.
Examples of in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf Modulation applied
Strategy Source Text Target Text
يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ Devices
Modulation لَسٰرِقوُۡنَ Thieves
مَ َّکنَّ ا Power
وَ قَدَّ تۡ Ripped

The modulation occurs in the translation of culture-specific items when we are translating the word or phrase from the source text to target text according to the new norms and traditions in TT culture. For instance, Devices are the word that had been translated from the Arabic word يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ which means to plan something while in English it is opposite which means tools.
7.3.9 Notes: Notes, additions, and glosses are additional information that a translator must add to the version; The additional information that translators add is usually cultural.
Table9.
Examples of Notes applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty
Notes تعَۡبدُوُۡنَ Worship
ال َّ شيۡطٰنُ Satan
بِثمََنٍ ۢ بَخۡسٍ Paltry price

In this strategy, the translator adds some additional information to his version, The additional information that translators add is usually cultural. For example اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ is a word which means that giving the order is limited or quality related to Al-Mighty God while the translator used the word sovereign which means authority. Worship is a word which means to follow or obey someone, the translator can use it in his point of view while in Arabic تعَۡبدُوُۡ نَ which means a quality limited to God.

===Conclusion and Recommendations===

8. Conclusion and Recommendations

This chapter summarizes the findings of the study. It also provides some recommendations regarding the application of translation procedures in translation between language systems.

8.1 Summary of the Findings

The translator applied nine translation procedures out of seventeen of Newmark’s translation procedures in the translation of the Surah Yusuf of the Holy Quran, namely, transference, cultural equivalent, functional equivalent, descriptive equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, through translation, modulation and notes. The cultural equivalent strategy was the most frequent applied procedure. The descriptive equivalent and through translation procedure was the second most frequently applied translation procedure, It was followed by transference, functional equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, modulation and notes. It is a descriptive study in which CSIs from ST translated to TT.

8.2 Conclusion

The present study purpose was to explore the CSIs in Surah Yusuf of the Holy Quran and to investigate which translation strategy proposed by Newmark were employed by the translator to overcome culture-specific items. Obviously, the researcher has worked hard to clear the way for future students of translation. Throughout the research, the researcher faced a lot of challenges and findings were revealed, some of them are the following;

• Between Arabic and English, there is a big cultural gap. Till now, this problem is considered as an unsolvable problem.

• Lack of reading and translating religious books.

• Many mistakes are made by the translators because they were unknown to the ST.

• The translators have to go through or review the previous translation of the Quranic scripture to solve the problem that they might face in the process of their translation.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 17:05, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

The procedures used in this study will help the translator to render culture-specific terms accurately. Thus, the researcher worked well to fill the linguistic gaps between Arabic and English. Furthermore, Newmark’s translation procedures helped the translator make the translation sound more natural to the TR. It can be observed from the analysis that Newmark’s translation procedures were effective in translating the Islamic texts. The findings of the study might help students of translation and practitioners in the field of TS to get familiar with the most influential strategies in rendering cultural specific items. They can use the findings of the study to employ translation tasks in translations. Educational planners can use the findings of this study to specify the most influential, dominant strategies to conduct a target-oriented/sourceoriented translation. To sum up, it should be emphasized that the focus of this particular study was on religious genre. Investigating CSIs in different genres could lead to new areas of research for interested researchers. Accordingly, the information gained from this study may prove useful to translators, translation teachers, and student learners as it will help them improve their translation skills with the special attention of culture-specific items and will allow them Give texts when having a broad view of translation. Other researchers can derive similar effects from many of the findings of the same study.

This study is similar to other studies that might have several limitations which need to be taken into account. The study focused on one Surah translated by one translator. Examining different Surahs of the Holy Quran and their translations by other authors from different cultures might lead to interesting facts or they might confirm the findings of this study. Different translators might employ different strategies. Further research is needed to confirm or disconfirm the findings of this study. Newmark's strategies are not limited to the cultural features of the language. But it also covers the linguistic specifications. To narrow down the subject of the study, the linguistic aspects of the text were ignored. Comparing these linguistic aspects could be another interesting topic and venue for further research.
Finally, It may be concluded that Newmark’s translation procedures are necessary for the translation of an Islamic text between two different language systems and cultures. However,the translator must be competent in using the translation procedures to provide an accurate translation.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 17:05, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

8.3 Recommendations

The researcher furnished a set of recommendations in the light of the findings reached and the results obtained. The recommendations can make a helpful set of guidelines for both existing and potential translators in general and for translating religious texts of two languages that are not closely related. These recommendations are tentative and are subject to modification upon closer investigation by translation scholars and professionals:

• The researcher recommends that the study of translation procedures should be included in the university curriculum for students who study translation, to help them in solving the problems of translating religious texts.

• It is recommended for translastors to use the translation procedures appropriately in order to deliver the meaning of the source text correctly.

• The researcher also recommends examining the application of other kinds of translation procedures on Islamic texts based on other models such as Andrew Chesterman’s translation procedures.

• It would also be beneficial to investigate Newmark’s translation procedures to various types of texts such as medical texts and journalistic texts.

=== References ===
Abdi, H. (2019). Translating culture-specific items (CSIs) as a conundrum for Iranian MA translation students: Considering the level of study. Journal of new advances in English Language Teaching and Applied Linguistics, 1(1), 88-109.

Aguado-Gimenez, P., & Pérez-Paredes, P. F. (2005). Translation-strategies use: A classroombased examination of Baker’s taxonomy. Meta: journal des traducteurs/Meta:
Translators' Journal, 50(1), 294-311.

Ahmadi, M. R.S and Nosrati, Fatemah. (2012). Domestication and Foreignization Strategies in Translation of Culture-Specific Items. Translations of English-Persian Children’s Literature. San Francisco: Grin Publishing. Google Books.

Al Saleh, R. A. (2019). An Application of Newmark's Procedures to Muhammad Abul Quasem's Alleman, J. C. Bee. W. Ulitkin, I. Files, F., Zetzsche, J., Chatonnet-Marton, P. & y del Árbol, E. V. Translation Strategies.

Al-Sofi, B. B. M. A., & Abouabdulqader, H. (2020). Bridging the gap between translation and culture: towards a cultural dimension of translation. International journal of linguistics, literature and culture, 6(1), 1-13.

Baker, M., 1992. In Other Words: A Coursebook on Translation. London: Routledge, p.20–42.

Blažytė, D., & Liubinienė, V. (2016). Culture-specific items (CSI) and their translation strategies in Martin Lindstrom’s" Brand sense". Kalbų studijos, (29), 42-57.

Bush, P. (1998) "Literary Translation." In: M. Baker, ed. Routledge Encyclopedia of Translation Studies, London: Routledge, pp.127-130.

Catford. J. C. (1965). A linguistic theory of translation. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
English Translation of Mohammad Al-Ghazali's Islamic Guidance.Literature and Culture, 6(1), 1-13.

Gečaitė, L. (2020). Culture-Specific Items and Their Translation Strategies in Victoria Hislop's Novel The Sunrise.” (2020).

Hassan, B. E. A. (2014). Between English and Arabic: A practical course in translation.
Cambridge Scholars Publishing.

Hermans, T. (1999). Translation in systems. Manchester: St. Jerome Publication House, J. (Ed.). (2014). Translation: a multidisciplinary approach. Springer.
Issa, A. L. S. M., & Hammood, L. H. R.- Quranic-Specific Phrases under the Study of Translation; Significance and Applications.

Janfaza, E., Assemi, A., & Dehghan, S. S. (2012). Language, translation, and culture.
In International Conference on Language, Medias and Culture (Vol. (33), p. 83-87).

Janfaza, E., Assemi, A., & Dehghan, S. S. (2012). Language, translation, and culture.
In International Conference on Language, Medias and Culture (Vol. 33, p. 83-87).

Lambert, J. (1998) Literary Translation. In: M. Baker, ed. Routledge Encyclopedia of Translation Studies. London: Routledge, 130-134.

Landers, Clifford E. (2001) Literary Translation: A practical guide. New Jersey University Press: Multilingual Maters.

Lustig, Myron, W. and Koeser, Joline (2003), Intercultural Competence: Interpersonal Communication Across Cultures, Boston: Allyn and Bacon.

Malmkjær, K. (1993). Who Can Make Nice A Better Word Than Pretty? Collocation, Translation, and Psycholoinguistics. In: Baker, M., Francis, G. and Tognini-Bonelli, E.
eds. Text and Technology. Philadelphia/Amsterdam: John Benjamins Publishing Company. pp.213-32.

Mosavat, S., & Rahimpour, S. (2016). The Most and Least Used Translation Strategies for
Conveying Culture-Specific-Items in Young Adult Literature from English into Persian. International Journal of Humanities and Cultural Studies (IJHCS) ISSN 23565926, 1853-1873.

Munday, J. (1997). Systems in Translation: A computer-assisted systemic approach to the analysis of translation of García Márquez. Ph.D thesis, University of Bradford.

Newmark, P. (2001). A Textbook of Translation. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language
Education Press

Newmark, Peter. (1988). A Textbook of Translation. New Jersey: Prentice-Halls

Nord, Christiane. (1997). Translating as a Purposeful Activity: Functionalist Approaches
Explained. Manchester: St. Jerome. Accessed 10 November. 2018. Google Books Schjoldager, A. (2008). Understanding translation. Academica: Århus.

Silalahi, M., & Lubis, S. (2013). Translation Procedures of Cultural Terms Found In Sejarah Bilingual For Students of Senior High School.
Valipoor, K., & andAzizeh Chalak, H. H. T. (2019). Cultural-specific items in translation of the Holy Quran by Irving: 43-51.

Venuti, L. (1995). The translator’s invisibility: A history of translation. London and New York:
Routledge

Widiarto, O. V. V. (2016). The translation procedures of cultural expressions applied in a game of thrones translated into Perebutan Tahta novel by Barokah Ruziati (Doctoral dissertation, Dian Nuswantoro University).

=Zohaib Chand AN INTRODUCTION TO TRANSLATION STUDIES: AN OVERVIEW Intan Pradita=

[[Trans_Type_EN_12]]

===Abstract===
This study aims to observe the development of translation studies through its different types, various strategies, styles and particular methods. In this paper, the readers are introduced to some famous translation scholars including their view of translation studies. At the further discussions, this study lets the readers acknowledge the main issues on translation studies, focusing on different styles of variations such as grammar, sentence structure, textual analysis, strategies and methods. This study may help those who are interested to conduct translation researches and help them by giving options of which theories is beneficial to their analysis. Moreover, it aims to explore the clear definition of translation as well as help the readers to understand the basic concept which are used in the field of translation. The present study, therefore, attempts to outline the scope of the discipline of translation studies and more importantly, it is an attempt to outline its activity that required a deep mastering of language, a good source of knowledge and target cultures.

===Key words ===
Translation, styles of variations, strategies

===Introduction ===
It is undoubtedly right that translation is important to share information. In line with these premise, the number of translation professionals is getting higher. In fact, the result of translation researches tends to help human daily life in term of evaluation, designing translator machines, and cultural studies. Therefore, translation means converting written information from one language into another. It is the new discipline appeared in the second half of the 20th century. The term “Translation Studies” was coined by James S. Holmes, an American-Dutch poet and translator of poetry, in his seminal paper “The Name and Nature of Translation Studies”. Translation enables effective communication between people around the world. It is a courier for the transmission of knowledge, a protector of cultural heritage, and essential to the development of a global economy. Translation helps us to know about the developments in the field of creative arts, education, literature, business, science and politics. It has shifted from the traditional conception of the fixed, stable and unchangeable nature of the text and its meaning to a text with wide scope for variations. Translation also helps in nation building. In this globalised world, the demand for translation and language related services has increased many times. Translation is not only needed for the creation of national identity but has also become an essential tool for keeping pace with the processes of globalization and localization. The activity of translation has a long-standing tradition and has been widely practiced throughout history, but in our rapidly changing world its role has become of paramount importance. Nowadays, knowledge in which cultural exchanges have been widening, has been increasingly expanding and international communication has been intensifying, the phenomenon of translation has become fundamental. Be it for scientific, medical, technological, commercial, legal, cultural or literary purposes, today human communication depends heavily on translation and, consequently, interest in the field is also growing. Accordingly, the discussion, in the present study, proceeds primarily from the perspectives of “Translation Studies” and “Linguistics”. One major goal is to show the interrelationships between linguistics and translation, and how they benefit from each other. Nowadays, translation research has started to take another path, which is more automatic. The invention of the internet, together with the new technological developments in communication and digital materials, has increased cultural exchanges between nations. This leads translators to look for ways to cope with these changes and to look for more practical techniques that enable them to translate more and waste less. They also felt the need to enter the world of cinematographic translation, hence the birth of audiovisual translation. The latter technique, also called screen translation, is concerned with the translation of all kinds of TV programs, including films, series, and documentaries. This field is based on computers and translation software programs, and it is composed of two methods; dubbing and subtitling. In fact, audiovisual translation marks a changing era in the domain of translation.
In short, translation has very wide and rich history in the West. Since its birth, translation was the subject of a variety of research and conflicts between theorists. Each theorist approaches it according to his viewpoint and field of research, the fact that gives its history a changing quality.

Discussion

Translation is an activity that requires deep mastering of languages, a good knowledge of source and target cultures. It is also linked with the translation method, strategies and styles of variations. Each translation type requires different translation method. In this paper, it is an attempt to outline that there are several types of translation. Each type is defined by different scholars through different criteria to the contextual situation of communication. In this paper, we will be writing down the three prominent types of translation through various medium namely; technical translation, literary translation and pragmatic translation. For each type, a selection of examples will be considered for analysis based on translation theories and techniques. We will show that some chunks of text require literal translation, while other requires interpretive method. In addition, this paper will also examine various strategies and its styles of variations based on translational study. The following strategies will be presented in the paper as;

• They involve text manipulation.
• They must be applied to the process.
• They are goal-oriented.
• They are problem-centered.
• They are applied consciously.
• They are inter-subjective.

Most theorists agree that strategies are used by translators when they encounter a problem and literal translation is not useful. Different researchers have investigated and described various translation strategies from their different perspectives. It intends to show what translation strategies exist and when and why they are used by professional translators. Different scholars have various perspectives to the aspects of the act of translation, so, they define and describe different types of strategies. Bergen's (n. d.) classification of the strategies includes three categorizations which will be discussed mainly in this paper:

• Comprehension strategies
• Transfer strategies
• Production strategies

An addition to this paper, styles of variations will also be introduced to the readers through different aspects and examples. The concept of style can be defined in terms of the distinctive way an individual or a group uses language, or better still the discourse used to perform distinct functions of language aimed at achieving specific purposes. However, this does not entail that style is simply a matter of form since it is the product of other components such as the genre of discourse, its semantics, syntax and phonology. Indeed, in order to analyze a given stylistic variation one needs an extensive checklist that includes lexical and grammatical categories, allusions, and figures of speech. Style can be understood to refer to the recurring typical features of the source text compared to the typical features of the translated text. In a quantitative and qualitative analysis, this variation is shown to be influenced by several pragmatic and social factors, and to index the interpreters' stances towards source speakers and towards the immigrant court users who are the recipients of translations from English. It is argued that translation styles have profound consequences for limited English speakers, as the insistence on institutional norms in translating to them is viewed as a gate keeping behavior that may impede their full participation in the proceedings.

What is translation?

Translation went through various definitions going from a mere linguistics activity during the sixties, a cultural and communicative activity during the seventies reflects the social impacting activity in the latest founding of the literature.
“Translation is traditionally known as being the replacement of textual material in one language into equivalent textual material in another language”.
House (2015) mentions that translation is considered as the “replacement” of a text in the source language by a semantically and pragmatically equivalent text in the target language. It is strongly related to a source language and target language cultures. It requires a high level of mastery languages, an awareness of any contextual factors within which the discourse emerges. There is no need to mention how it affected civilizations through different areas of mankind history. For example, An Arab-Islamic civilizations. There have always been different directions on how one should or should not translate. In the Arab tradition, two main methods existed and were in complete divergence namely the literal and the free method.
On the other hand, in the Western tradition there are various methods currently exist namely, the linguistic, the hermeneutic, the interpretive, the functionalist, the interventionist, the poly-systemic and the text-typologist method. More so, it may be important to point out that translation has been defined in many ways, and every definition reflects the theoretical approach underpinning it.
As Shuttlworth and Cowie (1997) observe throughout the history of research into translation, the phenomenon has been variously delimited by formal descriptions, echoing the frameworks of the scholars proposing them. For example, Bell (1991: XV) starts with an informal definition of translation, which runs as follows: the transformation of a text originally in one language into an equivalent text in a different language retaining, as far as is possible, the content of the message and the formal features and functional roles of the original text.
At the beginning of the ‘scientific’ (Newmark, 1988, p. 2) study of translation, Catford (1965, p. 20) described it in these terms, the replacement of textual material in one language (SL) by the equivalent textual material in another language.
Thirty years later, in Germany, the concept of translation as a form of ‘equivalence’ is maintained, as we can see from Koller’s definition (1995, p. 196): “The result of a text processing activity, by means of which a source language text is transposed into a target-language text. Between the resultant text in L2 (the target-language text) and the source text in L1 (the source language text) there exists a relationship, which can be designated as a translational, or equivalence relation”. Because complete equivalence (in the sense of synonymy or sameness) cannot take place in any of his categories, Jakobson (1959) declares that all poetic art is, therefore, technically untranslatable. That is, the translator has to take the question of interpretation into account in addition to the problem of selecting a TL phrase which will have a roughly similar meaning. Exact translation is impossible. In this regard, Bassnett (1996) claims that all texts, being part of a literary system descended from and related to other systems are “translations of translation of translations”: every text is unique and at the same time, it is the translation of another text. No text is entirely original because language itself, in its essence, is already a translation: firstly, of the non-verbal world and secondly, since every sign and every phrase is the translation of another sign and another phrase. However, this argument can be turned around without losing any of its validity: all texts are original because every translation is distinctive. Every translation, up to a certain point, is an invention and as such it constitutes a unique text.
In this analysis of the above definition, Manfredi (2008), points out that the above distinction can be divided into two main perspectives, those that consider translation either as a ‘process’ or a ‘product’. To this twofold categorization, Bell (1991, p. 13) adds a further variable, since he suggests making a distinction between translating (the process), a translation (the product) and translation (i.e., “the abstract concept which encompasses both the process of translating and the product of that process”. Moreover, thanks to advances in new technologies, today we can also incorporate into TS the contribution of corpus linguistics, which allows both theorists and translators analyses of large amounts of electronic texts (Manfredi, 2008). On the other hand, Halliday (1992, p. 15) takes translation to refer to the total process and relationship of equivalence between two languages; we then distinguish, within translation, between “translating” (written text) and “interpreting” (spoken text). Halliday, thus, proposes distinguishing the activity of “translation” (as a process) from the product(s) of “translating”, including both “translation” (concerning written text) and ‘interpreting’ (regarding spoken text.
“Translation is the production of a functional target text maintaining a relationship with a given source text that is specified according to the intended or demanding function of the target text.

Types of Translation

Translation is an activity that requires deep mastering of languages, a good knowledge of source and target cultures. It is also linked with the translation method, strategies and styles of variations. Each translation type requires different translation method. In this paper, it is an attempt to outline that there are several types of translation. Each type is defined by different scholars through different criteria to the contextual situation of communication. In this paper, we will be writing down the three prominent types of translation through various medium namely; technical translation, literary translation and pragmatic translation.

Technical translation

Technical translation is a type of specialized translation involving the translation of documents produced by technical writers, or more specifically, texts which relate to technological subject areas or texts which deal with the practical application of scientific and technological information. (Wikipedia)
Translators' main goal is to accurately translate the technical terminology to match the document and the message of the original content.

The benefits of technical translation

A professional technical translation service is provided by translators with dual specialties, that is, professionals who are fluent in the language pair, but who are also experts in the field covered by the documents to be translated.
When you need to have your documents translated by a technical translator, translators who are not experts may not be able to provide the necessary solutions and terminology for a quality translation. If the translator is not an expert in the field, he/she will have to learn the new terminology while working. This means that translation will take longer, have higher chances of inaccuracies, and may result in higher costs. Therefore, the main advantages of hiring an agency specialized in this type of service are as follows:

Literary translation

Literary translation is the translation of creative and dramatic prose and poetry into other languages. This includes the translation of literature from ancient languages and the translation of modern fiction so that it can reach a wider audience.
Literary translation is of huge importance. It helps to shape our understanding of the world around us in many ways. Reading Homer and Sophocles as part of a classical education in school helps to build an understanding of history, politics, philosophy and so much more. Meanwhile, reading contemporary translations provides fascinating insights into life in other cultures and other countries. In a fast-paced world so rife with misunderstanding and confusion, such efforts to share knowledge and experiences across cultural boundaries should be applauded.
The translation of literature differs greatly from other forms of translation. The sheer size of the texts involved in literary translation sets it apart. Tackling a translation that runs to hundreds of thousands of words is not a task for the faint-hearted. Nor is recreating poetry in a new language, without losing the beauty and essence of the original work.
One of the key challenges of literary translation is the need to balance staying faithful to the original work with the need to create something unique and distinctive that will evoke the same feelings and responses as the original. This can be particularly challenging when it comes to translating poetry.
Poems are written with incredible attention to detail. Not only are the words and phrases important, but the number of syllables and the entire rhythm of the completed work. It’s a challenging task to complete just in one language, let alone when trying to recreate a poet’s work during a translation. Daniel Hahn, director of the British Centre for Literary Translation, sums up the issue beautifully.
As literary translators will attest, a single word can be extremely troublesome. The author of a work of fiction has chosen that word for a good reason, so the translator must ensure that it is faithfully delivered in the target language. However, what if no direct translation is available? Or what if several options exist, each with a slightly different nuance? Urdu language translator Fahmida Riaz outlines her approach to such thorny issues.
For instance, “Every piece you translate comes from the pen of an individual, so you have to give it an individual treatment. I try to retain the ambience of the original culture, rather than the language, as it is reflected in the text.”

Pragmatic translation

Pragmatic translation is the basic assumption that provided a source language text contains no misstatements of fact, is competently written and has to be fully translated rather than summarized or functionally reorientated; one's purpose in translating it is to be referentially and pragmatically accurate. In this paper, I shall not deal with referential accuracy but concentrate instead on the pragmatic aspects of translation. As the term pragmatic translation may be used in a variety of ways, I should like to state my own definition of pragmatic, which derives from Charles Morris and ultimately from Charles S. Peirce. I am using pragmatic as one of the two factors in translation: pragmatic denotes the reader's or readership's reception of the translation, as opposed to referential, which denotes the relationship between the translation and the extra-linguistic reality it describes.
Translation is a properly way to a properly communication and pragmatics is how to use language in communication properly. By translation, many things from different languages and cultures can understand to each other. In other words, translation can be stated as a facilitator to make a communication runs well.

===An Overview on Translation Studies ===

===Main Issues in Translation Studies: Equivalence or Variations ===

=== Matthiessen's Parameter on Register Variations===

===Conclusion ===

=== References ===

= Muhammad Numan A Study to Explore the Translation Strategies of Idiomatic Expression from Urdu to English ; A Case Study of Sadat Hassan Manto’s Short Story “Khol Do” =
[[Trans_Type_EN_13]]

===Abstract===
Translation is necessary for developing knowledge and idea, but it also makes the people understand the language and culture of other people or countries. However, equivalence is essential during translation, especially when the translator wants to translate idiomatic expressions in the best possible way. Therefore it is necessary to follow up on some strategies during the translation process. The research work is carried out under the qualitative method with textual analysis techniques as significant. Mona Baker's model for idiomatic expression is explored with the help of different examples from collected data. The primary purpose of this study is to find out which types of strategies are being followed by the translator during the translation process. It was found that translation by paraphrasing, translation by similar words and meaning and translation by similar meaning and different words.
===Key words ===
Translation Strategies, Idiomatic expression, Sadat Hassan Manto, Urdu Literature --[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 09:45, 12 December 2021 (UTC)

===Introduction ===

In this chapter, the researcher wants to highlight the different concepts about the fundamental question that "what is idiomatic expression" and the views of various critics, theorists and linguistic experts, and prominent scholars of translation studies.--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 15:38, 13 December 2021 (UTC) Among them are Lindalorri, Mona Baker, Newmark's, and many more define idioms from their point of view. Secondly, the researcher highlights one of the most prominent literary and short stories writers of the sub-continent Sadat Hassan Manto, his life, literary style, and short stories career. In the last statement of the problem, the objective of the research, which type of strategies was followed in the translation process, purposes of study, and delimitation of studies are explained one by one.

Many critics, theorists, and linguists define idioms differently. However, in general, an idiom is a phrase or expression that typically has a metaphorical, non-literal meaning connected to it. However, phrases can become figurative idioms while keeping the literal meaning of the words. However, according to the Oxford Dictionary of English, a set of words is established by usage as having a meaning not deducible from the meanings of the constituent terms (e.g., over the moon, see the light).

"What is particularly remarkable about idioms is that they can be described in a variety of ways, depending on the roles they fulfilled," writes (Linda 2006: 8). "A string of words whose meaning differs from the meaning supplied by the individual words" is what an idiom is, according to (Larson 1984: 20). Idioms are "at the end of the scale from collocations in one or both of the areas: flexibility of patterning and transparency of meaning," according to (Baker 1992: 23). Idioms are defined by (Yagihashi 2003, 22) as a "collection of words whose meaning cannot be guessed from their meaning.". According to Newmark, “Idioms are word groups whose meaning cannot be deduced from the meaning of individual words.”(Newmark 1981: 11).--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 15:38, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

The whole meaning of each word that makes up an idiom cannot be considered the idiom's overall meaning. As a result, an idiom should not be translated. To remark that someone is bull-headed, for example, suggests that he or she is obstinate, even though the connotation has nothing to do with the words bull or headed. According to Corelli, English has a sizeable idiomatic base. About 4,000 idioms in American English are drawn from the nation's culture and everyday life. Idioms infect English with a peculiar flavor and offer it remarkable diversity, brilliant character, and color. She also feels that idiomatic expressions not only assist language learners in understanding English culture but also penetrating English people's traditions and lifestyles and gaining a deeper understanding of English history.(Corelli 2006: 53)

The main issue that idiomatic and fixed expressions pose for translators, according to Baker is twofold: "the ability to recognize and interpret an idiom correctly; and the difficulties involved in rendering the various aspects of meaning that an idiom or a fixed expression conveys into the target language. The first challenge that a translator encounters is understanding that she/he is dealing with an idiomatic expression.(Baker 1992: 65)

Sadat Husain Manto's writings also include numerous literary criticism, studies in Urdu, and many translations from Urdu into English. He is credited with having brought Urdu language and literature into the mainstream of contemporary international writing. There is no doubt that Sadat Hassan Manto was the most prolific of all modern writers in the sub-continent. Manto's published a substantial number of short stories during his short literary life span, and novelette gave some master piece work to Urdu literature. The noble laureate Hemingway mentions the lunatic life of great Manto's in his speeches. The current research study aims at discovering and determining the strategies used in translations of "khol do" short stories about sexual violence during partition of sub-continent and "license" a short story which throw light on the behavior of society toward widow his profession which lead toward prostitution by Aatesh Taseer an Indian born translator currently living in London having solid links with native country and culture.(Ahsan 2020: 12-27)--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 15:44, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Literature Review ===

In this chapter, the author/researcher defines the strategy and its different definitions from various perspectivess. However, the sole focus is only on the strategy of translation studies. Furthermore, renowned academicians put forward their definition of strategy like Venutti quoted translation strategy as the theory of de construction-sim, which is progressive and future-oriented.(Venutti !995, 35 Krings defines it as the content of the project, while Seguinet divided the term into three steps.(Krings 2000:21). However, Locher defines it as the procedure of solving a problem faced in translating a text. Jaskelaine involves the primary task of choosing the SL text and developed a method to translate it. (Locher 2002:76) In last, the author points out his research work's sole purpose by mentioning different research work on Mento's short stories except for this angle. --[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:30, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

The term "strategy" is used in a variety of settings. Many theorists in translation studies have used the phrase "translation methods" interchangeably, although with significant distinctions in meaning and perspective. The following is a collection of more general definitions of the term strategy. A strategy is a long-term set of actions to achieve a specific goal (Wikipedia Committee, n. d.).A methodical plan for improving one's learning performance has been actively altered and mentioned (Instruction Curriculum Reading Glossary, n. d.)
A strategy is a well-thought-out, intentional, goal-oriented (with a measurable outcome) approach carried out through a series of actions that can be monitored and modified (Curriculum Learning Literate-Futures Glossary, n. d.)

A collection of particular mental and behavioral procedures is taken to reach a given result. These definitions are general and can be related to different fields of study. This study mainly concerns translation strategies, although the definitions mentioned above can be narrowed down to this research field, as well. Translation strategies have their characteristics, through which one can gain a proper understanding of them. In general, a translator employs a strategy when confronted with a challenge while translating a text; nevertheless, translation methods are not required when translating a text literally. Bergen points out that strategies are not always obvious or straightforward. (Bergen 1996:33)

Although beginners in the field of translation believe they have done a successful translation when they translate word for word and utilize a dictionary, they do not realize that there is still a problem and that adjustments must be made at various levels of the translation. As a result, the most critical purpose of the strategies is to solve problems. "Venuti attempted to put deconstructionist translation theory into practice by proposing the "resistant translation" technique as an alternative to the standard "smooth translation. This technique tries to reverse the colonial concept of translation, English-American culture centralism, and the value of imperialist culture from an ideological standpoint. (Vinute 1998:41).--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:30, 13 December 2021 (UTC)
It aims to retain "foreignness" rather than seeking similarity in translation principles and methods. The author believes Venuti's translation strategy is quite progressive and future-oriented, with the development of international communications on an equal footing. However, it will take time to implement fully." (Jianzhong. .Krings 1986, 18) defines translation strategy as "a translator's potentially deliberate objectives for solving concrete translation problems specific translation task in the context of a project."The translators adopted three global tactics, according to Seguinot (i) translating uninterrupted for as long as possible; (ii) resolving surface flaws as soon as possible; (iii) leaving text quality and stylistic problems to the editing stage.(Seguinot 1989:27)--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:30, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

Furthermore, Loescher defines translation strategy as "a possibly conscious technique for overcoming a difficulty encountered in translating a text, or any segment thereof."(Loescher 1991:8) As stated in this definition, consciousness is vital in distinguishing strategies employed by learners and translators. "The element of consciousness is what distinguishes strategies from these activities that are not strategic," (Cohen 1998:4) claim moreover, 'Bell' distinguishes between global (whole-text) and local (text segment) techniques and indicates that this distinction is the outcome of several types of translation challenges.(Bell 1998:188)

According to Venuti, "involve the core tasks of picking the foreign text to be translated and establishing a way to translate it."(Venuti 1998, 240). He uses the terms "domesticating" and "foreignizing" to describe them. Ordudari, considering the process and outcome of translation, Jaaskelainen divides methods into two primary categories: some strategies deal with what happens to texts, while others deal with what happens during the translation process. According to Jaaskelainen, product-related strategies entail the essential tasks of selecting the SL content and establishing a technique for translating it. On the other hand, process-related strategies are "a set of (loosely articulated) rules or principles that a translator applies to attain the goals determined by the translating scenario.(Jaaskelainen 2005:15)

Furthermore, Jaaskelainen distinguishes between global and local strategies, stating that "global strategies refer to general principles and modes of action, while local strategies refer to specific activities concerning the translator's problem-solving and decision-making.(Jaaskelainen 2005:16). Newmarkdistinguishes between translation methods and translation procedures. (Newmark 1988, 81) also distinguishes between translation techniques and procedures, writing, "While translation methods are employed for full texts, translation procedures are utilized for sentences and smaller units of language."(Newmark 1988, 221)

Apart from other literature like poetry, drams and other subcultures also produce literary genius in short stories. Monto is one of them. His literature is translated into different languages with a different theme in his work. Apart from the story of division, Manto's books are characterized by powerful female characters. Manto combines the physical brutality of division with the intellectual cruelty that sex and sexuality face inside the Indio Pak subcontinent's social framework (Ranjan 2004, 3). Manto's female characters, according to Ispahani, are characterized by their sexual fragilities, such as sexual humiliation, rape, and prostitution. "They are nearly always victims, with the power only to cause their destruction," she believes. Sakina's body movement reveals how severely she was sexually raped. Sakina's silence and pain depict the savagery of her rape to the point where they lost their ability to communicate. Manto's short stories present another perspective on trauma through the absence of the subject converses (Mehta 2018, 9). Bingo by Tariq Rahman explores sexual repression, social injustice, and war tragedies. Wartime rape has existed since the beginning of conflicts, and penetrators consider it one of their weapons of war (Isikozlu, 2016:13).

The concept of hegemonic binary was introduced by the second wave of feminism, which depicts patriarchal conduct as sexually superior and powerful. At the same time, women are sexually inferior and submissive argue (Marinucci, 2010:15). Sexual trauma serves as a link between the victim and society; it ruins the victim's sense of safety, leads to low self-esteem, and silences them called by (Lewis 2017:54). Saadat Hasan Manto (1912-1955) was one of the most well-known, controversial, and provocative Urdu writers of the twentieth century. Despite being a prolific writer of essays, plays, film scripts, and novels, he was best known for his short tales. Born in Punjab, he began his writing career in Bombay before moving to Lahore, Pakistan, in January 1948, a few months after partition (Hasan 1984:12). Following that, his stories generally centered on a partition, exploring its human effects from various perspectives.

Manto's works are notable for their realism, word economy, dependence on internal components, and, most notably, their abrupt, often distressingly unclear ends (Akhtar and Flemming 1985:9). While Tariq Rahman wrote Bingo, he is a writer, playwright, and critic who has made significant contributions to Urdu literature through his writing. Research work was carried out on the comparison of "bingo" and "khol do."
The purpose of this thesis is to compare the two short stories Khol Do and Bingo, both of which focus on women and violence, particularly wartime rape, which makes women more vulnerable than ever before. This paper explores how women are victims of war and partition, making them doubly marginalize primarily due to the hegemonic binaries of men and women. Both of the stories aim to reflect the stigmata of our society regarding the violence and cruel treatment of women since their existence. Furthermore, via the lenses of feminism and post-colonialism, it examines how varied wartime weapons can be for both gender binaries. The writers' audacity causes us to reflect on the inhumane treatment of women in everyday life and even in wartime when they are with the men who are supposed to defend the female..(Ahsan 2020: 12-27)--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:31, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

=== Theoritical Framework ===

In this paper, various strategies have been used, like using an idiom of similar meaning and similar form, the idiom of similar meaning and different form, translation by Paraphrasing, translation by omission. The approach of employing idioms of similar meaning and form, according to Mona Baker, entails using an idiom in the target language that can express about the same meaning as the source language idiom, as well as having lexical similarity. On the other hand, this type of matching happens periodically as well as regularly.(Baker, 1992, 13)

Similarly, employing idioms with similar meanings but different forms means that it is possible to locate an idiom or fixed expression in the target text language that has a similar meaning to the source idiom or expression but is made up of distinct lexical elements. Consider the case of English and French, both of which use the idiom mentioned above. In English, one good deed is rewarded with another, whereas in French, handsome deeds are rewarded with handsome deeds.

Furthermore, we did not come across any idioms in the category mentioned above during translating idioms. To deal with this issue, the translators used the most popular approach, known as a translation by paraphrase, which is short, straightforward, and time-saving. When a match cannot be identified in the target language or when it appears improper to employ idiomatic language in target material due to aesthetic differences between the source and target languages, this is the most typical approach for translating an idiom from source to target language. However, one thing to keep in mind is that a perfect translation is not required is necessary or possible.

Last but not least, to overcome the problem of idiom translation, the translator employs the strategy of translation by omission. This can be defined as an idiom being omitted entirely in the target text with a single word. This is done because the idiom has no close match in the target language; its meaning cannot be easily paraphrased or due to stylistic reasons.--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:38, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

Data analysis Techniques:
Textual analysis is the method of data analysis in qualitative research that brings forth the hidden and potent message, structure, and function of research in giving text, Alan Mckee (defines textual analysis as whenever we perform textual analysis on the text, we make an educated guess at some time of the most likely interpretations that might be made of that text (Alan 2001:3)
Analysis of the translation of short stories in light of Mona baker's theory "khol do and license" are short stories written by Sadat Hassan Manto and translated by many translators from Urdu into English. During translation, the translator adopted many strategies for translating idiomatic expression, sometimes by Paraphrasing, sometimes by omission, sometimes using similar idioms of form and meaning while sometimes using different words and the same form, the whole.
--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 09:51, 12 December 2021 (UTC)

===Discussion and Analysis===

The chapter analyzes and discusses all the data collected by the author/researcher from different sources. All the examples of idioms are firstly identified, then translated into the target text, and back-translated for the sole purpose of exploring the strategies being used by the translator. A separate section is given to every strategy with its related example. Moreover, the idiomatic expression, the target work for finding, is highlighted through the bold letter.

4.1 Translation by Paraphrasing:

Based on our findings, the most often used strategy was "translation by paraphrasing." An inspection also reveals that Aatish Taseer preferred this strategy. Here are some examples applied by the translators, and in the following section, the logic behind their preference towards this strategy is elaborate. The following are examples from two short stories of Sadat Husain Manto's "khol do" and "license."
Example 1:

ST: Sirajuddin ne subah das baji anki kholi to logo ka aik mutalatam samandar deka.

TT: Ten a.m., Siraj Uddin opens his eyes on the cold floor of the camp, seeing the swelling sea of men.

BT: sub ke das baji jab Sirajuddin ne apni anki koli to logo ka aik ublaha howa samandar ka nizara dekni laga.

So, the above idioms are literal idioms being translated with the help of 'Paraphrasing' because there is no perfect equivalent of mutalatam words in English languages. A similar look at another idiom from short stories "khol do."

Example 2:

ST: Khuda tomahra bala kari.

TT: Your God will reward

BT: Is ka badla khoda tomahi di.

Here, the word reward is being used for Bala Kari, an example of transitional by Paraphrasing.
Let take another example from "khol do."

Example 3:

ST: unkho nai Jan khateli pa rak kar sakena ko donda.

TT: even putting their lives online, they search sakina

BT: apni zindagio ko khatri me dal kar unkho nai sakina ko dond nekala.

The above idioms are examples of pure idiom translated from Urdu into English with the help of paraphrases strategies. However, under the same strategies, the idioms of another short story of Manto,s "license," are translated by Aatish Taseer. Some of the examples are given below.

Example 4:

ST: Abu kochwan bara cheel jabela ta. It is the binomial type of idioms taken from the first sentence of the short story "license" by Sadat
Hasan Manto

TT: Abu kochwan is stylish man.

BT: Abu kochwan aik wazahdar admi ta.

From the above idiom, it is clear that there is no perfect equivalence of cheela chabela idiom in English; that is, the translator goes
through paraphrasing strategies. Look at another example from "license."

Example 5:

ST: Lein har waqat bank bani rekhi ka usi be had showk ta

TT: He had a weakness for style and fashion.

BT: Dan saj ke rekhna uski kamzori me sai ik ta.

So all of the above examples, which are analyzed one by one, are examples of idioms being translated through paraphrasing strategies. Beaugrande and Dressler define paraphrases as "approximate conceptual equivalence among outwardly different material."(De Beaugrande and Dressler 1981, 50) Similarly, in this regard, Hirst defines paraphrases as "talk(ing) about the same situation in a different way." (Hirst 1980:12) Munday declared that "equivalence is particularly useful in translating idioms and proverbs” For instance, if the English idiom like a bear with a sore head is rendered into Persian as (mesle borje zahremar), meaning like a tower of snake venom, the strategy of equivalence has been applied. (Munday 1981:13).--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:55, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

According to Leonardi, "Equivalence can be said to be the central issue in translation." In this regard, house believes that "a translation text should match not only its source text in function but also employ equivalent situational-dimensional means to achieve that function" (Baker 2002:49). who shares this approach, states that equivalence is used "for the sake of convenience—because most translators are used to it rather than because it has any theoretical status" (Kenny 1998:77).

Despite different attitudes to the concept of equivalence, most specialists pay much attention to its meaning in the theory of translation. The translation is a form of communication, and that is why it is vital to establish equivalence between the source text and the target text. Although Vinay and Darbelnet believe that equivalence is used differently than in modern translation theory, it is evident that equivalence is one of the basic concepts of translation that cannot be neglected.Vinay and Darbelnet 1999:18)
Consequently, based on the Above mentioned studies using 'Paraphrasing' in translation stands as the core concept in the process of translation, and still, most of the translators cling to it for producing a more comprehensible and explicable text. These language ideas and translation models are ideal constructs, presented abstractly in order to be differentiated precisely. They may exist in an uneasy combination in actual theories and practices, resulting in logical tensions or inconsistencies. They must first contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation before they can contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation. Theories and actions must be contextualized in historical settings. They've been utilized as analytical tools to describe various topics in section introductions. Theoretical writings and current events these language notions and translation models are ideal constructs expressed in an abstract manner in order to be distinguished precisely in real-life hypotheses they may exist in an uncomfortable mix, resulting in logical conflicts or inconsistencies. They must first contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation before they can contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation.

4.2 Using an idiom of Similar Meaning and Form

As mentioned earlier, this strategy type is being used by Aatish Taseer during their translated work of Manto's short stories "khol do" and" license" on an occasional basis. Some examples are mention below.

From khol do.

Example 6:

ST: Larki ka rang zard hogaya.

TT: The girl's face became fail

BT: larki ka rang zar hogya.

Similarly, another example from the license is

Example 7:

ST: Abu our us ke mat beer hogaie

TT: They fall in love with each other.

BT: WO ik dosri ke mokhbat me geriftar hogaie

The above idioms are pure ones and are being translated with the help of similar meanings and similar forms.

The procedures: transposition, modulation, equivalence, and adaptation, and when it comes to defining the term Equivalence, (Vinay and Darbelnet 2000:90) propose that it consists in rendering "the same situation … by two texts using completely different stylistic and structural methods", and when it comes to translating idiomatic expressions like "Il pleut à seaux" it can be translated as "It is raining cats and dogs" using the idiom of similar form and meaning in the target language.

As Baker states, this strategy involves using an idiom in the TL which conveys roughly the same meaning as that of the source language idiom and, in addition, consists of identical lexical items. The salient point is that this kind of match can only occasionally be achieved, which cannot be picked up more often by translators. Accordingly, both translators mentioned in the current study had quite a slim chance of using this strategy type.(Baker 1992:12)

4.3 Using an idiom of similar meaning but different form:

During translating Manto short stories, "khol do" and "license," some of the idioms are translated with the help of this strategy. Some of the examples are given below from two different short stories.

Example number one is from the short story "khol do"

Example 8:

ST: Aur bolwai gos ayai thee?

TT: The roitors come abroad.

BT: pasadi bahar agai hai.

The above idiom is a pure type of idiom being translated with the help of above mention strategy. The word rioter is being used for bolwai, which is not a perfect word for bolwai. In Urdu bolwai, people believe in violence when minorities or the low population of any country want some rights. These people stop them by using violence, burn down their properties, rapes women, and do things like that. Another example from the license is below.

Example 9:

ST: Dosri kotwal abu ko dek kar jal ban ho jati.

TT: The other coachman burn with envy.

BT: Abu ke kamyabi dek kar aur kotwal abu sai khasad karni lagi’

The above idioms are a pure idiom that reflects the effect of jealousy between competitors to achieve equivalency. Aatish Taseer uses envy word for jal ban instead of other which have similar meaning but different form. Look at the other example from "license."

Example 10:

ST: Dino lat vo lagal se kam karni laga.

TT: Dino came with an excuse.

BT: Dino abb bahi tarashni laga.

The above idioms are types of binomial idioms translated with the help of idioms with similar meanings and different forms. (Newmark 1988, 81) mentions the difference between translation methods and translation procedures. He writes that "[w]hile translation methods relate to whole texts, translation procedures are used for sentences and the smaller units of language" (Newmark 1988: 81). Idiomatic translation in his definition reproduces the 'message' of the original. However, it distorts nuances of meaning by preferring colloquialisms and idioms where these do not exist in the original, leading to using an idiom of similar meaning but a different form. Besides, it is often possible to find an idiom or fixed expression in the target language with a meaning similar to that of the source idiom or expression but which consists of different lexical items (Baker 1992, 12). Therefore, translators discover idiomatic expressions in the target language with different forms than in the source language. In the current study, the translators approached this strategy merely for 9% of the total times, which means the frequency of Iranian and English idioms with the same meaning and different forms is not considered high.

4.4 Translation by omission:

A translator is less using these strategies, and we did not find any clue on this type of strategy in an area under consideration.
--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 09:48, 12 December 2021 (UTC)

=== Findings===

Mandelbit believed that idioms with different cognitive mapping in the target language would be more challenging to translate.(Mandelbit 1995:40) After conducting this study and data analysis of collected data, the result revealed that the translator frequently used three out of four strategies of the Mona Baker model during the translation process, which is a translation by Paraphrasing, translation by similar meaning and similar form, translation by similar meaning and different form. In contrast, translation by omission does not found in his work.
After detail and careful analysis of data, more than half of idioms like "swelling sea of man,” my lord break his arrogance, “weakness for style and fashion." As I mentioned earlier, many more are translated under the umbrella of Paraphrasing, which is considered the most common method used for translating idioms.

Similarly, it also reflects strategies like similar meaning and different form and similar meaning and similar form. The idiom "rioter came abroad,” burn with envy,” The girl's face became pale, " They fall in love with each other" are translated with the help of two mention strategies, respectively.

Although translation by omission is a strategy used on rare occasions because of its meaning, its meaning cannot be easily paraphrased or stylistic reason. Here, the researcher also did not find any idiom translated with the help of the omission strategy.--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 17:18, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Conclusion ===

By going through the detailed discussion and analysis of the data collected, it was finally concluded that the idioms which are present in two short stories, "khol do" and "License," are translated under the frame of Mona Baker's idiomatic model. Translation by Paraphrasing is mainly used while idioms of similar meaning and form and idioms of similar meaning and different forms are used occasionally. The researcher discusses all the strategies with related examples in the order of maximum used to minimum used. The strategy by omission did not find it works. All the data are collected from different sources and analyzed with the help of different researcher tools, and the result is written in light of the finding. Different from previous studies, the writer presents the strategies to translate idioms by each type of idiomatic expression found in the story. From the result, it is considered the translation of idiomatic expressions in the story is quite accurate. As the number of accurate data is more the data which is not related to the translation. We take conclusion from the translation through idiomatic expression and paraphrasing is the best way to translate a novel or a story however it is very difficult job to do because it needs more accurate and precise knowledge about the source language and an inspiring method to express ideas in the target language. However, translation is thing through which we can connect the world with each other and also we can study and observe diverse cultures.

=== References ===

Abu-Saydeh, A. F. (2004). Translation of English idioms into Arabic. Babel, 114-131.

Ahsan, S. (2020). A comparative study of two translations of manto's short story "Toba Tek". International Journal of English Language Studies, 12-27.

Alexander, R. J. (1987). Mimeograph. In R. J. Alexander (Ed.) Collocation and Culture. Trier: University of Trier, West Germany.

Al-Qinai, J. (2000). Translation quality assessment. strategies, parameters and procedures. Translator's Journal, 497-519.

Bayashi, J. (2020). Japanese-English translation: An advanced guide. Oxfordshire: Routledge.

Das, V. (1995). Critical events: An anthropological perspective on contemporary India. New Delhi: Oxford Printing Press.--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 17:36, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

Mufti, A. (2007). The Language of English India. In I. &. End (Ed.) Enlightenment in the Colony. Princeton University Press.

Waka Xia, L. (2019). A discourse analysis of news translation in China. Syydney: Routledge.

= Muhammad Saqib Mehran Problems in Translation Study =
[[Trans_Type_EN_14]]

===Abstract===

===Key words ===

===Introduction ===

===Ambiguity===

===Lexical and Structural Mismatches===

===Multiword units: Idioms and Collocations===

===Summary===

===Further Reading===

=刘胜楠 A Case Study of ''Ne Zha'' on Subtitle Translation Strategies from the Perspective of Skopos Theory=
[[Trans_Type_EN_15]]

Translation types, strategies, styles, methods

2021-12-13T18:16:18Z

Muhammad Numan: /* Types of Translation */

'''Translation types, strategies, styles, methods'''

[[Translation_types,_strategies,_styles,_methods|Overview Page of Translation types, strategies, styles, methods]]

30 Chapters（0/30)

[[Trans_Type_EN_1]] [[Trans_Type_EN_2]] [[Trans_Type_EN_3]] [[Trans_Type_EN_4]] [[Trans_Type_EN_5]] [[Trans_Type_EN_6]] [[Trans_Type_EN_7]] [[Trans_Type_EN_8]] [[Trans_Type_EN_9]] [[Trans_Type_EN_10]] [[Trans_Type_EN_11]] [[Trans_Type_EN_12]] [[Trans_Type_EN_13]] [[Trans_Type_EN_14]] [[Trans_Type_EN_15]] [[Trans_Type_EN_16]] [[Trans_Type_EN_17]] [[Trans_Type_EN_18]] [[Trans_Type_EN_19]] [[Trans_Type_EN_20]] [[Trans_Type_EN_21]] [[Trans_Type_EN_22]] [[Trans_Type_EN_23]] [[Trans_Type_EN_24]] [[Trans_Type_EN_25]] [[Trans_Type_EN_26]] [[Trans_Type_EN_27]] [[Trans_Type_EN_28]] [[Trans_Type_EN_29]] [[Trans_Type_EN_30]] ...

[[Book_projects|Back to translation project overview]]

[[DCG-To-Do|To the To Do List]]

=阳佳颖 Analysis On Subtitling Strategies in the American Version of the ''Legend of Zhen Huan''=

'''浅析美版《甄嬛传》的字幕翻译策略'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_1]]

阳佳颖 Yang Jiaying, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 2: The Use of Translation Strategy and Translation Methods in Tourism Texts under the Guidance of Peter Newmark's Translation Theory -- A Case Study of ''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''=
'''纽马克翻译理论指导下旅游文本中翻译策略与翻译方法的使用——以''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_2]]

刘晓 Liu Xiao, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 3: Translation methods and strategies for novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory -- A case study of Korean novel Eun-ju's Movie (Excerpt)=
交际翻译理论指导下小说题材所适用的翻译方法和翻译策略—以韩国小说集《恩珠的电影》（节选）为例

[[Trans_Type_EN_3]]

刘越Liu Yue ，Hunan Normal University，China

=Chapter 4: On Translation Strategies and Translation Methods in Chinese Translation of English Prose -- A Case Study of Chinese Translation of English Prose "Pleasures of Ignorance"=

'''浅析英语散文汉译中的翻译策略和翻译方法——以英语散文《无知的乐趣》汉译本为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_4]]

毛雅文 Mao Yawen, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 5： Analysis of translation strategies and methods for political eassays --- A Case Study of Annual Summary of the Russian Government's Work of 2019 =
'''政论语体翻译策略及翻译方法— 以《2019年俄罗斯政府工作报告》为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_5]]

毛优 Mao You，Hunan Normal University，China

=Chapter 6: An analysis and comparison of the translation styles of two Chinese translations of ''Le Spleen de Paris''=
'''浅析对比《巴黎的忧郁》两个汉译本的翻译风格'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_6]]

彭瑞雪 Peng Ruixue, Hunan University, China

=Chapter 7: A Study of Lu Xun’s Short Stories Translation from the Perspective of Functional Equivalence: Taking Yang Xianyi and Gladys Yang’s English Verison of ''Kong I-Chi'' as a Case Study=
功能对等翻译视角下的鲁迅短篇小说翻译研究——以杨、戴夫妇的《孔乙己》英译本为例

[[Trans_Type_EN_7]]

秦建安 QinJianna, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 8:Translation methods and strategies applicable to the style of biographical literature -- Taking ''Incidents in Life of Slave Girl'' (excerpt) as an example=

'''传记文学的文体所适用的翻译技巧与策略——以英文传记《一名女奴的人生际遇》(节选)为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_8]]

颜子涵 Yan Zihan, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 9: On the Translation Strategies of ''Lun Yu'' from the Perspective of Fusion of Horizons – A Contrastive Study of two translations of Ku Hung-ming and Xu Yuanchong=

'''视域融合视角下看《论语》英译的翻译策略—以辜鸿铭和许渊冲的英译本为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_9]]

邝艳丽 Kuang Yanli, Hunan Normal University, China

=杨柳青 Bian Zhilin's Literary Translation Theories and Practice——Take His Translation of Romantic Poems as Examples=

Yang Liuqing杨柳青,Hunan Normal University,China.

[[Trans_Type_EN_10]]

=Atta Ur Rahman Exploring Translation Strategies: A Case Study of the English Translation of the Holy Quran=

===Abstract===
This study aims at diagnosing culture-specific items in the English translation of the Holy Quran and the strategies which were used to translate the CSIs. Translating CSIs can be a demanding task because such items have specific meanings in the culture and language in which they exist but not necessarily in others. Taking this fact into account, the present study investigates the strategies used in the translation of culture-specific items in the English translation of the Holy Quran. Moreover, the researcher explored the most frequently employed translation procedures. To achieve these goals, the descriptive approach is applied for the analysis of the translation of specific items of culture. The descriptive analysis is also used for the investigation of the translation procedures used therein. The findings of this study indicate that the use of cultural equivalent strategy was the most frequent applied procedure. The descriptive equivalent and through translation procedures were the second most frequently applied translation strategies which were followed by transference, functional equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, modulation and notes. The results shows that the translation procedures are helpful (especially the target-oriented ones) in conveying the meaning of the text from Arabic into English in different ways.

===Key Words===
The Holy Quran, Translation Strategies/procedures, Culture-Specific Items, Newmark

===Introduction===
1. Overview
Translation that plays a crucial role in introducing the history and in transferring the culture of an area is a kind of communication between different languages. It is also illustrated “as the result of a linguistic-textual procedure in which a text in one language is re-contextualized in another language.” In the re-contextualization, studies on translation demonstrate that there are certain critical points (Munday 2012:37) that are problematic for translators, especially, when dealing with vital cultural texts such as religious texts (Malmkjær 2015:10). It helps to communicate and exchange information with people from different countries and cultures. Khammyseh argues that translation is one of the traditional communicating methods between communities all around the world. (Khammyseh 2005:9). Jothiraj states that “translation plays an important role in the inter-lingual process of communication”(Jothiraj 2004:1). Translation is essential for cultures and languages to exchange information. Newmark defines it as a craft in which a written message in a language is replaced by the same story in another language. According to him, Translation is the art of trying to translate what is written or expressed in one language into another language with the same message or expression. To accomplish a qualified translation, the translator needs to be aware of different aspects(Newmark 1988:2). Many scholars in translation have noticed that the difficulty for a translator is to translate texts which deals with religious concepts and cultural specific items.

Nida indicated that translation is the way of finding natural issues in the TL close to the SL, in terms of message and style(Nida 1964:32). Larson has acknowledged that dealing with religious and cultural items is the most difficult, both in finding equivalence and analyzing the source vocabulary. Among the many challenges that exist for the translator is to bring the concept of the SL to a deeper meaning in the TL, the main problem is how to give CSIs, the significance which is firmly connected to the particular cultural context(Larson 1998:23).--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 15:41, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

Culture plays a considerable role, Snell-Hornby assumed that “Culture refers to all socially conditioned aspects of human life”(Snell-Hornby 1988:33). Another definition of culture is formulated by Goodenough. For him, culture is “what people have to learn as distinct from their biological heritage, must consist of the end product of learning: knowledge, in a most general, if relative, sense of the term."(Goodenough 1957:167). By this definition, we should note that culture is not only a material phenomenon; it does not consist of things, people, behavior, or emotions. It is rather the organization of these things. It is the forms of things that people have in their minds, their models for perceiving, relating, and otherwise interpreting them”. According to him, if the translator wants to understand a culture, she or he has to understand that culture is a mixture of belief and knowledge.

The religious text and especially the Holy Quran have played a significant role in human life throughout history to guide human beings towards the right path. Translating religious text can be a hectic job. When it comes to religious texts like the Holy Quran, it might be even more hectic. The Holy Quran has a profound impact on the human lives of its believers. It spreads spiritual serenity and peace of mind. Lustig and Joline thought that “religion is an important institutional network that binds people to one another”(Lustig and Joline 2003:16). But sometimes believers of Islam (whether they are native or not native speakers of the language) face a tremendous difficulty when they want to understand the meaning of a certain lexical unit, lexis that can be identified as Quranic-specific words/phrases.

This study is aimed to probe Newmark's translation procedures applied to translate cultural items from the SL (Arabic) to the TL (English) and to focus on translation strategies used by the English translator to transfer absolute and in-depth intended meanings of the CSI in the Holy Quran. If we examine Newmark's opinion, seventeen procedures may be needed by a translator in the process of translation. However, only a few translation procedures are relevant to this translation, they are Transference, cultural equivalent, functional equivalent, descriptive equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, through translation, modulation and notes.(Newmark 1988:81). These types of translation procedures are usually used to translate cultural terms contained in the text involving Surah Yusuf as a source language. Thus, in the relationship between translation and culture, the strategies offered should be understood as an attempt to make the translation easy to understand by the TR without blurring the message contained in the text written in the SL.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 15:41, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Translation and Culture===

2. Translation and Culture

Culture and translation are intimately connected, for understanding the culture translation plays a crucial role. In every nation, there are multiple cultures which reflect how people behave, socially, traditionally and politically and also practice their specific languages. Languages have a complex system of communication that humans adapt from different cultural background. When someone wants to know more about any culture, it is necessary to know about that language. For understanding the language they need to translate it as one might not understand the particular language. Thus, translation fills the gap created by languages that is a very important aspect of translation.

The translation is the process of translating a point or text from one language to another, we can also refer translation to moving of something from one place to another. Translation impacts also on our real life, in a way of transforming other cultures, norms and traditions into our culture. Translators play a vital role in culture and mediators between cultures, dedicated to linking the gap that repeatedly hinders effective communication between communities. According to Peter Newmark, “translators have been entrusted the elegant and highly-demanding task of representing cultures for decades” (Newmark 1988:7). Newmark established connections concerning the relationship between culture and translating. In his book, he regards translation as a process of “representing the meaning of a text into another language in the way that the author planned the text” (Newmark 1988:5). According to him, although this process has been supposed to be simple, in reality, translators have been facing the complex task of translating and conveying culture for decades, ever since countries began establishing relationships between one another. (Newmark 1988:7).

In the history of translation studies, translation has been discussed through multiple routes which based on practicality and some theoretical aspects. For instance, Catford defined it as "the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language”(Catford 1965:20). According to Venuti translation is "the forcible replacement of the linguistic and cultural difference of the foreign text with a text that will be understandable to the target language reader”(Venuti 1995:18). Schjoldager stated that“a translation is a text that expresses what another text has expressed in another language”(Schjoldager 2008:19). Culture is a complex whole which includes knowledge,belief,art,law,morals,customs and many other capabilities and habits acquired by man as a member of society. The translation is no longer considered to be a mere cross-linguistic activity but it significantly is cross-cultural communication.”
Since language reflects the way of life and basic parts of it, the process of translation cannot be done without the integration of cultural symbols into the construction of meaning. Hassan claimed that a good translation “is one that carries all the ideas of the original as well as its structural and cultural features” (Hassan 2014:2). Hermanns contributed that translation should be recognized as a cultural act. It is a kind of linguistic-cultural activity that involves at least two languages and two cultural traditions. Similarly, translation is not just a verbal act; it is also cultural, which is an act of communication of cultures(Hermanns 1999:22) Later, Hassan emphasized a good translation "is one that carries all the ideas of the original as well as its structural and cultural features" and that "reconstructs the cultural/historical context of the original"(Hassan 2014:2).
These statements demonstrate that there is an interaction between translation and culture, Newmark illustrated that culture in translation competence is “the greatest hurdle to translation, at least the achievement of an accurate and decent translation" (Newmark 2001:328).

Bearing in mind the general alliance among researchers regarding the importance of culture in translation, the translation activity is a question of transferring the correct meaning and that the translator has a productive role in transferring not only the linguistic system of the source text but also the cultural one. As such, it is extremely difficult to draw a borderline between translation and culture as they are inextricably overlaid and this connection leads to creative translation.

2.1 Culture-Specific Items (CSIs)

Culture-specific items are notions that are specific to a particular culture. These concepts are using in different domains such as flora,fauna,food,clothes,housing, work,leisure,politics,law,and religion in the way of life. These cultural concepts are consist of different suggestion and approaches. For the denomination of these concepts, many scholars and linguists employed different names or terms, relatively different definitions are given and they tried to define some points that were related to the culture but they not defined even the name of the concept clearly. Scholars refer different names to these culture-specific items, Newmark uses the term cultural words. (Newmark 1988:327) Christine Nord names them “culturemes” (Nord 1997:9) while in one of the newer studies, focused on the translation of culture-specific items, Mohammad Reza Shah Ahmadi and Fatemeh Nosrati employ a term culture-bound element (Ahmadi and Nosrati 2012:1).
After a long time, some scholars prefer the terms “culture-specific item” (Davies 2003:17), others choose cultural words (Newmark 2003;87) or culture-bound phenomena/concepts (Newmark 2003:7). In this study, the term “culture-specific item” is used as the basic term, as well as its abbreviation CSI, although other synonyms may be used to prevent repetition. "Culture-specific items are defined by different scholars according to their differences and similarities. Meanwhile, Mona Baker (1992) defines specific concepts of culture as “sourcelanguage words that express concepts unknown in the target culture” (Baker 1992:21). It may relate to religion, kind of food or social customs. Newmark suggests to culture-specific items as cultural words (Newmark 1988:94). He further discussed that in many circumstances, cultural words are somewhat easy to detect in a text because they are closely related to a specific language and unable to translate word by word (Newmark 1988:95). When they cannot be translated literary then he mentioned that the translators usually the purpose is to provide a descriptive-functional equivalent (Newmark 1988:95).--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:02, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

2.1.1 Translation of CSIs in the Holy Quran

The Holy Quran is the most basic religious book for Muslims, the Quran was revealed to the prophet Muhammad (PBUH). The Quranic corpus, created in an early form of Classical Arabic, is traditionally believed to be a literal transcript of God’s speech and to constitute the earthly production of an uncreated and eternal heavenly original, according to the general view referred to in the Quran itself as “the well-preserved tablet” (al-lawḥ al-mahfūẓ; Qurʾān 85:22). It has a heartfelt impact on human lives and their believers. It spreads spiritual stability and peace of mind. According to (Lustig and Joline 2003:16) “Religion is an important institutional network that binds people to one another.”
Translating Quranic-specific words/phrases is considered a great challenge for the translators which requires an accurate interpretation and consciousness of the crucial functions of these Quranic-specific words/phrases. Therefore, they have to focus on a set of aspects to attain equivalence and then render the exact meaning. The translation of the Holy Quran is a debatable process because Arabic is full of cultural-specific concepts with no proper equivalent in other languages; consequently, some equivalents fail to convey their cultural meaning thoroughly. The translation is seen as the process of reconstructing a text into other languages. In the Holy Quran, it is mentioned in the Surah of Yusuf: “we have sent it down as an Arabic Quran”, the translated text has been simply seen as a commentary, explaining, or paraphrasing of the source text. In general, exact translation never occurs; rather this can be a basic interpretation of the Holy Quran. In the process of translation of the Holy Quran, language and CSI items and rhetorical features were not inimitable and reproducible into other languages.
Translating CSIs is a strenuous task because such elements have special meanings in culture and language.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:02, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Types of Translation ===

3. Types of Translation

Newmark determines 8 types of translation which are:

3.1 Word-for-Word Translation

This is usually indicated as an interlinear translation, with the target language immediately below the source language words. The source language word-order is preserved and the words translated singly by their most common meanings, out of context. These words are translated literally. Some of the uses of point-by-point translation are to understand the mechanics of the source language or to create a difficult text as a pre-translation process.

3.2 Literal translation

In this type of translation, the grammatical structures of the source language are changed to the nearest target language equivalent but the written points remain the same to one another, out of context.

3.3 Faithful translation
This translation attempts to reproduce the original exact meaning within the limitations of the TL grammatical structures. It also conveys cultural words and maintains an unusual degree of grammar and strength in translation. It tries to make the SL author completely loyal to the intent and reality of the text.

3.4 Semantic Translation

Semantic translation takes much of the aesthetic value of the source language text, making sense where appropriate so that there are no implications, wordplay or repetition roots in the finished version. It may translate less important cultural points by a culturally neutral third or active terms but not by cultural equation and it may also give the reader more small concessions.

3.5 Adaptation

This is an unrestricted form of translation. It is used mainly for plays and poetry, the themes, characters, plots are usually preserved, the SL culture converted to the TL culture and the text rewritten (Ahmad 2015:15).

3.6 Free Translation

The content without a form of the original or the matter without the manner is the productions of free translation. It is also known as intra-lingual translation and it is usually longer than the original.

3.7 Idiomatic Translation

This type of translation replicates the original message but degrades the depth of meaning by selecting meanings and dialogues that do not exist in the original.

3.8 Communicative Translation

This type of translation replicates the original message but degrades the depth of meaning by selecting meanings and dialogues that do not exist in the original(Newmark 1988: 18).
--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:05, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Translation Strategies ===

4. Translation Strategies
Many theorists have used the term translation strategy extensively but with some significant differences in meaning and perspective that they see. Many theorists have used the approach of translation comprehensively but with some notable differences in meaning and vision as they appear.

4.1 Aixela Translation Strategies:
According to Aixela translators need to choose several strategies based on the source language culture and target culture. He distinguishes many of the translation strategies that apply to the translation of culture-specific items and at the same time, he tries to command by the level of their intercultural intervention. He divided it into two groups; conservative groups (5 approaches) and the substitution (6 strategies).

4.1.1. Conservation:
In conservation,the less compelling process includes repetition,orthographic adaptation,linguistic translation,extratextual gloss and intratextual gloss.

4.1.1.1 Repetition:In repetition, there is simply the transference of the culture-specific items from the ST to the TT. Thus,the translator keeps as much as possible the original reference (Aixela 1996;61). This approach is often used for languages that do not differ in the alphabet and most for names.

4.1.1.2 Orthographic Adaptation: The orthographic adaptation involves writing or
transliteration, mainly when the original term is given in a different alphabet than the one used in the target culture.

4.1.1.3 Linguistics translation: Linguistic translation emphasizes on the way where the translator chooses the source closest to the original text and increases his understanding by giving the TL version which is still relevant to the ST cultural system.

4.1.1.4 Extra-textual Gloss: Here,the extra-textual gloss refers to additional information to the previously mentioned procedures, The translator uses one of the above strategies but considers it as a necessity to explain the meaning or concept of CSI. In this gloss, it can be footnotes,endings,words,ideas,translators in dictionaries, italics and so on.

4.1.1.5 Intra-textual Gloss:It's like the past but the translator feels that he/she can include the globe as an indirect part of the text,not to distract the reader.

4.2.1 Substitution
In substitution, According Aixela “that synonymy, limited universalization, absolute universalization, naturalization, deletion, and autonomous creation are encompassing here"(Aixela 1996;87)--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:40, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

4.2.1.1 Synonymy: This strategy is a stylist used to avoid the constant repetition of culturespecific items in the ST.

4.2.1.2 Limited Universalization: When the translator realizes that the culture-specific item is not clear to the reader or that another source CSI exists in the source language which can be replaced, replace it with data. Of course, the location is not as specific to the source language as the first one.

4.2.1.3 Absolute Universalization: The only difference between limited universalization and absolute universalization is when the translator cannot find the best known CSI in the source language or prefers to eliminate the unusual concept and choose a neutral term. (Aixela 1997;63).

4.2.1.4 Naturalization: In this case “translator brings the culture-specific item into the TL culture” (Shokri Ketabi 2015;8).

4.2.1.5 Deletion: When the CSI is “unacceptable ideologically or stylistically or it is not relevant enough for the effort of comprehension required for the readers” (Aixela 1996;64), or very clear that the translator does not want to use any strategy, they delete the CSI.

4.2.1.6 Autonomous Creation: When the translator agrees to use non-existent cultural
reference in the ST.(Aixela 1997;43).

4.3 Mona Baker's Translation Strategies
Baker's strategies have been used by professional translators at word level in their translations, to deal with issues while performing the task of translation.Baker She suggests various procedures to work for unequal treatment at the point level, for example, translation by a more general word, translation by a more neutral / less obvious word, translation by paraphrasing, Using related words, and so on. She formulates the classification in different strategies(Baker 1992;90) which are the following:

4.3.1 Translation by a more general word: According to Baker,this has to do with the meaning of the proposition. Appropriately it works in many languages.

4.3.2 Translation by a more neutral/ less expressive word: This is another strategy in terms of semantics it does with differences with obvious meaning.

4.3.3 Translation by cultural substitution:This strategy involves placing culture-specific material that does not have the same predictive meaning as the target language material but may have the same effect on the target reader.

4.3.4 Translation using a loan word: This strategy relies on culture-specific items, modern borrowing points plus interpretation concepts and buzz points.

4.3.5 Translation by paraphrase using a related word: When the source material is written in the target language but separately, and when the frequency used in the source text is high, it will be natural in the target language.

4.3.6 Translation by paraphrase using unrelated words: This strategy can be used when the concept in the source material is not lexical in the TL.

4.3.7 Translation by omission: Losing phrases or words that are not vital to text development.

4.3.8 Translation by an illustration: Here, use examples when the source word is not equal in the target language. Each theorist presents their strategies according to their point of view,however,Baker,s translation strategies include the most applicable set of strategies, as it shows the strategies used by professional translators.
--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:40, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Cultural Categories ===

5. Cultural categories

5.1.2 Ecology
In this type of cultural category, Newmark labels those words which have some similarities and differences in culture concerning the environment. For Example, animals, colors, astronomy, plants birds etc. They will also have some geographical features that can normally differ from other cultural terms in that they usually have no political, commercial value.

5.1.2 Material culture

Material culture is also known as artefacts, In the category of material culture, Newmark included Food, clothes, housing, transport, and communications and also those objects which are made by humans. For Example, Clothing, atoms, crops, vegetables, jewellery, drugs, planets etc. “Food is for many the most sensitive and important expression of national culture. The function of the generic clothes terms is approximately constant, indicating the part of the body that is covered, but the description varies depending on climate and material used, houses and town, and transport.”(Newmark 1988;90)

5.1.3 Social culture

The social culture is divided by Newmark in two ways, they are work and leisure. For example, Trade, armour, literature, poets, markets, games.

5.1.4 Organisation

Newmark organizations are divided into five categories: political and administrative conditions, historical conditions, and international conditions. ‘The international community terms usually have recognized translations which are in• fact through-translations, and are now generally known by their acronyms', religious terms, artistic terms; “the translation of artistic terms referring to movements, processes and organizations generally depend on the putative knowledge of the readership. For example, adultery, business, corruption, sex, poverty, marriage, divorce etc.”

5.2 Newmark Classification CSIs

Newmark established the classification of culture-specific items (CSIs) into five classes which are;
Table 1. Newmark classification of Culture-Specific Items. (Newmark 1988;97) --[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:50, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

5.2.1 Categorization of CSIs in Surah Yousuf of the Holy Quran

Verse No. Terms English Translation Categories
1 الۡکِتٰبِ Book Material culture

2 قرُۡءٰنًا Quran Material culture

3 الۡقَصَصِ Narration Gesture

4 رَايَۡتُ Dream Habit

5 کَوۡکَبًا Stars Ecology

6 ال َّ شمۡسَ Sun Ecology

7 الۡقَمَرَ Moon Ecology

8 الۡاحََادِيۡثِ Events Organization

9 يعَۡقوُۡبَ House of Yaqub Material culture

10 يعَۡقوُۡبَ Yaqub

11 ابِۡرٰہيِۡمَ Ibrahim

12 اِسۡحٰقَ Ishaq

13 اقۡتلُوُا Kill Social culture

14 ارَۡضًا Earth Ecology

15 الۡجُبِّ Pit Ecology

16 ال َّ س َّ يارَةِ Wayfares

17 يٰۤابََانَا Father

18 َّ يرۡتعَۡ Eat Social culture

19 وَ يَلۡعَبۡ Play Social culture

20 لَحٰفِظُوۡنَ Guard Social culture

21 وَ اخََافُ Fear Habit

22 الذِئّۡبُ Wolf Ecology

23 عِشَاءًٓ Nightfall Ecology

24 َّ يبۡکُوۡنَ Weeping Habit

25 مَتاَعِنَا Belongings Material culture

26 قمَِيۡصِہٖ Shirt Material culture

27 وَارِدہَمُۡ Water drawer Material culture

28 دلَۡوَهٗ Bucket Material culture

29 بِثمََنٍ ۢ بَخۡسٍ Paltry price Material culture

30 درََاہمَِ مَعۡدوُۡدةٍَ Silver coin Material culture

31 مِّصۡرَ Egypt

32 لِامۡرَاتَِہٖۤ Wife

33 الۡارَۡضِ Land Ecology

34 اشَُدَّ هٗۤ Prime age

35 الۡابَۡوَابَ Door Material culture

36 مَعَاذَ ّٰ ِ Master Organization

37 ال ُّ سوۡٓءَ Evil Habit

38 الۡفَحۡشَاءَؕٓ Lewdness Habit

39 عِبَادِنَا Servant Organization

40 وَ قَدَّ تۡ Ripped Social culture

41 عَذاَبٌ Punishment Social culture

42 ُّ يسۡجَنَ Prison Organization

43 الۡعَزِيۡزِ Minister Organistion

44 حُباؕ Love Social culture

45 فتَٰىہَا Slave Organization

46 سِکِّيۡنًا Knife Material culture

47 مَلکٌَ Angel Organization

48 فَاسۡتجََابَ Prayer Gestures

49 خَمۡرًا Wine Material culture

50 خُبۡزًا Bread Material culture

51 رَاۡسِیۡ Head Material culture

52 ال َّ طيۡرُ Birds Ecology

53 ءَارَۡبَابٌ Gods Organization

54 يٰصَاحِبَیِ السِّجۡنِ Prisoners Organization

55 تعَۡبدُوُۡنَ Worship Gesture

56 ال َّ شيۡطٰنُ Satan Organization

57 الۡمَلِکُ King Organization

58 بَقَرٰتٍ Cows Ecology

59 خُضۡرٍ Green Ecology

60 يٰبسِٰتٍ Dry Ecology

61 سُنۡۢبلُٰتٍ Grain Material culture

62 تزَۡرَعُوۡنَ Crops Material culture

63 يغَُاثُ Rain Ecology

64 يَعۡصِرُوۡنَ Juice Material culture

65 النِّسۡوَةِ Women

66 ال َّ رسُوۡلُ Messenger Organization

67 الۡعَزِيۡزِ Governor Organization

68 ال ّٰ صدِقِيۡنَ Truthful Habit

69 الۡخَائِٓنيِۡنَ Betray Organization

70 خَزَائِٓنِ Treasure Material culture

71 مَ َّ کنَّ ا Power Organization

72 بِرَحۡمَتِنَا Mercy Gestures

73 يَتَّ قوُۡنَ Taqwa Habit

74 الۡمُنۡزِلِيۡنَ Hospitality Habit

75 رِحَالِہِمۡ Camel Ecology

76 وَ ل َّ مَا فَتحَُوۡا Family Organization

77 بَابٍ Gate Material culture

78 اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty Organization

79 الۡعِيۡرُ Caravan Organization

80 لسَٰرِقوُۡنَ Thieves Organization

81 السِّقَايَۃَ Bowl Material culture

82 تاَ ّٰ ِ Swear Habit

83 کٰذِبيِۡنَ Liars Habit

84 وِّعَاءِٓ Bag Material culture

85 درََجٰتٍ Rank Organization

86 َّ موۡثِقًا Pledge Social culture

87 الۡحٰکِمِيۡنَ Judges Organization

88 الۡقَرۡيَۃَ Town Material culture

89 عَيۡنٰہُ Eyes

90 الۡبَشِيۡرُ News Social culture

91 ابَوََيۡہِ Parents Organization

92 الۡعَرۡشِ Thrown Organization

93 يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ Devices Material culture

94 وَ الۡارَۡضِ Earth Ecology

95 ال َّ سمٰوٰتِ Heavens Ecology

===Translation Procedure ===

6. Translation Procedure

There are seventeen different kinds of translation procedures classified by Newmark. According to (Gallagher 1996;31)“translation procedures are the technical devices to convey the message of a text in one language into another language.” The difference between translation procedure and translation methods discussed by (Newmark 1988;81)“translation methods relate to whole texts, translation procedures are used for sentences and the smaller units of language.”

6.1 Transference
Transference is the way through which we convert the source language to target language and also contains transliteration or transcription. Transference is also known as loan words, there is no transformation in the spelling of the words that have been translated.

6.2 Naturalization
Naturalization changes the word SL to its pronunciation,then TL to its original form.
Naturalization also adds new connections to external conditions.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:55, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

6.3 Culture equivalent
In this procedure, SL the cultural word is translated by the target cultural word. The use of the translation of this procedure is limited because it is not accurate, but it can be used in general texts, public and publicity,as well as for brief explanation to readers who do not understand the relevant source language culture.

6.4 Functional Equivalent
This approach is the most accurate path of translating and it uses very neutral cultural points with a new specific term.

6.5 Descriptive equivalent
This strategy is working for the description of the meaning or function of the source language.

6.6 Synonymy
This method of translation is applied when there is nothing to the same.

6.7 Through-Translation
Through translation is the literal translation of common conflicts,the names of organizations and compound parts.

6.8 Shifts or Transposition
This translation procedure involving a change in grammar from SL to TL. This change is done when there is a difference between the structure of the SL and the TL is reasonable.

6.9 Modulation
This procedure is used in the translation of sentences, phrases and clauses. Here the translator looked at the message in the source language sentence from a different angle or a different way of thinking. This strategy is used when the translation of words with literal meaning does not produce a reasonable translation.

6.10 Recognized Translation
The translation process is manifested when the translator uses an authoritative or appropriate translation of an organization's term.

6.11 Translation Label
This procedure is the appropriate one for the translation of a new institutional term,and it is a temporary translation of the source language word.

6.12 Compensation
This process manifests itself when there is a meaningful loss in one part,but compensation in the other part.

6.13 Componential Analysis
In this procedure, the source language word translated into the TL by detailing the components of the meaning of the source language word.

6.14 Reduction & Expansion
In this procedure, the elements of the word 'auto' removed and the elements of the word expanded in the target language.

6.15 Paraphrase
This procedure appears when cultural words need more explanation.

6.16 Couplets
In this procedure, two or more different procedures meet in one translation, couplets, triplets, quadruplets.

6.17 Notes
When the additional information is added to the cultural words for the clarification of readers.

===Analysis and Discussion ===

7. Analysis and Discussion

7.1 Introduction
This chapter highlights the procedure of the study and the analysis of culture-specific items in Surah Yusuf. This chapter explores the use of translation strategies in transferring meaning from the ST to the TL and the appropriateness of Newmark's model in interpreting the procedures that the translator applied during the translation process.

7.2 Procedures
To account for the translation of CSIs in this research, the source text of the Holy Quran in Arabic and its English translation translated by Mufti Taqi Usmani were studied. After reading the whole Ayahs of Surah Yusuf and its translation, every Ayah and its translation in English were carefully analyzed to identify CSIs and the strategies used by the translator to translate them into English. After that, the classification of CSIs by Newmark has been accepted as the theoretical framework of this study aimed at analyzing culture-specific items. For the clarification, each procedure is interpreted and demonstrated with illustrations in Tables 1-9.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 17:01, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

7.3 Analysis and Discussion
After the categorizing the culture-specific items according to Newmark's strategies, the researcher worked on the strategies for translating the culture-specific items applied in Surah Yusuf, including transference, cultural equivalent, functional equivalent, descriptive equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, through translation, modulation and notes; Then, he arranged the data gained in Tables 1-9 in order to show the cases of applying Newmark’s strategies for translating the culture-specific items.
The discussion section is devoted to the interpretation of each selected culture-specific word, the researcher presents a discussion of how he formulates the CSIs in Newmark strategies.
Below are the discussion points created for using each strategy;

7.3.1 Transference: Transference includes transliteration and is the same as what is called transcription. The word then becomes a loan word. There were words that were transferred from the source text to the target text. These are presented in the following table.
Table1.

Here are some examples of Transference applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yusuf:

Strategy Source Text Target Text
قرُۡءٰنًا Quran
ابِۡرٰہيِۡمَ Ibrahim
Transference يعَۡقوُۡب Yaqub
اِسۡحٰق Ishaq
يَتَّ قوُۡنَ Taqwa

Words that have given in table 1 are transference words because these are conveyed to target language which is a different language writing system then from the source language, For example, the word Quran is transliterated word and pronounce as same as like in source language قرُۡءٰنًا, so it is transcripted and also become a loan word. Similarly, all the mentioned words in table 1 are transference words.
7.3.2. Cultural Equivalent: Cultural equivalent purpose is to replace a cultural word in the source language with an, although not completely synonymous, target language word.

Table 2.
Examples of Cultural equivalent applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡب House of Yaqub
لَحٰفِظُوۡنَ Guard
بِثمََنٍ ۢ بَخۡسٍ Paltry price
درََاہمَِ مَعۡدوُۡدةٍَ Silver coin
اشَُدَّ هٗ Prime age
Cultural Equivalent مَعَاذَ ّٰ Master
الۡعَزِيۡزِ Minister
فَاسۡتجََابَ Prayer
اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty
يٰصَاحِبَیِ السِّجۡن Prisoners
الۡمَلِکُ King
يَعۡصِرُوۡنَ Juice
مَ َّ کنَّ ا Power

In Surah Yusuf, we have some words that are related to the cultural equivalent, Table 2 contains cases where cultural equality is applied. The word House of Yaqub is not completely synonymous to the ST اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡب, it is a replaced word in the SL. The word minister is not completely synonymous to the word ST word الۡعزَِيۡزِ. Similarly, the word Master in the TT is not synonymous to the word which is used in the ST ّٰ مَعَاذَ, it is a replaced word. The original meaning of the word فَاسۡتجََابَ is to accepted, but here it is referred to Prayer which is not only the synonymous but also a replaced one; furthermore, all the words mentioned in table 2 are mostly not completely synonymous words but the cultural replacing words.

7.3.3 Functional Equivalent:In functional equivalent, the word culture-free is used,
sometimes with a specific term; Therefore, it generalizes the word SL.

Table3.

Examples of Functional equivalent applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
الۡقَصَصِ Narration
رَايَۡتُ Dream
Functional equivalent الۡاحََادِيۡثِ Events
ال َّ س َّ يارَةِ Wayfares
مِّصۡرَ Egypt
يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ Devices

In functional equivalent, culture-free words are used, sometimes a new specific term is used which generalizes the SL word. For example, in table 3 the word Events is used as a cultural free word that generalizes the ST الۡاحََادِيۡثِ. The word Devices is a cultural free word and used as a new specific term to generalize the ST word يَمۡکُرُوۡنَ. The word Narration is used in the TT as a cultural free word because it is not limited or bound to a single culture. The word narration can be used by every culture representative.
7.3.4 Descriptive Equivalent: It is using phrases in TT to explain the ST word.
Table4.
Examples of Descriptive equivalent applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
کَوۡکَبًا Stars
ال َّ شمۡسَ Sun
الۡقمََرَ Moon
Descriptive equivalent عِشَاءًٓ And at Nightfall
وَارِدہَمُۡ Water drawer
سِکِّيۡنً Knife
الۡکِتٰبِ Enlightening book
ال َّ سمٰوٰتِ Heaven

The descriptive equivalent is, using phrases in TT to explain the ST word. For example Eleven stars and the sun and the moon a phrase used in the TT which explains کَوۡکَبًا َّ و ال َّ شمۡسَ وَ الۡقمََرَ the ST words stars, sun and moon. Similarly, Enlightening the book is a phrase used in the target text which highlights the meaning of الۡکِتٰبِ.
7.3.5 Componential Analysis:componential analysis is the initial comparison of a source language point to a selected language point that has the same meaning, but does not equate to one.
Table5.
Examples of Componential analysis applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
رَايَۡتُ Dream
ال َّ طيۡرُ Birds
Componential analysis وَ يَلۡعَبۡ Play
يَعۡصِرُوۡنَ Juice
مَعَاذَ ّٰ ِ Master
يٰصَاحِبَیِ السِّجۡنِ Prisoners
اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty

Further, in justification in the translation of CSIs, the researcher analyzed the words that comparing the word base of a source language with the target language point that has the same meaning, but obviously not equals one. Like رَايَۡتُ means to look or see while translating it to the TT it meanings changes to word Dream. The basic comparison of these two words is the same.
That is both words are related to cognition and eyes. For instance, other words are ال َّ طيۡرُ Birds, اِ نِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty.
7.3.6 Synonymy: Synonymy is a near target language equivalent.
Table 6.
Examples of Synonymy applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
الۡکِتٰبِ Book
قۡتلُوُا Kill
ارَۡضًا Earth
Synonymy الذِئّۡبُ Wolf
دلَۡوَه Bucket
خَمۡرًا Wine
يٰبسِٰتٍ Dry

The translator has used good equivalents for the words chosen in the Surah Yusuf. For instance, الۡکِتٰبِ Book, Book in the TT and الۡکِتٰبِ in the ST are the synonymous word. Few other examples are mentioned in table 6.
7.3.7 Through translation:Through-translation, is a literal translation of common conflicts, names of organizations and compound parts. It can also be called: click or loan translation.
Table7.
Examples of Through-translation applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡبَ House of Yaqub
غَيٰبَتِ الۡجُبِّ Into the bottom of a pit
بِرَحۡمَتِنَا Mercy
Through Translation الۡاحََادِيۡثِ Events
ُّ يسۡجَنَ Prison
الۡعَزِيۡزِ Governor
الۡخَائِٓنيِۡنَ Betray
وَ ل َّ مَا فَتحَُوۡا Family

In through translation, the researcher found those words which have common collocations, name of organization or component of compounds in Surah Yusuf. Examples of through translations are House of Yaqub, اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡبَ is a component of the compound, Family وَ ل َّ مَا فَتحَُوۡا is the name of the organization, other examples are mentioned in table 7.
7.3.8 Modulation: Modulation occurs when the translator generates the original text message in TL text according to the current target language norms, as source language and target languages may differ visually.
Table8.
Examples of in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf Modulation applied
Strategy Source Text Target Text
يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ Devices
Modulation لَسٰرِقوُۡنَ Thieves
مَ َّکنَّ ا Power
وَ قَدَّ تۡ Ripped

The modulation occurs in the translation of culture-specific items when we are translating the word or phrase from the source text to target text according to the new norms and traditions in TT culture. For instance, Devices are the word that had been translated from the Arabic word يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ which means to plan something while in English it is opposite which means tools.
7.3.9 Notes: Notes, additions, and glosses are additional information that a translator must add to the version; The additional information that translators add is usually cultural.
Table9.
Examples of Notes applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty
Notes تعَۡبدُوُۡنَ Worship
ال َّ شيۡطٰنُ Satan
بِثمََنٍ ۢ بَخۡسٍ Paltry price

In this strategy, the translator adds some additional information to his version, The additional information that translators add is usually cultural. For example اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ is a word which means that giving the order is limited or quality related to Al-Mighty God while the translator used the word sovereign which means authority. Worship is a word which means to follow or obey someone, the translator can use it in his point of view while in Arabic تعَۡبدُوُۡ نَ which means a quality limited to God.

===Conclusion and Recommendations===

8. Conclusion and Recommendations

This chapter summarizes the findings of the study. It also provides some recommendations regarding the application of translation procedures in translation between language systems.

8.1 Summary of the Findings

The translator applied nine translation procedures out of seventeen of Newmark’s translation procedures in the translation of the Surah Yusuf of the Holy Quran, namely, transference, cultural equivalent, functional equivalent, descriptive equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, through translation, modulation and notes. The cultural equivalent strategy was the most frequent applied procedure. The descriptive equivalent and through translation procedure was the second most frequently applied translation procedure, It was followed by transference, functional equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, modulation and notes. It is a descriptive study in which CSIs from ST translated to TT.

8.2 Conclusion

The present study purpose was to explore the CSIs in Surah Yusuf of the Holy Quran and to investigate which translation strategy proposed by Newmark were employed by the translator to overcome culture-specific items. Obviously, the researcher has worked hard to clear the way for future students of translation. Throughout the research, the researcher faced a lot of challenges and findings were revealed, some of them are the following;

• Between Arabic and English, there is a big cultural gap. Till now, this problem is considered as an unsolvable problem.

• Lack of reading and translating religious books.

• Many mistakes are made by the translators because they were unknown to the ST.

• The translators have to go through or review the previous translation of the Quranic scripture to solve the problem that they might face in the process of their translation.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 17:05, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

The procedures used in this study will help the translator to render culture-specific terms accurately. Thus, the researcher worked well to fill the linguistic gaps between Arabic and English. Furthermore, Newmark’s translation procedures helped the translator make the translation sound more natural to the TR. It can be observed from the analysis that Newmark’s translation procedures were effective in translating the Islamic texts. The findings of the study might help students of translation and practitioners in the field of TS to get familiar with the most influential strategies in rendering cultural specific items. They can use the findings of the study to employ translation tasks in translations. Educational planners can use the findings of this study to specify the most influential, dominant strategies to conduct a target-oriented/sourceoriented translation. To sum up, it should be emphasized that the focus of this particular study was on religious genre. Investigating CSIs in different genres could lead to new areas of research for interested researchers. Accordingly, the information gained from this study may prove useful to translators, translation teachers, and student learners as it will help them improve their translation skills with the special attention of culture-specific items and will allow them Give texts when having a broad view of translation. Other researchers can derive similar effects from many of the findings of the same study.

This study is similar to other studies that might have several limitations which need to be taken into account. The study focused on one Surah translated by one translator. Examining different Surahs of the Holy Quran and their translations by other authors from different cultures might lead to interesting facts or they might confirm the findings of this study. Different translators might employ different strategies. Further research is needed to confirm or disconfirm the findings of this study. Newmark's strategies are not limited to the cultural features of the language. But it also covers the linguistic specifications. To narrow down the subject of the study, the linguistic aspects of the text were ignored. Comparing these linguistic aspects could be another interesting topic and venue for further research.
Finally, It may be concluded that Newmark’s translation procedures are necessary for the translation of an Islamic text between two different language systems and cultures. However,the translator must be competent in using the translation procedures to provide an accurate translation.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 17:05, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

8.3 Recommendations

The researcher furnished a set of recommendations in the light of the findings reached and the results obtained. The recommendations can make a helpful set of guidelines for both existing and potential translators in general and for translating religious texts of two languages that are not closely related. These recommendations are tentative and are subject to modification upon closer investigation by translation scholars and professionals:

• The researcher recommends that the study of translation procedures should be included in the university curriculum for students who study translation, to help them in solving the problems of translating religious texts.

• It is recommended for translastors to use the translation procedures appropriately in order to deliver the meaning of the source text correctly.

• The researcher also recommends examining the application of other kinds of translation procedures on Islamic texts based on other models such as Andrew Chesterman’s translation procedures.

• It would also be beneficial to investigate Newmark’s translation procedures to various types of texts such as medical texts and journalistic texts.

=== References ===
Abdi, H. (2019). Translating culture-specific items (CSIs) as a conundrum for Iranian MA translation students: Considering the level of study. Journal of new advances in English Language Teaching and Applied Linguistics, 1(1), 88-109.

Aguado-Gimenez, P., & Pérez-Paredes, P. F. (2005). Translation-strategies use: A classroombased examination of Baker’s taxonomy. Meta: journal des traducteurs/Meta:
Translators' Journal, 50(1), 294-311.

Ahmadi, M. R.S and Nosrati, Fatemah. (2012). Domestication and Foreignization Strategies in Translation of Culture-Specific Items. Translations of English-Persian Children’s Literature. San Francisco: Grin Publishing. Google Books.

Al Saleh, R. A. (2019). An Application of Newmark's Procedures to Muhammad Abul Quasem's Alleman, J. C. Bee. W. Ulitkin, I. Files, F., Zetzsche, J., Chatonnet-Marton, P. & y del Árbol, E. V. Translation Strategies.

Al-Sofi, B. B. M. A., & Abouabdulqader, H. (2020). Bridging the gap between translation and culture: towards a cultural dimension of translation. International journal of linguistics, literature and culture, 6(1), 1-13.

Baker, M., 1992. In Other Words: A Coursebook on Translation. London: Routledge, p.20–42.

Blažytė, D., & Liubinienė, V. (2016). Culture-specific items (CSI) and their translation strategies in Martin Lindstrom’s" Brand sense". Kalbų studijos, (29), 42-57.

Bush, P. (1998) "Literary Translation." In: M. Baker, ed. Routledge Encyclopedia of Translation Studies, London: Routledge, pp.127-130.

Catford. J. C. (1965). A linguistic theory of translation. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
English Translation of Mohammad Al-Ghazali's Islamic Guidance.Literature and Culture, 6(1), 1-13.

Gečaitė, L. (2020). Culture-Specific Items and Their Translation Strategies in Victoria Hislop's Novel The Sunrise.” (2020).

Hassan, B. E. A. (2014). Between English and Arabic: A practical course in translation.
Cambridge Scholars Publishing.

Hermans, T. (1999). Translation in systems. Manchester: St. Jerome Publication House, J. (Ed.). (2014). Translation: a multidisciplinary approach. Springer.
Issa, A. L. S. M., & Hammood, L. H. R.- Quranic-Specific Phrases under the Study of Translation; Significance and Applications.

Janfaza, E., Assemi, A., & Dehghan, S. S. (2012). Language, translation, and culture.
In International Conference on Language, Medias and Culture (Vol. (33), p. 83-87).

Janfaza, E., Assemi, A., & Dehghan, S. S. (2012). Language, translation, and culture.
In International Conference on Language, Medias and Culture (Vol. 33, p. 83-87).

Lambert, J. (1998) Literary Translation. In: M. Baker, ed. Routledge Encyclopedia of Translation Studies. London: Routledge, 130-134.

Landers, Clifford E. (2001) Literary Translation: A practical guide. New Jersey University Press: Multilingual Maters.

Lustig, Myron, W. and Koeser, Joline (2003), Intercultural Competence: Interpersonal Communication Across Cultures, Boston: Allyn and Bacon.

Malmkjær, K. (1993). Who Can Make Nice A Better Word Than Pretty? Collocation, Translation, and Psycholoinguistics. In: Baker, M., Francis, G. and Tognini-Bonelli, E.
eds. Text and Technology. Philadelphia/Amsterdam: John Benjamins Publishing Company. pp.213-32.

Mosavat, S., & Rahimpour, S. (2016). The Most and Least Used Translation Strategies for
Conveying Culture-Specific-Items in Young Adult Literature from English into Persian. International Journal of Humanities and Cultural Studies (IJHCS) ISSN 23565926, 1853-1873.

Munday, J. (1997). Systems in Translation: A computer-assisted systemic approach to the analysis of translation of García Márquez. Ph.D thesis, University of Bradford.

Newmark, P. (2001). A Textbook of Translation. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language
Education Press

Newmark, Peter. (1988). A Textbook of Translation. New Jersey: Prentice-Halls

Nord, Christiane. (1997). Translating as a Purposeful Activity: Functionalist Approaches
Explained. Manchester: St. Jerome. Accessed 10 November. 2018. Google Books Schjoldager, A. (2008). Understanding translation. Academica: Århus.

Silalahi, M., & Lubis, S. (2013). Translation Procedures of Cultural Terms Found In Sejarah Bilingual For Students of Senior High School.
Valipoor, K., & andAzizeh Chalak, H. H. T. (2019). Cultural-specific items in translation of the Holy Quran by Irving: 43-51.

Venuti, L. (1995). The translator’s invisibility: A history of translation. London and New York:
Routledge

Widiarto, O. V. V. (2016). The translation procedures of cultural expressions applied in a game of thrones translated into Perebutan Tahta novel by Barokah Ruziati (Doctoral dissertation, Dian Nuswantoro University).

=Zohaib Chand AN INTRODUCTION TO TRANSLATION STUDIES: AN OVERVIEW Intan Pradita=

[[Trans_Type_EN_12]]

===Abstract===
This study aims to observe the development of translation studies through its different types, various strategies, styles and particular methods. In this paper, the readers are introduced to some famous translation scholars including their view of translation studies. At the further discussions, this study lets the readers acknowledge the main issues on translation studies, focusing on different styles of variations such as grammar, sentence structure, textual analysis, strategies and methods. This study may help those who are interested to conduct translation researches and help them by giving options of which theories is beneficial to their analysis. Moreover, it aims to explore the clear definition of translation as well as help the readers to understand the basic concept which are used in the field of translation. The present study, therefore, attempts to outline the scope of the discipline of translation studies and more importantly, it is an attempt to outline its activity that required a deep mastering of language, a good source of knowledge and target cultures.

===Key words ===
Translation, styles of variations, strategies

===Introduction ===
It is undoubtedly right that translation is important to share information. In line with these premise, the number of translation professionals is getting higher. In fact, the result of translation researches tends to help human daily life in term of evaluation, designing translator machines, and cultural studies. Therefore, translation means converting written information from one language into another. It is the new discipline appeared in the second half of the 20th century. The term “Translation Studies” was coined by James S. Holmes, an American-Dutch poet and translator of poetry, in his seminal paper “The Name and Nature of Translation Studies”. Translation enables effective communication between people around the world. It is a courier for the transmission of knowledge, a protector of cultural heritage, and essential to the development of a global economy. Translation helps us to know about the developments in the field of creative arts, education, literature, business, science and politics. It has shifted from the traditional conception of the fixed, stable and unchangeable nature of the text and its meaning to a text with wide scope for variations. Translation also helps in nation building. In this globalised world, the demand for translation and language related services has increased many times. Translation is not only needed for the creation of national identity but has also become an essential tool for keeping pace with the processes of globalization and localization. The activity of translation has a long-standing tradition and has been widely practiced throughout history, but in our rapidly changing world its role has become of paramount importance. Nowadays, knowledge in which cultural exchanges have been widening, has been increasingly expanding and international communication has been intensifying, the phenomenon of translation has become fundamental. Be it for scientific, medical, technological, commercial, legal, cultural or literary purposes, today human communication depends heavily on translation and, consequently, interest in the field is also growing. Accordingly, the discussion, in the present study, proceeds primarily from the perspectives of “Translation Studies” and “Linguistics”. One major goal is to show the interrelationships between linguistics and translation, and how they benefit from each other. Nowadays, translation research has started to take another path, which is more automatic. The invention of the internet, together with the new technological developments in communication and digital materials, has increased cultural exchanges between nations. This leads translators to look for ways to cope with these changes and to look for more practical techniques that enable them to translate more and waste less. They also felt the need to enter the world of cinematographic translation, hence the birth of audiovisual translation. The latter technique, also called screen translation, is concerned with the translation of all kinds of TV programs, including films, series, and documentaries. This field is based on computers and translation software programs, and it is composed of two methods; dubbing and subtitling. In fact, audiovisual translation marks a changing era in the domain of translation.
In short, translation has very wide and rich history in the West. Since its birth, translation was the subject of a variety of research and conflicts between theorists. Each theorist approaches it according to his viewpoint and field of research, the fact that gives its history a changing quality.

Discussion

Translation is an activity that requires deep mastering of languages, a good knowledge of source and target cultures. It is also linked with the translation method, strategies and styles of variations. Each translation type requires different translation method. In this paper, it is an attempt to outline that there are several types of translation. Each type is defined by different scholars through different criteria to the contextual situation of communication. In this paper, we will be writing down the three prominent types of translation through various medium namely; technical translation, literary translation and pragmatic translation. For each type, a selection of examples will be considered for analysis based on translation theories and techniques. We will show that some chunks of text require literal translation, while other requires interpretive method. In addition, this paper will also examine various strategies and its styles of variations based on translational study. The following strategies will be presented in the paper as;

• They involve text manipulation.
• They must be applied to the process.
• They are goal-oriented.
• They are problem-centered.
• They are applied consciously.
• They are inter-subjective.

Most theorists agree that strategies are used by translators when they encounter a problem and literal translation is not useful. Different researchers have investigated and described various translation strategies from their different perspectives. It intends to show what translation strategies exist and when and why they are used by professional translators. Different scholars have various perspectives to the aspects of the act of translation, so, they define and describe different types of strategies. Bergen's (n. d.) classification of the strategies includes three categorizations which will be discussed mainly in this paper:

• Comprehension strategies
• Transfer strategies
• Production strategies

An addition to this paper, styles of variations will also be introduced to the readers through different aspects and examples. The concept of style can be defined in terms of the distinctive way an individual or a group uses language, or better still the discourse used to perform distinct functions of language aimed at achieving specific purposes. However, this does not entail that style is simply a matter of form since it is the product of other components such as the genre of discourse, its semantics, syntax and phonology. Indeed, in order to analyze a given stylistic variation one needs an extensive checklist that includes lexical and grammatical categories, allusions, and figures of speech. Style can be understood to refer to the recurring typical features of the source text compared to the typical features of the translated text. In a quantitative and qualitative analysis, this variation is shown to be influenced by several pragmatic and social factors, and to index the interpreters' stances towards source speakers and towards the immigrant court users who are the recipients of translations from English. It is argued that translation styles have profound consequences for limited English speakers, as the insistence on institutional norms in translating to them is viewed as a gate keeping behavior that may impede their full participation in the proceedings.

What is translation?

Translation went through various definitions going from a mere linguistics activity during the sixties, a cultural and communicative activity during the seventies reflects the social impacting activity in the latest founding of the literature.
“Translation is traditionally known as being the replacement of textual material in one language into equivalent textual material in another language”.
House (2015) mentions that translation is considered as the “replacement” of a text in the source language by a semantically and pragmatically equivalent text in the target language. It is strongly related to a source language and target language cultures. It requires a high level of mastery languages, an awareness of any contextual factors within which the discourse emerges. There is no need to mention how it affected civilizations through different areas of mankind history. For example, An Arab-Islamic civilizations. There have always been different directions on how one should or should not translate. In the Arab tradition, two main methods existed and were in complete divergence namely the literal and the free method.
On the other hand, in the Western tradition there are various methods currently exist namely, the linguistic, the hermeneutic, the interpretive, the functionalist, the interventionist, the poly-systemic and the text-typologist method. More so, it may be important to point out that translation has been defined in many ways, and every definition reflects the theoretical approach underpinning it.
As Shuttlworth and Cowie (1997) observe throughout the history of research into translation, the phenomenon has been variously delimited by formal descriptions, echoing the frameworks of the scholars proposing them. For example, Bell (1991: XV) starts with an informal definition of translation, which runs as follows: the transformation of a text originally in one language into an equivalent text in a different language retaining, as far as is possible, the content of the message and the formal features and functional roles of the original text.
At the beginning of the ‘scientific’ (Newmark, 1988, p. 2) study of translation, Catford (1965, p. 20) described it in these terms, the replacement of textual material in one language (SL) by the equivalent textual material in another language.
Thirty years later, in Germany, the concept of translation as a form of ‘equivalence’ is maintained, as we can see from Koller’s definition (1995, p. 196): “The result of a text processing activity, by means of which a source language text is transposed into a target-language text. Between the resultant text in L2 (the target-language text) and the source text in L1 (the source language text) there exists a relationship, which can be designated as a translational, or equivalence relation”. Because complete equivalence (in the sense of synonymy or sameness) cannot take place in any of his categories, Jakobson (1959) declares that all poetic art is, therefore, technically untranslatable. That is, the translator has to take the question of interpretation into account in addition to the problem of selecting a TL phrase which will have a roughly similar meaning. Exact translation is impossible. In this regard, Bassnett (1996) claims that all texts, being part of a literary system descended from and related to other systems are “translations of translation of translations”: every text is unique and at the same time, it is the translation of another text. No text is entirely original because language itself, in its essence, is already a translation: firstly, of the non-verbal world and secondly, since every sign and every phrase is the translation of another sign and another phrase. However, this argument can be turned around without losing any of its validity: all texts are original because every translation is distinctive. Every translation, up to a certain point, is an invention and as such it constitutes a unique text.
In this analysis of the above definition, Manfredi (2008), points out that the above distinction can be divided into two main perspectives, those that consider translation either as a ‘process’ or a ‘product’. To this twofold categorization, Bell (1991, p. 13) adds a further variable, since he suggests making a distinction between translating (the process), a translation (the product) and translation (i.e., “the abstract concept which encompasses both the process of translating and the product of that process”. Moreover, thanks to advances in new technologies, today we can also incorporate into TS the contribution of corpus linguistics, which allows both theorists and translators analyses of large amounts of electronic texts (Manfredi, 2008). On the other hand, Halliday (1992, p. 15) takes translation to refer to the total process and relationship of equivalence between two languages; we then distinguish, within translation, between “translating” (written text) and “interpreting” (spoken text). Halliday, thus, proposes distinguishing the activity of “translation” (as a process) from the product(s) of “translating”, including both “translation” (concerning written text) and ‘interpreting’ (regarding spoken text.
“Translation is the production of a functional target text maintaining a relationship with a given source text that is specified according to the intended or demanding function of the target text.

Types of Translation

Translation is an activity that requires deep mastering of languages, a good knowledge of source and target cultures. It is also linked with the translation method, strategies and styles of variations. Each translation type requires different translation method. In this paper, it is an attempt to outline that there are several types of translation. Each type is defined by different scholars through different criteria to the contextual situation of communication. In this paper, we will be writing down the three prominent types of translation through various medium namely; technical translation, literary translation and pragmatic translation.

Technical translation

Technical translation is a type of specialized translation involving the translation of documents produced by technical writers, or more specifically, texts which relate to technological subject areas or texts which deal with the practical application of scientific and technological information. (Wikipedia)
Translators' main goal is to accurately translate the technical terminology to match the document and the message of the original content.

The benefits of technical translation

A professional technical translation service is provided by translators with dual specialties, that is, professionals who are fluent in the language pair, but who are also experts in the field covered by the documents to be translated.
When you need to have your documents translated by a technical translator, translators who are not experts may not be able to provide the necessary solutions and terminology for a quality translation. If the translator is not an expert in the field, he/she will have to learn the new terminology while working. This means that translation will take longer, have higher chances of inaccuracies, and may result in higher costs. Therefore, the main advantages of hiring an agency specialized in this type of service are as follows:

Literary translation

Literary translation is the translation of creative and dramatic prose and poetry into other languages. This includes the translation of literature from ancient languages and the translation of modern fiction so that it can reach a wider audience.
Literary translation is of huge importance. It helps to shape our understanding of the world around us in many ways. Reading Homer and Sophocles as part of a classical education in school helps to build an understanding of history, politics, philosophy and so much more. Meanwhile, reading contemporary translations provides fascinating insights into life in other cultures and other countries. In a fast-paced world so rife with misunderstanding and confusion, such efforts to share knowledge and experiences across cultural boundaries should be applauded.
The translation of literature differs greatly from other forms of translation. The sheer size of the texts involved in literary translation sets it apart. Tackling a translation that runs to hundreds of thousands of words is not a task for the faint-hearted. Nor is recreating poetry in a new language, without losing the beauty and essence of the original work.
One of the key challenges of literary translation is the need to balance staying faithful to the original work with the need to create something unique and distinctive that will evoke the same feelings and responses as the original. This can be particularly challenging when it comes to translating poetry.
Poems are written with incredible attention to detail. Not only are the words and phrases important, but the number of syllables and the entire rhythm of the completed work. It’s a challenging task to complete just in one language, let alone when trying to recreate a poet’s work during a translation. Daniel Hahn, director of the British Centre for Literary Translation, sums up the issue beautifully.
As literary translators will attest, a single word can be extremely troublesome. The author of a work of fiction has chosen that word for a good reason, so the translator must ensure that it is faithfully delivered in the target language. However, what if no direct translation is available? Or what if several options exist, each with a slightly different nuance? Urdu language translator Fahmida Riaz outlines her approach to such thorny issues.
For instance, “Every piece you translate comes from the pen of an individual, so you have to give it an individual treatment. I try to retain the ambience of the original culture, rather than the language, as it is reflected in the text.”

Pragmatic translation

Pragmatic translation is the basic assumption that provided a source language text contains no misstatements of fact, is competently written and has to be fully translated rather than summarized or functionally reorientated; one's purpose in translating it is to be referentially and pragmatically accurate. In this paper, I shall not deal with referential accuracy but concentrate instead on the pragmatic aspects of translation. As the term pragmatic translation may be used in a variety of ways, I should like to state my own definition of pragmatic, which derives from Charles Morris and ultimately from Charles S. Peirce. I am using pragmatic as one of the two factors in translation: pragmatic denotes the reader's or readership's reception of the translation, as opposed to referential, which denotes the relationship between the translation and the extra-linguistic reality it describes.
Translation is a properly way to a properly communication and pragmatics is how to use language in communication properly. By translation, many things from different languages and cultures can understand to each other. In other words, translation can be stated as a facilitator to make a communication runs well.

===An Overview on Translation Studies ===

===Main Issues in Translation Studies: Equivalence or Variations ===

=== Matthiessen's Parameter on Register Variations===

===Conclusion ===

=== References ===

= Muhammad Numan A Study to Explore the Translation Strategies of Idiomatic Expression from Urdu to English ; A Case Study of Sadat Hassan Manto’s Short Story “Khol Do” =
[[Trans_Type_EN_13]]

===Abstract===
Translation is necessary for developing knowledge and idea, but it also makes the people understand the language and culture of other people or countries. However, equivalence is essential during translation, especially when the translator wants to translate idiomatic expressions in the best possible way. Therefore it is necessary to follow up on some strategies during the translation process. The research work is carried out under the qualitative method with textual analysis techniques as significant. Mona Baker's model for idiomatic expression is explored with the help of different examples from collected data. The primary purpose of this study is to find out which types of strategies are being followed by the translator during the translation process. It was found that translation by paraphrasing, translation by similar words and meaning and translation by similar meaning and different words.
===Key words ===
Translation Strategies, Idiomatic expression, Sadat Hassan Manto, Urdu Literature --[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 09:45, 12 December 2021 (UTC)

===Introduction ===

In this chapter, the researcher wants to highlight the different concepts about the fundamental question that "what is idiomatic expression" and the views of various critics, theorists and linguistic experts, and prominent scholars of translation studies.--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 15:38, 13 December 2021 (UTC) Among them are Lindalorri, Mona Baker, Newmark's, and many more define idioms from their point of view. Secondly, the researcher highlights one of the most prominent literary and short stories writers of the sub-continent Sadat Hassan Manto, his life, literary style, and short stories career. In the last statement of the problem, the objective of the research, which type of strategies was followed in the translation process, purposes of study, and delimitation of studies are explained one by one.

Many critics, theorists, and linguists define idioms differently. However, in general, an idiom is a phrase or expression that typically has a metaphorical, non-literal meaning connected to it. However, phrases can become figurative idioms while keeping the literal meaning of the words. However, according to the Oxford Dictionary of English, a set of words is established by usage as having a meaning not deducible from the meanings of the constituent terms (e.g., over the moon, see the light).

"What is particularly remarkable about idioms is that they can be described in a variety of ways, depending on the roles they fulfilled," writes (Linda 2006: 8). "A string of words whose meaning differs from the meaning supplied by the individual words" is what an idiom is, according to (Larson 1984: 20). Idioms are "at the end of the scale from collocations in one or both of the areas: flexibility of patterning and transparency of meaning," according to (Baker 1992: 23). Idioms are defined by (Yagihashi 2003, 22) as a "collection of words whose meaning cannot be guessed from their meaning.". According to Newmark, “Idioms are word groups whose meaning cannot be deduced from the meaning of individual words.”(Newmark 1981: 11).--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 15:38, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

The whole meaning of each word that makes up an idiom cannot be considered the idiom's overall meaning. As a result, an idiom should not be translated. To remark that someone is bull-headed, for example, suggests that he or she is obstinate, even though the connotation has nothing to do with the words bull or headed. According to Corelli, English has a sizeable idiomatic base. About 4,000 idioms in American English are drawn from the nation's culture and everyday life. Idioms infect English with a peculiar flavor and offer it remarkable diversity, brilliant character, and color. She also feels that idiomatic expressions not only assist language learners in understanding English culture but also penetrating English people's traditions and lifestyles and gaining a deeper understanding of English history.(Corelli 2006: 53)

The main issue that idiomatic and fixed expressions pose for translators, according to Baker is twofold: "the ability to recognize and interpret an idiom correctly; and the difficulties involved in rendering the various aspects of meaning that an idiom or a fixed expression conveys into the target language. The first challenge that a translator encounters is understanding that she/he is dealing with an idiomatic expression.(Baker 1992: 65)

Sadat Husain Manto's writings also include numerous literary criticism, studies in Urdu, and many translations from Urdu into English. He is credited with having brought Urdu language and literature into the mainstream of contemporary international writing. There is no doubt that Sadat Hassan Manto was the most prolific of all modern writers in the sub-continent. Manto's published a substantial number of short stories during his short literary life span, and novelette gave some master piece work to Urdu literature. The noble laureate Hemingway mentions the lunatic life of great Manto's in his speeches. The current research study aims at discovering and determining the strategies used in translations of "khol do" short stories about sexual violence during partition of sub-continent and "license" a short story which throw light on the behavior of society toward widow his profession which lead toward prostitution by Aatesh Taseer an Indian born translator currently living in London having solid links with native country and culture.(Ahsan 2020: 12-27)--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 15:44, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Literature Review ===

In this chapter, the author/researcher defines the strategy and its different definitions from various perspectivess. However, the sole focus is only on the strategy of translation studies. Furthermore, renowned academicians put forward their definition of strategy like Venutti quoted translation strategy as the theory of de construction-sim, which is progressive and future-oriented.(Venutti !995, 35 Krings defines it as the content of the project, while Seguinet divided the term into three steps.(Krings 2000:21). However, Locher defines it as the procedure of solving a problem faced in translating a text. Jaskelaine involves the primary task of choosing the SL text and developed a method to translate it. (Locher 2002:76) In last, the author points out his research work's sole purpose by mentioning different research work on Mento's short stories except for this angle. --[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:30, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

The term "strategy" is used in a variety of settings. Many theorists in translation studies have used the phrase "translation methods" interchangeably, although with significant distinctions in meaning and perspective. The following is a collection of more general definitions of the term strategy. A strategy is a long-term set of actions to achieve a specific goal (Wikipedia Committee, n. d.).A methodical plan for improving one's learning performance has been actively altered and mentioned (Instruction Curriculum Reading Glossary, n. d.)
A strategy is a well-thought-out, intentional, goal-oriented (with a measurable outcome) approach carried out through a series of actions that can be monitored and modified (Curriculum Learning Literate-Futures Glossary, n. d.)

A collection of particular mental and behavioral procedures is taken to reach a given result. These definitions are general and can be related to different fields of study. This study mainly concerns translation strategies, although the definitions mentioned above can be narrowed down to this research field, as well. Translation strategies have their characteristics, through which one can gain a proper understanding of them. In general, a translator employs a strategy when confronted with a challenge while translating a text; nevertheless, translation methods are not required when translating a text literally. Bergen points out that strategies are not always obvious or straightforward. (Bergen 1996:33)

Although beginners in the field of translation believe they have done a successful translation when they translate word for word and utilize a dictionary, they do not realize that there is still a problem and that adjustments must be made at various levels of the translation. As a result, the most critical purpose of the strategies is to solve problems. "Venuti attempted to put deconstructionist translation theory into practice by proposing the "resistant translation" technique as an alternative to the standard "smooth translation. This technique tries to reverse the colonial concept of translation, English-American culture centralism, and the value of imperialist culture from an ideological standpoint. (Vinute 1998:41).--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:30, 13 December 2021 (UTC)
It aims to retain "foreignness" rather than seeking similarity in translation principles and methods. The author believes Venuti's translation strategy is quite progressive and future-oriented, with the development of international communications on an equal footing. However, it will take time to implement fully." (Jianzhong. .Krings 1986, 18) defines translation strategy as "a translator's potentially deliberate objectives for solving concrete translation problems specific translation task in the context of a project."The translators adopted three global tactics, according to Seguinot (i) translating uninterrupted for as long as possible; (ii) resolving surface flaws as soon as possible; (iii) leaving text quality and stylistic problems to the editing stage.(Seguinot 1989:27)--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:30, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

Furthermore, Loescher defines translation strategy as "a possibly conscious technique for overcoming a difficulty encountered in translating a text, or any segment thereof."(Loescher 1991:8) As stated in this definition, consciousness is vital in distinguishing strategies employed by learners and translators. "The element of consciousness is what distinguishes strategies from these activities that are not strategic," (Cohen 1998:4) claim moreover, 'Bell' distinguishes between global (whole-text) and local (text segment) techniques and indicates that this distinction is the outcome of several types of translation challenges.(Bell 1998:188)

According to Venuti, "involve the core tasks of picking the foreign text to be translated and establishing a way to translate it."(Venuti 1998, 240). He uses the terms "domesticating" and "foreignizing" to describe them. Ordudari, considering the process and outcome of translation, Jaaskelainen divides methods into two primary categories: some strategies deal with what happens to texts, while others deal with what happens during the translation process. According to Jaaskelainen, product-related strategies entail the essential tasks of selecting the SL content and establishing a technique for translating it. On the other hand, process-related strategies are "a set of (loosely articulated) rules or principles that a translator applies to attain the goals determined by the translating scenario.(Jaaskelainen 2005:15)

Furthermore, Jaaskelainen distinguishes between global and local strategies, stating that "global strategies refer to general principles and modes of action, while local strategies refer to specific activities concerning the translator's problem-solving and decision-making.(Jaaskelainen 2005:16). Newmarkdistinguishes between translation methods and translation procedures. (Newmark 1988, 81) also distinguishes between translation techniques and procedures, writing, "While translation methods are employed for full texts, translation procedures are utilized for sentences and smaller units of language."(Newmark 1988, 221)

Apart from other literature like poetry, drams and other subcultures also produce literary genius in short stories. Monto is one of them. His literature is translated into different languages with a different theme in his work. Apart from the story of division, Manto's books are characterized by powerful female characters. Manto combines the physical brutality of division with the intellectual cruelty that sex and sexuality face inside the Indio Pak subcontinent's social framework (Ranjan 2004, 3). Manto's female characters, according to Ispahani, are characterized by their sexual fragilities, such as sexual humiliation, rape, and prostitution. "They are nearly always victims, with the power only to cause their destruction," she believes. Sakina's body movement reveals how severely she was sexually raped. Sakina's silence and pain depict the savagery of her rape to the point where they lost their ability to communicate. Manto's short stories present another perspective on trauma through the absence of the subject converses (Mehta 2018, 9). Bingo by Tariq Rahman explores sexual repression, social injustice, and war tragedies. Wartime rape has existed since the beginning of conflicts, and penetrators consider it one of their weapons of war (Isikozlu, 2016:13).

The concept of hegemonic binary was introduced by the second wave of feminism, which depicts patriarchal conduct as sexually superior and powerful. At the same time, women are sexually inferior and submissive argue (Marinucci, 2010:15). Sexual trauma serves as a link between the victim and society; it ruins the victim's sense of safety, leads to low self-esteem, and silences them called by (Lewis 2017:54). Saadat Hasan Manto (1912-1955) was one of the most well-known, controversial, and provocative Urdu writers of the twentieth century. Despite being a prolific writer of essays, plays, film scripts, and novels, he was best known for his short tales. Born in Punjab, he began his writing career in Bombay before moving to Lahore, Pakistan, in January 1948, a few months after partition (Hasan 1984:12). Following that, his stories generally centered on a partition, exploring its human effects from various perspectives.

Manto's works are notable for their realism, word economy, dependence on internal components, and, most notably, their abrupt, often distressingly unclear ends (Akhtar and Flemming 1985:9). While Tariq Rahman wrote Bingo, he is a writer, playwright, and critic who has made significant contributions to Urdu literature through his writing. Research work was carried out on the comparison of "bingo" and "khol do."
The purpose of this thesis is to compare the two short stories Khol Do and Bingo, both of which focus on women and violence, particularly wartime rape, which makes women more vulnerable than ever before. This paper explores how women are victims of war and partition, making them doubly marginalize primarily due to the hegemonic binaries of men and women. Both of the stories aim to reflect the stigmata of our society regarding the violence and cruel treatment of women since their existence. Furthermore, via the lenses of feminism and post-colonialism, it examines how varied wartime weapons can be for both gender binaries. The writers' audacity causes us to reflect on the inhumane treatment of women in everyday life and even in wartime when they are with the men who are supposed to defend the female..(Ahsan 2020: 12-27)--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:31, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

=== Theoritical Framework ===

In this paper, various strategies have been used, like using an idiom of similar meaning and similar form, the idiom of similar meaning and different form, translation by Paraphrasing, translation by omission. The approach of employing idioms of similar meaning and form, according to Mona Baker, entails using an idiom in the target language that can express about the same meaning as the source language idiom, as well as having lexical similarity. On the other hand, this type of matching happens periodically as well as regularly.(Baker, 1992, 13)

Similarly, employing idioms with similar meanings but different forms means that it is possible to locate an idiom or fixed expression in the target text language that has a similar meaning to the source idiom or expression but is made up of distinct lexical elements. Consider the case of English and French, both of which use the idiom mentioned above. In English, one good deed is rewarded with another, whereas in French, handsome deeds are rewarded with handsome deeds.

Furthermore, we did not come across any idioms in the category mentioned above during translating idioms. To deal with this issue, the translators used the most popular approach, known as a translation by paraphrase, which is short, straightforward, and time-saving. When a match cannot be identified in the target language or when it appears improper to employ idiomatic language in target material due to aesthetic differences between the source and target languages, this is the most typical approach for translating an idiom from source to target language. However, one thing to keep in mind is that a perfect translation is not required is necessary or possible.

Last but not least, to overcome the problem of idiom translation, the translator employs the strategy of translation by omission. This can be defined as an idiom being omitted entirely in the target text with a single word. This is done because the idiom has no close match in the target language; its meaning cannot be easily paraphrased or due to stylistic reasons.--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:38, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

Data analysis Techniques:
Textual analysis is the method of data analysis in qualitative research that brings forth the hidden and potent message, structure, and function of research in giving text, Alan Mckee (defines textual analysis as whenever we perform textual analysis on the text, we make an educated guess at some time of the most likely interpretations that might be made of that text (Alan 2001:3)
Analysis of the translation of short stories in light of Mona baker's theory "khol do and license" are short stories written by Sadat Hassan Manto and translated by many translators from Urdu into English. During translation, the translator adopted many strategies for translating idiomatic expression, sometimes by Paraphrasing, sometimes by omission, sometimes using similar idioms of form and meaning while sometimes using different words and the same form, the whole.
--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 09:51, 12 December 2021 (UTC)

===Discussion and Analysis===

The chapter analyzes and discusses all the data collected by the author/researcher from different sources. All the examples of idioms are firstly identified, then translated into the target text, and back-translated for the sole purpose of exploring the strategies being used by the translator. A separate section is given to every strategy with its related example. Moreover, the idiomatic expression, the target work for finding, is highlighted through the bold letter.

4.1 Translation by Paraphrasing:

Based on our findings, the most often used strategy was "translation by paraphrasing." An inspection also reveals that Aatish Taseer preferred this strategy. Here are some examples applied by the translators, and in the following section, the logic behind their preference towards this strategy is elaborate. The following are examples from two short stories of Sadat Husain Manto's "khol do" and "license."
Example 1:

ST: Sirajuddin ne subah das baji anki kholi to logo ka aik mutalatam samandar deka.

TT: Ten a.m., Siraj Uddin opens his eyes on the cold floor of the camp, seeing the swelling sea of men.

BT: sub ke das baji jab Sirajuddin ne apni anki koli to logo ka aik ublaha howa samandar ka nizara dekni laga.

So, the above idioms are literal idioms being translated with the help of 'Paraphrasing' because there is no perfect equivalent of mutalatam words in English languages. A similar look at another idiom from short stories "khol do."

Example 2:

ST: Khuda tomahra bala kari.

TT: Your God will reward

BT: Is ka badla khoda tomahi di.

Here, the word reward is being used for Bala Kari, an example of transitional by Paraphrasing.
Let take another example from "khol do."

Example 3:

ST: unkho nai Jan khateli pa rak kar sakena ko donda.

TT: even putting their lives online, they search sakina

BT: apni zindagio ko khatri me dal kar unkho nai sakina ko dond nekala.

The above idioms are examples of pure idiom translated from Urdu into English with the help of paraphrases strategies. However, under the same strategies, the idioms of another short story of Manto,s "license," are translated by Aatish Taseer. Some of the examples are given below.

Example 4:

ST: Abu kochwan bara cheel jabela ta. It is the binomial type of idioms taken from the first sentence of the short story "license" by Sadat
Hasan Manto

TT: Abu kochwan is stylish man.

BT: Abu kochwan aik wazahdar admi ta.

From the above idiom, it is clear that there is no perfect equivalence of cheela chabela idiom in English; that is, the translator goes
through paraphrasing strategies. Look at another example from "license."

Example 5:

ST: Lein har waqat bank bani rekhi ka usi be had showk ta

TT: He had a weakness for style and fashion.

BT: Dan saj ke rekhna uski kamzori me sai ik ta.

So all of the above examples, which are analyzed one by one, are examples of idioms being translated through paraphrasing strategies. Beaugrande and Dressler define paraphrases as "approximate conceptual equivalence among outwardly different material."(De Beaugrande and Dressler 1981, 50) Similarly, in this regard, Hirst defines paraphrases as "talk(ing) about the same situation in a different way." (Hirst 1980:12) Munday declared that "equivalence is particularly useful in translating idioms and proverbs” For instance, if the English idiom like a bear with a sore head is rendered into Persian as (mesle borje zahremar), meaning like a tower of snake venom, the strategy of equivalence has been applied. (Munday 1981:13).--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:55, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

According to Leonardi, "Equivalence can be said to be the central issue in translation." In this regard, house believes that "a translation text should match not only its source text in function but also employ equivalent situational-dimensional means to achieve that function" (Baker 2002:49). who shares this approach, states that equivalence is used "for the sake of convenience—because most translators are used to it rather than because it has any theoretical status" (Kenny 1998:77).

Despite different attitudes to the concept of equivalence, most specialists pay much attention to its meaning in the theory of translation. The translation is a form of communication, and that is why it is vital to establish equivalence between the source text and the target text. Although Vinay and Darbelnet believe that equivalence is used differently than in modern translation theory, it is evident that equivalence is one of the basic concepts of translation that cannot be neglected.Vinay and Darbelnet 1999:18)
Consequently, based on the Above mentioned studies using 'Paraphrasing' in translation stands as the core concept in the process of translation, and still, most of the translators cling to it for producing a more comprehensible and explicable text. These language ideas and translation models are ideal constructs, presented abstractly in order to be differentiated precisely. They may exist in an uneasy combination in actual theories and practices, resulting in logical tensions or inconsistencies. They must first contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation before they can contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation. Theories and actions must be contextualized in historical settings. They've been utilized as analytical tools to describe various topics in section introductions. Theoretical writings and current events these language notions and translation models are ideal constructs expressed in an abstract manner in order to be distinguished precisely in real-life hypotheses they may exist in an uncomfortable mix, resulting in logical conflicts or inconsistencies. They must first contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation before they can contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation.

4.2 Using an idiom of Similar Meaning and Form

As mentioned earlier, this strategy type is being used by Aatish Taseer during their translated work of Manto's short stories "khol do" and" license" on an occasional basis. Some examples are mention below.

From khol do.

Example 6:

ST: Larki ka rang zard hogaya.

TT: The girl's face became fail

BT: larki ka rang zar hogya.

Similarly, another example from the license is

Example 7:

ST: Abu our us ke mat beer hogaie

TT: They fall in love with each other.

BT: WO ik dosri ke mokhbat me geriftar hogaie

The above idioms are pure ones and are being translated with the help of similar meanings and similar forms.

The procedures: transposition, modulation, equivalence, and adaptation, and when it comes to defining the term Equivalence, (Vinay and Darbelnet 2000:90) propose that it consists in rendering "the same situation … by two texts using completely different stylistic and structural methods", and when it comes to translating idiomatic expressions like "Il pleut à seaux" it can be translated as "It is raining cats and dogs" using the idiom of similar form and meaning in the target language.

As Baker states, this strategy involves using an idiom in the TL which conveys roughly the same meaning as that of the source language idiom and, in addition, consists of identical lexical items. The salient point is that this kind of match can only occasionally be achieved, which cannot be picked up more often by translators. Accordingly, both translators mentioned in the current study had quite a slim chance of using this strategy type.(Baker 1992:12)

4.3 Using an idiom of similar meaning but different form:

During translating Manto short stories, "khol do" and "license," some of the idioms are translated with the help of this strategy. Some of the examples are given below from two different short stories.

Example number one is from the short story "khol do"

Example 8:

ST: Aur bolwai gos ayai thee?

TT: The roitors come abroad.

BT: pasadi bahar agai hai.

The above idiom is a pure type of idiom being translated with the help of above mention strategy. The word rioter is being used for bolwai, which is not a perfect word for bolwai. In Urdu bolwai, people believe in violence when minorities or the low population of any country want some rights. These people stop them by using violence, burn down their properties, rapes women, and do things like that. Another example from the license is below.

Example 9:

ST: Dosri kotwal abu ko dek kar jal ban ho jati.

TT: The other coachman burn with envy.

BT: Abu ke kamyabi dek kar aur kotwal abu sai khasad karni lagi’

The above idioms are a pure idiom that reflects the effect of jealousy between competitors to achieve equivalency. Aatish Taseer uses envy word for jal ban instead of other which have similar meaning but different form. Look at the other example from "license."

Example 10:

ST: Dino lat vo lagal se kam karni laga.

TT: Dino came with an excuse.

BT: Dino abb bahi tarashni laga.

The above idioms are types of binomial idioms translated with the help of idioms with similar meanings and different forms. (Newmark 1988, 81) mentions the difference between translation methods and translation procedures. He writes that "[w]hile translation methods relate to whole texts, translation procedures are used for sentences and the smaller units of language" (Newmark 1988: 81). Idiomatic translation in his definition reproduces the 'message' of the original. However, it distorts nuances of meaning by preferring colloquialisms and idioms where these do not exist in the original, leading to using an idiom of similar meaning but a different form. Besides, it is often possible to find an idiom or fixed expression in the target language with a meaning similar to that of the source idiom or expression but which consists of different lexical items (Baker 1992, 12). Therefore, translators discover idiomatic expressions in the target language with different forms than in the source language. In the current study, the translators approached this strategy merely for 9% of the total times, which means the frequency of Iranian and English idioms with the same meaning and different forms is not considered high.

4.4 Translation by omission:

A translator is less using these strategies, and we did not find any clue on this type of strategy in an area under consideration.
--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 09:48, 12 December 2021 (UTC)

=== Findings===

Mandelbit believed that idioms with different cognitive mapping in the target language would be more challenging to translate.(Mandelbit 1995:40) After conducting this study and data analysis of collected data, the result revealed that the translator frequently used three out of four strategies of the Mona Baker model during the translation process, which is a translation by Paraphrasing, translation by similar meaning and similar form, translation by similar meaning and different form. In contrast, translation by omission does not found in his work.
After detail and careful analysis of data, more than half of idioms like "swelling sea of man,” my lord break his arrogance, “weakness for style and fashion." As I mentioned earlier, many more are translated under the umbrella of Paraphrasing, which is considered the most common method used for translating idioms.

Similarly, it also reflects strategies like similar meaning and different form and similar meaning and similar form. The idiom "rioter came abroad,” burn with envy,” The girl's face became pale, " They fall in love with each other" are translated with the help of two mention strategies, respectively.

Although translation by omission is a strategy used on rare occasions because of its meaning, its meaning cannot be easily paraphrased or stylistic reason. Here, the researcher also did not find any idiom translated with the help of the omission strategy.--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 17:18, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Conclusion ===

By going through the detailed discussion and analysis of the data collected, it was finally concluded that the idioms which are present in two short stories, "khol do" and "License," are translated under the frame of Mona Baker's idiomatic model. Translation by Paraphrasing is mainly used while idioms of similar meaning and form and idioms of similar meaning and different forms are used occasionally. The researcher discusses all the strategies with related examples in the order of maximum used to minimum used. The strategy by omission did not find it works. All the data are collected from different sources and analyzed with the help of different researcher tools, and the result is written in light of the finding. Different from previous studies, the writer presents the strategies to translate idioms by each type of idiomatic expression found in the story. From the result, it is considered the translation of idiomatic expressions in the story is quite accurate. As the number of accurate data is more the data which is not related to the translation. We take conclusion from the translation through idiomatic expression and paraphrasing is the best way to translate a novel or a story however it is very difficult job to do because it needs more accurate and precise knowledge about the source language and an inspiring method to express ideas in the target language. However, translation is thing through which we can connect the world with each other and also we can study and observe diverse cultures.

=== References ===

Abu-Saydeh, A. F. (2004). Translation of English idioms into Arabic. Babel, 114-131.

Ahsan, S. (2020). A comparative study of two translations of manto's short story "Toba Tek". International Journal of English Language Studies, 12-27.

Alexander, R. J. (1987). Mimeograph. In R. J. Alexander (Ed.) Collocation and Culture. Trier: University of Trier, West Germany.

Al-Qinai, J. (2000). Translation quality assessment. strategies, parameters and procedures. Translator's Journal, 497-519.

Bayashi, J. (2020). Japanese-English translation: An advanced guide. Oxfordshire: Routledge.

Das, V. (1995). Critical events: An anthropological perspective on contemporary India. New Delhi: Oxford Printing Press.--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 17:36, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

Mufti, A. (2007). The Language of English India. In I. &. End (Ed.) Enlightenment in the Colony. Princeton University Press.

Waka Xia, L. (2019). A discourse analysis of news translation in China. Syydney: Routledge.

= Muhammad Saqib Mehran Problems in Translation Study =
[[Trans_Type_EN_14]]

===Abstract===

===Key words ===

===Introduction ===

===Ambiguity===

===Lexical and Structural Mismatches===

===Multiword units: Idioms and Collocations===

===Summary===

===Further Reading===

=刘胜楠 A Case Study of ''Ne Zha'' on Subtitle Translation Strategies from the Perspective of Skopos Theory=
[[Trans_Type_EN_15]]

Translation types, strategies, styles, methods

2021-12-13T17:16:03Z

Muhammad Numan: /* Translation and Culture */

'''Translation types, strategies, styles, methods'''

[[Translation_types,_strategies,_styles,_methods|Overview Page of Translation types, strategies, styles, methods]]

30 Chapters（0/30)

[[Trans_Type_EN_1]] [[Trans_Type_EN_2]] [[Trans_Type_EN_3]] [[Trans_Type_EN_4]] [[Trans_Type_EN_5]] [[Trans_Type_EN_6]] [[Trans_Type_EN_7]] [[Trans_Type_EN_8]] [[Trans_Type_EN_9]] [[Trans_Type_EN_10]] [[Trans_Type_EN_11]] [[Trans_Type_EN_12]] [[Trans_Type_EN_13]] [[Trans_Type_EN_14]] [[Trans_Type_EN_15]] [[Trans_Type_EN_16]] [[Trans_Type_EN_17]] [[Trans_Type_EN_18]] [[Trans_Type_EN_19]] [[Trans_Type_EN_20]] [[Trans_Type_EN_21]] [[Trans_Type_EN_22]] [[Trans_Type_EN_23]] [[Trans_Type_EN_24]] [[Trans_Type_EN_25]] [[Trans_Type_EN_26]] [[Trans_Type_EN_27]] [[Trans_Type_EN_28]] [[Trans_Type_EN_29]] [[Trans_Type_EN_30]] ...

[[Book_projects|Back to translation project overview]]

[[DCG-To-Do|To the To Do List]]

=阳佳颖 Analysis On Subtitling Strategies in the American Version of the ''Legend of Zhen Huan''=

'''浅析美版《甄嬛传》的字幕翻译策略'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_1]]

阳佳颖 Yang Jiaying, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 2: The Use of Translation Strategy and Translation Methods in Tourism Texts under the Guidance of Peter Newmark's Translation Theory -- A Case Study of ''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''=
'''纽马克翻译理论指导下旅游文本中翻译策略与翻译方法的使用——以''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_2]]

刘晓 Liu Xiao, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 3: Translation methods and strategies for novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory -- A case study of Korean novel Eun-ju's Movie (Excerpt)=
交际翻译理论指导下小说题材所适用的翻译方法和翻译策略—以韩国小说集《恩珠的电影》（节选）为例

[[Trans_Type_EN_3]]

刘越Liu Yue ，Hunan Normal University，China

=Chapter 4: On Translation Strategies and Translation Methods in Chinese Translation of English Prose -- A Case Study of Chinese Translation of English Prose "Pleasures of Ignorance"=

'''浅析英语散文汉译中的翻译策略和翻译方法——以英语散文《无知的乐趣》汉译本为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_4]]

毛雅文 Mao Yawen, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 5： Analysis of translation strategies and methods for political eassays --- A Case Study of Annual Summary of the Russian Government's Work of 2019 =
'''政论语体翻译策略及翻译方法— 以《2019年俄罗斯政府工作报告》为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_5]]

毛优 Mao You，Hunan Normal University，China

=Chapter 6: An analysis and comparison of the translation styles of two Chinese translations of ''Le Spleen de Paris''=
'''浅析对比《巴黎的忧郁》两个汉译本的翻译风格'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_6]]

彭瑞雪 Peng Ruixue, Hunan University, China

=Chapter 7: A Study of Lu Xun’s Short Stories Translation from the Perspective of Functional Equivalence: Taking Yang Xianyi and Gladys Yang’s English Verison of ''Kong I-Chi'' as a Case Study=
功能对等翻译视角下的鲁迅短篇小说翻译研究——以杨、戴夫妇的《孔乙己》英译本为例

[[Trans_Type_EN_7]]

秦建安 QinJianna, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 8:Translation methods and strategies applicable to the style of biographical literature -- Taking ''Incidents in Life of Slave Girl'' (excerpt) as an example=

'''传记文学的文体所适用的翻译技巧与策略——以英文传记《一名女奴的人生际遇》(节选)为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_8]]

颜子涵 Yan Zihan, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 9: On the Translation Strategies of ''Lun Yu'' from the Perspective of Fusion of Horizons – A Contrastive Study of two translations of Ku Hung-ming and Xu Yuanchong=

'''视域融合视角下看《论语》英译的翻译策略—以辜鸿铭和许渊冲的英译本为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_9]]

邝艳丽 Kuang Yanli, Hunan Normal University, China

=杨柳青 Bian Zhilin's Literary Translation Theories and Practice——Take His Translation of Romantic Poems as Examples=

Yang Liuqing杨柳青,Hunan Normal University,China.

[[Trans_Type_EN_10]]

=Atta Ur Rahman Exploring Translation Strategies: A Case Study of the English Translation of the Holy Quran=

===Abstract===
This study aims at diagnosing culture-specific items in the English translation of the Holy Quran and the strategies which were used to translate the CSIs. Translating CSIs can be a demanding task because such items have specific meanings in the culture and language in which they exist but not necessarily in others. Taking this fact into account, the present study investigates the strategies used in the translation of culture-specific items in the English translation of the Holy Quran. Moreover, the researcher explored the most frequently employed translation procedures. To achieve these goals, the descriptive approach is applied for the analysis of the translation of specific items of culture. The descriptive analysis is also used for the investigation of the translation procedures used therein. The findings of this study indicate that the use of cultural equivalent strategy was the most frequent applied procedure. The descriptive equivalent and through translation procedures were the second most frequently applied translation strategies which were followed by transference, functional equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, modulation and notes. The results shows that the translation procedures are helpful (especially the target-oriented ones) in conveying the meaning of the text from Arabic into English in different ways.

===Key Words===
The Holy Quran, Translation Strategies/procedures, Culture-Specific Items, Newmark

===Introduction===
1. Overview
Translation that plays a crucial role in introducing the history and in transferring the culture of an area is a kind of communication between different languages. It is also illustrated “as the result of a linguistic-textual procedure in which a text in one language is re-contextualized in another language.” In the re-contextualization, studies on translation demonstrate that there are certain critical points (Munday 2012:37) that are problematic for translators, especially, when dealing with vital cultural texts such as religious texts (Malmkjær 2015:10). It helps to communicate and exchange information with people from different countries and cultures. Khammyseh argues that translation is one of the traditional communicating methods between communities all around the world. (Khammyseh 2005;9). Jothiraj states that “translation plays an important role in the inter-lingual process of communication”(Jothiraj 2004;1). Translation is essential for cultures and languages to exchange information. Newmark defines it as a craft in which a written message in a language is replaced by the same story in another language. According to him, Translation is the art of trying to translate what is written or expressed in one language into another language with the same message or expression. To accomplish a qualified translation, the translator needs to be aware of different aspects(Newmark 1988;2). Many scholars in translation have noticed that the difficulty for a translator is to translate texts which deals with religious concepts and cultural specific items.

Nida indicated that translation is the way of finding natural issues in the TL close to the SL, in terms of message and style(Nida 1964;32). Larson has acknowledged that dealing with religious and cultural items is the most difficult, both in finding equivalence and analyzing the source vocabulary. Among the many challenges that exist for the translator is to bring the concept of the SL to a deeper meaning in the TL, the main problem is how to give CSIs, the significance which is firmly connected to the particular cultural context(Larson 1998;23).--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 15:41, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

Culture plays a considerable role, Snell-Hornby assumed that “Culture refers to all socially conditioned aspects of human life”(Snell-Hornby 1988;33). Another definition of culture is formulated by Goodenough. For him, culture is “what people have to learn as distinct from their biological heritage, must consist of the end product of learning: knowledge, in a most general, if relative, sense of the term."(Goodenough 1957;167). By this definition, we should note that culture is not only a material phenomenon; it does not consist of things, people, behavior, or emotions. It is rather the organization of these things. It is the forms of things that people have in their minds, their models for perceiving, relating, and otherwise interpreting them”. According to him, if the translator wants to understand a culture, she or he has to understand that culture is a mixture of belief and knowledge.

The religious text and especially the Holy Quran have played a significant role in human life throughout history to guide human beings towards the right path. Translating religious text can be a hectic job. When it comes to religious texts like the Holy Quran, it might be even more hectic. The Holy Quran has a profound impact on the human lives of its believers. It spreads spiritual serenity and peace of mind. Lustig and Joline thought that “religion is an important institutional network that binds people to one another”(Lustig and Joline 2003;16). But sometimes believers of Islam (whether they are native or not native speakers of the language) face a tremendous difficulty when they want to understand the meaning of a certain lexical unit, lexis that can be identified as Quranic-specific words/phrases.

This study is aimed to probe Newmark's translation procedures applied to translate cultural items from the SL (Arabic) to the TL (English) and to focus on translation strategies used by the English translator to transfer absolute and in-depth intended meanings of the CSI in the Holy Quran. If we examine Newmark's opinion, seventeen procedures may be needed by a translator in the process of translation. However, only a few translation procedures are relevant to this translation, they are Transference, cultural equivalent, functional equivalent, descriptive equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, through translation, modulation and notes.(Newmark 1988;81). These types of translation procedures are usually used to translate cultural terms contained in the text involving Surah Yusuf as a source language. Thus, in the relationship between translation and culture, the strategies offered should be understood as an attempt to make the translation easy to understand by the TR without blurring the message contained in the text written in the SL.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 15:41, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Translation and Culture===

2. Translation and Culture

Culture and translation are intimately connected, for understanding the culture translation plays a crucial role. In every nation, there are multiple cultures which reflect how people behave, socially, traditionally and politically and also practice their specific languages. Languages have a complex system of communication that humans adapt from different cultural background. When someone wants to know more about any culture, it is necessary to know about that language. For understanding the language they need to translate it as one might not understand the particular language. Thus, translation fills the gap created by languages that is a very important aspect of translation.

The translation is the process of translating a point or text from one language to another, we can also refer translation to moving of something from one place to another. Translation impacts also on our real life, in a way of transforming other cultures, norms and traditions into our culture. Translators play a vital role in culture and mediators between cultures, dedicated to linking the gap that repeatedly hinders effective communication between communities. According to Peter Newmark, “translators have been entrusted the elegant and highly-demanding task of representing cultures for decades” (Newmark 1988;7). Newmark established connections concerning the relationship between culture and translating. In his book, he regards translation as a process of “representing the meaning of a text into another language in the way that the author planned the text” (Newmark 1988;5). According to him, although this process has been supposed to be simple, in reality, translators have been facing the complex task of translating and conveying culture for decades, ever since countries began establishing relationships between one another. (Newmark 1988;7).

In the history of translation studies, translation has been discussed through multiple routes which based on practicality and some theoretical aspects. For instance, Catford defined it as "the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language”(Catford 1965;20). According to Venuti translation is "the forcible replacement of the linguistic and cultural difference of the foreign text with a text that will be understandable to the target language reader”(Venuti 1995;18). Schjoldager stated that“a translation is a text that expresses what another text has expressed in another language”(Schjoldager 2008;19). Culture is a complex whole which includes knowledge,belief,art,law,morals,customs and many other capabilities and habits acquired by man as a member of society. The translation is no longer considered to be a mere cross-linguistic activity but it significantly is cross-cultural communication.”
Since language reflects the way of life and basic parts of it, the process of translation cannot be done without the integration of cultural symbols into the construction of meaning. Hassan claimed that a good translation “is one that carries all the ideas of the original as well as its structural and cultural features” (Hassan 2014;2). Hermanns contributed that translation should be recognized as a cultural act. It is a kind of linguistic-cultural activity that involves at least two languages and two cultural traditions. Similarly, translation is not just a verbal act; it is also cultural, which is an act of communication of cultures(Hermanns 1999;22) Later, Hassan emphasized a good translation "is one that carries all the ideas of the original as well as its structural and cultural features" and that "reconstructs the cultural/historical context of the original"(Hassan 2014;2).
These statements demonstrate that there is an interaction between translation and culture, Newmark illustrated that culture in translation competence is “the greatest hurdle to translation, at least the achievement of an accurate and decent translation" (Newmark 2001;328).

Bearing in mind the general alliance among researchers regarding the importance of culture in translation, the translation activity is a question of transferring the correct meaning and that the translator has a productive role in transferring not only the linguistic system of the source text but also the cultural one. As such, it is extremely difficult to draw a borderline between translation and culture as they are inextricably overlaid and this connection leads to creative translation.

2.1 Culture-Specific Items (CSIs)

Culture-specific items are notions that are specific to a particular culture. These concepts are using in different domains such as flora,fauna,food,clothes,housing, work,leisure,politics,law,and religion in the way of life. These cultural concepts are consist of different suggestion and approaches. For the denomination of these concepts, many scholars and linguists employed different names or terms, relatively different definitions are given and they tried to define some points that were related to the culture but they not defined even the name of the concept clearly. Scholars refer different names to these culture-specific items, Newmark uses the term cultural words. (Newmark 1988;327) Christine Nord names them “culturemes” (Nord 1997;9) while in one of the newer studies, focused on the translation of culture-specific items, Mohammad Reza Shah Ahmadi and Fatemeh Nosrati employ a term culture-bound element (Ahmadi and Nosrati 2012;1).
After a long time, some scholars prefer the terms “culture-specific item” (Aixela, 1997; Davies, 2003), others choose cultural words (Newmark 2003;87) or culture-bound phenomena/concepts (Baker, 1992, Newmark, 2003, Robinson, 2003). In this study, the term “culture-specific item” is used as the basic term, as well as its abbreviation CSI, although other synonyms may be used to prevent repetition. "Culture-specific items are defined by different scholars according to their differences and similarities. Meanwhile, Mona Baker (1992) defines specific concepts of culture as “sourcelanguage words that express concepts unknown in the target culture” (Baker, 1992, 21). It may relate to religion, kind of food or social customs. Newmark suggests to culture-specific items as cultural words (Newmark 1988, 94). He further discussed that in many circumstances, cultural words are somewhat easy to detect in a text because they are closely related to a specific language and unable to translate word by word (Newmark 1988, 95). When they cannot be translated literary then he mentioned that the translators usually the purpose is to provide a descriptive-functional equivalent (Newmark 1988, 95).--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:02, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

2.1.1 Translation of CSIs in the Holy Quran

The Holy Quran is the most basic religious book for Muslims, the Quran was revealed to the prophet Muhammad (PBUH). The Quranic corpus, created in an early form of Classical Arabic, is traditionally believed to be a literal transcript of God’s speech and to constitute the earthly production of an uncreated and eternal heavenly original, according to the general view referred to in the Quran itself as “the well-preserved tablet” (al-lawḥ al-mahfūẓ; Qurʾān 85;22). It has a heartfelt impact on human lives and their believers. It spreads spiritual stability and peace of mind. According to (Lustig and Joline 2003;16) “Religion is an important institutional network that binds people to one another.”
Translating Quranic-specific words/phrases is considered a great challenge for the translators which requires an accurate interpretation and consciousness of the crucial functions of these Quranic-specific words/phrases. Therefore, they have to focus on a set of aspects to attain equivalence and then render the exact meaning. The translation of the Holy Quran is a debatable process because Arabic is full of cultural-specific concepts with no proper equivalent in other languages; consequently, some equivalents fail to convey their cultural meaning thoroughly. The translation is seen as the process of reconstructing a text into other languages. In the Holy Quran, it is mentioned in the Surah of Yusuf: “we have sent it down as an Arabic Quran”, the translated text has been simply seen as a commentary, explaining, or paraphrasing of the source text. In general, exact translation never occurs; rather this can be a basic interpretation of the Holy Quran. In the process of translation of the Holy Quran, language and CSI items and rhetorical features were not inimitable and reproducible into other languages.
Translating CSIs is a strenuous task because such elements have special meanings in culture and language.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:02, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Types of Translation ===
3. Types of Translation
Newmark determines 8 types of translation which are:

3.1 Word-for-Word Translation

This is usually indicated as an interlinear translation, with the target language immediately below the source language words. The source language word-order is preserved and the words translated singly by their most common meanings, out of context. These words are translated literally. Some of the uses of point-by-point translation are to understand the mechanics of the source language or to create a difficult text as a pre-translation process.

3.2 Literal translation

In this type of translation, the grammatical structures of the source language are changed to the nearest target language equivalent but the written points remain the same to one another, out of context.
3.3 Faithful translation
This translation attempts to reproduce the original exact meaning within the limitations of the TL grammatical structures. It also conveys cultural words and maintains an unusual degree of grammar and strength in translation. It tries to make the SL author completely loyal to the intent and reality of the text.

3.4 Semantic Translation

Semantic translation takes much of the aesthetic value of the source language text, making sense where appropriate so that there are no implications, wordplay or repetition roots in the finished version. It may translate less important cultural points by a culturally neutral third or active terms but not by cultural equation and it may also give the reader more small concessions.

3.5 Adaptation

This is an unrestricted form of translation. It is used mainly for plays and poetry, the themes, characters, plots are usually preserved, the SL culture converted to the TL culture and the text rewritten (Ahmad 2015;15).

3.6 Free Translation

The content without a form of the original or the matter without the manner is the productions of free translation. It is also known as intra-lingual translation and it is usually longer than the original.

3.7 Idiomatic Translation

This type of translation replicates the original message but degrades the depth of meaning by selecting meanings and dialogues that do not exist in the original.

3.8 Communicative Translation

This type of translation replicates the original message but degrades the depth of meaning by selecting meanings and dialogues that do not exist in the original.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:05, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Translation Strategies ===

4. Translation Strategies
Many theorists have used the term translation strategy extensively but with some significant differences in meaning and perspective that they see. Many theorists have used the approach of translation comprehensively but with some notable differences in meaning and vision as they appear.

4.1 Aixela Translation Strategies:
According to Aixela translators need to choose several strategies based on the source language culture and target culture. He distinguishes many of the translation strategies that apply to the translation of culture-specific items and at the same time, he tries to command by the level of their intercultural intervention. He divided it into two groups; conservative groups (5 approaches) and the substitution (6 strategies).

4.1.1. Conservation:
In conservation,the less compelling process includes repetition,orthographic adaptation,linguistic translation,extratextual gloss and intratextual gloss.

4.1.1.1 Repetition:In repetition, there is simply the transference of the culture-specific items from the ST to the TT. Thus,the translator keeps as much as possible the original reference (Aixela 1996;61). This approach is often used for languages that do not differ in the alphabet and most for names.

4.1.1.2 Orthographic Adaptation: The orthographic adaptation involves writing or
transliteration, mainly when the original term is given in a different alphabet than the one used in the target culture.

4.1.1.3 Linguistics translation: Linguistic translation emphasizes on the way where the translator chooses the source closest to the original text and increases his understanding by giving the TL version which is still relevant to the ST cultural system.

4.1.1.4 Extra-textual Gloss: Here,the extra-textual gloss refers to additional information to the previously mentioned procedures, The translator uses one of the above strategies but considers it as a necessity to explain the meaning or concept of CSI. In this gloss, it can be footnotes,endings,words,ideas,translators in dictionaries, italics and so on.

4.1.1.5 Intra-textual Gloss:It's like the past but the translator feels that he/she can include the globe as an indirect part of the text,not to distract the reader.

4.2.1 Substitution
In substitution, According Aixela “that synonymy, limited universalization, absolute universalization, naturalization, deletion, and autonomous creation are encompassing here"(Aixela 1996;87)--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:40, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

4.2.1.1 Synonymy: This strategy is a stylist used to avoid the constant repetition of culturespecific items in the ST.

4.2.1.2 Limited Universalization: When the translator realizes that the culture-specific item is not clear to the reader or that another source CSI exists in the source language which can be replaced, replace it with data. Of course, the location is not as specific to the source language as the first one.

4.2.1.3 Absolute Universalization: The only difference between limited universalization and absolute universalization is when the translator cannot find the best known CSI in the source language or prefers to eliminate the unusual concept and choose a neutral term. (Aixela 1997;63).

4.2.1.4 Naturalization: In this case “translator brings the culture-specific item into the TL culture” (Shokri Ketabi 2015;8).

4.2.1.5 Deletion: When the CSI is “unacceptable ideologically or stylistically or it is not relevant enough for the effort of comprehension required for the readers” (Aixela 1996;64), or very clear that the translator does not want to use any strategy, they delete the CSI.

4.2.1.6 Autonomous Creation: When the translator agrees to use non-existent cultural
reference in the ST.(Aixela 1997;43).

4.3 Mona Baker's Translation Strategies
Baker's strategies have been used by professional translators at word level in their translations, to deal with issues while performing the task of translation.Baker She suggests various procedures to work for unequal treatment at the point level, for example, translation by a more general word, translation by a more neutral / less obvious word, translation by paraphrasing, Using related words, and so on. She formulates the classification in different strategies(Baker 1992;90) which are the following:

4.3.1 Translation by a more general word: According to Baker,this has to do with the meaning of the proposition. Appropriately it works in many languages.

4.3.2 Translation by a more neutral/ less expressive word: This is another strategy in terms of semantics it does with differences with obvious meaning.

4.3.3 Translation by cultural substitution:This strategy involves placing culture-specific material that does not have the same predictive meaning as the target language material but may have the same effect on the target reader.

4.3.4 Translation using a loan word: This strategy relies on culture-specific items, modern borrowing points plus interpretation concepts and buzz points.

4.3.5 Translation by paraphrase using a related word: When the source material is written in the target language but separately, and when the frequency used in the source text is high, it will be natural in the target language.

4.3.6 Translation by paraphrase using unrelated words: This strategy can be used when the concept in the source material is not lexical in the TL.

4.3.7 Translation by omission: Losing phrases or words that are not vital to text development.

4.3.8 Translation by an illustration: Here, use examples when the source word is not equal in the target language. Each theorist presents their strategies according to their point of view,however,Baker,s translation strategies include the most applicable set of strategies, as it shows the strategies used by professional translators.
--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:40, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Cultural Categories ===

5. Cultural categories

5.1.2 Ecology
In this type of cultural category, Newmark labels those words which have some similarities and differences in culture concerning the environment. For Example, animals, colors, astronomy, plants birds etc. They will also have some geographical features that can normally differ from other cultural terms in that they usually have no political, commercial value.

5.1.2 Material culture

Material culture is also known as artefacts, In the category of material culture, Newmark included Food, clothes, housing, transport, and communications and also those objects which are made by humans. For Example, Clothing, atoms, crops, vegetables, jewellery, drugs, planets etc. “Food is for many the most sensitive and important expression of national culture. The function of the generic clothes terms is approximately constant, indicating the part of the body that is covered, but the description varies depending on climate and material used, houses and town, and transport.”(Newmark 1988;90)

5.1.3 Social culture

The social culture is divided by Newmark in two ways, they are work and leisure. For example, Trade, armour, literature, poets, markets, games.

5.1.4 Organisation

Newmark organizations are divided into five categories: political and administrative conditions, historical conditions, and international conditions. ‘The international community terms usually have recognized translations which are in• fact through-translations, and are now generally known by their acronyms', religious terms, artistic terms; “the translation of artistic terms referring to movements, processes and organizations generally depend on the putative knowledge of the readership. For example, adultery, business, corruption, sex, poverty, marriage, divorce etc.”

5.2 Newmark Classification CSIs

Newmark established the classification of culture-specific items (CSIs) into five classes which are;
Table 1. Newmark classification of Culture-Specific Items. (Newmark 1988;97) --[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:50, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

5.2.1 Categorization of CSIs in Surah Yousuf of the Holy Quran

Verse No. Terms English Translation Categories
1 الۡکِتٰبِ Book Material culture

2 قرُۡءٰنًا Quran Material culture

3 الۡقَصَصِ Narration Gesture

4 رَايَۡتُ Dream Habit

5 کَوۡکَبًا Stars Ecology

6 ال َّ شمۡسَ Sun Ecology

7 الۡقَمَرَ Moon Ecology

8 الۡاحََادِيۡثِ Events Organization

9 يعَۡقوُۡبَ House of Yaqub Material culture

10 يعَۡقوُۡبَ Yaqub

11 ابِۡرٰہيِۡمَ Ibrahim

12 اِسۡحٰقَ Ishaq

13 اقۡتلُوُا Kill Social culture

14 ارَۡضًا Earth Ecology

15 الۡجُبِّ Pit Ecology

16 ال َّ س َّ يارَةِ Wayfares

17 يٰۤابََانَا Father

18 َّ يرۡتعَۡ Eat Social culture

19 وَ يَلۡعَبۡ Play Social culture

20 لَحٰفِظُوۡنَ Guard Social culture

21 وَ اخََافُ Fear Habit

22 الذِئّۡبُ Wolf Ecology

23 عِشَاءًٓ Nightfall Ecology

24 َّ يبۡکُوۡنَ Weeping Habit

25 مَتاَعِنَا Belongings Material culture

26 قمَِيۡصِہٖ Shirt Material culture

27 وَارِدہَمُۡ Water drawer Material culture

28 دلَۡوَهٗ Bucket Material culture

29 بِثمََنٍ ۢ بَخۡسٍ Paltry price Material culture

30 درََاہمَِ مَعۡدوُۡدةٍَ Silver coin Material culture

31 مِّصۡرَ Egypt

32 لِامۡرَاتَِہٖۤ Wife

33 الۡارَۡضِ Land Ecology

34 اشَُدَّ هٗۤ Prime age

35 الۡابَۡوَابَ Door Material culture

36 مَعَاذَ ّٰ ِ Master Organization

37 ال ُّ سوۡٓءَ Evil Habit

38 الۡفَحۡشَاءَؕٓ Lewdness Habit

39 عِبَادِنَا Servant Organization

40 وَ قَدَّ تۡ Ripped Social culture

41 عَذاَبٌ Punishment Social culture

42 ُّ يسۡجَنَ Prison Organization

43 الۡعَزِيۡزِ Minister Organistion

44 حُباؕ Love Social culture

45 فتَٰىہَا Slave Organization

46 سِکِّيۡنًا Knife Material culture

47 مَلکٌَ Angel Organization

48 فَاسۡتجََابَ Prayer Gestures

49 خَمۡرًا Wine Material culture

50 خُبۡزًا Bread Material culture

51 رَاۡسِیۡ Head Material culture

52 ال َّ طيۡرُ Birds Ecology

53 ءَارَۡبَابٌ Gods Organization

54 يٰصَاحِبَیِ السِّجۡنِ Prisoners Organization

55 تعَۡبدُوُۡنَ Worship Gesture

56 ال َّ شيۡطٰنُ Satan Organization

57 الۡمَلِکُ King Organization

58 بَقَرٰتٍ Cows Ecology

59 خُضۡرٍ Green Ecology

60 يٰبسِٰتٍ Dry Ecology

61 سُنۡۢبلُٰتٍ Grain Material culture

62 تزَۡرَعُوۡنَ Crops Material culture

63 يغَُاثُ Rain Ecology

64 يَعۡصِرُوۡنَ Juice Material culture

65 النِّسۡوَةِ Women

66 ال َّ رسُوۡلُ Messenger Organization

67 الۡعَزِيۡزِ Governor Organization

68 ال ّٰ صدِقِيۡنَ Truthful Habit

69 الۡخَائِٓنيِۡنَ Betray Organization

70 خَزَائِٓنِ Treasure Material culture

71 مَ َّ کنَّ ا Power Organization

72 بِرَحۡمَتِنَا Mercy Gestures

73 يَتَّ قوُۡنَ Taqwa Habit

74 الۡمُنۡزِلِيۡنَ Hospitality Habit

75 رِحَالِہِمۡ Camel Ecology

76 وَ ل َّ مَا فَتحَُوۡا Family Organization

77 بَابٍ Gate Material culture

78 اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty Organization

79 الۡعِيۡرُ Caravan Organization

80 لسَٰرِقوُۡنَ Thieves Organization

81 السِّقَايَۃَ Bowl Material culture

82 تاَ ّٰ ِ Swear Habit

83 کٰذِبيِۡنَ Liars Habit

84 وِّعَاءِٓ Bag Material culture

85 درََجٰتٍ Rank Organization

86 َّ موۡثِقًا Pledge Social culture

87 الۡحٰکِمِيۡنَ Judges Organization

88 الۡقَرۡيَۃَ Town Material culture

89 عَيۡنٰہُ Eyes

90 الۡبَشِيۡرُ News Social culture

91 ابَوََيۡہِ Parents Organization

92 الۡعَرۡشِ Thrown Organization

93 يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ Devices Material culture

94 وَ الۡارَۡضِ Earth Ecology

95 ال َّ سمٰوٰتِ Heavens Ecology

===Translation Procedure ===

6. Translation Procedure

There are seventeen different kinds of translation procedures classified by Newmark. According to (Gallagher 1996;31)“translation procedures are the technical devices to convey the message of a text in one language into another language.” The difference between translation procedure and translation methods discussed by (Newmark 1988;81)“translation methods relate to whole texts, translation procedures are used for sentences and the smaller units of language.”

6.1 Transference
Transference is the way through which we convert the source language to target language and also contains transliteration or transcription. Transference is also known as loan words, there is no transformation in the spelling of the words that have been translated.

6.2 Naturalization
Naturalization changes the word SL to its pronunciation,then TL to its original form.
Naturalization also adds new connections to external conditions.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:55, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

6.3 Culture equivalent
In this procedure, SL the cultural word is translated by the target cultural word. The use of the translation of this procedure is limited because it is not accurate, but it can be used in general texts, public and publicity,as well as for brief explanation to readers who do not understand the relevant source language culture.

6.4 Functional Equivalent
This approach is the most accurate path of translating and it uses very neutral cultural points with a new specific term.

6.5 Descriptive equivalent
This strategy is working for the description of the meaning or function of the source language.

6.6 Synonymy
This method of translation is applied when there is nothing to the same.

6.7 Through-Translation
Through translation is the literal translation of common conflicts,the names of organizations and compound parts.

6.8 Shifts or Transposition
This translation procedure involving a change in grammar from SL to TL. This change is done when there is a difference between the structure of the SL and the TL is reasonable.

6.9 Modulation
This procedure is used in the translation of sentences, phrases and clauses. Here the translator looked at the message in the source language sentence from a different angle or a different way of thinking. This strategy is used when the translation of words with literal meaning does not produce a reasonable translation.

6.10 Recognized Translation
The translation process is manifested when the translator uses an authoritative or appropriate translation of an organization's term.

6.11 Translation Label
This procedure is the appropriate one for the translation of a new institutional term,and it is a temporary translation of the source language word.

6.12 Compensation
This process manifests itself when there is a meaningful loss in one part,but compensation in the other part.

6.13 Componential Analysis
In this procedure, the source language word translated into the TL by detailing the components of the meaning of the source language word.

6.14 Reduction & Expansion
In this procedure, the elements of the word 'auto' removed and the elements of the word expanded in the target language.

6.15 Paraphrase
This procedure appears when cultural words need more explanation.

6.16 Couplets
In this procedure, two or more different procedures meet in one translation, couplets, triplets, quadruplets.

6.17 Notes
When the additional information is added to the cultural words for the clarification of readers.

===Analysis and Discussion ===

7. Analysis and Discussion

7.1 Introduction
This chapter highlights the procedure of the study and the analysis of culture-specific items in Surah Yusuf. This chapter explores the use of translation strategies in transferring meaning from the ST to the TL and the appropriateness of Newmark's model in interpreting the procedures that the translator applied during the translation process.

7.2 Procedures
To account for the translation of CSIs in this research, the source text of the Holy Quran in Arabic and its English translation translated by Mufti Taqi Usmani were studied. After reading the whole Ayahs of Surah Yusuf and its translation, every Ayah and its translation in English were carefully analyzed to identify CSIs and the strategies used by the translator to translate them into English. After that, the classification of CSIs by Newmark has been accepted as the theoretical framework of this study aimed at analyzing culture-specific items. For the clarification, each procedure is interpreted and demonstrated with illustrations in Tables 1-9.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 17:01, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

7.3 Analysis and Discussion
After the categorizing the culture-specific items according to Newmark's strategies, the researcher worked on the strategies for translating the culture-specific items applied in Surah Yusuf, including transference, cultural equivalent, functional equivalent, descriptive equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, through translation, modulation and notes; Then, he arranged the data gained in Tables 1-9 in order to show the cases of applying Newmark’s strategies for translating the culture-specific items.
The discussion section is devoted to the interpretation of each selected culture-specific word, the researcher presents a discussion of how he formulates the CSIs in Newmark strategies.
Below are the discussion points created for using each strategy;

7.3.1 Transference: Transference includes transliteration and is the same as what is called transcription. The word then becomes a loan word. There were words that were transferred from the source text to the target text. These are presented in the following table.
Table1.

Here are some examples of Transference applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yusuf:

Strategy Source Text Target Text
قرُۡءٰنًا Quran
ابِۡرٰہيِۡمَ Ibrahim
Transference يعَۡقوُۡب Yaqub
اِسۡحٰق Ishaq
يَتَّ قوُۡنَ Taqwa

Words that have given in table 1 are transference words because these are conveyed to target language which is a different language writing system then from the source language, For example, the word Quran is transliterated word and pronounce as same as like in source language قرُۡءٰنًا, so it is transcripted and also become a loan word. Similarly, all the mentioned words in table 1 are transference words.
7.3.2. Cultural Equivalent: Cultural equivalent purpose is to replace a cultural word in the source language with an, although not completely synonymous, target language word.

Table 2.
Examples of Cultural equivalent applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡب House of Yaqub
لَحٰفِظُوۡنَ Guard
بِثمََنٍ ۢ بَخۡسٍ Paltry price
درََاہمَِ مَعۡدوُۡدةٍَ Silver coin
اشَُدَّ هٗ Prime age
Cultural Equivalent مَعَاذَ ّٰ Master
الۡعَزِيۡزِ Minister
فَاسۡتجََابَ Prayer
اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty
يٰصَاحِبَیِ السِّجۡن Prisoners
الۡمَلِکُ King
يَعۡصِرُوۡنَ Juice
مَ َّ کنَّ ا Power

In Surah Yusuf, we have some words that are related to the cultural equivalent, Table 2 contains cases where cultural equality is applied. The word House of Yaqub is not completely synonymous to the ST اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡب, it is a replaced word in the SL. The word minister is not completely synonymous to the word ST word الۡعزَِيۡزِ. Similarly, the word Master in the TT is not synonymous to the word which is used in the ST ّٰ مَعَاذَ, it is a replaced word. The original meaning of the word فَاسۡتجََابَ is to accepted, but here it is referred to Prayer which is not only the synonymous but also a replaced one; furthermore, all the words mentioned in table 2 are mostly not completely synonymous words but the cultural replacing words.

7.3.3 Functional Equivalent:In functional equivalent, the word culture-free is used,
sometimes with a specific term; Therefore, it generalizes the word SL.

Table3.

Examples of Functional equivalent applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
الۡقَصَصِ Narration
رَايَۡتُ Dream
Functional equivalent الۡاحََادِيۡثِ Events
ال َّ س َّ يارَةِ Wayfares
مِّصۡرَ Egypt
يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ Devices

In functional equivalent, culture-free words are used, sometimes a new specific term is used which generalizes the SL word. For example, in table 3 the word Events is used as a cultural free word that generalizes the ST الۡاحََادِيۡثِ. The word Devices is a cultural free word and used as a new specific term to generalize the ST word يَمۡکُرُوۡنَ. The word Narration is used in the TT as a cultural free word because it is not limited or bound to a single culture. The word narration can be used by every culture representative.
7.3.4 Descriptive Equivalent: It is using phrases in TT to explain the ST word.
Table4.
Examples of Descriptive equivalent applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
کَوۡکَبًا Stars
ال َّ شمۡسَ Sun
الۡقمََرَ Moon
Descriptive equivalent عِشَاءًٓ And at Nightfall
وَارِدہَمُۡ Water drawer
سِکِّيۡنً Knife
الۡکِتٰبِ Enlightening book
ال َّ سمٰوٰتِ Heaven

The descriptive equivalent is, using phrases in TT to explain the ST word. For example Eleven stars and the sun and the moon a phrase used in the TT which explains کَوۡکَبًا َّ و ال َّ شمۡسَ وَ الۡقمََرَ the ST words stars, sun and moon. Similarly, Enlightening the book is a phrase used in the target text which highlights the meaning of الۡکِتٰبِ.
7.3.5 Componential Analysis:componential analysis is the initial comparison of a source language point to a selected language point that has the same meaning, but does not equate to one.
Table5.
Examples of Componential analysis applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
رَايَۡتُ Dream
ال َّ طيۡرُ Birds
Componential analysis وَ يَلۡعَبۡ Play
يَعۡصِرُوۡنَ Juice
مَعَاذَ ّٰ ِ Master
يٰصَاحِبَیِ السِّجۡنِ Prisoners
اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty

Further, in justification in the translation of CSIs, the researcher analyzed the words that comparing the word base of a source language with the target language point that has the same meaning, but obviously not equals one. Like رَايَۡتُ means to look or see while translating it to the TT it meanings changes to word Dream. The basic comparison of these two words is the same.
That is both words are related to cognition and eyes. For instance, other words are ال َّ طيۡرُ Birds, اِ نِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty.
7.3.6 Synonymy: Synonymy is a near target language equivalent.
Table 6.
Examples of Synonymy applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
الۡکِتٰبِ Book
قۡتلُوُا Kill
ارَۡضًا Earth
Synonymy الذِئّۡبُ Wolf
دلَۡوَه Bucket
خَمۡرًا Wine
يٰبسِٰتٍ Dry

The translator has used good equivalents for the words chosen in the Surah Yusuf. For instance, الۡکِتٰبِ Book, Book in the TT and الۡکِتٰبِ in the ST are the synonymous word. Few other examples are mentioned in table 6.
7.3.7 Through translation:Through-translation, is a literal translation of common conflicts, names of organizations and compound parts. It can also be called: click or loan translation.
Table7.
Examples of Through-translation applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡبَ House of Yaqub
غَيٰبَتِ الۡجُبِّ Into the bottom of a pit
بِرَحۡمَتِنَا Mercy
Through Translation الۡاحََادِيۡثِ Events
ُّ يسۡجَنَ Prison
الۡعَزِيۡزِ Governor
الۡخَائِٓنيِۡنَ Betray
وَ ل َّ مَا فَتحَُوۡا Family

In through translation, the researcher found those words which have common collocations, name of organization or component of compounds in Surah Yusuf. Examples of through translations are House of Yaqub, اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡبَ is a component of the compound, Family وَ ل َّ مَا فَتحَُوۡا is the name of the organization, other examples are mentioned in table 7.
7.3.8 Modulation: Modulation occurs when the translator generates the original text message in TL text according to the current target language norms, as source language and target languages may differ visually.
Table8.
Examples of in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf Modulation applied
Strategy Source Text Target Text
يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ Devices
Modulation لَسٰرِقوُۡنَ Thieves
مَ َّکنَّ ا Power
وَ قَدَّ تۡ Ripped

The modulation occurs in the translation of culture-specific items when we are translating the word or phrase from the source text to target text according to the new norms and traditions in TT culture. For instance, Devices are the word that had been translated from the Arabic word يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ which means to plan something while in English it is opposite which means tools.
7.3.9 Notes: Notes, additions, and glosses are additional information that a translator must add to the version; The additional information that translators add is usually cultural.
Table9.
Examples of Notes applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty
Notes تعَۡبدُوُۡنَ Worship
ال َّ شيۡطٰنُ Satan
بِثمََنٍ ۢ بَخۡسٍ Paltry price

In this strategy, the translator adds some additional information to his version, The additional information that translators add is usually cultural. For example اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ is a word which means that giving the order is limited or quality related to Al-Mighty God while the translator used the word sovereign which means authority. Worship is a word which means to follow or obey someone, the translator can use it in his point of view while in Arabic تعَۡبدُوُۡ نَ which means a quality limited to God.

===Conclusion and Recommendations===

8. Conclusion and Recommendations

This chapter summarizes the findings of the study. It also provides some recommendations regarding the application of translation procedures in translation between language systems.

8.1 Summary of the Findings

The translator applied nine translation procedures out of seventeen of Newmark’s translation procedures in the translation of the Surah Yusuf of the Holy Quran, namely, transference, cultural equivalent, functional equivalent, descriptive equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, through translation, modulation and notes. The cultural equivalent strategy was the most frequent applied procedure. The descriptive equivalent and through translation procedure was the second most frequently applied translation procedure, It was followed by transference, functional equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, modulation and notes. It is a descriptive study in which CSIs from ST translated to TT.

8.2 Conclusion

The present study purpose was to explore the CSIs in Surah Yusuf of the Holy Quran and to investigate which translation strategy proposed by Newmark were employed by the translator to overcome culture-specific items. Obviously, the researcher has worked hard to clear the way for future students of translation. Throughout the research, the researcher faced a lot of challenges and findings were revealed, some of them are the following;

• Between Arabic and English, there is a big cultural gap. Till now, this problem is considered as an unsolvable problem.

• Lack of reading and translating religious books.

• Many mistakes are made by the translators because they were unknown to the ST.

• The translators have to go through or review the previous translation of the Quranic scripture to solve the problem that they might face in the process of their translation.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 17:05, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

The procedures used in this study will help the translator to render culture-specific terms accurately. Thus, the researcher worked well to fill the linguistic gaps between Arabic and English. Furthermore, Newmark’s translation procedures helped the translator make the translation sound more natural to the TR. It can be observed from the analysis that Newmark’s translation procedures were effective in translating the Islamic texts. The findings of the study might help students of translation and practitioners in the field of TS to get familiar with the most influential strategies in rendering cultural specific items. They can use the findings of the study to employ translation tasks in translations. Educational planners can use the findings of this study to specify the most influential, dominant strategies to conduct a target-oriented/sourceoriented translation. To sum up, it should be emphasized that the focus of this particular study was on religious genre. Investigating CSIs in different genres could lead to new areas of research for interested researchers. Accordingly, the information gained from this study may prove useful to translators, translation teachers, and student learners as it will help them improve their translation skills with the special attention of culture-specific items and will allow them Give texts when having a broad view of translation. Other researchers can derive similar effects from many of the findings of the same study.

This study is similar to other studies that might have several limitations which need to be taken into account. The study focused on one Surah translated by one translator. Examining different Surahs of the Holy Quran and their translations by other authors from different cultures might lead to interesting facts or they might confirm the findings of this study. Different translators might employ different strategies. Further research is needed to confirm or disconfirm the findings of this study. Newmark's strategies are not limited to the cultural features of the language. But it also covers the linguistic specifications. To narrow down the subject of the study, the linguistic aspects of the text were ignored. Comparing these linguistic aspects could be another interesting topic and venue for further research.
Finally, It may be concluded that Newmark’s translation procedures are necessary for the translation of an Islamic text between two different language systems and cultures. However,the translator must be competent in using the translation procedures to provide an accurate translation.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 17:05, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

8.3 Recommendations

The researcher furnished a set of recommendations in the light of the findings reached and the results obtained. The recommendations can make a helpful set of guidelines for both existing and potential translators in general and for translating religious texts of two languages that are not closely related. These recommendations are tentative and are subject to modification upon closer investigation by translation scholars and professionals:

• The researcher recommends that the study of translation procedures should be included in the university curriculum for students who study translation, to help them in solving the problems of translating religious texts.

• It is recommended for translastors to use the translation procedures appropriately in order to deliver the meaning of the source text correctly.

• The researcher also recommends examining the application of other kinds of translation procedures on Islamic texts based on other models such as Andrew Chesterman’s translation procedures.

• It would also be beneficial to investigate Newmark’s translation procedures to various types of texts such as medical texts and journalistic texts.

=== References ===
Abdi, H. (2019). Translating culture-specific items (CSIs) as a conundrum for Iranian MA translation students: Considering the level of study. Journal of new advances in English Language Teaching and Applied Linguistics, 1(1), 88-109.

Aguado-Gimenez, P., & Pérez-Paredes, P. F. (2005). Translation-strategies use: A classroombased examination of Baker’s taxonomy. Meta: journal des traducteurs/Meta:
Translators' Journal, 50(1), 294-311.

Ahmadi, M. R.S and Nosrati, Fatemah. (2012). Domestication and Foreignization Strategies in Translation of Culture-Specific Items. Translations of English-Persian Children’s Literature. San Francisco: Grin Publishing. Google Books.

Al Saleh, R. A. (2019). An Application of Newmark's Procedures to Muhammad Abul Quasem's Alleman, J. C. Bee. W. Ulitkin, I. Files, F., Zetzsche, J., Chatonnet-Marton, P. & y del Árbol, E. V. Translation Strategies.

Al-Sofi, B. B. M. A., & Abouabdulqader, H. (2020). Bridging the gap between translation and culture: towards a cultural dimension of translation. International journal of linguistics, literature and culture, 6(1), 1-13.

Baker, M., 1992. In Other Words: A Coursebook on Translation. London: Routledge, p.20–42.

Blažytė, D., & Liubinienė, V. (2016). Culture-specific items (CSI) and their translation strategies in Martin Lindstrom’s" Brand sense". Kalbų studijos, (29), 42-57.

Bush, P. (1998) "Literary Translation." In: M. Baker, ed. Routledge Encyclopedia of Translation Studies, London: Routledge, pp.127-130.

Catford. J. C. (1965). A linguistic theory of translation. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
English Translation of Mohammad Al-Ghazali's Islamic Guidance.Literature and Culture, 6(1), 1-13.

Gečaitė, L. (2020). Culture-Specific Items and Their Translation Strategies in Victoria Hislop's Novel The Sunrise.” (2020).

Hassan, B. E. A. (2014). Between English and Arabic: A practical course in translation.
Cambridge Scholars Publishing.

Hermans, T. (1999). Translation in systems. Manchester: St. Jerome Publication House, J. (Ed.). (2014). Translation: a multidisciplinary approach. Springer.
Issa, A. L. S. M., & Hammood, L. H. R.- Quranic-Specific Phrases under the Study of Translation; Significance and Applications.

Janfaza, E., Assemi, A., & Dehghan, S. S. (2012). Language, translation, and culture.
In International Conference on Language, Medias and Culture (Vol. (33), p. 83-87).

Janfaza, E., Assemi, A., & Dehghan, S. S. (2012). Language, translation, and culture.
In International Conference on Language, Medias and Culture (Vol. 33, p. 83-87).

Lambert, J. (1998) Literary Translation. In: M. Baker, ed. Routledge Encyclopedia of Translation Studies. London: Routledge, 130-134.

Landers, Clifford E. (2001) Literary Translation: A practical guide. New Jersey University Press: Multilingual Maters.

Lustig, Myron, W. and Koeser, Joline (2003), Intercultural Competence: Interpersonal Communication Across Cultures, Boston: Allyn and Bacon.

Malmkjær, K. (1993). Who Can Make Nice A Better Word Than Pretty? Collocation, Translation, and Psycholoinguistics. In: Baker, M., Francis, G. and Tognini-Bonelli, E.
eds. Text and Technology. Philadelphia/Amsterdam: John Benjamins Publishing Company. pp.213-32.

Mosavat, S., & Rahimpour, S. (2016). The Most and Least Used Translation Strategies for
Conveying Culture-Specific-Items in Young Adult Literature from English into Persian. International Journal of Humanities and Cultural Studies (IJHCS) ISSN 23565926, 1853-1873.

Munday, J. (1997). Systems in Translation: A computer-assisted systemic approach to the analysis of translation of García Márquez. Ph.D thesis, University of Bradford.

Newmark, P. (2001). A Textbook of Translation. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language
Education Press

Newmark, Peter. (1988). A Textbook of Translation. New Jersey: Prentice-Halls

Nord, Christiane. (1997). Translating as a Purposeful Activity: Functionalist Approaches
Explained. Manchester: St. Jerome. Accessed 10 November. 2018. Google Books Schjoldager, A. (2008). Understanding translation. Academica: Århus.

Silalahi, M., & Lubis, S. (2013). Translation Procedures of Cultural Terms Found In Sejarah Bilingual For Students of Senior High School.
Valipoor, K., & andAzizeh Chalak, H. H. T. (2019). Cultural-specific items in translation of the Holy Quran by Irving: 43-51.

Venuti, L. (1995). The translator’s invisibility: A history of translation. London and New York:
Routledge

Widiarto, O. V. V. (2016). The translation procedures of cultural expressions applied in a game of thrones translated into Perebutan Tahta novel by Barokah Ruziati (Doctoral dissertation, Dian Nuswantoro University).

=Zohaib Chand AN INTRODUCTION TO TRANSLATION STUDIES: AN OVERVIEW Intan Pradita=

[[Trans_Type_EN_12]]

===Abstract===
This study aims to observe the development of translation studies through its different types, various strategies, styles and particular methods. In this paper, the readers are introduced to some famous translation scholars including their view of translation studies. At the further discussions, this study lets the readers acknowledge the main issues on translation studies, focusing on different styles of variations such as grammar, sentence structure, textual analysis, strategies and methods. This study may help those who are interested to conduct translation researches and help them by giving options of which theories is beneficial to their analysis. Moreover, it aims to explore the clear definition of translation as well as help the readers to understand the basic concept which are used in the field of translation. The present study, therefore, attempts to outline the scope of the discipline of translation studies and more importantly, it is an attempt to outline its activity that required a deep mastering of language, a good source of knowledge and target cultures.

===Key words ===
Translation, styles of variations, strategies

===Introduction ===
It is undoubtedly right that translation is important to share information. In line with these premise, the number of translation professionals is getting higher. In fact, the result of translation researches tends to help human daily life in term of evaluation, designing translator machines, and cultural studies. Therefore, translation means converting written information from one language into another. It is the new discipline appeared in the second half of the 20th century. The term “Translation Studies” was coined by James S. Holmes, an American-Dutch poet and translator of poetry, in his seminal paper “The Name and Nature of Translation Studies”. Translation enables effective communication between people around the world. It is a courier for the transmission of knowledge, a protector of cultural heritage, and essential to the development of a global economy. Translation helps us to know about the developments in the field of creative arts, education, literature, business, science and politics. It has shifted from the traditional conception of the fixed, stable and unchangeable nature of the text and its meaning to a text with wide scope for variations. Translation also helps in nation building. In this globalised world, the demand for translation and language related services has increased many times. Translation is not only needed for the creation of national identity but has also become an essential tool for keeping pace with the processes of globalization and localization. The activity of translation has a long-standing tradition and has been widely practiced throughout history, but in our rapidly changing world its role has become of paramount importance. Nowadays, knowledge in which cultural exchanges have been widening, has been increasingly expanding and international communication has been intensifying, the phenomenon of translation has become fundamental. Be it for scientific, medical, technological, commercial, legal, cultural or literary purposes, today human communication depends heavily on translation and, consequently, interest in the field is also growing. Accordingly, the discussion, in the present study, proceeds primarily from the perspectives of “Translation Studies” and “Linguistics”. One major goal is to show the interrelationships between linguistics and translation, and how they benefit from each other. Nowadays, translation research has started to take another path, which is more automatic. The invention of the internet, together with the new technological developments in communication and digital materials, has increased cultural exchanges between nations. This leads translators to look for ways to cope with these changes and to look for more practical techniques that enable them to translate more and waste less. They also felt the need to enter the world of cinematographic translation, hence the birth of audiovisual translation. The latter technique, also called screen translation, is concerned with the translation of all kinds of TV programs, including films, series, and documentaries. This field is based on computers and translation software programs, and it is composed of two methods; dubbing and subtitling. In fact, audiovisual translation marks a changing era in the domain of translation.
In short, translation has very wide and rich history in the West. Since its birth, translation was the subject of a variety of research and conflicts between theorists. Each theorist approaches it according to his viewpoint and field of research, the fact that gives its history a changing quality.

Discussion

Translation is an activity that requires deep mastering of languages, a good knowledge of source and target cultures. It is also linked with the translation method, strategies and styles of variations. Each translation type requires different translation method. In this paper, it is an attempt to outline that there are several types of translation. Each type is defined by different scholars through different criteria to the contextual situation of communication. In this paper, we will be writing down the three prominent types of translation through various medium namely; technical translation, literary translation and pragmatic translation. For each type, a selection of examples will be considered for analysis based on translation theories and techniques. We will show that some chunks of text require literal translation, while other requires interpretive method. In addition, this paper will also examine various strategies and its styles of variations based on translational study. The following strategies will be presented in the paper as;

• They involve text manipulation.
• They must be applied to the process.
• They are goal-oriented.
• They are problem-centered.
• They are applied consciously.
• They are inter-subjective.

Most theorists agree that strategies are used by translators when they encounter a problem and literal translation is not useful. Different researchers have investigated and described various translation strategies from their different perspectives. It intends to show what translation strategies exist and when and why they are used by professional translators. Different scholars have various perspectives to the aspects of the act of translation, so, they define and describe different types of strategies. Bergen's (n. d.) classification of the strategies includes three categorizations which will be discussed mainly in this paper:

• Comprehension strategies
• Transfer strategies
• Production strategies

An addition to this paper, styles of variations will also be introduced to the readers through different aspects and examples. The concept of style can be defined in terms of the distinctive way an individual or a group uses language, or better still the discourse used to perform distinct functions of language aimed at achieving specific purposes. However, this does not entail that style is simply a matter of form since it is the product of other components such as the genre of discourse, its semantics, syntax and phonology. Indeed, in order to analyze a given stylistic variation one needs an extensive checklist that includes lexical and grammatical categories, allusions, and figures of speech. Style can be understood to refer to the recurring typical features of the source text compared to the typical features of the translated text. In a quantitative and qualitative analysis, this variation is shown to be influenced by several pragmatic and social factors, and to index the interpreters' stances towards source speakers and towards the immigrant court users who are the recipients of translations from English. It is argued that translation styles have profound consequences for limited English speakers, as the insistence on institutional norms in translating to them is viewed as a gate keeping behavior that may impede their full participation in the proceedings.

What is translation?

Translation went through various definitions going from a mere linguistics activity during the sixties, a cultural and communicative activity during the seventies reflects the social impacting activity in the latest founding of the literature.
“Translation is traditionally known as being the replacement of textual material in one language into equivalent textual material in another language”.
House (2015) mentions that translation is considered as the “replacement” of a text in the source language by a semantically and pragmatically equivalent text in the target language. It is strongly related to a source language and target language cultures. It requires a high level of mastery languages, an awareness of any contextual factors within which the discourse emerges. There is no need to mention how it affected civilizations through different areas of mankind history. For example, An Arab-Islamic civilizations. There have always been different directions on how one should or should not translate. In the Arab tradition, two main methods existed and were in complete divergence namely the literal and the free method.
On the other hand, in the Western tradition there are various methods currently exist namely, the linguistic, the hermeneutic, the interpretive, the functionalist, the interventionist, the poly-systemic and the text-typologist method. More so, it may be important to point out that translation has been defined in many ways, and every definition reflects the theoretical approach underpinning it.
As Shuttlworth and Cowie (1997) observe throughout the history of research into translation, the phenomenon has been variously delimited by formal descriptions, echoing the frameworks of the scholars proposing them. For example, Bell (1991: XV) starts with an informal definition of translation, which runs as follows: the transformation of a text originally in one language into an equivalent text in a different language retaining, as far as is possible, the content of the message and the formal features and functional roles of the original text.
At the beginning of the ‘scientific’ (Newmark, 1988, p. 2) study of translation, Catford (1965, p. 20) described it in these terms, the replacement of textual material in one language (SL) by the equivalent textual material in another language.
Thirty years later, in Germany, the concept of translation as a form of ‘equivalence’ is maintained, as we can see from Koller’s definition (1995, p. 196): “The result of a text processing activity, by means of which a source language text is transposed into a target-language text. Between the resultant text in L2 (the target-language text) and the source text in L1 (the source language text) there exists a relationship, which can be designated as a translational, or equivalence relation”. Because complete equivalence (in the sense of synonymy or sameness) cannot take place in any of his categories, Jakobson (1959) declares that all poetic art is, therefore, technically untranslatable. That is, the translator has to take the question of interpretation into account in addition to the problem of selecting a TL phrase which will have a roughly similar meaning. Exact translation is impossible. In this regard, Bassnett (1996) claims that all texts, being part of a literary system descended from and related to other systems are “translations of translation of translations”: every text is unique and at the same time, it is the translation of another text. No text is entirely original because language itself, in its essence, is already a translation: firstly, of the non-verbal world and secondly, since every sign and every phrase is the translation of another sign and another phrase. However, this argument can be turned around without losing any of its validity: all texts are original because every translation is distinctive. Every translation, up to a certain point, is an invention and as such it constitutes a unique text.
In this analysis of the above definition, Manfredi (2008), points out that the above distinction can be divided into two main perspectives, those that consider translation either as a ‘process’ or a ‘product’. To this twofold categorization, Bell (1991, p. 13) adds a further variable, since he suggests making a distinction between translating (the process), a translation (the product) and translation (i.e., “the abstract concept which encompasses both the process of translating and the product of that process”. Moreover, thanks to advances in new technologies, today we can also incorporate into TS the contribution of corpus linguistics, which allows both theorists and translators analyses of large amounts of electronic texts (Manfredi, 2008). On the other hand, Halliday (1992, p. 15) takes translation to refer to the total process and relationship of equivalence between two languages; we then distinguish, within translation, between “translating” (written text) and “interpreting” (spoken text). Halliday, thus, proposes distinguishing the activity of “translation” (as a process) from the product(s) of “translating”, including both “translation” (concerning written text) and ‘interpreting’ (regarding spoken text.
“Translation is the production of a functional target text maintaining a relationship with a given source text that is specified according to the intended or demanding function of the target text.

Types of Translation

Translation is an activity that requires deep mastering of languages, a good knowledge of source and target cultures. It is also linked with the translation method, strategies and styles of variations. Each translation type requires different translation method. In this paper, it is an attempt to outline that there are several types of translation. Each type is defined by different scholars through different criteria to the contextual situation of communication. In this paper, we will be writing down the three prominent types of translation through various medium namely; technical translation, literary translation and pragmatic translation.

Technical translation

Technical translation is a type of specialized translation involving the translation of documents produced by technical writers, or more specifically, texts which relate to technological subject areas or texts which deal with the practical application of scientific and technological information. (Wikipedia)
Translators' main goal is to accurately translate the technical terminology to match the document and the message of the original content.

The benefits of technical translation

A professional technical translation service is provided by translators with dual specialties, that is, professionals who are fluent in the language pair, but who are also experts in the field covered by the documents to be translated.
When you need to have your documents translated by a technical translator, translators who are not experts may not be able to provide the necessary solutions and terminology for a quality translation. If the translator is not an expert in the field, he/she will have to learn the new terminology while working. This means that translation will take longer, have higher chances of inaccuracies, and may result in higher costs. Therefore, the main advantages of hiring an agency specialized in this type of service are as follows:

Literary translation

Literary translation is the translation of creative and dramatic prose and poetry into other languages. This includes the translation of literature from ancient languages and the translation of modern fiction so that it can reach a wider audience.
Literary translation is of huge importance. It helps to shape our understanding of the world around us in many ways. Reading Homer and Sophocles as part of a classical education in school helps to build an understanding of history, politics, philosophy and so much more. Meanwhile, reading contemporary translations provides fascinating insights into life in other cultures and other countries. In a fast-paced world so rife with misunderstanding and confusion, such efforts to share knowledge and experiences across cultural boundaries should be applauded.
The translation of literature differs greatly from other forms of translation. The sheer size of the texts involved in literary translation sets it apart. Tackling a translation that runs to hundreds of thousands of words is not a task for the faint-hearted. Nor is recreating poetry in a new language, without losing the beauty and essence of the original work.
One of the key challenges of literary translation is the need to balance staying faithful to the original work with the need to create something unique and distinctive that will evoke the same feelings and responses as the original. This can be particularly challenging when it comes to translating poetry.
Poems are written with incredible attention to detail. Not only are the words and phrases important, but the number of syllables and the entire rhythm of the completed work. It’s a challenging task to complete just in one language, let alone when trying to recreate a poet’s work during a translation. Daniel Hahn, director of the British Centre for Literary Translation, sums up the issue beautifully.
As literary translators will attest, a single word can be extremely troublesome. The author of a work of fiction has chosen that word for a good reason, so the translator must ensure that it is faithfully delivered in the target language. However, what if no direct translation is available? Or what if several options exist, each with a slightly different nuance? Urdu language translator Fahmida Riaz outlines her approach to such thorny issues.
For instance, “Every piece you translate comes from the pen of an individual, so you have to give it an individual treatment. I try to retain the ambience of the original culture, rather than the language, as it is reflected in the text.”

Pragmatic translation

Pragmatic translation is the basic assumption that provided a source language text contains no misstatements of fact, is competently written and has to be fully translated rather than summarized or functionally reorientated; one's purpose in translating it is to be referentially and pragmatically accurate. In this paper, I shall not deal with referential accuracy but concentrate instead on the pragmatic aspects of translation. As the term pragmatic translation may be used in a variety of ways, I should like to state my own definition of pragmatic, which derives from Charles Morris and ultimately from Charles S. Peirce. I am using pragmatic as one of the two factors in translation: pragmatic denotes the reader's or readership's reception of the translation, as opposed to referential, which denotes the relationship between the translation and the extra-linguistic reality it describes.
Translation is a properly way to a properly communication and pragmatics is how to use language in communication properly. By translation, many things from different languages and cultures can understand to each other. In other words, translation can be stated as a facilitator to make a communication runs well.

===An Overview on Translation Studies ===

===Main Issues in Translation Studies: Equivalence or Variations ===

=== Matthiessen's Parameter on Register Variations===

===Conclusion ===

=== References ===

= Muhammad Numan A Study to Explore the Translation Strategies of Idiomatic Expression from Urdu to English ; A Case Study of Sadat Hassan Manto’s Short Story “Khol Do” =
[[Trans_Type_EN_13]]

===Abstract===
Translation is necessary for developing knowledge and idea, but it also makes the people understand the language and culture of other people or countries. However, equivalence is essential during translation, especially when the translator wants to translate idiomatic expressions in the best possible way. Therefore it is necessary to follow up on some strategies during the translation process. The research work is carried out under the qualitative method with textual analysis techniques as significant. Mona Baker's model for idiomatic expression is explored with the help of different examples from collected data. The primary purpose of this study is to find out which types of strategies are being followed by the translator during the translation process. It was found that translation by paraphrasing, translation by similar words and meaning and translation by similar meaning and different words.
===Key words ===
Translation Strategies, Idiomatic expression, Sadat Hassan Manto, Urdu Literature --[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 09:45, 12 December 2021 (UTC)

===Introduction ===

In this chapter, the researcher wants to highlight the different concepts about the fundamental question that "what is idiomatic expression" and the views of various critics, theorists and linguistic experts, and prominent scholars of translation studies.--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 15:38, 13 December 2021 (UTC) Among them are Lindalorri, Mona Baker, Newmark's, and many more define idioms from their point of view. Secondly, the researcher highlights one of the most prominent literary and short stories writers of the sub-continent Sadat Hassan Manto, his life, literary style, and short stories career. In the last statement of the problem, the objective of the research, which type of strategies was followed in the translation process, purposes of study, and delimitation of studies are explained one by one.

Many critics, theorists, and linguists define idioms differently. However, in general, an idiom is a phrase or expression that typically has a metaphorical, non-literal meaning connected to it. However, phrases can become figurative idioms while keeping the literal meaning of the words. However, according to the Oxford Dictionary of English, a set of words is established by usage as having a meaning not deducible from the meanings of the constituent terms (e.g., over the moon, see the light).

"What is particularly remarkable about idioms is that they can be described in a variety of ways, depending on the roles they fulfilled," writes (Linda 2006: 8). "A string of words whose meaning differs from the meaning supplied by the individual words" is what an idiom is, according to (Larson 1984: 20). Idioms are "at the end of the scale from collocations in one or both of the areas: flexibility of patterning and transparency of meaning," according to (Baker 1992: 23). Idioms are defined by (Yagihashi 2003, 22) as a "collection of words whose meaning cannot be guessed from their meaning.". According to Newmark, “Idioms are word groups whose meaning cannot be deduced from the meaning of individual words.”(Newmark 1981: 11).--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 15:38, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

The whole meaning of each word that makes up an idiom cannot be considered the idiom's overall meaning. As a result, an idiom should not be translated. To remark that someone is bull-headed, for example, suggests that he or she is obstinate, even though the connotation has nothing to do with the words bull or headed. According to Corelli, English has a sizeable idiomatic base. About 4,000 idioms in American English are drawn from the nation's culture and everyday life. Idioms infect English with a peculiar flavor and offer it remarkable diversity, brilliant character, and color. She also feels that idiomatic expressions not only assist language learners in understanding English culture but also penetrating English people's traditions and lifestyles and gaining a deeper understanding of English history.(Corelli 2006: 53)

The main issue that idiomatic and fixed expressions pose for translators, according to Baker is twofold: "the ability to recognize and interpret an idiom correctly; and the difficulties involved in rendering the various aspects of meaning that an idiom or a fixed expression conveys into the target language. The first challenge that a translator encounters is understanding that she/he is dealing with an idiomatic expression.(Baker 1992: 65)

Sadat Husain Manto's writings also include numerous literary criticism, studies in Urdu, and many translations from Urdu into English. He is credited with having brought Urdu language and literature into the mainstream of contemporary international writing. There is no doubt that Sadat Hassan Manto was the most prolific of all modern writers in the sub-continent. Manto's published a substantial number of short stories during his short literary life span, and novelette gave some master piece work to Urdu literature. The noble laureate Hemingway mentions the lunatic life of great Manto's in his speeches. The current research study aims at discovering and determining the strategies used in translations of "khol do" short stories about sexual violence during partition of sub-continent and "license" a short story which throw light on the behavior of society toward widow his profession which lead toward prostitution by Aatesh Taseer an Indian born translator currently living in London having solid links with native country and culture.(Ahsan 2020: 12-27)--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 15:44, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Literature Review ===

In this chapter, the author/researcher defines the strategy and its different definitions from various perspectivess. However, the sole focus is only on the strategy of translation studies. Furthermore, renowned academicians put forward their definition of strategy like Venutti quoted translation strategy as the theory of de construction-sim, which is progressive and future-oriented.(Venutti !995, 35 Krings defines it as the content of the project, while Seguinet divided the term into three steps.(Krings 2000:21). However, Locher defines it as the procedure of solving a problem faced in translating a text. Jaskelaine involves the primary task of choosing the SL text and developed a method to translate it. (Locher 2002:76) In last, the author points out his research work's sole purpose by mentioning different research work on Mento's short stories except for this angle. --[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:30, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

The term "strategy" is used in a variety of settings. Many theorists in translation studies have used the phrase "translation methods" interchangeably, although with significant distinctions in meaning and perspective. The following is a collection of more general definitions of the term strategy. A strategy is a long-term set of actions to achieve a specific goal (Wikipedia Committee, n. d.).A methodical plan for improving one's learning performance has been actively altered and mentioned (Instruction Curriculum Reading Glossary, n. d.)
A strategy is a well-thought-out, intentional, goal-oriented (with a measurable outcome) approach carried out through a series of actions that can be monitored and modified (Curriculum Learning Literate-Futures Glossary, n. d.)

A collection of particular mental and behavioral procedures is taken to reach a given result. These definitions are general and can be related to different fields of study. This study mainly concerns translation strategies, although the definitions mentioned above can be narrowed down to this research field, as well. Translation strategies have their characteristics, through which one can gain a proper understanding of them. In general, a translator employs a strategy when confronted with a challenge while translating a text; nevertheless, translation methods are not required when translating a text literally. Bergen points out that strategies are not always obvious or straightforward. (Bergen 1996:33)

Although beginners in the field of translation believe they have done a successful translation when they translate word for word and utilize a dictionary, they do not realize that there is still a problem and that adjustments must be made at various levels of the translation. As a result, the most critical purpose of the strategies is to solve problems. "Venuti attempted to put deconstructionist translation theory into practice by proposing the "resistant translation" technique as an alternative to the standard "smooth translation. This technique tries to reverse the colonial concept of translation, English-American culture centralism, and the value of imperialist culture from an ideological standpoint. (Vinute 1998:41).--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:30, 13 December 2021 (UTC)
It aims to retain "foreignness" rather than seeking similarity in translation principles and methods. The author believes Venuti's translation strategy is quite progressive and future-oriented, with the development of international communications on an equal footing. However, it will take time to implement fully." (Jianzhong. .Krings 1986, 18) defines translation strategy as "a translator's potentially deliberate objectives for solving concrete translation problems specific translation task in the context of a project."The translators adopted three global tactics, according to Seguinot (i) translating uninterrupted for as long as possible; (ii) resolving surface flaws as soon as possible; (iii) leaving text quality and stylistic problems to the editing stage.(Seguinot 1989:27)--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:30, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

Furthermore, Loescher defines translation strategy as "a possibly conscious technique for overcoming a difficulty encountered in translating a text, or any segment thereof."(Loescher 1991:8) As stated in this definition, consciousness is vital in distinguishing strategies employed by learners and translators. "The element of consciousness is what distinguishes strategies from these activities that are not strategic," (Cohen 1998:4) claim moreover, 'Bell' distinguishes between global (whole-text) and local (text segment) techniques and indicates that this distinction is the outcome of several types of translation challenges.(Bell 1998:188)

According to Venuti, "involve the core tasks of picking the foreign text to be translated and establishing a way to translate it."(Venuti 1998, 240). He uses the terms "domesticating" and "foreignizing" to describe them. Ordudari, considering the process and outcome of translation, Jaaskelainen divides methods into two primary categories: some strategies deal with what happens to texts, while others deal with what happens during the translation process. According to Jaaskelainen, product-related strategies entail the essential tasks of selecting the SL content and establishing a technique for translating it. On the other hand, process-related strategies are "a set of (loosely articulated) rules or principles that a translator applies to attain the goals determined by the translating scenario.(Jaaskelainen 2005:15)

Furthermore, Jaaskelainen distinguishes between global and local strategies, stating that "global strategies refer to general principles and modes of action, while local strategies refer to specific activities concerning the translator's problem-solving and decision-making.(Jaaskelainen 2005:16). Newmarkdistinguishes between translation methods and translation procedures. (Newmark 1988, 81) also distinguishes between translation techniques and procedures, writing, "While translation methods are employed for full texts, translation procedures are utilized for sentences and smaller units of language."(Newmark 1988, 221)

Apart from other literature like poetry, drams and other subcultures also produce literary genius in short stories. Monto is one of them. His literature is translated into different languages with a different theme in his work. Apart from the story of division, Manto's books are characterized by powerful female characters. Manto combines the physical brutality of division with the intellectual cruelty that sex and sexuality face inside the Indio Pak subcontinent's social framework (Ranjan 2004, 3). Manto's female characters, according to Ispahani, are characterized by their sexual fragilities, such as sexual humiliation, rape, and prostitution. "They are nearly always victims, with the power only to cause their destruction," she believes. Sakina's body movement reveals how severely she was sexually raped. Sakina's silence and pain depict the savagery of her rape to the point where they lost their ability to communicate. Manto's short stories present another perspective on trauma through the absence of the subject converses (Mehta 2018, 9). Bingo by Tariq Rahman explores sexual repression, social injustice, and war tragedies. Wartime rape has existed since the beginning of conflicts, and penetrators consider it one of their weapons of war (Isikozlu, 2016:13).

The concept of hegemonic binary was introduced by the second wave of feminism, which depicts patriarchal conduct as sexually superior and powerful. At the same time, women are sexually inferior and submissive argue (Marinucci, 2010:15). Sexual trauma serves as a link between the victim and society; it ruins the victim's sense of safety, leads to low self-esteem, and silences them called by (Lewis 2017:54). Saadat Hasan Manto (1912-1955) was one of the most well-known, controversial, and provocative Urdu writers of the twentieth century. Despite being a prolific writer of essays, plays, film scripts, and novels, he was best known for his short tales. Born in Punjab, he began his writing career in Bombay before moving to Lahore, Pakistan, in January 1948, a few months after partition (Hasan 1984:12). Following that, his stories generally centered on a partition, exploring its human effects from various perspectives.

Manto's works are notable for their realism, word economy, dependence on internal components, and, most notably, their abrupt, often distressingly unclear ends (Akhtar and Flemming 1985:9). While Tariq Rahman wrote Bingo, he is a writer, playwright, and critic who has made significant contributions to Urdu literature through his writing. Research work was carried out on the comparison of "bingo" and "khol do."
The purpose of this thesis is to compare the two short stories Khol Do and Bingo, both of which focus on women and violence, particularly wartime rape, which makes women more vulnerable than ever before. This paper explores how women are victims of war and partition, making them doubly marginalize primarily due to the hegemonic binaries of men and women. Both of the stories aim to reflect the stigmata of our society regarding the violence and cruel treatment of women since their existence. Furthermore, via the lenses of feminism and post-colonialism, it examines how varied wartime weapons can be for both gender binaries. The writers' audacity causes us to reflect on the inhumane treatment of women in everyday life and even in wartime when they are with the men who are supposed to defend the female..(Ahsan 2020: 12-27)--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:31, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

=== Theoritical Framework ===

In this paper, various strategies have been used, like using an idiom of similar meaning and similar form, the idiom of similar meaning and different form, translation by Paraphrasing, translation by omission. The approach of employing idioms of similar meaning and form, according to Mona Baker, entails using an idiom in the target language that can express about the same meaning as the source language idiom, as well as having lexical similarity. On the other hand, this type of matching happens periodically as well as regularly.(Baker, 1992, 13)

Similarly, employing idioms with similar meanings but different forms means that it is possible to locate an idiom or fixed expression in the target text language that has a similar meaning to the source idiom or expression but is made up of distinct lexical elements. Consider the case of English and French, both of which use the idiom mentioned above. In English, one good deed is rewarded with another, whereas in French, handsome deeds are rewarded with handsome deeds.

Furthermore, we did not come across any idioms in the category mentioned above during translating idioms. To deal with this issue, the translators used the most popular approach, known as a translation by paraphrase, which is short, straightforward, and time-saving. When a match cannot be identified in the target language or when it appears improper to employ idiomatic language in target material due to aesthetic differences between the source and target languages, this is the most typical approach for translating an idiom from source to target language. However, one thing to keep in mind is that a perfect translation is not required is necessary or possible.

Last but not least, to overcome the problem of idiom translation, the translator employs the strategy of translation by omission. This can be defined as an idiom being omitted entirely in the target text with a single word. This is done because the idiom has no close match in the target language; its meaning cannot be easily paraphrased or due to stylistic reasons.--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:38, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

Data analysis Techniques:
Textual analysis is the method of data analysis in qualitative research that brings forth the hidden and potent message, structure, and function of research in giving text, Alan Mckee (defines textual analysis as whenever we perform textual analysis on the text, we make an educated guess at some time of the most likely interpretations that might be made of that text (Alan 2001:3)
Analysis of the translation of short stories in light of Mona baker's theory "khol do and license" are short stories written by Sadat Hassan Manto and translated by many translators from Urdu into English. During translation, the translator adopted many strategies for translating idiomatic expression, sometimes by Paraphrasing, sometimes by omission, sometimes using similar idioms of form and meaning while sometimes using different words and the same form, the whole.
--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 09:51, 12 December 2021 (UTC)

===Discussion and Analysis===

The chapter analyzes and discusses all the data collected by the author/researcher from different sources. All the examples of idioms are firstly identified, then translated into the target text, and back-translated for the sole purpose of exploring the strategies being used by the translator. A separate section is given to every strategy with its related example. Moreover, the idiomatic expression, the target work for finding, is highlighted through the bold letter.

4.1 Translation by Paraphrasing:

Based on our findings, the most often used strategy was "translation by paraphrasing." An inspection also reveals that Aatish Taseer preferred this strategy. Here are some examples applied by the translators, and in the following section, the logic behind their preference towards this strategy is elaborate. The following are examples from two short stories of Sadat Husain Manto's "khol do" and "license."
Example 1:

ST: Sirajuddin ne subah das baji anki kholi to logo ka aik mutalatam samandar deka.

TT: Ten a.m., Siraj Uddin opens his eyes on the cold floor of the camp, seeing the swelling sea of men.

BT: sub ke das baji jab Sirajuddin ne apni anki koli to logo ka aik ublaha howa samandar ka nizara dekni laga.

So, the above idioms are literal idioms being translated with the help of 'Paraphrasing' because there is no perfect equivalent of mutalatam words in English languages. A similar look at another idiom from short stories "khol do."

Example 2:

ST: Khuda tomahra bala kari.

TT: Your God will reward

BT: Is ka badla khoda tomahi di.

Here, the word reward is being used for Bala Kari, an example of transitional by Paraphrasing.
Let take another example from "khol do."

Example 3:

ST: unkho nai Jan khateli pa rak kar sakena ko donda.

TT: even putting their lives online, they search sakina

BT: apni zindagio ko khatri me dal kar unkho nai sakina ko dond nekala.

The above idioms are examples of pure idiom translated from Urdu into English with the help of paraphrases strategies. However, under the same strategies, the idioms of another short story of Manto,s "license," are translated by Aatish Taseer. Some of the examples are given below.

Example 4:

ST: Abu kochwan bara cheel jabela ta. It is the binomial type of idioms taken from the first sentence of the short story "license" by Sadat
Hasan Manto

TT: Abu kochwan is stylish man.

BT: Abu kochwan aik wazahdar admi ta.

From the above idiom, it is clear that there is no perfect equivalence of cheela chabela idiom in English; that is, the translator goes
through paraphrasing strategies. Look at another example from "license."

Example 5:

ST: Lein har waqat bank bani rekhi ka usi be had showk ta

TT: He had a weakness for style and fashion.

BT: Dan saj ke rekhna uski kamzori me sai ik ta.

So all of the above examples, which are analyzed one by one, are examples of idioms being translated through paraphrasing strategies. Beaugrande and Dressler define paraphrases as "approximate conceptual equivalence among outwardly different material."(De Beaugrande and Dressler 1981, 50) Similarly, in this regard, Hirst defines paraphrases as "talk(ing) about the same situation in a different way." (Hirst 1980:12) Munday declared that "equivalence is particularly useful in translating idioms and proverbs” For instance, if the English idiom like a bear with a sore head is rendered into Persian as (mesle borje zahremar), meaning like a tower of snake venom, the strategy of equivalence has been applied. (Munday 1981:13).--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:55, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

According to Leonardi, "Equivalence can be said to be the central issue in translation." In this regard, house believes that "a translation text should match not only its source text in function but also employ equivalent situational-dimensional means to achieve that function" (Baker 2002:49). who shares this approach, states that equivalence is used "for the sake of convenience—because most translators are used to it rather than because it has any theoretical status" (Kenny 1998:77).

Despite different attitudes to the concept of equivalence, most specialists pay much attention to its meaning in the theory of translation. The translation is a form of communication, and that is why it is vital to establish equivalence between the source text and the target text. Although Vinay and Darbelnet believe that equivalence is used differently than in modern translation theory, it is evident that equivalence is one of the basic concepts of translation that cannot be neglected.Vinay and Darbelnet 1999:18)
Consequently, based on the Above mentioned studies using 'Paraphrasing' in translation stands as the core concept in the process of translation, and still, most of the translators cling to it for producing a more comprehensible and explicable text. These language ideas and translation models are ideal constructs, presented abstractly in order to be differentiated precisely. They may exist in an uneasy combination in actual theories and practices, resulting in logical tensions or inconsistencies. They must first contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation before they can contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation. Theories and actions must be contextualized in historical settings. They've been utilized as analytical tools to describe various topics in section introductions. Theoretical writings and current events these language notions and translation models are ideal constructs expressed in an abstract manner in order to be distinguished precisely in real-life hypotheses they may exist in an uncomfortable mix, resulting in logical conflicts or inconsistencies. They must first contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation before they can contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation.

4.2 Using an idiom of Similar Meaning and Form

As mentioned earlier, this strategy type is being used by Aatish Taseer during their translated work of Manto's short stories "khol do" and" license" on an occasional basis. Some examples are mention below.

From khol do.

Example 6:

ST: Larki ka rang zard hogaya.

TT: The girl's face became fail

BT: larki ka rang zar hogya.

Similarly, another example from the license is

Example 7:

ST: Abu our us ke mat beer hogaie

TT: They fall in love with each other.

BT: WO ik dosri ke mokhbat me geriftar hogaie

The above idioms are pure ones and are being translated with the help of similar meanings and similar forms.

The procedures: transposition, modulation, equivalence, and adaptation, and when it comes to defining the term Equivalence, (Vinay and Darbelnet 2000:90) propose that it consists in rendering "the same situation … by two texts using completely different stylistic and structural methods", and when it comes to translating idiomatic expressions like "Il pleut à seaux" it can be translated as "It is raining cats and dogs" using the idiom of similar form and meaning in the target language.

As Baker states, this strategy involves using an idiom in the TL which conveys roughly the same meaning as that of the source language idiom and, in addition, consists of identical lexical items. The salient point is that this kind of match can only occasionally be achieved, which cannot be picked up more often by translators. Accordingly, both translators mentioned in the current study had quite a slim chance of using this strategy type.(Baker 1992:12)

4.3 Using an idiom of similar meaning but different form:

During translating Manto short stories, "khol do" and "license," some of the idioms are translated with the help of this strategy. Some of the examples are given below from two different short stories.

Example number one is from the short story "khol do"

Example 8:

ST: Aur bolwai gos ayai thee?

TT: The roitors come abroad.

BT: pasadi bahar agai hai.

The above idiom is a pure type of idiom being translated with the help of above mention strategy. The word rioter is being used for bolwai, which is not a perfect word for bolwai. In Urdu bolwai, people believe in violence when minorities or the low population of any country want some rights. These people stop them by using violence, burn down their properties, rapes women, and do things like that. Another example from the license is below.

Example 9:

ST: Dosri kotwal abu ko dek kar jal ban ho jati.

TT: The other coachman burn with envy.

BT: Abu ke kamyabi dek kar aur kotwal abu sai khasad karni lagi’

The above idioms are a pure idiom that reflects the effect of jealousy between competitors to achieve equivalency. Aatish Taseer uses envy word for jal ban instead of other which have similar meaning but different form. Look at the other example from "license."

Example 10:

ST: Dino lat vo lagal se kam karni laga.

TT: Dino came with an excuse.

BT: Dino abb bahi tarashni laga.

The above idioms are types of binomial idioms translated with the help of idioms with similar meanings and different forms. (Newmark 1988, 81) mentions the difference between translation methods and translation procedures. He writes that "[w]hile translation methods relate to whole texts, translation procedures are used for sentences and the smaller units of language" (Newmark 1988: 81). Idiomatic translation in his definition reproduces the 'message' of the original. However, it distorts nuances of meaning by preferring colloquialisms and idioms where these do not exist in the original, leading to using an idiom of similar meaning but a different form. Besides, it is often possible to find an idiom or fixed expression in the target language with a meaning similar to that of the source idiom or expression but which consists of different lexical items (Baker 1992, 12). Therefore, translators discover idiomatic expressions in the target language with different forms than in the source language. In the current study, the translators approached this strategy merely for 9% of the total times, which means the frequency of Iranian and English idioms with the same meaning and different forms is not considered high.

4.4 Translation by omission:

A translator is less using these strategies, and we did not find any clue on this type of strategy in an area under consideration.
--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 09:48, 12 December 2021 (UTC)

=== Findings===

(Mandelbit 1995) believed that idioms with different cognitive mapping in the target language would be more challenging to translate. After conducting study and data analysis of collected data, the result revealed that the translator frequently used three out of four strategies of the Mona Baker model during the translation process, which is a translation by Paraphrasing, translation by similar meaning and similar form, translation by similar meaning and different form. In contrast, translation by omission does not found in his work.
After detail and careful analysis of data, more than half of idioms like "swelling sea of man,” my lord break his arrogance, “weakness for style and fashion." As I mentioned earlier, many more are translated under the umbrella of Paraphrasing, which is considered the most common method used for translating idioms.

Similarly, we also reflect strategies like similar meaning and different form and similar meaning and similar form. The idiom "rioter came abroad,” burn with envy,” The girl's face became pale, " They fall in love with each other" are translated with the help of two mention strategies, respectively.

Although translation by omission is a strategy used on rare occasions because of its meaning, its meaning cannot be easily paraphrased or stylistic reason. Here, the researcher also did not find any idiom translated with the help of the omission strategy.

===Conclusion ===

Go through detailed discussion and analysis of data collected from my source. We finally concluded that the idioms present in two short stories, "khol do" and "License," are translated under the frame of Mona Baker's idiomatic model. Translation by Paraphrasing is mainly used while idioms of similar meaning and form and idioms of similar meaning and different forms are used occasionally. The researcher discusses all the strategies with related examples in the order of maximum used to minimum used. The strategy by omission did not find it works. All the data are collected from different sources and analyzed with the help of different researcher tools, and the result is written in light of the finding. Different from previous studies, the writer presents the strategies to translate idioms by each type of idiomatic expression found in the story. From the result, it is considered the translation of idiomatic expressions in the story is quite accurate. As the number of accurate data is more the data which is not related to the translation. We take conclusion from the translation through idiomatic expression and paraphrasing is the best way to translate a novel or a story however it is very difficult job to do because it needs more accurate and precise knowledge about the source language and an inspiring method to express ideas in the target language. However, translation is thing through which we can connect the world with each other and also we can study and observe diverse cultures.

=== References ===
Abu-Saydeh, A. F. (2004). Translation of English idioms into Arabic. Babel, 114-131.

Ahsan, S. (2020). A comparative study of two translations of manto's short story "Toba Tek". International Journal of English Language Studies, 12-27.

Alexander, R. J. (1987). Mimeograph. In R. J. Alexander (Ed.) Collocation and Culture. Trier: University of Trier, West Germany.

Al-Qinai, J. (2000). Translation quality assessment. strategies, parameters and procedures. Translator's Journal, 497-519.

Bayashi, J. (2020). Japanese-English translation: An advanced guide. Oxfordshire: Routledge.

Das, V. &. (1995). Critical events: An anthropological perspective on contemporary India. New Delhi: Oxford Printing Press.

Mufti, A. (2007). The Language of English India. In I. &. End (Ed.) Enlightenment in the Colony. Princeton University Press.

Waka Xia, L. (2019). A discourse analysis of news translation in China. Syydney: Routledge.

= Muhammad Saqib Mehran Problems in Translation Study =
[[Trans_Type_EN_14]]

===Abstract===

===Key words ===

===Introduction ===

===Ambiguity===

===Lexical and Structural Mismatches===

===Multiword units: Idioms and Collocations===

===Summary===

===Further Reading===

=刘胜楠 A Case Study of ''Ne Zha'' on Subtitle Translation Strategies from the Perspective of Skopos Theory=
[[Trans_Type_EN_15]]

Translation types, strategies, styles, methods

2021-12-13T17:09:58Z

Muhammad Numan: /* Introduction */

'''Translation types, strategies, styles, methods'''

[[Translation_types,_strategies,_styles,_methods|Overview Page of Translation types, strategies, styles, methods]]

30 Chapters（0/30)

[[Trans_Type_EN_1]] [[Trans_Type_EN_2]] [[Trans_Type_EN_3]] [[Trans_Type_EN_4]] [[Trans_Type_EN_5]] [[Trans_Type_EN_6]] [[Trans_Type_EN_7]] [[Trans_Type_EN_8]] [[Trans_Type_EN_9]] [[Trans_Type_EN_10]] [[Trans_Type_EN_11]] [[Trans_Type_EN_12]] [[Trans_Type_EN_13]] [[Trans_Type_EN_14]] [[Trans_Type_EN_15]] [[Trans_Type_EN_16]] [[Trans_Type_EN_17]] [[Trans_Type_EN_18]] [[Trans_Type_EN_19]] [[Trans_Type_EN_20]] [[Trans_Type_EN_21]] [[Trans_Type_EN_22]] [[Trans_Type_EN_23]] [[Trans_Type_EN_24]] [[Trans_Type_EN_25]] [[Trans_Type_EN_26]] [[Trans_Type_EN_27]] [[Trans_Type_EN_28]] [[Trans_Type_EN_29]] [[Trans_Type_EN_30]] ...

[[Book_projects|Back to translation project overview]]

[[DCG-To-Do|To the To Do List]]

=阳佳颖 Analysis On Subtitling Strategies in the American Version of the ''Legend of Zhen Huan''=

'''浅析美版《甄嬛传》的字幕翻译策略'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_1]]

阳佳颖 Yang Jiaying, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 2: The Use of Translation Strategy and Translation Methods in Tourism Texts under the Guidance of Peter Newmark's Translation Theory -- A Case Study of ''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''=
'''纽马克翻译理论指导下旅游文本中翻译策略与翻译方法的使用——以''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_2]]

刘晓 Liu Xiao, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 3: Translation methods and strategies for novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory -- A case study of Korean novel Eun-ju's Movie (Excerpt)=
交际翻译理论指导下小说题材所适用的翻译方法和翻译策略—以韩国小说集《恩珠的电影》（节选）为例

[[Trans_Type_EN_3]]

刘越Liu Yue ，Hunan Normal University，China

=Chapter 4: On Translation Strategies and Translation Methods in Chinese Translation of English Prose -- A Case Study of Chinese Translation of English Prose "Pleasures of Ignorance"=

'''浅析英语散文汉译中的翻译策略和翻译方法——以英语散文《无知的乐趣》汉译本为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_4]]

毛雅文 Mao Yawen, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 5： Analysis of translation strategies and methods for political eassays --- A Case Study of Annual Summary of the Russian Government's Work of 2019 =
'''政论语体翻译策略及翻译方法— 以《2019年俄罗斯政府工作报告》为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_5]]

毛优 Mao You，Hunan Normal University，China

=Chapter 6: An analysis and comparison of the translation styles of two Chinese translations of ''Le Spleen de Paris''=
'''浅析对比《巴黎的忧郁》两个汉译本的翻译风格'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_6]]

彭瑞雪 Peng Ruixue, Hunan University, China

=Chapter 7: A Study of Lu Xun’s Short Stories Translation from the Perspective of Functional Equivalence: Taking Yang Xianyi and Gladys Yang’s English Verison of ''Kong I-Chi'' as a Case Study=
功能对等翻译视角下的鲁迅短篇小说翻译研究——以杨、戴夫妇的《孔乙己》英译本为例

[[Trans_Type_EN_7]]

秦建安 QinJianna, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 8:Translation methods and strategies applicable to the style of biographical literature -- Taking ''Incidents in Life of Slave Girl'' (excerpt) as an example=

'''传记文学的文体所适用的翻译技巧与策略——以英文传记《一名女奴的人生际遇》(节选)为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_8]]

颜子涵 Yan Zihan, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 9: On the Translation Strategies of ''Lun Yu'' from the Perspective of Fusion of Horizons – A Contrastive Study of two translations of Ku Hung-ming and Xu Yuanchong=

'''视域融合视角下看《论语》英译的翻译策略—以辜鸿铭和许渊冲的英译本为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_9]]

邝艳丽 Kuang Yanli, Hunan Normal University, China

=杨柳青 Bian Zhilin's Literary Translation Theories and Practice——Take His Translation of Romantic Poems as Examples=

Yang Liuqing杨柳青,Hunan Normal University,China.

[[Trans_Type_EN_10]]

=Atta Ur Rahman Exploring Translation Strategies: A Case Study of the English Translation of the Holy Quran=

===Abstract===
This study aims at diagnosing culture-specific items in the English translation of the Holy Quran and the strategies which were used to translate the CSIs. Translating CSIs can be a demanding task because such items have specific meanings in the culture and language in which they exist but not necessarily in others. Taking this fact into account, the present study investigates the strategies used in the translation of culture-specific items in the English translation of the Holy Quran. Moreover, the researcher explored the most frequently employed translation procedures. To achieve these goals, the descriptive approach is applied for the analysis of the translation of specific items of culture. The descriptive analysis is also used for the investigation of the translation procedures used therein. The findings of this study indicate that the use of cultural equivalent strategy was the most frequent applied procedure. The descriptive equivalent and through translation procedures were the second most frequently applied translation strategies which were followed by transference, functional equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, modulation and notes. The results shows that the translation procedures are helpful (especially the target-oriented ones) in conveying the meaning of the text from Arabic into English in different ways.

===Key Words===
The Holy Quran, Translation Strategies/procedures, Culture-Specific Items, Newmark

===Introduction===
1. Overview
Translation that plays a crucial role in introducing the history and in transferring the culture of an area is a kind of communication between different languages. It is also illustrated “as the result of a linguistic-textual procedure in which a text in one language is re-contextualized in another language.” In the re-contextualization, studies on translation demonstrate that there are certain critical points (Munday 2012:37) that are problematic for translators, especially, when dealing with vital cultural texts such as religious texts (Malmkjær 2015:10). It helps to communicate and exchange information with people from different countries and cultures. Khammyseh argues that translation is one of the traditional communicating methods between communities all around the world. (Khammyseh 2005;9). Jothiraj states that “translation plays an important role in the inter-lingual process of communication”(Jothiraj 2004;1). Translation is essential for cultures and languages to exchange information. Newmark defines it as a craft in which a written message in a language is replaced by the same story in another language. According to him, Translation is the art of trying to translate what is written or expressed in one language into another language with the same message or expression. To accomplish a qualified translation, the translator needs to be aware of different aspects(Newmark 1988;2). Many scholars in translation have noticed that the difficulty for a translator is to translate texts which deals with religious concepts and cultural specific items.

Nida indicated that translation is the way of finding natural issues in the TL close to the SL, in terms of message and style(Nida 1964;32). Larson has acknowledged that dealing with religious and cultural items is the most difficult, both in finding equivalence and analyzing the source vocabulary. Among the many challenges that exist for the translator is to bring the concept of the SL to a deeper meaning in the TL, the main problem is how to give CSIs, the significance which is firmly connected to the particular cultural context(Larson 1998;23).--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 15:41, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

Culture plays a considerable role, Snell-Hornby assumed that “Culture refers to all socially conditioned aspects of human life”(Snell-Hornby 1988;33). Another definition of culture is formulated by Goodenough. For him, culture is “what people have to learn as distinct from their biological heritage, must consist of the end product of learning: knowledge, in a most general, if relative, sense of the term."(Goodenough 1957;167). By this definition, we should note that culture is not only a material phenomenon; it does not consist of things, people, behavior, or emotions. It is rather the organization of these things. It is the forms of things that people have in their minds, their models for perceiving, relating, and otherwise interpreting them”. According to him, if the translator wants to understand a culture, she or he has to understand that culture is a mixture of belief and knowledge.

The religious text and especially the Holy Quran have played a significant role in human life throughout history to guide human beings towards the right path. Translating religious text can be a hectic job. When it comes to religious texts like the Holy Quran, it might be even more hectic. The Holy Quran has a profound impact on the human lives of its believers. It spreads spiritual serenity and peace of mind. Lustig and Joline thought that “religion is an important institutional network that binds people to one another”(Lustig and Joline 2003;16). But sometimes believers of Islam (whether they are native or not native speakers of the language) face a tremendous difficulty when they want to understand the meaning of a certain lexical unit, lexis that can be identified as Quranic-specific words/phrases.

This study is aimed to probe Newmark's translation procedures applied to translate cultural items from the SL (Arabic) to the TL (English) and to focus on translation strategies used by the English translator to transfer absolute and in-depth intended meanings of the CSI in the Holy Quran. If we examine Newmark's opinion, seventeen procedures may be needed by a translator in the process of translation. However, only a few translation procedures are relevant to this translation, they are Transference, cultural equivalent, functional equivalent, descriptive equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, through translation, modulation and notes.(Newmark 1988;81). These types of translation procedures are usually used to translate cultural terms contained in the text involving Surah Yusuf as a source language. Thus, in the relationship between translation and culture, the strategies offered should be understood as an attempt to make the translation easy to understand by the TR without blurring the message contained in the text written in the SL.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 15:41, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Translation and Culture===

2. Translation and Culture

Culture and translation are intimately connected, for understanding the culture translation plays a crucial role. In every nation, there are multiple cultures which reflect how people behave, socially, traditionally and politically and also practice their specific languages. Languages have a complex system of communication that humans adapt from different cultural background. When someone wants to know more about any culture, it is necessary to know about that language. For understanding the language they need to translate it as one might not understand the particular language. Thus, translation fills the gap created by languages that is a very important aspect of translation.

The translation is the process of translating a point or text from one language to another, we can also refer translation to moving of something from one place to another. Translation impacts also on our real life, in a way of transforming other cultures, norms and traditions into our culture. Translators play a vital role in culture and mediators between cultures, dedicated to linking the gap that repeatedly hinders effective communication between communities. According to Peter Newmark, “translators have been entrusted the elegant and highly-demanding task of representing cultures for decades” (Newmark 1988;7). Newmark established connections concerning the relationship between culture and translating. In his book, he regards translation as a process of “representing the meaning of a text into another language in the way that the author planned the text” (Newmark 1988;5). According to him, although this process has been supposed to be simple, in reality, translators have been facing the complex task of translating and conveying culture for decades, ever since countries began establishing relationships between one another. (Newmark 1988;7).

In the history of translation studies, translation has been discussed through multiple routes which based on practicality and some theoretical aspects. For instance, Catford defined it as "the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language”(Catford 1965;20). According to Venuti translation is "the forcible replacement of the linguistic and cultural difference of the foreign text with a text that will be understandable to the target language reader”(Venuti 1995;18). Schjoldager stated that“a translation is a text that expresses what another text has expressed in another language”(Schjoldager 2008;19). Culture is a complex whole which includes knowledge,belief,art,law,morals,customs and many other capabilities and habits acquired by man as a member of society. The translation is no longer considered to be a mere cross-linguistic activity but it significantly is cross-cultural communication.”
Since language reflects the way of life and basic parts of it, the process of translation cannot be done without the integration of cultural symbols into the construction of meaning. Hassan claimed that a good translation “is one that carries all the ideas of the original as well as its structural and cultural features” (Hassan 2014;2). Hermanns contributed that translation should be recognized as a cultural act. It is a kind of linguistic-cultural activity that involves at least two languages and two cultural traditions. Similarly, translation is not just a verbal act; it is also cultural, which is an act of communication of cultures(Hermanns 1999;22) Later, Hassan emphasized a good translation "is one that carries all the ideas of the original as well as its structural and cultural features" and that "reconstructs the cultural/historical context of the original"(Hassan 2014;2).
These statements demonstrate that there is an interaction between translation and culture, Newmark illustrated that culture in translation competence is “the greatest hurdle to translation, at least the achievement of an accurate and decent translation" (Newmark 2001;328).

Bearing in mind the general alliance among researchers regarding the importance of culture in translation, the translation activity is a question of transferring the correct meaning and that the translator has a productive role in transferring not only the linguistic system of the source text but also the cultural one. As such, it is extremely difficult to draw a borderline between translation and culture as they are inextricably overlaid and this connection leads to creative translation.

2.1 Culture-Specific Items (CSIs)

Culture-specific items are notions that are specific to a particular culture. These concepts are using in different domains such as flora, fauna, food, clothes, housing, work, leisure, politics, law, and religion in the way of life. These cultural concepts are consist of different suggestion and approaches. For the denomination of these concepts, many scholars and linguists employed different names or terms, relatively different definitions are given and they tried to define some points that were related to the culture but they not defined even the name of the concept clearly. Scholars refer different names to these culture-specific items, Newmark uses the term cultural words. (Newmark 1988;327) Christine Nord names them “culturemes” (Nord 1997;9) while in one of the newer studies, focused on the translation of culture-specific items, Mohammad Reza Shah Ahmadi and Fatemeh Nosrati employ a term culture-bound element (Ahmadi and Nosrati 2012;1).
After a long time, some scholars prefer the terms “culture-specific item” (Aixela, 1997; Davies, 2003), others choose cultural words (Newmark, 2003) or culture-bound phenomena/concepts (Baker, 1992, Newmark, 2003, Robinson, 2003). In this study, the term “culture-specific item” is used as the basic term, as well as its abbreviation CSI, although other synonyms may be used to prevent repetition. "Culture-specific items are defined by different scholars according to their differences and similarities. Meanwhile, Mona Baker (1992) defines specific concepts of culture as “sourcelanguage words that express concepts unknown in the target culture” (Baker, 1992, 21). It may relate to religion, kind of food or social customs. Newmark suggests to culture-specific items as cultural words (Newmark 1988, 94). He further discussed that in many circumstances, cultural words are somewhat easy to detect in a text because they are closely related to a specific language and unable to translate word by word (Newmark 1988, 95). When they cannot be translated literary then he mentioned that the translators usually the purpose is to provide a descriptive-functional equivalent (Newmark 1988, 95).--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:02, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

2.1.1 Translation of CSIs in the Holy Quran

The Holy Quran is the most basic religious book for Muslims, the Quran was revealed to the prophet Muhammad (PBUH). The Quranic corpus, created in an early form of Classical Arabic, is traditionally believed to be a literal transcript of God’s speech and to constitute the earthly production of an uncreated and eternal heavenly original, according to the general view referred to in the Quran itself as “the well-preserved tablet” (al-lawḥ al-mahfūẓ; Qurʾān 85;22). It has a heartfelt impact on human lives and their believers. It spreads spiritual stability and peace of mind. According to (Lustig and Joline 2003;16) “Religion is an important institutional network that binds people to one another.”
Translating Quranic-specific words/phrases is considered a great challenge for the translators which requires an accurate interpretation and consciousness of the crucial functions of these Quranic-specific words/phrases. Therefore, they have to focus on a set of aspects to attain equivalence and then render the exact meaning. The translation of the Holy Quran is a debatable process because Arabic is full of cultural-specific concepts with no proper equivalent in other languages; consequently, some equivalents fail to convey their cultural meaning thoroughly. The translation is seen as the process of reconstructing a text into other languages. In the Holy Quran, it is mentioned in the Surah of Yusuf: “we have sent it down as an Arabic Quran”, the translated text has been simply seen as a commentary, explaining, or paraphrasing of the source text. In general, exact translation never occurs; rather this can be a basic interpretation of the Holy Quran. In the process of translation of the Holy Quran, language and CSI items and rhetorical features were not inimitable and reproducible into other languages.
Translating CSIs is a strenuous task because such elements have special meanings in culture and language.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:02, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Types of Translation ===
3. Types of Translation
Newmark determines 8 types of translation which are:

3.1 Word-for-Word Translation

This is usually indicated as an interlinear translation, with the target language immediately below the source language words. The source language word-order is preserved and the words translated singly by their most common meanings, out of context. These words are translated literally. Some of the uses of point-by-point translation are to understand the mechanics of the source language or to create a difficult text as a pre-translation process.

3.2 Literal translation

In this type of translation, the grammatical structures of the source language are changed to the nearest target language equivalent but the written points remain the same to one another, out of context.
3.3 Faithful translation
This translation attempts to reproduce the original exact meaning within the limitations of the TL grammatical structures. It also conveys cultural words and maintains an unusual degree of grammar and strength in translation. It tries to make the SL author completely loyal to the intent and reality of the text.

3.4 Semantic Translation

Semantic translation takes much of the aesthetic value of the source language text, making sense where appropriate so that there are no implications, wordplay or repetition roots in the finished version. It may translate less important cultural points by a culturally neutral third or active terms but not by cultural equation and it may also give the reader more small concessions.

3.5 Adaptation

This is an unrestricted form of translation. It is used mainly for plays and poetry, the themes, characters, plots are usually preserved, the SL culture converted to the TL culture and the text rewritten (Ahmad 2015;15).

3.6 Free Translation

The content without a form of the original or the matter without the manner is the productions of free translation. It is also known as intra-lingual translation and it is usually longer than the original.

3.7 Idiomatic Translation

This type of translation replicates the original message but degrades the depth of meaning by selecting meanings and dialogues that do not exist in the original.

3.8 Communicative Translation

This type of translation replicates the original message but degrades the depth of meaning by selecting meanings and dialogues that do not exist in the original.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:05, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Translation Strategies ===

4. Translation Strategies
Many theorists have used the term translation strategy extensively but with some significant differences in meaning and perspective that they see. Many theorists have used the approach of translation comprehensively but with some notable differences in meaning and vision as they appear.

4.1 Aixela Translation Strategies:
According to Aixela translators need to choose several strategies based on the source language culture and target culture. He distinguishes many of the translation strategies that apply to the translation of culture-specific items and at the same time, he tries to command by the level of their intercultural intervention. He divided it into two groups; conservative groups (5 approaches) and the substitution (6 strategies).

4.1.1. Conservation:
In conservation,the less compelling process includes repetition,orthographic adaptation,linguistic translation,extratextual gloss and intratextual gloss.

4.1.1.1 Repetition:In repetition, there is simply the transference of the culture-specific items from the ST to the TT. Thus,the translator keeps as much as possible the original reference (Aixela 1996;61). This approach is often used for languages that do not differ in the alphabet and most for names.

4.1.1.2 Orthographic Adaptation: The orthographic adaptation involves writing or
transliteration, mainly when the original term is given in a different alphabet than the one used in the target culture.

4.1.1.3 Linguistics translation: Linguistic translation emphasizes on the way where the translator chooses the source closest to the original text and increases his understanding by giving the TL version which is still relevant to the ST cultural system.

4.1.1.4 Extra-textual Gloss: Here,the extra-textual gloss refers to additional information to the previously mentioned procedures, The translator uses one of the above strategies but considers it as a necessity to explain the meaning or concept of CSI. In this gloss, it can be footnotes,endings,words,ideas,translators in dictionaries, italics and so on.

4.1.1.5 Intra-textual Gloss:It's like the past but the translator feels that he/she can include the globe as an indirect part of the text,not to distract the reader.

4.2.1 Substitution
In substitution, According Aixela “that synonymy, limited universalization, absolute universalization, naturalization, deletion, and autonomous creation are encompassing here"(Aixela 1996;87)--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:40, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

4.2.1.1 Synonymy: This strategy is a stylist used to avoid the constant repetition of culturespecific items in the ST.

4.2.1.2 Limited Universalization: When the translator realizes that the culture-specific item is not clear to the reader or that another source CSI exists in the source language which can be replaced, replace it with data. Of course, the location is not as specific to the source language as the first one.

4.2.1.3 Absolute Universalization: The only difference between limited universalization and absolute universalization is when the translator cannot find the best known CSI in the source language or prefers to eliminate the unusual concept and choose a neutral term. (Aixela 1997;63).

4.2.1.4 Naturalization: In this case “translator brings the culture-specific item into the TL culture” (Shokri Ketabi 2015;8).

4.2.1.5 Deletion: When the CSI is “unacceptable ideologically or stylistically or it is not relevant enough for the effort of comprehension required for the readers” (Aixela 1996;64), or very clear that the translator does not want to use any strategy, they delete the CSI.

4.2.1.6 Autonomous Creation: When the translator agrees to use non-existent cultural
reference in the ST.(Aixela 1997;43).

4.3 Mona Baker's Translation Strategies
Baker's strategies have been used by professional translators at word level in their translations, to deal with issues while performing the task of translation.Baker She suggests various procedures to work for unequal treatment at the point level, for example, translation by a more general word, translation by a more neutral / less obvious word, translation by paraphrasing, Using related words, and so on. She formulates the classification in different strategies(Baker 1992;90) which are the following:

4.3.1 Translation by a more general word: According to Baker,this has to do with the meaning of the proposition. Appropriately it works in many languages.

4.3.2 Translation by a more neutral/ less expressive word: This is another strategy in terms of semantics it does with differences with obvious meaning.

4.3.3 Translation by cultural substitution:This strategy involves placing culture-specific material that does not have the same predictive meaning as the target language material but may have the same effect on the target reader.

4.3.4 Translation using a loan word: This strategy relies on culture-specific items, modern borrowing points plus interpretation concepts and buzz points.

4.3.5 Translation by paraphrase using a related word: When the source material is written in the target language but separately, and when the frequency used in the source text is high, it will be natural in the target language.

4.3.6 Translation by paraphrase using unrelated words: This strategy can be used when the concept in the source material is not lexical in the TL.

4.3.7 Translation by omission: Losing phrases or words that are not vital to text development.

4.3.8 Translation by an illustration: Here, use examples when the source word is not equal in the target language. Each theorist presents their strategies according to their point of view,however,Baker,s translation strategies include the most applicable set of strategies, as it shows the strategies used by professional translators.
--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:40, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Cultural Categories ===

5. Cultural categories

5.1.2 Ecology
In this type of cultural category, Newmark labels those words which have some similarities and differences in culture concerning the environment. For Example, animals, colors, astronomy, plants birds etc. They will also have some geographical features that can normally differ from other cultural terms in that they usually have no political, commercial value.

5.1.2 Material culture

Material culture is also known as artefacts, In the category of material culture, Newmark included Food, clothes, housing, transport, and communications and also those objects which are made by humans. For Example, Clothing, atoms, crops, vegetables, jewellery, drugs, planets etc. “Food is for many the most sensitive and important expression of national culture. The function of the generic clothes terms is approximately constant, indicating the part of the body that is covered, but the description varies depending on climate and material used, houses and town, and transport.”(Newmark 1988;90)

5.1.3 Social culture

The social culture is divided by Newmark in two ways, they are work and leisure. For example, Trade, armour, literature, poets, markets, games.

5.1.4 Organisation

Newmark organizations are divided into five categories: political and administrative conditions, historical conditions, and international conditions. ‘The international community terms usually have recognized translations which are in• fact through-translations, and are now generally known by their acronyms', religious terms, artistic terms; “the translation of artistic terms referring to movements, processes and organizations generally depend on the putative knowledge of the readership. For example, adultery, business, corruption, sex, poverty, marriage, divorce etc.”

5.2 Newmark Classification CSIs

Newmark established the classification of culture-specific items (CSIs) into five classes which are;
Table 1. Newmark classification of Culture-Specific Items. (Newmark 1988;97) --[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:50, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

5.2.1 Categorization of CSIs in Surah Yousuf of the Holy Quran

Verse No. Terms English Translation Categories
1 الۡکِتٰبِ Book Material culture

2 قرُۡءٰنًا Quran Material culture

3 الۡقَصَصِ Narration Gesture

4 رَايَۡتُ Dream Habit

5 کَوۡکَبًا Stars Ecology

6 ال َّ شمۡسَ Sun Ecology

7 الۡقَمَرَ Moon Ecology

8 الۡاحََادِيۡثِ Events Organization

9 يعَۡقوُۡبَ House of Yaqub Material culture

10 يعَۡقوُۡبَ Yaqub

11 ابِۡرٰہيِۡمَ Ibrahim

12 اِسۡحٰقَ Ishaq

13 اقۡتلُوُا Kill Social culture

14 ارَۡضًا Earth Ecology

15 الۡجُبِّ Pit Ecology

16 ال َّ س َّ يارَةِ Wayfares

17 يٰۤابََانَا Father

18 َّ يرۡتعَۡ Eat Social culture

19 وَ يَلۡعَبۡ Play Social culture

20 لَحٰفِظُوۡنَ Guard Social culture

21 وَ اخََافُ Fear Habit

22 الذِئّۡبُ Wolf Ecology

23 عِشَاءًٓ Nightfall Ecology

24 َّ يبۡکُوۡنَ Weeping Habit

25 مَتاَعِنَا Belongings Material culture

26 قمَِيۡصِہٖ Shirt Material culture

27 وَارِدہَمُۡ Water drawer Material culture

28 دلَۡوَهٗ Bucket Material culture

29 بِثمََنٍ ۢ بَخۡسٍ Paltry price Material culture

30 درََاہمَِ مَعۡدوُۡدةٍَ Silver coin Material culture

31 مِّصۡرَ Egypt

32 لِامۡرَاتَِہٖۤ Wife

33 الۡارَۡضِ Land Ecology

34 اشَُدَّ هٗۤ Prime age

35 الۡابَۡوَابَ Door Material culture

36 مَعَاذَ ّٰ ِ Master Organization

37 ال ُّ سوۡٓءَ Evil Habit

38 الۡفَحۡشَاءَؕٓ Lewdness Habit

39 عِبَادِنَا Servant Organization

40 وَ قَدَّ تۡ Ripped Social culture

41 عَذاَبٌ Punishment Social culture

42 ُّ يسۡجَنَ Prison Organization

43 الۡعَزِيۡزِ Minister Organistion

44 حُباؕ Love Social culture

45 فتَٰىہَا Slave Organization

46 سِکِّيۡنًا Knife Material culture

47 مَلکٌَ Angel Organization

48 فَاسۡتجََابَ Prayer Gestures

49 خَمۡرًا Wine Material culture

50 خُبۡزًا Bread Material culture

51 رَاۡسِیۡ Head Material culture

52 ال َّ طيۡرُ Birds Ecology

53 ءَارَۡبَابٌ Gods Organization

54 يٰصَاحِبَیِ السِّجۡنِ Prisoners Organization

55 تعَۡبدُوُۡنَ Worship Gesture

56 ال َّ شيۡطٰنُ Satan Organization

57 الۡمَلِکُ King Organization

58 بَقَرٰتٍ Cows Ecology

59 خُضۡرٍ Green Ecology

60 يٰبسِٰتٍ Dry Ecology

61 سُنۡۢبلُٰتٍ Grain Material culture

62 تزَۡرَعُوۡنَ Crops Material culture

63 يغَُاثُ Rain Ecology

64 يَعۡصِرُوۡنَ Juice Material culture

65 النِّسۡوَةِ Women

66 ال َّ رسُوۡلُ Messenger Organization

67 الۡعَزِيۡزِ Governor Organization

68 ال ّٰ صدِقِيۡنَ Truthful Habit

69 الۡخَائِٓنيِۡنَ Betray Organization

70 خَزَائِٓنِ Treasure Material culture

71 مَ َّ کنَّ ا Power Organization

72 بِرَحۡمَتِنَا Mercy Gestures

73 يَتَّ قوُۡنَ Taqwa Habit

74 الۡمُنۡزِلِيۡنَ Hospitality Habit

75 رِحَالِہِمۡ Camel Ecology

76 وَ ل َّ مَا فَتحَُوۡا Family Organization

77 بَابٍ Gate Material culture

78 اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty Organization

79 الۡعِيۡرُ Caravan Organization

80 لسَٰرِقوُۡنَ Thieves Organization

81 السِّقَايَۃَ Bowl Material culture

82 تاَ ّٰ ِ Swear Habit

83 کٰذِبيِۡنَ Liars Habit

84 وِّعَاءِٓ Bag Material culture

85 درََجٰتٍ Rank Organization

86 َّ موۡثِقًا Pledge Social culture

87 الۡحٰکِمِيۡنَ Judges Organization

88 الۡقَرۡيَۃَ Town Material culture

89 عَيۡنٰہُ Eyes

90 الۡبَشِيۡرُ News Social culture

91 ابَوََيۡہِ Parents Organization

92 الۡعَرۡشِ Thrown Organization

93 يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ Devices Material culture

94 وَ الۡارَۡضِ Earth Ecology

95 ال َّ سمٰوٰتِ Heavens Ecology

===Translation Procedure ===

6. Translation Procedure

There are seventeen different kinds of translation procedures classified by Newmark. According to (Gallagher 1996;31)“translation procedures are the technical devices to convey the message of a text in one language into another language.” The difference between translation procedure and translation methods discussed by (Newmark 1988;81)“translation methods relate to whole texts, translation procedures are used for sentences and the smaller units of language.”

6.1 Transference
Transference is the way through which we convert the source language to target language and also contains transliteration or transcription. Transference is also known as loan words, there is no transformation in the spelling of the words that have been translated.

6.2 Naturalization
Naturalization changes the word SL to its pronunciation,then TL to its original form.
Naturalization also adds new connections to external conditions.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:55, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

6.3 Culture equivalent
In this procedure, SL the cultural word is translated by the target cultural word. The use of the translation of this procedure is limited because it is not accurate, but it can be used in general texts, public and publicity,as well as for brief explanation to readers who do not understand the relevant source language culture.

6.4 Functional Equivalent
This approach is the most accurate path of translating and it uses very neutral cultural points with a new specific term.

6.5 Descriptive equivalent
This strategy is working for the description of the meaning or function of the source language.

6.6 Synonymy
This method of translation is applied when there is nothing to the same.

6.7 Through-Translation
Through translation is the literal translation of common conflicts,the names of organizations and compound parts.

6.8 Shifts or Transposition
This translation procedure involving a change in grammar from SL to TL. This change is done when there is a difference between the structure of the SL and the TL is reasonable.

6.9 Modulation
This procedure is used in the translation of sentences, phrases and clauses. Here the translator looked at the message in the source language sentence from a different angle or a different way of thinking. This strategy is used when the translation of words with literal meaning does not produce a reasonable translation.

6.10 Recognized Translation
The translation process is manifested when the translator uses an authoritative or appropriate translation of an organization's term.

6.11 Translation Label
This procedure is the appropriate one for the translation of a new institutional term,and it is a temporary translation of the source language word.

6.12 Compensation
This process manifests itself when there is a meaningful loss in one part,but compensation in the other part.

6.13 Componential Analysis
In this procedure, the source language word translated into the TL by detailing the components of the meaning of the source language word.

6.14 Reduction & Expansion
In this procedure, the elements of the word 'auto' removed and the elements of the word expanded in the target language.

6.15 Paraphrase
This procedure appears when cultural words need more explanation.

6.16 Couplets
In this procedure, two or more different procedures meet in one translation, couplets, triplets, quadruplets.

6.17 Notes
When the additional information is added to the cultural words for the clarification of readers.

===Analysis and Discussion ===

7. Analysis and Discussion

7.1 Introduction
This chapter highlights the procedure of the study and the analysis of culture-specific items in Surah Yusuf. This chapter explores the use of translation strategies in transferring meaning from the ST to the TL and the appropriateness of Newmark's model in interpreting the procedures that the translator applied during the translation process.

7.2 Procedures
To account for the translation of CSIs in this research, the source text of the Holy Quran in Arabic and its English translation translated by Mufti Taqi Usmani were studied. After reading the whole Ayahs of Surah Yusuf and its translation, every Ayah and its translation in English were carefully analyzed to identify CSIs and the strategies used by the translator to translate them into English. After that, the classification of CSIs by Newmark has been accepted as the theoretical framework of this study aimed at analyzing culture-specific items. For the clarification, each procedure is interpreted and demonstrated with illustrations in Tables 1-9.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 17:01, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

7.3 Analysis and Discussion
After the categorizing the culture-specific items according to Newmark's strategies, the researcher worked on the strategies for translating the culture-specific items applied in Surah Yusuf, including transference, cultural equivalent, functional equivalent, descriptive equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, through translation, modulation and notes; Then, he arranged the data gained in Tables 1-9 in order to show the cases of applying Newmark’s strategies for translating the culture-specific items.
The discussion section is devoted to the interpretation of each selected culture-specific word, the researcher presents a discussion of how he formulates the CSIs in Newmark strategies.
Below are the discussion points created for using each strategy;

7.3.1 Transference: Transference includes transliteration and is the same as what is called transcription. The word then becomes a loan word. There were words that were transferred from the source text to the target text. These are presented in the following table.
Table1.

Here are some examples of Transference applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yusuf:

Strategy Source Text Target Text
قرُۡءٰنًا Quran
ابِۡرٰہيِۡمَ Ibrahim
Transference يعَۡقوُۡب Yaqub
اِسۡحٰق Ishaq
يَتَّ قوُۡنَ Taqwa

Words that have given in table 1 are transference words because these are conveyed to target language which is a different language writing system then from the source language, For example, the word Quran is transliterated word and pronounce as same as like in source language قرُۡءٰنًا, so it is transcripted and also become a loan word. Similarly, all the mentioned words in table 1 are transference words.
7.3.2. Cultural Equivalent: Cultural equivalent purpose is to replace a cultural word in the source language with an, although not completely synonymous, target language word.

Table 2.
Examples of Cultural equivalent applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡب House of Yaqub
لَحٰفِظُوۡنَ Guard
بِثمََنٍ ۢ بَخۡسٍ Paltry price
درََاہمَِ مَعۡدوُۡدةٍَ Silver coin
اشَُدَّ هٗ Prime age
Cultural Equivalent مَعَاذَ ّٰ Master
الۡعَزِيۡزِ Minister
فَاسۡتجََابَ Prayer
اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty
يٰصَاحِبَیِ السِّجۡن Prisoners
الۡمَلِکُ King
يَعۡصِرُوۡنَ Juice
مَ َّ کنَّ ا Power

In Surah Yusuf, we have some words that are related to the cultural equivalent, Table 2 contains cases where cultural equality is applied. The word House of Yaqub is not completely synonymous to the ST اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡب, it is a replaced word in the SL. The word minister is not completely synonymous to the word ST word الۡعزَِيۡزِ. Similarly, the word Master in the TT is not synonymous to the word which is used in the ST ّٰ مَعَاذَ, it is a replaced word. The original meaning of the word فَاسۡتجََابَ is to accepted, but here it is referred to Prayer which is not only the synonymous but also a replaced one; furthermore, all the words mentioned in table 2 are mostly not completely synonymous words but the cultural replacing words.

7.3.3 Functional Equivalent:In functional equivalent, the word culture-free is used,
sometimes with a specific term; Therefore, it generalizes the word SL.

Table3.

Examples of Functional equivalent applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
الۡقَصَصِ Narration
رَايَۡتُ Dream
Functional equivalent الۡاحََادِيۡثِ Events
ال َّ س َّ يارَةِ Wayfares
مِّصۡرَ Egypt
يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ Devices

In functional equivalent, culture-free words are used, sometimes a new specific term is used which generalizes the SL word. For example, in table 3 the word Events is used as a cultural free word that generalizes the ST الۡاحََادِيۡثِ. The word Devices is a cultural free word and used as a new specific term to generalize the ST word يَمۡکُرُوۡنَ. The word Narration is used in the TT as a cultural free word because it is not limited or bound to a single culture. The word narration can be used by every culture representative.
7.3.4 Descriptive Equivalent: It is using phrases in TT to explain the ST word.
Table4.
Examples of Descriptive equivalent applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
کَوۡکَبًا Stars
ال َّ شمۡسَ Sun
الۡقمََرَ Moon
Descriptive equivalent عِشَاءًٓ And at Nightfall
وَارِدہَمُۡ Water drawer
سِکِّيۡنً Knife
الۡکِتٰبِ Enlightening book
ال َّ سمٰوٰتِ Heaven

The descriptive equivalent is, using phrases in TT to explain the ST word. For example Eleven stars and the sun and the moon a phrase used in the TT which explains کَوۡکَبًا َّ و ال َّ شمۡسَ وَ الۡقمََرَ the ST words stars, sun and moon. Similarly, Enlightening the book is a phrase used in the target text which highlights the meaning of الۡکِتٰبِ.
7.3.5 Componential Analysis:componential analysis is the initial comparison of a source language point to a selected language point that has the same meaning, but does not equate to one.
Table5.
Examples of Componential analysis applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
رَايَۡتُ Dream
ال َّ طيۡرُ Birds
Componential analysis وَ يَلۡعَبۡ Play
يَعۡصِرُوۡنَ Juice
مَعَاذَ ّٰ ِ Master
يٰصَاحِبَیِ السِّجۡنِ Prisoners
اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty

Further, in justification in the translation of CSIs, the researcher analyzed the words that comparing the word base of a source language with the target language point that has the same meaning, but obviously not equals one. Like رَايَۡتُ means to look or see while translating it to the TT it meanings changes to word Dream. The basic comparison of these two words is the same.
That is both words are related to cognition and eyes. For instance, other words are ال َّ طيۡرُ Birds, اِ نِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty.
7.3.6 Synonymy: Synonymy is a near target language equivalent.
Table 6.
Examples of Synonymy applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
الۡکِتٰبِ Book
قۡتلُوُا Kill
ارَۡضًا Earth
Synonymy الذِئّۡبُ Wolf
دلَۡوَه Bucket
خَمۡرًا Wine
يٰبسِٰتٍ Dry

The translator has used good equivalents for the words chosen in the Surah Yusuf. For instance, الۡکِتٰبِ Book, Book in the TT and الۡکِتٰبِ in the ST are the synonymous word. Few other examples are mentioned in table 6.
7.3.7 Through translation:Through-translation, is a literal translation of common conflicts, names of organizations and compound parts. It can also be called: click or loan translation.
Table7.
Examples of Through-translation applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡبَ House of Yaqub
غَيٰبَتِ الۡجُبِّ Into the bottom of a pit
بِرَحۡمَتِنَا Mercy
Through Translation الۡاحََادِيۡثِ Events
ُّ يسۡجَنَ Prison
الۡعَزِيۡزِ Governor
الۡخَائِٓنيِۡنَ Betray
وَ ل َّ مَا فَتحَُوۡا Family

In through translation, the researcher found those words which have common collocations, name of organization or component of compounds in Surah Yusuf. Examples of through translations are House of Yaqub, اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡبَ is a component of the compound, Family وَ ل َّ مَا فَتحَُوۡا is the name of the organization, other examples are mentioned in table 7.
7.3.8 Modulation: Modulation occurs when the translator generates the original text message in TL text according to the current target language norms, as source language and target languages may differ visually.
Table8.
Examples of in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf Modulation applied
Strategy Source Text Target Text
يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ Devices
Modulation لَسٰرِقوُۡنَ Thieves
مَ َّکنَّ ا Power
وَ قَدَّ تۡ Ripped

The modulation occurs in the translation of culture-specific items when we are translating the word or phrase from the source text to target text according to the new norms and traditions in TT culture. For instance, Devices are the word that had been translated from the Arabic word يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ which means to plan something while in English it is opposite which means tools.
7.3.9 Notes: Notes, additions, and glosses are additional information that a translator must add to the version; The additional information that translators add is usually cultural.
Table9.
Examples of Notes applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty
Notes تعَۡبدُوُۡنَ Worship
ال َّ شيۡطٰنُ Satan
بِثمََنٍ ۢ بَخۡسٍ Paltry price

In this strategy, the translator adds some additional information to his version, The additional information that translators add is usually cultural. For example اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ is a word which means that giving the order is limited or quality related to Al-Mighty God while the translator used the word sovereign which means authority. Worship is a word which means to follow or obey someone, the translator can use it in his point of view while in Arabic تعَۡبدُوُۡ نَ which means a quality limited to God.

===Conclusion and Recommendations===

8. Conclusion and Recommendations

This chapter summarizes the findings of the study. It also provides some recommendations regarding the application of translation procedures in translation between language systems.

8.1 Summary of the Findings

The translator applied nine translation procedures out of seventeen of Newmark’s translation procedures in the translation of the Surah Yusuf of the Holy Quran, namely, transference, cultural equivalent, functional equivalent, descriptive equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, through translation, modulation and notes. The cultural equivalent strategy was the most frequent applied procedure. The descriptive equivalent and through translation procedure was the second most frequently applied translation procedure, It was followed by transference, functional equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, modulation and notes. It is a descriptive study in which CSIs from ST translated to TT.

8.2 Conclusion

The present study purpose was to explore the CSIs in Surah Yusuf of the Holy Quran and to investigate which translation strategy proposed by Newmark were employed by the translator to overcome culture-specific items. Obviously, the researcher has worked hard to clear the way for future students of translation. Throughout the research, the researcher faced a lot of challenges and findings were revealed, some of them are the following;

• Between Arabic and English, there is a big cultural gap. Till now, this problem is considered as an unsolvable problem.

• Lack of reading and translating religious books.

• Many mistakes are made by the translators because they were unknown to the ST.

• The translators have to go through or review the previous translation of the Quranic scripture to solve the problem that they might face in the process of their translation.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 17:05, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

The procedures used in this study will help the translator to render culture-specific terms accurately. Thus, the researcher worked well to fill the linguistic gaps between Arabic and English. Furthermore, Newmark’s translation procedures helped the translator make the translation sound more natural to the TR. It can be observed from the analysis that Newmark’s translation procedures were effective in translating the Islamic texts. The findings of the study might help students of translation and practitioners in the field of TS to get familiar with the most influential strategies in rendering cultural specific items. They can use the findings of the study to employ translation tasks in translations. Educational planners can use the findings of this study to specify the most influential, dominant strategies to conduct a target-oriented/sourceoriented translation. To sum up, it should be emphasized that the focus of this particular study was on religious genre. Investigating CSIs in different genres could lead to new areas of research for interested researchers. Accordingly, the information gained from this study may prove useful to translators, translation teachers, and student learners as it will help them improve their translation skills with the special attention of culture-specific items and will allow them Give texts when having a broad view of translation. Other researchers can derive similar effects from many of the findings of the same study.

This study is similar to other studies that might have several limitations which need to be taken into account. The study focused on one Surah translated by one translator. Examining different Surahs of the Holy Quran and their translations by other authors from different cultures might lead to interesting facts or they might confirm the findings of this study. Different translators might employ different strategies. Further research is needed to confirm or disconfirm the findings of this study. Newmark's strategies are not limited to the cultural features of the language. But it also covers the linguistic specifications. To narrow down the subject of the study, the linguistic aspects of the text were ignored. Comparing these linguistic aspects could be another interesting topic and venue for further research.
Finally, It may be concluded that Newmark’s translation procedures are necessary for the translation of an Islamic text between two different language systems and cultures. However,the translator must be competent in using the translation procedures to provide an accurate translation.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 17:05, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

8.3 Recommendations

The researcher furnished a set of recommendations in the light of the findings reached and the results obtained. The recommendations can make a helpful set of guidelines for both existing and potential translators in general and for translating religious texts of two languages that are not closely related. These recommendations are tentative and are subject to modification upon closer investigation by translation scholars and professionals:

• The researcher recommends that the study of translation procedures should be included in the university curriculum for students who study translation, to help them in solving the problems of translating religious texts.

• It is recommended for translastors to use the translation procedures appropriately in order to deliver the meaning of the source text correctly.

• The researcher also recommends examining the application of other kinds of translation procedures on Islamic texts based on other models such as Andrew Chesterman’s translation procedures.

• It would also be beneficial to investigate Newmark’s translation procedures to various types of texts such as medical texts and journalistic texts.

=== References ===
Abdi, H. (2019). Translating culture-specific items (CSIs) as a conundrum for Iranian MA translation students: Considering the level of study. Journal of new advances in English Language Teaching and Applied Linguistics, 1(1), 88-109.

Aguado-Gimenez, P., & Pérez-Paredes, P. F. (2005). Translation-strategies use: A classroombased examination of Baker’s taxonomy. Meta: journal des traducteurs/Meta:
Translators' Journal, 50(1), 294-311.

Ahmadi, M. R.S and Nosrati, Fatemah. (2012). Domestication and Foreignization Strategies in Translation of Culture-Specific Items. Translations of English-Persian Children’s Literature. San Francisco: Grin Publishing. Google Books.

Al Saleh, R. A. (2019). An Application of Newmark's Procedures to Muhammad Abul Quasem's Alleman, J. C. Bee. W. Ulitkin, I. Files, F., Zetzsche, J., Chatonnet-Marton, P. & y del Árbol, E. V. Translation Strategies.

Al-Sofi, B. B. M. A., & Abouabdulqader, H. (2020). Bridging the gap between translation and culture: towards a cultural dimension of translation. International journal of linguistics, literature and culture, 6(1), 1-13.

Baker, M., 1992. In Other Words: A Coursebook on Translation. London: Routledge, p.20–42.

Blažytė, D., & Liubinienė, V. (2016). Culture-specific items (CSI) and their translation strategies in Martin Lindstrom’s" Brand sense". Kalbų studijos, (29), 42-57.

Bush, P. (1998) "Literary Translation." In: M. Baker, ed. Routledge Encyclopedia of Translation Studies, London: Routledge, pp.127-130.

Catford. J. C. (1965). A linguistic theory of translation. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
English Translation of Mohammad Al-Ghazali's Islamic Guidance.Literature and Culture, 6(1), 1-13.

Gečaitė, L. (2020). Culture-Specific Items and Their Translation Strategies in Victoria Hislop's Novel The Sunrise.” (2020).

Hassan, B. E. A. (2014). Between English and Arabic: A practical course in translation.
Cambridge Scholars Publishing.

Hermans, T. (1999). Translation in systems. Manchester: St. Jerome Publication House, J. (Ed.). (2014). Translation: a multidisciplinary approach. Springer.
Issa, A. L. S. M., & Hammood, L. H. R.- Quranic-Specific Phrases under the Study of Translation; Significance and Applications.

Janfaza, E., Assemi, A., & Dehghan, S. S. (2012). Language, translation, and culture.
In International Conference on Language, Medias and Culture (Vol. (33), p. 83-87).

Janfaza, E., Assemi, A., & Dehghan, S. S. (2012). Language, translation, and culture.
In International Conference on Language, Medias and Culture (Vol. 33, p. 83-87).

Lambert, J. (1998) Literary Translation. In: M. Baker, ed. Routledge Encyclopedia of Translation Studies. London: Routledge, 130-134.

Landers, Clifford E. (2001) Literary Translation: A practical guide. New Jersey University Press: Multilingual Maters.

Lustig, Myron, W. and Koeser, Joline (2003), Intercultural Competence: Interpersonal Communication Across Cultures, Boston: Allyn and Bacon.

Malmkjær, K. (1993). Who Can Make Nice A Better Word Than Pretty? Collocation, Translation, and Psycholoinguistics. In: Baker, M., Francis, G. and Tognini-Bonelli, E.
eds. Text and Technology. Philadelphia/Amsterdam: John Benjamins Publishing Company. pp.213-32.

Mosavat, S., & Rahimpour, S. (2016). The Most and Least Used Translation Strategies for
Conveying Culture-Specific-Items in Young Adult Literature from English into Persian. International Journal of Humanities and Cultural Studies (IJHCS) ISSN 23565926, 1853-1873.

Munday, J. (1997). Systems in Translation: A computer-assisted systemic approach to the analysis of translation of García Márquez. Ph.D thesis, University of Bradford.

Newmark, P. (2001). A Textbook of Translation. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language
Education Press

Newmark, Peter. (1988). A Textbook of Translation. New Jersey: Prentice-Halls

Nord, Christiane. (1997). Translating as a Purposeful Activity: Functionalist Approaches
Explained. Manchester: St. Jerome. Accessed 10 November. 2018. Google Books Schjoldager, A. (2008). Understanding translation. Academica: Århus.

Silalahi, M., & Lubis, S. (2013). Translation Procedures of Cultural Terms Found In Sejarah Bilingual For Students of Senior High School.
Valipoor, K., & andAzizeh Chalak, H. H. T. (2019). Cultural-specific items in translation of the Holy Quran by Irving: 43-51.

Venuti, L. (1995). The translator’s invisibility: A history of translation. London and New York:
Routledge

Widiarto, O. V. V. (2016). The translation procedures of cultural expressions applied in a game of thrones translated into Perebutan Tahta novel by Barokah Ruziati (Doctoral dissertation, Dian Nuswantoro University).

=Zohaib Chand AN INTRODUCTION TO TRANSLATION STUDIES: AN OVERVIEW Intan Pradita=

[[Trans_Type_EN_12]]

===Abstract===
This study aims to observe the development of translation studies through its different types, various strategies, styles and particular methods. In this paper, the readers are introduced to some famous translation scholars including their view of translation studies. At the further discussions, this study lets the readers acknowledge the main issues on translation studies, focusing on different styles of variations such as grammar, sentence structure, textual analysis, strategies and methods. This study may help those who are interested to conduct translation researches and help them by giving options of which theories is beneficial to their analysis. Moreover, it aims to explore the clear definition of translation as well as help the readers to understand the basic concept which are used in the field of translation. The present study, therefore, attempts to outline the scope of the discipline of translation studies and more importantly, it is an attempt to outline its activity that required a deep mastering of language, a good source of knowledge and target cultures.

===Key words ===
Translation, styles of variations, strategies

===Introduction ===
It is undoubtedly right that translation is important to share information. In line with these premise, the number of translation professionals is getting higher. In fact, the result of translation researches tends to help human daily life in term of evaluation, designing translator machines, and cultural studies. Therefore, translation means converting written information from one language into another. It is the new discipline appeared in the second half of the 20th century. The term “Translation Studies” was coined by James S. Holmes, an American-Dutch poet and translator of poetry, in his seminal paper “The Name and Nature of Translation Studies”. Translation enables effective communication between people around the world. It is a courier for the transmission of knowledge, a protector of cultural heritage, and essential to the development of a global economy. Translation helps us to know about the developments in the field of creative arts, education, literature, business, science and politics. It has shifted from the traditional conception of the fixed, stable and unchangeable nature of the text and its meaning to a text with wide scope for variations. Translation also helps in nation building. In this globalised world, the demand for translation and language related services has increased many times. Translation is not only needed for the creation of national identity but has also become an essential tool for keeping pace with the processes of globalization and localization. The activity of translation has a long-standing tradition and has been widely practiced throughout history, but in our rapidly changing world its role has become of paramount importance. Nowadays, knowledge in which cultural exchanges have been widening, has been increasingly expanding and international communication has been intensifying, the phenomenon of translation has become fundamental. Be it for scientific, medical, technological, commercial, legal, cultural or literary purposes, today human communication depends heavily on translation and, consequently, interest in the field is also growing. Accordingly, the discussion, in the present study, proceeds primarily from the perspectives of “Translation Studies” and “Linguistics”. One major goal is to show the interrelationships between linguistics and translation, and how they benefit from each other. Nowadays, translation research has started to take another path, which is more automatic. The invention of the internet, together with the new technological developments in communication and digital materials, has increased cultural exchanges between nations. This leads translators to look for ways to cope with these changes and to look for more practical techniques that enable them to translate more and waste less. They also felt the need to enter the world of cinematographic translation, hence the birth of audiovisual translation. The latter technique, also called screen translation, is concerned with the translation of all kinds of TV programs, including films, series, and documentaries. This field is based on computers and translation software programs, and it is composed of two methods; dubbing and subtitling. In fact, audiovisual translation marks a changing era in the domain of translation.
In short, translation has very wide and rich history in the West. Since its birth, translation was the subject of a variety of research and conflicts between theorists. Each theorist approaches it according to his viewpoint and field of research, the fact that gives its history a changing quality.

Discussion

Translation is an activity that requires deep mastering of languages, a good knowledge of source and target cultures. It is also linked with the translation method, strategies and styles of variations. Each translation type requires different translation method. In this paper, it is an attempt to outline that there are several types of translation. Each type is defined by different scholars through different criteria to the contextual situation of communication. In this paper, we will be writing down the three prominent types of translation through various medium namely; technical translation, literary translation and pragmatic translation. For each type, a selection of examples will be considered for analysis based on translation theories and techniques. We will show that some chunks of text require literal translation, while other requires interpretive method. In addition, this paper will also examine various strategies and its styles of variations based on translational study. The following strategies will be presented in the paper as;

• They involve text manipulation.
• They must be applied to the process.
• They are goal-oriented.
• They are problem-centered.
• They are applied consciously.
• They are inter-subjective.

Most theorists agree that strategies are used by translators when they encounter a problem and literal translation is not useful. Different researchers have investigated and described various translation strategies from their different perspectives. It intends to show what translation strategies exist and when and why they are used by professional translators. Different scholars have various perspectives to the aspects of the act of translation, so, they define and describe different types of strategies. Bergen's (n. d.) classification of the strategies includes three categorizations which will be discussed mainly in this paper:

• Comprehension strategies
• Transfer strategies
• Production strategies

An addition to this paper, styles of variations will also be introduced to the readers through different aspects and examples. The concept of style can be defined in terms of the distinctive way an individual or a group uses language, or better still the discourse used to perform distinct functions of language aimed at achieving specific purposes. However, this does not entail that style is simply a matter of form since it is the product of other components such as the genre of discourse, its semantics, syntax and phonology. Indeed, in order to analyze a given stylistic variation one needs an extensive checklist that includes lexical and grammatical categories, allusions, and figures of speech. Style can be understood to refer to the recurring typical features of the source text compared to the typical features of the translated text. In a quantitative and qualitative analysis, this variation is shown to be influenced by several pragmatic and social factors, and to index the interpreters' stances towards source speakers and towards the immigrant court users who are the recipients of translations from English. It is argued that translation styles have profound consequences for limited English speakers, as the insistence on institutional norms in translating to them is viewed as a gate keeping behavior that may impede their full participation in the proceedings.

What is translation?

Translation went through various definitions going from a mere linguistics activity during the sixties, a cultural and communicative activity during the seventies reflects the social impacting activity in the latest founding of the literature.
“Translation is traditionally known as being the replacement of textual material in one language into equivalent textual material in another language”.
House (2015) mentions that translation is considered as the “replacement” of a text in the source language by a semantically and pragmatically equivalent text in the target language. It is strongly related to a source language and target language cultures. It requires a high level of mastery languages, an awareness of any contextual factors within which the discourse emerges. There is no need to mention how it affected civilizations through different areas of mankind history. For example, An Arab-Islamic civilizations. There have always been different directions on how one should or should not translate. In the Arab tradition, two main methods existed and were in complete divergence namely the literal and the free method.
On the other hand, in the Western tradition there are various methods currently exist namely, the linguistic, the hermeneutic, the interpretive, the functionalist, the interventionist, the poly-systemic and the text-typologist method. More so, it may be important to point out that translation has been defined in many ways, and every definition reflects the theoretical approach underpinning it.
As Shuttlworth and Cowie (1997) observe throughout the history of research into translation, the phenomenon has been variously delimited by formal descriptions, echoing the frameworks of the scholars proposing them. For example, Bell (1991: XV) starts with an informal definition of translation, which runs as follows: the transformation of a text originally in one language into an equivalent text in a different language retaining, as far as is possible, the content of the message and the formal features and functional roles of the original text.
At the beginning of the ‘scientific’ (Newmark, 1988, p. 2) study of translation, Catford (1965, p. 20) described it in these terms, the replacement of textual material in one language (SL) by the equivalent textual material in another language.
Thirty years later, in Germany, the concept of translation as a form of ‘equivalence’ is maintained, as we can see from Koller’s definition (1995, p. 196): “The result of a text processing activity, by means of which a source language text is transposed into a target-language text. Between the resultant text in L2 (the target-language text) and the source text in L1 (the source language text) there exists a relationship, which can be designated as a translational, or equivalence relation”. Because complete equivalence (in the sense of synonymy or sameness) cannot take place in any of his categories, Jakobson (1959) declares that all poetic art is, therefore, technically untranslatable. That is, the translator has to take the question of interpretation into account in addition to the problem of selecting a TL phrase which will have a roughly similar meaning. Exact translation is impossible. In this regard, Bassnett (1996) claims that all texts, being part of a literary system descended from and related to other systems are “translations of translation of translations”: every text is unique and at the same time, it is the translation of another text. No text is entirely original because language itself, in its essence, is already a translation: firstly, of the non-verbal world and secondly, since every sign and every phrase is the translation of another sign and another phrase. However, this argument can be turned around without losing any of its validity: all texts are original because every translation is distinctive. Every translation, up to a certain point, is an invention and as such it constitutes a unique text.
In this analysis of the above definition, Manfredi (2008), points out that the above distinction can be divided into two main perspectives, those that consider translation either as a ‘process’ or a ‘product’. To this twofold categorization, Bell (1991, p. 13) adds a further variable, since he suggests making a distinction between translating (the process), a translation (the product) and translation (i.e., “the abstract concept which encompasses both the process of translating and the product of that process”. Moreover, thanks to advances in new technologies, today we can also incorporate into TS the contribution of corpus linguistics, which allows both theorists and translators analyses of large amounts of electronic texts (Manfredi, 2008). On the other hand, Halliday (1992, p. 15) takes translation to refer to the total process and relationship of equivalence between two languages; we then distinguish, within translation, between “translating” (written text) and “interpreting” (spoken text). Halliday, thus, proposes distinguishing the activity of “translation” (as a process) from the product(s) of “translating”, including both “translation” (concerning written text) and ‘interpreting’ (regarding spoken text.
“Translation is the production of a functional target text maintaining a relationship with a given source text that is specified according to the intended or demanding function of the target text.

Types of Translation

Translation is an activity that requires deep mastering of languages, a good knowledge of source and target cultures. It is also linked with the translation method, strategies and styles of variations. Each translation type requires different translation method. In this paper, it is an attempt to outline that there are several types of translation. Each type is defined by different scholars through different criteria to the contextual situation of communication. In this paper, we will be writing down the three prominent types of translation through various medium namely; technical translation, literary translation and pragmatic translation.

Technical translation

Technical translation is a type of specialized translation involving the translation of documents produced by technical writers, or more specifically, texts which relate to technological subject areas or texts which deal with the practical application of scientific and technological information. (Wikipedia)
Translators' main goal is to accurately translate the technical terminology to match the document and the message of the original content.

The benefits of technical translation

A professional technical translation service is provided by translators with dual specialties, that is, professionals who are fluent in the language pair, but who are also experts in the field covered by the documents to be translated.
When you need to have your documents translated by a technical translator, translators who are not experts may not be able to provide the necessary solutions and terminology for a quality translation. If the translator is not an expert in the field, he/she will have to learn the new terminology while working. This means that translation will take longer, have higher chances of inaccuracies, and may result in higher costs. Therefore, the main advantages of hiring an agency specialized in this type of service are as follows:

Literary translation

Literary translation is the translation of creative and dramatic prose and poetry into other languages. This includes the translation of literature from ancient languages and the translation of modern fiction so that it can reach a wider audience.
Literary translation is of huge importance. It helps to shape our understanding of the world around us in many ways. Reading Homer and Sophocles as part of a classical education in school helps to build an understanding of history, politics, philosophy and so much more. Meanwhile, reading contemporary translations provides fascinating insights into life in other cultures and other countries. In a fast-paced world so rife with misunderstanding and confusion, such efforts to share knowledge and experiences across cultural boundaries should be applauded.
The translation of literature differs greatly from other forms of translation. The sheer size of the texts involved in literary translation sets it apart. Tackling a translation that runs to hundreds of thousands of words is not a task for the faint-hearted. Nor is recreating poetry in a new language, without losing the beauty and essence of the original work.
One of the key challenges of literary translation is the need to balance staying faithful to the original work with the need to create something unique and distinctive that will evoke the same feelings and responses as the original. This can be particularly challenging when it comes to translating poetry.
Poems are written with incredible attention to detail. Not only are the words and phrases important, but the number of syllables and the entire rhythm of the completed work. It’s a challenging task to complete just in one language, let alone when trying to recreate a poet’s work during a translation. Daniel Hahn, director of the British Centre for Literary Translation, sums up the issue beautifully.
As literary translators will attest, a single word can be extremely troublesome. The author of a work of fiction has chosen that word for a good reason, so the translator must ensure that it is faithfully delivered in the target language. However, what if no direct translation is available? Or what if several options exist, each with a slightly different nuance? Urdu language translator Fahmida Riaz outlines her approach to such thorny issues.
For instance, “Every piece you translate comes from the pen of an individual, so you have to give it an individual treatment. I try to retain the ambience of the original culture, rather than the language, as it is reflected in the text.”

Pragmatic translation

Pragmatic translation is the basic assumption that provided a source language text contains no misstatements of fact, is competently written and has to be fully translated rather than summarized or functionally reorientated; one's purpose in translating it is to be referentially and pragmatically accurate. In this paper, I shall not deal with referential accuracy but concentrate instead on the pragmatic aspects of translation. As the term pragmatic translation may be used in a variety of ways, I should like to state my own definition of pragmatic, which derives from Charles Morris and ultimately from Charles S. Peirce. I am using pragmatic as one of the two factors in translation: pragmatic denotes the reader's or readership's reception of the translation, as opposed to referential, which denotes the relationship between the translation and the extra-linguistic reality it describes.
Translation is a properly way to a properly communication and pragmatics is how to use language in communication properly. By translation, many things from different languages and cultures can understand to each other. In other words, translation can be stated as a facilitator to make a communication runs well.

===An Overview on Translation Studies ===

===Main Issues in Translation Studies: Equivalence or Variations ===

=== Matthiessen's Parameter on Register Variations===

===Conclusion ===

=== References ===

= Muhammad Numan A Study to Explore the Translation Strategies of Idiomatic Expression from Urdu to English ; A Case Study of Sadat Hassan Manto’s Short Story “Khol Do” =
[[Trans_Type_EN_13]]

===Abstract===
Translation is necessary for developing knowledge and idea, but it also makes the people understand the language and culture of other people or countries. However, equivalence is essential during translation, especially when the translator wants to translate idiomatic expressions in the best possible way. Therefore it is necessary to follow up on some strategies during the translation process. The research work is carried out under the qualitative method with textual analysis techniques as significant. Mona Baker's model for idiomatic expression is explored with the help of different examples from collected data. The primary purpose of this study is to find out which types of strategies are being followed by the translator during the translation process. It was found that translation by paraphrasing, translation by similar words and meaning and translation by similar meaning and different words.
===Key words ===
Translation Strategies, Idiomatic expression, Sadat Hassan Manto, Urdu Literature --[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 09:45, 12 December 2021 (UTC)

===Introduction ===

In this chapter, the researcher wants to highlight the different concepts about the fundamental question that "what is idiomatic expression" and the views of various critics, theorists and linguistic experts, and prominent scholars of translation studies.--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 15:38, 13 December 2021 (UTC) Among them are Lindalorri, Mona Baker, Newmark's, and many more define idioms from their point of view. Secondly, the researcher highlights one of the most prominent literary and short stories writers of the sub-continent Sadat Hassan Manto, his life, literary style, and short stories career. In the last statement of the problem, the objective of the research, which type of strategies was followed in the translation process, purposes of study, and delimitation of studies are explained one by one.

Many critics, theorists, and linguists define idioms differently. However, in general, an idiom is a phrase or expression that typically has a metaphorical, non-literal meaning connected to it. However, phrases can become figurative idioms while keeping the literal meaning of the words. However, according to the Oxford Dictionary of English, a set of words is established by usage as having a meaning not deducible from the meanings of the constituent terms (e.g., over the moon, see the light).

"What is particularly remarkable about idioms is that they can be described in a variety of ways, depending on the roles they fulfilled," writes (Linda 2006: 8). "A string of words whose meaning differs from the meaning supplied by the individual words" is what an idiom is, according to (Larson 1984: 20). Idioms are "at the end of the scale from collocations in one or both of the areas: flexibility of patterning and transparency of meaning," according to (Baker 1992: 23). Idioms are defined by (Yagihashi 2003, 22) as a "collection of words whose meaning cannot be guessed from their meaning.". According to Newmark, “Idioms are word groups whose meaning cannot be deduced from the meaning of individual words.”(Newmark 1981: 11).--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 15:38, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

The whole meaning of each word that makes up an idiom cannot be considered the idiom's overall meaning. As a result, an idiom should not be translated. To remark that someone is bull-headed, for example, suggests that he or she is obstinate, even though the connotation has nothing to do with the words bull or headed. According to Corelli, English has a sizeable idiomatic base. About 4,000 idioms in American English are drawn from the nation's culture and everyday life. Idioms infect English with a peculiar flavor and offer it remarkable diversity, brilliant character, and color. She also feels that idiomatic expressions not only assist language learners in understanding English culture but also penetrating English people's traditions and lifestyles and gaining a deeper understanding of English history.(Corelli 2006: 53)

The main issue that idiomatic and fixed expressions pose for translators, according to Baker is twofold: "the ability to recognize and interpret an idiom correctly; and the difficulties involved in rendering the various aspects of meaning that an idiom or a fixed expression conveys into the target language. The first challenge that a translator encounters is understanding that she/he is dealing with an idiomatic expression.(Baker 1992: 65)

Sadat Husain Manto's writings also include numerous literary criticism, studies in Urdu, and many translations from Urdu into English. He is credited with having brought Urdu language and literature into the mainstream of contemporary international writing. There is no doubt that Sadat Hassan Manto was the most prolific of all modern writers in the sub-continent. Manto's published a substantial number of short stories during his short literary life span, and novelette gave some master piece work to Urdu literature. The noble laureate Hemingway mentions the lunatic life of great Manto's in his speeches. The current research study aims at discovering and determining the strategies used in translations of "khol do" short stories about sexual violence during partition of sub-continent and "license" a short story which throw light on the behavior of society toward widow his profession which lead toward prostitution by Aatesh Taseer an Indian born translator currently living in London having solid links with native country and culture.(Ahsan 2020: 12-27)--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 15:44, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Literature Review ===

In this chapter, the author/researcher defines the strategy and its different definitions from various perspectivess. However, the sole focus is only on the strategy of translation studies. Furthermore, renowned academicians put forward their definition of strategy like Venutti quoted translation strategy as the theory of de construction-sim, which is progressive and future-oriented.(Venutti !995, 35 Krings defines it as the content of the project, while Seguinet divided the term into three steps.(Krings 2000:21). However, Locher defines it as the procedure of solving a problem faced in translating a text. Jaskelaine involves the primary task of choosing the SL text and developed a method to translate it. (Locher 2002:76) In last, the author points out his research work's sole purpose by mentioning different research work on Mento's short stories except for this angle. --[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:30, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

The term "strategy" is used in a variety of settings. Many theorists in translation studies have used the phrase "translation methods" interchangeably, although with significant distinctions in meaning and perspective. The following is a collection of more general definitions of the term strategy. A strategy is a long-term set of actions to achieve a specific goal (Wikipedia Committee, n. d.).A methodical plan for improving one's learning performance has been actively altered and mentioned (Instruction Curriculum Reading Glossary, n. d.)
A strategy is a well-thought-out, intentional, goal-oriented (with a measurable outcome) approach carried out through a series of actions that can be monitored and modified (Curriculum Learning Literate-Futures Glossary, n. d.)

A collection of particular mental and behavioral procedures is taken to reach a given result. These definitions are general and can be related to different fields of study. This study mainly concerns translation strategies, although the definitions mentioned above can be narrowed down to this research field, as well. Translation strategies have their characteristics, through which one can gain a proper understanding of them. In general, a translator employs a strategy when confronted with a challenge while translating a text; nevertheless, translation methods are not required when translating a text literally. Bergen points out that strategies are not always obvious or straightforward. (Bergen 1996:33)

Although beginners in the field of translation believe they have done a successful translation when they translate word for word and utilize a dictionary, they do not realize that there is still a problem and that adjustments must be made at various levels of the translation. As a result, the most critical purpose of the strategies is to solve problems. "Venuti attempted to put deconstructionist translation theory into practice by proposing the "resistant translation" technique as an alternative to the standard "smooth translation. This technique tries to reverse the colonial concept of translation, English-American culture centralism, and the value of imperialist culture from an ideological standpoint. (Vinute 1998:41).--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:30, 13 December 2021 (UTC)
It aims to retain "foreignness" rather than seeking similarity in translation principles and methods. The author believes Venuti's translation strategy is quite progressive and future-oriented, with the development of international communications on an equal footing. However, it will take time to implement fully." (Jianzhong. .Krings 1986, 18) defines translation strategy as "a translator's potentially deliberate objectives for solving concrete translation problems specific translation task in the context of a project."The translators adopted three global tactics, according to Seguinot (i) translating uninterrupted for as long as possible; (ii) resolving surface flaws as soon as possible; (iii) leaving text quality and stylistic problems to the editing stage.(Seguinot 1989:27)--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:30, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

Furthermore, Loescher defines translation strategy as "a possibly conscious technique for overcoming a difficulty encountered in translating a text, or any segment thereof."(Loescher 1991:8) As stated in this definition, consciousness is vital in distinguishing strategies employed by learners and translators. "The element of consciousness is what distinguishes strategies from these activities that are not strategic," (Cohen 1998:4) claim moreover, 'Bell' distinguishes between global (whole-text) and local (text segment) techniques and indicates that this distinction is the outcome of several types of translation challenges.(Bell 1998:188)

According to Venuti, "involve the core tasks of picking the foreign text to be translated and establishing a way to translate it."(Venuti 1998, 240). He uses the terms "domesticating" and "foreignizing" to describe them. Ordudari, considering the process and outcome of translation, Jaaskelainen divides methods into two primary categories: some strategies deal with what happens to texts, while others deal with what happens during the translation process. According to Jaaskelainen, product-related strategies entail the essential tasks of selecting the SL content and establishing a technique for translating it. On the other hand, process-related strategies are "a set of (loosely articulated) rules or principles that a translator applies to attain the goals determined by the translating scenario.(Jaaskelainen 2005:15)

Furthermore, Jaaskelainen distinguishes between global and local strategies, stating that "global strategies refer to general principles and modes of action, while local strategies refer to specific activities concerning the translator's problem-solving and decision-making.(Jaaskelainen 2005:16). Newmarkdistinguishes between translation methods and translation procedures. (Newmark 1988, 81) also distinguishes between translation techniques and procedures, writing, "While translation methods are employed for full texts, translation procedures are utilized for sentences and smaller units of language."(Newmark 1988, 221)

Apart from other literature like poetry, drams and other subcultures also produce literary genius in short stories. Monto is one of them. His literature is translated into different languages with a different theme in his work. Apart from the story of division, Manto's books are characterized by powerful female characters. Manto combines the physical brutality of division with the intellectual cruelty that sex and sexuality face inside the Indio Pak subcontinent's social framework (Ranjan 2004, 3). Manto's female characters, according to Ispahani, are characterized by their sexual fragilities, such as sexual humiliation, rape, and prostitution. "They are nearly always victims, with the power only to cause their destruction," she believes. Sakina's body movement reveals how severely she was sexually raped. Sakina's silence and pain depict the savagery of her rape to the point where they lost their ability to communicate. Manto's short stories present another perspective on trauma through the absence of the subject converses (Mehta 2018, 9). Bingo by Tariq Rahman explores sexual repression, social injustice, and war tragedies. Wartime rape has existed since the beginning of conflicts, and penetrators consider it one of their weapons of war (Isikozlu, 2016:13).

The concept of hegemonic binary was introduced by the second wave of feminism, which depicts patriarchal conduct as sexually superior and powerful. At the same time, women are sexually inferior and submissive argue (Marinucci, 2010:15). Sexual trauma serves as a link between the victim and society; it ruins the victim's sense of safety, leads to low self-esteem, and silences them called by (Lewis 2017:54). Saadat Hasan Manto (1912-1955) was one of the most well-known, controversial, and provocative Urdu writers of the twentieth century. Despite being a prolific writer of essays, plays, film scripts, and novels, he was best known for his short tales. Born in Punjab, he began his writing career in Bombay before moving to Lahore, Pakistan, in January 1948, a few months after partition (Hasan 1984:12). Following that, his stories generally centered on a partition, exploring its human effects from various perspectives.

Manto's works are notable for their realism, word economy, dependence on internal components, and, most notably, their abrupt, often distressingly unclear ends (Akhtar and Flemming 1985:9). While Tariq Rahman wrote Bingo, he is a writer, playwright, and critic who has made significant contributions to Urdu literature through his writing. Research work was carried out on the comparison of "bingo" and "khol do."
The purpose of this thesis is to compare the two short stories Khol Do and Bingo, both of which focus on women and violence, particularly wartime rape, which makes women more vulnerable than ever before. This paper explores how women are victims of war and partition, making them doubly marginalize primarily due to the hegemonic binaries of men and women. Both of the stories aim to reflect the stigmata of our society regarding the violence and cruel treatment of women since their existence. Furthermore, via the lenses of feminism and post-colonialism, it examines how varied wartime weapons can be for both gender binaries. The writers' audacity causes us to reflect on the inhumane treatment of women in everyday life and even in wartime when they are with the men who are supposed to defend the female..(Ahsan 2020: 12-27)--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:31, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

=== Theoritical Framework ===

In this paper, various strategies have been used, like using an idiom of similar meaning and similar form, the idiom of similar meaning and different form, translation by Paraphrasing, translation by omission. The approach of employing idioms of similar meaning and form, according to Mona Baker, entails using an idiom in the target language that can express about the same meaning as the source language idiom, as well as having lexical similarity. On the other hand, this type of matching happens periodically as well as regularly.(Baker, 1992, 13)

Similarly, employing idioms with similar meanings but different forms means that it is possible to locate an idiom or fixed expression in the target text language that has a similar meaning to the source idiom or expression but is made up of distinct lexical elements. Consider the case of English and French, both of which use the idiom mentioned above. In English, one good deed is rewarded with another, whereas in French, handsome deeds are rewarded with handsome deeds.

Furthermore, we did not come across any idioms in the category mentioned above during translating idioms. To deal with this issue, the translators used the most popular approach, known as a translation by paraphrase, which is short, straightforward, and time-saving. When a match cannot be identified in the target language or when it appears improper to employ idiomatic language in target material due to aesthetic differences between the source and target languages, this is the most typical approach for translating an idiom from source to target language. However, one thing to keep in mind is that a perfect translation is not required is necessary or possible.

Last but not least, to overcome the problem of idiom translation, the translator employs the strategy of translation by omission. This can be defined as an idiom being omitted entirely in the target text with a single word. This is done because the idiom has no close match in the target language; its meaning cannot be easily paraphrased or due to stylistic reasons.--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:38, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

Data analysis Techniques:
Textual analysis is the method of data analysis in qualitative research that brings forth the hidden and potent message, structure, and function of research in giving text, Alan Mckee (defines textual analysis as whenever we perform textual analysis on the text, we make an educated guess at some time of the most likely interpretations that might be made of that text (Alan 2001:3)
Analysis of the translation of short stories in light of Mona baker's theory "khol do and license" are short stories written by Sadat Hassan Manto and translated by many translators from Urdu into English. During translation, the translator adopted many strategies for translating idiomatic expression, sometimes by Paraphrasing, sometimes by omission, sometimes using similar idioms of form and meaning while sometimes using different words and the same form, the whole.
--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 09:51, 12 December 2021 (UTC)

===Discussion and Analysis===

The chapter analyzes and discusses all the data collected by the author/researcher from different sources. All the examples of idioms are firstly identified, then translated into the target text, and back-translated for the sole purpose of exploring the strategies being used by the translator. A separate section is given to every strategy with its related example. Moreover, the idiomatic expression, the target work for finding, is highlighted through the bold letter.

4.1 Translation by Paraphrasing:

Based on our findings, the most often used strategy was "translation by paraphrasing." An inspection also reveals that Aatish Taseer preferred this strategy. Here are some examples applied by the translators, and in the following section, the logic behind their preference towards this strategy is elaborate. The following are examples from two short stories of Sadat Husain Manto's "khol do" and "license."
Example 1:

ST: Sirajuddin ne subah das baji anki kholi to logo ka aik mutalatam samandar deka.

TT: Ten a.m., Siraj Uddin opens his eyes on the cold floor of the camp, seeing the swelling sea of men.

BT: sub ke das baji jab Sirajuddin ne apni anki koli to logo ka aik ublaha howa samandar ka nizara dekni laga.

So, the above idioms are literal idioms being translated with the help of 'Paraphrasing' because there is no perfect equivalent of mutalatam words in English languages. A similar look at another idiom from short stories "khol do."

Example 2:

ST: Khuda tomahra bala kari.

TT: Your God will reward

BT: Is ka badla khoda tomahi di.

Here, the word reward is being used for Bala Kari, an example of transitional by Paraphrasing.
Let take another example from "khol do."

Example 3:

ST: unkho nai Jan khateli pa rak kar sakena ko donda.

TT: even putting their lives online, they search sakina

BT: apni zindagio ko khatri me dal kar unkho nai sakina ko dond nekala.

The above idioms are examples of pure idiom translated from Urdu into English with the help of paraphrases strategies. However, under the same strategies, the idioms of another short story of Manto,s "license," are translated by Aatish Taseer. Some of the examples are given below.

Example 4:

ST: Abu kochwan bara cheel jabela ta. It is the binomial type of idioms taken from the first sentence of the short story "license" by Sadat
Hasan Manto

TT: Abu kochwan is stylish man.

BT: Abu kochwan aik wazahdar admi ta.

From the above idiom, it is clear that there is no perfect equivalence of cheela chabela idiom in English; that is, the translator goes
through paraphrasing strategies. Look at another example from "license."

Example 5:

ST: Lein har waqat bank bani rekhi ka usi be had showk ta

TT: He had a weakness for style and fashion.

BT: Dan saj ke rekhna uski kamzori me sai ik ta.

So all of the above examples, which are analyzed one by one, are examples of idioms being translated through paraphrasing strategies. Beaugrande and Dressler define paraphrases as "approximate conceptual equivalence among outwardly different material."(De Beaugrande and Dressler 1981, 50) Similarly, in this regard, Hirst defines paraphrases as "talk(ing) about the same situation in a different way." (Hirst 1980:12) Munday declared that "equivalence is particularly useful in translating idioms and proverbs” For instance, if the English idiom like a bear with a sore head is rendered into Persian as (mesle borje zahremar), meaning like a tower of snake venom, the strategy of equivalence has been applied. (Munday 1981:13).--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:55, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

According to Leonardi, "Equivalence can be said to be the central issue in translation." In this regard, house believes that "a translation text should match not only its source text in function but also employ equivalent situational-dimensional means to achieve that function" (Baker 2002:49). who shares this approach, states that equivalence is used "for the sake of convenience—because most translators are used to it rather than because it has any theoretical status" (Kenny 1998:77).

Despite different attitudes to the concept of equivalence, most specialists pay much attention to its meaning in the theory of translation. The translation is a form of communication, and that is why it is vital to establish equivalence between the source text and the target text. Although Vinay and Darbelnet believe that equivalence is used differently than in modern translation theory, it is evident that equivalence is one of the basic concepts of translation that cannot be neglected.Vinay and Darbelnet 1999:18)
Consequently, based on the Above mentioned studies using 'Paraphrasing' in translation stands as the core concept in the process of translation, and still, most of the translators cling to it for producing a more comprehensible and explicable text. These language ideas and translation models are ideal constructs, presented abstractly in order to be differentiated precisely. They may exist in an uneasy combination in actual theories and practices, resulting in logical tensions or inconsistencies. They must first contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation before they can contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation. Theories and actions must be contextualized in historical settings. They've been utilized as analytical tools to describe various topics in section introductions. Theoretical writings and current events these language notions and translation models are ideal constructs expressed in an abstract manner in order to be distinguished precisely in real-life hypotheses they may exist in an uncomfortable mix, resulting in logical conflicts or inconsistencies. They must first contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation before they can contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation.

4.2 Using an idiom of Similar Meaning and Form

As mentioned earlier, this strategy type is being used by Aatish Taseer during their translated work of Manto's short stories "khol do" and" license" on an occasional basis. Some examples are mention below.

From khol do.

Example 6:

ST: Larki ka rang zard hogaya.

TT: The girl's face became fail

BT: larki ka rang zar hogya.

Similarly, another example from the license is

Example 7:

ST: Abu our us ke mat beer hogaie

TT: They fall in love with each other.

BT: WO ik dosri ke mokhbat me geriftar hogaie

The above idioms are pure ones and are being translated with the help of similar meanings and similar forms.

The procedures: transposition, modulation, equivalence, and adaptation, and when it comes to defining the term Equivalence, (Vinay and Darbelnet 2000:90) propose that it consists in rendering "the same situation … by two texts using completely different stylistic and structural methods", and when it comes to translating idiomatic expressions like "Il pleut à seaux" it can be translated as "It is raining cats and dogs" using the idiom of similar form and meaning in the target language.

As Baker states, this strategy involves using an idiom in the TL which conveys roughly the same meaning as that of the source language idiom and, in addition, consists of identical lexical items. The salient point is that this kind of match can only occasionally be achieved, which cannot be picked up more often by translators. Accordingly, both translators mentioned in the current study had quite a slim chance of using this strategy type.(Baker 1992:12)

4.3 Using an idiom of similar meaning but different form:

During translating Manto short stories, "khol do" and "license," some of the idioms are translated with the help of this strategy. Some of the examples are given below from two different short stories.

Example number one is from the short story "khol do"

Example 8:

ST: Aur bolwai gos ayai thee?

TT: The roitors come abroad.

BT: pasadi bahar agai hai.

The above idiom is a pure type of idiom being translated with the help of above mention strategy. The word rioter is being used for bolwai, which is not a perfect word for bolwai. In Urdu bolwai, people believe in violence when minorities or the low population of any country want some rights. These people stop them by using violence, burn down their properties, rapes women, and do things like that. Another example from the license is below.

Example 9:

ST: Dosri kotwal abu ko dek kar jal ban ho jati.

TT: The other coachman burn with envy.

BT: Abu ke kamyabi dek kar aur kotwal abu sai khasad karni lagi’

The above idioms are a pure idiom that reflects the effect of jealousy between competitors to achieve equivalency. Aatish Taseer uses envy word for jal ban instead of other which have similar meaning but different form. Look at the other example from "license."

Example 10:

ST: Dino lat vo lagal se kam karni laga.

TT: Dino came with an excuse.

BT: Dino abb bahi tarashni laga.

The above idioms are types of binomial idioms translated with the help of idioms with similar meanings and different forms. (Newmark 1988, 81) mentions the difference between translation methods and translation procedures. He writes that "[w]hile translation methods relate to whole texts, translation procedures are used for sentences and the smaller units of language" (Newmark 1988: 81). Idiomatic translation in his definition reproduces the 'message' of the original. However, it distorts nuances of meaning by preferring colloquialisms and idioms where these do not exist in the original, leading to using an idiom of similar meaning but a different form. Besides, it is often possible to find an idiom or fixed expression in the target language with a meaning similar to that of the source idiom or expression but which consists of different lexical items (Baker 1992, 12). Therefore, translators discover idiomatic expressions in the target language with different forms than in the source language. In the current study, the translators approached this strategy merely for 9% of the total times, which means the frequency of Iranian and English idioms with the same meaning and different forms is not considered high.

4.4 Translation by omission:

A translator is less using these strategies, and we did not find any clue on this type of strategy in an area under consideration.
--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 09:48, 12 December 2021 (UTC)

=== Findings===

(Mandelbit 1995) believed that idioms with different cognitive mapping in the target language would be more challenging to translate. After conducting study and data analysis of collected data, the result revealed that the translator frequently used three out of four strategies of the Mona Baker model during the translation process, which is a translation by Paraphrasing, translation by similar meaning and similar form, translation by similar meaning and different form. In contrast, translation by omission does not found in his work.
After detail and careful analysis of data, more than half of idioms like "swelling sea of man,” my lord break his arrogance, “weakness for style and fashion." As I mentioned earlier, many more are translated under the umbrella of Paraphrasing, which is considered the most common method used for translating idioms.

Similarly, we also reflect strategies like similar meaning and different form and similar meaning and similar form. The idiom "rioter came abroad,” burn with envy,” The girl's face became pale, " They fall in love with each other" are translated with the help of two mention strategies, respectively.

Although translation by omission is a strategy used on rare occasions because of its meaning, its meaning cannot be easily paraphrased or stylistic reason. Here, the researcher also did not find any idiom translated with the help of the omission strategy.

===Conclusion ===

Go through detailed discussion and analysis of data collected from my source. We finally concluded that the idioms present in two short stories, "khol do" and "License," are translated under the frame of Mona Baker's idiomatic model. Translation by Paraphrasing is mainly used while idioms of similar meaning and form and idioms of similar meaning and different forms are used occasionally. The researcher discusses all the strategies with related examples in the order of maximum used to minimum used. The strategy by omission did not find it works. All the data are collected from different sources and analyzed with the help of different researcher tools, and the result is written in light of the finding. Different from previous studies, the writer presents the strategies to translate idioms by each type of idiomatic expression found in the story. From the result, it is considered the translation of idiomatic expressions in the story is quite accurate. As the number of accurate data is more the data which is not related to the translation. We take conclusion from the translation through idiomatic expression and paraphrasing is the best way to translate a novel or a story however it is very difficult job to do because it needs more accurate and precise knowledge about the source language and an inspiring method to express ideas in the target language. However, translation is thing through which we can connect the world with each other and also we can study and observe diverse cultures.

=== References ===
Abu-Saydeh, A. F. (2004). Translation of English idioms into Arabic. Babel, 114-131.

Ahsan, S. (2020). A comparative study of two translations of manto's short story "Toba Tek". International Journal of English Language Studies, 12-27.

Alexander, R. J. (1987). Mimeograph. In R. J. Alexander (Ed.) Collocation and Culture. Trier: University of Trier, West Germany.

Al-Qinai, J. (2000). Translation quality assessment. strategies, parameters and procedures. Translator's Journal, 497-519.

Bayashi, J. (2020). Japanese-English translation: An advanced guide. Oxfordshire: Routledge.

Das, V. &. (1995). Critical events: An anthropological perspective on contemporary India. New Delhi: Oxford Printing Press.

Mufti, A. (2007). The Language of English India. In I. &. End (Ed.) Enlightenment in the Colony. Princeton University Press.

Waka Xia, L. (2019). A discourse analysis of news translation in China. Syydney: Routledge.

= Muhammad Saqib Mehran Problems in Translation Study =
[[Trans_Type_EN_14]]

===Abstract===

===Key words ===

===Introduction ===

===Ambiguity===

===Lexical and Structural Mismatches===

===Multiword units: Idioms and Collocations===

===Summary===

===Further Reading===

=刘胜楠 A Case Study of ''Ne Zha'' on Subtitle Translation Strategies from the Perspective of Skopos Theory=
[[Trans_Type_EN_15]]

Translation types, strategies, styles, methods

2021-12-13T17:05:31Z

Muhammad Numan: /* Conclusion and Recommendations */

'''Translation types, strategies, styles, methods'''

[[Translation_types,_strategies,_styles,_methods|Overview Page of Translation types, strategies, styles, methods]]

30 Chapters（0/30)

[[Trans_Type_EN_1]] [[Trans_Type_EN_2]] [[Trans_Type_EN_3]] [[Trans_Type_EN_4]] [[Trans_Type_EN_5]] [[Trans_Type_EN_6]] [[Trans_Type_EN_7]] [[Trans_Type_EN_8]] [[Trans_Type_EN_9]] [[Trans_Type_EN_10]] [[Trans_Type_EN_11]] [[Trans_Type_EN_12]] [[Trans_Type_EN_13]] [[Trans_Type_EN_14]] [[Trans_Type_EN_15]] [[Trans_Type_EN_16]] [[Trans_Type_EN_17]] [[Trans_Type_EN_18]] [[Trans_Type_EN_19]] [[Trans_Type_EN_20]] [[Trans_Type_EN_21]] [[Trans_Type_EN_22]] [[Trans_Type_EN_23]] [[Trans_Type_EN_24]] [[Trans_Type_EN_25]] [[Trans_Type_EN_26]] [[Trans_Type_EN_27]] [[Trans_Type_EN_28]] [[Trans_Type_EN_29]] [[Trans_Type_EN_30]] ...

[[Book_projects|Back to translation project overview]]

[[DCG-To-Do|To the To Do List]]

=阳佳颖 Analysis On Subtitling Strategies in the American Version of the ''Legend of Zhen Huan''=

'''浅析美版《甄嬛传》的字幕翻译策略'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_1]]

阳佳颖 Yang Jiaying, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 2: The Use of Translation Strategy and Translation Methods in Tourism Texts under the Guidance of Peter Newmark's Translation Theory -- A Case Study of ''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''=
'''纽马克翻译理论指导下旅游文本中翻译策略与翻译方法的使用——以''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_2]]

刘晓 Liu Xiao, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 3: Translation methods and strategies for novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory -- A case study of Korean novel Eun-ju's Movie (Excerpt)=
交际翻译理论指导下小说题材所适用的翻译方法和翻译策略—以韩国小说集《恩珠的电影》（节选）为例

[[Trans_Type_EN_3]]

刘越Liu Yue ，Hunan Normal University，China

=Chapter 4: On Translation Strategies and Translation Methods in Chinese Translation of English Prose -- A Case Study of Chinese Translation of English Prose "Pleasures of Ignorance"=

'''浅析英语散文汉译中的翻译策略和翻译方法——以英语散文《无知的乐趣》汉译本为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_4]]

毛雅文 Mao Yawen, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 5： Analysis of translation strategies and methods for political eassays --- A Case Study of Annual Summary of the Russian Government's Work of 2019 =
'''政论语体翻译策略及翻译方法— 以《2019年俄罗斯政府工作报告》为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_5]]

毛优 Mao You，Hunan Normal University，China

=Chapter 6: An analysis and comparison of the translation styles of two Chinese translations of ''Le Spleen de Paris''=
'''浅析对比《巴黎的忧郁》两个汉译本的翻译风格'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_6]]

彭瑞雪 Peng Ruixue, Hunan University, China

=Chapter 7: A Study of Lu Xun’s Short Stories Translation from the Perspective of Functional Equivalence: Taking Yang Xianyi and Gladys Yang’s English Verison of ''Kong I-Chi'' as a Case Study=
功能对等翻译视角下的鲁迅短篇小说翻译研究——以杨、戴夫妇的《孔乙己》英译本为例

[[Trans_Type_EN_7]]

秦建安 QinJianna, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 8:Translation methods and strategies applicable to the style of biographical literature -- Taking ''Incidents in Life of Slave Girl'' (excerpt) as an example=

'''传记文学的文体所适用的翻译技巧与策略——以英文传记《一名女奴的人生际遇》(节选)为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_8]]

颜子涵 Yan Zihan, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 9: On the Translation Strategies of ''Lun Yu'' from the Perspective of Fusion of Horizons – A Contrastive Study of two translations of Ku Hung-ming and Xu Yuanchong=

'''视域融合视角下看《论语》英译的翻译策略—以辜鸿铭和许渊冲的英译本为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_9]]

邝艳丽 Kuang Yanli, Hunan Normal University, China

=杨柳青 Bian Zhilin's Literary Translation Theories and Practice——Take His Translation of Romantic Poems as Examples=

Yang Liuqing杨柳青,Hunan Normal University,China.

[[Trans_Type_EN_10]]

=Atta Ur Rahman Exploring Translation Strategies: A Case Study of the English Translation of the Holy Quran=

===Abstract===
This study aims at diagnosing culture-specific items in the English translation of the Holy Quran and the strategies which were used to translate the CSIs. Translating CSIs can be a demanding task because such items have specific meanings in the culture and language in which they exist but not necessarily in others. Taking this fact into account, the present study investigates the strategies used in the translation of culture-specific items in the English translation of the Holy Quran. Moreover, the researcher explored the most frequently employed translation procedures. To achieve these goals, the descriptive approach is applied for the analysis of the translation of specific items of culture. The descriptive analysis is also used for the investigation of the translation procedures used therein. The findings of this study indicate that the use of cultural equivalent strategy was the most frequent applied procedure. The descriptive equivalent and through translation procedures were the second most frequently applied translation strategies which were followed by transference, functional equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, modulation and notes. The results shows that the translation procedures are helpful (especially the target-oriented ones) in conveying the meaning of the text from Arabic into English in different ways.

===Key Words===
The Holy Quran, Translation Strategies/procedures, Culture-Specific Items, Newmark

===Introduction===
1. Overview
Translation that plays a crucial role in introducing the history and in transferring the culture of an area is a kind of communication between different languages. It is also illustrated “as the result of a linguistic-textual procedure in which a text in one language is re-contextualized in another language.” In the re-contextualization, studies on translation demonstrate that there are certain critical points (Munday 2012:37) that are problematic for translators, especially, when dealing with vital cultural texts such as religious texts (Malmkjær 2015:10). It helps to communicate and exchange information with people from different countries and cultures. Khammyseh argues that translation is one of the traditional communicating methods between communities all around the world. (Khammyseh 2005;9). Jothiraj states that “translation plays an important role in the inter-lingual process of communication”(Jothiraj 2004;1). Translation is essential for cultures and languages to exchange information. Newmark (1988) defines it as a craft in which a written message in a language is replaced by the same story in another language. According to him, Translation is the art of trying to translate what is written or expressed in one language into another language with the same message or expression. To accomplish a qualified translation, the translator needs to be aware of different aspects(Newmark 1988;2). Many scholars in translation have noticed that the difficulty for a translator is to translate texts which deals with religious concepts and cultural specific items.

Nida indicated that translation is the way of finding natural issues in the TL close to the SL, in terms of message and style(Nida 1964;32). Larson (1998) has acknowledged that dealing with religious and cultural items is the most difficult, both in finding equivalence and analyzing the source vocabulary. Among the many challenges that exist for the translator is to bring the concept of the SL to a deeper meaning in the TL, the main problem is how to give CSIs, the significance which is firmly connected to the particular cultural context(Larson 1998;23).--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 15:41, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

Culture plays a considerable role, Snell-Hornby assumed that “Culture refers to all socially conditioned aspects of human life”.(Snell-Hornby 1988;33). Another definition of culture is formulated by Goodenough. For him, culture is “what people have to learn as distinct from their biological heritage, must consist of the end product of learning: knowledge, in a most general, if relative, sense of the term."(Goodenough 1957;167). By this definition, we should note that culture is not only a material phenomenon; it does not consist of things, people, behavior, or emotions. It is rather the organization of these things. It is the forms of things that people have in their minds, their models for perceiving, relating, and otherwise interpreting them”. According to him, if the translator wants to understand a culture, she or he has to understand that culture is a mixture of belief and knowledge.

The religious text and especially the Holy Quran have played a significant role in human life throughout history to guide human beings towards the right path. Translating religious text can be a hectic job. When it comes to religious texts like the Holy Quran, it might be even more hectic. The Holy Quran has a profound impact on the human lives of its believers. It spreads spiritual serenity and peace of mind. Lustig and Joline thought that “religion is an important institutional network that binds people to one another”(Lustig and Joline 2003;16). But sometimes believers of Islam (whether they are native or not native speakers of the language) face a tremendous difficulty when they want to understand the meaning of a certain lexical unit, lexis that can be identified as Quranic-specific words/phrases.

This study is aimed to probe Newmark's translation procedures applied to translate cultural items from the SL (Arabic) to the TL (English) and to focus on translation strategies used by the English translator to transfer absolute and in-depth intended meanings of the CSI in the Holy Quran. If we examine Newmark's opinion, seventeen procedures may be needed by a translator in the process of translation. However, only a few translation procedures are relevant to this translation, they are Transference, cultural equivalent, functional equivalent, descriptive equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, through translation, modulation and notes.(Newmark 1988;81). These types of translation procedures are usually used to translate cultural terms contained in the text involving Surah Yusuf as a source language. Thus, in the relationship between translation and culture, the strategies offered should be understood as an attempt to make the translation easy to understand by the TR without blurring the message contained in the text written in the SL.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 15:41, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Translation and Culture===

2. Translation and Culture

Culture and translation are intimately connected, for understanding the culture translation plays a crucial role. In every nation, there are multiple cultures which reflect how people behave, socially, traditionally and politically and also practice their specific languages. Languages have a complex system of communication that humans adapt from different cultural background. When someone wants to know more about any culture, it is necessary to know about that language. For understanding the language they need to translate it as one might not understand the particular language. Thus, translation fills the gap created by languages that is a very important aspect of translation.

The translation is the process of translating a point or text from one language to another, we can also refer translation to moving of something from one place to another. Translation impacts also on our real life, in a way of transforming other cultures, norms and traditions into our culture. Translators play a vital role in culture and mediators between cultures, dedicated to linking the gap that repeatedly hinders effective communication between communities. According to Peter Newmark, “translators have been entrusted the elegant and highly-demanding task of representing cultures for decades” (Newmark 1988;7). Newmark established connections concerning the relationship between culture and translating. In his book, he regards translation as a process of “representing the meaning of a text into another language in the way that the author planned the text” (Newmark 1988;5). According to him, although this process has been supposed to be simple, in reality, translators have been facing the complex task of translating and conveying culture for decades, ever since countries began establishing relationships between one another. (Newmark 1988;7).

In the history of translation studies, translation has been discussed through multiple routes which based on practicality and some theoretical aspects. For instance, Catford defined it as "the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language”(Catford 1965;20). According to Venuti translation is "the forcible replacement of the linguistic and cultural difference of the foreign text with a text that will be understandable to the target language reader”(Venuti 1995;18). Schjoldager stated that“a translation is a text that expresses what another text has expressed in another language”(Schjoldager 2008;19). Culture is a complex whole which includes knowledge,belief,art,law,morals,customs and many other capabilities and habits acquired by man as a member of society. The translation is no longer considered to be a mere cross-linguistic activity but it significantly is cross-cultural communication.”
Since language reflects the way of life and basic parts of it, the process of translation cannot be done without the integration of cultural symbols into the construction of meaning. Hassan claimed that a good translation “is one that carries all the ideas of the original as well as its structural and cultural features” (Hassan 2014;2). Hermanns contributed that translation should be recognized as a cultural act. It is a kind of linguistic-cultural activity that involves at least two languages and two cultural traditions. Similarly, translation is not just a verbal act; it is also cultural, which is an act of communication of cultures(Hermanns 1999;22) Later, Hassan emphasized a good translation "is one that carries all the ideas of the original as well as its structural and cultural features" and that "reconstructs the cultural/historical context of the original"(Hassan 2014;2).
These statements demonstrate that there is an interaction between translation and culture, Newmark illustrated that culture in translation competence is “the greatest hurdle to translation, at least the achievement of an accurate and decent translation" (Newmark 2001;328).

Bearing in mind the general alliance among researchers regarding the importance of culture in translation, the translation activity is a question of transferring the correct meaning and that the translator has a productive role in transferring not only the linguistic system of the source text but also the cultural one. As such, it is extremely difficult to draw a borderline between translation and culture as they are inextricably overlaid and this connection leads to creative translation.

2.1 Culture-Specific Items (CSIs)

Culture-specific items are notions that are specific to a particular culture. These concepts are using in different domains such as flora, fauna, food, clothes, housing, work, leisure, politics, law, and religion in the way of life. These cultural concepts are consist of different suggestion and approaches. For the denomination of these concepts, many scholars and linguists employed different names or terms, relatively different definitions are given and they tried to define some points that were related to the culture but they not defined even the name of the concept clearly. Scholars refer different names to these culture-specific items, Newmark uses the term cultural words. (Newmark 1988;327) Christine Nord names them “culturemes” (Nord 1997;9) while in one of the newer studies, focused on the translation of culture-specific items, Mohammad Reza Shah Ahmadi and Fatemeh Nosrati employ a term culture-bound element (Ahmadi and Nosrati 2012;1).
After a long time, some scholars prefer the terms “culture-specific item” (Aixela, 1997; Davies, 2003), others choose cultural words (Newmark, 2003) or culture-bound phenomena/concepts (Baker, 1992, Newmark, 2003, Robinson, 2003). In this study, the term “culture-specific item” is used as the basic term, as well as its abbreviation CSI, although other synonyms may be used to prevent repetition. "Culture-specific items are defined by different scholars according to their differences and similarities. Meanwhile, Mona Baker (1992) defines specific concepts of culture as “sourcelanguage words that express concepts unknown in the target culture” (Baker, 1992, 21). It may relate to religion, kind of food or social customs. Newmark suggests to culture-specific items as cultural words (Newmark 1988, 94). He further discussed that in many circumstances, cultural words are somewhat easy to detect in a text because they are closely related to a specific language and unable to translate word by word (Newmark 1988, 95). When they cannot be translated literary then he mentioned that the translators usually the purpose is to provide a descriptive-functional equivalent (Newmark 1988, 95).--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:02, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

2.1.1 Translation of CSIs in the Holy Quran

The Holy Quran is the most basic religious book for Muslims, the Quran was revealed to the prophet Muhammad (PBUH). The Quranic corpus, created in an early form of Classical Arabic, is traditionally believed to be a literal transcript of God’s speech and to constitute the earthly production of an uncreated and eternal heavenly original, according to the general view referred to in the Quran itself as “the well-preserved tablet” (al-lawḥ al-mahfūẓ; Qurʾān 85;22). It has a heartfelt impact on human lives and their believers. It spreads spiritual stability and peace of mind. According to (Lustig and Joline 2003;16) “Religion is an important institutional network that binds people to one another.”
Translating Quranic-specific words/phrases is considered a great challenge for the translators which requires an accurate interpretation and consciousness of the crucial functions of these Quranic-specific words/phrases. Therefore, they have to focus on a set of aspects to attain equivalence and then render the exact meaning. The translation of the Holy Quran is a debatable process because Arabic is full of cultural-specific concepts with no proper equivalent in other languages; consequently, some equivalents fail to convey their cultural meaning thoroughly. The translation is seen as the process of reconstructing a text into other languages. In the Holy Quran, it is mentioned in the Surah of Yusuf: “we have sent it down as an Arabic Quran”, the translated text has been simply seen as a commentary, explaining, or paraphrasing of the source text. In general, exact translation never occurs; rather this can be a basic interpretation of the Holy Quran. In the process of translation of the Holy Quran, language and CSI items and rhetorical features were not inimitable and reproducible into other languages.
Translating CSIs is a strenuous task because such elements have special meanings in culture and language.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:02, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Types of Translation ===
3. Types of Translation
Newmark determines 8 types of translation which are:

3.1 Word-for-Word Translation

This is usually indicated as an interlinear translation, with the target language immediately below the source language words. The source language word-order is preserved and the words translated singly by their most common meanings, out of context. These words are translated literally. Some of the uses of point-by-point translation are to understand the mechanics of the source language or to create a difficult text as a pre-translation process.

3.2 Literal translation

In this type of translation, the grammatical structures of the source language are changed to the nearest target language equivalent but the written points remain the same to one another, out of context.
3.3 Faithful translation
This translation attempts to reproduce the original exact meaning within the limitations of the TL grammatical structures. It also conveys cultural words and maintains an unusual degree of grammar and strength in translation. It tries to make the SL author completely loyal to the intent and reality of the text.

3.4 Semantic Translation

Semantic translation takes much of the aesthetic value of the source language text, making sense where appropriate so that there are no implications, wordplay or repetition roots in the finished version. It may translate less important cultural points by a culturally neutral third or active terms but not by cultural equation and it may also give the reader more small concessions.

3.5 Adaptation

This is an unrestricted form of translation. It is used mainly for plays and poetry, the themes, characters, plots are usually preserved, the SL culture converted to the TL culture and the text rewritten (Ahmad 2015;15).

3.6 Free Translation

The content without a form of the original or the matter without the manner is the productions of free translation. It is also known as intra-lingual translation and it is usually longer than the original.

3.7 Idiomatic Translation

This type of translation replicates the original message but degrades the depth of meaning by selecting meanings and dialogues that do not exist in the original.

3.8 Communicative Translation

This type of translation replicates the original message but degrades the depth of meaning by selecting meanings and dialogues that do not exist in the original.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:05, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Translation Strategies ===

4. Translation Strategies
Many theorists have used the term translation strategy extensively but with some significant differences in meaning and perspective that they see. Many theorists have used the approach of translation comprehensively but with some notable differences in meaning and vision as they appear.

4.1 Aixela Translation Strategies:
According to Aixela translators need to choose several strategies based on the source language culture and target culture. He distinguishes many of the translation strategies that apply to the translation of culture-specific items and at the same time, he tries to command by the level of their intercultural intervention. He divided it into two groups; conservative groups (5 approaches) and the substitution (6 strategies).

4.1.1. Conservation:
In conservation,the less compelling process includes repetition,orthographic adaptation,linguistic translation,extratextual gloss and intratextual gloss.

4.1.1.1 Repetition:In repetition, there is simply the transference of the culture-specific items from the ST to the TT. Thus,the translator keeps as much as possible the original reference (Aixela 1996;61). This approach is often used for languages that do not differ in the alphabet and most for names.

4.1.1.2 Orthographic Adaptation: The orthographic adaptation involves writing or
transliteration, mainly when the original term is given in a different alphabet than the one used in the target culture.

4.1.1.3 Linguistics translation: Linguistic translation emphasizes on the way where the translator chooses the source closest to the original text and increases his understanding by giving the TL version which is still relevant to the ST cultural system.

4.1.1.4 Extra-textual Gloss: Here,the extra-textual gloss refers to additional information to the previously mentioned procedures, The translator uses one of the above strategies but considers it as a necessity to explain the meaning or concept of CSI. In this gloss, it can be footnotes,endings,words,ideas,translators in dictionaries, italics and so on.

4.1.1.5 Intra-textual Gloss:It's like the past but the translator feels that he/she can include the globe as an indirect part of the text,not to distract the reader.

4.2.1 Substitution
In substitution, According Aixela “that synonymy, limited universalization, absolute universalization, naturalization, deletion, and autonomous creation are encompassing here"(Aixela 1996;87)--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:40, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

4.2.1.1 Synonymy: This strategy is a stylist used to avoid the constant repetition of culturespecific items in the ST.

4.2.1.2 Limited Universalization: When the translator realizes that the culture-specific item is not clear to the reader or that another source CSI exists in the source language which can be replaced, replace it with data. Of course, the location is not as specific to the source language as the first one.

4.2.1.3 Absolute Universalization: The only difference between limited universalization and absolute universalization is when the translator cannot find the best known CSI in the source language or prefers to eliminate the unusual concept and choose a neutral term. (Aixela 1997;63).

4.2.1.4 Naturalization: In this case “translator brings the culture-specific item into the TL culture” (Shokri Ketabi 2015;8).

4.2.1.5 Deletion: When the CSI is “unacceptable ideologically or stylistically or it is not relevant enough for the effort of comprehension required for the readers” (Aixela 1996;64), or very clear that the translator does not want to use any strategy, they delete the CSI.

4.2.1.6 Autonomous Creation: When the translator agrees to use non-existent cultural
reference in the ST.(Aixela 1997;43).

4.3 Mona Baker's Translation Strategies
Baker's strategies have been used by professional translators at word level in their translations, to deal with issues while performing the task of translation.Baker She suggests various procedures to work for unequal treatment at the point level, for example, translation by a more general word, translation by a more neutral / less obvious word, translation by paraphrasing, Using related words, and so on. She formulates the classification in different strategies(Baker 1992;90) which are the following:

4.3.1 Translation by a more general word: According to Baker,this has to do with the meaning of the proposition. Appropriately it works in many languages.

4.3.2 Translation by a more neutral/ less expressive word: This is another strategy in terms of semantics it does with differences with obvious meaning.

4.3.3 Translation by cultural substitution:This strategy involves placing culture-specific material that does not have the same predictive meaning as the target language material but may have the same effect on the target reader.

4.3.4 Translation using a loan word: This strategy relies on culture-specific items, modern borrowing points plus interpretation concepts and buzz points.

4.3.5 Translation by paraphrase using a related word: When the source material is written in the target language but separately, and when the frequency used in the source text is high, it will be natural in the target language.

4.3.6 Translation by paraphrase using unrelated words: This strategy can be used when the concept in the source material is not lexical in the TL.

4.3.7 Translation by omission: Losing phrases or words that are not vital to text development.

4.3.8 Translation by an illustration: Here, use examples when the source word is not equal in the target language. Each theorist presents their strategies according to their point of view,however,Baker,s translation strategies include the most applicable set of strategies, as it shows the strategies used by professional translators.
--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:40, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Cultural Categories ===

5. Cultural categories

5.1.2 Ecology
In this type of cultural category, Newmark labels those words which have some similarities and differences in culture concerning the environment. For Example, animals, colors, astronomy, plants birds etc. They will also have some geographical features that can normally differ from other cultural terms in that they usually have no political, commercial value.

5.1.2 Material culture

Material culture is also known as artefacts, In the category of material culture, Newmark included Food, clothes, housing, transport, and communications and also those objects which are made by humans. For Example, Clothing, atoms, crops, vegetables, jewellery, drugs, planets etc. “Food is for many the most sensitive and important expression of national culture. The function of the generic clothes terms is approximately constant, indicating the part of the body that is covered, but the description varies depending on climate and material used, houses and town, and transport.”(Newmark 1988;90)

5.1.3 Social culture

The social culture is divided by Newmark in two ways, they are work and leisure. For example, Trade, armour, literature, poets, markets, games.

5.1.4 Organisation

Newmark organizations are divided into five categories: political and administrative conditions, historical conditions, and international conditions. ‘The international community terms usually have recognized translations which are in• fact through-translations, and are now generally known by their acronyms', religious terms, artistic terms; “the translation of artistic terms referring to movements, processes and organizations generally depend on the putative knowledge of the readership. For example, adultery, business, corruption, sex, poverty, marriage, divorce etc.”

5.2 Newmark Classification CSIs

Newmark established the classification of culture-specific items (CSIs) into five classes which are;
Table 1. Newmark classification of Culture-Specific Items. (Newmark 1988;97) --[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:50, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

5.2.1 Categorization of CSIs in Surah Yousuf of the Holy Quran

Verse No. Terms English Translation Categories
1 الۡکِتٰبِ Book Material culture

2 قرُۡءٰنًا Quran Material culture

3 الۡقَصَصِ Narration Gesture

4 رَايَۡتُ Dream Habit

5 کَوۡکَبًا Stars Ecology

6 ال َّ شمۡسَ Sun Ecology

7 الۡقَمَرَ Moon Ecology

8 الۡاحََادِيۡثِ Events Organization

9 يعَۡقوُۡبَ House of Yaqub Material culture

10 يعَۡقوُۡبَ Yaqub

11 ابِۡرٰہيِۡمَ Ibrahim

12 اِسۡحٰقَ Ishaq

13 اقۡتلُوُا Kill Social culture

14 ارَۡضًا Earth Ecology

15 الۡجُبِّ Pit Ecology

16 ال َّ س َّ يارَةِ Wayfares

17 يٰۤابََانَا Father

18 َّ يرۡتعَۡ Eat Social culture

19 وَ يَلۡعَبۡ Play Social culture

20 لَحٰفِظُوۡنَ Guard Social culture

21 وَ اخََافُ Fear Habit

22 الذِئّۡبُ Wolf Ecology

23 عِشَاءًٓ Nightfall Ecology

24 َّ يبۡکُوۡنَ Weeping Habit

25 مَتاَعِنَا Belongings Material culture

26 قمَِيۡصِہٖ Shirt Material culture

27 وَارِدہَمُۡ Water drawer Material culture

28 دلَۡوَهٗ Bucket Material culture

29 بِثمََنٍ ۢ بَخۡسٍ Paltry price Material culture

30 درََاہمَِ مَعۡدوُۡدةٍَ Silver coin Material culture

31 مِّصۡرَ Egypt

32 لِامۡرَاتَِہٖۤ Wife

33 الۡارَۡضِ Land Ecology

34 اشَُدَّ هٗۤ Prime age

35 الۡابَۡوَابَ Door Material culture

36 مَعَاذَ ّٰ ِ Master Organization

37 ال ُّ سوۡٓءَ Evil Habit

38 الۡفَحۡشَاءَؕٓ Lewdness Habit

39 عِبَادِنَا Servant Organization

40 وَ قَدَّ تۡ Ripped Social culture

41 عَذاَبٌ Punishment Social culture

42 ُّ يسۡجَنَ Prison Organization

43 الۡعَزِيۡزِ Minister Organistion

44 حُباؕ Love Social culture

45 فتَٰىہَا Slave Organization

46 سِکِّيۡنًا Knife Material culture

47 مَلکٌَ Angel Organization

48 فَاسۡتجََابَ Prayer Gestures

49 خَمۡرًا Wine Material culture

50 خُبۡزًا Bread Material culture

51 رَاۡسِیۡ Head Material culture

52 ال َّ طيۡرُ Birds Ecology

53 ءَارَۡبَابٌ Gods Organization

54 يٰصَاحِبَیِ السِّجۡنِ Prisoners Organization

55 تعَۡبدُوُۡنَ Worship Gesture

56 ال َّ شيۡطٰنُ Satan Organization

57 الۡمَلِکُ King Organization

58 بَقَرٰتٍ Cows Ecology

59 خُضۡرٍ Green Ecology

60 يٰبسِٰتٍ Dry Ecology

61 سُنۡۢبلُٰتٍ Grain Material culture

62 تزَۡرَعُوۡنَ Crops Material culture

63 يغَُاثُ Rain Ecology

64 يَعۡصِرُوۡنَ Juice Material culture

65 النِّسۡوَةِ Women

66 ال َّ رسُوۡلُ Messenger Organization

67 الۡعَزِيۡزِ Governor Organization

68 ال ّٰ صدِقِيۡنَ Truthful Habit

69 الۡخَائِٓنيِۡنَ Betray Organization

70 خَزَائِٓنِ Treasure Material culture

71 مَ َّ کنَّ ا Power Organization

72 بِرَحۡمَتِنَا Mercy Gestures

73 يَتَّ قوُۡنَ Taqwa Habit

74 الۡمُنۡزِلِيۡنَ Hospitality Habit

75 رِحَالِہِمۡ Camel Ecology

76 وَ ل َّ مَا فَتحَُوۡا Family Organization

77 بَابٍ Gate Material culture

78 اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty Organization

79 الۡعِيۡرُ Caravan Organization

80 لسَٰرِقوُۡنَ Thieves Organization

81 السِّقَايَۃَ Bowl Material culture

82 تاَ ّٰ ِ Swear Habit

83 کٰذِبيِۡنَ Liars Habit

84 وِّعَاءِٓ Bag Material culture

85 درََجٰتٍ Rank Organization

86 َّ موۡثِقًا Pledge Social culture

87 الۡحٰکِمِيۡنَ Judges Organization

88 الۡقَرۡيَۃَ Town Material culture

89 عَيۡنٰہُ Eyes

90 الۡبَشِيۡرُ News Social culture

91 ابَوََيۡہِ Parents Organization

92 الۡعَرۡشِ Thrown Organization

93 يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ Devices Material culture

94 وَ الۡارَۡضِ Earth Ecology

95 ال َّ سمٰوٰتِ Heavens Ecology

===Translation Procedure ===

6. Translation Procedure

There are seventeen different kinds of translation procedures classified by Newmark. According to (Gallagher 1996;31)“translation procedures are the technical devices to convey the message of a text in one language into another language.” The difference between translation procedure and translation methods discussed by (Newmark 1988;81)“translation methods relate to whole texts, translation procedures are used for sentences and the smaller units of language.”

6.1 Transference
Transference is the way through which we convert the source language to target language and also contains transliteration or transcription. Transference is also known as loan words, there is no transformation in the spelling of the words that have been translated.

6.2 Naturalization
Naturalization changes the word SL to its pronunciation,then TL to its original form.
Naturalization also adds new connections to external conditions.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:55, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

6.3 Culture equivalent
In this procedure, SL the cultural word is translated by the target cultural word. The use of the translation of this procedure is limited because it is not accurate, but it can be used in general texts, public and publicity,as well as for brief explanation to readers who do not understand the relevant source language culture.

6.4 Functional Equivalent
This approach is the most accurate path of translating and it uses very neutral cultural points with a new specific term.

6.5 Descriptive equivalent
This strategy is working for the description of the meaning or function of the source language.

6.6 Synonymy
This method of translation is applied when there is nothing to the same.

6.7 Through-Translation
Through translation is the literal translation of common conflicts,the names of organizations and compound parts.

6.8 Shifts or Transposition
This translation procedure involving a change in grammar from SL to TL. This change is done when there is a difference between the structure of the SL and the TL is reasonable.

6.9 Modulation
This procedure is used in the translation of sentences, phrases and clauses. Here the translator looked at the message in the source language sentence from a different angle or a different way of thinking. This strategy is used when the translation of words with literal meaning does not produce a reasonable translation.

6.10 Recognized Translation
The translation process is manifested when the translator uses an authoritative or appropriate translation of an organization's term.

6.11 Translation Label
This procedure is the appropriate one for the translation of a new institutional term,and it is a temporary translation of the source language word.

6.12 Compensation
This process manifests itself when there is a meaningful loss in one part,but compensation in the other part.

6.13 Componential Analysis
In this procedure, the source language word translated into the TL by detailing the components of the meaning of the source language word.

6.14 Reduction & Expansion
In this procedure, the elements of the word 'auto' removed and the elements of the word expanded in the target language.

6.15 Paraphrase
This procedure appears when cultural words need more explanation.

6.16 Couplets
In this procedure, two or more different procedures meet in one translation, couplets, triplets, quadruplets.

6.17 Notes
When the additional information is added to the cultural words for the clarification of readers.

===Analysis and Discussion ===

7. Analysis and Discussion

7.1 Introduction
This chapter highlights the procedure of the study and the analysis of culture-specific items in Surah Yusuf. This chapter explores the use of translation strategies in transferring meaning from the ST to the TL and the appropriateness of Newmark's model in interpreting the procedures that the translator applied during the translation process.

7.2 Procedures
To account for the translation of CSIs in this research, the source text of the Holy Quran in Arabic and its English translation translated by Mufti Taqi Usmani were studied. After reading the whole Ayahs of Surah Yusuf and its translation, every Ayah and its translation in English were carefully analyzed to identify CSIs and the strategies used by the translator to translate them into English. After that, the classification of CSIs by Newmark has been accepted as the theoretical framework of this study aimed at analyzing culture-specific items. For the clarification, each procedure is interpreted and demonstrated with illustrations in Tables 1-9.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 17:01, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

7.3 Analysis and Discussion
After the categorizing the culture-specific items according to Newmark's strategies, the researcher worked on the strategies for translating the culture-specific items applied in Surah Yusuf, including transference, cultural equivalent, functional equivalent, descriptive equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, through translation, modulation and notes; Then, he arranged the data gained in Tables 1-9 in order to show the cases of applying Newmark’s strategies for translating the culture-specific items.
The discussion section is devoted to the interpretation of each selected culture-specific word, the researcher presents a discussion of how he formulates the CSIs in Newmark strategies.
Below are the discussion points created for using each strategy;

7.3.1 Transference: Transference includes transliteration and is the same as what is called transcription. The word then becomes a loan word. There were words that were transferred from the source text to the target text. These are presented in the following table.
Table1.

Here are some examples of Transference applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yusuf:

Strategy Source Text Target Text
قرُۡءٰنًا Quran
ابِۡرٰہيِۡمَ Ibrahim
Transference يعَۡقوُۡب Yaqub
اِسۡحٰق Ishaq
يَتَّ قوُۡنَ Taqwa

Words that have given in table 1 are transference words because these are conveyed to target language which is a different language writing system then from the source language, For example, the word Quran is transliterated word and pronounce as same as like in source language قرُۡءٰنًا, so it is transcripted and also become a loan word. Similarly, all the mentioned words in table 1 are transference words.
7.3.2. Cultural Equivalent: Cultural equivalent purpose is to replace a cultural word in the source language with an, although not completely synonymous, target language word.

Table 2.
Examples of Cultural equivalent applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡب House of Yaqub
لَحٰفِظُوۡنَ Guard
بِثمََنٍ ۢ بَخۡسٍ Paltry price
درََاہمَِ مَعۡدوُۡدةٍَ Silver coin
اشَُدَّ هٗ Prime age
Cultural Equivalent مَعَاذَ ّٰ Master
الۡعَزِيۡزِ Minister
فَاسۡتجََابَ Prayer
اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty
يٰصَاحِبَیِ السِّجۡن Prisoners
الۡمَلِکُ King
يَعۡصِرُوۡنَ Juice
مَ َّ کنَّ ا Power

In Surah Yusuf, we have some words that are related to the cultural equivalent, Table 2 contains cases where cultural equality is applied. The word House of Yaqub is not completely synonymous to the ST اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡب, it is a replaced word in the SL. The word minister is not completely synonymous to the word ST word الۡعزَِيۡزِ. Similarly, the word Master in the TT is not synonymous to the word which is used in the ST ّٰ مَعَاذَ, it is a replaced word. The original meaning of the word فَاسۡتجََابَ is to accepted, but here it is referred to Prayer which is not only the synonymous but also a replaced one; furthermore, all the words mentioned in table 2 are mostly not completely synonymous words but the cultural replacing words.

7.3.3 Functional Equivalent:In functional equivalent, the word culture-free is used,
sometimes with a specific term; Therefore, it generalizes the word SL.

Table3.

Examples of Functional equivalent applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
الۡقَصَصِ Narration
رَايَۡتُ Dream
Functional equivalent الۡاحََادِيۡثِ Events
ال َّ س َّ يارَةِ Wayfares
مِّصۡرَ Egypt
يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ Devices

In functional equivalent, culture-free words are used, sometimes a new specific term is used which generalizes the SL word. For example, in table 3 the word Events is used as a cultural free word that generalizes the ST الۡاحََادِيۡثِ. The word Devices is a cultural free word and used as a new specific term to generalize the ST word يَمۡکُرُوۡنَ. The word Narration is used in the TT as a cultural free word because it is not limited or bound to a single culture. The word narration can be used by every culture representative.
7.3.4 Descriptive Equivalent: It is using phrases in TT to explain the ST word.
Table4.
Examples of Descriptive equivalent applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
کَوۡکَبًا Stars
ال َّ شمۡسَ Sun
الۡقمََرَ Moon
Descriptive equivalent عِشَاءًٓ And at Nightfall
وَارِدہَمُۡ Water drawer
سِکِّيۡنً Knife
الۡکِتٰبِ Enlightening book
ال َّ سمٰوٰتِ Heaven

The descriptive equivalent is, using phrases in TT to explain the ST word. For example Eleven stars and the sun and the moon a phrase used in the TT which explains کَوۡکَبًا َّ و ال َّ شمۡسَ وَ الۡقمََرَ the ST words stars, sun and moon. Similarly, Enlightening the book is a phrase used in the target text which highlights the meaning of الۡکِتٰبِ.
7.3.5 Componential Analysis:componential analysis is the initial comparison of a source language point to a selected language point that has the same meaning, but does not equate to one.
Table5.
Examples of Componential analysis applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
رَايَۡتُ Dream
ال َّ طيۡرُ Birds
Componential analysis وَ يَلۡعَبۡ Play
يَعۡصِرُوۡنَ Juice
مَعَاذَ ّٰ ِ Master
يٰصَاحِبَیِ السِّجۡنِ Prisoners
اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty

Further, in justification in the translation of CSIs, the researcher analyzed the words that comparing the word base of a source language with the target language point that has the same meaning, but obviously not equals one. Like رَايَۡتُ means to look or see while translating it to the TT it meanings changes to word Dream. The basic comparison of these two words is the same.
That is both words are related to cognition and eyes. For instance, other words are ال َّ طيۡرُ Birds, اِ نِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty.
7.3.6 Synonymy: Synonymy is a near target language equivalent.
Table 6.
Examples of Synonymy applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
الۡکِتٰبِ Book
قۡتلُوُا Kill
ارَۡضًا Earth
Synonymy الذِئّۡبُ Wolf
دلَۡوَه Bucket
خَمۡرًا Wine
يٰبسِٰتٍ Dry

The translator has used good equivalents for the words chosen in the Surah Yusuf. For instance, الۡکِتٰبِ Book, Book in the TT and الۡکِتٰبِ in the ST are the synonymous word. Few other examples are mentioned in table 6.
7.3.7 Through translation:Through-translation, is a literal translation of common conflicts, names of organizations and compound parts. It can also be called: click or loan translation.
Table7.
Examples of Through-translation applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡبَ House of Yaqub
غَيٰبَتِ الۡجُبِّ Into the bottom of a pit
بِرَحۡمَتِنَا Mercy
Through Translation الۡاحََادِيۡثِ Events
ُّ يسۡجَنَ Prison
الۡعَزِيۡزِ Governor
الۡخَائِٓنيِۡنَ Betray
وَ ل َّ مَا فَتحَُوۡا Family

In through translation, the researcher found those words which have common collocations, name of organization or component of compounds in Surah Yusuf. Examples of through translations are House of Yaqub, اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡبَ is a component of the compound, Family وَ ل َّ مَا فَتحَُوۡا is the name of the organization, other examples are mentioned in table 7.
7.3.8 Modulation: Modulation occurs when the translator generates the original text message in TL text according to the current target language norms, as source language and target languages may differ visually.
Table8.
Examples of in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf Modulation applied
Strategy Source Text Target Text
يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ Devices
Modulation لَسٰرِقوُۡنَ Thieves
مَ َّکنَّ ا Power
وَ قَدَّ تۡ Ripped

The modulation occurs in the translation of culture-specific items when we are translating the word or phrase from the source text to target text according to the new norms and traditions in TT culture. For instance, Devices are the word that had been translated from the Arabic word يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ which means to plan something while in English it is opposite which means tools.
7.3.9 Notes: Notes, additions, and glosses are additional information that a translator must add to the version; The additional information that translators add is usually cultural.
Table9.
Examples of Notes applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty
Notes تعَۡبدُوُۡنَ Worship
ال َّ شيۡطٰنُ Satan
بِثمََنٍ ۢ بَخۡسٍ Paltry price

In this strategy, the translator adds some additional information to his version, The additional information that translators add is usually cultural. For example اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ is a word which means that giving the order is limited or quality related to Al-Mighty God while the translator used the word sovereign which means authority. Worship is a word which means to follow or obey someone, the translator can use it in his point of view while in Arabic تعَۡبدُوُۡ نَ which means a quality limited to God.

===Conclusion and Recommendations===

8. Conclusion and Recommendations

This chapter summarizes the findings of the study. It also provides some recommendations regarding the application of translation procedures in translation between language systems.

8.1 Summary of the Findings

The translator applied nine translation procedures out of seventeen of Newmark’s translation procedures in the translation of the Surah Yusuf of the Holy Quran, namely, transference, cultural equivalent, functional equivalent, descriptive equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, through translation, modulation and notes. The cultural equivalent strategy was the most frequent applied procedure. The descriptive equivalent and through translation procedure was the second most frequently applied translation procedure, It was followed by transference, functional equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, modulation and notes. It is a descriptive study in which CSIs from ST translated to TT.

8.2 Conclusion

The present study purpose was to explore the CSIs in Surah Yusuf of the Holy Quran and to investigate which translation strategy proposed by Newmark were employed by the translator to overcome culture-specific items. Obviously, the researcher has worked hard to clear the way for future students of translation. Throughout the research, the researcher faced a lot of challenges and findings were revealed, some of them are the following;

• Between Arabic and English, there is a big cultural gap. Till now, this problem is considered as an unsolvable problem.

• Lack of reading and translating religious books.

• Many mistakes are made by the translators because they were unknown to the ST.

• The translators have to go through or review the previous translation of the Quranic scripture to solve the problem that they might face in the process of their translation.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 17:05, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

The procedures used in this study will help the translator to render culture-specific terms accurately. Thus, the researcher worked well to fill the linguistic gaps between Arabic and English. Furthermore, Newmark’s translation procedures helped the translator make the translation sound more natural to the TR. It can be observed from the analysis that Newmark’s translation procedures were effective in translating the Islamic texts. The findings of the study might help students of translation and practitioners in the field of TS to get familiar with the most influential strategies in rendering cultural specific items. They can use the findings of the study to employ translation tasks in translations. Educational planners can use the findings of this study to specify the most influential, dominant strategies to conduct a target-oriented/sourceoriented translation. To sum up, it should be emphasized that the focus of this particular study was on religious genre. Investigating CSIs in different genres could lead to new areas of research for interested researchers. Accordingly, the information gained from this study may prove useful to translators, translation teachers, and student learners as it will help them improve their translation skills with the special attention of culture-specific items and will allow them Give texts when having a broad view of translation. Other researchers can derive similar effects from many of the findings of the same study.

This study is similar to other studies that might have several limitations which need to be taken into account. The study focused on one Surah translated by one translator. Examining different Surahs of the Holy Quran and their translations by other authors from different cultures might lead to interesting facts or they might confirm the findings of this study. Different translators might employ different strategies. Further research is needed to confirm or disconfirm the findings of this study. Newmark's strategies are not limited to the cultural features of the language. But it also covers the linguistic specifications. To narrow down the subject of the study, the linguistic aspects of the text were ignored. Comparing these linguistic aspects could be another interesting topic and venue for further research.
Finally, It may be concluded that Newmark’s translation procedures are necessary for the translation of an Islamic text between two different language systems and cultures. However,the translator must be competent in using the translation procedures to provide an accurate translation.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 17:05, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

8.3 Recommendations

The researcher furnished a set of recommendations in the light of the findings reached and the results obtained. The recommendations can make a helpful set of guidelines for both existing and potential translators in general and for translating religious texts of two languages that are not closely related. These recommendations are tentative and are subject to modification upon closer investigation by translation scholars and professionals:

• The researcher recommends that the study of translation procedures should be included in the university curriculum for students who study translation, to help them in solving the problems of translating religious texts.

• It is recommended for translastors to use the translation procedures appropriately in order to deliver the meaning of the source text correctly.

• The researcher also recommends examining the application of other kinds of translation procedures on Islamic texts based on other models such as Andrew Chesterman’s translation procedures.

• It would also be beneficial to investigate Newmark’s translation procedures to various types of texts such as medical texts and journalistic texts.

=== References ===
Abdi, H. (2019). Translating culture-specific items (CSIs) as a conundrum for Iranian MA translation students: Considering the level of study. Journal of new advances in English Language Teaching and Applied Linguistics, 1(1), 88-109.

Aguado-Gimenez, P., & Pérez-Paredes, P. F. (2005). Translation-strategies use: A classroombased examination of Baker’s taxonomy. Meta: journal des traducteurs/Meta:
Translators' Journal, 50(1), 294-311.

Ahmadi, M. R.S and Nosrati, Fatemah. (2012). Domestication and Foreignization Strategies in Translation of Culture-Specific Items. Translations of English-Persian Children’s Literature. San Francisco: Grin Publishing. Google Books.

Al Saleh, R. A. (2019). An Application of Newmark's Procedures to Muhammad Abul Quasem's Alleman, J. C. Bee. W. Ulitkin, I. Files, F., Zetzsche, J., Chatonnet-Marton, P. & y del Árbol, E. V. Translation Strategies.

Al-Sofi, B. B. M. A., & Abouabdulqader, H. (2020). Bridging the gap between translation and culture: towards a cultural dimension of translation. International journal of linguistics, literature and culture, 6(1), 1-13.

Baker, M., 1992. In Other Words: A Coursebook on Translation. London: Routledge, p.20–42.

Blažytė, D., & Liubinienė, V. (2016). Culture-specific items (CSI) and their translation strategies in Martin Lindstrom’s" Brand sense". Kalbų studijos, (29), 42-57.

Bush, P. (1998) "Literary Translation." In: M. Baker, ed. Routledge Encyclopedia of Translation Studies, London: Routledge, pp.127-130.

Catford. J. C. (1965). A linguistic theory of translation. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
English Translation of Mohammad Al-Ghazali's Islamic Guidance.Literature and Culture, 6(1), 1-13.

Gečaitė, L. (2020). Culture-Specific Items and Their Translation Strategies in Victoria Hislop's Novel The Sunrise.” (2020).

Hassan, B. E. A. (2014). Between English and Arabic: A practical course in translation.
Cambridge Scholars Publishing.

Hermans, T. (1999). Translation in systems. Manchester: St. Jerome Publication House, J. (Ed.). (2014). Translation: a multidisciplinary approach. Springer.
Issa, A. L. S. M., & Hammood, L. H. R.- Quranic-Specific Phrases under the Study of Translation; Significance and Applications.

Janfaza, E., Assemi, A., & Dehghan, S. S. (2012). Language, translation, and culture.
In International Conference on Language, Medias and Culture (Vol. (33), p. 83-87).

Janfaza, E., Assemi, A., & Dehghan, S. S. (2012). Language, translation, and culture.
In International Conference on Language, Medias and Culture (Vol. 33, p. 83-87).

Lambert, J. (1998) Literary Translation. In: M. Baker, ed. Routledge Encyclopedia of Translation Studies. London: Routledge, 130-134.

Landers, Clifford E. (2001) Literary Translation: A practical guide. New Jersey University Press: Multilingual Maters.

Lustig, Myron, W. and Koeser, Joline (2003), Intercultural Competence: Interpersonal Communication Across Cultures, Boston: Allyn and Bacon.

Malmkjær, K. (1993). Who Can Make Nice A Better Word Than Pretty? Collocation, Translation, and Psycholoinguistics. In: Baker, M., Francis, G. and Tognini-Bonelli, E.
eds. Text and Technology. Philadelphia/Amsterdam: John Benjamins Publishing Company. pp.213-32.

Mosavat, S., & Rahimpour, S. (2016). The Most and Least Used Translation Strategies for
Conveying Culture-Specific-Items in Young Adult Literature from English into Persian. International Journal of Humanities and Cultural Studies (IJHCS) ISSN 23565926, 1853-1873.

Munday, J. (1997). Systems in Translation: A computer-assisted systemic approach to the analysis of translation of García Márquez. Ph.D thesis, University of Bradford.

Newmark, P. (2001). A Textbook of Translation. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language
Education Press

Newmark, Peter. (1988). A Textbook of Translation. New Jersey: Prentice-Halls

Nord, Christiane. (1997). Translating as a Purposeful Activity: Functionalist Approaches
Explained. Manchester: St. Jerome. Accessed 10 November. 2018. Google Books Schjoldager, A. (2008). Understanding translation. Academica: Århus.

Silalahi, M., & Lubis, S. (2013). Translation Procedures of Cultural Terms Found In Sejarah Bilingual For Students of Senior High School.
Valipoor, K., & andAzizeh Chalak, H. H. T. (2019). Cultural-specific items in translation of the Holy Quran by Irving: 43-51.

Venuti, L. (1995). The translator’s invisibility: A history of translation. London and New York:
Routledge

Widiarto, O. V. V. (2016). The translation procedures of cultural expressions applied in a game of thrones translated into Perebutan Tahta novel by Barokah Ruziati (Doctoral dissertation, Dian Nuswantoro University).

=Zohaib Chand AN INTRODUCTION TO TRANSLATION STUDIES: AN OVERVIEW Intan Pradita=

[[Trans_Type_EN_12]]

===Abstract===
This study aims to observe the development of translation studies through its different types, various strategies, styles and particular methods. In this paper, the readers are introduced to some famous translation scholars including their view of translation studies. At the further discussions, this study lets the readers acknowledge the main issues on translation studies, focusing on different styles of variations such as grammar, sentence structure, textual analysis, strategies and methods. This study may help those who are interested to conduct translation researches and help them by giving options of which theories is beneficial to their analysis. Moreover, it aims to explore the clear definition of translation as well as help the readers to understand the basic concept which are used in the field of translation. The present study, therefore, attempts to outline the scope of the discipline of translation studies and more importantly, it is an attempt to outline its activity that required a deep mastering of language, a good source of knowledge and target cultures.

===Key words ===
Translation, styles of variations, strategies

===Introduction ===
It is undoubtedly right that translation is important to share information. In line with these premise, the number of translation professionals is getting higher. In fact, the result of translation researches tends to help human daily life in term of evaluation, designing translator machines, and cultural studies. Therefore, translation means converting written information from one language into another. It is the new discipline appeared in the second half of the 20th century. The term “Translation Studies” was coined by James S. Holmes, an American-Dutch poet and translator of poetry, in his seminal paper “The Name and Nature of Translation Studies”. Translation enables effective communication between people around the world. It is a courier for the transmission of knowledge, a protector of cultural heritage, and essential to the development of a global economy. Translation helps us to know about the developments in the field of creative arts, education, literature, business, science and politics. It has shifted from the traditional conception of the fixed, stable and unchangeable nature of the text and its meaning to a text with wide scope for variations. Translation also helps in nation building. In this globalised world, the demand for translation and language related services has increased many times. Translation is not only needed for the creation of national identity but has also become an essential tool for keeping pace with the processes of globalization and localization. The activity of translation has a long-standing tradition and has been widely practiced throughout history, but in our rapidly changing world its role has become of paramount importance. Nowadays, knowledge in which cultural exchanges have been widening, has been increasingly expanding and international communication has been intensifying, the phenomenon of translation has become fundamental. Be it for scientific, medical, technological, commercial, legal, cultural or literary purposes, today human communication depends heavily on translation and, consequently, interest in the field is also growing. Accordingly, the discussion, in the present study, proceeds primarily from the perspectives of “Translation Studies” and “Linguistics”. One major goal is to show the interrelationships between linguistics and translation, and how they benefit from each other. Nowadays, translation research has started to take another path, which is more automatic. The invention of the internet, together with the new technological developments in communication and digital materials, has increased cultural exchanges between nations. This leads translators to look for ways to cope with these changes and to look for more practical techniques that enable them to translate more and waste less. They also felt the need to enter the world of cinematographic translation, hence the birth of audiovisual translation. The latter technique, also called screen translation, is concerned with the translation of all kinds of TV programs, including films, series, and documentaries. This field is based on computers and translation software programs, and it is composed of two methods; dubbing and subtitling. In fact, audiovisual translation marks a changing era in the domain of translation.
In short, translation has very wide and rich history in the West. Since its birth, translation was the subject of a variety of research and conflicts between theorists. Each theorist approaches it according to his viewpoint and field of research, the fact that gives its history a changing quality.

Discussion

Translation is an activity that requires deep mastering of languages, a good knowledge of source and target cultures. It is also linked with the translation method, strategies and styles of variations. Each translation type requires different translation method. In this paper, it is an attempt to outline that there are several types of translation. Each type is defined by different scholars through different criteria to the contextual situation of communication. In this paper, we will be writing down the three prominent types of translation through various medium namely; technical translation, literary translation and pragmatic translation. For each type, a selection of examples will be considered for analysis based on translation theories and techniques. We will show that some chunks of text require literal translation, while other requires interpretive method. In addition, this paper will also examine various strategies and its styles of variations based on translational study. The following strategies will be presented in the paper as;

• They involve text manipulation.
• They must be applied to the process.
• They are goal-oriented.
• They are problem-centered.
• They are applied consciously.
• They are inter-subjective.

Most theorists agree that strategies are used by translators when they encounter a problem and literal translation is not useful. Different researchers have investigated and described various translation strategies from their different perspectives. It intends to show what translation strategies exist and when and why they are used by professional translators. Different scholars have various perspectives to the aspects of the act of translation, so, they define and describe different types of strategies. Bergen's (n. d.) classification of the strategies includes three categorizations which will be discussed mainly in this paper:

• Comprehension strategies
• Transfer strategies
• Production strategies

An addition to this paper, styles of variations will also be introduced to the readers through different aspects and examples. The concept of style can be defined in terms of the distinctive way an individual or a group uses language, or better still the discourse used to perform distinct functions of language aimed at achieving specific purposes. However, this does not entail that style is simply a matter of form since it is the product of other components such as the genre of discourse, its semantics, syntax and phonology. Indeed, in order to analyze a given stylistic variation one needs an extensive checklist that includes lexical and grammatical categories, allusions, and figures of speech. Style can be understood to refer to the recurring typical features of the source text compared to the typical features of the translated text. In a quantitative and qualitative analysis, this variation is shown to be influenced by several pragmatic and social factors, and to index the interpreters' stances towards source speakers and towards the immigrant court users who are the recipients of translations from English. It is argued that translation styles have profound consequences for limited English speakers, as the insistence on institutional norms in translating to them is viewed as a gate keeping behavior that may impede their full participation in the proceedings.

What is translation?

Translation went through various definitions going from a mere linguistics activity during the sixties, a cultural and communicative activity during the seventies reflects the social impacting activity in the latest founding of the literature.
“Translation is traditionally known as being the replacement of textual material in one language into equivalent textual material in another language”.
House (2015) mentions that translation is considered as the “replacement” of a text in the source language by a semantically and pragmatically equivalent text in the target language. It is strongly related to a source language and target language cultures. It requires a high level of mastery languages, an awareness of any contextual factors within which the discourse emerges. There is no need to mention how it affected civilizations through different areas of mankind history. For example, An Arab-Islamic civilizations. There have always been different directions on how one should or should not translate. In the Arab tradition, two main methods existed and were in complete divergence namely the literal and the free method.
On the other hand, in the Western tradition there are various methods currently exist namely, the linguistic, the hermeneutic, the interpretive, the functionalist, the interventionist, the poly-systemic and the text-typologist method. More so, it may be important to point out that translation has been defined in many ways, and every definition reflects the theoretical approach underpinning it.
As Shuttlworth and Cowie (1997) observe throughout the history of research into translation, the phenomenon has been variously delimited by formal descriptions, echoing the frameworks of the scholars proposing them. For example, Bell (1991: XV) starts with an informal definition of translation, which runs as follows: the transformation of a text originally in one language into an equivalent text in a different language retaining, as far as is possible, the content of the message and the formal features and functional roles of the original text.
At the beginning of the ‘scientific’ (Newmark, 1988, p. 2) study of translation, Catford (1965, p. 20) described it in these terms, the replacement of textual material in one language (SL) by the equivalent textual material in another language.
Thirty years later, in Germany, the concept of translation as a form of ‘equivalence’ is maintained, as we can see from Koller’s definition (1995, p. 196): “The result of a text processing activity, by means of which a source language text is transposed into a target-language text. Between the resultant text in L2 (the target-language text) and the source text in L1 (the source language text) there exists a relationship, which can be designated as a translational, or equivalence relation”. Because complete equivalence (in the sense of synonymy or sameness) cannot take place in any of his categories, Jakobson (1959) declares that all poetic art is, therefore, technically untranslatable. That is, the translator has to take the question of interpretation into account in addition to the problem of selecting a TL phrase which will have a roughly similar meaning. Exact translation is impossible. In this regard, Bassnett (1996) claims that all texts, being part of a literary system descended from and related to other systems are “translations of translation of translations”: every text is unique and at the same time, it is the translation of another text. No text is entirely original because language itself, in its essence, is already a translation: firstly, of the non-verbal world and secondly, since every sign and every phrase is the translation of another sign and another phrase. However, this argument can be turned around without losing any of its validity: all texts are original because every translation is distinctive. Every translation, up to a certain point, is an invention and as such it constitutes a unique text.
In this analysis of the above definition, Manfredi (2008), points out that the above distinction can be divided into two main perspectives, those that consider translation either as a ‘process’ or a ‘product’. To this twofold categorization, Bell (1991, p. 13) adds a further variable, since he suggests making a distinction between translating (the process), a translation (the product) and translation (i.e., “the abstract concept which encompasses both the process of translating and the product of that process”. Moreover, thanks to advances in new technologies, today we can also incorporate into TS the contribution of corpus linguistics, which allows both theorists and translators analyses of large amounts of electronic texts (Manfredi, 2008). On the other hand, Halliday (1992, p. 15) takes translation to refer to the total process and relationship of equivalence between two languages; we then distinguish, within translation, between “translating” (written text) and “interpreting” (spoken text). Halliday, thus, proposes distinguishing the activity of “translation” (as a process) from the product(s) of “translating”, including both “translation” (concerning written text) and ‘interpreting’ (regarding spoken text.
“Translation is the production of a functional target text maintaining a relationship with a given source text that is specified according to the intended or demanding function of the target text.

Types of Translation

Translation is an activity that requires deep mastering of languages, a good knowledge of source and target cultures. It is also linked with the translation method, strategies and styles of variations. Each translation type requires different translation method. In this paper, it is an attempt to outline that there are several types of translation. Each type is defined by different scholars through different criteria to the contextual situation of communication. In this paper, we will be writing down the three prominent types of translation through various medium namely; technical translation, literary translation and pragmatic translation.

Technical translation

Technical translation is a type of specialized translation involving the translation of documents produced by technical writers, or more specifically, texts which relate to technological subject areas or texts which deal with the practical application of scientific and technological information. (Wikipedia)
Translators' main goal is to accurately translate the technical terminology to match the document and the message of the original content.

The benefits of technical translation

A professional technical translation service is provided by translators with dual specialties, that is, professionals who are fluent in the language pair, but who are also experts in the field covered by the documents to be translated.
When you need to have your documents translated by a technical translator, translators who are not experts may not be able to provide the necessary solutions and terminology for a quality translation. If the translator is not an expert in the field, he/she will have to learn the new terminology while working. This means that translation will take longer, have higher chances of inaccuracies, and may result in higher costs. Therefore, the main advantages of hiring an agency specialized in this type of service are as follows:

Literary translation

Literary translation is the translation of creative and dramatic prose and poetry into other languages. This includes the translation of literature from ancient languages and the translation of modern fiction so that it can reach a wider audience.
Literary translation is of huge importance. It helps to shape our understanding of the world around us in many ways. Reading Homer and Sophocles as part of a classical education in school helps to build an understanding of history, politics, philosophy and so much more. Meanwhile, reading contemporary translations provides fascinating insights into life in other cultures and other countries. In a fast-paced world so rife with misunderstanding and confusion, such efforts to share knowledge and experiences across cultural boundaries should be applauded.
The translation of literature differs greatly from other forms of translation. The sheer size of the texts involved in literary translation sets it apart. Tackling a translation that runs to hundreds of thousands of words is not a task for the faint-hearted. Nor is recreating poetry in a new language, without losing the beauty and essence of the original work.
One of the key challenges of literary translation is the need to balance staying faithful to the original work with the need to create something unique and distinctive that will evoke the same feelings and responses as the original. This can be particularly challenging when it comes to translating poetry.
Poems are written with incredible attention to detail. Not only are the words and phrases important, but the number of syllables and the entire rhythm of the completed work. It’s a challenging task to complete just in one language, let alone when trying to recreate a poet’s work during a translation. Daniel Hahn, director of the British Centre for Literary Translation, sums up the issue beautifully.
As literary translators will attest, a single word can be extremely troublesome. The author of a work of fiction has chosen that word for a good reason, so the translator must ensure that it is faithfully delivered in the target language. However, what if no direct translation is available? Or what if several options exist, each with a slightly different nuance? Urdu language translator Fahmida Riaz outlines her approach to such thorny issues.
For instance, “Every piece you translate comes from the pen of an individual, so you have to give it an individual treatment. I try to retain the ambience of the original culture, rather than the language, as it is reflected in the text.”

Pragmatic translation

Pragmatic translation is the basic assumption that provided a source language text contains no misstatements of fact, is competently written and has to be fully translated rather than summarized or functionally reorientated; one's purpose in translating it is to be referentially and pragmatically accurate. In this paper, I shall not deal with referential accuracy but concentrate instead on the pragmatic aspects of translation. As the term pragmatic translation may be used in a variety of ways, I should like to state my own definition of pragmatic, which derives from Charles Morris and ultimately from Charles S. Peirce. I am using pragmatic as one of the two factors in translation: pragmatic denotes the reader's or readership's reception of the translation, as opposed to referential, which denotes the relationship between the translation and the extra-linguistic reality it describes.
Translation is a properly way to a properly communication and pragmatics is how to use language in communication properly. By translation, many things from different languages and cultures can understand to each other. In other words, translation can be stated as a facilitator to make a communication runs well.

===An Overview on Translation Studies ===

===Main Issues in Translation Studies: Equivalence or Variations ===

=== Matthiessen's Parameter on Register Variations===

===Conclusion ===

=== References ===

= Muhammad Numan A Study to Explore the Translation Strategies of Idiomatic Expression from Urdu to English ; A Case Study of Sadat Hassan Manto’s Short Story “Khol Do” =
[[Trans_Type_EN_13]]

===Abstract===
Translation is necessary for developing knowledge and idea, but it also makes the people understand the language and culture of other people or countries. However, equivalence is essential during translation, especially when the translator wants to translate idiomatic expressions in the best possible way. Therefore it is necessary to follow up on some strategies during the translation process. The research work is carried out under the qualitative method with textual analysis techniques as significant. Mona Baker's model for idiomatic expression is explored with the help of different examples from collected data. The primary purpose of this study is to find out which types of strategies are being followed by the translator during the translation process. It was found that translation by paraphrasing, translation by similar words and meaning and translation by similar meaning and different words.
===Key words ===
Translation Strategies, Idiomatic expression, Sadat Hassan Manto, Urdu Literature --[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 09:45, 12 December 2021 (UTC)

===Introduction ===

In this chapter, the researcher wants to highlight the different concepts about the fundamental question that "what is idiomatic expression" and the views of various critics, theorists and linguistic experts, and prominent scholars of translation studies.--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 15:38, 13 December 2021 (UTC) Among them are Lindalorri, Mona Baker, Newmark's, and many more define idioms from their point of view. Secondly, the researcher highlights one of the most prominent literary and short stories writers of the sub-continent Sadat Hassan Manto, his life, literary style, and short stories career. In the last statement of the problem, the objective of the research, which type of strategies was followed in the translation process, purposes of study, and delimitation of studies are explained one by one.

Many critics, theorists, and linguists define idioms differently. However, in general, an idiom is a phrase or expression that typically has a metaphorical, non-literal meaning connected to it. However, phrases can become figurative idioms while keeping the literal meaning of the words. However, according to the Oxford Dictionary of English, a set of words is established by usage as having a meaning not deducible from the meanings of the constituent terms (e.g., over the moon, see the light).

"What is particularly remarkable about idioms is that they can be described in a variety of ways, depending on the roles they fulfilled," writes (Linda 2006: 8). "A string of words whose meaning differs from the meaning supplied by the individual words" is what an idiom is, according to (Larson 1984: 20). Idioms are "at the end of the scale from collocations in one or both of the areas: flexibility of patterning and transparency of meaning," according to (Baker 1992: 23). Idioms are defined by (Yagihashi 2003, 22) as a "collection of words whose meaning cannot be guessed from their meaning.". According to Newmark, “Idioms are word groups whose meaning cannot be deduced from the meaning of individual words.”(Newmark 1981: 11).--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 15:38, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

The whole meaning of each word that makes up an idiom cannot be considered the idiom's overall meaning. As a result, an idiom should not be translated. To remark that someone is bull-headed, for example, suggests that he or she is obstinate, even though the connotation has nothing to do with the words bull or headed. According to Corelli, English has a sizeable idiomatic base. About 4,000 idioms in American English are drawn from the nation's culture and everyday life. Idioms infect English with a peculiar flavor and offer it remarkable diversity, brilliant character, and color. She also feels that idiomatic expressions not only assist language learners in understanding English culture but also penetrating English people's traditions and lifestyles and gaining a deeper understanding of English history.(Corelli 2006: 53)

The main issue that idiomatic and fixed expressions pose for translators, according to Baker is twofold: "the ability to recognize and interpret an idiom correctly; and the difficulties involved in rendering the various aspects of meaning that an idiom or a fixed expression conveys into the target language. The first challenge that a translator encounters is understanding that she/he is dealing with an idiomatic expression.(Baker 1992: 65)

Sadat Husain Manto's writings also include numerous literary criticism, studies in Urdu, and many translations from Urdu into English. He is credited with having brought Urdu language and literature into the mainstream of contemporary international writing. There is no doubt that Sadat Hassan Manto was the most prolific of all modern writers in the sub-continent. Manto's published a substantial number of short stories during his short literary life span, and novelette gave some master piece work to Urdu literature. The noble laureate Hemingway mentions the lunatic life of great Manto's in his speeches. The current research study aims at discovering and determining the strategies used in translations of "khol do" short stories about sexual violence during partition of sub-continent and "license" a short story which throw light on the behavior of society toward widow his profession which lead toward prostitution by Aatesh Taseer an Indian born translator currently living in London having solid links with native country and culture.(Ahsan 2020: 12-27)--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 15:44, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Literature Review ===

In this chapter, the author/researcher defines the strategy and its different definitions from various perspectivess. However, the sole focus is only on the strategy of translation studies. Furthermore, renowned academicians put forward their definition of strategy like Venutti quoted translation strategy as the theory of de construction-sim, which is progressive and future-oriented.(Venutti !995, 35 Krings defines it as the content of the project, while Seguinet divided the term into three steps.(Krings 2000:21). However, Locher defines it as the procedure of solving a problem faced in translating a text. Jaskelaine involves the primary task of choosing the SL text and developed a method to translate it. (Locher 2002:76) In last, the author points out his research work's sole purpose by mentioning different research work on Mento's short stories except for this angle. --[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:30, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

The term "strategy" is used in a variety of settings. Many theorists in translation studies have used the phrase "translation methods" interchangeably, although with significant distinctions in meaning and perspective. The following is a collection of more general definitions of the term strategy. A strategy is a long-term set of actions to achieve a specific goal (Wikipedia Committee, n. d.).A methodical plan for improving one's learning performance has been actively altered and mentioned (Instruction Curriculum Reading Glossary, n. d.)
A strategy is a well-thought-out, intentional, goal-oriented (with a measurable outcome) approach carried out through a series of actions that can be monitored and modified (Curriculum Learning Literate-Futures Glossary, n. d.)

A collection of particular mental and behavioral procedures is taken to reach a given result. These definitions are general and can be related to different fields of study. This study mainly concerns translation strategies, although the definitions mentioned above can be narrowed down to this research field, as well. Translation strategies have their characteristics, through which one can gain a proper understanding of them. In general, a translator employs a strategy when confronted with a challenge while translating a text; nevertheless, translation methods are not required when translating a text literally. Bergen points out that strategies are not always obvious or straightforward. (Bergen 1996:33)

Although beginners in the field of translation believe they have done a successful translation when they translate word for word and utilize a dictionary, they do not realize that there is still a problem and that adjustments must be made at various levels of the translation. As a result, the most critical purpose of the strategies is to solve problems. "Venuti attempted to put deconstructionist translation theory into practice by proposing the "resistant translation" technique as an alternative to the standard "smooth translation. This technique tries to reverse the colonial concept of translation, English-American culture centralism, and the value of imperialist culture from an ideological standpoint. (Vinute 1998:41).--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:30, 13 December 2021 (UTC)
It aims to retain "foreignness" rather than seeking similarity in translation principles and methods. The author believes Venuti's translation strategy is quite progressive and future-oriented, with the development of international communications on an equal footing. However, it will take time to implement fully." (Jianzhong. .Krings 1986, 18) defines translation strategy as "a translator's potentially deliberate objectives for solving concrete translation problems specific translation task in the context of a project."The translators adopted three global tactics, according to Seguinot (i) translating uninterrupted for as long as possible; (ii) resolving surface flaws as soon as possible; (iii) leaving text quality and stylistic problems to the editing stage.(Seguinot 1989:27)--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:30, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

Furthermore, Loescher defines translation strategy as "a possibly conscious technique for overcoming a difficulty encountered in translating a text, or any segment thereof."(Loescher 1991:8) As stated in this definition, consciousness is vital in distinguishing strategies employed by learners and translators. "The element of consciousness is what distinguishes strategies from these activities that are not strategic," (Cohen 1998:4) claim moreover, 'Bell' distinguishes between global (whole-text) and local (text segment) techniques and indicates that this distinction is the outcome of several types of translation challenges.(Bell 1998:188)

According to Venuti, "involve the core tasks of picking the foreign text to be translated and establishing a way to translate it."(Venuti 1998, 240). He uses the terms "domesticating" and "foreignizing" to describe them. Ordudari, considering the process and outcome of translation, Jaaskelainen divides methods into two primary categories: some strategies deal with what happens to texts, while others deal with what happens during the translation process. According to Jaaskelainen, product-related strategies entail the essential tasks of selecting the SL content and establishing a technique for translating it. On the other hand, process-related strategies are "a set of (loosely articulated) rules or principles that a translator applies to attain the goals determined by the translating scenario.(Jaaskelainen 2005:15)

Furthermore, Jaaskelainen distinguishes between global and local strategies, stating that "global strategies refer to general principles and modes of action, while local strategies refer to specific activities concerning the translator's problem-solving and decision-making.(Jaaskelainen 2005:16). Newmarkdistinguishes between translation methods and translation procedures. (Newmark 1988, 81) also distinguishes between translation techniques and procedures, writing, "While translation methods are employed for full texts, translation procedures are utilized for sentences and smaller units of language."(Newmark 1988, 221)

Apart from other literature like poetry, drams and other subcultures also produce literary genius in short stories. Monto is one of them. His literature is translated into different languages with a different theme in his work. Apart from the story of division, Manto's books are characterized by powerful female characters. Manto combines the physical brutality of division with the intellectual cruelty that sex and sexuality face inside the Indio Pak subcontinent's social framework (Ranjan 2004, 3). Manto's female characters, according to Ispahani, are characterized by their sexual fragilities, such as sexual humiliation, rape, and prostitution. "They are nearly always victims, with the power only to cause their destruction," she believes. Sakina's body movement reveals how severely she was sexually raped. Sakina's silence and pain depict the savagery of her rape to the point where they lost their ability to communicate. Manto's short stories present another perspective on trauma through the absence of the subject converses (Mehta 2018, 9). Bingo by Tariq Rahman explores sexual repression, social injustice, and war tragedies. Wartime rape has existed since the beginning of conflicts, and penetrators consider it one of their weapons of war (Isikozlu, 2016:13).

The concept of hegemonic binary was introduced by the second wave of feminism, which depicts patriarchal conduct as sexually superior and powerful. At the same time, women are sexually inferior and submissive argue (Marinucci, 2010:15). Sexual trauma serves as a link between the victim and society; it ruins the victim's sense of safety, leads to low self-esteem, and silences them called by (Lewis 2017:54). Saadat Hasan Manto (1912-1955) was one of the most well-known, controversial, and provocative Urdu writers of the twentieth century. Despite being a prolific writer of essays, plays, film scripts, and novels, he was best known for his short tales. Born in Punjab, he began his writing career in Bombay before moving to Lahore, Pakistan, in January 1948, a few months after partition (Hasan 1984:12). Following that, his stories generally centered on a partition, exploring its human effects from various perspectives.

Manto's works are notable for their realism, word economy, dependence on internal components, and, most notably, their abrupt, often distressingly unclear ends (Akhtar and Flemming 1985:9). While Tariq Rahman wrote Bingo, he is a writer, playwright, and critic who has made significant contributions to Urdu literature through his writing. Research work was carried out on the comparison of "bingo" and "khol do."
The purpose of this thesis is to compare the two short stories Khol Do and Bingo, both of which focus on women and violence, particularly wartime rape, which makes women more vulnerable than ever before. This paper explores how women are victims of war and partition, making them doubly marginalize primarily due to the hegemonic binaries of men and women. Both of the stories aim to reflect the stigmata of our society regarding the violence and cruel treatment of women since their existence. Furthermore, via the lenses of feminism and post-colonialism, it examines how varied wartime weapons can be for both gender binaries. The writers' audacity causes us to reflect on the inhumane treatment of women in everyday life and even in wartime when they are with the men who are supposed to defend the female..(Ahsan 2020: 12-27)--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:31, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

=== Theoritical Framework ===

In this paper, various strategies have been used, like using an idiom of similar meaning and similar form, the idiom of similar meaning and different form, translation by Paraphrasing, translation by omission. The approach of employing idioms of similar meaning and form, according to Mona Baker, entails using an idiom in the target language that can express about the same meaning as the source language idiom, as well as having lexical similarity. On the other hand, this type of matching happens periodically as well as regularly.(Baker, 1992, 13)

Similarly, employing idioms with similar meanings but different forms means that it is possible to locate an idiom or fixed expression in the target text language that has a similar meaning to the source idiom or expression but is made up of distinct lexical elements. Consider the case of English and French, both of which use the idiom mentioned above. In English, one good deed is rewarded with another, whereas in French, handsome deeds are rewarded with handsome deeds.

Furthermore, we did not come across any idioms in the category mentioned above during translating idioms. To deal with this issue, the translators used the most popular approach, known as a translation by paraphrase, which is short, straightforward, and time-saving. When a match cannot be identified in the target language or when it appears improper to employ idiomatic language in target material due to aesthetic differences between the source and target languages, this is the most typical approach for translating an idiom from source to target language. However, one thing to keep in mind is that a perfect translation is not required is necessary or possible.

Last but not least, to overcome the problem of idiom translation, the translator employs the strategy of translation by omission. This can be defined as an idiom being omitted entirely in the target text with a single word. This is done because the idiom has no close match in the target language; its meaning cannot be easily paraphrased or due to stylistic reasons.--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:38, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

Data analysis Techniques:
Textual analysis is the method of data analysis in qualitative research that brings forth the hidden and potent message, structure, and function of research in giving text, Alan Mckee (defines textual analysis as whenever we perform textual analysis on the text, we make an educated guess at some time of the most likely interpretations that might be made of that text (Alan 2001:3)
Analysis of the translation of short stories in light of Mona baker's theory "khol do and license" are short stories written by Sadat Hassan Manto and translated by many translators from Urdu into English. During translation, the translator adopted many strategies for translating idiomatic expression, sometimes by Paraphrasing, sometimes by omission, sometimes using similar idioms of form and meaning while sometimes using different words and the same form, the whole.
--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 09:51, 12 December 2021 (UTC)

===Discussion and Analysis===

The chapter analyzes and discusses all the data collected by the author/researcher from different sources. All the examples of idioms are firstly identified, then translated into the target text, and back-translated for the sole purpose of exploring the strategies being used by the translator. A separate section is given to every strategy with its related example. Moreover, the idiomatic expression, the target work for finding, is highlighted through the bold letter.

4.1 Translation by Paraphrasing:

Based on our findings, the most often used strategy was "translation by paraphrasing." An inspection also reveals that Aatish Taseer preferred this strategy. Here are some examples applied by the translators, and in the following section, the logic behind their preference towards this strategy is elaborate. The following are examples from two short stories of Sadat Husain Manto's "khol do" and "license."
Example 1:

ST: Sirajuddin ne subah das baji anki kholi to logo ka aik mutalatam samandar deka.

TT: Ten a.m., Siraj Uddin opens his eyes on the cold floor of the camp, seeing the swelling sea of men.

BT: sub ke das baji jab Sirajuddin ne apni anki koli to logo ka aik ublaha howa samandar ka nizara dekni laga.

So, the above idioms are literal idioms being translated with the help of 'Paraphrasing' because there is no perfect equivalent of mutalatam words in English languages. A similar look at another idiom from short stories "khol do."

Example 2:

ST: Khuda tomahra bala kari.

TT: Your God will reward

BT: Is ka badla khoda tomahi di.

Here, the word reward is being used for Bala Kari, an example of transitional by Paraphrasing.
Let take another example from "khol do."

Example 3:

ST: unkho nai Jan khateli pa rak kar sakena ko donda.

TT: even putting their lives online, they search sakina

BT: apni zindagio ko khatri me dal kar unkho nai sakina ko dond nekala.

The above idioms are examples of pure idiom translated from Urdu into English with the help of paraphrases strategies. However, under the same strategies, the idioms of another short story of Manto,s "license," are translated by Aatish Taseer. Some of the examples are given below.

Example 4:

ST: Abu kochwan bara cheel jabela ta. It is the binomial type of idioms taken from the first sentence of the short story "license" by Sadat
Hasan Manto

TT: Abu kochwan is stylish man.

BT: Abu kochwan aik wazahdar admi ta.

From the above idiom, it is clear that there is no perfect equivalence of cheela chabela idiom in English; that is, the translator goes
through paraphrasing strategies. Look at another example from "license."

Example 5:

ST: Lein har waqat bank bani rekhi ka usi be had showk ta

TT: He had a weakness for style and fashion.

BT: Dan saj ke rekhna uski kamzori me sai ik ta.

So all of the above examples, which are analyzed one by one, are examples of idioms being translated through paraphrasing strategies. Beaugrande and Dressler define paraphrases as "approximate conceptual equivalence among outwardly different material."(De Beaugrande and Dressler 1981, 50) Similarly, in this regard, Hirst defines paraphrases as "talk(ing) about the same situation in a different way." (Hirst 1980:12) Munday declared that "equivalence is particularly useful in translating idioms and proverbs” For instance, if the English idiom like a bear with a sore head is rendered into Persian as (mesle borje zahremar), meaning like a tower of snake venom, the strategy of equivalence has been applied. (Munday 1981:13).--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:55, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

According to Leonardi, "Equivalence can be said to be the central issue in translation." In this regard, house believes that "a translation text should match not only its source text in function but also employ equivalent situational-dimensional means to achieve that function" (Baker 2002:49). who shares this approach, states that equivalence is used "for the sake of convenience—because most translators are used to it rather than because it has any theoretical status" (Kenny 1998:77).

Despite different attitudes to the concept of equivalence, most specialists pay much attention to its meaning in the theory of translation. The translation is a form of communication, and that is why it is vital to establish equivalence between the source text and the target text. Although Vinay and Darbelnet believe that equivalence is used differently than in modern translation theory, it is evident that equivalence is one of the basic concepts of translation that cannot be neglected.Vinay and Darbelnet 1999:18)
Consequently, based on the Above mentioned studies using 'Paraphrasing' in translation stands as the core concept in the process of translation, and still, most of the translators cling to it for producing a more comprehensible and explicable text. These language ideas and translation models are ideal constructs, presented abstractly in order to be differentiated precisely. They may exist in an uneasy combination in actual theories and practices, resulting in logical tensions or inconsistencies. They must first contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation before they can contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation. Theories and actions must be contextualized in historical settings. They've been utilized as analytical tools to describe various topics in section introductions. Theoretical writings and current events these language notions and translation models are ideal constructs expressed in an abstract manner in order to be distinguished precisely in real-life hypotheses they may exist in an uncomfortable mix, resulting in logical conflicts or inconsistencies. They must first contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation before they can contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation.

4.2 Using an idiom of Similar Meaning and Form

As mentioned earlier, this strategy type is being used by Aatish Taseer during their translated work of Manto's short stories "khol do" and" license" on an occasional basis. Some examples are mention below.

From khol do.

Example 6:

ST: Larki ka rang zard hogaya.

TT: The girl's face became fail

BT: larki ka rang zar hogya.

Similarly, another example from the license is

Example 7:

ST: Abu our us ke mat beer hogaie

TT: They fall in love with each other.

BT: WO ik dosri ke mokhbat me geriftar hogaie

The above idioms are pure ones and are being translated with the help of similar meanings and similar forms.

The procedures: transposition, modulation, equivalence, and adaptation, and when it comes to defining the term Equivalence, (Vinay and Darbelnet 2000:90) propose that it consists in rendering "the same situation … by two texts using completely different stylistic and structural methods", and when it comes to translating idiomatic expressions like "Il pleut à seaux" it can be translated as "It is raining cats and dogs" using the idiom of similar form and meaning in the target language.

As Baker states, this strategy involves using an idiom in the TL which conveys roughly the same meaning as that of the source language idiom and, in addition, consists of identical lexical items. The salient point is that this kind of match can only occasionally be achieved, which cannot be picked up more often by translators. Accordingly, both translators mentioned in the current study had quite a slim chance of using this strategy type.(Baker 1992:12)

4.3 Using an idiom of similar meaning but different form:

During translating Manto short stories, "khol do" and "license," some of the idioms are translated with the help of this strategy. Some of the examples are given below from two different short stories.

Example number one is from the short story "khol do"

Example 8:

ST: Aur bolwai gos ayai thee?

TT: The roitors come abroad.

BT: pasadi bahar agai hai.

The above idiom is a pure type of idiom being translated with the help of above mention strategy. The word rioter is being used for bolwai, which is not a perfect word for bolwai. In Urdu bolwai, people believe in violence when minorities or the low population of any country want some rights. These people stop them by using violence, burn down their properties, rapes women, and do things like that. Another example from the license is below.

Example 9:

ST: Dosri kotwal abu ko dek kar jal ban ho jati.

TT: The other coachman burn with envy.

BT: Abu ke kamyabi dek kar aur kotwal abu sai khasad karni lagi’

The above idioms are a pure idiom that reflects the effect of jealousy between competitors to achieve equivalency. Aatish Taseer uses envy word for jal ban instead of other which have similar meaning but different form. Look at the other example from "license."

Example 10:

ST: Dino lat vo lagal se kam karni laga.

TT: Dino came with an excuse.

BT: Dino abb bahi tarashni laga.

The above idioms are types of binomial idioms translated with the help of idioms with similar meanings and different forms. (Newmark 1988, 81) mentions the difference between translation methods and translation procedures. He writes that "[w]hile translation methods relate to whole texts, translation procedures are used for sentences and the smaller units of language" (Newmark 1988: 81). Idiomatic translation in his definition reproduces the 'message' of the original. However, it distorts nuances of meaning by preferring colloquialisms and idioms where these do not exist in the original, leading to using an idiom of similar meaning but a different form. Besides, it is often possible to find an idiom or fixed expression in the target language with a meaning similar to that of the source idiom or expression but which consists of different lexical items (Baker 1992, 12). Therefore, translators discover idiomatic expressions in the target language with different forms than in the source language. In the current study, the translators approached this strategy merely for 9% of the total times, which means the frequency of Iranian and English idioms with the same meaning and different forms is not considered high.

4.4 Translation by omission:

A translator is less using these strategies, and we did not find any clue on this type of strategy in an area under consideration.
--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 09:48, 12 December 2021 (UTC)

=== Findings===

(Mandelbit 1995) believed that idioms with different cognitive mapping in the target language would be more challenging to translate. After conducting study and data analysis of collected data, the result revealed that the translator frequently used three out of four strategies of the Mona Baker model during the translation process, which is a translation by Paraphrasing, translation by similar meaning and similar form, translation by similar meaning and different form. In contrast, translation by omission does not found in his work.
After detail and careful analysis of data, more than half of idioms like "swelling sea of man,” my lord break his arrogance, “weakness for style and fashion." As I mentioned earlier, many more are translated under the umbrella of Paraphrasing, which is considered the most common method used for translating idioms.

Similarly, we also reflect strategies like similar meaning and different form and similar meaning and similar form. The idiom "rioter came abroad,” burn with envy,” The girl's face became pale, " They fall in love with each other" are translated with the help of two mention strategies, respectively.

Although translation by omission is a strategy used on rare occasions because of its meaning, its meaning cannot be easily paraphrased or stylistic reason. Here, the researcher also did not find any idiom translated with the help of the omission strategy.

===Conclusion ===

Go through detailed discussion and analysis of data collected from my source. We finally concluded that the idioms present in two short stories, "khol do" and "License," are translated under the frame of Mona Baker's idiomatic model. Translation by Paraphrasing is mainly used while idioms of similar meaning and form and idioms of similar meaning and different forms are used occasionally. The researcher discusses all the strategies with related examples in the order of maximum used to minimum used. The strategy by omission did not find it works. All the data are collected from different sources and analyzed with the help of different researcher tools, and the result is written in light of the finding. Different from previous studies, the writer presents the strategies to translate idioms by each type of idiomatic expression found in the story. From the result, it is considered the translation of idiomatic expressions in the story is quite accurate. As the number of accurate data is more the data which is not related to the translation. We take conclusion from the translation through idiomatic expression and paraphrasing is the best way to translate a novel or a story however it is very difficult job to do because it needs more accurate and precise knowledge about the source language and an inspiring method to express ideas in the target language. However, translation is thing through which we can connect the world with each other and also we can study and observe diverse cultures.

=== References ===
Abu-Saydeh, A. F. (2004). Translation of English idioms into Arabic. Babel, 114-131.

Ahsan, S. (2020). A comparative study of two translations of manto's short story "Toba Tek". International Journal of English Language Studies, 12-27.

Alexander, R. J. (1987). Mimeograph. In R. J. Alexander (Ed.) Collocation and Culture. Trier: University of Trier, West Germany.

Al-Qinai, J. (2000). Translation quality assessment. strategies, parameters and procedures. Translator's Journal, 497-519.

Bayashi, J. (2020). Japanese-English translation: An advanced guide. Oxfordshire: Routledge.

Das, V. &. (1995). Critical events: An anthropological perspective on contemporary India. New Delhi: Oxford Printing Press.

Mufti, A. (2007). The Language of English India. In I. &. End (Ed.) Enlightenment in the Colony. Princeton University Press.

Waka Xia, L. (2019). A discourse analysis of news translation in China. Syydney: Routledge.

= Muhammad Saqib Mehran Problems in Translation Study =
[[Trans_Type_EN_14]]

===Abstract===

===Key words ===

===Introduction ===

===Ambiguity===

===Lexical and Structural Mismatches===

===Multiword units: Idioms and Collocations===

===Summary===

===Further Reading===

=刘胜楠 A Case Study of ''Ne Zha'' on Subtitle Translation Strategies from the Perspective of Skopos Theory=
[[Trans_Type_EN_15]]

Translation types, strategies, styles, methods

2021-12-13T17:01:03Z

Muhammad Numan: /* Analysis and Discussion */

'''Translation types, strategies, styles, methods'''

[[Translation_types,_strategies,_styles,_methods|Overview Page of Translation types, strategies, styles, methods]]

30 Chapters（0/30)

[[Trans_Type_EN_1]] [[Trans_Type_EN_2]] [[Trans_Type_EN_3]] [[Trans_Type_EN_4]] [[Trans_Type_EN_5]] [[Trans_Type_EN_6]] [[Trans_Type_EN_7]] [[Trans_Type_EN_8]] [[Trans_Type_EN_9]] [[Trans_Type_EN_10]] [[Trans_Type_EN_11]] [[Trans_Type_EN_12]] [[Trans_Type_EN_13]] [[Trans_Type_EN_14]] [[Trans_Type_EN_15]] [[Trans_Type_EN_16]] [[Trans_Type_EN_17]] [[Trans_Type_EN_18]] [[Trans_Type_EN_19]] [[Trans_Type_EN_20]] [[Trans_Type_EN_21]] [[Trans_Type_EN_22]] [[Trans_Type_EN_23]] [[Trans_Type_EN_24]] [[Trans_Type_EN_25]] [[Trans_Type_EN_26]] [[Trans_Type_EN_27]] [[Trans_Type_EN_28]] [[Trans_Type_EN_29]] [[Trans_Type_EN_30]] ...

[[Book_projects|Back to translation project overview]]

[[DCG-To-Do|To the To Do List]]

=阳佳颖 Analysis On Subtitling Strategies in the American Version of the ''Legend of Zhen Huan''=

'''浅析美版《甄嬛传》的字幕翻译策略'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_1]]

阳佳颖 Yang Jiaying, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 2: The Use of Translation Strategy and Translation Methods in Tourism Texts under the Guidance of Peter Newmark's Translation Theory -- A Case Study of ''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''=
'''纽马克翻译理论指导下旅游文本中翻译策略与翻译方法的使用——以''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_2]]

刘晓 Liu Xiao, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 3: Translation methods and strategies for novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory -- A case study of Korean novel Eun-ju's Movie (Excerpt)=
交际翻译理论指导下小说题材所适用的翻译方法和翻译策略—以韩国小说集《恩珠的电影》（节选）为例

[[Trans_Type_EN_3]]

刘越Liu Yue ，Hunan Normal University，China

=Chapter 4: On Translation Strategies and Translation Methods in Chinese Translation of English Prose -- A Case Study of Chinese Translation of English Prose "Pleasures of Ignorance"=

'''浅析英语散文汉译中的翻译策略和翻译方法——以英语散文《无知的乐趣》汉译本为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_4]]

毛雅文 Mao Yawen, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 5： Analysis of translation strategies and methods for political eassays --- A Case Study of Annual Summary of the Russian Government's Work of 2019 =
'''政论语体翻译策略及翻译方法— 以《2019年俄罗斯政府工作报告》为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_5]]

毛优 Mao You，Hunan Normal University，China

=Chapter 6: An analysis and comparison of the translation styles of two Chinese translations of ''Le Spleen de Paris''=
'''浅析对比《巴黎的忧郁》两个汉译本的翻译风格'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_6]]

彭瑞雪 Peng Ruixue, Hunan University, China

=Chapter 7: A Study of Lu Xun’s Short Stories Translation from the Perspective of Functional Equivalence: Taking Yang Xianyi and Gladys Yang’s English Verison of ''Kong I-Chi'' as a Case Study=
功能对等翻译视角下的鲁迅短篇小说翻译研究——以杨、戴夫妇的《孔乙己》英译本为例

[[Trans_Type_EN_7]]

秦建安 QinJianna, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 8:Translation methods and strategies applicable to the style of biographical literature -- Taking ''Incidents in Life of Slave Girl'' (excerpt) as an example=

'''传记文学的文体所适用的翻译技巧与策略——以英文传记《一名女奴的人生际遇》(节选)为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_8]]

颜子涵 Yan Zihan, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 9: On the Translation Strategies of ''Lun Yu'' from the Perspective of Fusion of Horizons – A Contrastive Study of two translations of Ku Hung-ming and Xu Yuanchong=

'''视域融合视角下看《论语》英译的翻译策略—以辜鸿铭和许渊冲的英译本为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_9]]

邝艳丽 Kuang Yanli, Hunan Normal University, China

=杨柳青 Bian Zhilin's Literary Translation Theories and Practice——Take His Translation of Romantic Poems as Examples=

Yang Liuqing杨柳青,Hunan Normal University,China.

[[Trans_Type_EN_10]]

=Atta Ur Rahman Exploring Translation Strategies: A Case Study of the English Translation of the Holy Quran=

===Abstract===
This study aims at diagnosing culture-specific items in the English translation of the Holy Quran and the strategies which were used to translate the CSIs. Translating CSIs can be a demanding task because such items have specific meanings in the culture and language in which they exist but not necessarily in others. Taking this fact into account, the present study investigates the strategies used in the translation of culture-specific items in the English translation of the Holy Quran. Moreover, the researcher explored the most frequently employed translation procedures. To achieve these goals, the descriptive approach is applied for the analysis of the translation of specific items of culture. The descriptive analysis is also used for the investigation of the translation procedures used therein. The findings of this study indicate that the use of cultural equivalent strategy was the most frequent applied procedure. The descriptive equivalent and through translation procedures were the second most frequently applied translation strategies which were followed by transference, functional equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, modulation and notes. The results shows that the translation procedures are helpful (especially the target-oriented ones) in conveying the meaning of the text from Arabic into English in different ways.

===Key Words===
The Holy Quran, Translation Strategies/procedures, Culture-Specific Items, Newmark

===Introduction===
1. Overview
Translation that plays a crucial role in introducing the history and in transferring the culture of an area is a kind of communication between different languages. It is also illustrated “as the result of a linguistic-textual procedure in which a text in one language is re-contextualized in another language.” In the re-contextualization, studies on translation demonstrate that there are certain critical points (Munday 2012:37) that are problematic for translators, especially, when dealing with vital cultural texts such as religious texts (Malmkjær 2015:10). It helps to communicate and exchange information with people from different countries and cultures. Khammyseh argues that translation is one of the traditional communicating methods between communities all around the world. (Khammyseh 2005;9). Jothiraj states that “translation plays an important role in the inter-lingual process of communication”(Jothiraj 2004;1). Translation is essential for cultures and languages to exchange information. Newmark (1988) defines it as a craft in which a written message in a language is replaced by the same story in another language. According to him, Translation is the art of trying to translate what is written or expressed in one language into another language with the same message or expression. To accomplish a qualified translation, the translator needs to be aware of different aspects(Newmark 1988;2). Many scholars in translation have noticed that the difficulty for a translator is to translate texts which deals with religious concepts and cultural specific items.

Nida indicated that translation is the way of finding natural issues in the TL close to the SL, in terms of message and style(Nida 1964;32). Larson (1998) has acknowledged that dealing with religious and cultural items is the most difficult, both in finding equivalence and analyzing the source vocabulary. Among the many challenges that exist for the translator is to bring the concept of the SL to a deeper meaning in the TL, the main problem is how to give CSIs, the significance which is firmly connected to the particular cultural context(Larson 1998;23).--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 15:41, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

Culture plays a considerable role, Snell-Hornby assumed that “Culture refers to all socially conditioned aspects of human life”.(Snell-Hornby 1988;33). Another definition of culture is formulated by Goodenough. For him, culture is “what people have to learn as distinct from their biological heritage, must consist of the end product of learning: knowledge, in a most general, if relative, sense of the term."(Goodenough 1957;167). By this definition, we should note that culture is not only a material phenomenon; it does not consist of things, people, behavior, or emotions. It is rather the organization of these things. It is the forms of things that people have in their minds, their models for perceiving, relating, and otherwise interpreting them”. According to him, if the translator wants to understand a culture, she or he has to understand that culture is a mixture of belief and knowledge.

The religious text and especially the Holy Quran have played a significant role in human life throughout history to guide human beings towards the right path. Translating religious text can be a hectic job. When it comes to religious texts like the Holy Quran, it might be even more hectic. The Holy Quran has a profound impact on the human lives of its believers. It spreads spiritual serenity and peace of mind. Lustig and Joline thought that “religion is an important institutional network that binds people to one another”(Lustig and Joline 2003;16). But sometimes believers of Islam (whether they are native or not native speakers of the language) face a tremendous difficulty when they want to understand the meaning of a certain lexical unit, lexis that can be identified as Quranic-specific words/phrases.

This study is aimed to probe Newmark's translation procedures applied to translate cultural items from the SL (Arabic) to the TL (English) and to focus on translation strategies used by the English translator to transfer absolute and in-depth intended meanings of the CSI in the Holy Quran. If we examine Newmark's opinion, seventeen procedures may be needed by a translator in the process of translation. However, only a few translation procedures are relevant to this translation, they are Transference, cultural equivalent, functional equivalent, descriptive equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, through translation, modulation and notes.(Newmark 1988;81). These types of translation procedures are usually used to translate cultural terms contained in the text involving Surah Yusuf as a source language. Thus, in the relationship between translation and culture, the strategies offered should be understood as an attempt to make the translation easy to understand by the TR without blurring the message contained in the text written in the SL.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 15:41, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Translation and Culture===

2. Translation and Culture

Culture and translation are intimately connected, for understanding the culture translation plays a crucial role. In every nation, there are multiple cultures which reflect how people behave, socially, traditionally and politically and also practice their specific languages. Languages have a complex system of communication that humans adapt from different cultural background. When someone wants to know more about any culture, it is necessary to know about that language. For understanding the language they need to translate it as one might not understand the particular language. Thus, translation fills the gap created by languages that is a very important aspect of translation.

The translation is the process of translating a point or text from one language to another, we can also refer translation to moving of something from one place to another. Translation impacts also on our real life, in a way of transforming other cultures, norms and traditions into our culture. Translators play a vital role in culture and mediators between cultures, dedicated to linking the gap that repeatedly hinders effective communication between communities. According to Peter Newmark, “translators have been entrusted the elegant and highly-demanding task of representing cultures for decades” (Newmark 1988;7). Newmark established connections concerning the relationship between culture and translating. In his book, he regards translation as a process of “representing the meaning of a text into another language in the way that the author planned the text” (Newmark 1988;5). According to him, although this process has been supposed to be simple, in reality, translators have been facing the complex task of translating and conveying culture for decades, ever since countries began establishing relationships between one another. (Newmark 1988;7).

In the history of translation studies, translation has been discussed through multiple routes which based on practicality and some theoretical aspects. For instance, Catford defined it as "the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language”(Catford 1965;20). According to Venuti translation is "the forcible replacement of the linguistic and cultural difference of the foreign text with a text that will be understandable to the target language reader”(Venuti 1995;18). Schjoldager stated that“a translation is a text that expresses what another text has expressed in another language”(Schjoldager 2008;19). Culture is a complex whole which includes knowledge,belief,art,law,morals,customs and many other capabilities and habits acquired by man as a member of society. The translation is no longer considered to be a mere cross-linguistic activity but it significantly is cross-cultural communication.”
Since language reflects the way of life and basic parts of it, the process of translation cannot be done without the integration of cultural symbols into the construction of meaning. Hassan claimed that a good translation “is one that carries all the ideas of the original as well as its structural and cultural features” (Hassan 2014;2). Hermanns contributed that translation should be recognized as a cultural act. It is a kind of linguistic-cultural activity that involves at least two languages and two cultural traditions. Similarly, translation is not just a verbal act; it is also cultural, which is an act of communication of cultures(Hermanns 1999;22) Later, Hassan emphasized a good translation "is one that carries all the ideas of the original as well as its structural and cultural features" and that "reconstructs the cultural/historical context of the original"(Hassan 2014;2).
These statements demonstrate that there is an interaction between translation and culture, Newmark illustrated that culture in translation competence is “the greatest hurdle to translation, at least the achievement of an accurate and decent translation" (Newmark 2001;328).

Bearing in mind the general alliance among researchers regarding the importance of culture in translation, the translation activity is a question of transferring the correct meaning and that the translator has a productive role in transferring not only the linguistic system of the source text but also the cultural one. As such, it is extremely difficult to draw a borderline between translation and culture as they are inextricably overlaid and this connection leads to creative translation.

2.1 Culture-Specific Items (CSIs)

Culture-specific items are notions that are specific to a particular culture. These concepts are using in different domains such as flora, fauna, food, clothes, housing, work, leisure, politics, law, and religion in the way of life. These cultural concepts are consist of different suggestion and approaches. For the denomination of these concepts, many scholars and linguists employed different names or terms, relatively different definitions are given and they tried to define some points that were related to the culture but they not defined even the name of the concept clearly. Scholars refer different names to these culture-specific items, Newmark uses the term cultural words. (Newmark 1988;327) Christine Nord names them “culturemes” (Nord 1997;9) while in one of the newer studies, focused on the translation of culture-specific items, Mohammad Reza Shah Ahmadi and Fatemeh Nosrati employ a term culture-bound element (Ahmadi and Nosrati 2012;1).
After a long time, some scholars prefer the terms “culture-specific item” (Aixela, 1997; Davies, 2003), others choose cultural words (Newmark, 2003) or culture-bound phenomena/concepts (Baker, 1992, Newmark, 2003, Robinson, 2003). In this study, the term “culture-specific item” is used as the basic term, as well as its abbreviation CSI, although other synonyms may be used to prevent repetition. "Culture-specific items are defined by different scholars according to their differences and similarities. Meanwhile, Mona Baker (1992) defines specific concepts of culture as “sourcelanguage words that express concepts unknown in the target culture” (Baker, 1992, 21). It may relate to religion, kind of food or social customs. Newmark suggests to culture-specific items as cultural words (Newmark 1988, 94). He further discussed that in many circumstances, cultural words are somewhat easy to detect in a text because they are closely related to a specific language and unable to translate word by word (Newmark 1988, 95). When they cannot be translated literary then he mentioned that the translators usually the purpose is to provide a descriptive-functional equivalent (Newmark 1988, 95).--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:02, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

2.1.1 Translation of CSIs in the Holy Quran

The Holy Quran is the most basic religious book for Muslims, the Quran was revealed to the prophet Muhammad (PBUH). The Quranic corpus, created in an early form of Classical Arabic, is traditionally believed to be a literal transcript of God’s speech and to constitute the earthly production of an uncreated and eternal heavenly original, according to the general view referred to in the Quran itself as “the well-preserved tablet” (al-lawḥ al-mahfūẓ; Qurʾān 85;22). It has a heartfelt impact on human lives and their believers. It spreads spiritual stability and peace of mind. According to (Lustig and Joline 2003;16) “Religion is an important institutional network that binds people to one another.”
Translating Quranic-specific words/phrases is considered a great challenge for the translators which requires an accurate interpretation and consciousness of the crucial functions of these Quranic-specific words/phrases. Therefore, they have to focus on a set of aspects to attain equivalence and then render the exact meaning. The translation of the Holy Quran is a debatable process because Arabic is full of cultural-specific concepts with no proper equivalent in other languages; consequently, some equivalents fail to convey their cultural meaning thoroughly. The translation is seen as the process of reconstructing a text into other languages. In the Holy Quran, it is mentioned in the Surah of Yusuf: “we have sent it down as an Arabic Quran”, the translated text has been simply seen as a commentary, explaining, or paraphrasing of the source text. In general, exact translation never occurs; rather this can be a basic interpretation of the Holy Quran. In the process of translation of the Holy Quran, language and CSI items and rhetorical features were not inimitable and reproducible into other languages.
Translating CSIs is a strenuous task because such elements have special meanings in culture and language.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:02, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Types of Translation ===
3. Types of Translation
Newmark determines 8 types of translation which are:

3.1 Word-for-Word Translation

This is usually indicated as an interlinear translation, with the target language immediately below the source language words. The source language word-order is preserved and the words translated singly by their most common meanings, out of context. These words are translated literally. Some of the uses of point-by-point translation are to understand the mechanics of the source language or to create a difficult text as a pre-translation process.

3.2 Literal translation

In this type of translation, the grammatical structures of the source language are changed to the nearest target language equivalent but the written points remain the same to one another, out of context.
3.3 Faithful translation
This translation attempts to reproduce the original exact meaning within the limitations of the TL grammatical structures. It also conveys cultural words and maintains an unusual degree of grammar and strength in translation. It tries to make the SL author completely loyal to the intent and reality of the text.

3.4 Semantic Translation

Semantic translation takes much of the aesthetic value of the source language text, making sense where appropriate so that there are no implications, wordplay or repetition roots in the finished version. It may translate less important cultural points by a culturally neutral third or active terms but not by cultural equation and it may also give the reader more small concessions.

3.5 Adaptation

This is an unrestricted form of translation. It is used mainly for plays and poetry, the themes, characters, plots are usually preserved, the SL culture converted to the TL culture and the text rewritten (Ahmad 2015;15).

3.6 Free Translation

The content without a form of the original or the matter without the manner is the productions of free translation. It is also known as intra-lingual translation and it is usually longer than the original.

3.7 Idiomatic Translation

This type of translation replicates the original message but degrades the depth of meaning by selecting meanings and dialogues that do not exist in the original.

3.8 Communicative Translation

This type of translation replicates the original message but degrades the depth of meaning by selecting meanings and dialogues that do not exist in the original.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:05, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Translation Strategies ===

4. Translation Strategies
Many theorists have used the term translation strategy extensively but with some significant differences in meaning and perspective that they see. Many theorists have used the approach of translation comprehensively but with some notable differences in meaning and vision as they appear.

4.1 Aixela Translation Strategies:
According to Aixela translators need to choose several strategies based on the source language culture and target culture. He distinguishes many of the translation strategies that apply to the translation of culture-specific items and at the same time, he tries to command by the level of their intercultural intervention. He divided it into two groups; conservative groups (5 approaches) and the substitution (6 strategies).

4.1.1. Conservation:
In conservation,the less compelling process includes repetition,orthographic adaptation,linguistic translation,extratextual gloss and intratextual gloss.

4.1.1.1 Repetition:In repetition, there is simply the transference of the culture-specific items from the ST to the TT. Thus,the translator keeps as much as possible the original reference (Aixela 1996;61). This approach is often used for languages that do not differ in the alphabet and most for names.

4.1.1.2 Orthographic Adaptation: The orthographic adaptation involves writing or
transliteration, mainly when the original term is given in a different alphabet than the one used in the target culture.

4.1.1.3 Linguistics translation: Linguistic translation emphasizes on the way where the translator chooses the source closest to the original text and increases his understanding by giving the TL version which is still relevant to the ST cultural system.

4.1.1.4 Extra-textual Gloss: Here,the extra-textual gloss refers to additional information to the previously mentioned procedures, The translator uses one of the above strategies but considers it as a necessity to explain the meaning or concept of CSI. In this gloss, it can be footnotes,endings,words,ideas,translators in dictionaries, italics and so on.

4.1.1.5 Intra-textual Gloss:It's like the past but the translator feels that he/she can include the globe as an indirect part of the text,not to distract the reader.

4.2.1 Substitution
In substitution, According Aixela “that synonymy, limited universalization, absolute universalization, naturalization, deletion, and autonomous creation are encompassing here"(Aixela 1996;87)--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:40, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

4.2.1.1 Synonymy: This strategy is a stylist used to avoid the constant repetition of culturespecific items in the ST.

4.2.1.2 Limited Universalization: When the translator realizes that the culture-specific item is not clear to the reader or that another source CSI exists in the source language which can be replaced, replace it with data. Of course, the location is not as specific to the source language as the first one.

4.2.1.3 Absolute Universalization: The only difference between limited universalization and absolute universalization is when the translator cannot find the best known CSI in the source language or prefers to eliminate the unusual concept and choose a neutral term. (Aixela 1997;63).

4.2.1.4 Naturalization: In this case “translator brings the culture-specific item into the TL culture” (Shokri Ketabi 2015;8).

4.2.1.5 Deletion: When the CSI is “unacceptable ideologically or stylistically or it is not relevant enough for the effort of comprehension required for the readers” (Aixela 1996;64), or very clear that the translator does not want to use any strategy, they delete the CSI.

4.2.1.6 Autonomous Creation: When the translator agrees to use non-existent cultural
reference in the ST.(Aixela 1997;43).

4.3 Mona Baker's Translation Strategies
Baker's strategies have been used by professional translators at word level in their translations, to deal with issues while performing the task of translation.Baker She suggests various procedures to work for unequal treatment at the point level, for example, translation by a more general word, translation by a more neutral / less obvious word, translation by paraphrasing, Using related words, and so on. She formulates the classification in different strategies(Baker 1992;90) which are the following:

4.3.1 Translation by a more general word: According to Baker,this has to do with the meaning of the proposition. Appropriately it works in many languages.

4.3.2 Translation by a more neutral/ less expressive word: This is another strategy in terms of semantics it does with differences with obvious meaning.

4.3.3 Translation by cultural substitution:This strategy involves placing culture-specific material that does not have the same predictive meaning as the target language material but may have the same effect on the target reader.

4.3.4 Translation using a loan word: This strategy relies on culture-specific items, modern borrowing points plus interpretation concepts and buzz points.

4.3.5 Translation by paraphrase using a related word: When the source material is written in the target language but separately, and when the frequency used in the source text is high, it will be natural in the target language.

4.3.6 Translation by paraphrase using unrelated words: This strategy can be used when the concept in the source material is not lexical in the TL.

4.3.7 Translation by omission: Losing phrases or words that are not vital to text development.

4.3.8 Translation by an illustration: Here, use examples when the source word is not equal in the target language. Each theorist presents their strategies according to their point of view,however,Baker,s translation strategies include the most applicable set of strategies, as it shows the strategies used by professional translators.
--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:40, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Cultural Categories ===

5. Cultural categories

5.1.2 Ecology
In this type of cultural category, Newmark labels those words which have some similarities and differences in culture concerning the environment. For Example, animals, colors, astronomy, plants birds etc. They will also have some geographical features that can normally differ from other cultural terms in that they usually have no political, commercial value.

5.1.2 Material culture

Material culture is also known as artefacts, In the category of material culture, Newmark included Food, clothes, housing, transport, and communications and also those objects which are made by humans. For Example, Clothing, atoms, crops, vegetables, jewellery, drugs, planets etc. “Food is for many the most sensitive and important expression of national culture. The function of the generic clothes terms is approximately constant, indicating the part of the body that is covered, but the description varies depending on climate and material used, houses and town, and transport.”(Newmark 1988;90)

5.1.3 Social culture

The social culture is divided by Newmark in two ways, they are work and leisure. For example, Trade, armour, literature, poets, markets, games.

5.1.4 Organisation

Newmark organizations are divided into five categories: political and administrative conditions, historical conditions, and international conditions. ‘The international community terms usually have recognized translations which are in• fact through-translations, and are now generally known by their acronyms', religious terms, artistic terms; “the translation of artistic terms referring to movements, processes and organizations generally depend on the putative knowledge of the readership. For example, adultery, business, corruption, sex, poverty, marriage, divorce etc.”

5.2 Newmark Classification CSIs

Newmark established the classification of culture-specific items (CSIs) into five classes which are;
Table 1. Newmark classification of Culture-Specific Items. (Newmark 1988;97) --[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:50, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

5.2.1 Categorization of CSIs in Surah Yousuf of the Holy Quran

Verse No. Terms English Translation Categories
1 الۡکِتٰبِ Book Material culture

2 قرُۡءٰنًا Quran Material culture

3 الۡقَصَصِ Narration Gesture

4 رَايَۡتُ Dream Habit

5 کَوۡکَبًا Stars Ecology

6 ال َّ شمۡسَ Sun Ecology

7 الۡقَمَرَ Moon Ecology

8 الۡاحََادِيۡثِ Events Organization

9 يعَۡقوُۡبَ House of Yaqub Material culture

10 يعَۡقوُۡبَ Yaqub

11 ابِۡرٰہيِۡمَ Ibrahim

12 اِسۡحٰقَ Ishaq

13 اقۡتلُوُا Kill Social culture

14 ارَۡضًا Earth Ecology

15 الۡجُبِّ Pit Ecology

16 ال َّ س َّ يارَةِ Wayfares

17 يٰۤابََانَا Father

18 َّ يرۡتعَۡ Eat Social culture

19 وَ يَلۡعَبۡ Play Social culture

20 لَحٰفِظُوۡنَ Guard Social culture

21 وَ اخََافُ Fear Habit

22 الذِئّۡبُ Wolf Ecology

23 عِشَاءًٓ Nightfall Ecology

24 َّ يبۡکُوۡنَ Weeping Habit

25 مَتاَعِنَا Belongings Material culture

26 قمَِيۡصِہٖ Shirt Material culture

27 وَارِدہَمُۡ Water drawer Material culture

28 دلَۡوَهٗ Bucket Material culture

29 بِثمََنٍ ۢ بَخۡسٍ Paltry price Material culture

30 درََاہمَِ مَعۡدوُۡدةٍَ Silver coin Material culture

31 مِّصۡرَ Egypt

32 لِامۡرَاتَِہٖۤ Wife

33 الۡارَۡضِ Land Ecology

34 اشَُدَّ هٗۤ Prime age

35 الۡابَۡوَابَ Door Material culture

36 مَعَاذَ ّٰ ِ Master Organization

37 ال ُّ سوۡٓءَ Evil Habit

38 الۡفَحۡشَاءَؕٓ Lewdness Habit

39 عِبَادِنَا Servant Organization

40 وَ قَدَّ تۡ Ripped Social culture

41 عَذاَبٌ Punishment Social culture

42 ُّ يسۡجَنَ Prison Organization

43 الۡعَزِيۡزِ Minister Organistion

44 حُباؕ Love Social culture

45 فتَٰىہَا Slave Organization

46 سِکِّيۡنًا Knife Material culture

47 مَلکٌَ Angel Organization

48 فَاسۡتجََابَ Prayer Gestures

49 خَمۡرًا Wine Material culture

50 خُبۡزًا Bread Material culture

51 رَاۡسِیۡ Head Material culture

52 ال َّ طيۡرُ Birds Ecology

53 ءَارَۡبَابٌ Gods Organization

54 يٰصَاحِبَیِ السِّجۡنِ Prisoners Organization

55 تعَۡبدُوُۡنَ Worship Gesture

56 ال َّ شيۡطٰنُ Satan Organization

57 الۡمَلِکُ King Organization

58 بَقَرٰتٍ Cows Ecology

59 خُضۡرٍ Green Ecology

60 يٰبسِٰتٍ Dry Ecology

61 سُنۡۢبلُٰتٍ Grain Material culture

62 تزَۡرَعُوۡنَ Crops Material culture

63 يغَُاثُ Rain Ecology

64 يَعۡصِرُوۡنَ Juice Material culture

65 النِّسۡوَةِ Women

66 ال َّ رسُوۡلُ Messenger Organization

67 الۡعَزِيۡزِ Governor Organization

68 ال ّٰ صدِقِيۡنَ Truthful Habit

69 الۡخَائِٓنيِۡنَ Betray Organization

70 خَزَائِٓنِ Treasure Material culture

71 مَ َّ کنَّ ا Power Organization

72 بِرَحۡمَتِنَا Mercy Gestures

73 يَتَّ قوُۡنَ Taqwa Habit

74 الۡمُنۡزِلِيۡنَ Hospitality Habit

75 رِحَالِہِمۡ Camel Ecology

76 وَ ل َّ مَا فَتحَُوۡا Family Organization

77 بَابٍ Gate Material culture

78 اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty Organization

79 الۡعِيۡرُ Caravan Organization

80 لسَٰرِقوُۡنَ Thieves Organization

81 السِّقَايَۃَ Bowl Material culture

82 تاَ ّٰ ِ Swear Habit

83 کٰذِبيِۡنَ Liars Habit

84 وِّعَاءِٓ Bag Material culture

85 درََجٰتٍ Rank Organization

86 َّ موۡثِقًا Pledge Social culture

87 الۡحٰکِمِيۡنَ Judges Organization

88 الۡقَرۡيَۃَ Town Material culture

89 عَيۡنٰہُ Eyes

90 الۡبَشِيۡرُ News Social culture

91 ابَوََيۡہِ Parents Organization

92 الۡعَرۡشِ Thrown Organization

93 يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ Devices Material culture

94 وَ الۡارَۡضِ Earth Ecology

95 ال َّ سمٰوٰتِ Heavens Ecology

===Translation Procedure ===

6. Translation Procedure

There are seventeen different kinds of translation procedures classified by Newmark. According to (Gallagher 1996;31)“translation procedures are the technical devices to convey the message of a text in one language into another language.” The difference between translation procedure and translation methods discussed by (Newmark 1988;81)“translation methods relate to whole texts, translation procedures are used for sentences and the smaller units of language.”

6.1 Transference
Transference is the way through which we convert the source language to target language and also contains transliteration or transcription. Transference is also known as loan words, there is no transformation in the spelling of the words that have been translated.

6.2 Naturalization
Naturalization changes the word SL to its pronunciation,then TL to its original form.
Naturalization also adds new connections to external conditions.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:55, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

6.3 Culture equivalent
In this procedure, SL the cultural word is translated by the target cultural word. The use of the translation of this procedure is limited because it is not accurate, but it can be used in general texts, public and publicity,as well as for brief explanation to readers who do not understand the relevant source language culture.

6.4 Functional Equivalent
This approach is the most accurate path of translating and it uses very neutral cultural points with a new specific term.

6.5 Descriptive equivalent
This strategy is working for the description of the meaning or function of the source language.

6.6 Synonymy
This method of translation is applied when there is nothing to the same.

6.7 Through-Translation
Through translation is the literal translation of common conflicts,the names of organizations and compound parts.

6.8 Shifts or Transposition
This translation procedure involving a change in grammar from SL to TL. This change is done when there is a difference between the structure of the SL and the TL is reasonable.

6.9 Modulation
This procedure is used in the translation of sentences, phrases and clauses. Here the translator looked at the message in the source language sentence from a different angle or a different way of thinking. This strategy is used when the translation of words with literal meaning does not produce a reasonable translation.

6.10 Recognized Translation
The translation process is manifested when the translator uses an authoritative or appropriate translation of an organization's term.

6.11 Translation Label
This procedure is the appropriate one for the translation of a new institutional term,and it is a temporary translation of the source language word.

6.12 Compensation
This process manifests itself when there is a meaningful loss in one part,but compensation in the other part.

6.13 Componential Analysis
In this procedure, the source language word translated into the TL by detailing the components of the meaning of the source language word.

6.14 Reduction & Expansion
In this procedure, the elements of the word 'auto' removed and the elements of the word expanded in the target language.

6.15 Paraphrase
This procedure appears when cultural words need more explanation.

6.16 Couplets
In this procedure, two or more different procedures meet in one translation, couplets, triplets, quadruplets.

6.17 Notes
When the additional information is added to the cultural words for the clarification of readers.

===Analysis and Discussion ===

7. Analysis and Discussion

7.1 Introduction
This chapter highlights the procedure of the study and the analysis of culture-specific items in Surah Yusuf. This chapter explores the use of translation strategies in transferring meaning from the ST to the TL and the appropriateness of Newmark's model in interpreting the procedures that the translator applied during the translation process.

7.2 Procedures
To account for the translation of CSIs in this research, the source text of the Holy Quran in Arabic and its English translation translated by Mufti Taqi Usmani were studied. After reading the whole Ayahs of Surah Yusuf and its translation, every Ayah and its translation in English were carefully analyzed to identify CSIs and the strategies used by the translator to translate them into English. After that, the classification of CSIs by Newmark has been accepted as the theoretical framework of this study aimed at analyzing culture-specific items. For the clarification, each procedure is interpreted and demonstrated with illustrations in Tables 1-9.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 17:01, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

7.3 Analysis and Discussion
After the categorizing the culture-specific items according to Newmark's strategies, the researcher worked on the strategies for translating the culture-specific items applied in Surah Yusuf, including transference, cultural equivalent, functional equivalent, descriptive equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, through translation, modulation and notes; Then, he arranged the data gained in Tables 1-9 in order to show the cases of applying Newmark’s strategies for translating the culture-specific items.
The discussion section is devoted to the interpretation of each selected culture-specific word, the researcher presents a discussion of how he formulates the CSIs in Newmark strategies.
Below are the discussion points created for using each strategy;

7.3.1 Transference: Transference includes transliteration and is the same as what is called transcription. The word then becomes a loan word. There were words that were transferred from the source text to the target text. These are presented in the following table.
Table1.

Here are some examples of Transference applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yusuf:

Strategy Source Text Target Text
قرُۡءٰنًا Quran
ابِۡرٰہيِۡمَ Ibrahim
Transference يعَۡقوُۡب Yaqub
اِسۡحٰق Ishaq
يَتَّ قوُۡنَ Taqwa

Words that have given in table 1 are transference words because these are conveyed to target language which is a different language writing system then from the source language, For example, the word Quran is transliterated word and pronounce as same as like in source language قرُۡءٰنًا, so it is transcripted and also become a loan word. Similarly, all the mentioned words in table 1 are transference words.
7.3.2. Cultural Equivalent: Cultural equivalent purpose is to replace a cultural word in the source language with an, although not completely synonymous, target language word.

Table 2.
Examples of Cultural equivalent applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡب House of Yaqub
لَحٰفِظُوۡنَ Guard
بِثمََنٍ ۢ بَخۡسٍ Paltry price
درََاہمَِ مَعۡدوُۡدةٍَ Silver coin
اشَُدَّ هٗ Prime age
Cultural Equivalent مَعَاذَ ّٰ Master
الۡعَزِيۡزِ Minister
فَاسۡتجََابَ Prayer
اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty
يٰصَاحِبَیِ السِّجۡن Prisoners
الۡمَلِکُ King
يَعۡصِرُوۡنَ Juice
مَ َّ کنَّ ا Power

In Surah Yusuf, we have some words that are related to the cultural equivalent, Table 2 contains cases where cultural equality is applied. The word House of Yaqub is not completely synonymous to the ST اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡب, it is a replaced word in the SL. The word minister is not completely synonymous to the word ST word الۡعزَِيۡزِ. Similarly, the word Master in the TT is not synonymous to the word which is used in the ST ّٰ مَعَاذَ, it is a replaced word. The original meaning of the word فَاسۡتجََابَ is to accepted, but here it is referred to Prayer which is not only the synonymous but also a replaced one; furthermore, all the words mentioned in table 2 are mostly not completely synonymous words but the cultural replacing words.

7.3.3 Functional Equivalent:In functional equivalent, the word culture-free is used,
sometimes with a specific term; Therefore, it generalizes the word SL.

Table3.

Examples of Functional equivalent applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
الۡقَصَصِ Narration
رَايَۡتُ Dream
Functional equivalent الۡاحََادِيۡثِ Events
ال َّ س َّ يارَةِ Wayfares
مِّصۡرَ Egypt
يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ Devices

In functional equivalent, culture-free words are used, sometimes a new specific term is used which generalizes the SL word. For example, in table 3 the word Events is used as a cultural free word that generalizes the ST الۡاحََادِيۡثِ. The word Devices is a cultural free word and used as a new specific term to generalize the ST word يَمۡکُرُوۡنَ. The word Narration is used in the TT as a cultural free word because it is not limited or bound to a single culture. The word narration can be used by every culture representative.
7.3.4 Descriptive Equivalent: It is using phrases in TT to explain the ST word.
Table4.
Examples of Descriptive equivalent applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
کَوۡکَبًا Stars
ال َّ شمۡسَ Sun
الۡقمََرَ Moon
Descriptive equivalent عِشَاءًٓ And at Nightfall
وَارِدہَمُۡ Water drawer
سِکِّيۡنً Knife
الۡکِتٰبِ Enlightening book
ال َّ سمٰوٰتِ Heaven

The descriptive equivalent is, using phrases in TT to explain the ST word. For example Eleven stars and the sun and the moon a phrase used in the TT which explains کَوۡکَبًا َّ و ال َّ شمۡسَ وَ الۡقمََرَ the ST words stars, sun and moon. Similarly, Enlightening the book is a phrase used in the target text which highlights the meaning of الۡکِتٰبِ.
7.3.5 Componential Analysis:componential analysis is the initial comparison of a source language point to a selected language point that has the same meaning, but does not equate to one.
Table5.
Examples of Componential analysis applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
رَايَۡتُ Dream
ال َّ طيۡرُ Birds
Componential analysis وَ يَلۡعَبۡ Play
يَعۡصِرُوۡنَ Juice
مَعَاذَ ّٰ ِ Master
يٰصَاحِبَیِ السِّجۡنِ Prisoners
اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty

Further, in justification in the translation of CSIs, the researcher analyzed the words that comparing the word base of a source language with the target language point that has the same meaning, but obviously not equals one. Like رَايَۡتُ means to look or see while translating it to the TT it meanings changes to word Dream. The basic comparison of these two words is the same.
That is both words are related to cognition and eyes. For instance, other words are ال َّ طيۡرُ Birds, اِ نِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty.
7.3.6 Synonymy: Synonymy is a near target language equivalent.
Table 6.
Examples of Synonymy applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
الۡکِتٰبِ Book
قۡتلُوُا Kill
ارَۡضًا Earth
Synonymy الذِئّۡبُ Wolf
دلَۡوَه Bucket
خَمۡرًا Wine
يٰبسِٰتٍ Dry

The translator has used good equivalents for the words chosen in the Surah Yusuf. For instance, الۡکِتٰبِ Book, Book in the TT and الۡکِتٰبِ in the ST are the synonymous word. Few other examples are mentioned in table 6.
7.3.7 Through translation:Through-translation, is a literal translation of common conflicts, names of organizations and compound parts. It can also be called: click or loan translation.
Table7.
Examples of Through-translation applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡبَ House of Yaqub
غَيٰبَتِ الۡجُبِّ Into the bottom of a pit
بِرَحۡمَتِنَا Mercy
Through Translation الۡاحََادِيۡثِ Events
ُّ يسۡجَنَ Prison
الۡعَزِيۡزِ Governor
الۡخَائِٓنيِۡنَ Betray
وَ ل َّ مَا فَتحَُوۡا Family

In through translation, the researcher found those words which have common collocations, name of organization or component of compounds in Surah Yusuf. Examples of through translations are House of Yaqub, اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡبَ is a component of the compound, Family وَ ل َّ مَا فَتحَُوۡا is the name of the organization, other examples are mentioned in table 7.
7.3.8 Modulation: Modulation occurs when the translator generates the original text message in TL text according to the current target language norms, as source language and target languages may differ visually.
Table8.
Examples of in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf Modulation applied
Strategy Source Text Target Text
يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ Devices
Modulation لَسٰرِقوُۡنَ Thieves
مَ َّکنَّ ا Power
وَ قَدَّ تۡ Ripped

The modulation occurs in the translation of culture-specific items when we are translating the word or phrase from the source text to target text according to the new norms and traditions in TT culture. For instance, Devices are the word that had been translated from the Arabic word يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ which means to plan something while in English it is opposite which means tools.
7.3.9 Notes: Notes, additions, and glosses are additional information that a translator must add to the version; The additional information that translators add is usually cultural.
Table9.
Examples of Notes applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty
Notes تعَۡبدُوُۡنَ Worship
ال َّ شيۡطٰنُ Satan
بِثمََنٍ ۢ بَخۡسٍ Paltry price

In this strategy, the translator adds some additional information to his version, The additional information that translators add is usually cultural. For example اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ is a word which means that giving the order is limited or quality related to Al-Mighty God while the translator used the word sovereign which means authority. Worship is a word which means to follow or obey someone, the translator can use it in his point of view while in Arabic تعَۡبدُوُۡ نَ which means a quality limited to God.

===Conclusion and Recommendations===

8. Conclusion and Recommendations

This chapter summarizes the findings of the study. It also provides some recommendations regarding the application of translation procedures in translation between language systems.

8.1 Summary of the Findings

The translator applied nine translation procedures out of seventeen of Newmark’s translation procedures in the translation of the Surah Yusuf of the Holy Quran, namely, transference, cultural equivalent, functional equivalent, descriptive equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, through translation, modulation and notes. The cultural equivalent strategy was the most frequent applied procedure. The descriptive equivalent and through translation procedure was the second most frequently applied translation procedure, It was followed by transference, functional equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, modulation and notes. It is a descriptive study in which CSIs from ST translated to TT.

8.2 Conclusion

The present study purpose was to explore the CSIs in Surah Yusuf of the Holy Quran and to investigate which translation strategy proposed by Newmark (1988) were employed by the translator to overcome culture-specific items. Obviously, the researcher has worked hard to clear the way for future students of translation. Throughout the research, the researcher faced a lot of challenges and findings were revealed, some of them are the following;

• Between Arabic and English, there is a big cultural gap. Till now, this problem is considered as an unsolvable problem.

• Lack of reading and translating religious books.

• Many mistakes are made by the translators because they were unknown to the ST.

• The translators have to go through or review the previous translation of the Quranic scripture to solve the problem that they might face in the process of their translation.

The procedures used in this study will help the translator to render culture-specific terms accurately. Thus, the researcher worked well to fill the linguistic gaps between Arabic and English. Furthermore, Newmark’s translation procedures helped the translator make the translation sound more natural to the TR. It can be observed from the analysis that Newmark’s translation procedures were effective in translating the Islamic texts. The findings of the study might help students of translation and practitioners in the field of TS to get familiar with the most influential strategies in rendering cultural specific items. They can use the findings of the study to employ translation tasks in translations. Educational planners can use the findings of this study to specify the most influential, dominant strategies to conduct a target-oriented/sourceoriented translation. To sum up, it should be emphasized that the focus of this particular study was on religious genre. Investigating CSIs in different genres could lead to new areas of research for interested researchers. Accordingly, the information gained from this study may prove useful to translators, translation teachers, and student learners as it will help them improve their translation skills with the special attention of culture-specific items and will allow them Give texts when having a broad view of translation. Other researchers can derive similar effects from many of the findings of the same study.

This study is similar to other studies that might have several limitations which need to be taken into account. The study focused on one Surah translated by one translator. Examining different Surahs of the Holy Quran and their translations by other authors from different cultures might lead to interesting facts or they might confirm the findings of this study. Different translators might employ different strategies. Further research is needed to confirm or disconfirm the findings of this study. Newmark's strategies are not limited to the cultural features of the language. But it also covers the linguistic specifications. To narrow down the subject of the study, the linguistic aspects of the text were ignored. Comparing these linguistic aspects could be another interesting topic and venue for further research.
Finally, It may be concluded that Newmark’s translation procedures are necessary for the translation of an Islamic text between two different language systems and cultures. However, the translator must be competent in using the translation procedures to provide an accurate translation.

8.3 Recommendations

The researcher furnished a set of recommendations in the light of the findings reached and the results obtained. The recommendations can make a helpful set of guidelines for both existing and potential translators in general and for translating religious texts of two languages that are not closely related. These recommendations are tentative and are subject to modification upon closer investigation by translation scholars and professionals:

• The researcher recommends that the study of translation procedures should be included in the university curriculum for students who study translation, to help them in solving the problems of translating religious texts.

• It is recommended for translastors to use the translation procedures appropriately in order to deliver the meaning of the source text correctly.

• The researcher also recommends examining the application of other kinds of translation procedures on Islamic texts based on other models such as Andrew Chesterman’s translation procedures.

• It would also be beneficial to investigate Newmark’s translation procedures to various types of texts such as medical texts and journalistic texts.

=== References ===
Abdi, H. (2019). Translating culture-specific items (CSIs) as a conundrum for Iranian MA translation students: Considering the level of study. Journal of new advances in English Language Teaching and Applied Linguistics, 1(1), 88-109.

Aguado-Gimenez, P., & Pérez-Paredes, P. F. (2005). Translation-strategies use: A classroombased examination of Baker’s taxonomy. Meta: journal des traducteurs/Meta:
Translators' Journal, 50(1), 294-311.

Ahmadi, M. R.S and Nosrati, Fatemah. (2012). Domestication and Foreignization Strategies in Translation of Culture-Specific Items. Translations of English-Persian Children’s Literature. San Francisco: Grin Publishing. Google Books.

Al Saleh, R. A. (2019). An Application of Newmark's Procedures to Muhammad Abul Quasem's Alleman, J. C. Bee. W. Ulitkin, I. Files, F., Zetzsche, J., Chatonnet-Marton, P. & y del Árbol, E. V. Translation Strategies.

Al-Sofi, B. B. M. A., & Abouabdulqader, H. (2020). Bridging the gap between translation and culture: towards a cultural dimension of translation. International journal of linguistics, literature and culture, 6(1), 1-13.

Baker, M., 1992. In Other Words: A Coursebook on Translation. London: Routledge, p.20–42.

Blažytė, D., & Liubinienė, V. (2016). Culture-specific items (CSI) and their translation strategies in Martin Lindstrom’s" Brand sense". Kalbų studijos, (29), 42-57.

Bush, P. (1998) "Literary Translation." In: M. Baker, ed. Routledge Encyclopedia of Translation Studies, London: Routledge, pp.127-130.

Catford. J. C. (1965). A linguistic theory of translation. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
English Translation of Mohammad Al-Ghazali's Islamic Guidance.Literature and Culture, 6(1), 1-13.

Gečaitė, L. (2020). Culture-Specific Items and Their Translation Strategies in Victoria Hislop's Novel The Sunrise.” (2020).

Hassan, B. E. A. (2014). Between English and Arabic: A practical course in translation.
Cambridge Scholars Publishing.

Hermans, T. (1999). Translation in systems. Manchester: St. Jerome Publication House, J. (Ed.). (2014). Translation: a multidisciplinary approach. Springer.
Issa, A. L. S. M., & Hammood, L. H. R.- Quranic-Specific Phrases under the Study of Translation; Significance and Applications.

Janfaza, E., Assemi, A., & Dehghan, S. S. (2012). Language, translation, and culture.
In International Conference on Language, Medias and Culture (Vol. (33), p. 83-87).

Janfaza, E., Assemi, A., & Dehghan, S. S. (2012). Language, translation, and culture.
In International Conference on Language, Medias and Culture (Vol. 33, p. 83-87).

Lambert, J. (1998) Literary Translation. In: M. Baker, ed. Routledge Encyclopedia of Translation Studies. London: Routledge, 130-134.

Landers, Clifford E. (2001) Literary Translation: A practical guide. New Jersey University Press: Multilingual Maters.

Lustig, Myron, W. and Koeser, Joline (2003), Intercultural Competence: Interpersonal Communication Across Cultures, Boston: Allyn and Bacon.

Malmkjær, K. (1993). Who Can Make Nice A Better Word Than Pretty? Collocation, Translation, and Psycholoinguistics. In: Baker, M., Francis, G. and Tognini-Bonelli, E.
eds. Text and Technology. Philadelphia/Amsterdam: John Benjamins Publishing Company. pp.213-32.

Mosavat, S., & Rahimpour, S. (2016). The Most and Least Used Translation Strategies for
Conveying Culture-Specific-Items in Young Adult Literature from English into Persian. International Journal of Humanities and Cultural Studies (IJHCS) ISSN 23565926, 1853-1873.

Munday, J. (1997). Systems in Translation: A computer-assisted systemic approach to the analysis of translation of García Márquez. Ph.D thesis, University of Bradford.

Newmark, P. (2001). A Textbook of Translation. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language
Education Press

Newmark, Peter. (1988). A Textbook of Translation. New Jersey: Prentice-Halls

Nord, Christiane. (1997). Translating as a Purposeful Activity: Functionalist Approaches
Explained. Manchester: St. Jerome. Accessed 10 November. 2018. Google Books Schjoldager, A. (2008). Understanding translation. Academica: Århus.

Silalahi, M., & Lubis, S. (2013). Translation Procedures of Cultural Terms Found In Sejarah Bilingual For Students of Senior High School.
Valipoor, K., & andAzizeh Chalak, H. H. T. (2019). Cultural-specific items in translation of the Holy Quran by Irving: 43-51.

Venuti, L. (1995). The translator’s invisibility: A history of translation. London and New York:
Routledge

Widiarto, O. V. V. (2016). The translation procedures of cultural expressions applied in a game of thrones translated into Perebutan Tahta novel by Barokah Ruziati (Doctoral dissertation, Dian Nuswantoro University).

=Zohaib Chand AN INTRODUCTION TO TRANSLATION STUDIES: AN OVERVIEW Intan Pradita=

[[Trans_Type_EN_12]]

===Abstract===
This study aims to observe the development of translation studies through its different types, various strategies, styles and particular methods. In this paper, the readers are introduced to some famous translation scholars including their view of translation studies. At the further discussions, this study lets the readers acknowledge the main issues on translation studies, focusing on different styles of variations such as grammar, sentence structure, textual analysis, strategies and methods. This study may help those who are interested to conduct translation researches and help them by giving options of which theories is beneficial to their analysis. Moreover, it aims to explore the clear definition of translation as well as help the readers to understand the basic concept which are used in the field of translation. The present study, therefore, attempts to outline the scope of the discipline of translation studies and more importantly, it is an attempt to outline its activity that required a deep mastering of language, a good source of knowledge and target cultures.

===Key words ===
Translation, styles of variations, strategies

===Introduction ===
It is undoubtedly right that translation is important to share information. In line with these premise, the number of translation professionals is getting higher. In fact, the result of translation researches tends to help human daily life in term of evaluation, designing translator machines, and cultural studies. Therefore, translation means converting written information from one language into another. It is the new discipline appeared in the second half of the 20th century. The term “Translation Studies” was coined by James S. Holmes, an American-Dutch poet and translator of poetry, in his seminal paper “The Name and Nature of Translation Studies”. Translation enables effective communication between people around the world. It is a courier for the transmission of knowledge, a protector of cultural heritage, and essential to the development of a global economy. Translation helps us to know about the developments in the field of creative arts, education, literature, business, science and politics. It has shifted from the traditional conception of the fixed, stable and unchangeable nature of the text and its meaning to a text with wide scope for variations. Translation also helps in nation building. In this globalised world, the demand for translation and language related services has increased many times. Translation is not only needed for the creation of national identity but has also become an essential tool for keeping pace with the processes of globalization and localization. The activity of translation has a long-standing tradition and has been widely practiced throughout history, but in our rapidly changing world its role has become of paramount importance. Nowadays, knowledge in which cultural exchanges have been widening, has been increasingly expanding and international communication has been intensifying, the phenomenon of translation has become fundamental. Be it for scientific, medical, technological, commercial, legal, cultural or literary purposes, today human communication depends heavily on translation and, consequently, interest in the field is also growing. Accordingly, the discussion, in the present study, proceeds primarily from the perspectives of “Translation Studies” and “Linguistics”. One major goal is to show the interrelationships between linguistics and translation, and how they benefit from each other. Nowadays, translation research has started to take another path, which is more automatic. The invention of the internet, together with the new technological developments in communication and digital materials, has increased cultural exchanges between nations. This leads translators to look for ways to cope with these changes and to look for more practical techniques that enable them to translate more and waste less. They also felt the need to enter the world of cinematographic translation, hence the birth of audiovisual translation. The latter technique, also called screen translation, is concerned with the translation of all kinds of TV programs, including films, series, and documentaries. This field is based on computers and translation software programs, and it is composed of two methods; dubbing and subtitling. In fact, audiovisual translation marks a changing era in the domain of translation.
In short, translation has very wide and rich history in the West. Since its birth, translation was the subject of a variety of research and conflicts between theorists. Each theorist approaches it according to his viewpoint and field of research, the fact that gives its history a changing quality.

Discussion

Translation is an activity that requires deep mastering of languages, a good knowledge of source and target cultures. It is also linked with the translation method, strategies and styles of variations. Each translation type requires different translation method. In this paper, it is an attempt to outline that there are several types of translation. Each type is defined by different scholars through different criteria to the contextual situation of communication. In this paper, we will be writing down the three prominent types of translation through various medium namely; technical translation, literary translation and pragmatic translation. For each type, a selection of examples will be considered for analysis based on translation theories and techniques. We will show that some chunks of text require literal translation, while other requires interpretive method. In addition, this paper will also examine various strategies and its styles of variations based on translational study. The following strategies will be presented in the paper as;

• They involve text manipulation.
• They must be applied to the process.
• They are goal-oriented.
• They are problem-centered.
• They are applied consciously.
• They are inter-subjective.

Most theorists agree that strategies are used by translators when they encounter a problem and literal translation is not useful. Different researchers have investigated and described various translation strategies from their different perspectives. It intends to show what translation strategies exist and when and why they are used by professional translators. Different scholars have various perspectives to the aspects of the act of translation, so, they define and describe different types of strategies. Bergen's (n. d.) classification of the strategies includes three categorizations which will be discussed mainly in this paper:

• Comprehension strategies
• Transfer strategies
• Production strategies

An addition to this paper, styles of variations will also be introduced to the readers through different aspects and examples. The concept of style can be defined in terms of the distinctive way an individual or a group uses language, or better still the discourse used to perform distinct functions of language aimed at achieving specific purposes. However, this does not entail that style is simply a matter of form since it is the product of other components such as the genre of discourse, its semantics, syntax and phonology. Indeed, in order to analyze a given stylistic variation one needs an extensive checklist that includes lexical and grammatical categories, allusions, and figures of speech. Style can be understood to refer to the recurring typical features of the source text compared to the typical features of the translated text. In a quantitative and qualitative analysis, this variation is shown to be influenced by several pragmatic and social factors, and to index the interpreters' stances towards source speakers and towards the immigrant court users who are the recipients of translations from English. It is argued that translation styles have profound consequences for limited English speakers, as the insistence on institutional norms in translating to them is viewed as a gate keeping behavior that may impede their full participation in the proceedings.

What is translation?

Translation went through various definitions going from a mere linguistics activity during the sixties, a cultural and communicative activity during the seventies reflects the social impacting activity in the latest founding of the literature.
“Translation is traditionally known as being the replacement of textual material in one language into equivalent textual material in another language”.
House (2015) mentions that translation is considered as the “replacement” of a text in the source language by a semantically and pragmatically equivalent text in the target language. It is strongly related to a source language and target language cultures. It requires a high level of mastery languages, an awareness of any contextual factors within which the discourse emerges. There is no need to mention how it affected civilizations through different areas of mankind history. For example, An Arab-Islamic civilizations. There have always been different directions on how one should or should not translate. In the Arab tradition, two main methods existed and were in complete divergence namely the literal and the free method.
On the other hand, in the Western tradition there are various methods currently exist namely, the linguistic, the hermeneutic, the interpretive, the functionalist, the interventionist, the poly-systemic and the text-typologist method. More so, it may be important to point out that translation has been defined in many ways, and every definition reflects the theoretical approach underpinning it.
As Shuttlworth and Cowie (1997) observe throughout the history of research into translation, the phenomenon has been variously delimited by formal descriptions, echoing the frameworks of the scholars proposing them. For example, Bell (1991: XV) starts with an informal definition of translation, which runs as follows: the transformation of a text originally in one language into an equivalent text in a different language retaining, as far as is possible, the content of the message and the formal features and functional roles of the original text.
At the beginning of the ‘scientific’ (Newmark, 1988, p. 2) study of translation, Catford (1965, p. 20) described it in these terms, the replacement of textual material in one language (SL) by the equivalent textual material in another language.
Thirty years later, in Germany, the concept of translation as a form of ‘equivalence’ is maintained, as we can see from Koller’s definition (1995, p. 196): “The result of a text processing activity, by means of which a source language text is transposed into a target-language text. Between the resultant text in L2 (the target-language text) and the source text in L1 (the source language text) there exists a relationship, which can be designated as a translational, or equivalence relation”. Because complete equivalence (in the sense of synonymy or sameness) cannot take place in any of his categories, Jakobson (1959) declares that all poetic art is, therefore, technically untranslatable. That is, the translator has to take the question of interpretation into account in addition to the problem of selecting a TL phrase which will have a roughly similar meaning. Exact translation is impossible. In this regard, Bassnett (1996) claims that all texts, being part of a literary system descended from and related to other systems are “translations of translation of translations”: every text is unique and at the same time, it is the translation of another text. No text is entirely original because language itself, in its essence, is already a translation: firstly, of the non-verbal world and secondly, since every sign and every phrase is the translation of another sign and another phrase. However, this argument can be turned around without losing any of its validity: all texts are original because every translation is distinctive. Every translation, up to a certain point, is an invention and as such it constitutes a unique text.
In this analysis of the above definition, Manfredi (2008), points out that the above distinction can be divided into two main perspectives, those that consider translation either as a ‘process’ or a ‘product’. To this twofold categorization, Bell (1991, p. 13) adds a further variable, since he suggests making a distinction between translating (the process), a translation (the product) and translation (i.e., “the abstract concept which encompasses both the process of translating and the product of that process”. Moreover, thanks to advances in new technologies, today we can also incorporate into TS the contribution of corpus linguistics, which allows both theorists and translators analyses of large amounts of electronic texts (Manfredi, 2008). On the other hand, Halliday (1992, p. 15) takes translation to refer to the total process and relationship of equivalence between two languages; we then distinguish, within translation, between “translating” (written text) and “interpreting” (spoken text). Halliday, thus, proposes distinguishing the activity of “translation” (as a process) from the product(s) of “translating”, including both “translation” (concerning written text) and ‘interpreting’ (regarding spoken text.
“Translation is the production of a functional target text maintaining a relationship with a given source text that is specified according to the intended or demanding function of the target text.

Types of Translation

Translation is an activity that requires deep mastering of languages, a good knowledge of source and target cultures. It is also linked with the translation method, strategies and styles of variations. Each translation type requires different translation method. In this paper, it is an attempt to outline that there are several types of translation. Each type is defined by different scholars through different criteria to the contextual situation of communication. In this paper, we will be writing down the three prominent types of translation through various medium namely; technical translation, literary translation and pragmatic translation.

Technical translation

Technical translation is a type of specialized translation involving the translation of documents produced by technical writers, or more specifically, texts which relate to technological subject areas or texts which deal with the practical application of scientific and technological information. (Wikipedia)
Translators' main goal is to accurately translate the technical terminology to match the document and the message of the original content.

The benefits of technical translation

A professional technical translation service is provided by translators with dual specialties, that is, professionals who are fluent in the language pair, but who are also experts in the field covered by the documents to be translated.
When you need to have your documents translated by a technical translator, translators who are not experts may not be able to provide the necessary solutions and terminology for a quality translation. If the translator is not an expert in the field, he/she will have to learn the new terminology while working. This means that translation will take longer, have higher chances of inaccuracies, and may result in higher costs. Therefore, the main advantages of hiring an agency specialized in this type of service are as follows:

Literary translation

Literary translation is the translation of creative and dramatic prose and poetry into other languages. This includes the translation of literature from ancient languages and the translation of modern fiction so that it can reach a wider audience.
Literary translation is of huge importance. It helps to shape our understanding of the world around us in many ways. Reading Homer and Sophocles as part of a classical education in school helps to build an understanding of history, politics, philosophy and so much more. Meanwhile, reading contemporary translations provides fascinating insights into life in other cultures and other countries. In a fast-paced world so rife with misunderstanding and confusion, such efforts to share knowledge and experiences across cultural boundaries should be applauded.
The translation of literature differs greatly from other forms of translation. The sheer size of the texts involved in literary translation sets it apart. Tackling a translation that runs to hundreds of thousands of words is not a task for the faint-hearted. Nor is recreating poetry in a new language, without losing the beauty and essence of the original work.
One of the key challenges of literary translation is the need to balance staying faithful to the original work with the need to create something unique and distinctive that will evoke the same feelings and responses as the original. This can be particularly challenging when it comes to translating poetry.
Poems are written with incredible attention to detail. Not only are the words and phrases important, but the number of syllables and the entire rhythm of the completed work. It’s a challenging task to complete just in one language, let alone when trying to recreate a poet’s work during a translation. Daniel Hahn, director of the British Centre for Literary Translation, sums up the issue beautifully.
As literary translators will attest, a single word can be extremely troublesome. The author of a work of fiction has chosen that word for a good reason, so the translator must ensure that it is faithfully delivered in the target language. However, what if no direct translation is available? Or what if several options exist, each with a slightly different nuance? Urdu language translator Fahmida Riaz outlines her approach to such thorny issues.
For instance, “Every piece you translate comes from the pen of an individual, so you have to give it an individual treatment. I try to retain the ambience of the original culture, rather than the language, as it is reflected in the text.”

Pragmatic translation

Pragmatic translation is the basic assumption that provided a source language text contains no misstatements of fact, is competently written and has to be fully translated rather than summarized or functionally reorientated; one's purpose in translating it is to be referentially and pragmatically accurate. In this paper, I shall not deal with referential accuracy but concentrate instead on the pragmatic aspects of translation. As the term pragmatic translation may be used in a variety of ways, I should like to state my own definition of pragmatic, which derives from Charles Morris and ultimately from Charles S. Peirce. I am using pragmatic as one of the two factors in translation: pragmatic denotes the reader's or readership's reception of the translation, as opposed to referential, which denotes the relationship between the translation and the extra-linguistic reality it describes.
Translation is a properly way to a properly communication and pragmatics is how to use language in communication properly. By translation, many things from different languages and cultures can understand to each other. In other words, translation can be stated as a facilitator to make a communication runs well.

===An Overview on Translation Studies ===

===Main Issues in Translation Studies: Equivalence or Variations ===

=== Matthiessen's Parameter on Register Variations===

===Conclusion ===

=== References ===

= Muhammad Numan A Study to Explore the Translation Strategies of Idiomatic Expression from Urdu to English ; A Case Study of Sadat Hassan Manto’s Short Story “Khol Do” =
[[Trans_Type_EN_13]]

===Abstract===
Translation is necessary for developing knowledge and idea, but it also makes the people understand the language and culture of other people or countries. However, equivalence is essential during translation, especially when the translator wants to translate idiomatic expressions in the best possible way. Therefore it is necessary to follow up on some strategies during the translation process. The research work is carried out under the qualitative method with textual analysis techniques as significant. Mona Baker's model for idiomatic expression is explored with the help of different examples from collected data. The primary purpose of this study is to find out which types of strategies are being followed by the translator during the translation process. It was found that translation by paraphrasing, translation by similar words and meaning and translation by similar meaning and different words.
===Key words ===
Translation Strategies, Idiomatic expression, Sadat Hassan Manto, Urdu Literature --[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 09:45, 12 December 2021 (UTC)

===Introduction ===

In this chapter, the researcher wants to highlight the different concepts about the fundamental question that "what is idiomatic expression" and the views of various critics, theorists and linguistic experts, and prominent scholars of translation studies.--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 15:38, 13 December 2021 (UTC) Among them are Lindalorri, Mona Baker, Newmark's, and many more define idioms from their point of view. Secondly, the researcher highlights one of the most prominent literary and short stories writers of the sub-continent Sadat Hassan Manto, his life, literary style, and short stories career. In the last statement of the problem, the objective of the research, which type of strategies was followed in the translation process, purposes of study, and delimitation of studies are explained one by one.

Many critics, theorists, and linguists define idioms differently. However, in general, an idiom is a phrase or expression that typically has a metaphorical, non-literal meaning connected to it. However, phrases can become figurative idioms while keeping the literal meaning of the words. However, according to the Oxford Dictionary of English, a set of words is established by usage as having a meaning not deducible from the meanings of the constituent terms (e.g., over the moon, see the light).

"What is particularly remarkable about idioms is that they can be described in a variety of ways, depending on the roles they fulfilled," writes (Linda 2006: 8). "A string of words whose meaning differs from the meaning supplied by the individual words" is what an idiom is, according to (Larson 1984: 20). Idioms are "at the end of the scale from collocations in one or both of the areas: flexibility of patterning and transparency of meaning," according to (Baker 1992: 23). Idioms are defined by (Yagihashi 2003, 22) as a "collection of words whose meaning cannot be guessed from their meaning.". According to Newmark, “Idioms are word groups whose meaning cannot be deduced from the meaning of individual words.”(Newmark 1981: 11).--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 15:38, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

The whole meaning of each word that makes up an idiom cannot be considered the idiom's overall meaning. As a result, an idiom should not be translated. To remark that someone is bull-headed, for example, suggests that he or she is obstinate, even though the connotation has nothing to do with the words bull or headed. According to Corelli, English has a sizeable idiomatic base. About 4,000 idioms in American English are drawn from the nation's culture and everyday life. Idioms infect English with a peculiar flavor and offer it remarkable diversity, brilliant character, and color. She also feels that idiomatic expressions not only assist language learners in understanding English culture but also penetrating English people's traditions and lifestyles and gaining a deeper understanding of English history.(Corelli 2006: 53)

The main issue that idiomatic and fixed expressions pose for translators, according to Baker is twofold: "the ability to recognize and interpret an idiom correctly; and the difficulties involved in rendering the various aspects of meaning that an idiom or a fixed expression conveys into the target language. The first challenge that a translator encounters is understanding that she/he is dealing with an idiomatic expression.(Baker 1992: 65)

Sadat Husain Manto's writings also include numerous literary criticism, studies in Urdu, and many translations from Urdu into English. He is credited with having brought Urdu language and literature into the mainstream of contemporary international writing. There is no doubt that Sadat Hassan Manto was the most prolific of all modern writers in the sub-continent. Manto's published a substantial number of short stories during his short literary life span, and novelette gave some master piece work to Urdu literature. The noble laureate Hemingway mentions the lunatic life of great Manto's in his speeches. The current research study aims at discovering and determining the strategies used in translations of "khol do" short stories about sexual violence during partition of sub-continent and "license" a short story which throw light on the behavior of society toward widow his profession which lead toward prostitution by Aatesh Taseer an Indian born translator currently living in London having solid links with native country and culture.(Ahsan 2020: 12-27)--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 15:44, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Literature Review ===

In this chapter, the author/researcher defines the strategy and its different definitions from various perspectivess. However, the sole focus is only on the strategy of translation studies. Furthermore, renowned academicians put forward their definition of strategy like Venutti quoted translation strategy as the theory of de construction-sim, which is progressive and future-oriented.(Venutti !995, 35 Krings defines it as the content of the project, while Seguinet divided the term into three steps.(Krings 2000:21). However, Locher defines it as the procedure of solving a problem faced in translating a text. Jaskelaine involves the primary task of choosing the SL text and developed a method to translate it. (Locher 2002:76) In last, the author points out his research work's sole purpose by mentioning different research work on Mento's short stories except for this angle. --[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:30, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

The term "strategy" is used in a variety of settings. Many theorists in translation studies have used the phrase "translation methods" interchangeably, although with significant distinctions in meaning and perspective. The following is a collection of more general definitions of the term strategy. A strategy is a long-term set of actions to achieve a specific goal (Wikipedia Committee, n. d.).A methodical plan for improving one's learning performance has been actively altered and mentioned (Instruction Curriculum Reading Glossary, n. d.)
A strategy is a well-thought-out, intentional, goal-oriented (with a measurable outcome) approach carried out through a series of actions that can be monitored and modified (Curriculum Learning Literate-Futures Glossary, n. d.)

A collection of particular mental and behavioral procedures is taken to reach a given result. These definitions are general and can be related to different fields of study. This study mainly concerns translation strategies, although the definitions mentioned above can be narrowed down to this research field, as well. Translation strategies have their characteristics, through which one can gain a proper understanding of them. In general, a translator employs a strategy when confronted with a challenge while translating a text; nevertheless, translation methods are not required when translating a text literally. Bergen points out that strategies are not always obvious or straightforward. (Bergen 1996:33)

Although beginners in the field of translation believe they have done a successful translation when they translate word for word and utilize a dictionary, they do not realize that there is still a problem and that adjustments must be made at various levels of the translation. As a result, the most critical purpose of the strategies is to solve problems. "Venuti attempted to put deconstructionist translation theory into practice by proposing the "resistant translation" technique as an alternative to the standard "smooth translation. This technique tries to reverse the colonial concept of translation, English-American culture centralism, and the value of imperialist culture from an ideological standpoint. (Vinute 1998:41).--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:30, 13 December 2021 (UTC)
It aims to retain "foreignness" rather than seeking similarity in translation principles and methods. The author believes Venuti's translation strategy is quite progressive and future-oriented, with the development of international communications on an equal footing. However, it will take time to implement fully." (Jianzhong. .Krings 1986, 18) defines translation strategy as "a translator's potentially deliberate objectives for solving concrete translation problems specific translation task in the context of a project."The translators adopted three global tactics, according to Seguinot (i) translating uninterrupted for as long as possible; (ii) resolving surface flaws as soon as possible; (iii) leaving text quality and stylistic problems to the editing stage.(Seguinot 1989:27)--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:30, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

Furthermore, Loescher defines translation strategy as "a possibly conscious technique for overcoming a difficulty encountered in translating a text, or any segment thereof."(Loescher 1991:8) As stated in this definition, consciousness is vital in distinguishing strategies employed by learners and translators. "The element of consciousness is what distinguishes strategies from these activities that are not strategic," (Cohen 1998:4) claim moreover, 'Bell' distinguishes between global (whole-text) and local (text segment) techniques and indicates that this distinction is the outcome of several types of translation challenges.(Bell 1998:188)

According to Venuti, "involve the core tasks of picking the foreign text to be translated and establishing a way to translate it."(Venuti 1998, 240). He uses the terms "domesticating" and "foreignizing" to describe them. Ordudari, considering the process and outcome of translation, Jaaskelainen divides methods into two primary categories: some strategies deal with what happens to texts, while others deal with what happens during the translation process. According to Jaaskelainen, product-related strategies entail the essential tasks of selecting the SL content and establishing a technique for translating it. On the other hand, process-related strategies are "a set of (loosely articulated) rules or principles that a translator applies to attain the goals determined by the translating scenario.(Jaaskelainen 2005:15)

Furthermore, Jaaskelainen distinguishes between global and local strategies, stating that "global strategies refer to general principles and modes of action, while local strategies refer to specific activities concerning the translator's problem-solving and decision-making.(Jaaskelainen 2005:16). Newmarkdistinguishes between translation methods and translation procedures. (Newmark 1988, 81) also distinguishes between translation techniques and procedures, writing, "While translation methods are employed for full texts, translation procedures are utilized for sentences and smaller units of language."(Newmark 1988, 221)

Apart from other literature like poetry, drams and other subcultures also produce literary genius in short stories. Monto is one of them. His literature is translated into different languages with a different theme in his work. Apart from the story of division, Manto's books are characterized by powerful female characters. Manto combines the physical brutality of division with the intellectual cruelty that sex and sexuality face inside the Indio Pak subcontinent's social framework (Ranjan 2004, 3). Manto's female characters, according to Ispahani, are characterized by their sexual fragilities, such as sexual humiliation, rape, and prostitution. "They are nearly always victims, with the power only to cause their destruction," she believes. Sakina's body movement reveals how severely she was sexually raped. Sakina's silence and pain depict the savagery of her rape to the point where they lost their ability to communicate. Manto's short stories present another perspective on trauma through the absence of the subject converses (Mehta 2018, 9). Bingo by Tariq Rahman explores sexual repression, social injustice, and war tragedies. Wartime rape has existed since the beginning of conflicts, and penetrators consider it one of their weapons of war (Isikozlu, 2016:13).

The concept of hegemonic binary was introduced by the second wave of feminism, which depicts patriarchal conduct as sexually superior and powerful. At the same time, women are sexually inferior and submissive argue (Marinucci, 2010:15). Sexual trauma serves as a link between the victim and society; it ruins the victim's sense of safety, leads to low self-esteem, and silences them called by (Lewis 2017:54). Saadat Hasan Manto (1912-1955) was one of the most well-known, controversial, and provocative Urdu writers of the twentieth century. Despite being a prolific writer of essays, plays, film scripts, and novels, he was best known for his short tales. Born in Punjab, he began his writing career in Bombay before moving to Lahore, Pakistan, in January 1948, a few months after partition (Hasan 1984:12). Following that, his stories generally centered on a partition, exploring its human effects from various perspectives.

Manto's works are notable for their realism, word economy, dependence on internal components, and, most notably, their abrupt, often distressingly unclear ends (Akhtar and Flemming 1985:9). While Tariq Rahman wrote Bingo, he is a writer, playwright, and critic who has made significant contributions to Urdu literature through his writing. Research work was carried out on the comparison of "bingo" and "khol do."
The purpose of this thesis is to compare the two short stories Khol Do and Bingo, both of which focus on women and violence, particularly wartime rape, which makes women more vulnerable than ever before. This paper explores how women are victims of war and partition, making them doubly marginalize primarily due to the hegemonic binaries of men and women. Both of the stories aim to reflect the stigmata of our society regarding the violence and cruel treatment of women since their existence. Furthermore, via the lenses of feminism and post-colonialism, it examines how varied wartime weapons can be for both gender binaries. The writers' audacity causes us to reflect on the inhumane treatment of women in everyday life and even in wartime when they are with the men who are supposed to defend the female..(Ahsan 2020: 12-27)--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:31, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

=== Theoritical Framework ===

In this paper, various strategies have been used, like using an idiom of similar meaning and similar form, the idiom of similar meaning and different form, translation by Paraphrasing, translation by omission. The approach of employing idioms of similar meaning and form, according to Mona Baker, entails using an idiom in the target language that can express about the same meaning as the source language idiom, as well as having lexical similarity. On the other hand, this type of matching happens periodically as well as regularly.(Baker, 1992, 13)

Similarly, employing idioms with similar meanings but different forms means that it is possible to locate an idiom or fixed expression in the target text language that has a similar meaning to the source idiom or expression but is made up of distinct lexical elements. Consider the case of English and French, both of which use the idiom mentioned above. In English, one good deed is rewarded with another, whereas in French, handsome deeds are rewarded with handsome deeds.

Furthermore, we did not come across any idioms in the category mentioned above during translating idioms. To deal with this issue, the translators used the most popular approach, known as a translation by paraphrase, which is short, straightforward, and time-saving. When a match cannot be identified in the target language or when it appears improper to employ idiomatic language in target material due to aesthetic differences between the source and target languages, this is the most typical approach for translating an idiom from source to target language. However, one thing to keep in mind is that a perfect translation is not required is necessary or possible.

Last but not least, to overcome the problem of idiom translation, the translator employs the strategy of translation by omission. This can be defined as an idiom being omitted entirely in the target text with a single word. This is done because the idiom has no close match in the target language; its meaning cannot be easily paraphrased or due to stylistic reasons.--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:38, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

Data analysis Techniques:
Textual analysis is the method of data analysis in qualitative research that brings forth the hidden and potent message, structure, and function of research in giving text, Alan Mckee (defines textual analysis as whenever we perform textual analysis on the text, we make an educated guess at some time of the most likely interpretations that might be made of that text (Alan 2001:3)
Analysis of the translation of short stories in light of Mona baker's theory "khol do and license" are short stories written by Sadat Hassan Manto and translated by many translators from Urdu into English. During translation, the translator adopted many strategies for translating idiomatic expression, sometimes by Paraphrasing, sometimes by omission, sometimes using similar idioms of form and meaning while sometimes using different words and the same form, the whole.
--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 09:51, 12 December 2021 (UTC)

===Discussion and Analysis===

The chapter analyzes and discusses all the data collected by the author/researcher from different sources. All the examples of idioms are firstly identified, then translated into the target text, and back-translated for the sole purpose of exploring the strategies being used by the translator. A separate section is given to every strategy with its related example. Moreover, the idiomatic expression, the target work for finding, is highlighted through the bold letter.

4.1 Translation by Paraphrasing:

Based on our findings, the most often used strategy was "translation by paraphrasing." An inspection also reveals that Aatish Taseer preferred this strategy. Here are some examples applied by the translators, and in the following section, the logic behind their preference towards this strategy is elaborate. The following are examples from two short stories of Sadat Husain Manto's "khol do" and "license."
Example 1:

ST: Sirajuddin ne subah das baji anki kholi to logo ka aik mutalatam samandar deka.

TT: Ten a.m., Siraj Uddin opens his eyes on the cold floor of the camp, seeing the swelling sea of men.

BT: sub ke das baji jab Sirajuddin ne apni anki koli to logo ka aik ublaha howa samandar ka nizara dekni laga.

So, the above idioms are literal idioms being translated with the help of 'Paraphrasing' because there is no perfect equivalent of mutalatam words in English languages. A similar look at another idiom from short stories "khol do."

Example 2:

ST: Khuda tomahra bala kari.

TT: Your God will reward

BT: Is ka badla khoda tomahi di.

Here, the word reward is being used for Bala Kari, an example of transitional by Paraphrasing.
Let take another example from "khol do."

Example 3:

ST: unkho nai Jan khateli pa rak kar sakena ko donda.

TT: even putting their lives online, they search sakina

BT: apni zindagio ko khatri me dal kar unkho nai sakina ko dond nekala.

The above idioms are examples of pure idiom translated from Urdu into English with the help of paraphrases strategies. However, under the same strategies, the idioms of another short story of Manto,s "license," are translated by Aatish Taseer. Some of the examples are given below.

Example 4:

ST: Abu kochwan bara cheel jabela ta. It is the binomial type of idioms taken from the first sentence of the short story "license" by Sadat
Hasan Manto

TT: Abu kochwan is stylish man.

BT: Abu kochwan aik wazahdar admi ta.

From the above idiom, it is clear that there is no perfect equivalence of cheela chabela idiom in English; that is, the translator goes
through paraphrasing strategies. Look at another example from "license."

Example 5:

ST: Lein har waqat bank bani rekhi ka usi be had showk ta

TT: He had a weakness for style and fashion.

BT: Dan saj ke rekhna uski kamzori me sai ik ta.

So all of the above examples, which are analyzed one by one, are examples of idioms being translated through paraphrasing strategies. Beaugrande and Dressler define paraphrases as "approximate conceptual equivalence among outwardly different material."(De Beaugrande and Dressler 1981, 50) Similarly, in this regard, Hirst defines paraphrases as "talk(ing) about the same situation in a different way." (Hirst 1980:12) Munday declared that "equivalence is particularly useful in translating idioms and proverbs” For instance, if the English idiom like a bear with a sore head is rendered into Persian as (mesle borje zahremar), meaning like a tower of snake venom, the strategy of equivalence has been applied. (Munday 1981:13).--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:55, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

According to Leonardi, "Equivalence can be said to be the central issue in translation." In this regard, house believes that "a translation text should match not only its source text in function but also employ equivalent situational-dimensional means to achieve that function" (Baker 2002:49). who shares this approach, states that equivalence is used "for the sake of convenience—because most translators are used to it rather than because it has any theoretical status" (Kenny 1998:77).

Despite different attitudes to the concept of equivalence, most specialists pay much attention to its meaning in the theory of translation. The translation is a form of communication, and that is why it is vital to establish equivalence between the source text and the target text. Although Vinay and Darbelnet believe that equivalence is used differently than in modern translation theory, it is evident that equivalence is one of the basic concepts of translation that cannot be neglected.Vinay and Darbelnet 1999:18)
Consequently, based on the Above mentioned studies using 'Paraphrasing' in translation stands as the core concept in the process of translation, and still, most of the translators cling to it for producing a more comprehensible and explicable text. These language ideas and translation models are ideal constructs, presented abstractly in order to be differentiated precisely. They may exist in an uneasy combination in actual theories and practices, resulting in logical tensions or inconsistencies. They must first contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation before they can contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation. Theories and actions must be contextualized in historical settings. They've been utilized as analytical tools to describe various topics in section introductions. Theoretical writings and current events these language notions and translation models are ideal constructs expressed in an abstract manner in order to be distinguished precisely in real-life hypotheses they may exist in an uncomfortable mix, resulting in logical conflicts or inconsistencies. They must first contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation before they can contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation.

4.2 Using an idiom of Similar Meaning and Form

As mentioned earlier, this strategy type is being used by Aatish Taseer during their translated work of Manto's short stories "khol do" and" license" on an occasional basis. Some examples are mention below.

From khol do.

Example 6:

ST: Larki ka rang zard hogaya.

TT: The girl's face became fail

BT: larki ka rang zar hogya.

Similarly, another example from the license is

Example 7:

ST: Abu our us ke mat beer hogaie

TT: They fall in love with each other.

BT: WO ik dosri ke mokhbat me geriftar hogaie

The above idioms are pure ones and are being translated with the help of similar meanings and similar forms.

The procedures: transposition, modulation, equivalence, and adaptation, and when it comes to defining the term Equivalence, (Vinay and Darbelnet 2000:90) propose that it consists in rendering "the same situation … by two texts using completely different stylistic and structural methods", and when it comes to translating idiomatic expressions like "Il pleut à seaux" it can be translated as "It is raining cats and dogs" using the idiom of similar form and meaning in the target language.

As Baker states, this strategy involves using an idiom in the TL which conveys roughly the same meaning as that of the source language idiom and, in addition, consists of identical lexical items. The salient point is that this kind of match can only occasionally be achieved, which cannot be picked up more often by translators. Accordingly, both translators mentioned in the current study had quite a slim chance of using this strategy type.(Baker 1992:12)

4.3 Using an idiom of similar meaning but different form:

During translating Manto short stories, "khol do" and "license," some of the idioms are translated with the help of this strategy. Some of the examples are given below from two different short stories.

Example number one is from the short story "khol do"

Example 8:

ST: Aur bolwai gos ayai thee?

TT: The roitors come abroad.

BT: pasadi bahar agai hai.

The above idiom is a pure type of idiom being translated with the help of above mention strategy. The word rioter is being used for bolwai, which is not a perfect word for bolwai. In Urdu bolwai, people believe in violence when minorities or the low population of any country want some rights. These people stop them by using violence, burn down their properties, rapes women, and do things like that. Another example from the license is below.

Example 9:

ST: Dosri kotwal abu ko dek kar jal ban ho jati.

TT: The other coachman burn with envy.

BT: Abu ke kamyabi dek kar aur kotwal abu sai khasad karni lagi’

The above idioms are a pure idiom that reflects the effect of jealousy between competitors to achieve equivalency. Aatish Taseer uses envy word for jal ban instead of other which have similar meaning but different form. Look at the other example from "license."

Example 10:

ST: Dino lat vo lagal se kam karni laga.

TT: Dino came with an excuse.

BT: Dino abb bahi tarashni laga.

The above idioms are types of binomial idioms translated with the help of idioms with similar meanings and different forms. (Newmark 1988, 81) mentions the difference between translation methods and translation procedures. He writes that "[w]hile translation methods relate to whole texts, translation procedures are used for sentences and the smaller units of language" (Newmark 1988: 81). Idiomatic translation in his definition reproduces the 'message' of the original. However, it distorts nuances of meaning by preferring colloquialisms and idioms where these do not exist in the original, leading to using an idiom of similar meaning but a different form. Besides, it is often possible to find an idiom or fixed expression in the target language with a meaning similar to that of the source idiom or expression but which consists of different lexical items (Baker 1992, 12). Therefore, translators discover idiomatic expressions in the target language with different forms than in the source language. In the current study, the translators approached this strategy merely for 9% of the total times, which means the frequency of Iranian and English idioms with the same meaning and different forms is not considered high.

4.4 Translation by omission:

A translator is less using these strategies, and we did not find any clue on this type of strategy in an area under consideration.
--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 09:48, 12 December 2021 (UTC)

=== Findings===

(Mandelbit 1995) believed that idioms with different cognitive mapping in the target language would be more challenging to translate. After conducting study and data analysis of collected data, the result revealed that the translator frequently used three out of four strategies of the Mona Baker model during the translation process, which is a translation by Paraphrasing, translation by similar meaning and similar form, translation by similar meaning and different form. In contrast, translation by omission does not found in his work.
After detail and careful analysis of data, more than half of idioms like "swelling sea of man,” my lord break his arrogance, “weakness for style and fashion." As I mentioned earlier, many more are translated under the umbrella of Paraphrasing, which is considered the most common method used for translating idioms.

Similarly, we also reflect strategies like similar meaning and different form and similar meaning and similar form. The idiom "rioter came abroad,” burn with envy,” The girl's face became pale, " They fall in love with each other" are translated with the help of two mention strategies, respectively.

Although translation by omission is a strategy used on rare occasions because of its meaning, its meaning cannot be easily paraphrased or stylistic reason. Here, the researcher also did not find any idiom translated with the help of the omission strategy.

===Conclusion ===

Go through detailed discussion and analysis of data collected from my source. We finally concluded that the idioms present in two short stories, "khol do" and "License," are translated under the frame of Mona Baker's idiomatic model. Translation by Paraphrasing is mainly used while idioms of similar meaning and form and idioms of similar meaning and different forms are used occasionally. The researcher discusses all the strategies with related examples in the order of maximum used to minimum used. The strategy by omission did not find it works. All the data are collected from different sources and analyzed with the help of different researcher tools, and the result is written in light of the finding. Different from previous studies, the writer presents the strategies to translate idioms by each type of idiomatic expression found in the story. From the result, it is considered the translation of idiomatic expressions in the story is quite accurate. As the number of accurate data is more the data which is not related to the translation. We take conclusion from the translation through idiomatic expression and paraphrasing is the best way to translate a novel or a story however it is very difficult job to do because it needs more accurate and precise knowledge about the source language and an inspiring method to express ideas in the target language. However, translation is thing through which we can connect the world with each other and also we can study and observe diverse cultures.

=== References ===
Abu-Saydeh, A. F. (2004). Translation of English idioms into Arabic. Babel, 114-131.

Ahsan, S. (2020). A comparative study of two translations of manto's short story "Toba Tek". International Journal of English Language Studies, 12-27.

Alexander, R. J. (1987). Mimeograph. In R. J. Alexander (Ed.) Collocation and Culture. Trier: University of Trier, West Germany.

Al-Qinai, J. (2000). Translation quality assessment. strategies, parameters and procedures. Translator's Journal, 497-519.

Bayashi, J. (2020). Japanese-English translation: An advanced guide. Oxfordshire: Routledge.

Das, V. &. (1995). Critical events: An anthropological perspective on contemporary India. New Delhi: Oxford Printing Press.

Mufti, A. (2007). The Language of English India. In I. &. End (Ed.) Enlightenment in the Colony. Princeton University Press.

Waka Xia, L. (2019). A discourse analysis of news translation in China. Syydney: Routledge.

= Muhammad Saqib Mehran Problems in Translation Study =
[[Trans_Type_EN_14]]

===Abstract===

===Key words ===

===Introduction ===

===Ambiguity===

===Lexical and Structural Mismatches===

===Multiword units: Idioms and Collocations===

===Summary===

===Further Reading===

=刘胜楠 A Case Study of ''Ne Zha'' on Subtitle Translation Strategies from the Perspective of Skopos Theory=
[[Trans_Type_EN_15]]

Translation types, strategies, styles, methods

2021-12-13T16:55:54Z

Muhammad Numan: /* Translation Procedure */

'''Translation types, strategies, styles, methods'''

[[Translation_types,_strategies,_styles,_methods|Overview Page of Translation types, strategies, styles, methods]]

30 Chapters（0/30)

[[Trans_Type_EN_1]] [[Trans_Type_EN_2]] [[Trans_Type_EN_3]] [[Trans_Type_EN_4]] [[Trans_Type_EN_5]] [[Trans_Type_EN_6]] [[Trans_Type_EN_7]] [[Trans_Type_EN_8]] [[Trans_Type_EN_9]] [[Trans_Type_EN_10]] [[Trans_Type_EN_11]] [[Trans_Type_EN_12]] [[Trans_Type_EN_13]] [[Trans_Type_EN_14]] [[Trans_Type_EN_15]] [[Trans_Type_EN_16]] [[Trans_Type_EN_17]] [[Trans_Type_EN_18]] [[Trans_Type_EN_19]] [[Trans_Type_EN_20]] [[Trans_Type_EN_21]] [[Trans_Type_EN_22]] [[Trans_Type_EN_23]] [[Trans_Type_EN_24]] [[Trans_Type_EN_25]] [[Trans_Type_EN_26]] [[Trans_Type_EN_27]] [[Trans_Type_EN_28]] [[Trans_Type_EN_29]] [[Trans_Type_EN_30]] ...

[[Book_projects|Back to translation project overview]]

[[DCG-To-Do|To the To Do List]]

=阳佳颖 Analysis On Subtitling Strategies in the American Version of the ''Legend of Zhen Huan''=

'''浅析美版《甄嬛传》的字幕翻译策略'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_1]]

阳佳颖 Yang Jiaying, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 2: The Use of Translation Strategy and Translation Methods in Tourism Texts under the Guidance of Peter Newmark's Translation Theory -- A Case Study of ''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''=
'''纽马克翻译理论指导下旅游文本中翻译策略与翻译方法的使用——以''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_2]]

刘晓 Liu Xiao, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 3: Translation methods and strategies for novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory -- A case study of Korean novel Eun-ju's Movie (Excerpt)=
交际翻译理论指导下小说题材所适用的翻译方法和翻译策略—以韩国小说集《恩珠的电影》（节选）为例

[[Trans_Type_EN_3]]

刘越Liu Yue ，Hunan Normal University，China

=Chapter 4: On Translation Strategies and Translation Methods in Chinese Translation of English Prose -- A Case Study of Chinese Translation of English Prose "Pleasures of Ignorance"=

'''浅析英语散文汉译中的翻译策略和翻译方法——以英语散文《无知的乐趣》汉译本为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_4]]

毛雅文 Mao Yawen, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 5： Analysis of translation strategies and methods for political eassays --- A Case Study of Annual Summary of the Russian Government's Work of 2019 =
'''政论语体翻译策略及翻译方法— 以《2019年俄罗斯政府工作报告》为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_5]]

毛优 Mao You，Hunan Normal University，China

=Chapter 6: An analysis and comparison of the translation styles of two Chinese translations of ''Le Spleen de Paris''=
'''浅析对比《巴黎的忧郁》两个汉译本的翻译风格'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_6]]

彭瑞雪 Peng Ruixue, Hunan University, China

=Chapter 7: A Study of Lu Xun’s Short Stories Translation from the Perspective of Functional Equivalence: Taking Yang Xianyi and Gladys Yang’s English Verison of ''Kong I-Chi'' as a Case Study=
功能对等翻译视角下的鲁迅短篇小说翻译研究——以杨、戴夫妇的《孔乙己》英译本为例

[[Trans_Type_EN_7]]

秦建安 QinJianna, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 8:Translation methods and strategies applicable to the style of biographical literature -- Taking ''Incidents in Life of Slave Girl'' (excerpt) as an example=

'''传记文学的文体所适用的翻译技巧与策略——以英文传记《一名女奴的人生际遇》(节选)为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_8]]

颜子涵 Yan Zihan, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 9: On the Translation Strategies of ''Lun Yu'' from the Perspective of Fusion of Horizons – A Contrastive Study of two translations of Ku Hung-ming and Xu Yuanchong=

'''视域融合视角下看《论语》英译的翻译策略—以辜鸿铭和许渊冲的英译本为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_9]]

邝艳丽 Kuang Yanli, Hunan Normal University, China

=杨柳青 Bian Zhilin's Literary Translation Theories and Practice——Take His Translation of Romantic Poems as Examples=

Yang Liuqing杨柳青,Hunan Normal University,China.

[[Trans_Type_EN_10]]

=Atta Ur Rahman Exploring Translation Strategies: A Case Study of the English Translation of the Holy Quran=

===Abstract===
This study aims at diagnosing culture-specific items in the English translation of the Holy Quran and the strategies which were used to translate the CSIs. Translating CSIs can be a demanding task because such items have specific meanings in the culture and language in which they exist but not necessarily in others. Taking this fact into account, the present study investigates the strategies used in the translation of culture-specific items in the English translation of the Holy Quran. Moreover, the researcher explored the most frequently employed translation procedures. To achieve these goals, the descriptive approach is applied for the analysis of the translation of specific items of culture. The descriptive analysis is also used for the investigation of the translation procedures used therein. The findings of this study indicate that the use of cultural equivalent strategy was the most frequent applied procedure. The descriptive equivalent and through translation procedures were the second most frequently applied translation strategies which were followed by transference, functional equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, modulation and notes. The results shows that the translation procedures are helpful (especially the target-oriented ones) in conveying the meaning of the text from Arabic into English in different ways.

===Key Words===
The Holy Quran, Translation Strategies/procedures, Culture-Specific Items, Newmark

===Introduction===
1. Overview
Translation that plays a crucial role in introducing the history and in transferring the culture of an area is a kind of communication between different languages. It is also illustrated “as the result of a linguistic-textual procedure in which a text in one language is re-contextualized in another language.” In the re-contextualization, studies on translation demonstrate that there are certain critical points (Munday 2012:37) that are problematic for translators, especially, when dealing with vital cultural texts such as religious texts (Malmkjær 2015:10). It helps to communicate and exchange information with people from different countries and cultures. Khammyseh argues that translation is one of the traditional communicating methods between communities all around the world. (Khammyseh 2005;9). Jothiraj states that “translation plays an important role in the inter-lingual process of communication”(Jothiraj 2004;1). Translation is essential for cultures and languages to exchange information. Newmark (1988) defines it as a craft in which a written message in a language is replaced by the same story in another language. According to him, Translation is the art of trying to translate what is written or expressed in one language into another language with the same message or expression. To accomplish a qualified translation, the translator needs to be aware of different aspects(Newmark 1988;2). Many scholars in translation have noticed that the difficulty for a translator is to translate texts which deals with religious concepts and cultural specific items.

Nida indicated that translation is the way of finding natural issues in the TL close to the SL, in terms of message and style(Nida 1964;32). Larson (1998) has acknowledged that dealing with religious and cultural items is the most difficult, both in finding equivalence and analyzing the source vocabulary. Among the many challenges that exist for the translator is to bring the concept of the SL to a deeper meaning in the TL, the main problem is how to give CSIs, the significance which is firmly connected to the particular cultural context(Larson 1998;23).--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 15:41, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

Culture plays a considerable role, Snell-Hornby assumed that “Culture refers to all socially conditioned aspects of human life”.(Snell-Hornby 1988;33). Another definition of culture is formulated by Goodenough. For him, culture is “what people have to learn as distinct from their biological heritage, must consist of the end product of learning: knowledge, in a most general, if relative, sense of the term."(Goodenough 1957;167). By this definition, we should note that culture is not only a material phenomenon; it does not consist of things, people, behavior, or emotions. It is rather the organization of these things. It is the forms of things that people have in their minds, their models for perceiving, relating, and otherwise interpreting them”. According to him, if the translator wants to understand a culture, she or he has to understand that culture is a mixture of belief and knowledge.

The religious text and especially the Holy Quran have played a significant role in human life throughout history to guide human beings towards the right path. Translating religious text can be a hectic job. When it comes to religious texts like the Holy Quran, it might be even more hectic. The Holy Quran has a profound impact on the human lives of its believers. It spreads spiritual serenity and peace of mind. Lustig and Joline thought that “religion is an important institutional network that binds people to one another”(Lustig and Joline 2003;16). But sometimes believers of Islam (whether they are native or not native speakers of the language) face a tremendous difficulty when they want to understand the meaning of a certain lexical unit, lexis that can be identified as Quranic-specific words/phrases.

This study is aimed to probe Newmark's translation procedures applied to translate cultural items from the SL (Arabic) to the TL (English) and to focus on translation strategies used by the English translator to transfer absolute and in-depth intended meanings of the CSI in the Holy Quran. If we examine Newmark's opinion, seventeen procedures may be needed by a translator in the process of translation. However, only a few translation procedures are relevant to this translation, they are Transference, cultural equivalent, functional equivalent, descriptive equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, through translation, modulation and notes.(Newmark 1988;81). These types of translation procedures are usually used to translate cultural terms contained in the text involving Surah Yusuf as a source language. Thus, in the relationship between translation and culture, the strategies offered should be understood as an attempt to make the translation easy to understand by the TR without blurring the message contained in the text written in the SL.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 15:41, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Translation and Culture===

2. Translation and Culture

Culture and translation are intimately connected, for understanding the culture translation plays a crucial role. In every nation, there are multiple cultures which reflect how people behave, socially, traditionally and politically and also practice their specific languages. Languages have a complex system of communication that humans adapt from different cultural background. When someone wants to know more about any culture, it is necessary to know about that language. For understanding the language they need to translate it as one might not understand the particular language. Thus, translation fills the gap created by languages that is a very important aspect of translation.

The translation is the process of translating a point or text from one language to another, we can also refer translation to moving of something from one place to another. Translation impacts also on our real life, in a way of transforming other cultures, norms and traditions into our culture. Translators play a vital role in culture and mediators between cultures, dedicated to linking the gap that repeatedly hinders effective communication between communities. According to Peter Newmark, “translators have been entrusted the elegant and highly-demanding task of representing cultures for decades” (Newmark 1988;7). Newmark established connections concerning the relationship between culture and translating. In his book, he regards translation as a process of “representing the meaning of a text into another language in the way that the author planned the text” (Newmark 1988;5). According to him, although this process has been supposed to be simple, in reality, translators have been facing the complex task of translating and conveying culture for decades, ever since countries began establishing relationships between one another. (Newmark 1988;7).

In the history of translation studies, translation has been discussed through multiple routes which based on practicality and some theoretical aspects. For instance, Catford defined it as "the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language”(Catford 1965;20). According to Venuti translation is "the forcible replacement of the linguistic and cultural difference of the foreign text with a text that will be understandable to the target language reader”(Venuti 1995;18). Schjoldager stated that“a translation is a text that expresses what another text has expressed in another language”(Schjoldager 2008;19). Culture is a complex whole which includes knowledge,belief,art,law,morals,customs and many other capabilities and habits acquired by man as a member of society. The translation is no longer considered to be a mere cross-linguistic activity but it significantly is cross-cultural communication.”
Since language reflects the way of life and basic parts of it, the process of translation cannot be done without the integration of cultural symbols into the construction of meaning. Hassan claimed that a good translation “is one that carries all the ideas of the original as well as its structural and cultural features” (Hassan 2014;2). Hermanns contributed that translation should be recognized as a cultural act. It is a kind of linguistic-cultural activity that involves at least two languages and two cultural traditions. Similarly, translation is not just a verbal act; it is also cultural, which is an act of communication of cultures(Hermanns 1999;22) Later, Hassan emphasized a good translation "is one that carries all the ideas of the original as well as its structural and cultural features" and that "reconstructs the cultural/historical context of the original"(Hassan 2014;2).
These statements demonstrate that there is an interaction between translation and culture, Newmark illustrated that culture in translation competence is “the greatest hurdle to translation, at least the achievement of an accurate and decent translation" (Newmark 2001;328).

Bearing in mind the general alliance among researchers regarding the importance of culture in translation, the translation activity is a question of transferring the correct meaning and that the translator has a productive role in transferring not only the linguistic system of the source text but also the cultural one. As such, it is extremely difficult to draw a borderline between translation and culture as they are inextricably overlaid and this connection leads to creative translation.

2.1 Culture-Specific Items (CSIs)

Culture-specific items are notions that are specific to a particular culture. These concepts are using in different domains such as flora, fauna, food, clothes, housing, work, leisure, politics, law, and religion in the way of life. These cultural concepts are consist of different suggestion and approaches. For the denomination of these concepts, many scholars and linguists employed different names or terms, relatively different definitions are given and they tried to define some points that were related to the culture but they not defined even the name of the concept clearly. Scholars refer different names to these culture-specific items, Newmark uses the term cultural words. (Newmark 1988;327) Christine Nord names them “culturemes” (Nord 1997;9) while in one of the newer studies, focused on the translation of culture-specific items, Mohammad Reza Shah Ahmadi and Fatemeh Nosrati employ a term culture-bound element (Ahmadi and Nosrati 2012;1).
After a long time, some scholars prefer the terms “culture-specific item” (Aixela, 1997; Davies, 2003), others choose cultural words (Newmark, 2003) or culture-bound phenomena/concepts (Baker, 1992, Newmark, 2003, Robinson, 2003). In this study, the term “culture-specific item” is used as the basic term, as well as its abbreviation CSI, although other synonyms may be used to prevent repetition. "Culture-specific items are defined by different scholars according to their differences and similarities. Meanwhile, Mona Baker (1992) defines specific concepts of culture as “sourcelanguage words that express concepts unknown in the target culture” (Baker, 1992, 21). It may relate to religion, kind of food or social customs. Newmark suggests to culture-specific items as cultural words (Newmark 1988, 94). He further discussed that in many circumstances, cultural words are somewhat easy to detect in a text because they are closely related to a specific language and unable to translate word by word (Newmark 1988, 95). When they cannot be translated literary then he mentioned that the translators usually the purpose is to provide a descriptive-functional equivalent (Newmark 1988, 95).--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:02, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

2.1.1 Translation of CSIs in the Holy Quran

The Holy Quran is the most basic religious book for Muslims, the Quran was revealed to the prophet Muhammad (PBUH). The Quranic corpus, created in an early form of Classical Arabic, is traditionally believed to be a literal transcript of God’s speech and to constitute the earthly production of an uncreated and eternal heavenly original, according to the general view referred to in the Quran itself as “the well-preserved tablet” (al-lawḥ al-mahfūẓ; Qurʾān 85;22). It has a heartfelt impact on human lives and their believers. It spreads spiritual stability and peace of mind. According to (Lustig and Joline 2003;16) “Religion is an important institutional network that binds people to one another.”
Translating Quranic-specific words/phrases is considered a great challenge for the translators which requires an accurate interpretation and consciousness of the crucial functions of these Quranic-specific words/phrases. Therefore, they have to focus on a set of aspects to attain equivalence and then render the exact meaning. The translation of the Holy Quran is a debatable process because Arabic is full of cultural-specific concepts with no proper equivalent in other languages; consequently, some equivalents fail to convey their cultural meaning thoroughly. The translation is seen as the process of reconstructing a text into other languages. In the Holy Quran, it is mentioned in the Surah of Yusuf: “we have sent it down as an Arabic Quran”, the translated text has been simply seen as a commentary, explaining, or paraphrasing of the source text. In general, exact translation never occurs; rather this can be a basic interpretation of the Holy Quran. In the process of translation of the Holy Quran, language and CSI items and rhetorical features were not inimitable and reproducible into other languages.
Translating CSIs is a strenuous task because such elements have special meanings in culture and language.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:02, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Types of Translation ===
3. Types of Translation
Newmark determines 8 types of translation which are:

3.1 Word-for-Word Translation

This is usually indicated as an interlinear translation, with the target language immediately below the source language words. The source language word-order is preserved and the words translated singly by their most common meanings, out of context. These words are translated literally. Some of the uses of point-by-point translation are to understand the mechanics of the source language or to create a difficult text as a pre-translation process.

3.2 Literal translation

In this type of translation, the grammatical structures of the source language are changed to the nearest target language equivalent but the written points remain the same to one another, out of context.
3.3 Faithful translation
This translation attempts to reproduce the original exact meaning within the limitations of the TL grammatical structures. It also conveys cultural words and maintains an unusual degree of grammar and strength in translation. It tries to make the SL author completely loyal to the intent and reality of the text.

3.4 Semantic Translation

Semantic translation takes much of the aesthetic value of the source language text, making sense where appropriate so that there are no implications, wordplay or repetition roots in the finished version. It may translate less important cultural points by a culturally neutral third or active terms but not by cultural equation and it may also give the reader more small concessions.

3.5 Adaptation

This is an unrestricted form of translation. It is used mainly for plays and poetry, the themes, characters, plots are usually preserved, the SL culture converted to the TL culture and the text rewritten (Ahmad 2015;15).

3.6 Free Translation

The content without a form of the original or the matter without the manner is the productions of free translation. It is also known as intra-lingual translation and it is usually longer than the original.

3.7 Idiomatic Translation

This type of translation replicates the original message but degrades the depth of meaning by selecting meanings and dialogues that do not exist in the original.

3.8 Communicative Translation

This type of translation replicates the original message but degrades the depth of meaning by selecting meanings and dialogues that do not exist in the original.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:05, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Translation Strategies ===

4. Translation Strategies
Many theorists have used the term translation strategy extensively but with some significant differences in meaning and perspective that they see. Many theorists have used the approach of translation comprehensively but with some notable differences in meaning and vision as they appear.

4.1 Aixela Translation Strategies:
According to Aixela translators need to choose several strategies based on the source language culture and target culture. He distinguishes many of the translation strategies that apply to the translation of culture-specific items and at the same time, he tries to command by the level of their intercultural intervention. He divided it into two groups; conservative groups (5 approaches) and the substitution (6 strategies).

4.1.1. Conservation:
In conservation,the less compelling process includes repetition,orthographic adaptation,linguistic translation,extratextual gloss and intratextual gloss.

4.1.1.1 Repetition:In repetition, there is simply the transference of the culture-specific items from the ST to the TT. Thus,the translator keeps as much as possible the original reference (Aixela 1996;61). This approach is often used for languages that do not differ in the alphabet and most for names.

4.1.1.2 Orthographic Adaptation: The orthographic adaptation involves writing or
transliteration, mainly when the original term is given in a different alphabet than the one used in the target culture.

4.1.1.3 Linguistics translation: Linguistic translation emphasizes on the way where the translator chooses the source closest to the original text and increases his understanding by giving the TL version which is still relevant to the ST cultural system.

4.1.1.4 Extra-textual Gloss: Here,the extra-textual gloss refers to additional information to the previously mentioned procedures, The translator uses one of the above strategies but considers it as a necessity to explain the meaning or concept of CSI. In this gloss, it can be footnotes,endings,words,ideas,translators in dictionaries, italics and so on.

4.1.1.5 Intra-textual Gloss:It's like the past but the translator feels that he/she can include the globe as an indirect part of the text,not to distract the reader.

4.2.1 Substitution
In substitution, According Aixela “that synonymy, limited universalization, absolute universalization, naturalization, deletion, and autonomous creation are encompassing here"(Aixela 1996;87)--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:40, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

4.2.1.1 Synonymy: This strategy is a stylist used to avoid the constant repetition of culturespecific items in the ST.

4.2.1.2 Limited Universalization: When the translator realizes that the culture-specific item is not clear to the reader or that another source CSI exists in the source language which can be replaced, replace it with data. Of course, the location is not as specific to the source language as the first one.

4.2.1.3 Absolute Universalization: The only difference between limited universalization and absolute universalization is when the translator cannot find the best known CSI in the source language or prefers to eliminate the unusual concept and choose a neutral term. (Aixela 1997;63).

4.2.1.4 Naturalization: In this case “translator brings the culture-specific item into the TL culture” (Shokri Ketabi 2015;8).

4.2.1.5 Deletion: When the CSI is “unacceptable ideologically or stylistically or it is not relevant enough for the effort of comprehension required for the readers” (Aixela 1996;64), or very clear that the translator does not want to use any strategy, they delete the CSI.

4.2.1.6 Autonomous Creation: When the translator agrees to use non-existent cultural
reference in the ST.(Aixela 1997;43).

4.3 Mona Baker's Translation Strategies
Baker's strategies have been used by professional translators at word level in their translations, to deal with issues while performing the task of translation.Baker She suggests various procedures to work for unequal treatment at the point level, for example, translation by a more general word, translation by a more neutral / less obvious word, translation by paraphrasing, Using related words, and so on. She formulates the classification in different strategies(Baker 1992;90) which are the following:

4.3.1 Translation by a more general word: According to Baker,this has to do with the meaning of the proposition. Appropriately it works in many languages.

4.3.2 Translation by a more neutral/ less expressive word: This is another strategy in terms of semantics it does with differences with obvious meaning.

4.3.3 Translation by cultural substitution:This strategy involves placing culture-specific material that does not have the same predictive meaning as the target language material but may have the same effect on the target reader.

4.3.4 Translation using a loan word: This strategy relies on culture-specific items, modern borrowing points plus interpretation concepts and buzz points.

4.3.5 Translation by paraphrase using a related word: When the source material is written in the target language but separately, and when the frequency used in the source text is high, it will be natural in the target language.

4.3.6 Translation by paraphrase using unrelated words: This strategy can be used when the concept in the source material is not lexical in the TL.

4.3.7 Translation by omission: Losing phrases or words that are not vital to text development.

4.3.8 Translation by an illustration: Here, use examples when the source word is not equal in the target language. Each theorist presents their strategies according to their point of view,however,Baker,s translation strategies include the most applicable set of strategies, as it shows the strategies used by professional translators.
--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:40, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Cultural Categories ===

5. Cultural categories

5.1.2 Ecology
In this type of cultural category, Newmark labels those words which have some similarities and differences in culture concerning the environment. For Example, animals, colors, astronomy, plants birds etc. They will also have some geographical features that can normally differ from other cultural terms in that they usually have no political, commercial value.

5.1.2 Material culture

Material culture is also known as artefacts, In the category of material culture, Newmark included Food, clothes, housing, transport, and communications and also those objects which are made by humans. For Example, Clothing, atoms, crops, vegetables, jewellery, drugs, planets etc. “Food is for many the most sensitive and important expression of national culture. The function of the generic clothes terms is approximately constant, indicating the part of the body that is covered, but the description varies depending on climate and material used, houses and town, and transport.”(Newmark 1988;90)

5.1.3 Social culture

The social culture is divided by Newmark in two ways, they are work and leisure. For example, Trade, armour, literature, poets, markets, games.

5.1.4 Organisation

Newmark organizations are divided into five categories: political and administrative conditions, historical conditions, and international conditions. ‘The international community terms usually have recognized translations which are in• fact through-translations, and are now generally known by their acronyms', religious terms, artistic terms; “the translation of artistic terms referring to movements, processes and organizations generally depend on the putative knowledge of the readership. For example, adultery, business, corruption, sex, poverty, marriage, divorce etc.”

5.2 Newmark Classification CSIs

Newmark established the classification of culture-specific items (CSIs) into five classes which are;
Table 1. Newmark classification of Culture-Specific Items. (Newmark 1988;97) --[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:50, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

5.2.1 Categorization of CSIs in Surah Yousuf of the Holy Quran

Verse No. Terms English Translation Categories
1 الۡکِتٰبِ Book Material culture

2 قرُۡءٰنًا Quran Material culture

3 الۡقَصَصِ Narration Gesture

4 رَايَۡتُ Dream Habit

5 کَوۡکَبًا Stars Ecology

6 ال َّ شمۡسَ Sun Ecology

7 الۡقَمَرَ Moon Ecology

8 الۡاحََادِيۡثِ Events Organization

9 يعَۡقوُۡبَ House of Yaqub Material culture

10 يعَۡقوُۡبَ Yaqub

11 ابِۡرٰہيِۡمَ Ibrahim

12 اِسۡحٰقَ Ishaq

13 اقۡتلُوُا Kill Social culture

14 ارَۡضًا Earth Ecology

15 الۡجُبِّ Pit Ecology

16 ال َّ س َّ يارَةِ Wayfares

17 يٰۤابََانَا Father

18 َّ يرۡتعَۡ Eat Social culture

19 وَ يَلۡعَبۡ Play Social culture

20 لَحٰفِظُوۡنَ Guard Social culture

21 وَ اخََافُ Fear Habit

22 الذِئّۡبُ Wolf Ecology

23 عِشَاءًٓ Nightfall Ecology

24 َّ يبۡکُوۡنَ Weeping Habit

25 مَتاَعِنَا Belongings Material culture

26 قمَِيۡصِہٖ Shirt Material culture

27 وَارِدہَمُۡ Water drawer Material culture

28 دلَۡوَهٗ Bucket Material culture

29 بِثمََنٍ ۢ بَخۡسٍ Paltry price Material culture

30 درََاہمَِ مَعۡدوُۡدةٍَ Silver coin Material culture

31 مِّصۡرَ Egypt

32 لِامۡرَاتَِہٖۤ Wife

33 الۡارَۡضِ Land Ecology

34 اشَُدَّ هٗۤ Prime age

35 الۡابَۡوَابَ Door Material culture

36 مَعَاذَ ّٰ ِ Master Organization

37 ال ُّ سوۡٓءَ Evil Habit

38 الۡفَحۡشَاءَؕٓ Lewdness Habit

39 عِبَادِنَا Servant Organization

40 وَ قَدَّ تۡ Ripped Social culture

41 عَذاَبٌ Punishment Social culture

42 ُّ يسۡجَنَ Prison Organization

43 الۡعَزِيۡزِ Minister Organistion

44 حُباؕ Love Social culture

45 فتَٰىہَا Slave Organization

46 سِکِّيۡنًا Knife Material culture

47 مَلکٌَ Angel Organization

48 فَاسۡتجََابَ Prayer Gestures

49 خَمۡرًا Wine Material culture

50 خُبۡزًا Bread Material culture

51 رَاۡسِیۡ Head Material culture

52 ال َّ طيۡرُ Birds Ecology

53 ءَارَۡبَابٌ Gods Organization

54 يٰصَاحِبَیِ السِّجۡنِ Prisoners Organization

55 تعَۡبدُوُۡنَ Worship Gesture

56 ال َّ شيۡطٰنُ Satan Organization

57 الۡمَلِکُ King Organization

58 بَقَرٰتٍ Cows Ecology

59 خُضۡرٍ Green Ecology

60 يٰبسِٰتٍ Dry Ecology

61 سُنۡۢبلُٰتٍ Grain Material culture

62 تزَۡرَعُوۡنَ Crops Material culture

63 يغَُاثُ Rain Ecology

64 يَعۡصِرُوۡنَ Juice Material culture

65 النِّسۡوَةِ Women

66 ال َّ رسُوۡلُ Messenger Organization

67 الۡعَزِيۡزِ Governor Organization

68 ال ّٰ صدِقِيۡنَ Truthful Habit

69 الۡخَائِٓنيِۡنَ Betray Organization

70 خَزَائِٓنِ Treasure Material culture

71 مَ َّ کنَّ ا Power Organization

72 بِرَحۡمَتِنَا Mercy Gestures

73 يَتَّ قوُۡنَ Taqwa Habit

74 الۡمُنۡزِلِيۡنَ Hospitality Habit

75 رِحَالِہِمۡ Camel Ecology

76 وَ ل َّ مَا فَتحَُوۡا Family Organization

77 بَابٍ Gate Material culture

78 اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty Organization

79 الۡعِيۡرُ Caravan Organization

80 لسَٰرِقوُۡنَ Thieves Organization

81 السِّقَايَۃَ Bowl Material culture

82 تاَ ّٰ ِ Swear Habit

83 کٰذِبيِۡنَ Liars Habit

84 وِّعَاءِٓ Bag Material culture

85 درََجٰتٍ Rank Organization

86 َّ موۡثِقًا Pledge Social culture

87 الۡحٰکِمِيۡنَ Judges Organization

88 الۡقَرۡيَۃَ Town Material culture

89 عَيۡنٰہُ Eyes

90 الۡبَشِيۡرُ News Social culture

91 ابَوََيۡہِ Parents Organization

92 الۡعَرۡشِ Thrown Organization

93 يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ Devices Material culture

94 وَ الۡارَۡضِ Earth Ecology

95 ال َّ سمٰوٰتِ Heavens Ecology

===Translation Procedure ===

6. Translation Procedure

There are seventeen different kinds of translation procedures classified by Newmark. According to (Gallagher 1996;31)“translation procedures are the technical devices to convey the message of a text in one language into another language.” The difference between translation procedure and translation methods discussed by (Newmark 1988;81)“translation methods relate to whole texts, translation procedures are used for sentences and the smaller units of language.”

6.1 Transference
Transference is the way through which we convert the source language to target language and also contains transliteration or transcription. Transference is also known as loan words, there is no transformation in the spelling of the words that have been translated.

6.2 Naturalization
Naturalization changes the word SL to its pronunciation,then TL to its original form.
Naturalization also adds new connections to external conditions.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:55, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

6.3 Culture equivalent
In this procedure, SL the cultural word is translated by the target cultural word. The use of the translation of this procedure is limited because it is not accurate, but it can be used in general texts, public and publicity,as well as for brief explanation to readers who do not understand the relevant source language culture.

6.4 Functional Equivalent
This approach is the most accurate path of translating and it uses very neutral cultural points with a new specific term.

6.5 Descriptive equivalent
This strategy is working for the description of the meaning or function of the source language.

6.6 Synonymy
This method of translation is applied when there is nothing to the same.

6.7 Through-Translation
Through translation is the literal translation of common conflicts,the names of organizations and compound parts.

6.8 Shifts or Transposition
This translation procedure involving a change in grammar from SL to TL. This change is done when there is a difference between the structure of the SL and the TL is reasonable.

6.9 Modulation
This procedure is used in the translation of sentences, phrases and clauses. Here the translator looked at the message in the source language sentence from a different angle or a different way of thinking. This strategy is used when the translation of words with literal meaning does not produce a reasonable translation.

6.10 Recognized Translation
The translation process is manifested when the translator uses an authoritative or appropriate translation of an organization's term.

6.11 Translation Label
This procedure is the appropriate one for the translation of a new institutional term,and it is a temporary translation of the source language word.

6.12 Compensation
This process manifests itself when there is a meaningful loss in one part,but compensation in the other part.

6.13 Componential Analysis
In this procedure, the source language word translated into the TL by detailing the components of the meaning of the source language word.

6.14 Reduction & Expansion
In this procedure, the elements of the word 'auto' removed and the elements of the word expanded in the target language.

6.15 Paraphrase
This procedure appears when cultural words need more explanation.

6.16 Couplets
In this procedure, two or more different procedures meet in one translation, couplets, triplets, quadruplets.

6.17 Notes
When the additional information is added to the cultural words for the clarification of readers.

===Analysis and Discussion ===

7. Analysis and Discussion

7.1 Introduction
This chapter highlights the procedure of the study and the analysis of culture-specific items in Surah Yusuf. This chapter explores the use of translation strategies in transferring meaning from the ST to the TL and the appropriateness of Newmark's model in interpreting the procedures that the translator applied during the translation process.

7.2 Procedures
To account for the translation of CSIs in this research, the source text of the Holy Quran in Arabic and its English translation translated by Mufti Taqi Usmani were studied. After reading the whole Ayahs of Surah Yusuf and its translation, every Ayah and its translation in English were carefully analyzed to identify CSIs and the strategies used by the translator to translate them into English. After that, the classification of CSIs by Newmark (1988) has been accepted as the theoretical framework of this study aimed at analyzing culture-specific items. For the clarification, each procedure is interpreted and demonstrated with illustrations in Tables 1-9.

7.3 Analysis and Discussion
After the categorizing the culture-specific items according to Newmark’s strategies, the researcher worked on the strategies for translating the culture-specific items applied in Surah Yusuf, including transference, cultural equivalent, functional equivalent, descriptive equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, through translation, modulation and notes; Then, he arranged the data gained in Tables 1-9 in order to show the cases of applying Newmark’s strategies for translating the culture-specific items.
The discussion section is devoted to the interpretation of each selected culture-specific word, the researcher presents a discussion of how he formulates the CSIs in Newmark strategies.
Below are the discussion points created for using each strategy;

7.3.1 Transference: Transference includes transliteration and is the same as what is called transcription. The word then becomes a loan word. There were words that were transferred from the source text to the target text. These are presented in the following table.
Table1.

Here are some examples of Transference applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yusuf:

Strategy Source Text Target Text
قرُۡءٰنًا Quran
ابِۡرٰہيِۡمَ Ibrahim
Transference يعَۡقوُۡب Yaqub
اِسۡحٰق Ishaq
يَتَّ قوُۡنَ Taqwa

Words that have given in table 1 are transference words because these are conveyed to target language which is a different language writing system then from the source language, For example, the word Quran is transliterated word and pronounce as same as like in source language قرُۡءٰنًا, so it is transcripted and also become a loan word. Similarly, all the mentioned words in table 1 are transference words.
7.3.2. Cultural Equivalent: Cultural equivalent purpose is to replace a cultural word in the source language with an, although not completely synonymous, target language word.

Table 2.
Examples of Cultural equivalent applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡب House of Yaqub
لَحٰفِظُوۡنَ Guard
بِثمََنٍ ۢ بَخۡسٍ Paltry price
درََاہمَِ مَعۡدوُۡدةٍَ Silver coin
اشَُدَّ هٗ Prime age
Cultural Equivalent مَعَاذَ ّٰ Master
الۡعَزِيۡزِ Minister
فَاسۡتجََابَ Prayer
اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty
يٰصَاحِبَیِ السِّجۡن Prisoners
الۡمَلِکُ King
يَعۡصِرُوۡنَ Juice
مَ َّ کنَّ ا Power

In Surah Yusuf, we have some words that are related to the cultural equivalent, Table 2 contains cases where cultural equality is applied. The word House of Yaqub is not completely synonymous to the ST اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡب, it is a replaced word in the SL. The word minister is not completely synonymous to the word ST word الۡعزَِيۡزِ. Similarly, the word Master in the TT is not synonymous to the word which is used in the ST ّٰ مَعَاذَ, it is a replaced word. The original meaning of the word فَاسۡتجََابَ is to accepted, but here it is referred to Prayer which is not only the synonymous but also a replaced one; furthermore, all the words mentioned in table 2 are mostly not completely synonymous words but the cultural replacing words.

7.3.3 Functional Equivalent:In functional equivalent, the word culture-free is used,
sometimes with a specific term; Therefore, it generalizes the word SL.

Table3.

Examples of Functional equivalent applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
الۡقَصَصِ Narration
رَايَۡتُ Dream
Functional equivalent الۡاحََادِيۡثِ Events
ال َّ س َّ يارَةِ Wayfares
مِّصۡرَ Egypt
يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ Devices

In functional equivalent, culture-free words are used, sometimes a new specific term is used which generalizes the SL word. For example, in table 3 the word Events is used as a cultural free word that generalizes the ST الۡاحََادِيۡثِ. The word Devices is a cultural free word and used as a new specific term to generalize the ST word يَمۡکُرُوۡنَ. The word Narration is used in the TT as a cultural free word because it is not limited or bound to a single culture. The word narration can be used by every culture representative.
7.3.4 Descriptive Equivalent: It is using phrases in TT to explain the ST word.
Table4.
Examples of Descriptive equivalent applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
کَوۡکَبًا Stars
ال َّ شمۡسَ Sun
الۡقمََرَ Moon
Descriptive equivalent عِشَاءًٓ And at Nightfall
وَارِدہَمُۡ Water drawer
سِکِّيۡنً Knife
الۡکِتٰبِ Enlightening book
ال َّ سمٰوٰتِ Heaven

The descriptive equivalent is, using phrases in TT to explain the ST word. For example Eleven stars and the sun and the moon a phrase used in the TT which explains کَوۡکَبًا َّ و ال َّ شمۡسَ وَ الۡقمََرَ the ST words stars, sun and moon. Similarly, Enlightening the book is a phrase used in the target text which highlights the meaning of الۡکِتٰبِ.
7.3.5 Componential Analysis:componential analysis is the initial comparison of a source language point to a selected language point that has the same meaning, but does not equate to one.
Table5.
Examples of Componential analysis applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
رَايَۡتُ Dream
ال َّ طيۡرُ Birds
Componential analysis وَ يَلۡعَبۡ Play
يَعۡصِرُوۡنَ Juice
مَعَاذَ ّٰ ِ Master
يٰصَاحِبَیِ السِّجۡنِ Prisoners
اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty

Further, in justification in the translation of CSIs, the researcher analyzed the words that comparing the word base of a source language with the target language point that has the same meaning, but obviously not equals one. Like رَايَۡتُ means to look or see while translating it to the TT it meanings changes to word Dream. The basic comparison of these two words is the same.
That is both words are related to cognition and eyes. For instance, other words are ال َّ طيۡرُ Birds, اِ نِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty.
7.3.6 Synonymy: Synonymy is a near target language equivalent.
Table 6.
Examples of Synonymy applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
الۡکِتٰبِ Book
قۡتلُوُا Kill
ارَۡضًا Earth
Synonymy الذِئّۡبُ Wolf
دلَۡوَه Bucket
خَمۡرًا Wine
يٰبسِٰتٍ Dry

The translator has used good equivalents for the words chosen in the Surah Yusuf. For instance, الۡکِتٰبِ Book, Book in the TT and الۡکِتٰبِ in the ST are the synonymous word. Few other examples are mentioned in table 6.
7.3.7 Through translation:Through-translation, is a literal translation of common conflicts, names of organizations and compound parts. It can also be called: click or loan translation.
Table7.
Examples of Through-translation applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡبَ House of Yaqub
غَيٰبَتِ الۡجُبِّ Into the bottom of a pit
بِرَحۡمَتِنَا Mercy
Through Translation الۡاحََادِيۡثِ Events
ُّ يسۡجَنَ Prison
الۡعَزِيۡزِ Governor
الۡخَائِٓنيِۡنَ Betray
وَ ل َّ مَا فَتحَُوۡا Family

In through translation, the researcher found those words which have common collocations, name of organization or component of compounds in Surah Yusuf. Examples of through translations are House of Yaqub, اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡبَ is a component of the compound, Family وَ ل َّ مَا فَتحَُوۡا is the name of the organization, other examples are mentioned in table 7.
7.3.8 Modulation: Modulation occurs when the translator generates the original text message in TL text according to the current target language norms, as source language and target languages may differ visually.
Table8.
Examples of in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf Modulation applied
Strategy Source Text Target Text
يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ Devices
Modulation لَسٰرِقوُۡنَ Thieves
مَ َّکنَّ ا Power
وَ قَدَّ تۡ Ripped

The modulation occurs in the translation of culture-specific items when we are translating the word or phrase from the source text to target text according to the new norms and traditions in TT culture. For instance, Devices are the word that had been translated from the Arabic word يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ which means to plan something while in English it is opposite which means tools.
7.3.9 Notes: Notes, additions, and glosses are additional information that a translator must add to the version; The additional information that translators add is usually cultural.
Table9.
Examples of Notes applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty
Notes تعَۡبدُوُۡنَ Worship
ال َّ شيۡطٰنُ Satan
بِثمََنٍ ۢ بَخۡسٍ Paltry price

In this strategy, the translator adds some additional information to his version, The additional information that translators add is usually cultural. For example اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ is a word which means that giving the order is limited or quality related to Al-Mighty God while the translator used the word sovereign which means authority. Worship is a word which means to follow or obey someone, the translator can use it in his point of view while in Arabic تعَۡبدُوُۡ نَ which means a quality limited to God.

===Conclusion and Recommendations===

8. Conclusion and Recommendations

This chapter summarizes the findings of the study. It also provides some recommendations regarding the application of translation procedures in translation between language systems.

8.1 Summary of the Findings

The translator applied nine translation procedures out of seventeen of Newmark’s translation procedures in the translation of the Surah Yusuf of the Holy Quran, namely, transference, cultural equivalent, functional equivalent, descriptive equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, through translation, modulation and notes. The cultural equivalent strategy was the most frequent applied procedure. The descriptive equivalent and through translation procedure was the second most frequently applied translation procedure, It was followed by transference, functional equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, modulation and notes. It is a descriptive study in which CSIs from ST translated to TT.

8.2 Conclusion

The present study purpose was to explore the CSIs in Surah Yusuf of the Holy Quran and to investigate which translation strategy proposed by Newmark (1988) were employed by the translator to overcome culture-specific items. Obviously, the researcher has worked hard to clear the way for future students of translation. Throughout the research, the researcher faced a lot of challenges and findings were revealed, some of them are the following;

• Between Arabic and English, there is a big cultural gap. Till now, this problem is considered as an unsolvable problem.

• Lack of reading and translating religious books.

• Many mistakes are made by the translators because they were unknown to the ST.

• The translators have to go through or review the previous translation of the Quranic scripture to solve the problem that they might face in the process of their translation.

The procedures used in this study will help the translator to render culture-specific terms accurately. Thus, the researcher worked well to fill the linguistic gaps between Arabic and English. Furthermore, Newmark’s translation procedures helped the translator make the translation sound more natural to the TR. It can be observed from the analysis that Newmark’s translation procedures were effective in translating the Islamic texts. The findings of the study might help students of translation and practitioners in the field of TS to get familiar with the most influential strategies in rendering cultural specific items. They can use the findings of the study to employ translation tasks in translations. Educational planners can use the findings of this study to specify the most influential, dominant strategies to conduct a target-oriented/sourceoriented translation. To sum up, it should be emphasized that the focus of this particular study was on religious genre. Investigating CSIs in different genres could lead to new areas of research for interested researchers. Accordingly, the information gained from this study may prove useful to translators, translation teachers, and student learners as it will help them improve their translation skills with the special attention of culture-specific items and will allow them Give texts when having a broad view of translation. Other researchers can derive similar effects from many of the findings of the same study.

This study is similar to other studies that might have several limitations which need to be taken into account. The study focused on one Surah translated by one translator. Examining different Surahs of the Holy Quran and their translations by other authors from different cultures might lead to interesting facts or they might confirm the findings of this study. Different translators might employ different strategies. Further research is needed to confirm or disconfirm the findings of this study. Newmark's strategies are not limited to the cultural features of the language. But it also covers the linguistic specifications. To narrow down the subject of the study, the linguistic aspects of the text were ignored. Comparing these linguistic aspects could be another interesting topic and venue for further research.
Finally, It may be concluded that Newmark’s translation procedures are necessary for the translation of an Islamic text between two different language systems and cultures. However, the translator must be competent in using the translation procedures to provide an accurate translation.

8.3 Recommendations

The researcher furnished a set of recommendations in the light of the findings reached and the results obtained. The recommendations can make a helpful set of guidelines for both existing and potential translators in general and for translating religious texts of two languages that are not closely related. These recommendations are tentative and are subject to modification upon closer investigation by translation scholars and professionals:

• The researcher recommends that the study of translation procedures should be included in the university curriculum for students who study translation, to help them in solving the problems of translating religious texts.

• It is recommended for translastors to use the translation procedures appropriately in order to deliver the meaning of the source text correctly.

• The researcher also recommends examining the application of other kinds of translation procedures on Islamic texts based on other models such as Andrew Chesterman’s translation procedures.

• It would also be beneficial to investigate Newmark’s translation procedures to various types of texts such as medical texts and journalistic texts.

=== References ===
Abdi, H. (2019). Translating culture-specific items (CSIs) as a conundrum for Iranian MA translation students: Considering the level of study. Journal of new advances in English Language Teaching and Applied Linguistics, 1(1), 88-109.

Aguado-Gimenez, P., & Pérez-Paredes, P. F. (2005). Translation-strategies use: A classroombased examination of Baker’s taxonomy. Meta: journal des traducteurs/Meta:
Translators' Journal, 50(1), 294-311.

Ahmadi, M. R.S and Nosrati, Fatemah. (2012). Domestication and Foreignization Strategies in Translation of Culture-Specific Items. Translations of English-Persian Children’s Literature. San Francisco: Grin Publishing. Google Books.

Al Saleh, R. A. (2019). An Application of Newmark's Procedures to Muhammad Abul Quasem's Alleman, J. C. Bee. W. Ulitkin, I. Files, F., Zetzsche, J., Chatonnet-Marton, P. & y del Árbol, E. V. Translation Strategies.

Al-Sofi, B. B. M. A., & Abouabdulqader, H. (2020). Bridging the gap between translation and culture: towards a cultural dimension of translation. International journal of linguistics, literature and culture, 6(1), 1-13.

Baker, M., 1992. In Other Words: A Coursebook on Translation. London: Routledge, p.20–42.

Blažytė, D., & Liubinienė, V. (2016). Culture-specific items (CSI) and their translation strategies in Martin Lindstrom’s" Brand sense". Kalbų studijos, (29), 42-57.

Bush, P. (1998) "Literary Translation." In: M. Baker, ed. Routledge Encyclopedia of Translation Studies, London: Routledge, pp.127-130.

Catford. J. C. (1965). A linguistic theory of translation. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
English Translation of Mohammad Al-Ghazali's Islamic Guidance.Literature and Culture, 6(1), 1-13.

Gečaitė, L. (2020). Culture-Specific Items and Their Translation Strategies in Victoria Hislop's Novel The Sunrise.” (2020).

Hassan, B. E. A. (2014). Between English and Arabic: A practical course in translation.
Cambridge Scholars Publishing.

Hermans, T. (1999). Translation in systems. Manchester: St. Jerome Publication House, J. (Ed.). (2014). Translation: a multidisciplinary approach. Springer.
Issa, A. L. S. M., & Hammood, L. H. R.- Quranic-Specific Phrases under the Study of Translation; Significance and Applications.

Janfaza, E., Assemi, A., & Dehghan, S. S. (2012). Language, translation, and culture.
In International Conference on Language, Medias and Culture (Vol. (33), p. 83-87).

Janfaza, E., Assemi, A., & Dehghan, S. S. (2012). Language, translation, and culture.
In International Conference on Language, Medias and Culture (Vol. 33, p. 83-87).

Lambert, J. (1998) Literary Translation. In: M. Baker, ed. Routledge Encyclopedia of Translation Studies. London: Routledge, 130-134.

Landers, Clifford E. (2001) Literary Translation: A practical guide. New Jersey University Press: Multilingual Maters.

Lustig, Myron, W. and Koeser, Joline (2003), Intercultural Competence: Interpersonal Communication Across Cultures, Boston: Allyn and Bacon.

Malmkjær, K. (1993). Who Can Make Nice A Better Word Than Pretty? Collocation, Translation, and Psycholoinguistics. In: Baker, M., Francis, G. and Tognini-Bonelli, E.
eds. Text and Technology. Philadelphia/Amsterdam: John Benjamins Publishing Company. pp.213-32.

Mosavat, S., & Rahimpour, S. (2016). The Most and Least Used Translation Strategies for
Conveying Culture-Specific-Items in Young Adult Literature from English into Persian. International Journal of Humanities and Cultural Studies (IJHCS) ISSN 23565926, 1853-1873.

Munday, J. (1997). Systems in Translation: A computer-assisted systemic approach to the analysis of translation of García Márquez. Ph.D thesis, University of Bradford.

Newmark, P. (2001). A Textbook of Translation. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language
Education Press

Newmark, Peter. (1988). A Textbook of Translation. New Jersey: Prentice-Halls

Nord, Christiane. (1997). Translating as a Purposeful Activity: Functionalist Approaches
Explained. Manchester: St. Jerome. Accessed 10 November. 2018. Google Books Schjoldager, A. (2008). Understanding translation. Academica: Århus.

Silalahi, M., & Lubis, S. (2013). Translation Procedures of Cultural Terms Found In Sejarah Bilingual For Students of Senior High School.
Valipoor, K., & andAzizeh Chalak, H. H. T. (2019). Cultural-specific items in translation of the Holy Quran by Irving: 43-51.

Venuti, L. (1995). The translator’s invisibility: A history of translation. London and New York:
Routledge

Widiarto, O. V. V. (2016). The translation procedures of cultural expressions applied in a game of thrones translated into Perebutan Tahta novel by Barokah Ruziati (Doctoral dissertation, Dian Nuswantoro University).

=Zohaib Chand AN INTRODUCTION TO TRANSLATION STUDIES: AN OVERVIEW Intan Pradita=

[[Trans_Type_EN_12]]

===Abstract===
This study aims to observe the development of translation studies through its different types, various strategies, styles and particular methods. In this paper, the readers are introduced to some famous translation scholars including their view of translation studies. At the further discussions, this study lets the readers acknowledge the main issues on translation studies, focusing on different styles of variations such as grammar, sentence structure, textual analysis, strategies and methods. This study may help those who are interested to conduct translation researches and help them by giving options of which theories is beneficial to their analysis. Moreover, it aims to explore the clear definition of translation as well as help the readers to understand the basic concept which are used in the field of translation. The present study, therefore, attempts to outline the scope of the discipline of translation studies and more importantly, it is an attempt to outline its activity that required a deep mastering of language, a good source of knowledge and target cultures.

===Key words ===
Translation, styles of variations, strategies

===Introduction ===
It is undoubtedly right that translation is important to share information. In line with these premise, the number of translation professionals is getting higher. In fact, the result of translation researches tends to help human daily life in term of evaluation, designing translator machines, and cultural studies. Therefore, translation means converting written information from one language into another. It is the new discipline appeared in the second half of the 20th century. The term “Translation Studies” was coined by James S. Holmes, an American-Dutch poet and translator of poetry, in his seminal paper “The Name and Nature of Translation Studies”. Translation enables effective communication between people around the world. It is a courier for the transmission of knowledge, a protector of cultural heritage, and essential to the development of a global economy. Translation helps us to know about the developments in the field of creative arts, education, literature, business, science and politics. It has shifted from the traditional conception of the fixed, stable and unchangeable nature of the text and its meaning to a text with wide scope for variations. Translation also helps in nation building. In this globalised world, the demand for translation and language related services has increased many times. Translation is not only needed for the creation of national identity but has also become an essential tool for keeping pace with the processes of globalization and localization. The activity of translation has a long-standing tradition and has been widely practiced throughout history, but in our rapidly changing world its role has become of paramount importance. Nowadays, knowledge in which cultural exchanges have been widening, has been increasingly expanding and international communication has been intensifying, the phenomenon of translation has become fundamental. Be it for scientific, medical, technological, commercial, legal, cultural or literary purposes, today human communication depends heavily on translation and, consequently, interest in the field is also growing. Accordingly, the discussion, in the present study, proceeds primarily from the perspectives of “Translation Studies” and “Linguistics”. One major goal is to show the interrelationships between linguistics and translation, and how they benefit from each other. Nowadays, translation research has started to take another path, which is more automatic. The invention of the internet, together with the new technological developments in communication and digital materials, has increased cultural exchanges between nations. This leads translators to look for ways to cope with these changes and to look for more practical techniques that enable them to translate more and waste less. They also felt the need to enter the world of cinematographic translation, hence the birth of audiovisual translation. The latter technique, also called screen translation, is concerned with the translation of all kinds of TV programs, including films, series, and documentaries. This field is based on computers and translation software programs, and it is composed of two methods; dubbing and subtitling. In fact, audiovisual translation marks a changing era in the domain of translation.
In short, translation has very wide and rich history in the West. Since its birth, translation was the subject of a variety of research and conflicts between theorists. Each theorist approaches it according to his viewpoint and field of research, the fact that gives its history a changing quality.

Discussion

Translation is an activity that requires deep mastering of languages, a good knowledge of source and target cultures. It is also linked with the translation method, strategies and styles of variations. Each translation type requires different translation method. In this paper, it is an attempt to outline that there are several types of translation. Each type is defined by different scholars through different criteria to the contextual situation of communication. In this paper, we will be writing down the three prominent types of translation through various medium namely; technical translation, literary translation and pragmatic translation. For each type, a selection of examples will be considered for analysis based on translation theories and techniques. We will show that some chunks of text require literal translation, while other requires interpretive method. In addition, this paper will also examine various strategies and its styles of variations based on translational study. The following strategies will be presented in the paper as;

• They involve text manipulation.
• They must be applied to the process.
• They are goal-oriented.
• They are problem-centered.
• They are applied consciously.
• They are inter-subjective.

Most theorists agree that strategies are used by translators when they encounter a problem and literal translation is not useful. Different researchers have investigated and described various translation strategies from their different perspectives. It intends to show what translation strategies exist and when and why they are used by professional translators. Different scholars have various perspectives to the aspects of the act of translation, so, they define and describe different types of strategies. Bergen's (n. d.) classification of the strategies includes three categorizations which will be discussed mainly in this paper:

• Comprehension strategies
• Transfer strategies
• Production strategies

An addition to this paper, styles of variations will also be introduced to the readers through different aspects and examples. The concept of style can be defined in terms of the distinctive way an individual or a group uses language, or better still the discourse used to perform distinct functions of language aimed at achieving specific purposes. However, this does not entail that style is simply a matter of form since it is the product of other components such as the genre of discourse, its semantics, syntax and phonology. Indeed, in order to analyze a given stylistic variation one needs an extensive checklist that includes lexical and grammatical categories, allusions, and figures of speech. Style can be understood to refer to the recurring typical features of the source text compared to the typical features of the translated text. In a quantitative and qualitative analysis, this variation is shown to be influenced by several pragmatic and social factors, and to index the interpreters' stances towards source speakers and towards the immigrant court users who are the recipients of translations from English. It is argued that translation styles have profound consequences for limited English speakers, as the insistence on institutional norms in translating to them is viewed as a gate keeping behavior that may impede their full participation in the proceedings.

What is translation?

Translation went through various definitions going from a mere linguistics activity during the sixties, a cultural and communicative activity during the seventies reflects the social impacting activity in the latest founding of the literature.
“Translation is traditionally known as being the replacement of textual material in one language into equivalent textual material in another language”.
House (2015) mentions that translation is considered as the “replacement” of a text in the source language by a semantically and pragmatically equivalent text in the target language. It is strongly related to a source language and target language cultures. It requires a high level of mastery languages, an awareness of any contextual factors within which the discourse emerges. There is no need to mention how it affected civilizations through different areas of mankind history. For example, An Arab-Islamic civilizations. There have always been different directions on how one should or should not translate. In the Arab tradition, two main methods existed and were in complete divergence namely the literal and the free method.
On the other hand, in the Western tradition there are various methods currently exist namely, the linguistic, the hermeneutic, the interpretive, the functionalist, the interventionist, the poly-systemic and the text-typologist method. More so, it may be important to point out that translation has been defined in many ways, and every definition reflects the theoretical approach underpinning it.
As Shuttlworth and Cowie (1997) observe throughout the history of research into translation, the phenomenon has been variously delimited by formal descriptions, echoing the frameworks of the scholars proposing them. For example, Bell (1991: XV) starts with an informal definition of translation, which runs as follows: the transformation of a text originally in one language into an equivalent text in a different language retaining, as far as is possible, the content of the message and the formal features and functional roles of the original text.
At the beginning of the ‘scientific’ (Newmark, 1988, p. 2) study of translation, Catford (1965, p. 20) described it in these terms, the replacement of textual material in one language (SL) by the equivalent textual material in another language.
Thirty years later, in Germany, the concept of translation as a form of ‘equivalence’ is maintained, as we can see from Koller’s definition (1995, p. 196): “The result of a text processing activity, by means of which a source language text is transposed into a target-language text. Between the resultant text in L2 (the target-language text) and the source text in L1 (the source language text) there exists a relationship, which can be designated as a translational, or equivalence relation”. Because complete equivalence (in the sense of synonymy or sameness) cannot take place in any of his categories, Jakobson (1959) declares that all poetic art is, therefore, technically untranslatable. That is, the translator has to take the question of interpretation into account in addition to the problem of selecting a TL phrase which will have a roughly similar meaning. Exact translation is impossible. In this regard, Bassnett (1996) claims that all texts, being part of a literary system descended from and related to other systems are “translations of translation of translations”: every text is unique and at the same time, it is the translation of another text. No text is entirely original because language itself, in its essence, is already a translation: firstly, of the non-verbal world and secondly, since every sign and every phrase is the translation of another sign and another phrase. However, this argument can be turned around without losing any of its validity: all texts are original because every translation is distinctive. Every translation, up to a certain point, is an invention and as such it constitutes a unique text.
In this analysis of the above definition, Manfredi (2008), points out that the above distinction can be divided into two main perspectives, those that consider translation either as a ‘process’ or a ‘product’. To this twofold categorization, Bell (1991, p. 13) adds a further variable, since he suggests making a distinction between translating (the process), a translation (the product) and translation (i.e., “the abstract concept which encompasses both the process of translating and the product of that process”. Moreover, thanks to advances in new technologies, today we can also incorporate into TS the contribution of corpus linguistics, which allows both theorists and translators analyses of large amounts of electronic texts (Manfredi, 2008). On the other hand, Halliday (1992, p. 15) takes translation to refer to the total process and relationship of equivalence between two languages; we then distinguish, within translation, between “translating” (written text) and “interpreting” (spoken text). Halliday, thus, proposes distinguishing the activity of “translation” (as a process) from the product(s) of “translating”, including both “translation” (concerning written text) and ‘interpreting’ (regarding spoken text.
“Translation is the production of a functional target text maintaining a relationship with a given source text that is specified according to the intended or demanding function of the target text.

Types of Translation

Translation is an activity that requires deep mastering of languages, a good knowledge of source and target cultures. It is also linked with the translation method, strategies and styles of variations. Each translation type requires different translation method. In this paper, it is an attempt to outline that there are several types of translation. Each type is defined by different scholars through different criteria to the contextual situation of communication. In this paper, we will be writing down the three prominent types of translation through various medium namely; technical translation, literary translation and pragmatic translation.

Technical translation

Technical translation is a type of specialized translation involving the translation of documents produced by technical writers, or more specifically, texts which relate to technological subject areas or texts which deal with the practical application of scientific and technological information. (Wikipedia)
Translators' main goal is to accurately translate the technical terminology to match the document and the message of the original content.

The benefits of technical translation

A professional technical translation service is provided by translators with dual specialties, that is, professionals who are fluent in the language pair, but who are also experts in the field covered by the documents to be translated.
When you need to have your documents translated by a technical translator, translators who are not experts may not be able to provide the necessary solutions and terminology for a quality translation. If the translator is not an expert in the field, he/she will have to learn the new terminology while working. This means that translation will take longer, have higher chances of inaccuracies, and may result in higher costs. Therefore, the main advantages of hiring an agency specialized in this type of service are as follows:

Literary translation

Literary translation is the translation of creative and dramatic prose and poetry into other languages. This includes the translation of literature from ancient languages and the translation of modern fiction so that it can reach a wider audience.
Literary translation is of huge importance. It helps to shape our understanding of the world around us in many ways. Reading Homer and Sophocles as part of a classical education in school helps to build an understanding of history, politics, philosophy and so much more. Meanwhile, reading contemporary translations provides fascinating insights into life in other cultures and other countries. In a fast-paced world so rife with misunderstanding and confusion, such efforts to share knowledge and experiences across cultural boundaries should be applauded.
The translation of literature differs greatly from other forms of translation. The sheer size of the texts involved in literary translation sets it apart. Tackling a translation that runs to hundreds of thousands of words is not a task for the faint-hearted. Nor is recreating poetry in a new language, without losing the beauty and essence of the original work.
One of the key challenges of literary translation is the need to balance staying faithful to the original work with the need to create something unique and distinctive that will evoke the same feelings and responses as the original. This can be particularly challenging when it comes to translating poetry.
Poems are written with incredible attention to detail. Not only are the words and phrases important, but the number of syllables and the entire rhythm of the completed work. It’s a challenging task to complete just in one language, let alone when trying to recreate a poet’s work during a translation. Daniel Hahn, director of the British Centre for Literary Translation, sums up the issue beautifully.
As literary translators will attest, a single word can be extremely troublesome. The author of a work of fiction has chosen that word for a good reason, so the translator must ensure that it is faithfully delivered in the target language. However, what if no direct translation is available? Or what if several options exist, each with a slightly different nuance? Urdu language translator Fahmida Riaz outlines her approach to such thorny issues.
For instance, “Every piece you translate comes from the pen of an individual, so you have to give it an individual treatment. I try to retain the ambience of the original culture, rather than the language, as it is reflected in the text.”

Pragmatic translation

Pragmatic translation is the basic assumption that provided a source language text contains no misstatements of fact, is competently written and has to be fully translated rather than summarized or functionally reorientated; one's purpose in translating it is to be referentially and pragmatically accurate. In this paper, I shall not deal with referential accuracy but concentrate instead on the pragmatic aspects of translation. As the term pragmatic translation may be used in a variety of ways, I should like to state my own definition of pragmatic, which derives from Charles Morris and ultimately from Charles S. Peirce. I am using pragmatic as one of the two factors in translation: pragmatic denotes the reader's or readership's reception of the translation, as opposed to referential, which denotes the relationship between the translation and the extra-linguistic reality it describes.
Translation is a properly way to a properly communication and pragmatics is how to use language in communication properly. By translation, many things from different languages and cultures can understand to each other. In other words, translation can be stated as a facilitator to make a communication runs well.

===An Overview on Translation Studies ===

===Main Issues in Translation Studies: Equivalence or Variations ===

=== Matthiessen's Parameter on Register Variations===

===Conclusion ===

=== References ===

= Muhammad Numan A Study to Explore the Translation Strategies of Idiomatic Expression from Urdu to English ; A Case Study of Sadat Hassan Manto’s Short Story “Khol Do” =
[[Trans_Type_EN_13]]

===Abstract===
Translation is necessary for developing knowledge and idea, but it also makes the people understand the language and culture of other people or countries. However, equivalence is essential during translation, especially when the translator wants to translate idiomatic expressions in the best possible way. Therefore it is necessary to follow up on some strategies during the translation process. The research work is carried out under the qualitative method with textual analysis techniques as significant. Mona Baker's model for idiomatic expression is explored with the help of different examples from collected data. The primary purpose of this study is to find out which types of strategies are being followed by the translator during the translation process. It was found that translation by paraphrasing, translation by similar words and meaning and translation by similar meaning and different words.
===Key words ===
Translation Strategies, Idiomatic expression, Sadat Hassan Manto, Urdu Literature --[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 09:45, 12 December 2021 (UTC)

===Introduction ===

In this chapter, the researcher wants to highlight the different concepts about the fundamental question that "what is idiomatic expression" and the views of various critics, theorists and linguistic experts, and prominent scholars of translation studies.--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 15:38, 13 December 2021 (UTC) Among them are Lindalorri, Mona Baker, Newmark's, and many more define idioms from their point of view. Secondly, the researcher highlights one of the most prominent literary and short stories writers of the sub-continent Sadat Hassan Manto, his life, literary style, and short stories career. In the last statement of the problem, the objective of the research, which type of strategies was followed in the translation process, purposes of study, and delimitation of studies are explained one by one.

Many critics, theorists, and linguists define idioms differently. However, in general, an idiom is a phrase or expression that typically has a metaphorical, non-literal meaning connected to it. However, phrases can become figurative idioms while keeping the literal meaning of the words. However, according to the Oxford Dictionary of English, a set of words is established by usage as having a meaning not deducible from the meanings of the constituent terms (e.g., over the moon, see the light).

"What is particularly remarkable about idioms is that they can be described in a variety of ways, depending on the roles they fulfilled," writes (Linda 2006: 8). "A string of words whose meaning differs from the meaning supplied by the individual words" is what an idiom is, according to (Larson 1984: 20). Idioms are "at the end of the scale from collocations in one or both of the areas: flexibility of patterning and transparency of meaning," according to (Baker 1992: 23). Idioms are defined by (Yagihashi 2003, 22) as a "collection of words whose meaning cannot be guessed from their meaning.". According to Newmark, “Idioms are word groups whose meaning cannot be deduced from the meaning of individual words.”(Newmark 1981: 11).--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 15:38, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

The whole meaning of each word that makes up an idiom cannot be considered the idiom's overall meaning. As a result, an idiom should not be translated. To remark that someone is bull-headed, for example, suggests that he or she is obstinate, even though the connotation has nothing to do with the words bull or headed. According to Corelli, English has a sizeable idiomatic base. About 4,000 idioms in American English are drawn from the nation's culture and everyday life. Idioms infect English with a peculiar flavor and offer it remarkable diversity, brilliant character, and color. She also feels that idiomatic expressions not only assist language learners in understanding English culture but also penetrating English people's traditions and lifestyles and gaining a deeper understanding of English history.(Corelli 2006: 53)

The main issue that idiomatic and fixed expressions pose for translators, according to Baker is twofold: "the ability to recognize and interpret an idiom correctly; and the difficulties involved in rendering the various aspects of meaning that an idiom or a fixed expression conveys into the target language. The first challenge that a translator encounters is understanding that she/he is dealing with an idiomatic expression.(Baker 1992: 65)

Sadat Husain Manto's writings also include numerous literary criticism, studies in Urdu, and many translations from Urdu into English. He is credited with having brought Urdu language and literature into the mainstream of contemporary international writing. There is no doubt that Sadat Hassan Manto was the most prolific of all modern writers in the sub-continent. Manto's published a substantial number of short stories during his short literary life span, and novelette gave some master piece work to Urdu literature. The noble laureate Hemingway mentions the lunatic life of great Manto's in his speeches. The current research study aims at discovering and determining the strategies used in translations of "khol do" short stories about sexual violence during partition of sub-continent and "license" a short story which throw light on the behavior of society toward widow his profession which lead toward prostitution by Aatesh Taseer an Indian born translator currently living in London having solid links with native country and culture.(Ahsan 2020: 12-27)--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 15:44, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Literature Review ===

In this chapter, the author/researcher defines the strategy and its different definitions from various perspectivess. However, the sole focus is only on the strategy of translation studies. Furthermore, renowned academicians put forward their definition of strategy like Venutti quoted translation strategy as the theory of de construction-sim, which is progressive and future-oriented.(Venutti !995, 35 Krings defines it as the content of the project, while Seguinet divided the term into three steps.(Krings 2000:21). However, Locher defines it as the procedure of solving a problem faced in translating a text. Jaskelaine involves the primary task of choosing the SL text and developed a method to translate it. (Locher 2002:76) In last, the author points out his research work's sole purpose by mentioning different research work on Mento's short stories except for this angle. --[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:30, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

The term "strategy" is used in a variety of settings. Many theorists in translation studies have used the phrase "translation methods" interchangeably, although with significant distinctions in meaning and perspective. The following is a collection of more general definitions of the term strategy. A strategy is a long-term set of actions to achieve a specific goal (Wikipedia Committee, n. d.).A methodical plan for improving one's learning performance has been actively altered and mentioned (Instruction Curriculum Reading Glossary, n. d.)
A strategy is a well-thought-out, intentional, goal-oriented (with a measurable outcome) approach carried out through a series of actions that can be monitored and modified (Curriculum Learning Literate-Futures Glossary, n. d.)

A collection of particular mental and behavioral procedures is taken to reach a given result. These definitions are general and can be related to different fields of study. This study mainly concerns translation strategies, although the definitions mentioned above can be narrowed down to this research field, as well. Translation strategies have their characteristics, through which one can gain a proper understanding of them. In general, a translator employs a strategy when confronted with a challenge while translating a text; nevertheless, translation methods are not required when translating a text literally. Bergen points out that strategies are not always obvious or straightforward. (Bergen 1996:33)

Although beginners in the field of translation believe they have done a successful translation when they translate word for word and utilize a dictionary, they do not realize that there is still a problem and that adjustments must be made at various levels of the translation. As a result, the most critical purpose of the strategies is to solve problems. "Venuti attempted to put deconstructionist translation theory into practice by proposing the "resistant translation" technique as an alternative to the standard "smooth translation. This technique tries to reverse the colonial concept of translation, English-American culture centralism, and the value of imperialist culture from an ideological standpoint. (Vinute 1998:41).--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:30, 13 December 2021 (UTC)
It aims to retain "foreignness" rather than seeking similarity in translation principles and methods. The author believes Venuti's translation strategy is quite progressive and future-oriented, with the development of international communications on an equal footing. However, it will take time to implement fully." (Jianzhong. .Krings 1986, 18) defines translation strategy as "a translator's potentially deliberate objectives for solving concrete translation problems specific translation task in the context of a project."The translators adopted three global tactics, according to Seguinot (i) translating uninterrupted for as long as possible; (ii) resolving surface flaws as soon as possible; (iii) leaving text quality and stylistic problems to the editing stage.(Seguinot 1989:27)--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:30, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

Furthermore, Loescher defines translation strategy as "a possibly conscious technique for overcoming a difficulty encountered in translating a text, or any segment thereof."(Loescher 1991:8) As stated in this definition, consciousness is vital in distinguishing strategies employed by learners and translators. "The element of consciousness is what distinguishes strategies from these activities that are not strategic," (Cohen 1998:4) claim moreover, 'Bell' distinguishes between global (whole-text) and local (text segment) techniques and indicates that this distinction is the outcome of several types of translation challenges.(Bell 1998:188)

According to Venuti, "involve the core tasks of picking the foreign text to be translated and establishing a way to translate it."(Venuti 1998, 240). He uses the terms "domesticating" and "foreignizing" to describe them. Ordudari, considering the process and outcome of translation, Jaaskelainen divides methods into two primary categories: some strategies deal with what happens to texts, while others deal with what happens during the translation process. According to Jaaskelainen, product-related strategies entail the essential tasks of selecting the SL content and establishing a technique for translating it. On the other hand, process-related strategies are "a set of (loosely articulated) rules or principles that a translator applies to attain the goals determined by the translating scenario.(Jaaskelainen 2005:15)

Furthermore, Jaaskelainen distinguishes between global and local strategies, stating that "global strategies refer to general principles and modes of action, while local strategies refer to specific activities concerning the translator's problem-solving and decision-making.(Jaaskelainen 2005:16). Newmarkdistinguishes between translation methods and translation procedures. (Newmark 1988, 81) also distinguishes between translation techniques and procedures, writing, "While translation methods are employed for full texts, translation procedures are utilized for sentences and smaller units of language."(Newmark 1988, 221)

Apart from other literature like poetry, drams and other subcultures also produce literary genius in short stories. Monto is one of them. His literature is translated into different languages with a different theme in his work. Apart from the story of division, Manto's books are characterized by powerful female characters. Manto combines the physical brutality of division with the intellectual cruelty that sex and sexuality face inside the Indio Pak subcontinent's social framework (Ranjan 2004, 3). Manto's female characters, according to Ispahani, are characterized by their sexual fragilities, such as sexual humiliation, rape, and prostitution. "They are nearly always victims, with the power only to cause their destruction," she believes. Sakina's body movement reveals how severely she was sexually raped. Sakina's silence and pain depict the savagery of her rape to the point where they lost their ability to communicate. Manto's short stories present another perspective on trauma through the absence of the subject converses (Mehta 2018, 9). Bingo by Tariq Rahman explores sexual repression, social injustice, and war tragedies. Wartime rape has existed since the beginning of conflicts, and penetrators consider it one of their weapons of war (Isikozlu, 2016:13).

The concept of hegemonic binary was introduced by the second wave of feminism, which depicts patriarchal conduct as sexually superior and powerful. At the same time, women are sexually inferior and submissive argue (Marinucci, 2010:15). Sexual trauma serves as a link between the victim and society; it ruins the victim's sense of safety, leads to low self-esteem, and silences them called by (Lewis 2017:54). Saadat Hasan Manto (1912-1955) was one of the most well-known, controversial, and provocative Urdu writers of the twentieth century. Despite being a prolific writer of essays, plays, film scripts, and novels, he was best known for his short tales. Born in Punjab, he began his writing career in Bombay before moving to Lahore, Pakistan, in January 1948, a few months after partition (Hasan 1984:12). Following that, his stories generally centered on a partition, exploring its human effects from various perspectives.

Manto's works are notable for their realism, word economy, dependence on internal components, and, most notably, their abrupt, often distressingly unclear ends (Akhtar and Flemming 1985:9). While Tariq Rahman wrote Bingo, he is a writer, playwright, and critic who has made significant contributions to Urdu literature through his writing. Research work was carried out on the comparison of "bingo" and "khol do."
The purpose of this thesis is to compare the two short stories Khol Do and Bingo, both of which focus on women and violence, particularly wartime rape, which makes women more vulnerable than ever before. This paper explores how women are victims of war and partition, making them doubly marginalize primarily due to the hegemonic binaries of men and women. Both of the stories aim to reflect the stigmata of our society regarding the violence and cruel treatment of women since their existence. Furthermore, via the lenses of feminism and post-colonialism, it examines how varied wartime weapons can be for both gender binaries. The writers' audacity causes us to reflect on the inhumane treatment of women in everyday life and even in wartime when they are with the men who are supposed to defend the female..(Ahsan 2020: 12-27)--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:31, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

=== Theoritical Framework ===

In this paper, various strategies have been used, like using an idiom of similar meaning and similar form, the idiom of similar meaning and different form, translation by Paraphrasing, translation by omission. The approach of employing idioms of similar meaning and form, according to Mona Baker, entails using an idiom in the target language that can express about the same meaning as the source language idiom, as well as having lexical similarity. On the other hand, this type of matching happens periodically as well as regularly.(Baker, 1992, 13)

Similarly, employing idioms with similar meanings but different forms means that it is possible to locate an idiom or fixed expression in the target text language that has a similar meaning to the source idiom or expression but is made up of distinct lexical elements. Consider the case of English and French, both of which use the idiom mentioned above. In English, one good deed is rewarded with another, whereas in French, handsome deeds are rewarded with handsome deeds.

Furthermore, we did not come across any idioms in the category mentioned above during translating idioms. To deal with this issue, the translators used the most popular approach, known as a translation by paraphrase, which is short, straightforward, and time-saving. When a match cannot be identified in the target language or when it appears improper to employ idiomatic language in target material due to aesthetic differences between the source and target languages, this is the most typical approach for translating an idiom from source to target language. However, one thing to keep in mind is that a perfect translation is not required is necessary or possible.

Last but not least, to overcome the problem of idiom translation, the translator employs the strategy of translation by omission. This can be defined as an idiom being omitted entirely in the target text with a single word. This is done because the idiom has no close match in the target language; its meaning cannot be easily paraphrased or due to stylistic reasons.--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:38, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

Data analysis Techniques:
Textual analysis is the method of data analysis in qualitative research that brings forth the hidden and potent message, structure, and function of research in giving text, Alan Mckee (defines textual analysis as whenever we perform textual analysis on the text, we make an educated guess at some time of the most likely interpretations that might be made of that text (Alan 2001:3)
Analysis of the translation of short stories in light of Mona baker's theory "khol do and license" are short stories written by Sadat Hassan Manto and translated by many translators from Urdu into English. During translation, the translator adopted many strategies for translating idiomatic expression, sometimes by Paraphrasing, sometimes by omission, sometimes using similar idioms of form and meaning while sometimes using different words and the same form, the whole.
--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 09:51, 12 December 2021 (UTC)

===Discussion and Analysis===

The chapter analyzes and discusses all the data collected by the author/researcher from different sources. All the examples of idioms are firstly identified, then translated into the target text, and back-translated for the sole purpose of exploring the strategies being used by the translator. A separate section is given to every strategy with its related example. Moreover, the idiomatic expression, the target work for finding, is highlighted through the bold letter.

4.1 Translation by Paraphrasing:

Based on our findings, the most often used strategy was "translation by paraphrasing." An inspection also reveals that Aatish Taseer preferred this strategy. Here are some examples applied by the translators, and in the following section, the logic behind their preference towards this strategy is elaborate. The following are examples from two short stories of Sadat Husain Manto's "khol do" and "license."
Example 1:

ST: Sirajuddin ne subah das baji anki kholi to logo ka aik mutalatam samandar deka.

TT: Ten a.m., Siraj Uddin opens his eyes on the cold floor of the camp, seeing the swelling sea of men.

BT: sub ke das baji jab Sirajuddin ne apni anki koli to logo ka aik ublaha howa samandar ka nizara dekni laga.

So, the above idioms are literal idioms being translated with the help of 'Paraphrasing' because there is no perfect equivalent of mutalatam words in English languages. A similar look at another idiom from short stories "khol do."

Example 2:

ST: Khuda tomahra bala kari.

TT: Your God will reward

BT: Is ka badla khoda tomahi di.

Here, the word reward is being used for Bala Kari, an example of transitional by Paraphrasing.
Let take another example from "khol do."

Example 3:

ST: unkho nai Jan khateli pa rak kar sakena ko donda.

TT: even putting their lives online, they search sakina

BT: apni zindagio ko khatri me dal kar unkho nai sakina ko dond nekala.

The above idioms are examples of pure idiom translated from Urdu into English with the help of paraphrases strategies. However, under the same strategies, the idioms of another short story of Manto,s "license," are translated by Aatish Taseer. Some of the examples are given below.

Example 4:

ST: Abu kochwan bara cheel jabela ta. It is the binomial type of idioms taken from the first sentence of the short story "license" by Sadat
Hasan Manto

TT: Abu kochwan is stylish man.

BT: Abu kochwan aik wazahdar admi ta.

From the above idiom, it is clear that there is no perfect equivalence of cheela chabela idiom in English; that is, the translator goes
through paraphrasing strategies. Look at another example from "license."

Example 5:

ST: Lein har waqat bank bani rekhi ka usi be had showk ta

TT: He had a weakness for style and fashion.

BT: Dan saj ke rekhna uski kamzori me sai ik ta.

So all of the above examples, which are analyzed one by one, are examples of idioms being translated through paraphrasing strategies. Beaugrande and Dressler define paraphrases as "approximate conceptual equivalence among outwardly different material."(De Beaugrande and Dressler 1981, 50) Similarly, in this regard, Hirst defines paraphrases as "talk(ing) about the same situation in a different way." (Hirst 1980:12) Munday declared that "equivalence is particularly useful in translating idioms and proverbs” For instance, if the English idiom like a bear with a sore head is rendered into Persian as (mesle borje zahremar), meaning like a tower of snake venom, the strategy of equivalence has been applied. (Munday 1981:13).--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:55, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

According to Leonardi, "Equivalence can be said to be the central issue in translation." In this regard, house believes that "a translation text should match not only its source text in function but also employ equivalent situational-dimensional means to achieve that function" (Baker 2002:49). who shares this approach, states that equivalence is used "for the sake of convenience—because most translators are used to it rather than because it has any theoretical status" (Kenny 1998:77).

Despite different attitudes to the concept of equivalence, most specialists pay much attention to its meaning in the theory of translation. The translation is a form of communication, and that is why it is vital to establish equivalence between the source text and the target text. Although Vinay and Darbelnet believe that equivalence is used differently than in modern translation theory, it is evident that equivalence is one of the basic concepts of translation that cannot be neglected.Vinay and Darbelnet 1999:18)
Consequently, based on the Above mentioned studies using 'Paraphrasing' in translation stands as the core concept in the process of translation, and still, most of the translators cling to it for producing a more comprehensible and explicable text. These language ideas and translation models are ideal constructs, presented abstractly in order to be differentiated precisely. They may exist in an uneasy combination in actual theories and practices, resulting in logical tensions or inconsistencies. They must first contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation before they can contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation. Theories and actions must be contextualized in historical settings. They've been utilized as analytical tools to describe various topics in section introductions. Theoretical writings and current events these language notions and translation models are ideal constructs expressed in an abstract manner in order to be distinguished precisely in real-life hypotheses they may exist in an uncomfortable mix, resulting in logical conflicts or inconsistencies. They must first contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation before they can contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation.

4.2 Using an idiom of Similar Meaning and Form

As mentioned earlier, this strategy type is being used by Aatish Taseer during their translated work of Manto's short stories "khol do" and" license" on an occasional basis. Some examples are mention below.

From khol do.

Example 6:

ST: Larki ka rang zard hogaya.

TT: The girl's face became fail

BT: larki ka rang zar hogya.

Similarly, another example from the license is

Example 7:

ST: Abu our us ke mat beer hogaie

TT: They fall in love with each other.

BT: WO ik dosri ke mokhbat me geriftar hogaie

The above idioms are pure ones and are being translated with the help of similar meanings and similar forms.

The procedures: transposition, modulation, equivalence, and adaptation, and when it comes to defining the term Equivalence, (Vinay and Darbelnet 2000:90) propose that it consists in rendering "the same situation … by two texts using completely different stylistic and structural methods", and when it comes to translating idiomatic expressions like "Il pleut à seaux" it can be translated as "It is raining cats and dogs" using the idiom of similar form and meaning in the target language.

As Baker states, this strategy involves using an idiom in the TL which conveys roughly the same meaning as that of the source language idiom and, in addition, consists of identical lexical items. The salient point is that this kind of match can only occasionally be achieved, which cannot be picked up more often by translators. Accordingly, both translators mentioned in the current study had quite a slim chance of using this strategy type.(Baker 1992:12)

4.3 Using an idiom of similar meaning but different form:

During translating Manto short stories, "khol do" and "license," some of the idioms are translated with the help of this strategy. Some of the examples are given below from two different short stories.

Example number one is from the short story "khol do"

Example 8:

ST: Aur bolwai gos ayai thee?

TT: The roitors come abroad.

BT: pasadi bahar agai hai.

The above idiom is a pure type of idiom being translated with the help of above mention strategy. The word rioter is being used for bolwai, which is not a perfect word for bolwai. In Urdu bolwai, people believe in violence when minorities or the low population of any country want some rights. These people stop them by using violence, burn down their properties, rapes women, and do things like that. Another example from the license is below.

Example 9:

ST: Dosri kotwal abu ko dek kar jal ban ho jati.

TT: The other coachman burn with envy.

BT: Abu ke kamyabi dek kar aur kotwal abu sai khasad karni lagi’

The above idioms are a pure idiom that reflects the effect of jealousy between competitors to achieve equivalency. Aatish Taseer uses envy word for jal ban instead of other which have similar meaning but different form. Look at the other example from "license."

Example 10:

ST: Dino lat vo lagal se kam karni laga.

TT: Dino came with an excuse.

BT: Dino abb bahi tarashni laga.

The above idioms are types of binomial idioms translated with the help of idioms with similar meanings and different forms. (Newmark 1988, 81) mentions the difference between translation methods and translation procedures. He writes that "[w]hile translation methods relate to whole texts, translation procedures are used for sentences and the smaller units of language" (Newmark 1988: 81). Idiomatic translation in his definition reproduces the 'message' of the original. However, it distorts nuances of meaning by preferring colloquialisms and idioms where these do not exist in the original, leading to using an idiom of similar meaning but a different form. Besides, it is often possible to find an idiom or fixed expression in the target language with a meaning similar to that of the source idiom or expression but which consists of different lexical items (Baker 1992, 12). Therefore, translators discover idiomatic expressions in the target language with different forms than in the source language. In the current study, the translators approached this strategy merely for 9% of the total times, which means the frequency of Iranian and English idioms with the same meaning and different forms is not considered high.

4.4 Translation by omission:

A translator is less using these strategies, and we did not find any clue on this type of strategy in an area under consideration.
--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 09:48, 12 December 2021 (UTC)

=== Findings===

(Mandelbit 1995) believed that idioms with different cognitive mapping in the target language would be more challenging to translate. After conducting study and data analysis of collected data, the result revealed that the translator frequently used three out of four strategies of the Mona Baker model during the translation process, which is a translation by Paraphrasing, translation by similar meaning and similar form, translation by similar meaning and different form. In contrast, translation by omission does not found in his work.
After detail and careful analysis of data, more than half of idioms like "swelling sea of man,” my lord break his arrogance, “weakness for style and fashion." As I mentioned earlier, many more are translated under the umbrella of Paraphrasing, which is considered the most common method used for translating idioms.

Similarly, we also reflect strategies like similar meaning and different form and similar meaning and similar form. The idiom "rioter came abroad,” burn with envy,” The girl's face became pale, " They fall in love with each other" are translated with the help of two mention strategies, respectively.

Although translation by omission is a strategy used on rare occasions because of its meaning, its meaning cannot be easily paraphrased or stylistic reason. Here, the researcher also did not find any idiom translated with the help of the omission strategy.

===Conclusion ===

Go through detailed discussion and analysis of data collected from my source. We finally concluded that the idioms present in two short stories, "khol do" and "License," are translated under the frame of Mona Baker's idiomatic model. Translation by Paraphrasing is mainly used while idioms of similar meaning and form and idioms of similar meaning and different forms are used occasionally. The researcher discusses all the strategies with related examples in the order of maximum used to minimum used. The strategy by omission did not find it works. All the data are collected from different sources and analyzed with the help of different researcher tools, and the result is written in light of the finding. Different from previous studies, the writer presents the strategies to translate idioms by each type of idiomatic expression found in the story. From the result, it is considered the translation of idiomatic expressions in the story is quite accurate. As the number of accurate data is more the data which is not related to the translation. We take conclusion from the translation through idiomatic expression and paraphrasing is the best way to translate a novel or a story however it is very difficult job to do because it needs more accurate and precise knowledge about the source language and an inspiring method to express ideas in the target language. However, translation is thing through which we can connect the world with each other and also we can study and observe diverse cultures.

=== References ===
Abu-Saydeh, A. F. (2004). Translation of English idioms into Arabic. Babel, 114-131.

Ahsan, S. (2020). A comparative study of two translations of manto's short story "Toba Tek". International Journal of English Language Studies, 12-27.

Alexander, R. J. (1987). Mimeograph. In R. J. Alexander (Ed.) Collocation and Culture. Trier: University of Trier, West Germany.

Al-Qinai, J. (2000). Translation quality assessment. strategies, parameters and procedures. Translator's Journal, 497-519.

Bayashi, J. (2020). Japanese-English translation: An advanced guide. Oxfordshire: Routledge.

Das, V. &. (1995). Critical events: An anthropological perspective on contemporary India. New Delhi: Oxford Printing Press.

Mufti, A. (2007). The Language of English India. In I. &. End (Ed.) Enlightenment in the Colony. Princeton University Press.

Waka Xia, L. (2019). A discourse analysis of news translation in China. Syydney: Routledge.

= Muhammad Saqib Mehran Problems in Translation Study =
[[Trans_Type_EN_14]]

===Abstract===

===Key words ===

===Introduction ===

===Ambiguity===

===Lexical and Structural Mismatches===

===Multiword units: Idioms and Collocations===

===Summary===

===Further Reading===

=刘胜楠 A Case Study of ''Ne Zha'' on Subtitle Translation Strategies from the Perspective of Skopos Theory=
[[Trans_Type_EN_15]]

Translation types, strategies, styles, methods

2021-12-13T16:50:05Z

Muhammad Numan: /* Cultural Categories */

'''Translation types, strategies, styles, methods'''

[[Translation_types,_strategies,_styles,_methods|Overview Page of Translation types, strategies, styles, methods]]

30 Chapters（0/30)

[[Trans_Type_EN_1]] [[Trans_Type_EN_2]] [[Trans_Type_EN_3]] [[Trans_Type_EN_4]] [[Trans_Type_EN_5]] [[Trans_Type_EN_6]] [[Trans_Type_EN_7]] [[Trans_Type_EN_8]] [[Trans_Type_EN_9]] [[Trans_Type_EN_10]] [[Trans_Type_EN_11]] [[Trans_Type_EN_12]] [[Trans_Type_EN_13]] [[Trans_Type_EN_14]] [[Trans_Type_EN_15]] [[Trans_Type_EN_16]] [[Trans_Type_EN_17]] [[Trans_Type_EN_18]] [[Trans_Type_EN_19]] [[Trans_Type_EN_20]] [[Trans_Type_EN_21]] [[Trans_Type_EN_22]] [[Trans_Type_EN_23]] [[Trans_Type_EN_24]] [[Trans_Type_EN_25]] [[Trans_Type_EN_26]] [[Trans_Type_EN_27]] [[Trans_Type_EN_28]] [[Trans_Type_EN_29]] [[Trans_Type_EN_30]] ...

[[Book_projects|Back to translation project overview]]

[[DCG-To-Do|To the To Do List]]

=阳佳颖 Analysis On Subtitling Strategies in the American Version of the ''Legend of Zhen Huan''=

'''浅析美版《甄嬛传》的字幕翻译策略'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_1]]

阳佳颖 Yang Jiaying, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 2: The Use of Translation Strategy and Translation Methods in Tourism Texts under the Guidance of Peter Newmark's Translation Theory -- A Case Study of ''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''=
'''纽马克翻译理论指导下旅游文本中翻译策略与翻译方法的使用——以''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_2]]

刘晓 Liu Xiao, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 3: Translation methods and strategies for novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory -- A case study of Korean novel Eun-ju's Movie (Excerpt)=
交际翻译理论指导下小说题材所适用的翻译方法和翻译策略—以韩国小说集《恩珠的电影》（节选）为例

[[Trans_Type_EN_3]]

刘越Liu Yue ，Hunan Normal University，China

=Chapter 4: On Translation Strategies and Translation Methods in Chinese Translation of English Prose -- A Case Study of Chinese Translation of English Prose "Pleasures of Ignorance"=

'''浅析英语散文汉译中的翻译策略和翻译方法——以英语散文《无知的乐趣》汉译本为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_4]]

毛雅文 Mao Yawen, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 5： Analysis of translation strategies and methods for political eassays --- A Case Study of Annual Summary of the Russian Government's Work of 2019 =
'''政论语体翻译策略及翻译方法— 以《2019年俄罗斯政府工作报告》为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_5]]

毛优 Mao You，Hunan Normal University，China

=Chapter 6: An analysis and comparison of the translation styles of two Chinese translations of ''Le Spleen de Paris''=
'''浅析对比《巴黎的忧郁》两个汉译本的翻译风格'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_6]]

彭瑞雪 Peng Ruixue, Hunan University, China

=Chapter 7: A Study of Lu Xun’s Short Stories Translation from the Perspective of Functional Equivalence: Taking Yang Xianyi and Gladys Yang’s English Verison of ''Kong I-Chi'' as a Case Study=
功能对等翻译视角下的鲁迅短篇小说翻译研究——以杨、戴夫妇的《孔乙己》英译本为例

[[Trans_Type_EN_7]]

秦建安 QinJianna, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 8:Translation methods and strategies applicable to the style of biographical literature -- Taking ''Incidents in Life of Slave Girl'' (excerpt) as an example=

'''传记文学的文体所适用的翻译技巧与策略——以英文传记《一名女奴的人生际遇》(节选)为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_8]]

颜子涵 Yan Zihan, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 9: On the Translation Strategies of ''Lun Yu'' from the Perspective of Fusion of Horizons – A Contrastive Study of two translations of Ku Hung-ming and Xu Yuanchong=

'''视域融合视角下看《论语》英译的翻译策略—以辜鸿铭和许渊冲的英译本为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_9]]

邝艳丽 Kuang Yanli, Hunan Normal University, China

=杨柳青 Bian Zhilin's Literary Translation Theories and Practice——Take His Translation of Romantic Poems as Examples=

Yang Liuqing杨柳青,Hunan Normal University,China.

[[Trans_Type_EN_10]]

=Atta Ur Rahman Exploring Translation Strategies: A Case Study of the English Translation of the Holy Quran=

===Abstract===
This study aims at diagnosing culture-specific items in the English translation of the Holy Quran and the strategies which were used to translate the CSIs. Translating CSIs can be a demanding task because such items have specific meanings in the culture and language in which they exist but not necessarily in others. Taking this fact into account, the present study investigates the strategies used in the translation of culture-specific items in the English translation of the Holy Quran. Moreover, the researcher explored the most frequently employed translation procedures. To achieve these goals, the descriptive approach is applied for the analysis of the translation of specific items of culture. The descriptive analysis is also used for the investigation of the translation procedures used therein. The findings of this study indicate that the use of cultural equivalent strategy was the most frequent applied procedure. The descriptive equivalent and through translation procedures were the second most frequently applied translation strategies which were followed by transference, functional equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, modulation and notes. The results shows that the translation procedures are helpful (especially the target-oriented ones) in conveying the meaning of the text from Arabic into English in different ways.

===Key Words===
The Holy Quran, Translation Strategies/procedures, Culture-Specific Items, Newmark

===Introduction===
1. Overview
Translation that plays a crucial role in introducing the history and in transferring the culture of an area is a kind of communication between different languages. It is also illustrated “as the result of a linguistic-textual procedure in which a text in one language is re-contextualized in another language.” In the re-contextualization, studies on translation demonstrate that there are certain critical points (Munday 2012:37) that are problematic for translators, especially, when dealing with vital cultural texts such as religious texts (Malmkjær 2015:10). It helps to communicate and exchange information with people from different countries and cultures. Khammyseh argues that translation is one of the traditional communicating methods between communities all around the world. (Khammyseh 2005;9). Jothiraj states that “translation plays an important role in the inter-lingual process of communication”(Jothiraj 2004;1). Translation is essential for cultures and languages to exchange information. Newmark (1988) defines it as a craft in which a written message in a language is replaced by the same story in another language. According to him, Translation is the art of trying to translate what is written or expressed in one language into another language with the same message or expression. To accomplish a qualified translation, the translator needs to be aware of different aspects(Newmark 1988;2). Many scholars in translation have noticed that the difficulty for a translator is to translate texts which deals with religious concepts and cultural specific items.

Nida indicated that translation is the way of finding natural issues in the TL close to the SL, in terms of message and style(Nida 1964;32). Larson (1998) has acknowledged that dealing with religious and cultural items is the most difficult, both in finding equivalence and analyzing the source vocabulary. Among the many challenges that exist for the translator is to bring the concept of the SL to a deeper meaning in the TL, the main problem is how to give CSIs, the significance which is firmly connected to the particular cultural context(Larson 1998;23).--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 15:41, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

Culture plays a considerable role, Snell-Hornby assumed that “Culture refers to all socially conditioned aspects of human life”.(Snell-Hornby 1988;33). Another definition of culture is formulated by Goodenough. For him, culture is “what people have to learn as distinct from their biological heritage, must consist of the end product of learning: knowledge, in a most general, if relative, sense of the term."(Goodenough 1957;167). By this definition, we should note that culture is not only a material phenomenon; it does not consist of things, people, behavior, or emotions. It is rather the organization of these things. It is the forms of things that people have in their minds, their models for perceiving, relating, and otherwise interpreting them”. According to him, if the translator wants to understand a culture, she or he has to understand that culture is a mixture of belief and knowledge.

The religious text and especially the Holy Quran have played a significant role in human life throughout history to guide human beings towards the right path. Translating religious text can be a hectic job. When it comes to religious texts like the Holy Quran, it might be even more hectic. The Holy Quran has a profound impact on the human lives of its believers. It spreads spiritual serenity and peace of mind. Lustig and Joline thought that “religion is an important institutional network that binds people to one another”(Lustig and Joline 2003;16). But sometimes believers of Islam (whether they are native or not native speakers of the language) face a tremendous difficulty when they want to understand the meaning of a certain lexical unit, lexis that can be identified as Quranic-specific words/phrases.

This study is aimed to probe Newmark's translation procedures applied to translate cultural items from the SL (Arabic) to the TL (English) and to focus on translation strategies used by the English translator to transfer absolute and in-depth intended meanings of the CSI in the Holy Quran. If we examine Newmark's opinion, seventeen procedures may be needed by a translator in the process of translation. However, only a few translation procedures are relevant to this translation, they are Transference, cultural equivalent, functional equivalent, descriptive equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, through translation, modulation and notes.(Newmark 1988;81). These types of translation procedures are usually used to translate cultural terms contained in the text involving Surah Yusuf as a source language. Thus, in the relationship between translation and culture, the strategies offered should be understood as an attempt to make the translation easy to understand by the TR without blurring the message contained in the text written in the SL.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 15:41, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Translation and Culture===

2. Translation and Culture

Culture and translation are intimately connected, for understanding the culture translation plays a crucial role. In every nation, there are multiple cultures which reflect how people behave, socially, traditionally and politically and also practice their specific languages. Languages have a complex system of communication that humans adapt from different cultural background. When someone wants to know more about any culture, it is necessary to know about that language. For understanding the language they need to translate it as one might not understand the particular language. Thus, translation fills the gap created by languages that is a very important aspect of translation.

The translation is the process of translating a point or text from one language to another, we can also refer translation to moving of something from one place to another. Translation impacts also on our real life, in a way of transforming other cultures, norms and traditions into our culture. Translators play a vital role in culture and mediators between cultures, dedicated to linking the gap that repeatedly hinders effective communication between communities. According to Peter Newmark, “translators have been entrusted the elegant and highly-demanding task of representing cultures for decades” (Newmark 1988;7). Newmark established connections concerning the relationship between culture and translating. In his book, he regards translation as a process of “representing the meaning of a text into another language in the way that the author planned the text” (Newmark 1988;5). According to him, although this process has been supposed to be simple, in reality, translators have been facing the complex task of translating and conveying culture for decades, ever since countries began establishing relationships between one another. (Newmark 1988;7).

In the history of translation studies, translation has been discussed through multiple routes which based on practicality and some theoretical aspects. For instance, Catford defined it as "the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language”(Catford 1965;20). According to Venuti translation is "the forcible replacement of the linguistic and cultural difference of the foreign text with a text that will be understandable to the target language reader”(Venuti 1995;18). Schjoldager stated that“a translation is a text that expresses what another text has expressed in another language”(Schjoldager 2008;19). Culture is a complex whole which includes knowledge,belief,art,law,morals,customs and many other capabilities and habits acquired by man as a member of society. The translation is no longer considered to be a mere cross-linguistic activity but it significantly is cross-cultural communication.”
Since language reflects the way of life and basic parts of it, the process of translation cannot be done without the integration of cultural symbols into the construction of meaning. Hassan claimed that a good translation “is one that carries all the ideas of the original as well as its structural and cultural features” (Hassan 2014;2). Hermanns contributed that translation should be recognized as a cultural act. It is a kind of linguistic-cultural activity that involves at least two languages and two cultural traditions. Similarly, translation is not just a verbal act; it is also cultural, which is an act of communication of cultures(Hermanns 1999;22) Later, Hassan emphasized a good translation "is one that carries all the ideas of the original as well as its structural and cultural features" and that "reconstructs the cultural/historical context of the original"(Hassan 2014;2).
These statements demonstrate that there is an interaction between translation and culture, Newmark illustrated that culture in translation competence is “the greatest hurdle to translation, at least the achievement of an accurate and decent translation" (Newmark 2001;328).

Bearing in mind the general alliance among researchers regarding the importance of culture in translation, the translation activity is a question of transferring the correct meaning and that the translator has a productive role in transferring not only the linguistic system of the source text but also the cultural one. As such, it is extremely difficult to draw a borderline between translation and culture as they are inextricably overlaid and this connection leads to creative translation.

2.1 Culture-Specific Items (CSIs)

Culture-specific items are notions that are specific to a particular culture. These concepts are using in different domains such as flora, fauna, food, clothes, housing, work, leisure, politics, law, and religion in the way of life. These cultural concepts are consist of different suggestion and approaches. For the denomination of these concepts, many scholars and linguists employed different names or terms, relatively different definitions are given and they tried to define some points that were related to the culture but they not defined even the name of the concept clearly. Scholars refer different names to these culture-specific items, Newmark uses the term cultural words. (Newmark 1988;327) Christine Nord names them “culturemes” (Nord 1997;9) while in one of the newer studies, focused on the translation of culture-specific items, Mohammad Reza Shah Ahmadi and Fatemeh Nosrati employ a term culture-bound element (Ahmadi and Nosrati 2012;1).
After a long time, some scholars prefer the terms “culture-specific item” (Aixela, 1997; Davies, 2003), others choose cultural words (Newmark, 2003) or culture-bound phenomena/concepts (Baker, 1992, Newmark, 2003, Robinson, 2003). In this study, the term “culture-specific item” is used as the basic term, as well as its abbreviation CSI, although other synonyms may be used to prevent repetition. "Culture-specific items are defined by different scholars according to their differences and similarities. Meanwhile, Mona Baker (1992) defines specific concepts of culture as “sourcelanguage words that express concepts unknown in the target culture” (Baker, 1992, 21). It may relate to religion, kind of food or social customs. Newmark suggests to culture-specific items as cultural words (Newmark 1988, 94). He further discussed that in many circumstances, cultural words are somewhat easy to detect in a text because they are closely related to a specific language and unable to translate word by word (Newmark 1988, 95). When they cannot be translated literary then he mentioned that the translators usually the purpose is to provide a descriptive-functional equivalent (Newmark 1988, 95).--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:02, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

2.1.1 Translation of CSIs in the Holy Quran

The Holy Quran is the most basic religious book for Muslims, the Quran was revealed to the prophet Muhammad (PBUH). The Quranic corpus, created in an early form of Classical Arabic, is traditionally believed to be a literal transcript of God’s speech and to constitute the earthly production of an uncreated and eternal heavenly original, according to the general view referred to in the Quran itself as “the well-preserved tablet” (al-lawḥ al-mahfūẓ; Qurʾān 85;22). It has a heartfelt impact on human lives and their believers. It spreads spiritual stability and peace of mind. According to (Lustig and Joline 2003;16) “Religion is an important institutional network that binds people to one another.”
Translating Quranic-specific words/phrases is considered a great challenge for the translators which requires an accurate interpretation and consciousness of the crucial functions of these Quranic-specific words/phrases. Therefore, they have to focus on a set of aspects to attain equivalence and then render the exact meaning. The translation of the Holy Quran is a debatable process because Arabic is full of cultural-specific concepts with no proper equivalent in other languages; consequently, some equivalents fail to convey their cultural meaning thoroughly. The translation is seen as the process of reconstructing a text into other languages. In the Holy Quran, it is mentioned in the Surah of Yusuf: “we have sent it down as an Arabic Quran”, the translated text has been simply seen as a commentary, explaining, or paraphrasing of the source text. In general, exact translation never occurs; rather this can be a basic interpretation of the Holy Quran. In the process of translation of the Holy Quran, language and CSI items and rhetorical features were not inimitable and reproducible into other languages.
Translating CSIs is a strenuous task because such elements have special meanings in culture and language.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:02, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Types of Translation ===
3. Types of Translation
Newmark determines 8 types of translation which are:

3.1 Word-for-Word Translation

This is usually indicated as an interlinear translation, with the target language immediately below the source language words. The source language word-order is preserved and the words translated singly by their most common meanings, out of context. These words are translated literally. Some of the uses of point-by-point translation are to understand the mechanics of the source language or to create a difficult text as a pre-translation process.

3.2 Literal translation

In this type of translation, the grammatical structures of the source language are changed to the nearest target language equivalent but the written points remain the same to one another, out of context.
3.3 Faithful translation
This translation attempts to reproduce the original exact meaning within the limitations of the TL grammatical structures. It also conveys cultural words and maintains an unusual degree of grammar and strength in translation. It tries to make the SL author completely loyal to the intent and reality of the text.

3.4 Semantic Translation

Semantic translation takes much of the aesthetic value of the source language text, making sense where appropriate so that there are no implications, wordplay or repetition roots in the finished version. It may translate less important cultural points by a culturally neutral third or active terms but not by cultural equation and it may also give the reader more small concessions.

3.5 Adaptation

This is an unrestricted form of translation. It is used mainly for plays and poetry, the themes, characters, plots are usually preserved, the SL culture converted to the TL culture and the text rewritten (Ahmad 2015;15).

3.6 Free Translation

The content without a form of the original or the matter without the manner is the productions of free translation. It is also known as intra-lingual translation and it is usually longer than the original.

3.7 Idiomatic Translation

This type of translation replicates the original message but degrades the depth of meaning by selecting meanings and dialogues that do not exist in the original.

3.8 Communicative Translation

This type of translation replicates the original message but degrades the depth of meaning by selecting meanings and dialogues that do not exist in the original.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:05, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Translation Strategies ===

4. Translation Strategies
Many theorists have used the term translation strategy extensively but with some significant differences in meaning and perspective that they see. Many theorists have used the approach of translation comprehensively but with some notable differences in meaning and vision as they appear.

4.1 Aixela Translation Strategies:
According to Aixela translators need to choose several strategies based on the source language culture and target culture. He distinguishes many of the translation strategies that apply to the translation of culture-specific items and at the same time, he tries to command by the level of their intercultural intervention. He divided it into two groups; conservative groups (5 approaches) and the substitution (6 strategies).

4.1.1. Conservation:
In conservation,the less compelling process includes repetition,orthographic adaptation,linguistic translation,extratextual gloss and intratextual gloss.

4.1.1.1 Repetition:In repetition, there is simply the transference of the culture-specific items from the ST to the TT. Thus,the translator keeps as much as possible the original reference (Aixela 1996;61). This approach is often used for languages that do not differ in the alphabet and most for names.

4.1.1.2 Orthographic Adaptation: The orthographic adaptation involves writing or
transliteration, mainly when the original term is given in a different alphabet than the one used in the target culture.

4.1.1.3 Linguistics translation: Linguistic translation emphasizes on the way where the translator chooses the source closest to the original text and increases his understanding by giving the TL version which is still relevant to the ST cultural system.

4.1.1.4 Extra-textual Gloss: Here,the extra-textual gloss refers to additional information to the previously mentioned procedures, The translator uses one of the above strategies but considers it as a necessity to explain the meaning or concept of CSI. In this gloss, it can be footnotes,endings,words,ideas,translators in dictionaries, italics and so on.

4.1.1.5 Intra-textual Gloss:It's like the past but the translator feels that he/she can include the globe as an indirect part of the text,not to distract the reader.

4.2.1 Substitution
In substitution, According Aixela “that synonymy, limited universalization, absolute universalization, naturalization, deletion, and autonomous creation are encompassing here"(Aixela 1996;87)--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:40, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

4.2.1.1 Synonymy: This strategy is a stylist used to avoid the constant repetition of culturespecific items in the ST.

4.2.1.2 Limited Universalization: When the translator realizes that the culture-specific item is not clear to the reader or that another source CSI exists in the source language which can be replaced, replace it with data. Of course, the location is not as specific to the source language as the first one.

4.2.1.3 Absolute Universalization: The only difference between limited universalization and absolute universalization is when the translator cannot find the best known CSI in the source language or prefers to eliminate the unusual concept and choose a neutral term. (Aixela 1997;63).

4.2.1.4 Naturalization: In this case “translator brings the culture-specific item into the TL culture” (Shokri Ketabi 2015;8).

4.2.1.5 Deletion: When the CSI is “unacceptable ideologically or stylistically or it is not relevant enough for the effort of comprehension required for the readers” (Aixela 1996;64), or very clear that the translator does not want to use any strategy, they delete the CSI.

4.2.1.6 Autonomous Creation: When the translator agrees to use non-existent cultural
reference in the ST.(Aixela 1997;43).

4.3 Mona Baker's Translation Strategies
Baker's strategies have been used by professional translators at word level in their translations, to deal with issues while performing the task of translation.Baker She suggests various procedures to work for unequal treatment at the point level, for example, translation by a more general word, translation by a more neutral / less obvious word, translation by paraphrasing, Using related words, and so on. She formulates the classification in different strategies(Baker 1992;90) which are the following:

4.3.1 Translation by a more general word: According to Baker,this has to do with the meaning of the proposition. Appropriately it works in many languages.

4.3.2 Translation by a more neutral/ less expressive word: This is another strategy in terms of semantics it does with differences with obvious meaning.

4.3.3 Translation by cultural substitution:This strategy involves placing culture-specific material that does not have the same predictive meaning as the target language material but may have the same effect on the target reader.

4.3.4 Translation using a loan word: This strategy relies on culture-specific items, modern borrowing points plus interpretation concepts and buzz points.

4.3.5 Translation by paraphrase using a related word: When the source material is written in the target language but separately, and when the frequency used in the source text is high, it will be natural in the target language.

4.3.6 Translation by paraphrase using unrelated words: This strategy can be used when the concept in the source material is not lexical in the TL.

4.3.7 Translation by omission: Losing phrases or words that are not vital to text development.

4.3.8 Translation by an illustration: Here, use examples when the source word is not equal in the target language. Each theorist presents their strategies according to their point of view,however,Baker,s translation strategies include the most applicable set of strategies, as it shows the strategies used by professional translators.
--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:40, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Cultural Categories ===

5. Cultural categories

5.1.2 Ecology
In this type of cultural category, Newmark labels those words which have some similarities and differences in culture concerning the environment. For Example, animals, colors, astronomy, plants birds etc. They will also have some geographical features that can normally differ from other cultural terms in that they usually have no political, commercial value.

5.1.2 Material culture

Material culture is also known as artefacts, In the category of material culture, Newmark included Food, clothes, housing, transport, and communications and also those objects which are made by humans. For Example, Clothing, atoms, crops, vegetables, jewellery, drugs, planets etc. “Food is for many the most sensitive and important expression of national culture. The function of the generic clothes terms is approximately constant, indicating the part of the body that is covered, but the description varies depending on climate and material used, houses and town, and transport.”(Newmark 1988;90)

5.1.3 Social culture

The social culture is divided by Newmark in two ways, they are work and leisure. For example, Trade, armour, literature, poets, markets, games.

5.1.4 Organisation

Newmark organizations are divided into five categories: political and administrative conditions, historical conditions, and international conditions. ‘The international community terms usually have recognized translations which are in• fact through-translations, and are now generally known by their acronyms', religious terms, artistic terms; “the translation of artistic terms referring to movements, processes and organizations generally depend on the putative knowledge of the readership. For example, adultery, business, corruption, sex, poverty, marriage, divorce etc.”

5.2 Newmark Classification CSIs

Newmark established the classification of culture-specific items (CSIs) into five classes which are;
Table 1. Newmark classification of Culture-Specific Items. (Newmark 1988;97) --[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:50, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

5.2.1 Categorization of CSIs in Surah Yousuf of the Holy Quran

Verse No. Terms English Translation Categories
1 الۡکِتٰبِ Book Material culture

2 قرُۡءٰنًا Quran Material culture

3 الۡقَصَصِ Narration Gesture

4 رَايَۡتُ Dream Habit

5 کَوۡکَبًا Stars Ecology

6 ال َّ شمۡسَ Sun Ecology

7 الۡقَمَرَ Moon Ecology

8 الۡاحََادِيۡثِ Events Organization

9 يعَۡقوُۡبَ House of Yaqub Material culture

10 يعَۡقوُۡبَ Yaqub

11 ابِۡرٰہيِۡمَ Ibrahim

12 اِسۡحٰقَ Ishaq

13 اقۡتلُوُا Kill Social culture

14 ارَۡضًا Earth Ecology

15 الۡجُبِّ Pit Ecology

16 ال َّ س َّ يارَةِ Wayfares

17 يٰۤابََانَا Father

18 َّ يرۡتعَۡ Eat Social culture

19 وَ يَلۡعَبۡ Play Social culture

20 لَحٰفِظُوۡنَ Guard Social culture

21 وَ اخََافُ Fear Habit

22 الذِئّۡبُ Wolf Ecology

23 عِشَاءًٓ Nightfall Ecology

24 َّ يبۡکُوۡنَ Weeping Habit

25 مَتاَعِنَا Belongings Material culture

26 قمَِيۡصِہٖ Shirt Material culture

27 وَارِدہَمُۡ Water drawer Material culture

28 دلَۡوَهٗ Bucket Material culture

29 بِثمََنٍ ۢ بَخۡسٍ Paltry price Material culture

30 درََاہمَِ مَعۡدوُۡدةٍَ Silver coin Material culture

31 مِّصۡرَ Egypt

32 لِامۡرَاتَِہٖۤ Wife

33 الۡارَۡضِ Land Ecology

34 اشَُدَّ هٗۤ Prime age

35 الۡابَۡوَابَ Door Material culture

36 مَعَاذَ ّٰ ِ Master Organization

37 ال ُّ سوۡٓءَ Evil Habit

38 الۡفَحۡشَاءَؕٓ Lewdness Habit

39 عِبَادِنَا Servant Organization

40 وَ قَدَّ تۡ Ripped Social culture

41 عَذاَبٌ Punishment Social culture

42 ُّ يسۡجَنَ Prison Organization

43 الۡعَزِيۡزِ Minister Organistion

44 حُباؕ Love Social culture

45 فتَٰىہَا Slave Organization

46 سِکِّيۡنًا Knife Material culture

47 مَلکٌَ Angel Organization

48 فَاسۡتجََابَ Prayer Gestures

49 خَمۡرًا Wine Material culture

50 خُبۡزًا Bread Material culture

51 رَاۡسِیۡ Head Material culture

52 ال َّ طيۡرُ Birds Ecology

53 ءَارَۡبَابٌ Gods Organization

54 يٰصَاحِبَیِ السِّجۡنِ Prisoners Organization

55 تعَۡبدُوُۡنَ Worship Gesture

56 ال َّ شيۡطٰنُ Satan Organization

57 الۡمَلِکُ King Organization

58 بَقَرٰتٍ Cows Ecology

59 خُضۡرٍ Green Ecology

60 يٰبسِٰتٍ Dry Ecology

61 سُنۡۢبلُٰتٍ Grain Material culture

62 تزَۡرَعُوۡنَ Crops Material culture

63 يغَُاثُ Rain Ecology

64 يَعۡصِرُوۡنَ Juice Material culture

65 النِّسۡوَةِ Women

66 ال َّ رسُوۡلُ Messenger Organization

67 الۡعَزِيۡزِ Governor Organization

68 ال ّٰ صدِقِيۡنَ Truthful Habit

69 الۡخَائِٓنيِۡنَ Betray Organization

70 خَزَائِٓنِ Treasure Material culture

71 مَ َّ کنَّ ا Power Organization

72 بِرَحۡمَتِنَا Mercy Gestures

73 يَتَّ قوُۡنَ Taqwa Habit

74 الۡمُنۡزِلِيۡنَ Hospitality Habit

75 رِحَالِہِمۡ Camel Ecology

76 وَ ل َّ مَا فَتحَُوۡا Family Organization

77 بَابٍ Gate Material culture

78 اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty Organization

79 الۡعِيۡرُ Caravan Organization

80 لسَٰرِقوُۡنَ Thieves Organization

81 السِّقَايَۃَ Bowl Material culture

82 تاَ ّٰ ِ Swear Habit

83 کٰذِبيِۡنَ Liars Habit

84 وِّعَاءِٓ Bag Material culture

85 درََجٰتٍ Rank Organization

86 َّ موۡثِقًا Pledge Social culture

87 الۡحٰکِمِيۡنَ Judges Organization

88 الۡقَرۡيَۃَ Town Material culture

89 عَيۡنٰہُ Eyes

90 الۡبَشِيۡرُ News Social culture

91 ابَوََيۡہِ Parents Organization

92 الۡعَرۡشِ Thrown Organization

93 يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ Devices Material culture

94 وَ الۡارَۡضِ Earth Ecology

95 ال َّ سمٰوٰتِ Heavens Ecology

===Translation Procedure ===

6. Translation Procedure

There are seventeen different kinds of translation procedures classified by Newmark. According to (Gallagher 1996, 31), “translation procedures are the technical devices to convey the message of a text in one language into another language.” The difference between translation procedure and translation methods discussed by (Newmark 1988, 81), “translation methods relate to whole texts, translation procedures are used for sentences and the smaller units of language.”

6.1 Transference
Transference is the way through which we convert the source language to target language and also contains transliteration or transcription. Transference is also known as loan words, there is no transformation in the spelling of the words that have been translated.

6.2 Naturalization
Naturalization changes the word SL to its pronunciation, then TL to its original form.
Naturalization also adds new connections to external conditions.

6.3 Culture equivalent
In this procedure, SL the cultural word is translated by the target cultural word. The use of the translation of this procedure is limited because it is not accurate, but it can be used in general texts, public and publicity, as well as for brief explanation to readers who do not understand the relevant source language culture.

6.4 Functional Equivalent
This approach is the most accurate path of translating and it uses very neutral cultural points with a new specific term.

6.5 Descriptive equivalent
This strategy is working for the description of the meaning or function of the source language.

6.6 Synonymy
This method of translation is applied when there is nothing to the same.

6.7 Through-Translation
Through translation is the literal translation of common conflicts, the names of organizations and compound parts.

6.8 Shifts or Transposition
This translation procedure involving a change in grammar from SL to TL. This change is done when there is a difference between the structure of the SL and the TL is reasonable.

6.9 Modulation
This procedure is used in the translation of sentences, phrases and clauses. Here the translator looked at the message in the source language sentence from a different angle or a different way of thinking. This strategy is used when the translation of words with literal meaning does not produce a reasonable translation.

6.10 Recognized Translation
The translation process is manifested when the translator uses an authoritative or appropriate translation of an organization's term.

6.11 Translation Label
This procedure is the appropriate one for the translation of a new institutional term, and it is a temporary translation of the source language word.

6.12 Compensation
This process manifests itself when there is a meaningful loss in one part, but compensation in the other part.

6.13 Componential Analysis
In this procedure, the source language word translated into the TL by detailing the components of the meaning of the source language word.

6.14 Reduction & Expansion
In this procedure, the elements of the word 'auto' removed and the elements of the word expanded in the target language.

6.15 Paraphrase
This procedure appears when cultural words need more explanation.

6.16 Couplets
In this procedure, two or more different procedures meet in one translation, couplets, triplets, quadruplets.

6.17 Notes
When the additional information is added to the cultural words for the clarification of readers.

===Analysis and Discussion ===

7. Analysis and Discussion

7.1 Introduction
This chapter highlights the procedure of the study and the analysis of culture-specific items in Surah Yusuf. This chapter explores the use of translation strategies in transferring meaning from the ST to the TL and the appropriateness of Newmark's model in interpreting the procedures that the translator applied during the translation process.

7.2 Procedures
To account for the translation of CSIs in this research, the source text of the Holy Quran in Arabic and its English translation translated by Mufti Taqi Usmani were studied. After reading the whole Ayahs of Surah Yusuf and its translation, every Ayah and its translation in English were carefully analyzed to identify CSIs and the strategies used by the translator to translate them into English. After that, the classification of CSIs by Newmark (1988) has been accepted as the theoretical framework of this study aimed at analyzing culture-specific items. For the clarification, each procedure is interpreted and demonstrated with illustrations in Tables 1-9.

7.3 Analysis and Discussion
After the categorizing the culture-specific items according to Newmark’s strategies, the researcher worked on the strategies for translating the culture-specific items applied in Surah Yusuf, including transference, cultural equivalent, functional equivalent, descriptive equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, through translation, modulation and notes; Then, he arranged the data gained in Tables 1-9 in order to show the cases of applying Newmark’s strategies for translating the culture-specific items.
The discussion section is devoted to the interpretation of each selected culture-specific word, the researcher presents a discussion of how he formulates the CSIs in Newmark strategies.
Below are the discussion points created for using each strategy;

7.3.1 Transference: Transference includes transliteration and is the same as what is called transcription. The word then becomes a loan word. There were words that were transferred from the source text to the target text. These are presented in the following table.
Table1.

Here are some examples of Transference applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yusuf:

Strategy Source Text Target Text
قرُۡءٰنًا Quran
ابِۡرٰہيِۡمَ Ibrahim
Transference يعَۡقوُۡب Yaqub
اِسۡحٰق Ishaq
يَتَّ قوُۡنَ Taqwa

Words that have given in table 1 are transference words because these are conveyed to target language which is a different language writing system then from the source language, For example, the word Quran is transliterated word and pronounce as same as like in source language قرُۡءٰنًا, so it is transcripted and also become a loan word. Similarly, all the mentioned words in table 1 are transference words.
7.3.2. Cultural Equivalent: Cultural equivalent purpose is to replace a cultural word in the source language with an, although not completely synonymous, target language word.

Table 2.
Examples of Cultural equivalent applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡب House of Yaqub
لَحٰفِظُوۡنَ Guard
بِثمََنٍ ۢ بَخۡسٍ Paltry price
درََاہمَِ مَعۡدوُۡدةٍَ Silver coin
اشَُدَّ هٗ Prime age
Cultural Equivalent مَعَاذَ ّٰ Master
الۡعَزِيۡزِ Minister
فَاسۡتجََابَ Prayer
اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty
يٰصَاحِبَیِ السِّجۡن Prisoners
الۡمَلِکُ King
يَعۡصِرُوۡنَ Juice
مَ َّ کنَّ ا Power

In Surah Yusuf, we have some words that are related to the cultural equivalent, Table 2 contains cases where cultural equality is applied. The word House of Yaqub is not completely synonymous to the ST اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡب, it is a replaced word in the SL. The word minister is not completely synonymous to the word ST word الۡعزَِيۡزِ. Similarly, the word Master in the TT is not synonymous to the word which is used in the ST ّٰ مَعَاذَ, it is a replaced word. The original meaning of the word فَاسۡتجََابَ is to accepted, but here it is referred to Prayer which is not only the synonymous but also a replaced one; furthermore, all the words mentioned in table 2 are mostly not completely synonymous words but the cultural replacing words.

7.3.3 Functional Equivalent:In functional equivalent, the word culture-free is used,
sometimes with a specific term; Therefore, it generalizes the word SL.

Table3.

Examples of Functional equivalent applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
الۡقَصَصِ Narration
رَايَۡتُ Dream
Functional equivalent الۡاحََادِيۡثِ Events
ال َّ س َّ يارَةِ Wayfares
مِّصۡرَ Egypt
يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ Devices

In functional equivalent, culture-free words are used, sometimes a new specific term is used which generalizes the SL word. For example, in table 3 the word Events is used as a cultural free word that generalizes the ST الۡاحََادِيۡثِ. The word Devices is a cultural free word and used as a new specific term to generalize the ST word يَمۡکُرُوۡنَ. The word Narration is used in the TT as a cultural free word because it is not limited or bound to a single culture. The word narration can be used by every culture representative.
7.3.4 Descriptive Equivalent: It is using phrases in TT to explain the ST word.
Table4.
Examples of Descriptive equivalent applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
کَوۡکَبًا Stars
ال َّ شمۡسَ Sun
الۡقمََرَ Moon
Descriptive equivalent عِشَاءًٓ And at Nightfall
وَارِدہَمُۡ Water drawer
سِکِّيۡنً Knife
الۡکِتٰبِ Enlightening book
ال َّ سمٰوٰتِ Heaven

The descriptive equivalent is, using phrases in TT to explain the ST word. For example Eleven stars and the sun and the moon a phrase used in the TT which explains کَوۡکَبًا َّ و ال َّ شمۡسَ وَ الۡقمََرَ the ST words stars, sun and moon. Similarly, Enlightening the book is a phrase used in the target text which highlights the meaning of الۡکِتٰبِ.
7.3.5 Componential Analysis:componential analysis is the initial comparison of a source language point to a selected language point that has the same meaning, but does not equate to one.
Table5.
Examples of Componential analysis applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
رَايَۡتُ Dream
ال َّ طيۡرُ Birds
Componential analysis وَ يَلۡعَبۡ Play
يَعۡصِرُوۡنَ Juice
مَعَاذَ ّٰ ِ Master
يٰصَاحِبَیِ السِّجۡنِ Prisoners
اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty

Further, in justification in the translation of CSIs, the researcher analyzed the words that comparing the word base of a source language with the target language point that has the same meaning, but obviously not equals one. Like رَايَۡتُ means to look or see while translating it to the TT it meanings changes to word Dream. The basic comparison of these two words is the same.
That is both words are related to cognition and eyes. For instance, other words are ال َّ طيۡرُ Birds, اِ نِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty.
7.3.6 Synonymy: Synonymy is a near target language equivalent.
Table 6.
Examples of Synonymy applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
الۡکِتٰبِ Book
قۡتلُوُا Kill
ارَۡضًا Earth
Synonymy الذِئّۡبُ Wolf
دلَۡوَه Bucket
خَمۡرًا Wine
يٰبسِٰتٍ Dry

The translator has used good equivalents for the words chosen in the Surah Yusuf. For instance, الۡکِتٰبِ Book, Book in the TT and الۡکِتٰبِ in the ST are the synonymous word. Few other examples are mentioned in table 6.
7.3.7 Through translation:Through-translation, is a literal translation of common conflicts, names of organizations and compound parts. It can also be called: click or loan translation.
Table7.
Examples of Through-translation applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡبَ House of Yaqub
غَيٰبَتِ الۡجُبِّ Into the bottom of a pit
بِرَحۡمَتِنَا Mercy
Through Translation الۡاحََادِيۡثِ Events
ُّ يسۡجَنَ Prison
الۡعَزِيۡزِ Governor
الۡخَائِٓنيِۡنَ Betray
وَ ل َّ مَا فَتحَُوۡا Family

In through translation, the researcher found those words which have common collocations, name of organization or component of compounds in Surah Yusuf. Examples of through translations are House of Yaqub, اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡبَ is a component of the compound, Family وَ ل َّ مَا فَتحَُوۡا is the name of the organization, other examples are mentioned in table 7.
7.3.8 Modulation: Modulation occurs when the translator generates the original text message in TL text according to the current target language norms, as source language and target languages may differ visually.
Table8.
Examples of in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf Modulation applied
Strategy Source Text Target Text
يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ Devices
Modulation لَسٰرِقوُۡنَ Thieves
مَ َّکنَّ ا Power
وَ قَدَّ تۡ Ripped

The modulation occurs in the translation of culture-specific items when we are translating the word or phrase from the source text to target text according to the new norms and traditions in TT culture. For instance, Devices are the word that had been translated from the Arabic word يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ which means to plan something while in English it is opposite which means tools.
7.3.9 Notes: Notes, additions, and glosses are additional information that a translator must add to the version; The additional information that translators add is usually cultural.
Table9.
Examples of Notes applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty
Notes تعَۡبدُوُۡنَ Worship
ال َّ شيۡطٰنُ Satan
بِثمََنٍ ۢ بَخۡسٍ Paltry price

In this strategy, the translator adds some additional information to his version, The additional information that translators add is usually cultural. For example اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ is a word which means that giving the order is limited or quality related to Al-Mighty God while the translator used the word sovereign which means authority. Worship is a word which means to follow or obey someone, the translator can use it in his point of view while in Arabic تعَۡبدُوُۡ نَ which means a quality limited to God.

===Conclusion and Recommendations===

8. Conclusion and Recommendations

This chapter summarizes the findings of the study. It also provides some recommendations regarding the application of translation procedures in translation between language systems.

8.1 Summary of the Findings

The translator applied nine translation procedures out of seventeen of Newmark’s translation procedures in the translation of the Surah Yusuf of the Holy Quran, namely, transference, cultural equivalent, functional equivalent, descriptive equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, through translation, modulation and notes. The cultural equivalent strategy was the most frequent applied procedure. The descriptive equivalent and through translation procedure was the second most frequently applied translation procedure, It was followed by transference, functional equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, modulation and notes. It is a descriptive study in which CSIs from ST translated to TT.

8.2 Conclusion

The present study purpose was to explore the CSIs in Surah Yusuf of the Holy Quran and to investigate which translation strategy proposed by Newmark (1988) were employed by the translator to overcome culture-specific items. Obviously, the researcher has worked hard to clear the way for future students of translation. Throughout the research, the researcher faced a lot of challenges and findings were revealed, some of them are the following;

• Between Arabic and English, there is a big cultural gap. Till now, this problem is considered as an unsolvable problem.

• Lack of reading and translating religious books.

• Many mistakes are made by the translators because they were unknown to the ST.

• The translators have to go through or review the previous translation of the Quranic scripture to solve the problem that they might face in the process of their translation.

The procedures used in this study will help the translator to render culture-specific terms accurately. Thus, the researcher worked well to fill the linguistic gaps between Arabic and English. Furthermore, Newmark’s translation procedures helped the translator make the translation sound more natural to the TR. It can be observed from the analysis that Newmark’s translation procedures were effective in translating the Islamic texts. The findings of the study might help students of translation and practitioners in the field of TS to get familiar with the most influential strategies in rendering cultural specific items. They can use the findings of the study to employ translation tasks in translations. Educational planners can use the findings of this study to specify the most influential, dominant strategies to conduct a target-oriented/sourceoriented translation. To sum up, it should be emphasized that the focus of this particular study was on religious genre. Investigating CSIs in different genres could lead to new areas of research for interested researchers. Accordingly, the information gained from this study may prove useful to translators, translation teachers, and student learners as it will help them improve their translation skills with the special attention of culture-specific items and will allow them Give texts when having a broad view of translation. Other researchers can derive similar effects from many of the findings of the same study.

This study is similar to other studies that might have several limitations which need to be taken into account. The study focused on one Surah translated by one translator. Examining different Surahs of the Holy Quran and their translations by other authors from different cultures might lead to interesting facts or they might confirm the findings of this study. Different translators might employ different strategies. Further research is needed to confirm or disconfirm the findings of this study. Newmark's strategies are not limited to the cultural features of the language. But it also covers the linguistic specifications. To narrow down the subject of the study, the linguistic aspects of the text were ignored. Comparing these linguistic aspects could be another interesting topic and venue for further research.
Finally, It may be concluded that Newmark’s translation procedures are necessary for the translation of an Islamic text between two different language systems and cultures. However, the translator must be competent in using the translation procedures to provide an accurate translation.

8.3 Recommendations

The researcher furnished a set of recommendations in the light of the findings reached and the results obtained. The recommendations can make a helpful set of guidelines for both existing and potential translators in general and for translating religious texts of two languages that are not closely related. These recommendations are tentative and are subject to modification upon closer investigation by translation scholars and professionals:

• The researcher recommends that the study of translation procedures should be included in the university curriculum for students who study translation, to help them in solving the problems of translating religious texts.

• It is recommended for translastors to use the translation procedures appropriately in order to deliver the meaning of the source text correctly.

• The researcher also recommends examining the application of other kinds of translation procedures on Islamic texts based on other models such as Andrew Chesterman’s translation procedures.

• It would also be beneficial to investigate Newmark’s translation procedures to various types of texts such as medical texts and journalistic texts.

=== References ===
Abdi, H. (2019). Translating culture-specific items (CSIs) as a conundrum for Iranian MA translation students: Considering the level of study. Journal of new advances in English Language Teaching and Applied Linguistics, 1(1), 88-109.

Aguado-Gimenez, P., & Pérez-Paredes, P. F. (2005). Translation-strategies use: A classroombased examination of Baker’s taxonomy. Meta: journal des traducteurs/Meta:
Translators' Journal, 50(1), 294-311.

Ahmadi, M. R.S and Nosrati, Fatemah. (2012). Domestication and Foreignization Strategies in Translation of Culture-Specific Items. Translations of English-Persian Children’s Literature. San Francisco: Grin Publishing. Google Books.

Al Saleh, R. A. (2019). An Application of Newmark's Procedures to Muhammad Abul Quasem's Alleman, J. C. Bee. W. Ulitkin, I. Files, F., Zetzsche, J., Chatonnet-Marton, P. & y del Árbol, E. V. Translation Strategies.

Al-Sofi, B. B. M. A., & Abouabdulqader, H. (2020). Bridging the gap between translation and culture: towards a cultural dimension of translation. International journal of linguistics, literature and culture, 6(1), 1-13.

Baker, M., 1992. In Other Words: A Coursebook on Translation. London: Routledge, p.20–42.

Blažytė, D., & Liubinienė, V. (2016). Culture-specific items (CSI) and their translation strategies in Martin Lindstrom’s" Brand sense". Kalbų studijos, (29), 42-57.

Bush, P. (1998) "Literary Translation." In: M. Baker, ed. Routledge Encyclopedia of Translation Studies, London: Routledge, pp.127-130.

Catford. J. C. (1965). A linguistic theory of translation. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
English Translation of Mohammad Al-Ghazali's Islamic Guidance.Literature and Culture, 6(1), 1-13.

Gečaitė, L. (2020). Culture-Specific Items and Their Translation Strategies in Victoria Hislop's Novel The Sunrise.” (2020).

Hassan, B. E. A. (2014). Between English and Arabic: A practical course in translation.
Cambridge Scholars Publishing.

Hermans, T. (1999). Translation in systems. Manchester: St. Jerome Publication House, J. (Ed.). (2014). Translation: a multidisciplinary approach. Springer.
Issa, A. L. S. M., & Hammood, L. H. R.- Quranic-Specific Phrases under the Study of Translation; Significance and Applications.

Janfaza, E., Assemi, A., & Dehghan, S. S. (2012). Language, translation, and culture.
In International Conference on Language, Medias and Culture (Vol. (33), p. 83-87).

Janfaza, E., Assemi, A., & Dehghan, S. S. (2012). Language, translation, and culture.
In International Conference on Language, Medias and Culture (Vol. 33, p. 83-87).

Lambert, J. (1998) Literary Translation. In: M. Baker, ed. Routledge Encyclopedia of Translation Studies. London: Routledge, 130-134.

Landers, Clifford E. (2001) Literary Translation: A practical guide. New Jersey University Press: Multilingual Maters.

Lustig, Myron, W. and Koeser, Joline (2003), Intercultural Competence: Interpersonal Communication Across Cultures, Boston: Allyn and Bacon.

Malmkjær, K. (1993). Who Can Make Nice A Better Word Than Pretty? Collocation, Translation, and Psycholoinguistics. In: Baker, M., Francis, G. and Tognini-Bonelli, E.
eds. Text and Technology. Philadelphia/Amsterdam: John Benjamins Publishing Company. pp.213-32.

Mosavat, S., & Rahimpour, S. (2016). The Most and Least Used Translation Strategies for
Conveying Culture-Specific-Items in Young Adult Literature from English into Persian. International Journal of Humanities and Cultural Studies (IJHCS) ISSN 23565926, 1853-1873.

Munday, J. (1997). Systems in Translation: A computer-assisted systemic approach to the analysis of translation of García Márquez. Ph.D thesis, University of Bradford.

Newmark, P. (2001). A Textbook of Translation. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language
Education Press

Newmark, Peter. (1988). A Textbook of Translation. New Jersey: Prentice-Halls

Nord, Christiane. (1997). Translating as a Purposeful Activity: Functionalist Approaches
Explained. Manchester: St. Jerome. Accessed 10 November. 2018. Google Books Schjoldager, A. (2008). Understanding translation. Academica: Århus.

Silalahi, M., & Lubis, S. (2013). Translation Procedures of Cultural Terms Found In Sejarah Bilingual For Students of Senior High School.
Valipoor, K., & andAzizeh Chalak, H. H. T. (2019). Cultural-specific items in translation of the Holy Quran by Irving: 43-51.

Venuti, L. (1995). The translator’s invisibility: A history of translation. London and New York:
Routledge

Widiarto, O. V. V. (2016). The translation procedures of cultural expressions applied in a game of thrones translated into Perebutan Tahta novel by Barokah Ruziati (Doctoral dissertation, Dian Nuswantoro University).

=Zohaib Chand AN INTRODUCTION TO TRANSLATION STUDIES: AN OVERVIEW Intan Pradita=

[[Trans_Type_EN_12]]

===Abstract===
This study aims to observe the development of translation studies through its different types, various strategies, styles and particular methods. In this paper, the readers are introduced to some famous translation scholars including their view of translation studies. At the further discussions, this study lets the readers acknowledge the main issues on translation studies, focusing on different styles of variations such as grammar, sentence structure, textual analysis, strategies and methods. This study may help those who are interested to conduct translation researches and help them by giving options of which theories is beneficial to their analysis. Moreover, it aims to explore the clear definition of translation as well as help the readers to understand the basic concept which are used in the field of translation. The present study, therefore, attempts to outline the scope of the discipline of translation studies and more importantly, it is an attempt to outline its activity that required a deep mastering of language, a good source of knowledge and target cultures.

===Key words ===
Translation, styles of variations, strategies

===Introduction ===
It is undoubtedly right that translation is important to share information. In line with these premise, the number of translation professionals is getting higher. In fact, the result of translation researches tends to help human daily life in term of evaluation, designing translator machines, and cultural studies. Therefore, translation means converting written information from one language into another. It is the new discipline appeared in the second half of the 20th century. The term “Translation Studies” was coined by James S. Holmes, an American-Dutch poet and translator of poetry, in his seminal paper “The Name and Nature of Translation Studies”. Translation enables effective communication between people around the world. It is a courier for the transmission of knowledge, a protector of cultural heritage, and essential to the development of a global economy. Translation helps us to know about the developments in the field of creative arts, education, literature, business, science and politics. It has shifted from the traditional conception of the fixed, stable and unchangeable nature of the text and its meaning to a text with wide scope for variations. Translation also helps in nation building. In this globalised world, the demand for translation and language related services has increased many times. Translation is not only needed for the creation of national identity but has also become an essential tool for keeping pace with the processes of globalization and localization. The activity of translation has a long-standing tradition and has been widely practiced throughout history, but in our rapidly changing world its role has become of paramount importance. Nowadays, knowledge in which cultural exchanges have been widening, has been increasingly expanding and international communication has been intensifying, the phenomenon of translation has become fundamental. Be it for scientific, medical, technological, commercial, legal, cultural or literary purposes, today human communication depends heavily on translation and, consequently, interest in the field is also growing. Accordingly, the discussion, in the present study, proceeds primarily from the perspectives of “Translation Studies” and “Linguistics”. One major goal is to show the interrelationships between linguistics and translation, and how they benefit from each other. Nowadays, translation research has started to take another path, which is more automatic. The invention of the internet, together with the new technological developments in communication and digital materials, has increased cultural exchanges between nations. This leads translators to look for ways to cope with these changes and to look for more practical techniques that enable them to translate more and waste less. They also felt the need to enter the world of cinematographic translation, hence the birth of audiovisual translation. The latter technique, also called screen translation, is concerned with the translation of all kinds of TV programs, including films, series, and documentaries. This field is based on computers and translation software programs, and it is composed of two methods; dubbing and subtitling. In fact, audiovisual translation marks a changing era in the domain of translation.
In short, translation has very wide and rich history in the West. Since its birth, translation was the subject of a variety of research and conflicts between theorists. Each theorist approaches it according to his viewpoint and field of research, the fact that gives its history a changing quality.

Discussion

Translation is an activity that requires deep mastering of languages, a good knowledge of source and target cultures. It is also linked with the translation method, strategies and styles of variations. Each translation type requires different translation method. In this paper, it is an attempt to outline that there are several types of translation. Each type is defined by different scholars through different criteria to the contextual situation of communication. In this paper, we will be writing down the three prominent types of translation through various medium namely; technical translation, literary translation and pragmatic translation. For each type, a selection of examples will be considered for analysis based on translation theories and techniques. We will show that some chunks of text require literal translation, while other requires interpretive method. In addition, this paper will also examine various strategies and its styles of variations based on translational study. The following strategies will be presented in the paper as;

• They involve text manipulation.
• They must be applied to the process.
• They are goal-oriented.
• They are problem-centered.
• They are applied consciously.
• They are inter-subjective.

Most theorists agree that strategies are used by translators when they encounter a problem and literal translation is not useful. Different researchers have investigated and described various translation strategies from their different perspectives. It intends to show what translation strategies exist and when and why they are used by professional translators. Different scholars have various perspectives to the aspects of the act of translation, so, they define and describe different types of strategies. Bergen's (n. d.) classification of the strategies includes three categorizations which will be discussed mainly in this paper:

• Comprehension strategies
• Transfer strategies
• Production strategies

An addition to this paper, styles of variations will also be introduced to the readers through different aspects and examples. The concept of style can be defined in terms of the distinctive way an individual or a group uses language, or better still the discourse used to perform distinct functions of language aimed at achieving specific purposes. However, this does not entail that style is simply a matter of form since it is the product of other components such as the genre of discourse, its semantics, syntax and phonology. Indeed, in order to analyze a given stylistic variation one needs an extensive checklist that includes lexical and grammatical categories, allusions, and figures of speech. Style can be understood to refer to the recurring typical features of the source text compared to the typical features of the translated text. In a quantitative and qualitative analysis, this variation is shown to be influenced by several pragmatic and social factors, and to index the interpreters' stances towards source speakers and towards the immigrant court users who are the recipients of translations from English. It is argued that translation styles have profound consequences for limited English speakers, as the insistence on institutional norms in translating to them is viewed as a gate keeping behavior that may impede their full participation in the proceedings.

What is translation?

Translation went through various definitions going from a mere linguistics activity during the sixties, a cultural and communicative activity during the seventies reflects the social impacting activity in the latest founding of the literature.
“Translation is traditionally known as being the replacement of textual material in one language into equivalent textual material in another language”.
House (2015) mentions that translation is considered as the “replacement” of a text in the source language by a semantically and pragmatically equivalent text in the target language. It is strongly related to a source language and target language cultures. It requires a high level of mastery languages, an awareness of any contextual factors within which the discourse emerges. There is no need to mention how it affected civilizations through different areas of mankind history. For example, An Arab-Islamic civilizations. There have always been different directions on how one should or should not translate. In the Arab tradition, two main methods existed and were in complete divergence namely the literal and the free method.
On the other hand, in the Western tradition there are various methods currently exist namely, the linguistic, the hermeneutic, the interpretive, the functionalist, the interventionist, the poly-systemic and the text-typologist method. More so, it may be important to point out that translation has been defined in many ways, and every definition reflects the theoretical approach underpinning it.
As Shuttlworth and Cowie (1997) observe throughout the history of research into translation, the phenomenon has been variously delimited by formal descriptions, echoing the frameworks of the scholars proposing them. For example, Bell (1991: XV) starts with an informal definition of translation, which runs as follows: the transformation of a text originally in one language into an equivalent text in a different language retaining, as far as is possible, the content of the message and the formal features and functional roles of the original text.
At the beginning of the ‘scientific’ (Newmark, 1988, p. 2) study of translation, Catford (1965, p. 20) described it in these terms, the replacement of textual material in one language (SL) by the equivalent textual material in another language.
Thirty years later, in Germany, the concept of translation as a form of ‘equivalence’ is maintained, as we can see from Koller’s definition (1995, p. 196): “The result of a text processing activity, by means of which a source language text is transposed into a target-language text. Between the resultant text in L2 (the target-language text) and the source text in L1 (the source language text) there exists a relationship, which can be designated as a translational, or equivalence relation”. Because complete equivalence (in the sense of synonymy or sameness) cannot take place in any of his categories, Jakobson (1959) declares that all poetic art is, therefore, technically untranslatable. That is, the translator has to take the question of interpretation into account in addition to the problem of selecting a TL phrase which will have a roughly similar meaning. Exact translation is impossible. In this regard, Bassnett (1996) claims that all texts, being part of a literary system descended from and related to other systems are “translations of translation of translations”: every text is unique and at the same time, it is the translation of another text. No text is entirely original because language itself, in its essence, is already a translation: firstly, of the non-verbal world and secondly, since every sign and every phrase is the translation of another sign and another phrase. However, this argument can be turned around without losing any of its validity: all texts are original because every translation is distinctive. Every translation, up to a certain point, is an invention and as such it constitutes a unique text.
In this analysis of the above definition, Manfredi (2008), points out that the above distinction can be divided into two main perspectives, those that consider translation either as a ‘process’ or a ‘product’. To this twofold categorization, Bell (1991, p. 13) adds a further variable, since he suggests making a distinction between translating (the process), a translation (the product) and translation (i.e., “the abstract concept which encompasses both the process of translating and the product of that process”. Moreover, thanks to advances in new technologies, today we can also incorporate into TS the contribution of corpus linguistics, which allows both theorists and translators analyses of large amounts of electronic texts (Manfredi, 2008). On the other hand, Halliday (1992, p. 15) takes translation to refer to the total process and relationship of equivalence between two languages; we then distinguish, within translation, between “translating” (written text) and “interpreting” (spoken text). Halliday, thus, proposes distinguishing the activity of “translation” (as a process) from the product(s) of “translating”, including both “translation” (concerning written text) and ‘interpreting’ (regarding spoken text.
“Translation is the production of a functional target text maintaining a relationship with a given source text that is specified according to the intended or demanding function of the target text.

Types of Translation

Translation is an activity that requires deep mastering of languages, a good knowledge of source and target cultures. It is also linked with the translation method, strategies and styles of variations. Each translation type requires different translation method. In this paper, it is an attempt to outline that there are several types of translation. Each type is defined by different scholars through different criteria to the contextual situation of communication. In this paper, we will be writing down the three prominent types of translation through various medium namely; technical translation, literary translation and pragmatic translation.

Technical translation

Technical translation is a type of specialized translation involving the translation of documents produced by technical writers, or more specifically, texts which relate to technological subject areas or texts which deal with the practical application of scientific and technological information. (Wikipedia)
Translators' main goal is to accurately translate the technical terminology to match the document and the message of the original content.

The benefits of technical translation

A professional technical translation service is provided by translators with dual specialties, that is, professionals who are fluent in the language pair, but who are also experts in the field covered by the documents to be translated.
When you need to have your documents translated by a technical translator, translators who are not experts may not be able to provide the necessary solutions and terminology for a quality translation. If the translator is not an expert in the field, he/she will have to learn the new terminology while working. This means that translation will take longer, have higher chances of inaccuracies, and may result in higher costs. Therefore, the main advantages of hiring an agency specialized in this type of service are as follows:

Literary translation

Literary translation is the translation of creative and dramatic prose and poetry into other languages. This includes the translation of literature from ancient languages and the translation of modern fiction so that it can reach a wider audience.
Literary translation is of huge importance. It helps to shape our understanding of the world around us in many ways. Reading Homer and Sophocles as part of a classical education in school helps to build an understanding of history, politics, philosophy and so much more. Meanwhile, reading contemporary translations provides fascinating insights into life in other cultures and other countries. In a fast-paced world so rife with misunderstanding and confusion, such efforts to share knowledge and experiences across cultural boundaries should be applauded.
The translation of literature differs greatly from other forms of translation. The sheer size of the texts involved in literary translation sets it apart. Tackling a translation that runs to hundreds of thousands of words is not a task for the faint-hearted. Nor is recreating poetry in a new language, without losing the beauty and essence of the original work.
One of the key challenges of literary translation is the need to balance staying faithful to the original work with the need to create something unique and distinctive that will evoke the same feelings and responses as the original. This can be particularly challenging when it comes to translating poetry.
Poems are written with incredible attention to detail. Not only are the words and phrases important, but the number of syllables and the entire rhythm of the completed work. It’s a challenging task to complete just in one language, let alone when trying to recreate a poet’s work during a translation. Daniel Hahn, director of the British Centre for Literary Translation, sums up the issue beautifully.
As literary translators will attest, a single word can be extremely troublesome. The author of a work of fiction has chosen that word for a good reason, so the translator must ensure that it is faithfully delivered in the target language. However, what if no direct translation is available? Or what if several options exist, each with a slightly different nuance? Urdu language translator Fahmida Riaz outlines her approach to such thorny issues.
For instance, “Every piece you translate comes from the pen of an individual, so you have to give it an individual treatment. I try to retain the ambience of the original culture, rather than the language, as it is reflected in the text.”

Pragmatic translation

Pragmatic translation is the basic assumption that provided a source language text contains no misstatements of fact, is competently written and has to be fully translated rather than summarized or functionally reorientated; one's purpose in translating it is to be referentially and pragmatically accurate. In this paper, I shall not deal with referential accuracy but concentrate instead on the pragmatic aspects of translation. As the term pragmatic translation may be used in a variety of ways, I should like to state my own definition of pragmatic, which derives from Charles Morris and ultimately from Charles S. Peirce. I am using pragmatic as one of the two factors in translation: pragmatic denotes the reader's or readership's reception of the translation, as opposed to referential, which denotes the relationship between the translation and the extra-linguistic reality it describes.
Translation is a properly way to a properly communication and pragmatics is how to use language in communication properly. By translation, many things from different languages and cultures can understand to each other. In other words, translation can be stated as a facilitator to make a communication runs well.

===An Overview on Translation Studies ===

===Main Issues in Translation Studies: Equivalence or Variations ===

=== Matthiessen's Parameter on Register Variations===

===Conclusion ===

=== References ===

= Muhammad Numan A Study to Explore the Translation Strategies of Idiomatic Expression from Urdu to English ; A Case Study of Sadat Hassan Manto’s Short Story “Khol Do” =
[[Trans_Type_EN_13]]

===Abstract===
Translation is necessary for developing knowledge and idea, but it also makes the people understand the language and culture of other people or countries. However, equivalence is essential during translation, especially when the translator wants to translate idiomatic expressions in the best possible way. Therefore it is necessary to follow up on some strategies during the translation process. The research work is carried out under the qualitative method with textual analysis techniques as significant. Mona Baker's model for idiomatic expression is explored with the help of different examples from collected data. The primary purpose of this study is to find out which types of strategies are being followed by the translator during the translation process. It was found that translation by paraphrasing, translation by similar words and meaning and translation by similar meaning and different words.
===Key words ===
Translation Strategies, Idiomatic expression, Sadat Hassan Manto, Urdu Literature --[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 09:45, 12 December 2021 (UTC)

===Introduction ===

In this chapter, the researcher wants to highlight the different concepts about the fundamental question that "what is idiomatic expression" and the views of various critics, theorists and linguistic experts, and prominent scholars of translation studies.--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 15:38, 13 December 2021 (UTC) Among them are Lindalorri, Mona Baker, Newmark's, and many more define idioms from their point of view. Secondly, the researcher highlights one of the most prominent literary and short stories writers of the sub-continent Sadat Hassan Manto, his life, literary style, and short stories career. In the last statement of the problem, the objective of the research, which type of strategies was followed in the translation process, purposes of study, and delimitation of studies are explained one by one.

Many critics, theorists, and linguists define idioms differently. However, in general, an idiom is a phrase or expression that typically has a metaphorical, non-literal meaning connected to it. However, phrases can become figurative idioms while keeping the literal meaning of the words. However, according to the Oxford Dictionary of English, a set of words is established by usage as having a meaning not deducible from the meanings of the constituent terms (e.g., over the moon, see the light).

"What is particularly remarkable about idioms is that they can be described in a variety of ways, depending on the roles they fulfilled," writes (Linda 2006: 8). "A string of words whose meaning differs from the meaning supplied by the individual words" is what an idiom is, according to (Larson 1984: 20). Idioms are "at the end of the scale from collocations in one or both of the areas: flexibility of patterning and transparency of meaning," according to (Baker 1992: 23). Idioms are defined by (Yagihashi 2003, 22) as a "collection of words whose meaning cannot be guessed from their meaning.". According to Newmark, “Idioms are word groups whose meaning cannot be deduced from the meaning of individual words.”(Newmark 1981: 11).--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 15:38, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

The whole meaning of each word that makes up an idiom cannot be considered the idiom's overall meaning. As a result, an idiom should not be translated. To remark that someone is bull-headed, for example, suggests that he or she is obstinate, even though the connotation has nothing to do with the words bull or headed. According to Corelli, English has a sizeable idiomatic base. About 4,000 idioms in American English are drawn from the nation's culture and everyday life. Idioms infect English with a peculiar flavor and offer it remarkable diversity, brilliant character, and color. She also feels that idiomatic expressions not only assist language learners in understanding English culture but also penetrating English people's traditions and lifestyles and gaining a deeper understanding of English history.(Corelli 2006: 53)

The main issue that idiomatic and fixed expressions pose for translators, according to Baker is twofold: "the ability to recognize and interpret an idiom correctly; and the difficulties involved in rendering the various aspects of meaning that an idiom or a fixed expression conveys into the target language. The first challenge that a translator encounters is understanding that she/he is dealing with an idiomatic expression.(Baker 1992: 65)

Sadat Husain Manto's writings also include numerous literary criticism, studies in Urdu, and many translations from Urdu into English. He is credited with having brought Urdu language and literature into the mainstream of contemporary international writing. There is no doubt that Sadat Hassan Manto was the most prolific of all modern writers in the sub-continent. Manto's published a substantial number of short stories during his short literary life span, and novelette gave some master piece work to Urdu literature. The noble laureate Hemingway mentions the lunatic life of great Manto's in his speeches. The current research study aims at discovering and determining the strategies used in translations of "khol do" short stories about sexual violence during partition of sub-continent and "license" a short story which throw light on the behavior of society toward widow his profession which lead toward prostitution by Aatesh Taseer an Indian born translator currently living in London having solid links with native country and culture.(Ahsan 2020: 12-27)--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 15:44, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Literature Review ===

In this chapter, the author/researcher defines the strategy and its different definitions from various perspectivess. However, the sole focus is only on the strategy of translation studies. Furthermore, renowned academicians put forward their definition of strategy like Venutti quoted translation strategy as the theory of de construction-sim, which is progressive and future-oriented.(Venutti !995, 35 Krings defines it as the content of the project, while Seguinet divided the term into three steps.(Krings 2000:21). However, Locher defines it as the procedure of solving a problem faced in translating a text. Jaskelaine involves the primary task of choosing the SL text and developed a method to translate it. (Locher 2002:76) In last, the author points out his research work's sole purpose by mentioning different research work on Mento's short stories except for this angle. --[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:30, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

The term "strategy" is used in a variety of settings. Many theorists in translation studies have used the phrase "translation methods" interchangeably, although with significant distinctions in meaning and perspective. The following is a collection of more general definitions of the term strategy. A strategy is a long-term set of actions to achieve a specific goal (Wikipedia Committee, n. d.).A methodical plan for improving one's learning performance has been actively altered and mentioned (Instruction Curriculum Reading Glossary, n. d.)
A strategy is a well-thought-out, intentional, goal-oriented (with a measurable outcome) approach carried out through a series of actions that can be monitored and modified (Curriculum Learning Literate-Futures Glossary, n. d.)

A collection of particular mental and behavioral procedures is taken to reach a given result. These definitions are general and can be related to different fields of study. This study mainly concerns translation strategies, although the definitions mentioned above can be narrowed down to this research field, as well. Translation strategies have their characteristics, through which one can gain a proper understanding of them. In general, a translator employs a strategy when confronted with a challenge while translating a text; nevertheless, translation methods are not required when translating a text literally. Bergen points out that strategies are not always obvious or straightforward. (Bergen 1996:33)

Although beginners in the field of translation believe they have done a successful translation when they translate word for word and utilize a dictionary, they do not realize that there is still a problem and that adjustments must be made at various levels of the translation. As a result, the most critical purpose of the strategies is to solve problems. "Venuti attempted to put deconstructionist translation theory into practice by proposing the "resistant translation" technique as an alternative to the standard "smooth translation. This technique tries to reverse the colonial concept of translation, English-American culture centralism, and the value of imperialist culture from an ideological standpoint. (Vinute 1998:41).--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:30, 13 December 2021 (UTC)
It aims to retain "foreignness" rather than seeking similarity in translation principles and methods. The author believes Venuti's translation strategy is quite progressive and future-oriented, with the development of international communications on an equal footing. However, it will take time to implement fully." (Jianzhong. .Krings 1986, 18) defines translation strategy as "a translator's potentially deliberate objectives for solving concrete translation problems specific translation task in the context of a project."The translators adopted three global tactics, according to Seguinot (i) translating uninterrupted for as long as possible; (ii) resolving surface flaws as soon as possible; (iii) leaving text quality and stylistic problems to the editing stage.(Seguinot 1989:27)--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:30, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

Furthermore, Loescher defines translation strategy as "a possibly conscious technique for overcoming a difficulty encountered in translating a text, or any segment thereof."(Loescher 1991:8) As stated in this definition, consciousness is vital in distinguishing strategies employed by learners and translators. "The element of consciousness is what distinguishes strategies from these activities that are not strategic," (Cohen 1998:4) claim moreover, 'Bell' distinguishes between global (whole-text) and local (text segment) techniques and indicates that this distinction is the outcome of several types of translation challenges.(Bell 1998:188)

According to Venuti, "involve the core tasks of picking the foreign text to be translated and establishing a way to translate it."(Venuti 1998, 240). He uses the terms "domesticating" and "foreignizing" to describe them. Ordudari, considering the process and outcome of translation, Jaaskelainen divides methods into two primary categories: some strategies deal with what happens to texts, while others deal with what happens during the translation process. According to Jaaskelainen, product-related strategies entail the essential tasks of selecting the SL content and establishing a technique for translating it. On the other hand, process-related strategies are "a set of (loosely articulated) rules or principles that a translator applies to attain the goals determined by the translating scenario.(Jaaskelainen 2005:15)

Furthermore, Jaaskelainen distinguishes between global and local strategies, stating that "global strategies refer to general principles and modes of action, while local strategies refer to specific activities concerning the translator's problem-solving and decision-making.(Jaaskelainen 2005:16). Newmarkdistinguishes between translation methods and translation procedures. (Newmark 1988, 81) also distinguishes between translation techniques and procedures, writing, "While translation methods are employed for full texts, translation procedures are utilized for sentences and smaller units of language."(Newmark 1988, 221)

Apart from other literature like poetry, drams and other subcultures also produce literary genius in short stories. Monto is one of them. His literature is translated into different languages with a different theme in his work. Apart from the story of division, Manto's books are characterized by powerful female characters. Manto combines the physical brutality of division with the intellectual cruelty that sex and sexuality face inside the Indio Pak subcontinent's social framework (Ranjan 2004, 3). Manto's female characters, according to Ispahani, are characterized by their sexual fragilities, such as sexual humiliation, rape, and prostitution. "They are nearly always victims, with the power only to cause their destruction," she believes. Sakina's body movement reveals how severely she was sexually raped. Sakina's silence and pain depict the savagery of her rape to the point where they lost their ability to communicate. Manto's short stories present another perspective on trauma through the absence of the subject converses (Mehta 2018, 9). Bingo by Tariq Rahman explores sexual repression, social injustice, and war tragedies. Wartime rape has existed since the beginning of conflicts, and penetrators consider it one of their weapons of war (Isikozlu, 2016:13).

The concept of hegemonic binary was introduced by the second wave of feminism, which depicts patriarchal conduct as sexually superior and powerful. At the same time, women are sexually inferior and submissive argue (Marinucci, 2010:15). Sexual trauma serves as a link between the victim and society; it ruins the victim's sense of safety, leads to low self-esteem, and silences them called by (Lewis 2017:54). Saadat Hasan Manto (1912-1955) was one of the most well-known, controversial, and provocative Urdu writers of the twentieth century. Despite being a prolific writer of essays, plays, film scripts, and novels, he was best known for his short tales. Born in Punjab, he began his writing career in Bombay before moving to Lahore, Pakistan, in January 1948, a few months after partition (Hasan 1984:12). Following that, his stories generally centered on a partition, exploring its human effects from various perspectives.

Manto's works are notable for their realism, word economy, dependence on internal components, and, most notably, their abrupt, often distressingly unclear ends (Akhtar and Flemming 1985:9). While Tariq Rahman wrote Bingo, he is a writer, playwright, and critic who has made significant contributions to Urdu literature through his writing. Research work was carried out on the comparison of "bingo" and "khol do."
The purpose of this thesis is to compare the two short stories Khol Do and Bingo, both of which focus on women and violence, particularly wartime rape, which makes women more vulnerable than ever before. This paper explores how women are victims of war and partition, making them doubly marginalize primarily due to the hegemonic binaries of men and women. Both of the stories aim to reflect the stigmata of our society regarding the violence and cruel treatment of women since their existence. Furthermore, via the lenses of feminism and post-colonialism, it examines how varied wartime weapons can be for both gender binaries. The writers' audacity causes us to reflect on the inhumane treatment of women in everyday life and even in wartime when they are with the men who are supposed to defend the female..(Ahsan 2020: 12-27)--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:31, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

=== Theoritical Framework ===

In this paper, various strategies have been used, like using an idiom of similar meaning and similar form, the idiom of similar meaning and different form, translation by Paraphrasing, translation by omission. The approach of employing idioms of similar meaning and form, according to Mona Baker, entails using an idiom in the target language that can express about the same meaning as the source language idiom, as well as having lexical similarity. On the other hand, this type of matching happens periodically as well as regularly.(Baker, 1992, 13)

Similarly, employing idioms with similar meanings but different forms means that it is possible to locate an idiom or fixed expression in the target text language that has a similar meaning to the source idiom or expression but is made up of distinct lexical elements. Consider the case of English and French, both of which use the idiom mentioned above. In English, one good deed is rewarded with another, whereas in French, handsome deeds are rewarded with handsome deeds.

Furthermore, we did not come across any idioms in the category mentioned above during translating idioms. To deal with this issue, the translators used the most popular approach, known as a translation by paraphrase, which is short, straightforward, and time-saving. When a match cannot be identified in the target language or when it appears improper to employ idiomatic language in target material due to aesthetic differences between the source and target languages, this is the most typical approach for translating an idiom from source to target language. However, one thing to keep in mind is that a perfect translation is not required is necessary or possible.

Last but not least, to overcome the problem of idiom translation, the translator employs the strategy of translation by omission. This can be defined as an idiom being omitted entirely in the target text with a single word. This is done because the idiom has no close match in the target language; its meaning cannot be easily paraphrased or due to stylistic reasons.--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:38, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

Data analysis Techniques:
Textual analysis is the method of data analysis in qualitative research that brings forth the hidden and potent message, structure, and function of research in giving text, Alan Mckee (defines textual analysis as whenever we perform textual analysis on the text, we make an educated guess at some time of the most likely interpretations that might be made of that text (Alan 2001:3)
Analysis of the translation of short stories in light of Mona baker's theory "khol do and license" are short stories written by Sadat Hassan Manto and translated by many translators from Urdu into English. During translation, the translator adopted many strategies for translating idiomatic expression, sometimes by Paraphrasing, sometimes by omission, sometimes using similar idioms of form and meaning while sometimes using different words and the same form, the whole.
--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 09:51, 12 December 2021 (UTC)

===Discussion and Analysis===

The chapter analyzes and discusses all the data collected by the author/researcher from different sources. All the examples of idioms are first identified, then translated into the target text, and back-translated for the sole purpose of exploring the strategies being used by the translator. A separate section is given to every strategy with its related example. Moreover, the idiomatic expression, the target work for finding, is highlighted through the bold letter.

4.1 Translation by Paraphrasing:

Based on our findings, the most often used strategy was "translation by paraphrasing." An inspection also reveals that Aatish Taseer preferred this strategy. Here are some examples applied by the translators, and in the following section, the logic behind their preference towards this strategy is elaborate. The following are examples from two short stories of Sadat Husain Manto's "khol do" and "license."
Example 1:

ST: Sirajuddin ne subah das baji anki kholi to logo ka ail mutalatam samandar deka.

TT: Ten a.m., Siraj Uddin opens his eyes on the cold floor of the camp, seeing the swelling sea of men.

BT: sub ke das baji jab Sirajuddin ne apni anki koli to logo ka aik ublaha howa samandar ka nizara dekni laga.

So, the above idioms are literal idioms being translated with the help of Paraphrasing because there is no perfect equivalent of mutalatam words in English languages. A similar look at another idiom from short stories "khol do."

Example 2:

ST: Khuda tomahra bala kari.

TT: Your God will reward

BT: Is ka badla khoda tomahi di.

Here, the word reward is being used for Bala Kari, an example of transitional by Paraphrasing.
Let take another example from "khol do."

Example 3:

ST: unkho nai Jan khateli pa rak kar sakena ko donda.

TT: even putting their lives online, they search sakina

BT: apni zindagio ko khatri me dal kar unkho nai sakina ko dond nekala.

The above idioms are examples of pure idiom translated from Urdu into English with the help of paraphrases strategies. However, under the same strategies, the idioms of another short story of Manto,s "license," are translated by Aatish Taseer. Some of the examples are given below.

Example 4:

ST: Abu kochwan bara cheel jabela ta. It is the binomial type of idioms taken from the first sentence of the short story "license" by Sadat
Hasan Manto

TT: Abu kochwan is stylish man.

BT: Abu kochwan aik wazahdar admi ta.

From the above idiom, it is clear that there is no perfect equivalence of cheela chabela idiom in English; that is, the translator goes
through paraphrasing strategies. Look at another example from "license."

Example 5:

ST: Lein har waqat bank bani rekhi ka usi be had showk ta

TT: He had a weakness for style and fashion.

BT: Dan saj ke rekhna uski kamzori me sai ik ta.

So all of the above examples, which are analyzed one by one, are examples of idioms being translated through paraphrasing strategies. (De Beaugrande and Dressler 1981, 50) define paraphrases as "approximate conceptual equivalence among outwardly different material." Similarly, in this regard, Hirst defines paraphrases as "talk(ing) about the same situation in a different way." Munday declared that "equivalence is particularly useful in translating idioms and proverbs” For instance, if the English idiom like a bear with a sore head is rendered into Persian as (mesle borje zahremar), meaning like a tower of snake venom, the strategy of equivalence has been applied.

According to Leonardi, "Equivalence can be said to be the central issue in translation." In this regard, house believes that "a translation text should match not only its source text in function but also employ equivalent situational-dimensional means to achieve that function" (Baker 2002, 49). who shares this approach, states that equivalence is used "for the sake of convenience—because most translators are used to it rather than because it has any theoretical status" (Kenny 1998, 77).

Despite different attitudes to the concept of equivalence, most specialists pay much attention to its meaning in the theory of translation. The translation is a form of communication, and that is why it is vital to establish equivalence between the source text and the target text. Although Vinay and Darbelnet believe that equivalence is used differently than in modern translation theory, it is evident that equivalence is one of the basic concepts of translation that cannot be neglected. Consequently, based on the Above mentioned studies using Paraphrasing in translation stands as the core concept in the process of translation, and still, most of the translators cling to it for producing a more comprehensible and explicable text. These language ideas and translation models are ideal constructs, presented abstractly in order to be differentiated precisely. They may exist in an uneasy combination in actual theories and practices, resulting in logical tensions or inconsistencies. They must first contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation before they can contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation. Theories and actions must be contextualized in historical settings. They've been utilized as analytical tools to describe various topics in section introductions. Theoretical writings and current events these language notions and translation models are ideal constructs expressed in an abstract manner in order to be distinguished precisely in real-life hypotheses they may exist in an uncomfortable mix, resulting in logical conflicts or inconsistencies. They must first contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation before they can contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation.

4.2 Using an idiom of Similar Meaning and Form

As mentioned earlier, this strategy type is being used by Aatish Taseer during their translated work of Manto's short stories "khol do" and" license" on an occasional basis. Some examples are mention below.

From khol do.

Example 6:

ST: Larki ka rang zard hogaya.

TT: The girl's face became fail

BT: larki ka rang zar hogya.

Similarly, another example from the license is

Example 7:

ST: Abu our us ke mat beer hogaie

TT: They fall in love with each other.

BT: WO ik dosri ke mokhbat me geriftar hogaie

The above idioms are pure ones and are being translated with the help of similar meanings and similar forms.

The procedures: transposition, modulation, equivalence, and adaptation, and when it comes to defining the term Equivalence, (Vinay and Darbelnet 2000, 90) propose that it consists in rendering "the same situation … by two texts using completely different stylistic and structural methods", and when it comes to translating idiomatic expressions like "Il pleut à seaux" it can be translated as "It is raining cats and dogs" using the idiom of similar form and meaning in the target language.

As (Baker 1992, 12) states, this strategy involves using an idiom in the TL which conveys roughly the same meaning as that of the source language idiom and, in addition, consists of identical lexical items. The salient point is that this kind of match can only occasionally be achieved, which cannot be picked up more often by translators. Accordingly, both translators mentioned in the current study had quite a slim chance of using this strategy type.

4.3 Using an idiom of similar meaning but different form:

During translating Manto short stories, "khol do" and "license," some of the idioms are translated with the help of this strategy. Some of the examples are given below from two different short stories.

Example number one is from the short story "khol do"

Example 8:

ST: Aur bolwai gos ayai thee?

TT: The roitors come abroad.

BT: pasadi bahar agai hai.

The above idiom is a pure type of idiom being translated with the help of above mention strategy. The word rioter is being used for bolwai, which is not a perfect word for bolwai. In Urdu bolwai, people believe in violence when minorities or the low population of any country want some rights. These people stop them by using violence, burn down their properties, rapes women, and do things like that. Another example from the license is below.

Example 9:

ST: Dosri kotwal abu ko dek kar jal ban ho jati.

TT: The other coachman burn with envy.

BT: Abu ke kamyabi dek kar aur kotwal abu sai khasad karni lagi’

The above idioms are a pure idiom that reflects the effect of jealousy between competitors to achieve equivalency. Aatish Taseer uses envy word for jal ban instead of other which have similar meaning but different form. Look at the other example from "license."

Example 10:

ST: Dino lat vo lagal se kam karni laga.

TT: Dino came with an excuse.

BT: Dino abb bahi tarashni laga.

The above idioms are types of binomial idioms translated with the help of idioms with similar meanings and different forms. (Newmark 1988, 81) mentions the difference between translation methods and translation procedures. He writes that "[w]hile translation methods relate to whole texts, translation procedures are used for sentences and the smaller units of language" (Newmark 1988, 81). Idiomatic translation in his definition reproduces the 'message' of the original. However, it distorts nuances of meaning by preferring colloquialisms and idioms where these do not exist in the original, leading to using an idiom of similar meaning but a different form. Besides, it is often possible to find an idiom or fixed expression in the target language with a meaning similar to that of the source idiom or expression but which consists of different lexical items (Baker 1992, 12). Therefore, translators discover idiomatic expressions in the target language with different forms than in the source language. In the current study, the translators approached this strategy merely for 9% of the total times, which means the frequency of Iranian and English idioms with the same meaning and different forms is not considered high.

4.4 Translation by omission:

A translator is less using these strategies, and we did not find any clue on this type of strategy in an area under consideration.
--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 09:48, 12 December 2021 (UTC)

=== Findings===

(Mandelbit 1995) believed that idioms with different cognitive mapping in the target language would be more challenging to translate. After conducting study and data analysis of collected data, the result revealed that the translator frequently used three out of four strategies of the Mona Baker model during the translation process, which is a translation by Paraphrasing, translation by similar meaning and similar form, translation by similar meaning and different form. In contrast, translation by omission does not found in his work.
After detail and careful analysis of data, more than half of idioms like "swelling sea of man,” my lord break his arrogance, “weakness for style and fashion." As I mentioned earlier, many more are translated under the umbrella of Paraphrasing, which is considered the most common method used for translating idioms.

Similarly, we also reflect strategies like similar meaning and different form and similar meaning and similar form. The idiom "rioter came abroad,” burn with envy,” The girl's face became pale, " They fall in love with each other" are translated with the help of two mention strategies, respectively.

Although translation by omission is a strategy used on rare occasions because of its meaning, its meaning cannot be easily paraphrased or stylistic reason. Here, the researcher also did not find any idiom translated with the help of the omission strategy.

===Conclusion ===

Go through detailed discussion and analysis of data collected from my source. We finally concluded that the idioms present in two short stories, "khol do" and "License," are translated under the frame of Mona Baker's idiomatic model. Translation by Paraphrasing is mainly used while idioms of similar meaning and form and idioms of similar meaning and different forms are used occasionally. The researcher discusses all the strategies with related examples in the order of maximum used to minimum used. The strategy by omission did not find it works. All the data are collected from different sources and analyzed with the help of different researcher tools, and the result is written in light of the finding. Different from previous studies, the writer presents the strategies to translate idioms by each type of idiomatic expression found in the story. From the result, it is considered the translation of idiomatic expressions in the story is quite accurate. As the number of accurate data is more the data which is not related to the translation. We take conclusion from the translation through idiomatic expression and paraphrasing is the best way to translate a novel or a story however it is very difficult job to do because it needs more accurate and precise knowledge about the source language and an inspiring method to express ideas in the target language. However, translation is thing through which we can connect the world with each other and also we can study and observe diverse cultures.

=== References ===
Abu-Saydeh, A. F. (2004). Translation of English idioms into Arabic. Babel, 114-131.

Ahsan, S. (2020). A comparative study of two translations of manto's short story "Toba Tek". International Journal of English Language Studies, 12-27.

Alexander, R. J. (1987). Mimeograph. In R. J. Alexander (Ed.) Collocation and Culture. Trier: University of Trier, West Germany.

Al-Qinai, J. (2000). Translation quality assessment. strategies, parameters and procedures. Translator's Journal, 497-519.

Bayashi, J. (2020). Japanese-English translation: An advanced guide. Oxfordshire: Routledge.

Das, V. &. (1995). Critical events: An anthropological perspective on contemporary India. New Delhi: Oxford Printing Press.

Mufti, A. (2007). The Language of English India. In I. &. End (Ed.) Enlightenment in the Colony. Princeton University Press.

Waka Xia, L. (2019). A discourse analysis of news translation in China. Syydney: Routledge.

= Muhammad Saqib Mehran Problems in Translation Study =
[[Trans_Type_EN_14]]

===Abstract===

===Key words ===

===Introduction ===

===Ambiguity===

===Lexical and Structural Mismatches===

===Multiword units: Idioms and Collocations===

===Summary===

===Further Reading===

=刘胜楠 A Case Study of ''Ne Zha'' on Subtitle Translation Strategies from the Perspective of Skopos Theory=
[[Trans_Type_EN_15]]

Translation types, strategies, styles, methods

2021-12-13T16:44:03Z

Muhammad Numan: /* Translation Strategies */

'''Translation types, strategies, styles, methods'''

[[Translation_types,_strategies,_styles,_methods|Overview Page of Translation types, strategies, styles, methods]]

30 Chapters（0/30)

[[Trans_Type_EN_1]] [[Trans_Type_EN_2]] [[Trans_Type_EN_3]] [[Trans_Type_EN_4]] [[Trans_Type_EN_5]] [[Trans_Type_EN_6]] [[Trans_Type_EN_7]] [[Trans_Type_EN_8]] [[Trans_Type_EN_9]] [[Trans_Type_EN_10]] [[Trans_Type_EN_11]] [[Trans_Type_EN_12]] [[Trans_Type_EN_13]] [[Trans_Type_EN_14]] [[Trans_Type_EN_15]] [[Trans_Type_EN_16]] [[Trans_Type_EN_17]] [[Trans_Type_EN_18]] [[Trans_Type_EN_19]] [[Trans_Type_EN_20]] [[Trans_Type_EN_21]] [[Trans_Type_EN_22]] [[Trans_Type_EN_23]] [[Trans_Type_EN_24]] [[Trans_Type_EN_25]] [[Trans_Type_EN_26]] [[Trans_Type_EN_27]] [[Trans_Type_EN_28]] [[Trans_Type_EN_29]] [[Trans_Type_EN_30]] ...

[[Book_projects|Back to translation project overview]]

[[DCG-To-Do|To the To Do List]]

=阳佳颖 Analysis On Subtitling Strategies in the American Version of the ''Legend of Zhen Huan''=

'''浅析美版《甄嬛传》的字幕翻译策略'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_1]]

阳佳颖 Yang Jiaying, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 2: The Use of Translation Strategy and Translation Methods in Tourism Texts under the Guidance of Peter Newmark's Translation Theory -- A Case Study of ''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''=
'''纽马克翻译理论指导下旅游文本中翻译策略与翻译方法的使用——以''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_2]]

刘晓 Liu Xiao, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 3: Translation methods and strategies for novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory -- A case study of Korean novel Eun-ju's Movie (Excerpt)=
交际翻译理论指导下小说题材所适用的翻译方法和翻译策略—以韩国小说集《恩珠的电影》（节选）为例

[[Trans_Type_EN_3]]

刘越Liu Yue ，Hunan Normal University，China

=Chapter 4: On Translation Strategies and Translation Methods in Chinese Translation of English Prose -- A Case Study of Chinese Translation of English Prose "Pleasures of Ignorance"=

'''浅析英语散文汉译中的翻译策略和翻译方法——以英语散文《无知的乐趣》汉译本为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_4]]

毛雅文 Mao Yawen, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 5： Analysis of translation strategies and methods for political eassays --- A Case Study of Annual Summary of the Russian Government's Work of 2019 =
'''政论语体翻译策略及翻译方法— 以《2019年俄罗斯政府工作报告》为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_5]]

毛优 Mao You，Hunan Normal University，China

=Chapter 6: An analysis and comparison of the translation styles of two Chinese translations of ''Le Spleen de Paris''=
'''浅析对比《巴黎的忧郁》两个汉译本的翻译风格'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_6]]

彭瑞雪 Peng Ruixue, Hunan University, China

=Chapter 7: A Study of Lu Xun’s Short Stories Translation from the Perspective of Functional Equivalence: Taking Yang Xianyi and Gladys Yang’s English Verison of ''Kong I-Chi'' as a Case Study=
功能对等翻译视角下的鲁迅短篇小说翻译研究——以杨、戴夫妇的《孔乙己》英译本为例

[[Trans_Type_EN_7]]

秦建安 QinJianna, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 8:Translation methods and strategies applicable to the style of biographical literature -- Taking ''Incidents in Life of Slave Girl'' (excerpt) as an example=

'''传记文学的文体所适用的翻译技巧与策略——以英文传记《一名女奴的人生际遇》(节选)为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_8]]

颜子涵 Yan Zihan, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 9: On the Translation Strategies of ''Lun Yu'' from the Perspective of Fusion of Horizons – A Contrastive Study of two translations of Ku Hung-ming and Xu Yuanchong=

'''视域融合视角下看《论语》英译的翻译策略—以辜鸿铭和许渊冲的英译本为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_9]]

邝艳丽 Kuang Yanli, Hunan Normal University, China

=杨柳青 Bian Zhilin's Literary Translation Theories and Practice——Take His Translation of Romantic Poems as Examples=

Yang Liuqing杨柳青,Hunan Normal University,China.

[[Trans_Type_EN_10]]

=Atta Ur Rahman Exploring Translation Strategies: A Case Study of the English Translation of the Holy Quran=

===Abstract===
This study aims at diagnosing culture-specific items in the English translation of the Holy Quran and the strategies which were used to translate the CSIs. Translating CSIs can be a demanding task because such items have specific meanings in the culture and language in which they exist but not necessarily in others. Taking this fact into account, the present study investigates the strategies used in the translation of culture-specific items in the English translation of the Holy Quran. Moreover, the researcher explored the most frequently employed translation procedures. To achieve these goals, the descriptive approach is applied for the analysis of the translation of specific items of culture. The descriptive analysis is also used for the investigation of the translation procedures used therein. The findings of this study indicate that the use of cultural equivalent strategy was the most frequent applied procedure. The descriptive equivalent and through translation procedures were the second most frequently applied translation strategies which were followed by transference, functional equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, modulation and notes. The results shows that the translation procedures are helpful (especially the target-oriented ones) in conveying the meaning of the text from Arabic into English in different ways.

===Key Words===
The Holy Quran, Translation Strategies/procedures, Culture-Specific Items, Newmark

===Introduction===
1. Overview
Translation that plays a crucial role in introducing the history and in transferring the culture of an area is a kind of communication between different languages. It is also illustrated “as the result of a linguistic-textual procedure in which a text in one language is re-contextualized in another language.” In the re-contextualization, studies on translation demonstrate that there are certain critical points (Munday 2012:37) that are problematic for translators, especially, when dealing with vital cultural texts such as religious texts (Malmkjær 2015:10). It helps to communicate and exchange information with people from different countries and cultures. Khammyseh argues that translation is one of the traditional communicating methods between communities all around the world. (Khammyseh 2005;9). Jothiraj states that “translation plays an important role in the inter-lingual process of communication”(Jothiraj 2004;1). Translation is essential for cultures and languages to exchange information. Newmark (1988) defines it as a craft in which a written message in a language is replaced by the same story in another language. According to him, Translation is the art of trying to translate what is written or expressed in one language into another language with the same message or expression. To accomplish a qualified translation, the translator needs to be aware of different aspects(Newmark 1988;2). Many scholars in translation have noticed that the difficulty for a translator is to translate texts which deals with religious concepts and cultural specific items.

Nida indicated that translation is the way of finding natural issues in the TL close to the SL, in terms of message and style(Nida 1964;32). Larson (1998) has acknowledged that dealing with religious and cultural items is the most difficult, both in finding equivalence and analyzing the source vocabulary. Among the many challenges that exist for the translator is to bring the concept of the SL to a deeper meaning in the TL, the main problem is how to give CSIs, the significance which is firmly connected to the particular cultural context(Larson 1998;23).--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 15:41, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

Culture plays a considerable role, Snell-Hornby assumed that “Culture refers to all socially conditioned aspects of human life”.(Snell-Hornby 1988;33). Another definition of culture is formulated by Goodenough. For him, culture is “what people have to learn as distinct from their biological heritage, must consist of the end product of learning: knowledge, in a most general, if relative, sense of the term."(Goodenough 1957;167). By this definition, we should note that culture is not only a material phenomenon; it does not consist of things, people, behavior, or emotions. It is rather the organization of these things. It is the forms of things that people have in their minds, their models for perceiving, relating, and otherwise interpreting them”. According to him, if the translator wants to understand a culture, she or he has to understand that culture is a mixture of belief and knowledge.

The religious text and especially the Holy Quran have played a significant role in human life throughout history to guide human beings towards the right path. Translating religious text can be a hectic job. When it comes to religious texts like the Holy Quran, it might be even more hectic. The Holy Quran has a profound impact on the human lives of its believers. It spreads spiritual serenity and peace of mind. Lustig and Joline thought that “religion is an important institutional network that binds people to one another”(Lustig and Joline 2003;16). But sometimes believers of Islam (whether they are native or not native speakers of the language) face a tremendous difficulty when they want to understand the meaning of a certain lexical unit, lexis that can be identified as Quranic-specific words/phrases.

This study is aimed to probe Newmark's translation procedures applied to translate cultural items from the SL (Arabic) to the TL (English) and to focus on translation strategies used by the English translator to transfer absolute and in-depth intended meanings of the CSI in the Holy Quran. If we examine Newmark's opinion, seventeen procedures may be needed by a translator in the process of translation. However, only a few translation procedures are relevant to this translation, they are Transference, cultural equivalent, functional equivalent, descriptive equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, through translation, modulation and notes.(Newmark 1988;81). These types of translation procedures are usually used to translate cultural terms contained in the text involving Surah Yusuf as a source language. Thus, in the relationship between translation and culture, the strategies offered should be understood as an attempt to make the translation easy to understand by the TR without blurring the message contained in the text written in the SL.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 15:41, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Translation and Culture===

2. Translation and Culture

Culture and translation are intimately connected, for understanding the culture translation plays a crucial role. In every nation, there are multiple cultures which reflect how people behave, socially, traditionally and politically and also practice their specific languages. Languages have a complex system of communication that humans adapt from different cultural background. When someone wants to know more about any culture, it is necessary to know about that language. For understanding the language they need to translate it as one might not understand the particular language. Thus, translation fills the gap created by languages that is a very important aspect of translation.

The translation is the process of translating a point or text from one language to another, we can also refer translation to moving of something from one place to another. Translation impacts also on our real life, in a way of transforming other cultures, norms and traditions into our culture. Translators play a vital role in culture and mediators between cultures, dedicated to linking the gap that repeatedly hinders effective communication between communities. According to Peter Newmark, “translators have been entrusted the elegant and highly-demanding task of representing cultures for decades” (Newmark 1988;7). Newmark established connections concerning the relationship between culture and translating. In his book, he regards translation as a process of “representing the meaning of a text into another language in the way that the author planned the text” (Newmark 1988;5). According to him, although this process has been supposed to be simple, in reality, translators have been facing the complex task of translating and conveying culture for decades, ever since countries began establishing relationships between one another. (Newmark 1988;7).

In the history of translation studies, translation has been discussed through multiple routes which based on practicality and some theoretical aspects. For instance, Catford defined it as "the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language”(Catford 1965;20). According to Venuti translation is "the forcible replacement of the linguistic and cultural difference of the foreign text with a text that will be understandable to the target language reader”(Venuti 1995;18). Schjoldager stated that“a translation is a text that expresses what another text has expressed in another language”(Schjoldager 2008;19). Culture is a complex whole which includes knowledge,belief,art,law,morals,customs and many other capabilities and habits acquired by man as a member of society. The translation is no longer considered to be a mere cross-linguistic activity but it significantly is cross-cultural communication.”
Since language reflects the way of life and basic parts of it, the process of translation cannot be done without the integration of cultural symbols into the construction of meaning. Hassan claimed that a good translation “is one that carries all the ideas of the original as well as its structural and cultural features” (Hassan 2014;2). Hermanns contributed that translation should be recognized as a cultural act. It is a kind of linguistic-cultural activity that involves at least two languages and two cultural traditions. Similarly, translation is not just a verbal act; it is also cultural, which is an act of communication of cultures(Hermanns 1999;22) Later, Hassan emphasized a good translation "is one that carries all the ideas of the original as well as its structural and cultural features" and that "reconstructs the cultural/historical context of the original"(Hassan 2014;2).
These statements demonstrate that there is an interaction between translation and culture, Newmark illustrated that culture in translation competence is “the greatest hurdle to translation, at least the achievement of an accurate and decent translation" (Newmark 2001;328).

Bearing in mind the general alliance among researchers regarding the importance of culture in translation, the translation activity is a question of transferring the correct meaning and that the translator has a productive role in transferring not only the linguistic system of the source text but also the cultural one. As such, it is extremely difficult to draw a borderline between translation and culture as they are inextricably overlaid and this connection leads to creative translation.

2.1 Culture-Specific Items (CSIs)

Culture-specific items are notions that are specific to a particular culture. These concepts are using in different domains such as flora, fauna, food, clothes, housing, work, leisure, politics, law, and religion in the way of life. These cultural concepts are consist of different suggestion and approaches. For the denomination of these concepts, many scholars and linguists employed different names or terms, relatively different definitions are given and they tried to define some points that were related to the culture but they not defined even the name of the concept clearly. Scholars refer different names to these culture-specific items, Newmark uses the term cultural words. (Newmark 1988;327) Christine Nord names them “culturemes” (Nord 1997;9) while in one of the newer studies, focused on the translation of culture-specific items, Mohammad Reza Shah Ahmadi and Fatemeh Nosrati employ a term culture-bound element (Ahmadi and Nosrati 2012;1).
After a long time, some scholars prefer the terms “culture-specific item” (Aixela, 1997; Davies, 2003), others choose cultural words (Newmark, 2003) or culture-bound phenomena/concepts (Baker, 1992, Newmark, 2003, Robinson, 2003). In this study, the term “culture-specific item” is used as the basic term, as well as its abbreviation CSI, although other synonyms may be used to prevent repetition. "Culture-specific items are defined by different scholars according to their differences and similarities. Meanwhile, Mona Baker (1992) defines specific concepts of culture as “sourcelanguage words that express concepts unknown in the target culture” (Baker, 1992, 21). It may relate to religion, kind of food or social customs. Newmark suggests to culture-specific items as cultural words (Newmark 1988, 94). He further discussed that in many circumstances, cultural words are somewhat easy to detect in a text because they are closely related to a specific language and unable to translate word by word (Newmark 1988, 95). When they cannot be translated literary then he mentioned that the translators usually the purpose is to provide a descriptive-functional equivalent (Newmark 1988, 95).--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:02, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

2.1.1 Translation of CSIs in the Holy Quran

The Holy Quran is the most basic religious book for Muslims, the Quran was revealed to the prophet Muhammad (PBUH). The Quranic corpus, created in an early form of Classical Arabic, is traditionally believed to be a literal transcript of God’s speech and to constitute the earthly production of an uncreated and eternal heavenly original, according to the general view referred to in the Quran itself as “the well-preserved tablet” (al-lawḥ al-mahfūẓ; Qurʾān 85;22). It has a heartfelt impact on human lives and their believers. It spreads spiritual stability and peace of mind. According to (Lustig and Joline 2003;16) “Religion is an important institutional network that binds people to one another.”
Translating Quranic-specific words/phrases is considered a great challenge for the translators which requires an accurate interpretation and consciousness of the crucial functions of these Quranic-specific words/phrases. Therefore, they have to focus on a set of aspects to attain equivalence and then render the exact meaning. The translation of the Holy Quran is a debatable process because Arabic is full of cultural-specific concepts with no proper equivalent in other languages; consequently, some equivalents fail to convey their cultural meaning thoroughly. The translation is seen as the process of reconstructing a text into other languages. In the Holy Quran, it is mentioned in the Surah of Yusuf: “we have sent it down as an Arabic Quran”, the translated text has been simply seen as a commentary, explaining, or paraphrasing of the source text. In general, exact translation never occurs; rather this can be a basic interpretation of the Holy Quran. In the process of translation of the Holy Quran, language and CSI items and rhetorical features were not inimitable and reproducible into other languages.
Translating CSIs is a strenuous task because such elements have special meanings in culture and language.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:02, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Types of Translation ===
3. Types of Translation
Newmark determines 8 types of translation which are:

3.1 Word-for-Word Translation

This is usually indicated as an interlinear translation, with the target language immediately below the source language words. The source language word-order is preserved and the words translated singly by their most common meanings, out of context. These words are translated literally. Some of the uses of point-by-point translation are to understand the mechanics of the source language or to create a difficult text as a pre-translation process.

3.2 Literal translation

In this type of translation, the grammatical structures of the source language are changed to the nearest target language equivalent but the written points remain the same to one another, out of context.
3.3 Faithful translation
This translation attempts to reproduce the original exact meaning within the limitations of the TL grammatical structures. It also conveys cultural words and maintains an unusual degree of grammar and strength in translation. It tries to make the SL author completely loyal to the intent and reality of the text.

3.4 Semantic Translation

Semantic translation takes much of the aesthetic value of the source language text, making sense where appropriate so that there are no implications, wordplay or repetition roots in the finished version. It may translate less important cultural points by a culturally neutral third or active terms but not by cultural equation and it may also give the reader more small concessions.

3.5 Adaptation

This is an unrestricted form of translation. It is used mainly for plays and poetry, the themes, characters, plots are usually preserved, the SL culture converted to the TL culture and the text rewritten (Ahmad 2015;15).

3.6 Free Translation

The content without a form of the original or the matter without the manner is the productions of free translation. It is also known as intra-lingual translation and it is usually longer than the original.

3.7 Idiomatic Translation

This type of translation replicates the original message but degrades the depth of meaning by selecting meanings and dialogues that do not exist in the original.

3.8 Communicative Translation

This type of translation replicates the original message but degrades the depth of meaning by selecting meanings and dialogues that do not exist in the original.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:05, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Translation Strategies ===

4. Translation Strategies
Many theorists have used the term translation strategy extensively but with some significant differences in meaning and perspective that they see. Many theorists have used the approach of translation comprehensively but with some notable differences in meaning and vision as they appear.

4.1 Aixela Translation Strategies:
According to Aixela translators need to choose several strategies based on the source language culture and target culture. He distinguishes many of the translation strategies that apply to the translation of culture-specific items and at the same time, he tries to command by the level of their intercultural intervention. He divided it into two groups; conservative groups (5 approaches) and the substitution (6 strategies).

4.1.1. Conservation:
In conservation,the less compelling process includes repetition,orthographic adaptation,linguistic translation,extratextual gloss and intratextual gloss.

4.1.1.1 Repetition:In repetition, there is simply the transference of the culture-specific items from the ST to the TT. Thus,the translator keeps as much as possible the original reference (Aixela 1996;61). This approach is often used for languages that do not differ in the alphabet and most for names.

4.1.1.2 Orthographic Adaptation: The orthographic adaptation involves writing or
transliteration, mainly when the original term is given in a different alphabet than the one used in the target culture.

4.1.1.3 Linguistics translation: Linguistic translation emphasizes on the way where the translator chooses the source closest to the original text and increases his understanding by giving the TL version which is still relevant to the ST cultural system.

4.1.1.4 Extra-textual Gloss: Here,the extra-textual gloss refers to additional information to the previously mentioned procedures, The translator uses one of the above strategies but considers it as a necessity to explain the meaning or concept of CSI. In this gloss, it can be footnotes,endings,words,ideas,translators in dictionaries, italics and so on.

4.1.1.5 Intra-textual Gloss:It's like the past but the translator feels that he/she can include the globe as an indirect part of the text,not to distract the reader.

4.2.1 Substitution
In substitution, According Aixela “that synonymy, limited universalization, absolute universalization, naturalization, deletion, and autonomous creation are encompassing here"(Aixela 1996;87)--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:40, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

4.2.1.1 Synonymy: This strategy is a stylist used to avoid the constant repetition of culturespecific items in the ST.

4.2.1.2 Limited Universalization: When the translator realizes that the culture-specific item is not clear to the reader or that another source CSI exists in the source language which can be replaced, replace it with data. Of course, the location is not as specific to the source language as the first one.

4.2.1.3 Absolute Universalization: The only difference between limited universalization and absolute universalization is when the translator cannot find the best known CSI in the source language or prefers to eliminate the unusual concept and choose a neutral term. (Aixela 1997;63).

4.2.1.4 Naturalization: In this case “translator brings the culture-specific item into the TL culture” (Shokri Ketabi 2015;8).

4.2.1.5 Deletion: When the CSI is “unacceptable ideologically or stylistically or it is not relevant enough for the effort of comprehension required for the readers” (Aixela 1996;64), or very clear that the translator does not want to use any strategy, they delete the CSI.

4.2.1.6 Autonomous Creation: When the translator agrees to use non-existent cultural
reference in the ST.(Aixela 1997;43).

4.3 Mona Baker's Translation Strategies
Baker's strategies have been used by professional translators at word level in their translations, to deal with issues while performing the task of translation.Baker She suggests various procedures to work for unequal treatment at the point level, for example, translation by a more general word, translation by a more neutral / less obvious word, translation by paraphrasing, Using related words, and so on. She formulates the classification in different strategies(Baker 1992;90) which are the following:

4.3.1 Translation by a more general word: According to Baker,this has to do with the meaning of the proposition. Appropriately it works in many languages.

4.3.2 Translation by a more neutral/ less expressive word: This is another strategy in terms of semantics it does with differences with obvious meaning.

4.3.3 Translation by cultural substitution:This strategy involves placing culture-specific material that does not have the same predictive meaning as the target language material but may have the same effect on the target reader.

4.3.4 Translation using a loan word: This strategy relies on culture-specific items, modern borrowing points plus interpretation concepts and buzz points.

4.3.5 Translation by paraphrase using a related word: When the source material is written in the target language but separately, and when the frequency used in the source text is high, it will be natural in the target language.

4.3.6 Translation by paraphrase using unrelated words: This strategy can be used when the concept in the source material is not lexical in the TL.

4.3.7 Translation by omission: Losing phrases or words that are not vital to text development.

4.3.8 Translation by an illustration: Here, use examples when the source word is not equal in the target language. Each theorist presents their strategies according to their point of view,however,Baker,s translation strategies include the most applicable set of strategies, as it shows the strategies used by professional translators.
--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:40, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Cultural Categories ===

5. Cultural categories

5.1.2 Ecology
In this type of cultural category, Newmark labels those words which have some similarities and differences in culture concerning the environment. For Example, animals, colors, astronomy, plants birds etc. They will also have some geographical features that can normally differ from other cultural terms in that they usually have no political, commercial value.

5.1.2 Material culture

Material culture is also known as artefacts, In the category of material culture, Newmark included Food, clothes, housing, transport, and communications and also those objects which are made by humans. For Example, Clothing, atoms, crops, vegetables, jewellery, drugs, planets etc. “Food is for many the most sensitive and important expression of national culture. The function of the generic clothes terms is approximately constant, indicating the part of the body that is covered, but the description varies depending on climate and material used, houses and town, and transport.”

5.1.3 Social culture

The social culture is divided by Newmark in two ways, they are work and leisure. For example, Trade, armour, literature, poets, markets, games.

5.1.4 Organisation

Newmark organizations are divided into five categories: political and administrative conditions, historical conditions, and international conditions. ‘The international community terms usually have recognized translations which are in• fact through-translations, and are now generally known by their acronyms', religious terms, artistic terms; “the translation of artistic terms referring to movements, processes and organizations generally depend on the putative knowledge of the readership. For example, adultery, business, corruption, sex, poverty, marriage, divorce etc.”

5.2 Newmark Classification CSIs

Newmark (1988) established the classification of culture-specific items (CSIs) into five classes which are;
Table 1. Newmark classification of Culture-Specific Items. (Newmark 1988, 97)

5.2.1 Categorization of CSIs in Surah Yousuf of the Holy Quran

Verse No. Terms English Translation Categories
1 الۡکِتٰبِ Book Material culture

2 قرُۡءٰنًا Quran Material culture

3 الۡقَصَصِ Narration Gesture

4 رَايَۡتُ Dream Habit

5 کَوۡکَبًا Stars Ecology

6 ال َّ شمۡسَ Sun Ecology

7 الۡقَمَرَ Moon Ecology

8 الۡاحََادِيۡثِ Events Organization

9 يعَۡقوُۡبَ House of Yaqub Material culture

10 يعَۡقوُۡبَ Yaqub

11 ابِۡرٰہيِۡمَ Ibrahim

12 اِسۡحٰقَ Ishaq

13 اقۡتلُوُا Kill Social culture

14 ارَۡضًا Earth Ecology

15 الۡجُبِّ Pit Ecology

16 ال َّ س َّ يارَةِ Wayfares

17 يٰۤابََانَا Father

18 َّ يرۡتعَۡ Eat Social culture

19 وَ يَلۡعَبۡ Play Social culture

20 لَحٰفِظُوۡنَ Guard Social culture

21 وَ اخََافُ Fear Habit

22 الذِئّۡبُ Wolf Ecology

23 عِشَاءًٓ Nightfall Ecology

24 َّ يبۡکُوۡنَ Weeping Habit

25 مَتاَعِنَا Belongings Material culture

26 قمَِيۡصِہٖ Shirt Material culture

27 وَارِدہَمُۡ Water drawer Material culture

28 دلَۡوَهٗ Bucket Material culture

29 بِثمََنٍ ۢ بَخۡسٍ Paltry price Material culture

30 درََاہمَِ مَعۡدوُۡدةٍَ Silver coin Material culture

31 مِّصۡرَ Egypt

32 لِامۡرَاتَِہٖۤ Wife

33 الۡارَۡضِ Land Ecology

34 اشَُدَّ هٗۤ Prime age

35 الۡابَۡوَابَ Door Material culture

36 مَعَاذَ ّٰ ِ Master Organization

37 ال ُّ سوۡٓءَ Evil Habit

38 الۡفَحۡشَاءَؕٓ Lewdness Habit

39 عِبَادِنَا Servant Organization

40 وَ قَدَّ تۡ Ripped Social culture

41 عَذاَبٌ Punishment Social culture

42 ُّ يسۡجَنَ Prison Organization

43 الۡعَزِيۡزِ Minister Organistion

44 حُباؕ Love Social culture

45 فتَٰىہَا Slave Organization

46 سِکِّيۡنًا Knife Material culture

47 مَلکٌَ Angel Organization

48 فَاسۡتجََابَ Prayer Gestures

49 خَمۡرًا Wine Material culture

50 خُبۡزًا Bread Material culture

51 رَاۡسِیۡ Head Material culture

52 ال َّ طيۡرُ Birds Ecology

53 ءَارَۡبَابٌ Gods Organization

54 يٰصَاحِبَیِ السِّجۡنِ Prisoners Organization

55 تعَۡبدُوُۡنَ Worship Gesture

56 ال َّ شيۡطٰنُ Satan Organization

57 الۡمَلِکُ King Organization

58 بَقَرٰتٍ Cows Ecology

59 خُضۡرٍ Green Ecology

60 يٰبسِٰتٍ Dry Ecology

61 سُنۡۢبلُٰتٍ Grain Material culture

62 تزَۡرَعُوۡنَ Crops Material culture

63 يغَُاثُ Rain Ecology

64 يَعۡصِرُوۡنَ Juice Material culture

65 النِّسۡوَةِ Women

66 ال َّ رسُوۡلُ Messenger Organization

67 الۡعَزِيۡزِ Governor Organization

68 ال ّٰ صدِقِيۡنَ Truthful Habit

69 الۡخَائِٓنيِۡنَ Betray Organization

70 خَزَائِٓنِ Treasure Material culture

71 مَ َّ کنَّ ا Power Organization

72 بِرَحۡمَتِنَا Mercy Gestures

73 يَتَّ قوُۡنَ Taqwa Habit

74 الۡمُنۡزِلِيۡنَ Hospitality Habit

75 رِحَالِہِمۡ Camel Ecology

76 وَ ل َّ مَا فَتحَُوۡا Family Organization

77 بَابٍ Gate Material culture

78 اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty Organization

79 الۡعِيۡرُ Caravan Organization

80 لسَٰرِقوُۡنَ Thieves Organization

81 السِّقَايَۃَ Bowl Material culture

82 تاَ ّٰ ِ Swear Habit

83 کٰذِبيِۡنَ Liars Habit

84 وِّعَاءِٓ Bag Material culture

85 درََجٰتٍ Rank Organization

86 َّ موۡثِقًا Pledge Social culture

87 الۡحٰکِمِيۡنَ Judges Organization

88 الۡقَرۡيَۃَ Town Material culture

89 عَيۡنٰہُ Eyes

90 الۡبَشِيۡرُ News Social culture

91 ابَوََيۡہِ Parents Organization

92 الۡعَرۡشِ Thrown Organization

93 يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ Devices Material culture

94 وَ الۡارَۡضِ Earth Ecology

95 ال َّ سمٰوٰتِ Heavens Ecology

===Translation Procedure ===

6. Translation Procedure

There are seventeen different kinds of translation procedures classified by Newmark. According to (Gallagher 1996, 31), “translation procedures are the technical devices to convey the message of a text in one language into another language.” The difference between translation procedure and translation methods discussed by (Newmark 1988, 81), “translation methods relate to whole texts, translation procedures are used for sentences and the smaller units of language.”

6.1 Transference
Transference is the way through which we convert the source language to target language and also contains transliteration or transcription. Transference is also known as loan words, there is no transformation in the spelling of the words that have been translated.

6.2 Naturalization
Naturalization changes the word SL to its pronunciation, then TL to its original form.
Naturalization also adds new connections to external conditions.

6.3 Culture equivalent
In this procedure, SL the cultural word is translated by the target cultural word. The use of the translation of this procedure is limited because it is not accurate, but it can be used in general texts, public and publicity, as well as for brief explanation to readers who do not understand the relevant source language culture.

6.4 Functional Equivalent
This approach is the most accurate path of translating and it uses very neutral cultural points with a new specific term.

6.5 Descriptive equivalent
This strategy is working for the description of the meaning or function of the source language.

6.6 Synonymy
This method of translation is applied when there is nothing to the same.

6.7 Through-Translation
Through translation is the literal translation of common conflicts, the names of organizations and compound parts.

6.8 Shifts or Transposition
This translation procedure involving a change in grammar from SL to TL. This change is done when there is a difference between the structure of the SL and the TL is reasonable.

6.9 Modulation
This procedure is used in the translation of sentences, phrases and clauses. Here the translator looked at the message in the source language sentence from a different angle or a different way of thinking. This strategy is used when the translation of words with literal meaning does not produce a reasonable translation.

6.10 Recognized Translation
The translation process is manifested when the translator uses an authoritative or appropriate translation of an organization's term.

6.11 Translation Label
This procedure is the appropriate one for the translation of a new institutional term, and it is a temporary translation of the source language word.

6.12 Compensation
This process manifests itself when there is a meaningful loss in one part, but compensation in the other part.

6.13 Componential Analysis
In this procedure, the source language word translated into the TL by detailing the components of the meaning of the source language word.

6.14 Reduction & Expansion
In this procedure, the elements of the word 'auto' removed and the elements of the word expanded in the target language.

6.15 Paraphrase
This procedure appears when cultural words need more explanation.

6.16 Couplets
In this procedure, two or more different procedures meet in one translation, couplets, triplets, quadruplets.

6.17 Notes
When the additional information is added to the cultural words for the clarification of readers.

===Analysis and Discussion ===

7. Analysis and Discussion

7.1 Introduction
This chapter highlights the procedure of the study and the analysis of culture-specific items in Surah Yusuf. This chapter explores the use of translation strategies in transferring meaning from the ST to the TL and the appropriateness of Newmark's model in interpreting the procedures that the translator applied during the translation process.

7.2 Procedures
To account for the translation of CSIs in this research, the source text of the Holy Quran in Arabic and its English translation translated by Mufti Taqi Usmani were studied. After reading the whole Ayahs of Surah Yusuf and its translation, every Ayah and its translation in English were carefully analyzed to identify CSIs and the strategies used by the translator to translate them into English. After that, the classification of CSIs by Newmark (1988) has been accepted as the theoretical framework of this study aimed at analyzing culture-specific items. For the clarification, each procedure is interpreted and demonstrated with illustrations in Tables 1-9.

7.3 Analysis and Discussion
After the categorizing the culture-specific items according to Newmark’s strategies, the researcher worked on the strategies for translating the culture-specific items applied in Surah Yusuf, including transference, cultural equivalent, functional equivalent, descriptive equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, through translation, modulation and notes; Then, he arranged the data gained in Tables 1-9 in order to show the cases of applying Newmark’s strategies for translating the culture-specific items.
The discussion section is devoted to the interpretation of each selected culture-specific word, the researcher presents a discussion of how he formulates the CSIs in Newmark strategies.
Below are the discussion points created for using each strategy;

7.3.1 Transference: Transference includes transliteration and is the same as what is called transcription. The word then becomes a loan word. There were words that were transferred from the source text to the target text. These are presented in the following table.
Table1.

Here are some examples of Transference applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yusuf:

Strategy Source Text Target Text
قرُۡءٰنًا Quran
ابِۡرٰہيِۡمَ Ibrahim
Transference يعَۡقوُۡب Yaqub
اِسۡحٰق Ishaq
يَتَّ قوُۡنَ Taqwa

Words that have given in table 1 are transference words because these are conveyed to target language which is a different language writing system then from the source language, For example, the word Quran is transliterated word and pronounce as same as like in source language قرُۡءٰنًا, so it is transcripted and also become a loan word. Similarly, all the mentioned words in table 1 are transference words.
7.3.2. Cultural Equivalent: Cultural equivalent purpose is to replace a cultural word in the source language with an, although not completely synonymous, target language word.

Table 2.
Examples of Cultural equivalent applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡب House of Yaqub
لَحٰفِظُوۡنَ Guard
بِثمََنٍ ۢ بَخۡسٍ Paltry price
درََاہمَِ مَعۡدوُۡدةٍَ Silver coin
اشَُدَّ هٗ Prime age
Cultural Equivalent مَعَاذَ ّٰ Master
الۡعَزِيۡزِ Minister
فَاسۡتجََابَ Prayer
اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty
يٰصَاحِبَیِ السِّجۡن Prisoners
الۡمَلِکُ King
يَعۡصِرُوۡنَ Juice
مَ َّ کنَّ ا Power

In Surah Yusuf, we have some words that are related to the cultural equivalent, Table 2 contains cases where cultural equality is applied. The word House of Yaqub is not completely synonymous to the ST اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡب, it is a replaced word in the SL. The word minister is not completely synonymous to the word ST word الۡعزَِيۡزِ. Similarly, the word Master in the TT is not synonymous to the word which is used in the ST ّٰ مَعَاذَ, it is a replaced word. The original meaning of the word فَاسۡتجََابَ is to accepted, but here it is referred to Prayer which is not only the synonymous but also a replaced one; furthermore, all the words mentioned in table 2 are mostly not completely synonymous words but the cultural replacing words.

7.3.3 Functional Equivalent:In functional equivalent, the word culture-free is used,
sometimes with a specific term; Therefore, it generalizes the word SL.

Table3.

Examples of Functional equivalent applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
الۡقَصَصِ Narration
رَايَۡتُ Dream
Functional equivalent الۡاحََادِيۡثِ Events
ال َّ س َّ يارَةِ Wayfares
مِّصۡرَ Egypt
يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ Devices

In functional equivalent, culture-free words are used, sometimes a new specific term is used which generalizes the SL word. For example, in table 3 the word Events is used as a cultural free word that generalizes the ST الۡاحََادِيۡثِ. The word Devices is a cultural free word and used as a new specific term to generalize the ST word يَمۡکُرُوۡنَ. The word Narration is used in the TT as a cultural free word because it is not limited or bound to a single culture. The word narration can be used by every culture representative.
7.3.4 Descriptive Equivalent: It is using phrases in TT to explain the ST word.
Table4.
Examples of Descriptive equivalent applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
کَوۡکَبًا Stars
ال َّ شمۡسَ Sun
الۡقمََرَ Moon
Descriptive equivalent عِشَاءًٓ And at Nightfall
وَارِدہَمُۡ Water drawer
سِکِّيۡنً Knife
الۡکِتٰبِ Enlightening book
ال َّ سمٰوٰتِ Heaven

The descriptive equivalent is, using phrases in TT to explain the ST word. For example Eleven stars and the sun and the moon a phrase used in the TT which explains کَوۡکَبًا َّ و ال َّ شمۡسَ وَ الۡقمََرَ the ST words stars, sun and moon. Similarly, Enlightening the book is a phrase used in the target text which highlights the meaning of الۡکِتٰبِ.
7.3.5 Componential Analysis:componential analysis is the initial comparison of a source language point to a selected language point that has the same meaning, but does not equate to one.
Table5.
Examples of Componential analysis applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
رَايَۡتُ Dream
ال َّ طيۡرُ Birds
Componential analysis وَ يَلۡعَبۡ Play
يَعۡصِرُوۡنَ Juice
مَعَاذَ ّٰ ِ Master
يٰصَاحِبَیِ السِّجۡنِ Prisoners
اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty

Further, in justification in the translation of CSIs, the researcher analyzed the words that comparing the word base of a source language with the target language point that has the same meaning, but obviously not equals one. Like رَايَۡتُ means to look or see while translating it to the TT it meanings changes to word Dream. The basic comparison of these two words is the same.
That is both words are related to cognition and eyes. For instance, other words are ال َّ طيۡرُ Birds, اِ نِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty.
7.3.6 Synonymy: Synonymy is a near target language equivalent.
Table 6.
Examples of Synonymy applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
الۡکِتٰبِ Book
قۡتلُوُا Kill
ارَۡضًا Earth
Synonymy الذِئّۡبُ Wolf
دلَۡوَه Bucket
خَمۡرًا Wine
يٰبسِٰتٍ Dry

The translator has used good equivalents for the words chosen in the Surah Yusuf. For instance, الۡکِتٰبِ Book, Book in the TT and الۡکِتٰبِ in the ST are the synonymous word. Few other examples are mentioned in table 6.
7.3.7 Through translation:Through-translation, is a literal translation of common conflicts, names of organizations and compound parts. It can also be called: click or loan translation.
Table7.
Examples of Through-translation applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡبَ House of Yaqub
غَيٰبَتِ الۡجُبِّ Into the bottom of a pit
بِرَحۡمَتِنَا Mercy
Through Translation الۡاحََادِيۡثِ Events
ُّ يسۡجَنَ Prison
الۡعَزِيۡزِ Governor
الۡخَائِٓنيِۡنَ Betray
وَ ل َّ مَا فَتحَُوۡا Family

In through translation, the researcher found those words which have common collocations, name of organization or component of compounds in Surah Yusuf. Examples of through translations are House of Yaqub, اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡبَ is a component of the compound, Family وَ ل َّ مَا فَتحَُوۡا is the name of the organization, other examples are mentioned in table 7.
7.3.8 Modulation: Modulation occurs when the translator generates the original text message in TL text according to the current target language norms, as source language and target languages may differ visually.
Table8.
Examples of in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf Modulation applied
Strategy Source Text Target Text
يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ Devices
Modulation لَسٰرِقوُۡنَ Thieves
مَ َّکنَّ ا Power
وَ قَدَّ تۡ Ripped

The modulation occurs in the translation of culture-specific items when we are translating the word or phrase from the source text to target text according to the new norms and traditions in TT culture. For instance, Devices are the word that had been translated from the Arabic word يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ which means to plan something while in English it is opposite which means tools.
7.3.9 Notes: Notes, additions, and glosses are additional information that a translator must add to the version; The additional information that translators add is usually cultural.
Table9.
Examples of Notes applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty
Notes تعَۡبدُوُۡنَ Worship
ال َّ شيۡطٰنُ Satan
بِثمََنٍ ۢ بَخۡسٍ Paltry price

In this strategy, the translator adds some additional information to his version, The additional information that translators add is usually cultural. For example اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ is a word which means that giving the order is limited or quality related to Al-Mighty God while the translator used the word sovereign which means authority. Worship is a word which means to follow or obey someone, the translator can use it in his point of view while in Arabic تعَۡبدُوُۡ نَ which means a quality limited to God.

===Conclusion and Recommendations===

8. Conclusion and Recommendations

This chapter summarizes the findings of the study. It also provides some recommendations regarding the application of translation procedures in translation between language systems.

8.1 Summary of the Findings

The translator applied nine translation procedures out of seventeen of Newmark’s translation procedures in the translation of the Surah Yusuf of the Holy Quran, namely, transference, cultural equivalent, functional equivalent, descriptive equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, through translation, modulation and notes. The cultural equivalent strategy was the most frequent applied procedure. The descriptive equivalent and through translation procedure was the second most frequently applied translation procedure, It was followed by transference, functional equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, modulation and notes. It is a descriptive study in which CSIs from ST translated to TT.

8.2 Conclusion

The present study purpose was to explore the CSIs in Surah Yusuf of the Holy Quran and to investigate which translation strategy proposed by Newmark (1988) were employed by the translator to overcome culture-specific items. Obviously, the researcher has worked hard to clear the way for future students of translation. Throughout the research, the researcher faced a lot of challenges and findings were revealed, some of them are the following;

• Between Arabic and English, there is a big cultural gap. Till now, this problem is considered as an unsolvable problem.

• Lack of reading and translating religious books.

• Many mistakes are made by the translators because they were unknown to the ST.

• The translators have to go through or review the previous translation of the Quranic scripture to solve the problem that they might face in the process of their translation.

The procedures used in this study will help the translator to render culture-specific terms accurately. Thus, the researcher worked well to fill the linguistic gaps between Arabic and English. Furthermore, Newmark’s translation procedures helped the translator make the translation sound more natural to the TR. It can be observed from the analysis that Newmark’s translation procedures were effective in translating the Islamic texts. The findings of the study might help students of translation and practitioners in the field of TS to get familiar with the most influential strategies in rendering cultural specific items. They can use the findings of the study to employ translation tasks in translations. Educational planners can use the findings of this study to specify the most influential, dominant strategies to conduct a target-oriented/sourceoriented translation. To sum up, it should be emphasized that the focus of this particular study was on religious genre. Investigating CSIs in different genres could lead to new areas of research for interested researchers. Accordingly, the information gained from this study may prove useful to translators, translation teachers, and student learners as it will help them improve their translation skills with the special attention of culture-specific items and will allow them Give texts when having a broad view of translation. Other researchers can derive similar effects from many of the findings of the same study.

This study is similar to other studies that might have several limitations which need to be taken into account. The study focused on one Surah translated by one translator. Examining different Surahs of the Holy Quran and their translations by other authors from different cultures might lead to interesting facts or they might confirm the findings of this study. Different translators might employ different strategies. Further research is needed to confirm or disconfirm the findings of this study. Newmark's strategies are not limited to the cultural features of the language. But it also covers the linguistic specifications. To narrow down the subject of the study, the linguistic aspects of the text were ignored. Comparing these linguistic aspects could be another interesting topic and venue for further research.
Finally, It may be concluded that Newmark’s translation procedures are necessary for the translation of an Islamic text between two different language systems and cultures. However, the translator must be competent in using the translation procedures to provide an accurate translation.

8.3 Recommendations

The researcher furnished a set of recommendations in the light of the findings reached and the results obtained. The recommendations can make a helpful set of guidelines for both existing and potential translators in general and for translating religious texts of two languages that are not closely related. These recommendations are tentative and are subject to modification upon closer investigation by translation scholars and professionals:

• The researcher recommends that the study of translation procedures should be included in the university curriculum for students who study translation, to help them in solving the problems of translating religious texts.

• It is recommended for translastors to use the translation procedures appropriately in order to deliver the meaning of the source text correctly.

• The researcher also recommends examining the application of other kinds of translation procedures on Islamic texts based on other models such as Andrew Chesterman’s translation procedures.

• It would also be beneficial to investigate Newmark’s translation procedures to various types of texts such as medical texts and journalistic texts.

=== References ===
Abdi, H. (2019). Translating culture-specific items (CSIs) as a conundrum for Iranian MA translation students: Considering the level of study. Journal of new advances in English Language Teaching and Applied Linguistics, 1(1), 88-109.

Aguado-Gimenez, P., & Pérez-Paredes, P. F. (2005). Translation-strategies use: A classroombased examination of Baker’s taxonomy. Meta: journal des traducteurs/Meta:
Translators' Journal, 50(1), 294-311.

Ahmadi, M. R.S and Nosrati, Fatemah. (2012). Domestication and Foreignization Strategies in Translation of Culture-Specific Items. Translations of English-Persian Children’s Literature. San Francisco: Grin Publishing. Google Books.

Al Saleh, R. A. (2019). An Application of Newmark's Procedures to Muhammad Abul Quasem's Alleman, J. C. Bee. W. Ulitkin, I. Files, F., Zetzsche, J., Chatonnet-Marton, P. & y del Árbol, E. V. Translation Strategies.

Al-Sofi, B. B. M. A., & Abouabdulqader, H. (2020). Bridging the gap between translation and culture: towards a cultural dimension of translation. International journal of linguistics, literature and culture, 6(1), 1-13.

Baker, M., 1992. In Other Words: A Coursebook on Translation. London: Routledge, p.20–42.

Blažytė, D., & Liubinienė, V. (2016). Culture-specific items (CSI) and their translation strategies in Martin Lindstrom’s" Brand sense". Kalbų studijos, (29), 42-57.

Bush, P. (1998) "Literary Translation." In: M. Baker, ed. Routledge Encyclopedia of Translation Studies, London: Routledge, pp.127-130.

Catford. J. C. (1965). A linguistic theory of translation. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
English Translation of Mohammad Al-Ghazali's Islamic Guidance.Literature and Culture, 6(1), 1-13.

Gečaitė, L. (2020). Culture-Specific Items and Their Translation Strategies in Victoria Hislop's Novel The Sunrise.” (2020).

Hassan, B. E. A. (2014). Between English and Arabic: A practical course in translation.
Cambridge Scholars Publishing.

Hermans, T. (1999). Translation in systems. Manchester: St. Jerome Publication House, J. (Ed.). (2014). Translation: a multidisciplinary approach. Springer.
Issa, A. L. S. M., & Hammood, L. H. R.- Quranic-Specific Phrases under the Study of Translation; Significance and Applications.

Janfaza, E., Assemi, A., & Dehghan, S. S. (2012). Language, translation, and culture.
In International Conference on Language, Medias and Culture (Vol. (33), p. 83-87).

Janfaza, E., Assemi, A., & Dehghan, S. S. (2012). Language, translation, and culture.
In International Conference on Language, Medias and Culture (Vol. 33, p. 83-87).

Lambert, J. (1998) Literary Translation. In: M. Baker, ed. Routledge Encyclopedia of Translation Studies. London: Routledge, 130-134.

Landers, Clifford E. (2001) Literary Translation: A practical guide. New Jersey University Press: Multilingual Maters.

Lustig, Myron, W. and Koeser, Joline (2003), Intercultural Competence: Interpersonal Communication Across Cultures, Boston: Allyn and Bacon.

Malmkjær, K. (1993). Who Can Make Nice A Better Word Than Pretty? Collocation, Translation, and Psycholoinguistics. In: Baker, M., Francis, G. and Tognini-Bonelli, E.
eds. Text and Technology. Philadelphia/Amsterdam: John Benjamins Publishing Company. pp.213-32.

Mosavat, S., & Rahimpour, S. (2016). The Most and Least Used Translation Strategies for
Conveying Culture-Specific-Items in Young Adult Literature from English into Persian. International Journal of Humanities and Cultural Studies (IJHCS) ISSN 23565926, 1853-1873.

Munday, J. (1997). Systems in Translation: A computer-assisted systemic approach to the analysis of translation of García Márquez. Ph.D thesis, University of Bradford.

Newmark, P. (2001). A Textbook of Translation. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language
Education Press

Newmark, Peter. (1988). A Textbook of Translation. New Jersey: Prentice-Halls

Nord, Christiane. (1997). Translating as a Purposeful Activity: Functionalist Approaches
Explained. Manchester: St. Jerome. Accessed 10 November. 2018. Google Books Schjoldager, A. (2008). Understanding translation. Academica: Århus.

Silalahi, M., & Lubis, S. (2013). Translation Procedures of Cultural Terms Found In Sejarah Bilingual For Students of Senior High School.
Valipoor, K., & andAzizeh Chalak, H. H. T. (2019). Cultural-specific items in translation of the Holy Quran by Irving: 43-51.

Venuti, L. (1995). The translator’s invisibility: A history of translation. London and New York:
Routledge

Widiarto, O. V. V. (2016). The translation procedures of cultural expressions applied in a game of thrones translated into Perebutan Tahta novel by Barokah Ruziati (Doctoral dissertation, Dian Nuswantoro University).

=Zohaib Chand AN INTRODUCTION TO TRANSLATION STUDIES: AN OVERVIEW Intan Pradita=

[[Trans_Type_EN_12]]

===Abstract===
This study aims to observe the development of translation studies through its different types, various strategies, styles and particular methods. In this paper, the readers are introduced to some famous translation scholars including their view of translation studies. At the further discussions, this study lets the readers acknowledge the main issues on translation studies, focusing on different styles of variations such as grammar, sentence structure, textual analysis, strategies and methods. This study may help those who are interested to conduct translation researches and help them by giving options of which theories is beneficial to their analysis. Moreover, it aims to explore the clear definition of translation as well as help the readers to understand the basic concept which are used in the field of translation. The present study, therefore, attempts to outline the scope of the discipline of translation studies and more importantly, it is an attempt to outline its activity that required a deep mastering of language, a good source of knowledge and target cultures.

===Key words ===
Translation, styles of variations, strategies

===Introduction ===
It is undoubtedly right that translation is important to share information. In line with these premise, the number of translation professionals is getting higher. In fact, the result of translation researches tends to help human daily life in term of evaluation, designing translator machines, and cultural studies. Therefore, translation means converting written information from one language into another. It is the new discipline appeared in the second half of the 20th century. The term “Translation Studies” was coined by James S. Holmes, an American-Dutch poet and translator of poetry, in his seminal paper “The Name and Nature of Translation Studies”. Translation enables effective communication between people around the world. It is a courier for the transmission of knowledge, a protector of cultural heritage, and essential to the development of a global economy. Translation helps us to know about the developments in the field of creative arts, education, literature, business, science and politics. It has shifted from the traditional conception of the fixed, stable and unchangeable nature of the text and its meaning to a text with wide scope for variations. Translation also helps in nation building. In this globalised world, the demand for translation and language related services has increased many times. Translation is not only needed for the creation of national identity but has also become an essential tool for keeping pace with the processes of globalization and localization. The activity of translation has a long-standing tradition and has been widely practiced throughout history, but in our rapidly changing world its role has become of paramount importance. Nowadays, knowledge in which cultural exchanges have been widening, has been increasingly expanding and international communication has been intensifying, the phenomenon of translation has become fundamental. Be it for scientific, medical, technological, commercial, legal, cultural or literary purposes, today human communication depends heavily on translation and, consequently, interest in the field is also growing. Accordingly, the discussion, in the present study, proceeds primarily from the perspectives of “Translation Studies” and “Linguistics”. One major goal is to show the interrelationships between linguistics and translation, and how they benefit from each other. Nowadays, translation research has started to take another path, which is more automatic. The invention of the internet, together with the new technological developments in communication and digital materials, has increased cultural exchanges between nations. This leads translators to look for ways to cope with these changes and to look for more practical techniques that enable them to translate more and waste less. They also felt the need to enter the world of cinematographic translation, hence the birth of audiovisual translation. The latter technique, also called screen translation, is concerned with the translation of all kinds of TV programs, including films, series, and documentaries. This field is based on computers and translation software programs, and it is composed of two methods; dubbing and subtitling. In fact, audiovisual translation marks a changing era in the domain of translation.
In short, translation has very wide and rich history in the West. Since its birth, translation was the subject of a variety of research and conflicts between theorists. Each theorist approaches it according to his viewpoint and field of research, the fact that gives its history a changing quality.

Discussion

Translation is an activity that requires deep mastering of languages, a good knowledge of source and target cultures. It is also linked with the translation method, strategies and styles of variations. Each translation type requires different translation method. In this paper, it is an attempt to outline that there are several types of translation. Each type is defined by different scholars through different criteria to the contextual situation of communication. In this paper, we will be writing down the three prominent types of translation through various medium namely; technical translation, literary translation and pragmatic translation. For each type, a selection of examples will be considered for analysis based on translation theories and techniques. We will show that some chunks of text require literal translation, while other requires interpretive method. In addition, this paper will also examine various strategies and its styles of variations based on translational study. The following strategies will be presented in the paper as;

• They involve text manipulation.
• They must be applied to the process.
• They are goal-oriented.
• They are problem-centered.
• They are applied consciously.
• They are inter-subjective.

Most theorists agree that strategies are used by translators when they encounter a problem and literal translation is not useful. Different researchers have investigated and described various translation strategies from their different perspectives. It intends to show what translation strategies exist and when and why they are used by professional translators. Different scholars have various perspectives to the aspects of the act of translation, so, they define and describe different types of strategies. Bergen's (n. d.) classification of the strategies includes three categorizations which will be discussed mainly in this paper:

• Comprehension strategies
• Transfer strategies
• Production strategies

An addition to this paper, styles of variations will also be introduced to the readers through different aspects and examples. The concept of style can be defined in terms of the distinctive way an individual or a group uses language, or better still the discourse used to perform distinct functions of language aimed at achieving specific purposes. However, this does not entail that style is simply a matter of form since it is the product of other components such as the genre of discourse, its semantics, syntax and phonology. Indeed, in order to analyze a given stylistic variation one needs an extensive checklist that includes lexical and grammatical categories, allusions, and figures of speech. Style can be understood to refer to the recurring typical features of the source text compared to the typical features of the translated text. In a quantitative and qualitative analysis, this variation is shown to be influenced by several pragmatic and social factors, and to index the interpreters' stances towards source speakers and towards the immigrant court users who are the recipients of translations from English. It is argued that translation styles have profound consequences for limited English speakers, as the insistence on institutional norms in translating to them is viewed as a gate keeping behavior that may impede their full participation in the proceedings.

What is translation?

Translation went through various definitions going from a mere linguistics activity during the sixties, a cultural and communicative activity during the seventies reflects the social impacting activity in the latest founding of the literature.
“Translation is traditionally known as being the replacement of textual material in one language into equivalent textual material in another language”.
House (2015) mentions that translation is considered as the “replacement” of a text in the source language by a semantically and pragmatically equivalent text in the target language. It is strongly related to a source language and target language cultures. It requires a high level of mastery languages, an awareness of any contextual factors within which the discourse emerges. There is no need to mention how it affected civilizations through different areas of mankind history. For example, An Arab-Islamic civilizations. There have always been different directions on how one should or should not translate. In the Arab tradition, two main methods existed and were in complete divergence namely the literal and the free method.
On the other hand, in the Western tradition there are various methods currently exist namely, the linguistic, the hermeneutic, the interpretive, the functionalist, the interventionist, the poly-systemic and the text-typologist method. More so, it may be important to point out that translation has been defined in many ways, and every definition reflects the theoretical approach underpinning it.
As Shuttlworth and Cowie (1997) observe throughout the history of research into translation, the phenomenon has been variously delimited by formal descriptions, echoing the frameworks of the scholars proposing them. For example, Bell (1991: XV) starts with an informal definition of translation, which runs as follows: the transformation of a text originally in one language into an equivalent text in a different language retaining, as far as is possible, the content of the message and the formal features and functional roles of the original text.
At the beginning of the ‘scientific’ (Newmark, 1988, p. 2) study of translation, Catford (1965, p. 20) described it in these terms, the replacement of textual material in one language (SL) by the equivalent textual material in another language.
Thirty years later, in Germany, the concept of translation as a form of ‘equivalence’ is maintained, as we can see from Koller’s definition (1995, p. 196): “The result of a text processing activity, by means of which a source language text is transposed into a target-language text. Between the resultant text in L2 (the target-language text) and the source text in L1 (the source language text) there exists a relationship, which can be designated as a translational, or equivalence relation”. Because complete equivalence (in the sense of synonymy or sameness) cannot take place in any of his categories, Jakobson (1959) declares that all poetic art is, therefore, technically untranslatable. That is, the translator has to take the question of interpretation into account in addition to the problem of selecting a TL phrase which will have a roughly similar meaning. Exact translation is impossible. In this regard, Bassnett (1996) claims that all texts, being part of a literary system descended from and related to other systems are “translations of translation of translations”: every text is unique and at the same time, it is the translation of another text. No text is entirely original because language itself, in its essence, is already a translation: firstly, of the non-verbal world and secondly, since every sign and every phrase is the translation of another sign and another phrase. However, this argument can be turned around without losing any of its validity: all texts are original because every translation is distinctive. Every translation, up to a certain point, is an invention and as such it constitutes a unique text.
In this analysis of the above definition, Manfredi (2008), points out that the above distinction can be divided into two main perspectives, those that consider translation either as a ‘process’ or a ‘product’. To this twofold categorization, Bell (1991, p. 13) adds a further variable, since he suggests making a distinction between translating (the process), a translation (the product) and translation (i.e., “the abstract concept which encompasses both the process of translating and the product of that process”. Moreover, thanks to advances in new technologies, today we can also incorporate into TS the contribution of corpus linguistics, which allows both theorists and translators analyses of large amounts of electronic texts (Manfredi, 2008). On the other hand, Halliday (1992, p. 15) takes translation to refer to the total process and relationship of equivalence between two languages; we then distinguish, within translation, between “translating” (written text) and “interpreting” (spoken text). Halliday, thus, proposes distinguishing the activity of “translation” (as a process) from the product(s) of “translating”, including both “translation” (concerning written text) and ‘interpreting’ (regarding spoken text.
“Translation is the production of a functional target text maintaining a relationship with a given source text that is specified according to the intended or demanding function of the target text.

Types of Translation

Translation is an activity that requires deep mastering of languages, a good knowledge of source and target cultures. It is also linked with the translation method, strategies and styles of variations. Each translation type requires different translation method. In this paper, it is an attempt to outline that there are several types of translation. Each type is defined by different scholars through different criteria to the contextual situation of communication. In this paper, we will be writing down the three prominent types of translation through various medium namely; technical translation, literary translation and pragmatic translation.

Technical translation

Technical translation is a type of specialized translation involving the translation of documents produced by technical writers, or more specifically, texts which relate to technological subject areas or texts which deal with the practical application of scientific and technological information. (Wikipedia)
Translators' main goal is to accurately translate the technical terminology to match the document and the message of the original content.

The benefits of technical translation

A professional technical translation service is provided by translators with dual specialties, that is, professionals who are fluent in the language pair, but who are also experts in the field covered by the documents to be translated.
When you need to have your documents translated by a technical translator, translators who are not experts may not be able to provide the necessary solutions and terminology for a quality translation. If the translator is not an expert in the field, he/she will have to learn the new terminology while working. This means that translation will take longer, have higher chances of inaccuracies, and may result in higher costs. Therefore, the main advantages of hiring an agency specialized in this type of service are as follows:

Literary translation

Literary translation is the translation of creative and dramatic prose and poetry into other languages. This includes the translation of literature from ancient languages and the translation of modern fiction so that it can reach a wider audience.
Literary translation is of huge importance. It helps to shape our understanding of the world around us in many ways. Reading Homer and Sophocles as part of a classical education in school helps to build an understanding of history, politics, philosophy and so much more. Meanwhile, reading contemporary translations provides fascinating insights into life in other cultures and other countries. In a fast-paced world so rife with misunderstanding and confusion, such efforts to share knowledge and experiences across cultural boundaries should be applauded.
The translation of literature differs greatly from other forms of translation. The sheer size of the texts involved in literary translation sets it apart. Tackling a translation that runs to hundreds of thousands of words is not a task for the faint-hearted. Nor is recreating poetry in a new language, without losing the beauty and essence of the original work.
One of the key challenges of literary translation is the need to balance staying faithful to the original work with the need to create something unique and distinctive that will evoke the same feelings and responses as the original. This can be particularly challenging when it comes to translating poetry.
Poems are written with incredible attention to detail. Not only are the words and phrases important, but the number of syllables and the entire rhythm of the completed work. It’s a challenging task to complete just in one language, let alone when trying to recreate a poet’s work during a translation. Daniel Hahn, director of the British Centre for Literary Translation, sums up the issue beautifully.
As literary translators will attest, a single word can be extremely troublesome. The author of a work of fiction has chosen that word for a good reason, so the translator must ensure that it is faithfully delivered in the target language. However, what if no direct translation is available? Or what if several options exist, each with a slightly different nuance? Urdu language translator Fahmida Riaz outlines her approach to such thorny issues.
For instance, “Every piece you translate comes from the pen of an individual, so you have to give it an individual treatment. I try to retain the ambience of the original culture, rather than the language, as it is reflected in the text.”

Pragmatic translation

Pragmatic translation is the basic assumption that provided a source language text contains no misstatements of fact, is competently written and has to be fully translated rather than summarized or functionally reorientated; one's purpose in translating it is to be referentially and pragmatically accurate. In this paper, I shall not deal with referential accuracy but concentrate instead on the pragmatic aspects of translation. As the term pragmatic translation may be used in a variety of ways, I should like to state my own definition of pragmatic, which derives from Charles Morris and ultimately from Charles S. Peirce. I am using pragmatic as one of the two factors in translation: pragmatic denotes the reader's or readership's reception of the translation, as opposed to referential, which denotes the relationship between the translation and the extra-linguistic reality it describes.
Translation is a properly way to a properly communication and pragmatics is how to use language in communication properly. By translation, many things from different languages and cultures can understand to each other. In other words, translation can be stated as a facilitator to make a communication runs well.

===An Overview on Translation Studies ===

===Main Issues in Translation Studies: Equivalence or Variations ===

=== Matthiessen's Parameter on Register Variations===

===Conclusion ===

=== References ===

= Muhammad Numan A Study to Explore the Translation Strategies of Idiomatic Expression from Urdu to English ; A Case Study of Sadat Hassan Manto’s Short Story “Khol Do” =
[[Trans_Type_EN_13]]

===Abstract===
Translation is necessary for developing knowledge and idea, but it also makes the people understand the language and culture of other people or countries. However, equivalence is essential during translation, especially when the translator wants to translate idiomatic expressions in the best possible way. Therefore it is necessary to follow up on some strategies during the translation process. The research work is carried out under the qualitative method with textual analysis techniques as significant. Mona Baker's model for idiomatic expression is explored with the help of different examples from collected data. The primary purpose of this study is to find out which types of strategies are being followed by the translator during the translation process. It was found that translation by paraphrasing, translation by similar words and meaning and translation by similar meaning and different words.
===Key words ===
Translation Strategies, Idiomatic expression, Sadat Hassan Manto, Urdu Literature --[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 09:45, 12 December 2021 (UTC)

===Introduction ===

In this chapter, the researcher wants to highlight the different concepts about the fundamental question that "what is idiomatic expression" and the views of various critics, theorists and linguistic experts, and prominent scholars of translation studies.--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 15:38, 13 December 2021 (UTC) Among them are Lindalorri, Mona Baker, Newmark's, and many more define idioms from their point of view. Secondly, the researcher highlights one of the most prominent literary and short stories writers of the sub-continent Sadat Hassan Manto, his life, literary style, and short stories career. In the last statement of the problem, the objective of the research, which type of strategies was followed in the translation process, purposes of study, and delimitation of studies are explained one by one.

Many critics, theorists, and linguists define idioms differently. However, in general, an idiom is a phrase or expression that typically has a metaphorical, non-literal meaning connected to it. However, phrases can become figurative idioms while keeping the literal meaning of the words. However, according to the Oxford Dictionary of English, a set of words is established by usage as having a meaning not deducible from the meanings of the constituent terms (e.g., over the moon, see the light).

"What is particularly remarkable about idioms is that they can be described in a variety of ways, depending on the roles they fulfilled," writes (Linda 2006: 8). "A string of words whose meaning differs from the meaning supplied by the individual words" is what an idiom is, according to (Larson 1984: 20). Idioms are "at the end of the scale from collocations in one or both of the areas: flexibility of patterning and transparency of meaning," according to (Baker 1992: 23). Idioms are defined by (Yagihashi 2003, 22) as a "collection of words whose meaning cannot be guessed from their meaning.". According to Newmark, “Idioms are word groups whose meaning cannot be deduced from the meaning of individual words.”(Newmark 1981: 11).--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 15:38, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

The whole meaning of each word that makes up an idiom cannot be considered the idiom's overall meaning. As a result, an idiom should not be translated. To remark that someone is bull-headed, for example, suggests that he or she is obstinate, even though the connotation has nothing to do with the words bull or headed. According to Corelli, English has a sizeable idiomatic base. About 4,000 idioms in American English are drawn from the nation's culture and everyday life. Idioms infect English with a peculiar flavor and offer it remarkable diversity, brilliant character, and color. She also feels that idiomatic expressions not only assist language learners in understanding English culture but also penetrating English people's traditions and lifestyles and gaining a deeper understanding of English history.(Corelli 2006: 53)

The main issue that idiomatic and fixed expressions pose for translators, according to Baker is twofold: "the ability to recognize and interpret an idiom correctly; and the difficulties involved in rendering the various aspects of meaning that an idiom or a fixed expression conveys into the target language. The first challenge that a translator encounters is understanding that she/he is dealing with an idiomatic expression.(Baker 1992: 65)

Sadat Husain Manto's writings also include numerous literary criticism, studies in Urdu, and many translations from Urdu into English. He is credited with having brought Urdu language and literature into the mainstream of contemporary international writing. There is no doubt that Sadat Hassan Manto was the most prolific of all modern writers in the sub-continent. Manto's published a substantial number of short stories during his short literary life span, and novelette gave some master piece work to Urdu literature. The noble laureate Hemingway mentions the lunatic life of great Manto's in his speeches. The current research study aims at discovering and determining the strategies used in translations of "khol do" short stories about sexual violence during partition of sub-continent and "license" a short story which throw light on the behavior of society toward widow his profession which lead toward prostitution by Aatesh Taseer an Indian born translator currently living in London having solid links with native country and culture.(Ahsan 2020: 12-27)--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 15:44, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Literature Review ===

In this chapter, the author/researcher defines the strategy and its different definitions from various perspectivess. However, the sole focus is only on the strategy of translation studies. Furthermore, renowned academicians put forward their definition of strategy like Venutti quoted translation strategy as the theory of de construction-sim, which is progressive and future-oriented.(Venutti !995, 35 Krings defines it as the content of the project, while Seguinet divided the term into three steps.(Krings 2000:21). However, Locher defines it as the procedure of solving a problem faced in translating a text. Jaskelaine involves the primary task of choosing the SL text and developed a method to translate it. (Locher 2002:76) In last, the author points out his research work's sole purpose by mentioning different research work on Mento's short stories except for this angle. --[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:30, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

The term "strategy" is used in a variety of settings. Many theorists in translation studies have used the phrase "translation methods" interchangeably, although with significant distinctions in meaning and perspective. The following is a collection of more general definitions of the term strategy. A strategy is a long-term set of actions to achieve a specific goal (Wikipedia Committee, n. d.).A methodical plan for improving one's learning performance has been actively altered and mentioned (Instruction Curriculum Reading Glossary, n. d.)
A strategy is a well-thought-out, intentional, goal-oriented (with a measurable outcome) approach carried out through a series of actions that can be monitored and modified (Curriculum Learning Literate-Futures Glossary, n. d.)

A collection of particular mental and behavioral procedures is taken to reach a given result. These definitions are general and can be related to different fields of study. This study mainly concerns translation strategies, although the definitions mentioned above can be narrowed down to this research field, as well. Translation strategies have their characteristics, through which one can gain a proper understanding of them. In general, a translator employs a strategy when confronted with a challenge while translating a text; nevertheless, translation methods are not required when translating a text literally. Bergen points out that strategies are not always obvious or straightforward. (Bergen 1996:33)

Although beginners in the field of translation believe they have done a successful translation when they translate word for word and utilize a dictionary, they do not realize that there is still a problem and that adjustments must be made at various levels of the translation. As a result, the most critical purpose of the strategies is to solve problems. "Venuti attempted to put deconstructionist translation theory into practice by proposing the "resistant translation" technique as an alternative to the standard "smooth translation. This technique tries to reverse the colonial concept of translation, English-American culture centralism, and the value of imperialist culture from an ideological standpoint. (Vinute 1998:41).--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:30, 13 December 2021 (UTC)
It aims to retain "foreignness" rather than seeking similarity in translation principles and methods. The author believes Venuti's translation strategy is quite progressive and future-oriented, with the development of international communications on an equal footing. However, it will take time to implement fully." (Jianzhong. .Krings 1986, 18) defines translation strategy as "a translator's potentially deliberate objectives for solving concrete translation problems specific translation task in the context of a project."The translators adopted three global tactics, according to Seguinot (i) translating uninterrupted for as long as possible; (ii) resolving surface flaws as soon as possible; (iii) leaving text quality and stylistic problems to the editing stage.(Seguinot 1989:27)--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:30, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

Furthermore, Loescher defines translation strategy as "a possibly conscious technique for overcoming a difficulty encountered in translating a text, or any segment thereof."(Loescher 1991:8) As stated in this definition, consciousness is vital in distinguishing strategies employed by learners and translators. "The element of consciousness is what distinguishes strategies from these activities that are not strategic," (Cohen 1998:4) claim moreover, 'Bell' distinguishes between global (whole-text) and local (text segment) techniques and indicates that this distinction is the outcome of several types of translation challenges.(Bell 1998:188)

According to Venuti, "involve the core tasks of picking the foreign text to be translated and establishing a way to translate it."(Venuti 1998, 240). He uses the terms "domesticating" and "foreignizing" to describe them. Ordudari, considering the process and outcome of translation, Jaaskelainen divides methods into two primary categories: some strategies deal with what happens to texts, while others deal with what happens during the translation process. According to Jaaskelainen, product-related strategies entail the essential tasks of selecting the SL content and establishing a technique for translating it. On the other hand, process-related strategies are "a set of (loosely articulated) rules or principles that a translator applies to attain the goals determined by the translating scenario.(Jaaskelainen 2005:15)

Furthermore, Jaaskelainen distinguishes between global and local strategies, stating that "global strategies refer to general principles and modes of action, while local strategies refer to specific activities concerning the translator's problem-solving and decision-making.(Jaaskelainen 2005:16). Newmarkdistinguishes between translation methods and translation procedures. (Newmark 1988, 81) also distinguishes between translation techniques and procedures, writing, "While translation methods are employed for full texts, translation procedures are utilized for sentences and smaller units of language."(Newmark 1988, 221)

Apart from other literature like poetry, drams and other subcultures also produce literary genius in short stories. Monto is one of them. His literature is translated into different languages with a different theme in his work. Apart from the story of division, Manto's books are characterized by powerful female characters. Manto combines the physical brutality of division with the intellectual cruelty that sex and sexuality face inside the Indio Pak subcontinent's social framework (Ranjan 2004, 3). Manto's female characters, according to Ispahani, are characterized by their sexual fragilities, such as sexual humiliation, rape, and prostitution. "They are nearly always victims, with the power only to cause their destruction," she believes. Sakina's body movement reveals how severely she was sexually raped. Sakina's silence and pain depict the savagery of her rape to the point where they lost their ability to communicate. Manto's short stories present another perspective on trauma through the absence of the subject converses (Mehta 2018, 9). Bingo by Tariq Rahman explores sexual repression, social injustice, and war tragedies. Wartime rape has existed since the beginning of conflicts, and penetrators consider it one of their weapons of war (Isikozlu, 2016:13).

The concept of hegemonic binary was introduced by the second wave of feminism, which depicts patriarchal conduct as sexually superior and powerful. At the same time, women are sexually inferior and submissive argue (Marinucci, 2010:15). Sexual trauma serves as a link between the victim and society; it ruins the victim's sense of safety, leads to low self-esteem, and silences them called by (Lewis 2017:54). Saadat Hasan Manto (1912-1955) was one of the most well-known, controversial, and provocative Urdu writers of the twentieth century. Despite being a prolific writer of essays, plays, film scripts, and novels, he was best known for his short tales. Born in Punjab, he began his writing career in Bombay before moving to Lahore, Pakistan, in January 1948, a few months after partition (Hasan 1984:12). Following that, his stories generally centered on a partition, exploring its human effects from various perspectives.

Manto's works are notable for their realism, word economy, dependence on internal components, and, most notably, their abrupt, often distressingly unclear ends (Akhtar and Flemming 1985:9). While Tariq Rahman wrote Bingo, he is a writer, playwright, and critic who has made significant contributions to Urdu literature through his writing. Research work was carried out on the comparison of "bingo" and "khol do."
The purpose of this thesis is to compare the two short stories Khol Do and Bingo, both of which focus on women and violence, particularly wartime rape, which makes women more vulnerable than ever before. This paper explores how women are victims of war and partition, making them doubly marginalize primarily due to the hegemonic binaries of men and women. Both of the stories aim to reflect the stigmata of our society regarding the violence and cruel treatment of women since their existence. Furthermore, via the lenses of feminism and post-colonialism, it examines how varied wartime weapons can be for both gender binaries. The writers' audacity causes us to reflect on the inhumane treatment of women in everyday life and even in wartime when they are with the men who are supposed to defend the female..(Ahsan 2020: 12-27)--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:31, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

=== Theoritical Framework ===

In this paper, various strategies have been used, like using an idiom of similar meaning and similar form, the idiom of similar meaning and different form, translation by Paraphrasing, translation by omission. The approach of employing idioms of similar meaning and form, according to Mona Baker, entails using an idiom in the target language that can express about the same meaning as the source language idiom, as well as having lexical similarity. On the other hand, this type of matching happens periodically as well as regularly.(Baker, 1992, 13)

Similarly, employing idioms with similar meanings but different forms means that it is possible to locate an idiom or fixed expression in the target text language that has a similar meaning to the source idiom or expression but is made up of distinct lexical elements. Consider the case of English and French, both of which use the idiom mentioned above. In English, one good deed is rewarded with another, whereas in French, handsome deeds are rewarded with handsome deeds.

Furthermore, we did not come across any idioms in the category mentioned above during translating idioms. To deal with this issue, the translators used the most popular approach, known as a translation by paraphrase, which is short, straightforward, and time-saving. When a match cannot be identified in the target language or when it appears improper to employ idiomatic language in target material due to aesthetic differences between the source and target languages, this is the most typical approach for translating an idiom from source to target language. However, one thing to keep in mind is that a perfect translation is not required is necessary or possible.

Last but not least, to overcome the problem of idiom translation, the translator employs the strategy of translation by omission. This can be defined as an idiom being omitted entirely in the target text with a single word. This is done because the idiom has no close match in the target language; its meaning cannot be easily paraphrased or due to stylistic reasons.--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:38, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

Data analysis Techniques:
Textual analysis is the method of data analysis in qualitative research that brings forth the hidden and potent message, structure, and function of research in giving text, Alan Mckee (defines textual analysis as whenever we perform textual analysis on the text, we make an educated guess at some time of the most likely interpretations that might be made of that text (Alan 2001:3)
Analysis of the translation of short stories in light of Mona baker's theory "khol do and license" are short stories written by Sadat Hassan Manto and translated by many translators from Urdu into English. During translation, the translator adopted many strategies for translating idiomatic expression, sometimes by Paraphrasing, sometimes by omission, sometimes using similar idioms of form and meaning while sometimes using different words and the same form, the whole.
--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 09:51, 12 December 2021 (UTC)

===Discussion and Analysis===

The chapter analyzes and discusses all the data collected by the author/researcher from different sources. All the examples of idioms are first identified, then translated into the target text, and back-translated for the sole purpose of exploring the strategies being used by the translator. A separate section is given to every strategy with its related example. Moreover, the idiomatic expression, the target work for finding, is highlighted through the bold letter.

4.1 Translation by Paraphrasing:

Based on our findings, the most often used strategy was "translation by paraphrasing." An inspection also reveals that Aatish Taseer preferred this strategy. Here are some examples applied by the translators, and in the following section, the logic behind their preference towards this strategy is elaborate. The following are examples from two short stories of Sadat Husain Manto's "khol do" and "license."
Example 1:

ST: Sirajuddin ne subah das baji anki kholi to logo ka ail mutalatam samandar deka.

TT: Ten a.m., Siraj Uddin opens his eyes on the cold floor of the camp, seeing the swelling sea of men.

BT: sub ke das baji jab Sirajuddin ne apni anki koli to logo ka aik ublaha howa samandar ka nizara dekni laga.

So, the above idioms are literal idioms being translated with the help of Paraphrasing because there is no perfect equivalent of mutalatam words in English languages. A similar look at another idiom from short stories "khol do."

Example 2:

ST: Khuda tomahra bala kari.

TT: Your God will reward

BT: Is ka badla khoda tomahi di.

Here, the word reward is being used for Bala Kari, an example of transitional by Paraphrasing.
Let take another example from "khol do."

Example 3:

ST: unkho nai Jan khateli pa rak kar sakena ko donda.

TT: even putting their lives online, they search sakina

BT: apni zindagio ko khatri me dal kar unkho nai sakina ko dond nekala.

The above idioms are examples of pure idiom translated from Urdu into English with the help of paraphrases strategies. However, under the same strategies, the idioms of another short story of Manto,s "license," are translated by Aatish Taseer. Some of the examples are given below.

Example 4:

ST: Abu kochwan bara cheel jabela ta. It is the binomial type of idioms taken from the first sentence of the short story "license" by Sadat
Hasan Manto

TT: Abu kochwan is stylish man.

BT: Abu kochwan aik wazahdar admi ta.

From the above idiom, it is clear that there is no perfect equivalence of cheela chabela idiom in English; that is, the translator goes
through paraphrasing strategies. Look at another example from "license."

Example 5:

ST: Lein har waqat bank bani rekhi ka usi be had showk ta

TT: He had a weakness for style and fashion.

BT: Dan saj ke rekhna uski kamzori me sai ik ta.

So all of the above examples, which are analyzed one by one, are examples of idioms being translated through paraphrasing strategies. (De Beaugrande and Dressler 1981, 50) define paraphrases as "approximate conceptual equivalence among outwardly different material." Similarly, in this regard, Hirst defines paraphrases as "talk(ing) about the same situation in a different way." Munday declared that "equivalence is particularly useful in translating idioms and proverbs” For instance, if the English idiom like a bear with a sore head is rendered into Persian as (mesle borje zahremar), meaning like a tower of snake venom, the strategy of equivalence has been applied.

According to Leonardi, "Equivalence can be said to be the central issue in translation." In this regard, house believes that "a translation text should match not only its source text in function but also employ equivalent situational-dimensional means to achieve that function" (Baker 2002, 49). who shares this approach, states that equivalence is used "for the sake of convenience—because most translators are used to it rather than because it has any theoretical status" (Kenny 1998, 77).

Despite different attitudes to the concept of equivalence, most specialists pay much attention to its meaning in the theory of translation. The translation is a form of communication, and that is why it is vital to establish equivalence between the source text and the target text. Although Vinay and Darbelnet believe that equivalence is used differently than in modern translation theory, it is evident that equivalence is one of the basic concepts of translation that cannot be neglected. Consequently, based on the Above mentioned studies using Paraphrasing in translation stands as the core concept in the process of translation, and still, most of the translators cling to it for producing a more comprehensible and explicable text. These language ideas and translation models are ideal constructs, presented abstractly in order to be differentiated precisely. They may exist in an uneasy combination in actual theories and practices, resulting in logical tensions or inconsistencies. They must first contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation before they can contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation. Theories and actions must be contextualized in historical settings. They've been utilized as analytical tools to describe various topics in section introductions. Theoretical writings and current events these language notions and translation models are ideal constructs expressed in an abstract manner in order to be distinguished precisely in real-life hypotheses they may exist in an uncomfortable mix, resulting in logical conflicts or inconsistencies. They must first contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation before they can contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation.

4.2 Using an idiom of Similar Meaning and Form

As mentioned earlier, this strategy type is being used by Aatish Taseer during their translated work of Manto's short stories "khol do" and" license" on an occasional basis. Some examples are mention below.

From khol do.

Example 6:

ST: Larki ka rang zard hogaya.

TT: The girl's face became fail

BT: larki ka rang zar hogya.

Similarly, another example from the license is

Example 7:

ST: Abu our us ke mat beer hogaie

TT: They fall in love with each other.

BT: WO ik dosri ke mokhbat me geriftar hogaie

The above idioms are pure ones and are being translated with the help of similar meanings and similar forms.

The procedures: transposition, modulation, equivalence, and adaptation, and when it comes to defining the term Equivalence, (Vinay and Darbelnet 2000, 90) propose that it consists in rendering "the same situation … by two texts using completely different stylistic and structural methods", and when it comes to translating idiomatic expressions like "Il pleut à seaux" it can be translated as "It is raining cats and dogs" using the idiom of similar form and meaning in the target language.

As (Baker 1992, 12) states, this strategy involves using an idiom in the TL which conveys roughly the same meaning as that of the source language idiom and, in addition, consists of identical lexical items. The salient point is that this kind of match can only occasionally be achieved, which cannot be picked up more often by translators. Accordingly, both translators mentioned in the current study had quite a slim chance of using this strategy type.

4.3 Using an idiom of similar meaning but different form:

During translating Manto short stories, "khol do" and "license," some of the idioms are translated with the help of this strategy. Some of the examples are given below from two different short stories.

Example number one is from the short story "khol do"

Example 8:

ST: Aur bolwai gos ayai thee?

TT: The roitors come abroad.

BT: pasadi bahar agai hai.

The above idiom is a pure type of idiom being translated with the help of above mention strategy. The word rioter is being used for bolwai, which is not a perfect word for bolwai. In Urdu bolwai, people believe in violence when minorities or the low population of any country want some rights. These people stop them by using violence, burn down their properties, rapes women, and do things like that. Another example from the license is below.

Example 9:

ST: Dosri kotwal abu ko dek kar jal ban ho jati.

TT: The other coachman burn with envy.

BT: Abu ke kamyabi dek kar aur kotwal abu sai khasad karni lagi’

The above idioms are a pure idiom that reflects the effect of jealousy between competitors to achieve equivalency. Aatish Taseer uses envy word for jal ban instead of other which have similar meaning but different form. Look at the other example from "license."

Example 10:

ST: Dino lat vo lagal se kam karni laga.

TT: Dino came with an excuse.

BT: Dino abb bahi tarashni laga.

The above idioms are types of binomial idioms translated with the help of idioms with similar meanings and different forms. (Newmark 1988, 81) mentions the difference between translation methods and translation procedures. He writes that "[w]hile translation methods relate to whole texts, translation procedures are used for sentences and the smaller units of language" (Newmark 1988, 81). Idiomatic translation in his definition reproduces the 'message' of the original. However, it distorts nuances of meaning by preferring colloquialisms and idioms where these do not exist in the original, leading to using an idiom of similar meaning but a different form. Besides, it is often possible to find an idiom or fixed expression in the target language with a meaning similar to that of the source idiom or expression but which consists of different lexical items (Baker 1992, 12). Therefore, translators discover idiomatic expressions in the target language with different forms than in the source language. In the current study, the translators approached this strategy merely for 9% of the total times, which means the frequency of Iranian and English idioms with the same meaning and different forms is not considered high.

4.4 Translation by omission:

A translator is less using these strategies, and we did not find any clue on this type of strategy in an area under consideration.
--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 09:48, 12 December 2021 (UTC)

=== Findings===

(Mandelbit 1995) believed that idioms with different cognitive mapping in the target language would be more challenging to translate. After conducting study and data analysis of collected data, the result revealed that the translator frequently used three out of four strategies of the Mona Baker model during the translation process, which is a translation by Paraphrasing, translation by similar meaning and similar form, translation by similar meaning and different form. In contrast, translation by omission does not found in his work.
After detail and careful analysis of data, more than half of idioms like "swelling sea of man,” my lord break his arrogance, “weakness for style and fashion." As I mentioned earlier, many more are translated under the umbrella of Paraphrasing, which is considered the most common method used for translating idioms.

Similarly, we also reflect strategies like similar meaning and different form and similar meaning and similar form. The idiom "rioter came abroad,” burn with envy,” The girl's face became pale, " They fall in love with each other" are translated with the help of two mention strategies, respectively.

Although translation by omission is a strategy used on rare occasions because of its meaning, its meaning cannot be easily paraphrased or stylistic reason. Here, the researcher also did not find any idiom translated with the help of the omission strategy.

===Conclusion ===

Go through detailed discussion and analysis of data collected from my source. We finally concluded that the idioms present in two short stories, "khol do" and "License," are translated under the frame of Mona Baker's idiomatic model. Translation by Paraphrasing is mainly used while idioms of similar meaning and form and idioms of similar meaning and different forms are used occasionally. The researcher discusses all the strategies with related examples in the order of maximum used to minimum used. The strategy by omission did not find it works. All the data are collected from different sources and analyzed with the help of different researcher tools, and the result is written in light of the finding. Different from previous studies, the writer presents the strategies to translate idioms by each type of idiomatic expression found in the story. From the result, it is considered the translation of idiomatic expressions in the story is quite accurate. As the number of accurate data is more the data which is not related to the translation. We take conclusion from the translation through idiomatic expression and paraphrasing is the best way to translate a novel or a story however it is very difficult job to do because it needs more accurate and precise knowledge about the source language and an inspiring method to express ideas in the target language. However, translation is thing through which we can connect the world with each other and also we can study and observe diverse cultures.

=== References ===
Abu-Saydeh, A. F. (2004). Translation of English idioms into Arabic. Babel, 114-131.

Ahsan, S. (2020). A comparative study of two translations of manto's short story "Toba Tek". International Journal of English Language Studies, 12-27.

Alexander, R. J. (1987). Mimeograph. In R. J. Alexander (Ed.) Collocation and Culture. Trier: University of Trier, West Germany.

Al-Qinai, J. (2000). Translation quality assessment. strategies, parameters and procedures. Translator's Journal, 497-519.

Bayashi, J. (2020). Japanese-English translation: An advanced guide. Oxfordshire: Routledge.

Das, V. &. (1995). Critical events: An anthropological perspective on contemporary India. New Delhi: Oxford Printing Press.

Mufti, A. (2007). The Language of English India. In I. &. End (Ed.) Enlightenment in the Colony. Princeton University Press.

Waka Xia, L. (2019). A discourse analysis of news translation in China. Syydney: Routledge.

= Muhammad Saqib Mehran Problems in Translation Study =
[[Trans_Type_EN_14]]

===Abstract===

===Key words ===

===Introduction ===

===Ambiguity===

===Lexical and Structural Mismatches===

===Multiword units: Idioms and Collocations===

===Summary===

===Further Reading===

=刘胜楠 A Case Study of ''Ne Zha'' on Subtitle Translation Strategies from the Perspective of Skopos Theory=
[[Trans_Type_EN_15]]

Translation types, strategies, styles, methods

2021-12-13T16:40:38Z

Muhammad Numan: /* Translation Strategies */

'''Translation types, strategies, styles, methods'''

[[Translation_types,_strategies,_styles,_methods|Overview Page of Translation types, strategies, styles, methods]]

30 Chapters（0/30)

[[Trans_Type_EN_1]] [[Trans_Type_EN_2]] [[Trans_Type_EN_3]] [[Trans_Type_EN_4]] [[Trans_Type_EN_5]] [[Trans_Type_EN_6]] [[Trans_Type_EN_7]] [[Trans_Type_EN_8]] [[Trans_Type_EN_9]] [[Trans_Type_EN_10]] [[Trans_Type_EN_11]] [[Trans_Type_EN_12]] [[Trans_Type_EN_13]] [[Trans_Type_EN_14]] [[Trans_Type_EN_15]] [[Trans_Type_EN_16]] [[Trans_Type_EN_17]] [[Trans_Type_EN_18]] [[Trans_Type_EN_19]] [[Trans_Type_EN_20]] [[Trans_Type_EN_21]] [[Trans_Type_EN_22]] [[Trans_Type_EN_23]] [[Trans_Type_EN_24]] [[Trans_Type_EN_25]] [[Trans_Type_EN_26]] [[Trans_Type_EN_27]] [[Trans_Type_EN_28]] [[Trans_Type_EN_29]] [[Trans_Type_EN_30]] ...

[[Book_projects|Back to translation project overview]]

[[DCG-To-Do|To the To Do List]]

=阳佳颖 Analysis On Subtitling Strategies in the American Version of the ''Legend of Zhen Huan''=

'''浅析美版《甄嬛传》的字幕翻译策略'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_1]]

阳佳颖 Yang Jiaying, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 2: The Use of Translation Strategy and Translation Methods in Tourism Texts under the Guidance of Peter Newmark's Translation Theory -- A Case Study of ''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''=
'''纽马克翻译理论指导下旅游文本中翻译策略与翻译方法的使用——以''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_2]]

刘晓 Liu Xiao, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 3: Translation methods and strategies for novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory -- A case study of Korean novel Eun-ju's Movie (Excerpt)=
交际翻译理论指导下小说题材所适用的翻译方法和翻译策略—以韩国小说集《恩珠的电影》（节选）为例

[[Trans_Type_EN_3]]

刘越Liu Yue ，Hunan Normal University，China

=Chapter 4: On Translation Strategies and Translation Methods in Chinese Translation of English Prose -- A Case Study of Chinese Translation of English Prose "Pleasures of Ignorance"=

'''浅析英语散文汉译中的翻译策略和翻译方法——以英语散文《无知的乐趣》汉译本为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_4]]

毛雅文 Mao Yawen, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 5： Analysis of translation strategies and methods for political eassays --- A Case Study of Annual Summary of the Russian Government's Work of 2019 =
'''政论语体翻译策略及翻译方法— 以《2019年俄罗斯政府工作报告》为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_5]]

毛优 Mao You，Hunan Normal University，China

=Chapter 6: An analysis and comparison of the translation styles of two Chinese translations of ''Le Spleen de Paris''=
'''浅析对比《巴黎的忧郁》两个汉译本的翻译风格'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_6]]

彭瑞雪 Peng Ruixue, Hunan University, China

=Chapter 7: A Study of Lu Xun’s Short Stories Translation from the Perspective of Functional Equivalence: Taking Yang Xianyi and Gladys Yang’s English Verison of ''Kong I-Chi'' as a Case Study=
功能对等翻译视角下的鲁迅短篇小说翻译研究——以杨、戴夫妇的《孔乙己》英译本为例

[[Trans_Type_EN_7]]

秦建安 QinJianna, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 8:Translation methods and strategies applicable to the style of biographical literature -- Taking ''Incidents in Life of Slave Girl'' (excerpt) as an example=

'''传记文学的文体所适用的翻译技巧与策略——以英文传记《一名女奴的人生际遇》(节选)为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_8]]

颜子涵 Yan Zihan, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 9: On the Translation Strategies of ''Lun Yu'' from the Perspective of Fusion of Horizons – A Contrastive Study of two translations of Ku Hung-ming and Xu Yuanchong=

'''视域融合视角下看《论语》英译的翻译策略—以辜鸿铭和许渊冲的英译本为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_9]]

邝艳丽 Kuang Yanli, Hunan Normal University, China

=杨柳青 Bian Zhilin's Literary Translation Theories and Practice——Take His Translation of Romantic Poems as Examples=

Yang Liuqing杨柳青,Hunan Normal University,China.

[[Trans_Type_EN_10]]

=Atta Ur Rahman Exploring Translation Strategies: A Case Study of the English Translation of the Holy Quran=

===Abstract===
This study aims at diagnosing culture-specific items in the English translation of the Holy Quran and the strategies which were used to translate the CSIs. Translating CSIs can be a demanding task because such items have specific meanings in the culture and language in which they exist but not necessarily in others. Taking this fact into account, the present study investigates the strategies used in the translation of culture-specific items in the English translation of the Holy Quran. Moreover, the researcher explored the most frequently employed translation procedures. To achieve these goals, the descriptive approach is applied for the analysis of the translation of specific items of culture. The descriptive analysis is also used for the investigation of the translation procedures used therein. The findings of this study indicate that the use of cultural equivalent strategy was the most frequent applied procedure. The descriptive equivalent and through translation procedures were the second most frequently applied translation strategies which were followed by transference, functional equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, modulation and notes. The results shows that the translation procedures are helpful (especially the target-oriented ones) in conveying the meaning of the text from Arabic into English in different ways.

===Key Words===
The Holy Quran, Translation Strategies/procedures, Culture-Specific Items, Newmark

===Introduction===
1. Overview
Translation that plays a crucial role in introducing the history and in transferring the culture of an area is a kind of communication between different languages. It is also illustrated “as the result of a linguistic-textual procedure in which a text in one language is re-contextualized in another language.” In the re-contextualization, studies on translation demonstrate that there are certain critical points (Munday 2012:37) that are problematic for translators, especially, when dealing with vital cultural texts such as religious texts (Malmkjær 2015:10). It helps to communicate and exchange information with people from different countries and cultures. Khammyseh argues that translation is one of the traditional communicating methods between communities all around the world. (Khammyseh 2005;9). Jothiraj states that “translation plays an important role in the inter-lingual process of communication”(Jothiraj 2004;1). Translation is essential for cultures and languages to exchange information. Newmark (1988) defines it as a craft in which a written message in a language is replaced by the same story in another language. According to him, Translation is the art of trying to translate what is written or expressed in one language into another language with the same message or expression. To accomplish a qualified translation, the translator needs to be aware of different aspects(Newmark 1988;2). Many scholars in translation have noticed that the difficulty for a translator is to translate texts which deals with religious concepts and cultural specific items.

Nida indicated that translation is the way of finding natural issues in the TL close to the SL, in terms of message and style(Nida 1964;32). Larson (1998) has acknowledged that dealing with religious and cultural items is the most difficult, both in finding equivalence and analyzing the source vocabulary. Among the many challenges that exist for the translator is to bring the concept of the SL to a deeper meaning in the TL, the main problem is how to give CSIs, the significance which is firmly connected to the particular cultural context(Larson 1998;23).--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 15:41, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

Culture plays a considerable role, Snell-Hornby assumed that “Culture refers to all socially conditioned aspects of human life”.(Snell-Hornby 1988;33). Another definition of culture is formulated by Goodenough. For him, culture is “what people have to learn as distinct from their biological heritage, must consist of the end product of learning: knowledge, in a most general, if relative, sense of the term."(Goodenough 1957;167). By this definition, we should note that culture is not only a material phenomenon; it does not consist of things, people, behavior, or emotions. It is rather the organization of these things. It is the forms of things that people have in their minds, their models for perceiving, relating, and otherwise interpreting them”. According to him, if the translator wants to understand a culture, she or he has to understand that culture is a mixture of belief and knowledge.

The religious text and especially the Holy Quran have played a significant role in human life throughout history to guide human beings towards the right path. Translating religious text can be a hectic job. When it comes to religious texts like the Holy Quran, it might be even more hectic. The Holy Quran has a profound impact on the human lives of its believers. It spreads spiritual serenity and peace of mind. Lustig and Joline thought that “religion is an important institutional network that binds people to one another”(Lustig and Joline 2003;16). But sometimes believers of Islam (whether they are native or not native speakers of the language) face a tremendous difficulty when they want to understand the meaning of a certain lexical unit, lexis that can be identified as Quranic-specific words/phrases.

This study is aimed to probe Newmark's translation procedures applied to translate cultural items from the SL (Arabic) to the TL (English) and to focus on translation strategies used by the English translator to transfer absolute and in-depth intended meanings of the CSI in the Holy Quran. If we examine Newmark's opinion, seventeen procedures may be needed by a translator in the process of translation. However, only a few translation procedures are relevant to this translation, they are Transference, cultural equivalent, functional equivalent, descriptive equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, through translation, modulation and notes.(Newmark 1988;81). These types of translation procedures are usually used to translate cultural terms contained in the text involving Surah Yusuf as a source language. Thus, in the relationship between translation and culture, the strategies offered should be understood as an attempt to make the translation easy to understand by the TR without blurring the message contained in the text written in the SL.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 15:41, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Translation and Culture===

2. Translation and Culture

Culture and translation are intimately connected, for understanding the culture translation plays a crucial role. In every nation, there are multiple cultures which reflect how people behave, socially, traditionally and politically and also practice their specific languages. Languages have a complex system of communication that humans adapt from different cultural background. When someone wants to know more about any culture, it is necessary to know about that language. For understanding the language they need to translate it as one might not understand the particular language. Thus, translation fills the gap created by languages that is a very important aspect of translation.

The translation is the process of translating a point or text from one language to another, we can also refer translation to moving of something from one place to another. Translation impacts also on our real life, in a way of transforming other cultures, norms and traditions into our culture. Translators play a vital role in culture and mediators between cultures, dedicated to linking the gap that repeatedly hinders effective communication between communities. According to Peter Newmark, “translators have been entrusted the elegant and highly-demanding task of representing cultures for decades” (Newmark 1988;7). Newmark established connections concerning the relationship between culture and translating. In his book, he regards translation as a process of “representing the meaning of a text into another language in the way that the author planned the text” (Newmark 1988;5). According to him, although this process has been supposed to be simple, in reality, translators have been facing the complex task of translating and conveying culture for decades, ever since countries began establishing relationships between one another. (Newmark 1988;7).

In the history of translation studies, translation has been discussed through multiple routes which based on practicality and some theoretical aspects. For instance, Catford defined it as "the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language”(Catford 1965;20). According to Venuti translation is "the forcible replacement of the linguistic and cultural difference of the foreign text with a text that will be understandable to the target language reader”(Venuti 1995;18). Schjoldager stated that“a translation is a text that expresses what another text has expressed in another language”(Schjoldager 2008;19). Culture is a complex whole which includes knowledge,belief,art,law,morals,customs and many other capabilities and habits acquired by man as a member of society. The translation is no longer considered to be a mere cross-linguistic activity but it significantly is cross-cultural communication.”
Since language reflects the way of life and basic parts of it, the process of translation cannot be done without the integration of cultural symbols into the construction of meaning. Hassan claimed that a good translation “is one that carries all the ideas of the original as well as its structural and cultural features” (Hassan 2014;2). Hermanns contributed that translation should be recognized as a cultural act. It is a kind of linguistic-cultural activity that involves at least two languages and two cultural traditions. Similarly, translation is not just a verbal act; it is also cultural, which is an act of communication of cultures(Hermanns 1999;22) Later, Hassan emphasized a good translation "is one that carries all the ideas of the original as well as its structural and cultural features" and that "reconstructs the cultural/historical context of the original"(Hassan 2014;2).
These statements demonstrate that there is an interaction between translation and culture, Newmark illustrated that culture in translation competence is “the greatest hurdle to translation, at least the achievement of an accurate and decent translation" (Newmark 2001;328).

Bearing in mind the general alliance among researchers regarding the importance of culture in translation, the translation activity is a question of transferring the correct meaning and that the translator has a productive role in transferring not only the linguistic system of the source text but also the cultural one. As such, it is extremely difficult to draw a borderline between translation and culture as they are inextricably overlaid and this connection leads to creative translation.

2.1 Culture-Specific Items (CSIs)

Culture-specific items are notions that are specific to a particular culture. These concepts are using in different domains such as flora, fauna, food, clothes, housing, work, leisure, politics, law, and religion in the way of life. These cultural concepts are consist of different suggestion and approaches. For the denomination of these concepts, many scholars and linguists employed different names or terms, relatively different definitions are given and they tried to define some points that were related to the culture but they not defined even the name of the concept clearly. Scholars refer different names to these culture-specific items, Newmark uses the term cultural words. (Newmark 1988;327) Christine Nord names them “culturemes” (Nord 1997;9) while in one of the newer studies, focused on the translation of culture-specific items, Mohammad Reza Shah Ahmadi and Fatemeh Nosrati employ a term culture-bound element (Ahmadi and Nosrati 2012;1).
After a long time, some scholars prefer the terms “culture-specific item” (Aixela, 1997; Davies, 2003), others choose cultural words (Newmark, 2003) or culture-bound phenomena/concepts (Baker, 1992, Newmark, 2003, Robinson, 2003). In this study, the term “culture-specific item” is used as the basic term, as well as its abbreviation CSI, although other synonyms may be used to prevent repetition. "Culture-specific items are defined by different scholars according to their differences and similarities. Meanwhile, Mona Baker (1992) defines specific concepts of culture as “sourcelanguage words that express concepts unknown in the target culture” (Baker, 1992, 21). It may relate to religion, kind of food or social customs. Newmark suggests to culture-specific items as cultural words (Newmark 1988, 94). He further discussed that in many circumstances, cultural words are somewhat easy to detect in a text because they are closely related to a specific language and unable to translate word by word (Newmark 1988, 95). When they cannot be translated literary then he mentioned that the translators usually the purpose is to provide a descriptive-functional equivalent (Newmark 1988, 95).--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:02, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

2.1.1 Translation of CSIs in the Holy Quran

The Holy Quran is the most basic religious book for Muslims, the Quran was revealed to the prophet Muhammad (PBUH). The Quranic corpus, created in an early form of Classical Arabic, is traditionally believed to be a literal transcript of God’s speech and to constitute the earthly production of an uncreated and eternal heavenly original, according to the general view referred to in the Quran itself as “the well-preserved tablet” (al-lawḥ al-mahfūẓ; Qurʾān 85;22). It has a heartfelt impact on human lives and their believers. It spreads spiritual stability and peace of mind. According to (Lustig and Joline 2003;16) “Religion is an important institutional network that binds people to one another.”
Translating Quranic-specific words/phrases is considered a great challenge for the translators which requires an accurate interpretation and consciousness of the crucial functions of these Quranic-specific words/phrases. Therefore, they have to focus on a set of aspects to attain equivalence and then render the exact meaning. The translation of the Holy Quran is a debatable process because Arabic is full of cultural-specific concepts with no proper equivalent in other languages; consequently, some equivalents fail to convey their cultural meaning thoroughly. The translation is seen as the process of reconstructing a text into other languages. In the Holy Quran, it is mentioned in the Surah of Yusuf: “we have sent it down as an Arabic Quran”, the translated text has been simply seen as a commentary, explaining, or paraphrasing of the source text. In general, exact translation never occurs; rather this can be a basic interpretation of the Holy Quran. In the process of translation of the Holy Quran, language and CSI items and rhetorical features were not inimitable and reproducible into other languages.
Translating CSIs is a strenuous task because such elements have special meanings in culture and language.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:02, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Types of Translation ===
3. Types of Translation
Newmark determines 8 types of translation which are:

3.1 Word-for-Word Translation

This is usually indicated as an interlinear translation, with the target language immediately below the source language words. The source language word-order is preserved and the words translated singly by their most common meanings, out of context. These words are translated literally. Some of the uses of point-by-point translation are to understand the mechanics of the source language or to create a difficult text as a pre-translation process.

3.2 Literal translation

In this type of translation, the grammatical structures of the source language are changed to the nearest target language equivalent but the written points remain the same to one another, out of context.
3.3 Faithful translation
This translation attempts to reproduce the original exact meaning within the limitations of the TL grammatical structures. It also conveys cultural words and maintains an unusual degree of grammar and strength in translation. It tries to make the SL author completely loyal to the intent and reality of the text.

3.4 Semantic Translation

Semantic translation takes much of the aesthetic value of the source language text, making sense where appropriate so that there are no implications, wordplay or repetition roots in the finished version. It may translate less important cultural points by a culturally neutral third or active terms but not by cultural equation and it may also give the reader more small concessions.

3.5 Adaptation

This is an unrestricted form of translation. It is used mainly for plays and poetry, the themes, characters, plots are usually preserved, the SL culture converted to the TL culture and the text rewritten (Ahmad 2015;15).

3.6 Free Translation

The content without a form of the original or the matter without the manner is the productions of free translation. It is also known as intra-lingual translation and it is usually longer than the original.

3.7 Idiomatic Translation

This type of translation replicates the original message but degrades the depth of meaning by selecting meanings and dialogues that do not exist in the original.

3.8 Communicative Translation

This type of translation replicates the original message but degrades the depth of meaning by selecting meanings and dialogues that do not exist in the original.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:05, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Translation Strategies ===

4. Translation Strategies
Many theorists have used the term translation strategy extensively but with some significant differences in meaning and perspective that they see. Many theorists have used the approach of translation comprehensively but with some notable differences in meaning and vision as they appear.

4.1 Aixela Translation Strategies:
According to Aixela translators need to choose several strategies based on the source language culture and target culture. He distinguishes many of the translation strategies that apply to the translation of culture-specific items and at the same time, he tries to command by the level of their intercultural intervention. He divided it into two groups; conservative groups (5 approaches) and the substitution (6 strategies).

4.1.1. Conservation:
In conservation,the less compelling process includes repetition,orthographic adaptation,linguistic translation,extratextual gloss and intratextual gloss.

4.1.1.1 Repetition:In repetition, there is simply the transference of the culture-specific items from the ST to the TT. Thus,the translator keeps as much as possible the original reference (Aixela 1996;61). This approach is often used for languages that do not differ in the alphabet and most for names.

4.1.1.2 Orthographic Adaptation: The orthographic adaptation involves writing or
transliteration, mainly when the original term is given in a different alphabet than the one used in the target culture.

4.1.1.3 Linguistics translation: Linguistic translation emphasizes on the way where the translator chooses the source closest to the original text and increases his understanding by giving the TL version which is still relevant to the ST cultural system.

4.1.1.4 Extra-textual Gloss: Here,the extra-textual gloss refers to additional information to the previously mentioned procedures, The translator uses one of the above strategies but considers it as a necessity to explain the meaning or concept of CSI. In this gloss, it can be footnotes,endings,words,ideas,translators in dictionaries, italics and so on.

4.1.1.5 Intra-textual Gloss:It's like the past but the translator feels that he/she can include the globe as an indirect part of the text,not to distract the reader.

4.2.1 Substitution
In substitution, According Aixela “that synonymy, limited universalization, absolute universalization, naturalization, deletion, and autonomous creation are encompassing here"(Aixela 1996;87)--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:40, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

4.2.1.1 Synonymy: This strategy is a stylist used to avoid the constant repetition of culturespecific items in the ST.

4.2.1.2 Limited Universalization: When the translator realizes that the culture-specific item is not clear to the reader or that another source CSI exists in the source language which can be replaced, replace it with data. Of course, the location is not as specific to the source language as the first one.

4.2.1.3 Absolute Universalization: The only difference between limited universalization and absolute universalization is when the translator cannot find the best known CSI in the source language or prefers to eliminate the unusual concept and choose a neutral term. (Aixela 1997;63).

4.2.1.4 Naturalization: In this case “translator brings the culture-specific item into the TL culture” (Shokri Ketabi 2015;8).

4.2.1.5 Deletion: When the CSI is “unacceptable ideologically or stylistically or it is not relevant enough for the effort of comprehension required for the readers” (Aixela 1996;64), or very clear that the translator does not want to use any strategy, they delete the CSI.

4.2.1.6 Autonomous Creation: When the translator agrees to use non-existent cultural
reference in the ST.(Aixela 1997;43).

4.3 Mona Baker’s Translation Strategies
Baker’s strategies have been used by professional translators at word level in their translations, to deal with issues while performing the task of translation.Baker She suggests various procedures to work for unequal treatment at the point level, for example, translation by a more general word, translation by a more neutral / less obvious word, translation by paraphrasing, Using related words, and so on. She formulates the classification in different strategies(Baker 1992;90) which are the following:

4.3.1 Translation by a more general word: According to Baker,this has to do with the meaning of the proposition. Appropriately it works in many languages.

4.3.2 Translation by a more neutral/ less expressive word: This is another strategy in terms of semantics it does with differences with obvious meaning.

4.3.3 Translation by cultural substitution:This strategy involves placing culture-specific material that does not have the same predictive meaning as the target language material but may have the same effect on the target reader.

4.3.4 Translation using a loan word: This strategy relies on culture-specific items, modern borrowing points plus interpretation concepts and buzz points.

4.3.5 Translation by paraphrase using a related word: When the source material is written in the target language but separately, and when the frequency used in the source text is high, it will be natural in the target language.

4.3.6 Translation by paraphrase using unrelated words: This strategy can be used when the concept in the source material is not lexical in the TL.

4.3.7 Translation by omission: Losing phrases or words that are not vital to text development.

4.3.8 Translation by an illustration: Here, use examples when the source word is not equal in the target language. Each theorist presents their strategies according to their point of view,however,Baker,s translation strategies include the most applicable set of strategies, as it shows the strategies used by professional translators.
--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:40, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Cultural Categories ===

5. Cultural categories

5.1.2 Ecology
In this type of cultural category, Newmark labels those words which have some similarities and differences in culture concerning the environment. For Example, animals, colors, astronomy, plants birds etc. They will also have some geographical features that can normally differ from other cultural terms in that they usually have no political, commercial value.

5.1.2 Material culture

Material culture is also known as artefacts, In the category of material culture, Newmark included Food, clothes, housing, transport, and communications and also those objects which are made by humans. For Example, Clothing, atoms, crops, vegetables, jewellery, drugs, planets etc. “Food is for many the most sensitive and important expression of national culture. The function of the generic clothes terms is approximately constant, indicating the part of the body that is covered, but the description varies depending on climate and material used, houses and town, and transport.”

5.1.3 Social culture

The social culture is divided by Newmark in two ways, they are work and leisure. For example, Trade, armour, literature, poets, markets, games.

5.1.4 Organisation

Newmark organizations are divided into five categories: political and administrative conditions, historical conditions, and international conditions. ‘The international community terms usually have recognized translations which are in• fact through-translations, and are now generally known by their acronyms', religious terms, artistic terms; “the translation of artistic terms referring to movements, processes and organizations generally depend on the putative knowledge of the readership. For example, adultery, business, corruption, sex, poverty, marriage, divorce etc.”

5.2 Newmark Classification CSIs

Newmark (1988) established the classification of culture-specific items (CSIs) into five classes which are;
Table 1. Newmark classification of Culture-Specific Items. (Newmark 1988, 97)

5.2.1 Categorization of CSIs in Surah Yousuf of the Holy Quran

Verse No. Terms English Translation Categories
1 الۡکِتٰبِ Book Material culture

2 قرُۡءٰنًا Quran Material culture

3 الۡقَصَصِ Narration Gesture

4 رَايَۡتُ Dream Habit

5 کَوۡکَبًا Stars Ecology

6 ال َّ شمۡسَ Sun Ecology

7 الۡقَمَرَ Moon Ecology

8 الۡاحََادِيۡثِ Events Organization

9 يعَۡقوُۡبَ House of Yaqub Material culture

10 يعَۡقوُۡبَ Yaqub

11 ابِۡرٰہيِۡمَ Ibrahim

12 اِسۡحٰقَ Ishaq

13 اقۡتلُوُا Kill Social culture

14 ارَۡضًا Earth Ecology

15 الۡجُبِّ Pit Ecology

16 ال َّ س َّ يارَةِ Wayfares

17 يٰۤابََانَا Father

18 َّ يرۡتعَۡ Eat Social culture

19 وَ يَلۡعَبۡ Play Social culture

20 لَحٰفِظُوۡنَ Guard Social culture

21 وَ اخََافُ Fear Habit

22 الذِئّۡبُ Wolf Ecology

23 عِشَاءًٓ Nightfall Ecology

24 َّ يبۡکُوۡنَ Weeping Habit

25 مَتاَعِنَا Belongings Material culture

26 قمَِيۡصِہٖ Shirt Material culture

27 وَارِدہَمُۡ Water drawer Material culture

28 دلَۡوَهٗ Bucket Material culture

29 بِثمََنٍ ۢ بَخۡسٍ Paltry price Material culture

30 درََاہمَِ مَعۡدوُۡدةٍَ Silver coin Material culture

31 مِّصۡرَ Egypt

32 لِامۡرَاتَِہٖۤ Wife

33 الۡارَۡضِ Land Ecology

34 اشَُدَّ هٗۤ Prime age

35 الۡابَۡوَابَ Door Material culture

36 مَعَاذَ ّٰ ِ Master Organization

37 ال ُّ سوۡٓءَ Evil Habit

38 الۡفَحۡشَاءَؕٓ Lewdness Habit

39 عِبَادِنَا Servant Organization

40 وَ قَدَّ تۡ Ripped Social culture

41 عَذاَبٌ Punishment Social culture

42 ُّ يسۡجَنَ Prison Organization

43 الۡعَزِيۡزِ Minister Organistion

44 حُباؕ Love Social culture

45 فتَٰىہَا Slave Organization

46 سِکِّيۡنًا Knife Material culture

47 مَلکٌَ Angel Organization

48 فَاسۡتجََابَ Prayer Gestures

49 خَمۡرًا Wine Material culture

50 خُبۡزًا Bread Material culture

51 رَاۡسِیۡ Head Material culture

52 ال َّ طيۡرُ Birds Ecology

53 ءَارَۡبَابٌ Gods Organization

54 يٰصَاحِبَیِ السِّجۡنِ Prisoners Organization

55 تعَۡبدُوُۡنَ Worship Gesture

56 ال َّ شيۡطٰنُ Satan Organization

57 الۡمَلِکُ King Organization

58 بَقَرٰتٍ Cows Ecology

59 خُضۡرٍ Green Ecology

60 يٰبسِٰتٍ Dry Ecology

61 سُنۡۢبلُٰتٍ Grain Material culture

62 تزَۡرَعُوۡنَ Crops Material culture

63 يغَُاثُ Rain Ecology

64 يَعۡصِرُوۡنَ Juice Material culture

65 النِّسۡوَةِ Women

66 ال َّ رسُوۡلُ Messenger Organization

67 الۡعَزِيۡزِ Governor Organization

68 ال ّٰ صدِقِيۡنَ Truthful Habit

69 الۡخَائِٓنيِۡنَ Betray Organization

70 خَزَائِٓنِ Treasure Material culture

71 مَ َّ کنَّ ا Power Organization

72 بِرَحۡمَتِنَا Mercy Gestures

73 يَتَّ قوُۡنَ Taqwa Habit

74 الۡمُنۡزِلِيۡنَ Hospitality Habit

75 رِحَالِہِمۡ Camel Ecology

76 وَ ل َّ مَا فَتحَُوۡا Family Organization

77 بَابٍ Gate Material culture

78 اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty Organization

79 الۡعِيۡرُ Caravan Organization

80 لسَٰرِقوُۡنَ Thieves Organization

81 السِّقَايَۃَ Bowl Material culture

82 تاَ ّٰ ِ Swear Habit

83 کٰذِبيِۡنَ Liars Habit

84 وِّعَاءِٓ Bag Material culture

85 درََجٰتٍ Rank Organization

86 َّ موۡثِقًا Pledge Social culture

87 الۡحٰکِمِيۡنَ Judges Organization

88 الۡقَرۡيَۃَ Town Material culture

89 عَيۡنٰہُ Eyes

90 الۡبَشِيۡرُ News Social culture

91 ابَوََيۡہِ Parents Organization

92 الۡعَرۡشِ Thrown Organization

93 يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ Devices Material culture

94 وَ الۡارَۡضِ Earth Ecology

95 ال َّ سمٰوٰتِ Heavens Ecology

===Translation Procedure ===

6. Translation Procedure

There are seventeen different kinds of translation procedures classified by Newmark. According to (Gallagher 1996, 31), “translation procedures are the technical devices to convey the message of a text in one language into another language.” The difference between translation procedure and translation methods discussed by (Newmark 1988, 81), “translation methods relate to whole texts, translation procedures are used for sentences and the smaller units of language.”

6.1 Transference
Transference is the way through which we convert the source language to target language and also contains transliteration or transcription. Transference is also known as loan words, there is no transformation in the spelling of the words that have been translated.

6.2 Naturalization
Naturalization changes the word SL to its pronunciation, then TL to its original form.
Naturalization also adds new connections to external conditions.

6.3 Culture equivalent
In this procedure, SL the cultural word is translated by the target cultural word. The use of the translation of this procedure is limited because it is not accurate, but it can be used in general texts, public and publicity, as well as for brief explanation to readers who do not understand the relevant source language culture.

6.4 Functional Equivalent
This approach is the most accurate path of translating and it uses very neutral cultural points with a new specific term.

6.5 Descriptive equivalent
This strategy is working for the description of the meaning or function of the source language.

6.6 Synonymy
This method of translation is applied when there is nothing to the same.

6.7 Through-Translation
Through translation is the literal translation of common conflicts, the names of organizations and compound parts.

6.8 Shifts or Transposition
This translation procedure involving a change in grammar from SL to TL. This change is done when there is a difference between the structure of the SL and the TL is reasonable.

6.9 Modulation
This procedure is used in the translation of sentences, phrases and clauses. Here the translator looked at the message in the source language sentence from a different angle or a different way of thinking. This strategy is used when the translation of words with literal meaning does not produce a reasonable translation.

6.10 Recognized Translation
The translation process is manifested when the translator uses an authoritative or appropriate translation of an organization's term.

6.11 Translation Label
This procedure is the appropriate one for the translation of a new institutional term, and it is a temporary translation of the source language word.

6.12 Compensation
This process manifests itself when there is a meaningful loss in one part, but compensation in the other part.

6.13 Componential Analysis
In this procedure, the source language word translated into the TL by detailing the components of the meaning of the source language word.

6.14 Reduction & Expansion
In this procedure, the elements of the word 'auto' removed and the elements of the word expanded in the target language.

6.15 Paraphrase
This procedure appears when cultural words need more explanation.

6.16 Couplets
In this procedure, two or more different procedures meet in one translation, couplets, triplets, quadruplets.

6.17 Notes
When the additional information is added to the cultural words for the clarification of readers.

===Analysis and Discussion ===

7. Analysis and Discussion

7.1 Introduction
This chapter highlights the procedure of the study and the analysis of culture-specific items in Surah Yusuf. This chapter explores the use of translation strategies in transferring meaning from the ST to the TL and the appropriateness of Newmark's model in interpreting the procedures that the translator applied during the translation process.

7.2 Procedures
To account for the translation of CSIs in this research, the source text of the Holy Quran in Arabic and its English translation translated by Mufti Taqi Usmani were studied. After reading the whole Ayahs of Surah Yusuf and its translation, every Ayah and its translation in English were carefully analyzed to identify CSIs and the strategies used by the translator to translate them into English. After that, the classification of CSIs by Newmark (1988) has been accepted as the theoretical framework of this study aimed at analyzing culture-specific items. For the clarification, each procedure is interpreted and demonstrated with illustrations in Tables 1-9.

7.3 Analysis and Discussion
After the categorizing the culture-specific items according to Newmark’s strategies, the researcher worked on the strategies for translating the culture-specific items applied in Surah Yusuf, including transference, cultural equivalent, functional equivalent, descriptive equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, through translation, modulation and notes; Then, he arranged the data gained in Tables 1-9 in order to show the cases of applying Newmark’s strategies for translating the culture-specific items.
The discussion section is devoted to the interpretation of each selected culture-specific word, the researcher presents a discussion of how he formulates the CSIs in Newmark strategies.
Below are the discussion points created for using each strategy;

7.3.1 Transference: Transference includes transliteration and is the same as what is called transcription. The word then becomes a loan word. There were words that were transferred from the source text to the target text. These are presented in the following table.
Table1.

Here are some examples of Transference applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yusuf:

Strategy Source Text Target Text
قرُۡءٰنًا Quran
ابِۡرٰہيِۡمَ Ibrahim
Transference يعَۡقوُۡب Yaqub
اِسۡحٰق Ishaq
يَتَّ قوُۡنَ Taqwa

Words that have given in table 1 are transference words because these are conveyed to target language which is a different language writing system then from the source language, For example, the word Quran is transliterated word and pronounce as same as like in source language قرُۡءٰنًا, so it is transcripted and also become a loan word. Similarly, all the mentioned words in table 1 are transference words.
7.3.2. Cultural Equivalent: Cultural equivalent purpose is to replace a cultural word in the source language with an, although not completely synonymous, target language word.

Table 2.
Examples of Cultural equivalent applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡب House of Yaqub
لَحٰفِظُوۡنَ Guard
بِثمََنٍ ۢ بَخۡسٍ Paltry price
درََاہمَِ مَعۡدوُۡدةٍَ Silver coin
اشَُدَّ هٗ Prime age
Cultural Equivalent مَعَاذَ ّٰ Master
الۡعَزِيۡزِ Minister
فَاسۡتجََابَ Prayer
اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty
يٰصَاحِبَیِ السِّجۡن Prisoners
الۡمَلِکُ King
يَعۡصِرُوۡنَ Juice
مَ َّ کنَّ ا Power

In Surah Yusuf, we have some words that are related to the cultural equivalent, Table 2 contains cases where cultural equality is applied. The word House of Yaqub is not completely synonymous to the ST اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡب, it is a replaced word in the SL. The word minister is not completely synonymous to the word ST word الۡعزَِيۡزِ. Similarly, the word Master in the TT is not synonymous to the word which is used in the ST ّٰ مَعَاذَ, it is a replaced word. The original meaning of the word فَاسۡتجََابَ is to accepted, but here it is referred to Prayer which is not only the synonymous but also a replaced one; furthermore, all the words mentioned in table 2 are mostly not completely synonymous words but the cultural replacing words.

7.3.3 Functional Equivalent:In functional equivalent, the word culture-free is used,
sometimes with a specific term; Therefore, it generalizes the word SL.

Table3.

Examples of Functional equivalent applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
الۡقَصَصِ Narration
رَايَۡتُ Dream
Functional equivalent الۡاحََادِيۡثِ Events
ال َّ س َّ يارَةِ Wayfares
مِّصۡرَ Egypt
يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ Devices

In functional equivalent, culture-free words are used, sometimes a new specific term is used which generalizes the SL word. For example, in table 3 the word Events is used as a cultural free word that generalizes the ST الۡاحََادِيۡثِ. The word Devices is a cultural free word and used as a new specific term to generalize the ST word يَمۡکُرُوۡنَ. The word Narration is used in the TT as a cultural free word because it is not limited or bound to a single culture. The word narration can be used by every culture representative.
7.3.4 Descriptive Equivalent: It is using phrases in TT to explain the ST word.
Table4.
Examples of Descriptive equivalent applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
کَوۡکَبًا Stars
ال َّ شمۡسَ Sun
الۡقمََرَ Moon
Descriptive equivalent عِشَاءًٓ And at Nightfall
وَارِدہَمُۡ Water drawer
سِکِّيۡنً Knife
الۡکِتٰبِ Enlightening book
ال َّ سمٰوٰتِ Heaven

The descriptive equivalent is, using phrases in TT to explain the ST word. For example Eleven stars and the sun and the moon a phrase used in the TT which explains کَوۡکَبًا َّ و ال َّ شمۡسَ وَ الۡقمََرَ the ST words stars, sun and moon. Similarly, Enlightening the book is a phrase used in the target text which highlights the meaning of الۡکِتٰبِ.
7.3.5 Componential Analysis:componential analysis is the initial comparison of a source language point to a selected language point that has the same meaning, but does not equate to one.
Table5.
Examples of Componential analysis applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
رَايَۡتُ Dream
ال َّ طيۡرُ Birds
Componential analysis وَ يَلۡعَبۡ Play
يَعۡصِرُوۡنَ Juice
مَعَاذَ ّٰ ِ Master
يٰصَاحِبَیِ السِّجۡنِ Prisoners
اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty

Further, in justification in the translation of CSIs, the researcher analyzed the words that comparing the word base of a source language with the target language point that has the same meaning, but obviously not equals one. Like رَايَۡتُ means to look or see while translating it to the TT it meanings changes to word Dream. The basic comparison of these two words is the same.
That is both words are related to cognition and eyes. For instance, other words are ال َّ طيۡرُ Birds, اِ نِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty.
7.3.6 Synonymy: Synonymy is a near target language equivalent.
Table 6.
Examples of Synonymy applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
الۡکِتٰبِ Book
قۡتلُوُا Kill
ارَۡضًا Earth
Synonymy الذِئّۡبُ Wolf
دلَۡوَه Bucket
خَمۡرًا Wine
يٰبسِٰتٍ Dry

The translator has used good equivalents for the words chosen in the Surah Yusuf. For instance, الۡکِتٰبِ Book, Book in the TT and الۡکِتٰبِ in the ST are the synonymous word. Few other examples are mentioned in table 6.
7.3.7 Through translation:Through-translation, is a literal translation of common conflicts, names of organizations and compound parts. It can also be called: click or loan translation.
Table7.
Examples of Through-translation applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡبَ House of Yaqub
غَيٰبَتِ الۡجُبِّ Into the bottom of a pit
بِرَحۡمَتِنَا Mercy
Through Translation الۡاحََادِيۡثِ Events
ُّ يسۡجَنَ Prison
الۡعَزِيۡزِ Governor
الۡخَائِٓنيِۡنَ Betray
وَ ل َّ مَا فَتحَُوۡا Family

In through translation, the researcher found those words which have common collocations, name of organization or component of compounds in Surah Yusuf. Examples of through translations are House of Yaqub, اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡبَ is a component of the compound, Family وَ ل َّ مَا فَتحَُوۡا is the name of the organization, other examples are mentioned in table 7.
7.3.8 Modulation: Modulation occurs when the translator generates the original text message in TL text according to the current target language norms, as source language and target languages may differ visually.
Table8.
Examples of in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf Modulation applied
Strategy Source Text Target Text
يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ Devices
Modulation لَسٰرِقوُۡنَ Thieves
مَ َّکنَّ ا Power
وَ قَدَّ تۡ Ripped

The modulation occurs in the translation of culture-specific items when we are translating the word or phrase from the source text to target text according to the new norms and traditions in TT culture. For instance, Devices are the word that had been translated from the Arabic word يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ which means to plan something while in English it is opposite which means tools.
7.3.9 Notes: Notes, additions, and glosses are additional information that a translator must add to the version; The additional information that translators add is usually cultural.
Table9.
Examples of Notes applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty
Notes تعَۡبدُوُۡنَ Worship
ال َّ شيۡطٰنُ Satan
بِثمََنٍ ۢ بَخۡسٍ Paltry price

In this strategy, the translator adds some additional information to his version, The additional information that translators add is usually cultural. For example اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ is a word which means that giving the order is limited or quality related to Al-Mighty God while the translator used the word sovereign which means authority. Worship is a word which means to follow or obey someone, the translator can use it in his point of view while in Arabic تعَۡبدُوُۡ نَ which means a quality limited to God.

===Conclusion and Recommendations===

8. Conclusion and Recommendations

This chapter summarizes the findings of the study. It also provides some recommendations regarding the application of translation procedures in translation between language systems.

8.1 Summary of the Findings

The translator applied nine translation procedures out of seventeen of Newmark’s translation procedures in the translation of the Surah Yusuf of the Holy Quran, namely, transference, cultural equivalent, functional equivalent, descriptive equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, through translation, modulation and notes. The cultural equivalent strategy was the most frequent applied procedure. The descriptive equivalent and through translation procedure was the second most frequently applied translation procedure, It was followed by transference, functional equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, modulation and notes. It is a descriptive study in which CSIs from ST translated to TT.

8.2 Conclusion

The present study purpose was to explore the CSIs in Surah Yusuf of the Holy Quran and to investigate which translation strategy proposed by Newmark (1988) were employed by the translator to overcome culture-specific items. Obviously, the researcher has worked hard to clear the way for future students of translation. Throughout the research, the researcher faced a lot of challenges and findings were revealed, some of them are the following;

• Between Arabic and English, there is a big cultural gap. Till now, this problem is considered as an unsolvable problem.

• Lack of reading and translating religious books.

• Many mistakes are made by the translators because they were unknown to the ST.

• The translators have to go through or review the previous translation of the Quranic scripture to solve the problem that they might face in the process of their translation.

The procedures used in this study will help the translator to render culture-specific terms accurately. Thus, the researcher worked well to fill the linguistic gaps between Arabic and English. Furthermore, Newmark’s translation procedures helped the translator make the translation sound more natural to the TR. It can be observed from the analysis that Newmark’s translation procedures were effective in translating the Islamic texts. The findings of the study might help students of translation and practitioners in the field of TS to get familiar with the most influential strategies in rendering cultural specific items. They can use the findings of the study to employ translation tasks in translations. Educational planners can use the findings of this study to specify the most influential, dominant strategies to conduct a target-oriented/sourceoriented translation. To sum up, it should be emphasized that the focus of this particular study was on religious genre. Investigating CSIs in different genres could lead to new areas of research for interested researchers. Accordingly, the information gained from this study may prove useful to translators, translation teachers, and student learners as it will help them improve their translation skills with the special attention of culture-specific items and will allow them Give texts when having a broad view of translation. Other researchers can derive similar effects from many of the findings of the same study.

This study is similar to other studies that might have several limitations which need to be taken into account. The study focused on one Surah translated by one translator. Examining different Surahs of the Holy Quran and their translations by other authors from different cultures might lead to interesting facts or they might confirm the findings of this study. Different translators might employ different strategies. Further research is needed to confirm or disconfirm the findings of this study. Newmark's strategies are not limited to the cultural features of the language. But it also covers the linguistic specifications. To narrow down the subject of the study, the linguistic aspects of the text were ignored. Comparing these linguistic aspects could be another interesting topic and venue for further research.
Finally, It may be concluded that Newmark’s translation procedures are necessary for the translation of an Islamic text between two different language systems and cultures. However, the translator must be competent in using the translation procedures to provide an accurate translation.

8.3 Recommendations

The researcher furnished a set of recommendations in the light of the findings reached and the results obtained. The recommendations can make a helpful set of guidelines for both existing and potential translators in general and for translating religious texts of two languages that are not closely related. These recommendations are tentative and are subject to modification upon closer investigation by translation scholars and professionals:

• The researcher recommends that the study of translation procedures should be included in the university curriculum for students who study translation, to help them in solving the problems of translating religious texts.

• It is recommended for translastors to use the translation procedures appropriately in order to deliver the meaning of the source text correctly.

• The researcher also recommends examining the application of other kinds of translation procedures on Islamic texts based on other models such as Andrew Chesterman’s translation procedures.

• It would also be beneficial to investigate Newmark’s translation procedures to various types of texts such as medical texts and journalistic texts.

=== References ===
Abdi, H. (2019). Translating culture-specific items (CSIs) as a conundrum for Iranian MA translation students: Considering the level of study. Journal of new advances in English Language Teaching and Applied Linguistics, 1(1), 88-109.

Aguado-Gimenez, P., & Pérez-Paredes, P. F. (2005). Translation-strategies use: A classroombased examination of Baker’s taxonomy. Meta: journal des traducteurs/Meta:
Translators' Journal, 50(1), 294-311.

Ahmadi, M. R.S and Nosrati, Fatemah. (2012). Domestication and Foreignization Strategies in Translation of Culture-Specific Items. Translations of English-Persian Children’s Literature. San Francisco: Grin Publishing. Google Books.

Al Saleh, R. A. (2019). An Application of Newmark's Procedures to Muhammad Abul Quasem's Alleman, J. C. Bee. W. Ulitkin, I. Files, F., Zetzsche, J., Chatonnet-Marton, P. & y del Árbol, E. V. Translation Strategies.

Al-Sofi, B. B. M. A., & Abouabdulqader, H. (2020). Bridging the gap between translation and culture: towards a cultural dimension of translation. International journal of linguistics, literature and culture, 6(1), 1-13.

Baker, M., 1992. In Other Words: A Coursebook on Translation. London: Routledge, p.20–42.

Blažytė, D., & Liubinienė, V. (2016). Culture-specific items (CSI) and their translation strategies in Martin Lindstrom’s" Brand sense". Kalbų studijos, (29), 42-57.

Bush, P. (1998) "Literary Translation." In: M. Baker, ed. Routledge Encyclopedia of Translation Studies, London: Routledge, pp.127-130.

Catford. J. C. (1965). A linguistic theory of translation. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
English Translation of Mohammad Al-Ghazali's Islamic Guidance.Literature and Culture, 6(1), 1-13.

Gečaitė, L. (2020). Culture-Specific Items and Their Translation Strategies in Victoria Hislop's Novel The Sunrise.” (2020).

Hassan, B. E. A. (2014). Between English and Arabic: A practical course in translation.
Cambridge Scholars Publishing.

Hermans, T. (1999). Translation in systems. Manchester: St. Jerome Publication House, J. (Ed.). (2014). Translation: a multidisciplinary approach. Springer.
Issa, A. L. S. M., & Hammood, L. H. R.- Quranic-Specific Phrases under the Study of Translation; Significance and Applications.

Janfaza, E., Assemi, A., & Dehghan, S. S. (2012). Language, translation, and culture.
In International Conference on Language, Medias and Culture (Vol. (33), p. 83-87).

Janfaza, E., Assemi, A., & Dehghan, S. S. (2012). Language, translation, and culture.
In International Conference on Language, Medias and Culture (Vol. 33, p. 83-87).

Lambert, J. (1998) Literary Translation. In: M. Baker, ed. Routledge Encyclopedia of Translation Studies. London: Routledge, 130-134.

Landers, Clifford E. (2001) Literary Translation: A practical guide. New Jersey University Press: Multilingual Maters.

Lustig, Myron, W. and Koeser, Joline (2003), Intercultural Competence: Interpersonal Communication Across Cultures, Boston: Allyn and Bacon.

Malmkjær, K. (1993). Who Can Make Nice A Better Word Than Pretty? Collocation, Translation, and Psycholoinguistics. In: Baker, M., Francis, G. and Tognini-Bonelli, E.
eds. Text and Technology. Philadelphia/Amsterdam: John Benjamins Publishing Company. pp.213-32.

Mosavat, S., & Rahimpour, S. (2016). The Most and Least Used Translation Strategies for
Conveying Culture-Specific-Items in Young Adult Literature from English into Persian. International Journal of Humanities and Cultural Studies (IJHCS) ISSN 23565926, 1853-1873.

Munday, J. (1997). Systems in Translation: A computer-assisted systemic approach to the analysis of translation of García Márquez. Ph.D thesis, University of Bradford.

Newmark, P. (2001). A Textbook of Translation. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language
Education Press

Newmark, Peter. (1988). A Textbook of Translation. New Jersey: Prentice-Halls

Nord, Christiane. (1997). Translating as a Purposeful Activity: Functionalist Approaches
Explained. Manchester: St. Jerome. Accessed 10 November. 2018. Google Books Schjoldager, A. (2008). Understanding translation. Academica: Århus.

Silalahi, M., & Lubis, S. (2013). Translation Procedures of Cultural Terms Found In Sejarah Bilingual For Students of Senior High School.
Valipoor, K., & andAzizeh Chalak, H. H. T. (2019). Cultural-specific items in translation of the Holy Quran by Irving: 43-51.

Venuti, L. (1995). The translator’s invisibility: A history of translation. London and New York:
Routledge

Widiarto, O. V. V. (2016). The translation procedures of cultural expressions applied in a game of thrones translated into Perebutan Tahta novel by Barokah Ruziati (Doctoral dissertation, Dian Nuswantoro University).

=Zohaib Chand AN INTRODUCTION TO TRANSLATION STUDIES: AN OVERVIEW Intan Pradita=

[[Trans_Type_EN_12]]

===Abstract===
This study aims to observe the development of translation studies through its different types, various strategies, styles and particular methods. In this paper, the readers are introduced to some famous translation scholars including their view of translation studies. At the further discussions, this study lets the readers acknowledge the main issues on translation studies, focusing on different styles of variations such as grammar, sentence structure, textual analysis, strategies and methods. This study may help those who are interested to conduct translation researches and help them by giving options of which theories is beneficial to their analysis. Moreover, it aims to explore the clear definition of translation as well as help the readers to understand the basic concept which are used in the field of translation. The present study, therefore, attempts to outline the scope of the discipline of translation studies and more importantly, it is an attempt to outline its activity that required a deep mastering of language, a good source of knowledge and target cultures.

===Key words ===
Translation, styles of variations, strategies

===Introduction ===
It is undoubtedly right that translation is important to share information. In line with these premise, the number of translation professionals is getting higher. In fact, the result of translation researches tends to help human daily life in term of evaluation, designing translator machines, and cultural studies. Therefore, translation means converting written information from one language into another. It is the new discipline appeared in the second half of the 20th century. The term “Translation Studies” was coined by James S. Holmes, an American-Dutch poet and translator of poetry, in his seminal paper “The Name and Nature of Translation Studies”. Translation enables effective communication between people around the world. It is a courier for the transmission of knowledge, a protector of cultural heritage, and essential to the development of a global economy. Translation helps us to know about the developments in the field of creative arts, education, literature, business, science and politics. It has shifted from the traditional conception of the fixed, stable and unchangeable nature of the text and its meaning to a text with wide scope for variations. Translation also helps in nation building. In this globalised world, the demand for translation and language related services has increased many times. Translation is not only needed for the creation of national identity but has also become an essential tool for keeping pace with the processes of globalization and localization. The activity of translation has a long-standing tradition and has been widely practiced throughout history, but in our rapidly changing world its role has become of paramount importance. Nowadays, knowledge in which cultural exchanges have been widening, has been increasingly expanding and international communication has been intensifying, the phenomenon of translation has become fundamental. Be it for scientific, medical, technological, commercial, legal, cultural or literary purposes, today human communication depends heavily on translation and, consequently, interest in the field is also growing. Accordingly, the discussion, in the present study, proceeds primarily from the perspectives of “Translation Studies” and “Linguistics”. One major goal is to show the interrelationships between linguistics and translation, and how they benefit from each other. Nowadays, translation research has started to take another path, which is more automatic. The invention of the internet, together with the new technological developments in communication and digital materials, has increased cultural exchanges between nations. This leads translators to look for ways to cope with these changes and to look for more practical techniques that enable them to translate more and waste less. They also felt the need to enter the world of cinematographic translation, hence the birth of audiovisual translation. The latter technique, also called screen translation, is concerned with the translation of all kinds of TV programs, including films, series, and documentaries. This field is based on computers and translation software programs, and it is composed of two methods; dubbing and subtitling. In fact, audiovisual translation marks a changing era in the domain of translation.
In short, translation has very wide and rich history in the West. Since its birth, translation was the subject of a variety of research and conflicts between theorists. Each theorist approaches it according to his viewpoint and field of research, the fact that gives its history a changing quality.

Discussion

Translation is an activity that requires deep mastering of languages, a good knowledge of source and target cultures. It is also linked with the translation method, strategies and styles of variations. Each translation type requires different translation method. In this paper, it is an attempt to outline that there are several types of translation. Each type is defined by different scholars through different criteria to the contextual situation of communication. In this paper, we will be writing down the three prominent types of translation through various medium namely; technical translation, literary translation and pragmatic translation. For each type, a selection of examples will be considered for analysis based on translation theories and techniques. We will show that some chunks of text require literal translation, while other requires interpretive method. In addition, this paper will also examine various strategies and its styles of variations based on translational study. The following strategies will be presented in the paper as;

• They involve text manipulation.
• They must be applied to the process.
• They are goal-oriented.
• They are problem-centered.
• They are applied consciously.
• They are inter-subjective.

Most theorists agree that strategies are used by translators when they encounter a problem and literal translation is not useful. Different researchers have investigated and described various translation strategies from their different perspectives. It intends to show what translation strategies exist and when and why they are used by professional translators. Different scholars have various perspectives to the aspects of the act of translation, so, they define and describe different types of strategies. Bergen's (n. d.) classification of the strategies includes three categorizations which will be discussed mainly in this paper:

• Comprehension strategies
• Transfer strategies
• Production strategies

An addition to this paper, styles of variations will also be introduced to the readers through different aspects and examples. The concept of style can be defined in terms of the distinctive way an individual or a group uses language, or better still the discourse used to perform distinct functions of language aimed at achieving specific purposes. However, this does not entail that style is simply a matter of form since it is the product of other components such as the genre of discourse, its semantics, syntax and phonology. Indeed, in order to analyze a given stylistic variation one needs an extensive checklist that includes lexical and grammatical categories, allusions, and figures of speech. Style can be understood to refer to the recurring typical features of the source text compared to the typical features of the translated text. In a quantitative and qualitative analysis, this variation is shown to be influenced by several pragmatic and social factors, and to index the interpreters' stances towards source speakers and towards the immigrant court users who are the recipients of translations from English. It is argued that translation styles have profound consequences for limited English speakers, as the insistence on institutional norms in translating to them is viewed as a gate keeping behavior that may impede their full participation in the proceedings.

What is translation?

Translation went through various definitions going from a mere linguistics activity during the sixties, a cultural and communicative activity during the seventies reflects the social impacting activity in the latest founding of the literature.
“Translation is traditionally known as being the replacement of textual material in one language into equivalent textual material in another language”.
House (2015) mentions that translation is considered as the “replacement” of a text in the source language by a semantically and pragmatically equivalent text in the target language. It is strongly related to a source language and target language cultures. It requires a high level of mastery languages, an awareness of any contextual factors within which the discourse emerges. There is no need to mention how it affected civilizations through different areas of mankind history. For example, An Arab-Islamic civilizations. There have always been different directions on how one should or should not translate. In the Arab tradition, two main methods existed and were in complete divergence namely the literal and the free method.
On the other hand, in the Western tradition there are various methods currently exist namely, the linguistic, the hermeneutic, the interpretive, the functionalist, the interventionist, the poly-systemic and the text-typologist method. More so, it may be important to point out that translation has been defined in many ways, and every definition reflects the theoretical approach underpinning it.
As Shuttlworth and Cowie (1997) observe throughout the history of research into translation, the phenomenon has been variously delimited by formal descriptions, echoing the frameworks of the scholars proposing them. For example, Bell (1991: XV) starts with an informal definition of translation, which runs as follows: the transformation of a text originally in one language into an equivalent text in a different language retaining, as far as is possible, the content of the message and the formal features and functional roles of the original text.
At the beginning of the ‘scientific’ (Newmark, 1988, p. 2) study of translation, Catford (1965, p. 20) described it in these terms, the replacement of textual material in one language (SL) by the equivalent textual material in another language.
Thirty years later, in Germany, the concept of translation as a form of ‘equivalence’ is maintained, as we can see from Koller’s definition (1995, p. 196): “The result of a text processing activity, by means of which a source language text is transposed into a target-language text. Between the resultant text in L2 (the target-language text) and the source text in L1 (the source language text) there exists a relationship, which can be designated as a translational, or equivalence relation”. Because complete equivalence (in the sense of synonymy or sameness) cannot take place in any of his categories, Jakobson (1959) declares that all poetic art is, therefore, technically untranslatable. That is, the translator has to take the question of interpretation into account in addition to the problem of selecting a TL phrase which will have a roughly similar meaning. Exact translation is impossible. In this regard, Bassnett (1996) claims that all texts, being part of a literary system descended from and related to other systems are “translations of translation of translations”: every text is unique and at the same time, it is the translation of another text. No text is entirely original because language itself, in its essence, is already a translation: firstly, of the non-verbal world and secondly, since every sign and every phrase is the translation of another sign and another phrase. However, this argument can be turned around without losing any of its validity: all texts are original because every translation is distinctive. Every translation, up to a certain point, is an invention and as such it constitutes a unique text.
In this analysis of the above definition, Manfredi (2008), points out that the above distinction can be divided into two main perspectives, those that consider translation either as a ‘process’ or a ‘product’. To this twofold categorization, Bell (1991, p. 13) adds a further variable, since he suggests making a distinction between translating (the process), a translation (the product) and translation (i.e., “the abstract concept which encompasses both the process of translating and the product of that process”. Moreover, thanks to advances in new technologies, today we can also incorporate into TS the contribution of corpus linguistics, which allows both theorists and translators analyses of large amounts of electronic texts (Manfredi, 2008). On the other hand, Halliday (1992, p. 15) takes translation to refer to the total process and relationship of equivalence between two languages; we then distinguish, within translation, between “translating” (written text) and “interpreting” (spoken text). Halliday, thus, proposes distinguishing the activity of “translation” (as a process) from the product(s) of “translating”, including both “translation” (concerning written text) and ‘interpreting’ (regarding spoken text.
“Translation is the production of a functional target text maintaining a relationship with a given source text that is specified according to the intended or demanding function of the target text.

Types of Translation

Translation is an activity that requires deep mastering of languages, a good knowledge of source and target cultures. It is also linked with the translation method, strategies and styles of variations. Each translation type requires different translation method. In this paper, it is an attempt to outline that there are several types of translation. Each type is defined by different scholars through different criteria to the contextual situation of communication. In this paper, we will be writing down the three prominent types of translation through various medium namely; technical translation, literary translation and pragmatic translation.

Technical translation

Technical translation is a type of specialized translation involving the translation of documents produced by technical writers, or more specifically, texts which relate to technological subject areas or texts which deal with the practical application of scientific and technological information. (Wikipedia)
Translators' main goal is to accurately translate the technical terminology to match the document and the message of the original content.

The benefits of technical translation

A professional technical translation service is provided by translators with dual specialties, that is, professionals who are fluent in the language pair, but who are also experts in the field covered by the documents to be translated.
When you need to have your documents translated by a technical translator, translators who are not experts may not be able to provide the necessary solutions and terminology for a quality translation. If the translator is not an expert in the field, he/she will have to learn the new terminology while working. This means that translation will take longer, have higher chances of inaccuracies, and may result in higher costs. Therefore, the main advantages of hiring an agency specialized in this type of service are as follows:

Literary translation

Literary translation is the translation of creative and dramatic prose and poetry into other languages. This includes the translation of literature from ancient languages and the translation of modern fiction so that it can reach a wider audience.
Literary translation is of huge importance. It helps to shape our understanding of the world around us in many ways. Reading Homer and Sophocles as part of a classical education in school helps to build an understanding of history, politics, philosophy and so much more. Meanwhile, reading contemporary translations provides fascinating insights into life in other cultures and other countries. In a fast-paced world so rife with misunderstanding and confusion, such efforts to share knowledge and experiences across cultural boundaries should be applauded.
The translation of literature differs greatly from other forms of translation. The sheer size of the texts involved in literary translation sets it apart. Tackling a translation that runs to hundreds of thousands of words is not a task for the faint-hearted. Nor is recreating poetry in a new language, without losing the beauty and essence of the original work.
One of the key challenges of literary translation is the need to balance staying faithful to the original work with the need to create something unique and distinctive that will evoke the same feelings and responses as the original. This can be particularly challenging when it comes to translating poetry.
Poems are written with incredible attention to detail. Not only are the words and phrases important, but the number of syllables and the entire rhythm of the completed work. It’s a challenging task to complete just in one language, let alone when trying to recreate a poet’s work during a translation. Daniel Hahn, director of the British Centre for Literary Translation, sums up the issue beautifully.
As literary translators will attest, a single word can be extremely troublesome. The author of a work of fiction has chosen that word for a good reason, so the translator must ensure that it is faithfully delivered in the target language. However, what if no direct translation is available? Or what if several options exist, each with a slightly different nuance? Urdu language translator Fahmida Riaz outlines her approach to such thorny issues.
For instance, “Every piece you translate comes from the pen of an individual, so you have to give it an individual treatment. I try to retain the ambience of the original culture, rather than the language, as it is reflected in the text.”

Pragmatic translation

Pragmatic translation is the basic assumption that provided a source language text contains no misstatements of fact, is competently written and has to be fully translated rather than summarized or functionally reorientated; one's purpose in translating it is to be referentially and pragmatically accurate. In this paper, I shall not deal with referential accuracy but concentrate instead on the pragmatic aspects of translation. As the term pragmatic translation may be used in a variety of ways, I should like to state my own definition of pragmatic, which derives from Charles Morris and ultimately from Charles S. Peirce. I am using pragmatic as one of the two factors in translation: pragmatic denotes the reader's or readership's reception of the translation, as opposed to referential, which denotes the relationship between the translation and the extra-linguistic reality it describes.
Translation is a properly way to a properly communication and pragmatics is how to use language in communication properly. By translation, many things from different languages and cultures can understand to each other. In other words, translation can be stated as a facilitator to make a communication runs well.

===An Overview on Translation Studies ===

===Main Issues in Translation Studies: Equivalence or Variations ===

=== Matthiessen's Parameter on Register Variations===

===Conclusion ===

=== References ===

= Muhammad Numan A Study to Explore the Translation Strategies of Idiomatic Expression from Urdu to English ; A Case Study of Sadat Hassan Manto’s Short Story “Khol Do” =
[[Trans_Type_EN_13]]

===Abstract===
Translation is necessary for developing knowledge and idea, but it also makes the people understand the language and culture of other people or countries. However, equivalence is essential during translation, especially when the translator wants to translate idiomatic expressions in the best possible way. Therefore it is necessary to follow up on some strategies during the translation process. The research work is carried out under the qualitative method with textual analysis techniques as significant. Mona Baker's model for idiomatic expression is explored with the help of different examples from collected data. The primary purpose of this study is to find out which types of strategies are being followed by the translator during the translation process. It was found that translation by paraphrasing, translation by similar words and meaning and translation by similar meaning and different words.
===Key words ===
Translation Strategies, Idiomatic expression, Sadat Hassan Manto, Urdu Literature --[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 09:45, 12 December 2021 (UTC)

===Introduction ===

In this chapter, the researcher wants to highlight the different concepts about the fundamental question that "what is idiomatic expression" and the views of various critics, theorists and linguistic experts, and prominent scholars of translation studies.--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 15:38, 13 December 2021 (UTC) Among them are Lindalorri, Mona Baker, Newmark's, and many more define idioms from their point of view. Secondly, the researcher highlights one of the most prominent literary and short stories writers of the sub-continent Sadat Hassan Manto, his life, literary style, and short stories career. In the last statement of the problem, the objective of the research, which type of strategies was followed in the translation process, purposes of study, and delimitation of studies are explained one by one.

Many critics, theorists, and linguists define idioms differently. However, in general, an idiom is a phrase or expression that typically has a metaphorical, non-literal meaning connected to it. However, phrases can become figurative idioms while keeping the literal meaning of the words. However, according to the Oxford Dictionary of English, a set of words is established by usage as having a meaning not deducible from the meanings of the constituent terms (e.g., over the moon, see the light).

"What is particularly remarkable about idioms is that they can be described in a variety of ways, depending on the roles they fulfilled," writes (Linda 2006: 8). "A string of words whose meaning differs from the meaning supplied by the individual words" is what an idiom is, according to (Larson 1984: 20). Idioms are "at the end of the scale from collocations in one or both of the areas: flexibility of patterning and transparency of meaning," according to (Baker 1992: 23). Idioms are defined by (Yagihashi 2003, 22) as a "collection of words whose meaning cannot be guessed from their meaning.". According to Newmark, “Idioms are word groups whose meaning cannot be deduced from the meaning of individual words.”(Newmark 1981: 11).--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 15:38, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

The whole meaning of each word that makes up an idiom cannot be considered the idiom's overall meaning. As a result, an idiom should not be translated. To remark that someone is bull-headed, for example, suggests that he or she is obstinate, even though the connotation has nothing to do with the words bull or headed. According to Corelli, English has a sizeable idiomatic base. About 4,000 idioms in American English are drawn from the nation's culture and everyday life. Idioms infect English with a peculiar flavor and offer it remarkable diversity, brilliant character, and color. She also feels that idiomatic expressions not only assist language learners in understanding English culture but also penetrating English people's traditions and lifestyles and gaining a deeper understanding of English history.(Corelli 2006: 53)

The main issue that idiomatic and fixed expressions pose for translators, according to Baker is twofold: "the ability to recognize and interpret an idiom correctly; and the difficulties involved in rendering the various aspects of meaning that an idiom or a fixed expression conveys into the target language. The first challenge that a translator encounters is understanding that she/he is dealing with an idiomatic expression.(Baker 1992: 65)

Sadat Husain Manto's writings also include numerous literary criticism, studies in Urdu, and many translations from Urdu into English. He is credited with having brought Urdu language and literature into the mainstream of contemporary international writing. There is no doubt that Sadat Hassan Manto was the most prolific of all modern writers in the sub-continent. Manto's published a substantial number of short stories during his short literary life span, and novelette gave some master piece work to Urdu literature. The noble laureate Hemingway mentions the lunatic life of great Manto's in his speeches. The current research study aims at discovering and determining the strategies used in translations of "khol do" short stories about sexual violence during partition of sub-continent and "license" a short story which throw light on the behavior of society toward widow his profession which lead toward prostitution by Aatesh Taseer an Indian born translator currently living in London having solid links with native country and culture.(Ahsan 2020: 12-27)--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 15:44, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Literature Review ===

In this chapter, the author/researcher defines the strategy and its different definitions from various perspectivess. However, the sole focus is only on the strategy of translation studies. Furthermore, renowned academicians put forward their definition of strategy like Venutti quoted translation strategy as the theory of de construction-sim, which is progressive and future-oriented.(Venutti !995, 35 Krings defines it as the content of the project, while Seguinet divided the term into three steps.(Krings 2000:21). However, Locher defines it as the procedure of solving a problem faced in translating a text. Jaskelaine involves the primary task of choosing the SL text and developed a method to translate it. (Locher 2002:76) In last, the author points out his research work's sole purpose by mentioning different research work on Mento's short stories except for this angle. --[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:30, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

The term "strategy" is used in a variety of settings. Many theorists in translation studies have used the phrase "translation methods" interchangeably, although with significant distinctions in meaning and perspective. The following is a collection of more general definitions of the term strategy. A strategy is a long-term set of actions to achieve a specific goal (Wikipedia Committee, n. d.).A methodical plan for improving one's learning performance has been actively altered and mentioned (Instruction Curriculum Reading Glossary, n. d.)
A strategy is a well-thought-out, intentional, goal-oriented (with a measurable outcome) approach carried out through a series of actions that can be monitored and modified (Curriculum Learning Literate-Futures Glossary, n. d.)

A collection of particular mental and behavioral procedures is taken to reach a given result. These definitions are general and can be related to different fields of study. This study mainly concerns translation strategies, although the definitions mentioned above can be narrowed down to this research field, as well. Translation strategies have their characteristics, through which one can gain a proper understanding of them. In general, a translator employs a strategy when confronted with a challenge while translating a text; nevertheless, translation methods are not required when translating a text literally. Bergen points out that strategies are not always obvious or straightforward. (Bergen 1996:33)

Although beginners in the field of translation believe they have done a successful translation when they translate word for word and utilize a dictionary, they do not realize that there is still a problem and that adjustments must be made at various levels of the translation. As a result, the most critical purpose of the strategies is to solve problems. "Venuti attempted to put deconstructionist translation theory into practice by proposing the "resistant translation" technique as an alternative to the standard "smooth translation. This technique tries to reverse the colonial concept of translation, English-American culture centralism, and the value of imperialist culture from an ideological standpoint. (Vinute 1998:41).--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:30, 13 December 2021 (UTC)
It aims to retain "foreignness" rather than seeking similarity in translation principles and methods. The author believes Venuti's translation strategy is quite progressive and future-oriented, with the development of international communications on an equal footing. However, it will take time to implement fully." (Jianzhong. .Krings 1986, 18) defines translation strategy as "a translator's potentially deliberate objectives for solving concrete translation problems specific translation task in the context of a project."The translators adopted three global tactics, according to Seguinot (i) translating uninterrupted for as long as possible; (ii) resolving surface flaws as soon as possible; (iii) leaving text quality and stylistic problems to the editing stage.(Seguinot 1989:27)--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:30, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

Furthermore, Loescher defines translation strategy as "a possibly conscious technique for overcoming a difficulty encountered in translating a text, or any segment thereof."(Loescher 1991:8) As stated in this definition, consciousness is vital in distinguishing strategies employed by learners and translators. "The element of consciousness is what distinguishes strategies from these activities that are not strategic," (Cohen 1998:4) claim moreover, 'Bell' distinguishes between global (whole-text) and local (text segment) techniques and indicates that this distinction is the outcome of several types of translation challenges.(Bell 1998:188)

According to Venuti, "involve the core tasks of picking the foreign text to be translated and establishing a way to translate it."(Venuti 1998, 240). He uses the terms "domesticating" and "foreignizing" to describe them. Ordudari, considering the process and outcome of translation, Jaaskelainen divides methods into two primary categories: some strategies deal with what happens to texts, while others deal with what happens during the translation process. According to Jaaskelainen, product-related strategies entail the essential tasks of selecting the SL content and establishing a technique for translating it. On the other hand, process-related strategies are "a set of (loosely articulated) rules or principles that a translator applies to attain the goals determined by the translating scenario.(Jaaskelainen 2005:15)

Furthermore, Jaaskelainen distinguishes between global and local strategies, stating that "global strategies refer to general principles and modes of action, while local strategies refer to specific activities concerning the translator's problem-solving and decision-making.(Jaaskelainen 2005:16). Newmarkdistinguishes between translation methods and translation procedures. (Newmark 1988, 81) also distinguishes between translation techniques and procedures, writing, "While translation methods are employed for full texts, translation procedures are utilized for sentences and smaller units of language."(Newmark 1988, 221)

Apart from other literature like poetry, drams and other subcultures also produce literary genius in short stories. Monto is one of them. His literature is translated into different languages with a different theme in his work. Apart from the story of division, Manto's books are characterized by powerful female characters. Manto combines the physical brutality of division with the intellectual cruelty that sex and sexuality face inside the Indio Pak subcontinent's social framework (Ranjan 2004, 3). Manto's female characters, according to Ispahani, are characterized by their sexual fragilities, such as sexual humiliation, rape, and prostitution. "They are nearly always victims, with the power only to cause their destruction," she believes. Sakina's body movement reveals how severely she was sexually raped. Sakina's silence and pain depict the savagery of her rape to the point where they lost their ability to communicate. Manto's short stories present another perspective on trauma through the absence of the subject converses (Mehta 2018, 9). Bingo by Tariq Rahman explores sexual repression, social injustice, and war tragedies. Wartime rape has existed since the beginning of conflicts, and penetrators consider it one of their weapons of war (Isikozlu, 2016:13).

The concept of hegemonic binary was introduced by the second wave of feminism, which depicts patriarchal conduct as sexually superior and powerful. At the same time, women are sexually inferior and submissive argue (Marinucci, 2010:15). Sexual trauma serves as a link between the victim and society; it ruins the victim's sense of safety, leads to low self-esteem, and silences them called by (Lewis 2017:54). Saadat Hasan Manto (1912-1955) was one of the most well-known, controversial, and provocative Urdu writers of the twentieth century. Despite being a prolific writer of essays, plays, film scripts, and novels, he was best known for his short tales. Born in Punjab, he began his writing career in Bombay before moving to Lahore, Pakistan, in January 1948, a few months after partition (Hasan 1984:12). Following that, his stories generally centered on a partition, exploring its human effects from various perspectives.

Manto's works are notable for their realism, word economy, dependence on internal components, and, most notably, their abrupt, often distressingly unclear ends (Akhtar and Flemming 1985:9). While Tariq Rahman wrote Bingo, he is a writer, playwright, and critic who has made significant contributions to Urdu literature through his writing. Research work was carried out on the comparison of "bingo" and "khol do."
The purpose of this thesis is to compare the two short stories Khol Do and Bingo, both of which focus on women and violence, particularly wartime rape, which makes women more vulnerable than ever before. This paper explores how women are victims of war and partition, making them doubly marginalize primarily due to the hegemonic binaries of men and women. Both of the stories aim to reflect the stigmata of our society regarding the violence and cruel treatment of women since their existence. Furthermore, via the lenses of feminism and post-colonialism, it examines how varied wartime weapons can be for both gender binaries. The writers' audacity causes us to reflect on the inhumane treatment of women in everyday life and even in wartime when they are with the men who are supposed to defend the female..(Ahsan 2020: 12-27)--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:31, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

=== Theoritical Framework ===

In this paper, various strategies have been used, like using an idiom of similar meaning and similar form, the idiom of similar meaning and different form, translation by Paraphrasing, translation by omission. The approach of employing idioms of similar meaning and form, according to Mona Baker, entails using an idiom in the target language that can express about the same meaning as the source language idiom, as well as having lexical similarity. On the other hand, this type of matching happens periodically as well as regularly.(Baker, 1992, 13)

Similarly, employing idioms with similar meanings but different forms means that it is possible to locate an idiom or fixed expression in the target text language that has a similar meaning to the source idiom or expression but is made up of distinct lexical elements. Consider the case of English and French, both of which use the idiom mentioned above. In English, one good deed is rewarded with another, whereas in French, handsome deeds are rewarded with handsome deeds.

Furthermore, we did not come across any idioms in the category mentioned above during translating idioms. To deal with this issue, the translators used the most popular approach, known as a translation by paraphrase, which is short, straightforward, and time-saving. When a match cannot be identified in the target language or when it appears improper to employ idiomatic language in target material due to aesthetic differences between the source and target languages, this is the most typical approach for translating an idiom from source to target language. However, one thing to keep in mind is that a perfect translation is not required is necessary or possible.

Last but not least, to overcome the problem of idiom translation, the translator employs the strategy of translation by omission. This can be defined as an idiom being omitted entirely in the target text with a single word. This is done because the idiom has no close match in the target language; its meaning cannot be easily paraphrased or due to stylistic reasons.--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:38, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

Data analysis Techniques:
Textual analysis is the method of data analysis in qualitative research that brings forth the hidden and potent message, structure, and function of research in giving text, Alan Mckee (defines textual analysis as whenever we perform textual analysis on the text, we make an educated guess at some time of the most likely interpretations that might be made of that text (Alan 2001:3)
Analysis of the translation of short stories in light of Mona baker's theory "khol do and license" are short stories written by Sadat Hassan Manto and translated by many translators from Urdu into English. During translation, the translator adopted many strategies for translating idiomatic expression, sometimes by Paraphrasing, sometimes by omission, sometimes using similar idioms of form and meaning while sometimes using different words and the same form, the whole.
--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 09:51, 12 December 2021 (UTC)

===Discussion and Analysis===

The chapter analyzes and discusses all the data collected by the author/researcher from different sources. All the examples of idioms are first identified, then translated into the target text, and back-translated for the sole purpose of exploring the strategies being used by the translator. A separate section is given to every strategy with its related example. Moreover, the idiomatic expression, the target work for finding, is highlighted through the bold letter.

4.1 Translation by Paraphrasing:

Based on our findings, the most often used strategy was "translation by paraphrasing." An inspection also reveals that Aatish Taseer preferred this strategy. Here are some examples applied by the translators, and in the following section, the logic behind their preference towards this strategy is elaborate. The following are examples from two short stories of Sadat Husain Manto's "khol do" and "license."
Example 1:

ST: Sirajuddin ne subah das baji anki kholi to logo ka ail mutalatam samandar deka.

TT: Ten a.m., Siraj Uddin opens his eyes on the cold floor of the camp, seeing the swelling sea of men.

BT: sub ke das baji jab Sirajuddin ne apni anki koli to logo ka aik ublaha howa samandar ka nizara dekni laga.

So, the above idioms are literal idioms being translated with the help of Paraphrasing because there is no perfect equivalent of mutalatam words in English languages. A similar look at another idiom from short stories "khol do."

Example 2:

ST: Khuda tomahra bala kari.

TT: Your God will reward

BT: Is ka badla khoda tomahi di.

Here, the word reward is being used for Bala Kari, an example of transitional by Paraphrasing.
Let take another example from "khol do."

Example 3:

ST: unkho nai Jan khateli pa rak kar sakena ko donda.

TT: even putting their lives online, they search sakina

BT: apni zindagio ko khatri me dal kar unkho nai sakina ko dond nekala.

The above idioms are examples of pure idiom translated from Urdu into English with the help of paraphrases strategies. However, under the same strategies, the idioms of another short story of Manto,s "license," are translated by Aatish Taseer. Some of the examples are given below.

Example 4:

ST: Abu kochwan bara cheel jabela ta. It is the binomial type of idioms taken from the first sentence of the short story "license" by Sadat
Hasan Manto

TT: Abu kochwan is stylish man.

BT: Abu kochwan aik wazahdar admi ta.

From the above idiom, it is clear that there is no perfect equivalence of cheela chabela idiom in English; that is, the translator goes
through paraphrasing strategies. Look at another example from "license."

Example 5:

ST: Lein har waqat bank bani rekhi ka usi be had showk ta

TT: He had a weakness for style and fashion.

BT: Dan saj ke rekhna uski kamzori me sai ik ta.

So all of the above examples, which are analyzed one by one, are examples of idioms being translated through paraphrasing strategies. (De Beaugrande and Dressler 1981, 50) define paraphrases as "approximate conceptual equivalence among outwardly different material." Similarly, in this regard, Hirst defines paraphrases as "talk(ing) about the same situation in a different way." Munday declared that "equivalence is particularly useful in translating idioms and proverbs” For instance, if the English idiom like a bear with a sore head is rendered into Persian as (mesle borje zahremar), meaning like a tower of snake venom, the strategy of equivalence has been applied.

According to Leonardi, "Equivalence can be said to be the central issue in translation." In this regard, house believes that "a translation text should match not only its source text in function but also employ equivalent situational-dimensional means to achieve that function" (Baker 2002, 49). who shares this approach, states that equivalence is used "for the sake of convenience—because most translators are used to it rather than because it has any theoretical status" (Kenny 1998, 77).

Despite different attitudes to the concept of equivalence, most specialists pay much attention to its meaning in the theory of translation. The translation is a form of communication, and that is why it is vital to establish equivalence between the source text and the target text. Although Vinay and Darbelnet believe that equivalence is used differently than in modern translation theory, it is evident that equivalence is one of the basic concepts of translation that cannot be neglected. Consequently, based on the Above mentioned studies using Paraphrasing in translation stands as the core concept in the process of translation, and still, most of the translators cling to it for producing a more comprehensible and explicable text. These language ideas and translation models are ideal constructs, presented abstractly in order to be differentiated precisely. They may exist in an uneasy combination in actual theories and practices, resulting in logical tensions or inconsistencies. They must first contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation before they can contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation. Theories and actions must be contextualized in historical settings. They've been utilized as analytical tools to describe various topics in section introductions. Theoretical writings and current events these language notions and translation models are ideal constructs expressed in an abstract manner in order to be distinguished precisely in real-life hypotheses they may exist in an uncomfortable mix, resulting in logical conflicts or inconsistencies. They must first contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation before they can contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation.

4.2 Using an idiom of Similar Meaning and Form

As mentioned earlier, this strategy type is being used by Aatish Taseer during their translated work of Manto's short stories "khol do" and" license" on an occasional basis. Some examples are mention below.

From khol do.

Example 6:

ST: Larki ka rang zard hogaya.

TT: The girl's face became fail

BT: larki ka rang zar hogya.

Similarly, another example from the license is

Example 7:

ST: Abu our us ke mat beer hogaie

TT: They fall in love with each other.

BT: WO ik dosri ke mokhbat me geriftar hogaie

The above idioms are pure ones and are being translated with the help of similar meanings and similar forms.

The procedures: transposition, modulation, equivalence, and adaptation, and when it comes to defining the term Equivalence, (Vinay and Darbelnet 2000, 90) propose that it consists in rendering "the same situation … by two texts using completely different stylistic and structural methods", and when it comes to translating idiomatic expressions like "Il pleut à seaux" it can be translated as "It is raining cats and dogs" using the idiom of similar form and meaning in the target language.

As (Baker 1992, 12) states, this strategy involves using an idiom in the TL which conveys roughly the same meaning as that of the source language idiom and, in addition, consists of identical lexical items. The salient point is that this kind of match can only occasionally be achieved, which cannot be picked up more often by translators. Accordingly, both translators mentioned in the current study had quite a slim chance of using this strategy type.

4.3 Using an idiom of similar meaning but different form:

During translating Manto short stories, "khol do" and "license," some of the idioms are translated with the help of this strategy. Some of the examples are given below from two different short stories.

Example number one is from the short story "khol do"

Example 8:

ST: Aur bolwai gos ayai thee?

TT: The roitors come abroad.

BT: pasadi bahar agai hai.

The above idiom is a pure type of idiom being translated with the help of above mention strategy. The word rioter is being used for bolwai, which is not a perfect word for bolwai. In Urdu bolwai, people believe in violence when minorities or the low population of any country want some rights. These people stop them by using violence, burn down their properties, rapes women, and do things like that. Another example from the license is below.

Example 9:

ST: Dosri kotwal abu ko dek kar jal ban ho jati.

TT: The other coachman burn with envy.

BT: Abu ke kamyabi dek kar aur kotwal abu sai khasad karni lagi’

The above idioms are a pure idiom that reflects the effect of jealousy between competitors to achieve equivalency. Aatish Taseer uses envy word for jal ban instead of other which have similar meaning but different form. Look at the other example from "license."

Example 10:

ST: Dino lat vo lagal se kam karni laga.

TT: Dino came with an excuse.

BT: Dino abb bahi tarashni laga.

The above idioms are types of binomial idioms translated with the help of idioms with similar meanings and different forms. (Newmark 1988, 81) mentions the difference between translation methods and translation procedures. He writes that "[w]hile translation methods relate to whole texts, translation procedures are used for sentences and the smaller units of language" (Newmark 1988, 81). Idiomatic translation in his definition reproduces the 'message' of the original. However, it distorts nuances of meaning by preferring colloquialisms and idioms where these do not exist in the original, leading to using an idiom of similar meaning but a different form. Besides, it is often possible to find an idiom or fixed expression in the target language with a meaning similar to that of the source idiom or expression but which consists of different lexical items (Baker 1992, 12). Therefore, translators discover idiomatic expressions in the target language with different forms than in the source language. In the current study, the translators approached this strategy merely for 9% of the total times, which means the frequency of Iranian and English idioms with the same meaning and different forms is not considered high.

4.4 Translation by omission:

A translator is less using these strategies, and we did not find any clue on this type of strategy in an area under consideration.
--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 09:48, 12 December 2021 (UTC)

=== Findings===

(Mandelbit 1995) believed that idioms with different cognitive mapping in the target language would be more challenging to translate. After conducting study and data analysis of collected data, the result revealed that the translator frequently used three out of four strategies of the Mona Baker model during the translation process, which is a translation by Paraphrasing, translation by similar meaning and similar form, translation by similar meaning and different form. In contrast, translation by omission does not found in his work.
After detail and careful analysis of data, more than half of idioms like "swelling sea of man,” my lord break his arrogance, “weakness for style and fashion." As I mentioned earlier, many more are translated under the umbrella of Paraphrasing, which is considered the most common method used for translating idioms.

Similarly, we also reflect strategies like similar meaning and different form and similar meaning and similar form. The idiom "rioter came abroad,” burn with envy,” The girl's face became pale, " They fall in love with each other" are translated with the help of two mention strategies, respectively.

Although translation by omission is a strategy used on rare occasions because of its meaning, its meaning cannot be easily paraphrased or stylistic reason. Here, the researcher also did not find any idiom translated with the help of the omission strategy.

===Conclusion ===

Go through detailed discussion and analysis of data collected from my source. We finally concluded that the idioms present in two short stories, "khol do" and "License," are translated under the frame of Mona Baker's idiomatic model. Translation by Paraphrasing is mainly used while idioms of similar meaning and form and idioms of similar meaning and different forms are used occasionally. The researcher discusses all the strategies with related examples in the order of maximum used to minimum used. The strategy by omission did not find it works. All the data are collected from different sources and analyzed with the help of different researcher tools, and the result is written in light of the finding. Different from previous studies, the writer presents the strategies to translate idioms by each type of idiomatic expression found in the story. From the result, it is considered the translation of idiomatic expressions in the story is quite accurate. As the number of accurate data is more the data which is not related to the translation. We take conclusion from the translation through idiomatic expression and paraphrasing is the best way to translate a novel or a story however it is very difficult job to do because it needs more accurate and precise knowledge about the source language and an inspiring method to express ideas in the target language. However, translation is thing through which we can connect the world with each other and also we can study and observe diverse cultures.

=== References ===
Abu-Saydeh, A. F. (2004). Translation of English idioms into Arabic. Babel, 114-131.

Ahsan, S. (2020). A comparative study of two translations of manto's short story "Toba Tek". International Journal of English Language Studies, 12-27.

Alexander, R. J. (1987). Mimeograph. In R. J. Alexander (Ed.) Collocation and Culture. Trier: University of Trier, West Germany.

Al-Qinai, J. (2000). Translation quality assessment. strategies, parameters and procedures. Translator's Journal, 497-519.

Bayashi, J. (2020). Japanese-English translation: An advanced guide. Oxfordshire: Routledge.

Das, V. &. (1995). Critical events: An anthropological perspective on contemporary India. New Delhi: Oxford Printing Press.

Mufti, A. (2007). The Language of English India. In I. &. End (Ed.) Enlightenment in the Colony. Princeton University Press.

Waka Xia, L. (2019). A discourse analysis of news translation in China. Syydney: Routledge.

= Muhammad Saqib Mehran Problems in Translation Study =
[[Trans_Type_EN_14]]

===Abstract===

===Key words ===

===Introduction ===

===Ambiguity===

===Lexical and Structural Mismatches===

===Multiword units: Idioms and Collocations===

===Summary===

===Further Reading===

=刘胜楠 A Case Study of ''Ne Zha'' on Subtitle Translation Strategies from the Perspective of Skopos Theory=
[[Trans_Type_EN_15]]

Translation types, strategies, styles, methods

2021-12-13T16:05:25Z

Muhammad Numan: /* Types of Translation */

'''Translation types, strategies, styles, methods'''

[[Translation_types,_strategies,_styles,_methods|Overview Page of Translation types, strategies, styles, methods]]

30 Chapters（0/30)

[[Trans_Type_EN_1]] [[Trans_Type_EN_2]] [[Trans_Type_EN_3]] [[Trans_Type_EN_4]] [[Trans_Type_EN_5]] [[Trans_Type_EN_6]] [[Trans_Type_EN_7]] [[Trans_Type_EN_8]] [[Trans_Type_EN_9]] [[Trans_Type_EN_10]] [[Trans_Type_EN_11]] [[Trans_Type_EN_12]] [[Trans_Type_EN_13]] [[Trans_Type_EN_14]] [[Trans_Type_EN_15]] [[Trans_Type_EN_16]] [[Trans_Type_EN_17]] [[Trans_Type_EN_18]] [[Trans_Type_EN_19]] [[Trans_Type_EN_20]] [[Trans_Type_EN_21]] [[Trans_Type_EN_22]] [[Trans_Type_EN_23]] [[Trans_Type_EN_24]] [[Trans_Type_EN_25]] [[Trans_Type_EN_26]] [[Trans_Type_EN_27]] [[Trans_Type_EN_28]] [[Trans_Type_EN_29]] [[Trans_Type_EN_30]] ...

[[Book_projects|Back to translation project overview]]

[[DCG-To-Do|To the To Do List]]

=阳佳颖 Analysis On Subtitling Strategies in the American Version of the ''Legend of Zhen Huan''=

'''浅析美版《甄嬛传》的字幕翻译策略'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_1]]

阳佳颖 Yang Jiaying, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 2: The Use of Translation Strategy and Translation Methods in Tourism Texts under the Guidance of Peter Newmark's Translation Theory -- A Case Study of ''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''=
'''纽马克翻译理论指导下旅游文本中翻译策略与翻译方法的使用——以''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_2]]

刘晓 Liu Xiao, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 3: Translation methods and strategies for novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory -- A case study of Korean novel Eun-ju's Movie (Excerpt)=
交际翻译理论指导下小说题材所适用的翻译方法和翻译策略—以韩国小说集《恩珠的电影》（节选）为例

[[Trans_Type_EN_3]]

刘越Liu Yue ，Hunan Normal University，China

=Chapter 4: On Translation Strategies and Translation Methods in Chinese Translation of English Prose -- A Case Study of Chinese Translation of English Prose "Pleasures of Ignorance"=

'''浅析英语散文汉译中的翻译策略和翻译方法——以英语散文《无知的乐趣》汉译本为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_4]]

毛雅文 Mao Yawen, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 5： Analysis of translation strategies and methods for political eassays --- A Case Study of Annual Summary of the Russian Government's Work of 2019 =
'''政论语体翻译策略及翻译方法— 以《2019年俄罗斯政府工作报告》为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_5]]

毛优 Mao You，Hunan Normal University，China

=Chapter 6: An analysis and comparison of the translation styles of two Chinese translations of ''Le Spleen de Paris''=
'''浅析对比《巴黎的忧郁》两个汉译本的翻译风格'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_6]]

彭瑞雪 Peng Ruixue, Hunan University, China

=Chapter 7: A Study of Lu Xun’s Short Stories Translation from the Perspective of Functional Equivalence: Taking Yang Xianyi and Gladys Yang’s English Verison of ''Kong I-Chi'' as a Case Study=
功能对等翻译视角下的鲁迅短篇小说翻译研究——以杨、戴夫妇的《孔乙己》英译本为例

[[Trans_Type_EN_7]]

秦建安 QinJianna, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 8:Translation methods and strategies applicable to the style of biographical literature -- Taking ''Incidents in Life of Slave Girl'' (excerpt) as an example=

传记文学的文体所适用的翻译技巧与策略——以英文传记《一名女奴的人生际遇》(节选)为例

[[Trans_Type_EN_8]]

颜子涵 Yan Zihan, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 9: On the Translation Strategies of ''Lun Yu'' from the Perspective of Fusion of Horizons – A Contrastive Study of two translations of Ku Hung-ming and Xu Yuanchong=

'''视域融合视角下看《论语》英译的翻译策略—以辜鸿铭和许渊冲的英译本为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_9]]

邝艳丽 Kuang Yanli, Hunan Normal University, China

=杨柳青 Bian Zhilin's Literary Translation Theories and Practice——Take His Translation of Romantic Poems as Examples=

Yang Liuqing杨柳青,Hunan Normal University,China.

[[Trans_Type_EN_10]]

=Atta Ur Rahman Exploring Translation Strategies: A Case Study of the English Translation of the Holy Quran=

===Abstract===
This study aims at diagnosing culture-specific items in the English translation of the Holy Quran and the strategies which were used to translate the CSIs. Translating CSIs can be a demanding task because such items have specific meanings in the culture and language in which they exist but not necessarily in others. Taking this fact into account, the present study investigates the strategies used in the translation of culture-specific items in the English translation of the Holy Quran. Moreover, the researcher explored the most frequently employed translation procedures. To achieve these goals, the descriptive approach is applied for the analysis of the translation of specific items of culture. The descriptive analysis is also used for the investigation of the translation procedures used therein. The findings of this study indicate that the use of cultural equivalent strategy was the most frequent applied procedure. The descriptive equivalent and through translation procedures were the second most frequently applied translation strategies which were followed by transference, functional equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, modulation and notes. The results shows that the translation procedures are helpful (especially the target-oriented ones) in conveying the meaning of the text from Arabic into English in different ways.

===Key Words===
The Holy Quran, Translation Strategies/procedures, Culture-Specific Items, Newmark

===Introduction===
1. Overview
Translation that plays a crucial role in introducing the history and in transferring the culture of an area is a kind of communication between different languages. It is also illustrated “as the result of a linguistic-textual procedure in which a text in one language is re-contextualized in another language.” In the re-contextualization, studies on translation demonstrate that there are certain critical points (Munday 2012:37) that are problematic for translators, especially, when dealing with vital cultural texts such as religious texts (Malmkjær 2015:10). It helps to communicate and exchange information with people from different countries and cultures. Khammyseh argues that translation is one of the traditional communicating methods between communities all around the world. (Khammyseh 2005;9). Jothiraj states that “translation plays an important role in the inter-lingual process of communication”(Jothiraj 2004;1). Translation is essential for cultures and languages to exchange information. Newmark (1988) defines it as a craft in which a written message in a language is replaced by the same story in another language. According to him, Translation is the art of trying to translate what is written or expressed in one language into another language with the same message or expression. To accomplish a qualified translation, the translator needs to be aware of different aspects(Newmark 1988;2). Many scholars in translation have noticed that the difficulty for a translator is to translate texts which deals with religious concepts and cultural specific items.

Nida indicated that translation is the way of finding natural issues in the TL close to the SL, in terms of message and style(Nida 1964;32). Larson (1998) has acknowledged that dealing with religious and cultural items is the most difficult, both in finding equivalence and analyzing the source vocabulary. Among the many challenges that exist for the translator is to bring the concept of the SL to a deeper meaning in the TL, the main problem is how to give CSIs, the significance which is firmly connected to the particular cultural context(Larson 1998;23).--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 15:41, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

Culture plays a considerable role, Snell-Hornby assumed that “Culture refers to all socially conditioned aspects of human life”.(Snell-Hornby 1988;33). Another definition of culture is formulated by Goodenough. For him, culture is “what people have to learn as distinct from their biological heritage, must consist of the end product of learning: knowledge, in a most general, if relative, sense of the term."(Goodenough 1957;167). By this definition, we should note that culture is not only a material phenomenon; it does not consist of things, people, behavior, or emotions. It is rather the organization of these things. It is the forms of things that people have in their minds, their models for perceiving, relating, and otherwise interpreting them”. According to him, if the translator wants to understand a culture, she or he has to understand that culture is a mixture of belief and knowledge.

The religious text and especially the Holy Quran have played a significant role in human life throughout history to guide human beings towards the right path. Translating religious text can be a hectic job. When it comes to religious texts like the Holy Quran, it might be even more hectic. The Holy Quran has a profound impact on the human lives of its believers. It spreads spiritual serenity and peace of mind. Lustig and Joline thought that “religion is an important institutional network that binds people to one another”(Lustig and Joline 2003;16). But sometimes believers of Islam (whether they are native or not native speakers of the language) face a tremendous difficulty when they want to understand the meaning of a certain lexical unit, lexis that can be identified as Quranic-specific words/phrases.

This study is aimed to probe Newmark's translation procedures applied to translate cultural items from the SL (Arabic) to the TL (English) and to focus on translation strategies used by the English translator to transfer absolute and in-depth intended meanings of the CSI in the Holy Quran. If we examine Newmark's opinion, seventeen procedures may be needed by a translator in the process of translation. However, only a few translation procedures are relevant to this translation, they are Transference, cultural equivalent, functional equivalent, descriptive equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, through translation, modulation and notes.(Newmark 1988;81). These types of translation procedures are usually used to translate cultural terms contained in the text involving Surah Yusuf as a source language. Thus, in the relationship between translation and culture, the strategies offered should be understood as an attempt to make the translation easy to understand by the TR without blurring the message contained in the text written in the SL.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 15:41, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Translation and Culture===

2. Translation and Culture

Culture and translation are intimately connected, for understanding the culture translation plays a crucial role. In every nation, there are multiple cultures which reflect how people behave, socially, traditionally and politically and also practice their specific languages. Languages have a complex system of communication that humans adapt from different cultural background. When someone wants to know more about any culture, it is necessary to know about that language. For understanding the language they need to translate it as one might not understand the particular language. Thus, translation fills the gap created by languages that is a very important aspect of translation.

The translation is the process of translating a point or text from one language to another, we can also refer translation to moving of something from one place to another. Translation impacts also on our real life, in a way of transforming other cultures, norms and traditions into our culture. Translators play a vital role in culture and mediators between cultures, dedicated to linking the gap that repeatedly hinders effective communication between communities. According to Peter Newmark, “translators have been entrusted the elegant and highly-demanding task of representing cultures for decades” (Newmark 1988;7). Newmark established connections concerning the relationship between culture and translating. In his book, he regards translation as a process of “representing the meaning of a text into another language in the way that the author planned the text” (Newmark 1988;5). According to him, although this process has been supposed to be simple, in reality, translators have been facing the complex task of translating and conveying culture for decades, ever since countries began establishing relationships between one another. (Newmark 1988;7).

In the history of translation studies, translation has been discussed through multiple routes which based on practicality and some theoretical aspects. For instance, Catford defined it as "the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language”(Catford 1965;20). According to Venuti translation is "the forcible replacement of the linguistic and cultural difference of the foreign text with a text that will be understandable to the target language reader”(Venuti 1995;18). Schjoldager stated that“a translation is a text that expresses what another text has expressed in another language”(Schjoldager 2008;19). Culture is a complex whole which includes knowledge,belief,art,law,morals,customs and many other capabilities and habits acquired by man as a member of society. The translation is no longer considered to be a mere cross-linguistic activity but it significantly is cross-cultural communication.”
Since language reflects the way of life and basic parts of it, the process of translation cannot be done without the integration of cultural symbols into the construction of meaning. Hassan claimed that a good translation “is one that carries all the ideas of the original as well as its structural and cultural features” (Hassan 2014;2). Hermanns contributed that translation should be recognized as a cultural act. It is a kind of linguistic-cultural activity that involves at least two languages and two cultural traditions. Similarly, translation is not just a verbal act; it is also cultural, which is an act of communication of cultures(Hermanns 1999;22) Later, Hassan emphasized a good translation "is one that carries all the ideas of the original as well as its structural and cultural features" and that "reconstructs the cultural/historical context of the original"(Hassan 2014;2).
These statements demonstrate that there is an interaction between translation and culture, Newmark illustrated that culture in translation competence is “the greatest hurdle to translation, at least the achievement of an accurate and decent translation" (Newmark 2001;328).

Bearing in mind the general alliance among researchers regarding the importance of culture in translation, the translation activity is a question of transferring the correct meaning and that the translator has a productive role in transferring not only the linguistic system of the source text but also the cultural one. As such, it is extremely difficult to draw a borderline between translation and culture as they are inextricably overlaid and this connection leads to creative translation.

2.1 Culture-Specific Items (CSIs)

Culture-specific items are notions that are specific to a particular culture. These concepts are using in different domains such as flora, fauna, food, clothes, housing, work, leisure, politics, law, and religion in the way of life. These cultural concepts are consist of different suggestion and approaches. For the denomination of these concepts, many scholars and linguists employed different names or terms, relatively different definitions are given and they tried to define some points that were related to the culture but they not defined even the name of the concept clearly. Scholars refer different names to these culture-specific items, Newmark uses the term cultural words. (Newmark 1988;327) Christine Nord names them “culturemes” (Nord 1997;9) while in one of the newer studies, focused on the translation of culture-specific items, Mohammad Reza Shah Ahmadi and Fatemeh Nosrati employ a term culture-bound element (Ahmadi and Nosrati 2012;1).
After a long time, some scholars prefer the terms “culture-specific item” (Aixela, 1997; Davies, 2003), others choose cultural words (Newmark, 2003) or culture-bound phenomena/concepts (Baker, 1992, Newmark, 2003, Robinson, 2003). In this study, the term “culture-specific item” is used as the basic term, as well as its abbreviation CSI, although other synonyms may be used to prevent repetition. "Culture-specific items are defined by different scholars according to their differences and similarities. Meanwhile, Mona Baker (1992) defines specific concepts of culture as “sourcelanguage words that express concepts unknown in the target culture” (Baker, 1992, 21). It may relate to religion, kind of food or social customs. Newmark suggests to culture-specific items as cultural words (Newmark 1988, 94). He further discussed that in many circumstances, cultural words are somewhat easy to detect in a text because they are closely related to a specific language and unable to translate word by word (Newmark 1988, 95). When they cannot be translated literary then he mentioned that the translators usually the purpose is to provide a descriptive-functional equivalent (Newmark 1988, 95).--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:02, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

2.1.1 Translation of CSIs in the Holy Quran

The Holy Quran is the most basic religious book for Muslims, the Quran was revealed to the prophet Muhammad (PBUH). The Quranic corpus, created in an early form of Classical Arabic, is traditionally believed to be a literal transcript of God’s speech and to constitute the earthly production of an uncreated and eternal heavenly original, according to the general view referred to in the Quran itself as “the well-preserved tablet” (al-lawḥ al-mahfūẓ; Qurʾān 85;22). It has a heartfelt impact on human lives and their believers. It spreads spiritual stability and peace of mind. According to (Lustig and Joline 2003;16) “Religion is an important institutional network that binds people to one another.”
Translating Quranic-specific words/phrases is considered a great challenge for the translators which requires an accurate interpretation and consciousness of the crucial functions of these Quranic-specific words/phrases. Therefore, they have to focus on a set of aspects to attain equivalence and then render the exact meaning. The translation of the Holy Quran is a debatable process because Arabic is full of cultural-specific concepts with no proper equivalent in other languages; consequently, some equivalents fail to convey their cultural meaning thoroughly. The translation is seen as the process of reconstructing a text into other languages. In the Holy Quran, it is mentioned in the Surah of Yusuf: “we have sent it down as an Arabic Quran”, the translated text has been simply seen as a commentary, explaining, or paraphrasing of the source text. In general, exact translation never occurs; rather this can be a basic interpretation of the Holy Quran. In the process of translation of the Holy Quran, language and CSI items and rhetorical features were not inimitable and reproducible into other languages.
Translating CSIs is a strenuous task because such elements have special meanings in culture and language.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:02, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Types of Translation ===
3. Types of Translation
Newmark determines 8 types of translation which are:

3.1 Word-for-Word Translation

This is usually indicated as an interlinear translation, with the target language immediately below the source language words. The source language word-order is preserved and the words translated singly by their most common meanings, out of context. These words are translated literally. Some of the uses of point-by-point translation are to understand the mechanics of the source language or to create a difficult text as a pre-translation process.

3.2 Literal translation

In this type of translation, the grammatical structures of the source language are changed to the nearest target language equivalent but the written points remain the same to one another, out of context.
3.3 Faithful translation
This translation attempts to reproduce the original exact meaning within the limitations of the TL grammatical structures. It also conveys cultural words and maintains an unusual degree of grammar and strength in translation. It tries to make the SL author completely loyal to the intent and reality of the text.

3.4 Semantic Translation

Semantic translation takes much of the aesthetic value of the source language text, making sense where appropriate so that there are no implications, wordplay or repetition roots in the finished version. It may translate less important cultural points by a culturally neutral third or active terms but not by cultural equation and it may also give the reader more small concessions.

3.5 Adaptation

This is an unrestricted form of translation. It is used mainly for plays and poetry, the themes, characters, plots are usually preserved, the SL culture converted to the TL culture and the text rewritten (Ahmad 2015;15).

3.6 Free Translation

The content without a form of the original or the matter without the manner is the productions of free translation. It is also known as intra-lingual translation and it is usually longer than the original.

3.7 Idiomatic Translation

This type of translation replicates the original message but degrades the depth of meaning by selecting meanings and dialogues that do not exist in the original.

3.8 Communicative Translation

This type of translation replicates the original message but degrades the depth of meaning by selecting meanings and dialogues that do not exist in the original.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:05, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Translation Strategies ===

4. Translation Strategies
Many theorists have used the term translation strategy extensively but with some significant differences in meaning and perspective that they see. Many theorists have used the approach of translation comprehensively but with some notable differences in meaning and vision as they appear.

4.1 Aixela Translation Strategies:
According to Aixela (1996), translators need to choose several strategies based on the source language culture and target culture. He distinguishes many of the translation strategies that apply to the translation of culture-specific items and at the same time, he tries to command by the level of their intercultural intervention. He divided it into two groups; conservative groups (5 approaches) and the substitution (6 strategies).

4.1.1. Conservation:
In conservation, the less compelling process includes repetition, orthographic adaptation, linguistic translation, extratextual gloss and intratextual gloss.

4.1.1.1 Repetition: In repetition, there is simply the transference of the culture-specific items from the ST to the TT. Thus, the translator keeps as much as possible the original reference (Aixela, 1996, p. 61). This approach is often used for languages that do not differ in the alphabet and most for names.

4.1.1.2 Orthographic Adaptation: The orthographic adaptation involves writing or
transliteration, mainly when the original term is given in a different alphabet than the one used in the target culture.

4.1.1.3 Linguistics translation: Linguistic translation emphasizes on the way where the translator chooses the source closest to the original text and increases his understanding by giving the TL version which is still relevant to the ST cultural system.

4.1.1.4 Extra-textual Gloss: Here, the extra-textual gloss refers to additional information to the previously mentioned procedures, The translator uses one of the above strategies but considers it as a necessity to explain the meaning or concept of CSI. In this gloss, it can be footnotes, endings, words, ideas, translators in dictionaries, italics and so on.

4.1.1.5 Intra-textual Gloss: It's like the past but the translator feels that he/she can include the globe as an indirect part of the text, not to distract the reader.

4.2.1 Substitution
In substitution, According (Aixela, 1996) “that synonymy, limited universalization, absolute universalization, naturalization, deletion, and autonomous creation are encompassing here”.

4.2.1.1 Synonymy: This strategy is a stylist used to avoid the constant repetition of culturespecific items in the ST.

4.2.1.2 Limited Universalization: When the translator realizes that the culture-specific item is not clear to the reader or that another source CSI exists in the source language which can be replaced, replace it with data. Of course, the location is not as specific to the source language as the first one.

4.2.1.3 Absolute Universalization: The only difference between limited universalization and absolute universalization is when the translator cannot find the best known CSI in the source language or prefers to eliminate the unusual concept and choose a neutral term. (Aixela, 1997, p.63).

4.2.1.4 Naturalization: In this case “translator brings the culture-specific item into the TL culture” (Shokri, Ketabi, 2015, p.8).

4.2.1.5 Deletion: When the CSI is “unacceptable ideologically or stylistically or it is not relevant enough for the effort of comprehension required for the readers” (Aixela, 1996, p. 64), or very clear that the translator does not want to use any strategy, they delete the CSI.

4.2.1.6 Autonomous Creation: When the translator agrees to use non-existent cultural
reference in the ST.(Aixela, 1997).

4.3 Mona Baker’s Translation Strategies
Baker’s strategies have been used by professional translators at word level in their translations, to deal with issues while performing the task of translation. (Baker, 1992). He suggests various procedures to work for unequal treatment at the point level, for example, translation by a more general word, translation by a more neutral / less obvious word, translation by paraphrasing, Using related words, and so on. She formulates the classification in different strategies, which are the following:

4.3.1 Translation by a more general word: According to Baker, this has to do with the meaning of the proposition. Appropriately it works in many languages.

4.3.2 Translation by a more neutral/ less expressive word: This is another strategy in terms of semantics it does with differences with obvious meaning.

4.3.3 Translation by cultural substitution: This strategy involves placing culture-specific material that does not have the same predictive meaning as the target language material but may have the same effect on the target reader.

4.3.4 Translation using a loan word: This strategy relies on culture-specific items, modern borrowing points plus interpretation concepts and buzz points.

4.3.5 Translation by paraphrase using a related word: When the source material is written in the target language but separately, and when the frequency used in the source text is high, it will be natural in the target language.

4.3.6 Translation by paraphrase using unrelated words: This strategy can be used when the concept in the source material is not lexical in the TL.

4.3.7 Translation by omission: Losing phrases or words that are not vital to text development.

4.3.8 Translation by an illustration: Here, use examples when the source word is not equal in the target language. Each theorist presents their strategies according to their point of view, however, Baker's (1992) translation strategies include the most applicable set of strategies, as it shows the strategies used by professional translators.

===Cultural Categories ===

5. Cultural categories

5.1.2 Ecology
In this type of cultural category, Newmark labels those words which have some similarities and differences in culture concerning the environment. For Example, animals, colors, astronomy, plants birds etc. They will also have some geographical features that can normally differ from other cultural terms in that they usually have no political, commercial value.

5.1.2 Material culture

Material culture is also known as artefacts, In the category of material culture, Newmark included Food, clothes, housing, transport, and communications and also those objects which are made by humans. For Example, Clothing, atoms, crops, vegetables, jewellery, drugs, planets etc. “Food is for many the most sensitive and important expression of national culture. The function of the generic clothes terms is approximately constant, indicating the part of the body that is covered, but the description varies depending on climate and material used, houses and town, and transport.”

5.1.3 Social culture

The social culture is divided by Newmark in two ways, they are work and leisure. For example, Trade, armour, literature, poets, markets, games.

5.1.4 Organisation

Newmark organizations are divided into five categories: political and administrative conditions, historical conditions, and international conditions. ‘The international community terms usually have recognized translations which are in• fact through-translations, and are now generally known by their acronyms', religious terms, artistic terms; “the translation of artistic terms referring to movements, processes and organizations generally depend on the putative knowledge of the readership. For example, adultery, business, corruption, sex, poverty, marriage, divorce etc.”

5.2 Newmark Classification CSIs

Newmark (1988) established the classification of culture-specific items (CSIs) into five classes which are;
Table 1. Newmark classification of Culture-Specific Items. (Newmark 1988, 97)

5.2.1 Categorization of CSIs in Surah Yousuf of the Holy Quran

Verse No. Terms English Translation Categories
1 الۡکِتٰبِ Book Material culture

2 قرُۡءٰنًا Quran Material culture

3 الۡقَصَصِ Narration Gesture

4 رَايَۡتُ Dream Habit

5 کَوۡکَبًا Stars Ecology

6 ال َّ شمۡسَ Sun Ecology

7 الۡقَمَرَ Moon Ecology

8 الۡاحََادِيۡثِ Events Organization

9 يعَۡقوُۡبَ House of Yaqub Material culture

10 يعَۡقوُۡبَ Yaqub

11 ابِۡرٰہيِۡمَ Ibrahim

12 اِسۡحٰقَ Ishaq

13 اقۡتلُوُا Kill Social culture

14 ارَۡضًا Earth Ecology

15 الۡجُبِّ Pit Ecology

16 ال َّ س َّ يارَةِ Wayfares

17 يٰۤابََانَا Father

18 َّ يرۡتعَۡ Eat Social culture

19 وَ يَلۡعَبۡ Play Social culture

20 لَحٰفِظُوۡنَ Guard Social culture

21 وَ اخََافُ Fear Habit

22 الذِئّۡبُ Wolf Ecology

23 عِشَاءًٓ Nightfall Ecology

24 َّ يبۡکُوۡنَ Weeping Habit

25 مَتاَعِنَا Belongings Material culture

26 قمَِيۡصِہٖ Shirt Material culture

27 وَارِدہَمُۡ Water drawer Material culture

28 دلَۡوَهٗ Bucket Material culture

29 بِثمََنٍ ۢ بَخۡسٍ Paltry price Material culture

30 درََاہمَِ مَعۡدوُۡدةٍَ Silver coin Material culture

31 مِّصۡرَ Egypt

32 لِامۡرَاتَِہٖۤ Wife

33 الۡارَۡضِ Land Ecology

34 اشَُدَّ هٗۤ Prime age

35 الۡابَۡوَابَ Door Material culture

36 مَعَاذَ ّٰ ِ Master Organization

37 ال ُّ سوۡٓءَ Evil Habit

38 الۡفَحۡشَاءَؕٓ Lewdness Habit

39 عِبَادِنَا Servant Organization

40 وَ قَدَّ تۡ Ripped Social culture

41 عَذاَبٌ Punishment Social culture

42 ُّ يسۡجَنَ Prison Organization

43 الۡعَزِيۡزِ Minister Organistion

44 حُباؕ Love Social culture

45 فتَٰىہَا Slave Organization

46 سِکِّيۡنًا Knife Material culture

47 مَلکٌَ Angel Organization

48 فَاسۡتجََابَ Prayer Gestures

49 خَمۡرًا Wine Material culture

50 خُبۡزًا Bread Material culture

51 رَاۡسِیۡ Head Material culture

52 ال َّ طيۡرُ Birds Ecology

53 ءَارَۡبَابٌ Gods Organization

54 يٰصَاحِبَیِ السِّجۡنِ Prisoners Organization

55 تعَۡبدُوُۡنَ Worship Gesture

56 ال َّ شيۡطٰنُ Satan Organization

57 الۡمَلِکُ King Organization

58 بَقَرٰتٍ Cows Ecology

59 خُضۡرٍ Green Ecology

60 يٰبسِٰتٍ Dry Ecology

61 سُنۡۢبلُٰتٍ Grain Material culture

62 تزَۡرَعُوۡنَ Crops Material culture

63 يغَُاثُ Rain Ecology

64 يَعۡصِرُوۡنَ Juice Material culture

65 النِّسۡوَةِ Women

66 ال َّ رسُوۡلُ Messenger Organization

67 الۡعَزِيۡزِ Governor Organization

68 ال ّٰ صدِقِيۡنَ Truthful Habit

69 الۡخَائِٓنيِۡنَ Betray Organization

70 خَزَائِٓنِ Treasure Material culture

71 مَ َّ کنَّ ا Power Organization

72 بِرَحۡمَتِنَا Mercy Gestures

73 يَتَّ قوُۡنَ Taqwa Habit

74 الۡمُنۡزِلِيۡنَ Hospitality Habit

75 رِحَالِہِمۡ Camel Ecology

76 وَ ل َّ مَا فَتحَُوۡا Family Organization

77 بَابٍ Gate Material culture

78 اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty Organization

79 الۡعِيۡرُ Caravan Organization

80 لسَٰرِقوُۡنَ Thieves Organization

81 السِّقَايَۃَ Bowl Material culture

82 تاَ ّٰ ِ Swear Habit

83 کٰذِبيِۡنَ Liars Habit

84 وِّعَاءِٓ Bag Material culture

85 درََجٰتٍ Rank Organization

86 َّ موۡثِقًا Pledge Social culture

87 الۡحٰکِمِيۡنَ Judges Organization

88 الۡقَرۡيَۃَ Town Material culture

89 عَيۡنٰہُ Eyes

90 الۡبَشِيۡرُ News Social culture

91 ابَوََيۡہِ Parents Organization

92 الۡعَرۡشِ Thrown Organization

93 يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ Devices Material culture

94 وَ الۡارَۡضِ Earth Ecology

95 ال َّ سمٰوٰتِ Heavens Ecology

===Translation Procedure ===

6. Translation Procedure

There are seventeen different kinds of translation procedures classified by Newmark. According to (Gallagher 1996, 31), “translation procedures are the technical devices to convey the message of a text in one language into another language.” The difference between translation procedure and translation methods discussed by (Newmark 1988, 81), “translation methods relate to whole texts, translation procedures are used for sentences and the smaller units of language.”

6.1 Transference
Transference is the way through which we convert the source language to target language and also contains transliteration or transcription. Transference is also known as loan words, there is no transformation in the spelling of the words that have been translated.

6.2 Naturalization
Naturalization changes the word SL to its pronunciation, then TL to its original form.
Naturalization also adds new connections to external conditions.

6.3 Culture equivalent
In this procedure, SL the cultural word is translated by the target cultural word. The use of the translation of this procedure is limited because it is not accurate, but it can be used in general texts, public and publicity, as well as for brief explanation to readers who do not understand the relevant source language culture.

6.4 Functional Equivalent
This approach is the most accurate path of translating and it uses very neutral cultural points with a new specific term.

6.5 Descriptive equivalent
This strategy is working for the description of the meaning or function of the source language.

6.6 Synonymy
This method of translation is applied when there is nothing to the same.

6.7 Through-Translation
Through translation is the literal translation of common conflicts, the names of organizations and compound parts.

6.8 Shifts or Transposition
This translation procedure involving a change in grammar from SL to TL. This change is done when there is a difference between the structure of the SL and the TL is reasonable.

6.9 Modulation
This procedure is used in the translation of sentences, phrases and clauses. Here the translator looked at the message in the source language sentence from a different angle or a different way of thinking. This strategy is used when the translation of words with literal meaning does not produce a reasonable translation.

6.10 Recognized Translation
The translation process is manifested when the translator uses an authoritative or appropriate translation of an organization's term.

6.11 Translation Label
This procedure is the appropriate one for the translation of a new institutional term, and it is a temporary translation of the source language word.

6.12 Compensation
This process manifests itself when there is a meaningful loss in one part, but compensation in the other part.

6.13 Componential Analysis
In this procedure, the source language word translated into the TL by detailing the components of the meaning of the source language word.

6.14 Reduction & Expansion
In this procedure, the elements of the word 'auto' removed and the elements of the word expanded in the target language.

6.15 Paraphrase
This procedure appears when cultural words need more explanation.

6.16 Couplets
In this procedure, two or more different procedures meet in one translation, couplets, triplets, quadruplets.

6.17 Notes
When the additional information is added to the cultural words for the clarification of readers.

===Analysis and Discussion ===

7. Analysis and Discussion

7.1 Introduction
This chapter highlights the procedure of the study and the analysis of culture-specific items in Surah Yusuf. This chapter explores the use of translation strategies in transferring meaning from the ST to the TL and the appropriateness of Newmark's model in interpreting the procedures that the translator applied during the translation process.

7.2 Procedures
To account for the translation of CSIs in this research, the source text of the Holy Quran in Arabic and its English translation translated by Mufti Taqi Usmani were studied. After reading the whole Ayahs of Surah Yusuf and its translation, every Ayah and its translation in English were carefully analyzed to identify CSIs and the strategies used by the translator to translate them into English. After that, the classification of CSIs by Newmark (1988) has been accepted as the theoretical framework of this study aimed at analyzing culture-specific items. For the clarification, each procedure is interpreted and demonstrated with illustrations in Tables 1-9.

7.3 Analysis and Discussion
After the categorizing the culture-specific items according to Newmark’s strategies, the researcher worked on the strategies for translating the culture-specific items applied in Surah Yusuf, including transference, cultural equivalent, functional equivalent, descriptive equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, through translation, modulation and notes; Then, he arranged the data gained in Tables 1-9 in order to show the cases of applying Newmark’s strategies for translating the culture-specific items.
The discussion section is devoted to the interpretation of each selected culture-specific word, the researcher presents a discussion of how he formulates the CSIs in Newmark strategies.
Below are the discussion points created for using each strategy;

7.3.1 Transference: Transference includes transliteration and is the same as what is called transcription. The word then becomes a loan word. There were words that were transferred from the source text to the target text. These are presented in the following table.
Table1.

Here are some examples of Transference applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yusuf:

Strategy Source Text Target Text
قرُۡءٰنًا Quran
ابِۡرٰہيِۡمَ Ibrahim
Transference يعَۡقوُۡب Yaqub
اِسۡحٰق Ishaq
يَتَّ قوُۡنَ Taqwa

Words that have given in table 1 are transference words because these are conveyed to target language which is a different language writing system then from the source language, For example, the word Quran is transliterated word and pronounce as same as like in source language قرُۡءٰنًا, so it is transcripted and also become a loan word. Similarly, all the mentioned words in table 1 are transference words.
7.3.2. Cultural Equivalent: Cultural equivalent purpose is to replace a cultural word in the source language with an, although not completely synonymous, target language word.

Table 2.
Examples of Cultural equivalent applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡب House of Yaqub
لَحٰفِظُوۡنَ Guard
بِثمََنٍ ۢ بَخۡسٍ Paltry price
درََاہمَِ مَعۡدوُۡدةٍَ Silver coin
اشَُدَّ هٗ Prime age
Cultural Equivalent مَعَاذَ ّٰ Master
الۡعَزِيۡزِ Minister
فَاسۡتجََابَ Prayer
اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty
يٰصَاحِبَیِ السِّجۡن Prisoners
الۡمَلِکُ King
يَعۡصِرُوۡنَ Juice
مَ َّ کنَّ ا Power

In Surah Yusuf, we have some words that are related to the cultural equivalent, Table 2 contains cases where cultural equality is applied. The word House of Yaqub is not completely synonymous to the ST اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡب, it is a replaced word in the SL. The word minister is not completely synonymous to the word ST word الۡعزَِيۡزِ. Similarly, the word Master in the TT is not synonymous to the word which is used in the ST ّٰ مَعَاذَ, it is a replaced word. The original meaning of the word فَاسۡتجََابَ is to accepted, but here it is referred to Prayer which is not only the synonymous but also a replaced one; furthermore, all the words mentioned in table 2 are mostly not completely synonymous words but the cultural replacing words.

7.3.3 Functional Equivalent:In functional equivalent, the word culture-free is used,
sometimes with a specific term; Therefore, it generalizes the word SL.

Table3.

Examples of Functional equivalent applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
الۡقَصَصِ Narration
رَايَۡتُ Dream
Functional equivalent الۡاحََادِيۡثِ Events
ال َّ س َّ يارَةِ Wayfares
مِّصۡرَ Egypt
يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ Devices

In functional equivalent, culture-free words are used, sometimes a new specific term is used which generalizes the SL word. For example, in table 3 the word Events is used as a cultural free word that generalizes the ST الۡاحََادِيۡثِ. The word Devices is a cultural free word and used as a new specific term to generalize the ST word يَمۡکُرُوۡنَ. The word Narration is used in the TT as a cultural free word because it is not limited or bound to a single culture. The word narration can be used by every culture representative.
7.3.4 Descriptive Equivalent: It is using phrases in TT to explain the ST word.
Table4.
Examples of Descriptive equivalent applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
کَوۡکَبًا Stars
ال َّ شمۡسَ Sun
الۡقمََرَ Moon
Descriptive equivalent عِشَاءًٓ And at Nightfall
وَارِدہَمُۡ Water drawer
سِکِّيۡنً Knife
الۡکِتٰبِ Enlightening book
ال َّ سمٰوٰتِ Heaven

The descriptive equivalent is, using phrases in TT to explain the ST word. For example Eleven stars and the sun and the moon a phrase used in the TT which explains کَوۡکَبًا َّ و ال َّ شمۡسَ وَ الۡقمََرَ the ST words stars, sun and moon. Similarly, Enlightening the book is a phrase used in the target text which highlights the meaning of الۡکِتٰبِ.
7.3.5 Componential Analysis:componential analysis is the initial comparison of a source language point to a selected language point that has the same meaning, but does not equate to one.
Table5.
Examples of Componential analysis applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
رَايَۡتُ Dream
ال َّ طيۡرُ Birds
Componential analysis وَ يَلۡعَبۡ Play
يَعۡصِرُوۡنَ Juice
مَعَاذَ ّٰ ِ Master
يٰصَاحِبَیِ السِّجۡنِ Prisoners
اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty

Further, in justification in the translation of CSIs, the researcher analyzed the words that comparing the word base of a source language with the target language point that has the same meaning, but obviously not equals one. Like رَايَۡتُ means to look or see while translating it to the TT it meanings changes to word Dream. The basic comparison of these two words is the same.
That is both words are related to cognition and eyes. For instance, other words are ال َّ طيۡرُ Birds, اِ نِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty.
7.3.6 Synonymy: Synonymy is a near target language equivalent.
Table 6.
Examples of Synonymy applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
الۡکِتٰبِ Book
قۡتلُوُا Kill
ارَۡضًا Earth
Synonymy الذِئّۡبُ Wolf
دلَۡوَه Bucket
خَمۡرًا Wine
يٰبسِٰتٍ Dry

The translator has used good equivalents for the words chosen in the Surah Yusuf. For instance, الۡکِتٰبِ Book, Book in the TT and الۡکِتٰبِ in the ST are the synonymous word. Few other examples are mentioned in table 6.
7.3.7 Through translation:Through-translation, is a literal translation of common conflicts, names of organizations and compound parts. It can also be called: click or loan translation.
Table7.
Examples of Through-translation applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡبَ House of Yaqub
غَيٰبَتِ الۡجُبِّ Into the bottom of a pit
بِرَحۡمَتِنَا Mercy
Through Translation الۡاحََادِيۡثِ Events
ُّ يسۡجَنَ Prison
الۡعَزِيۡزِ Governor
الۡخَائِٓنيِۡنَ Betray
وَ ل َّ مَا فَتحَُوۡا Family

In through translation, the researcher found those words which have common collocations, name of organization or component of compounds in Surah Yusuf. Examples of through translations are House of Yaqub, اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡبَ is a component of the compound, Family وَ ل َّ مَا فَتحَُوۡا is the name of the organization, other examples are mentioned in table 7.
7.3.8 Modulation: Modulation occurs when the translator generates the original text message in TL text according to the current target language norms, as source language and target languages may differ visually.
Table8.
Examples of in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf Modulation applied
Strategy Source Text Target Text
يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ Devices
Modulation لَسٰرِقوُۡنَ Thieves
مَ َّکنَّ ا Power
وَ قَدَّ تۡ Ripped

The modulation occurs in the translation of culture-specific items when we are translating the word or phrase from the source text to target text according to the new norms and traditions in TT culture. For instance, Devices are the word that had been translated from the Arabic word يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ which means to plan something while in English it is opposite which means tools.
7.3.9 Notes: Notes, additions, and glosses are additional information that a translator must add to the version; The additional information that translators add is usually cultural.
Table9.
Examples of Notes applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty
Notes تعَۡبدُوُۡنَ Worship
ال َّ شيۡطٰنُ Satan
بِثمََنٍ ۢ بَخۡسٍ Paltry price

In this strategy, the translator adds some additional information to his version, The additional information that translators add is usually cultural. For example اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ is a word which means that giving the order is limited or quality related to Al-Mighty God while the translator used the word sovereign which means authority. Worship is a word which means to follow or obey someone, the translator can use it in his point of view while in Arabic تعَۡبدُوُۡ نَ which means a quality limited to God.

===Conclusion and Recommendations===

8. Conclusion and Recommendations

This chapter summarizes the findings of the study. It also provides some recommendations regarding the application of translation procedures in translation between language systems.

8.1 Summary of the Findings

The translator applied nine translation procedures out of seventeen of Newmark’s translation procedures in the translation of the Surah Yusuf of the Holy Quran, namely, transference, cultural equivalent, functional equivalent, descriptive equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, through translation, modulation and notes. The cultural equivalent strategy was the most frequent applied procedure. The descriptive equivalent and through translation procedure was the second most frequently applied translation procedure, It was followed by transference, functional equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, modulation and notes. It is a descriptive study in which CSIs from ST translated to TT.

8.2 Conclusion

The present study purpose was to explore the CSIs in Surah Yusuf of the Holy Quran and to investigate which translation strategy proposed by Newmark (1988) were employed by the translator to overcome culture-specific items. Obviously, the researcher has worked hard to clear the way for future students of translation. Throughout the research, the researcher faced a lot of challenges and findings were revealed, some of them are the following;

• Between Arabic and English, there is a big cultural gap. Till now, this problem is considered as an unsolvable problem.

• Lack of reading and translating religious books.

• Many mistakes are made by the translators because they were unknown to the ST.

• The translators have to go through or review the previous translation of the Quranic scripture to solve the problem that they might face in the process of their translation.

The procedures used in this study will help the translator to render culture-specific terms accurately. Thus, the researcher worked well to fill the linguistic gaps between Arabic and English. Furthermore, Newmark’s translation procedures helped the translator make the translation sound more natural to the TR. It can be observed from the analysis that Newmark’s translation procedures were effective in translating the Islamic texts. The findings of the study might help students of translation and practitioners in the field of TS to get familiar with the most influential strategies in rendering cultural specific items. They can use the findings of the study to employ translation tasks in translations. Educational planners can use the findings of this study to specify the most influential, dominant strategies to conduct a target-oriented/sourceoriented translation. To sum up, it should be emphasized that the focus of this particular study was on religious genre. Investigating CSIs in different genres could lead to new areas of research for interested researchers. Accordingly, the information gained from this study may prove useful to translators, translation teachers, and student learners as it will help them improve their translation skills with the special attention of culture-specific items and will allow them Give texts when having a broad view of translation. Other researchers can derive similar effects from many of the findings of the same study.

This study is similar to other studies that might have several limitations which need to be taken into account. The study focused on one Surah translated by one translator. Examining different Surahs of the Holy Quran and their translations by other authors from different cultures might lead to interesting facts or they might confirm the findings of this study. Different translators might employ different strategies. Further research is needed to confirm or disconfirm the findings of this study. Newmark's strategies are not limited to the cultural features of the language. But it also covers the linguistic specifications. To narrow down the subject of the study, the linguistic aspects of the text were ignored. Comparing these linguistic aspects could be another interesting topic and venue for further research.
Finally, It may be concluded that Newmark’s translation procedures are necessary for the translation of an Islamic text between two different language systems and cultures. However, the translator must be competent in using the translation procedures to provide an accurate translation.

8.3 Recommendations

The researcher furnished a set of recommendations in the light of the findings reached and the results obtained. The recommendations can make a helpful set of guidelines for both existing and potential translators in general and for translating religious texts of two languages that are not closely related. These recommendations are tentative and are subject to modification upon closer investigation by translation scholars and professionals:

• The researcher recommends that the study of translation procedures should be included in the university curriculum for students who study translation, to help them in solving the problems of translating religious texts.

• It is recommended for translastors to use the translation procedures appropriately in order to deliver the meaning of the source text correctly.

• The researcher also recommends examining the application of other kinds of translation procedures on Islamic texts based on other models such as Andrew Chesterman’s translation procedures.

• It would also be beneficial to investigate Newmark’s translation procedures to various types of texts such as medical texts and journalistic texts.

=== References ===
Abdi, H. (2019). Translating culture-specific items (CSIs) as a conundrum for Iranian MA translation students: Considering the level of study. Journal of new advances in English Language Teaching and Applied Linguistics, 1(1), 88-109.

Aguado-Gimenez, P., & Pérez-Paredes, P. F. (2005). Translation-strategies use: A classroombased examination of Baker’s taxonomy. Meta: journal des traducteurs/Meta:
Translators' Journal, 50(1), 294-311.

Ahmadi, M. R.S and Nosrati, Fatemah. (2012). Domestication and Foreignization Strategies in Translation of Culture-Specific Items. Translations of English-Persian Children’s Literature. San Francisco: Grin Publishing. Google Books.

Al Saleh, R. A. (2019). An Application of Newmark's Procedures to Muhammad Abul Quasem's Alleman, J. C. Bee. W. Ulitkin, I. Files, F., Zetzsche, J., Chatonnet-Marton, P. & y del Árbol, E. V. Translation Strategies.

Al-Sofi, B. B. M. A., & Abouabdulqader, H. (2020). Bridging the gap between translation and culture: towards a cultural dimension of translation. International journal of linguistics, literature and culture, 6(1), 1-13.

Baker, M., 1992. In Other Words: A Coursebook on Translation. London: Routledge, p.20–42.

Blažytė, D., & Liubinienė, V. (2016). Culture-specific items (CSI) and their translation strategies in Martin Lindstrom’s" Brand sense". Kalbų studijos, (29), 42-57.

Bush, P. (1998) "Literary Translation." In: M. Baker, ed. Routledge Encyclopedia of Translation Studies, London: Routledge, pp.127-130.

Catford. J. C. (1965). A linguistic theory of translation. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
English Translation of Mohammad Al-Ghazali's Islamic Guidance.Literature and Culture, 6(1), 1-13.

Gečaitė, L. (2020). Culture-Specific Items and Their Translation Strategies in Victoria Hislop's Novel The Sunrise.” (2020).

Hassan, B. E. A. (2014). Between English and Arabic: A practical course in translation.
Cambridge Scholars Publishing.

Hermans, T. (1999). Translation in systems. Manchester: St. Jerome Publication House, J. (Ed.). (2014). Translation: a multidisciplinary approach. Springer.
Issa, A. L. S. M., & Hammood, L. H. R.- Quranic-Specific Phrases under the Study of Translation; Significance and Applications.

Janfaza, E., Assemi, A., & Dehghan, S. S. (2012). Language, translation, and culture.
In International Conference on Language, Medias and Culture (Vol. (33), p. 83-87).

Janfaza, E., Assemi, A., & Dehghan, S. S. (2012). Language, translation, and culture.
In International Conference on Language, Medias and Culture (Vol. 33, p. 83-87).

Lambert, J. (1998) Literary Translation. In: M. Baker, ed. Routledge Encyclopedia of Translation Studies. London: Routledge, 130-134.

Landers, Clifford E. (2001) Literary Translation: A practical guide. New Jersey University Press: Multilingual Maters.

Lustig, Myron, W. and Koeser, Joline (2003), Intercultural Competence: Interpersonal Communication Across Cultures, Boston: Allyn and Bacon.

Malmkjær, K. (1993). Who Can Make Nice A Better Word Than Pretty? Collocation, Translation, and Psycholoinguistics. In: Baker, M., Francis, G. and Tognini-Bonelli, E.
eds. Text and Technology. Philadelphia/Amsterdam: John Benjamins Publishing Company. pp.213-32.

Mosavat, S., & Rahimpour, S. (2016). The Most and Least Used Translation Strategies for
Conveying Culture-Specific-Items in Young Adult Literature from English into Persian. International Journal of Humanities and Cultural Studies (IJHCS) ISSN 23565926, 1853-1873.

Munday, J. (1997). Systems in Translation: A computer-assisted systemic approach to the analysis of translation of García Márquez. Ph.D thesis, University of Bradford.

Newmark, P. (2001). A Textbook of Translation. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language
Education Press

Newmark, Peter. (1988). A Textbook of Translation. New Jersey: Prentice-Halls

Nord, Christiane. (1997). Translating as a Purposeful Activity: Functionalist Approaches
Explained. Manchester: St. Jerome. Accessed 10 November. 2018. Google Books Schjoldager, A. (2008). Understanding translation. Academica: Århus.

Silalahi, M., & Lubis, S. (2013). Translation Procedures of Cultural Terms Found In Sejarah Bilingual For Students of Senior High School.
Valipoor, K., & andAzizeh Chalak, H. H. T. (2019). Cultural-specific items in translation of the Holy Quran by Irving: 43-51.

Venuti, L. (1995). The translator’s invisibility: A history of translation. London and New York:
Routledge

Widiarto, O. V. V. (2016). The translation procedures of cultural expressions applied in a game of thrones translated into Perebutan Tahta novel by Barokah Ruziati (Doctoral dissertation, Dian Nuswantoro University).

=Zohaib Chand AN INTRODUCTION TO TRANSLATION STUDIES: AN OVERVIEW Intan Pradita=

[[Trans_Type_EN_12]]

===Abstract===
This study aims to observe the development of translation studies through its different types, various strategies, styles and particular methods. In this paper, the readers are introduced to some famous translation scholars including their view of translation studies. At the further discussions, this study lets the readers acknowledge the main issues on translation studies, focusing on different styles of variations such as grammar, sentence structure, textual analysis, strategies and methods. This study may help those who are interested to conduct translation researches and help them by giving options of which theories is beneficial to their analysis. Moreover, it aims to explore the clear definition of translation as well as help the readers to understand the basic concept which are used in the field of translation. The present study, therefore, attempts to outline the scope of the discipline of translation studies and more importantly, it is an attempt to outline its activity that required a deep mastering of language, a good source of knowledge and target cultures.

===Key words ===
Translation, styles of variations, strategies

===Introduction ===
It is undoubtedly right that translation is important to share information. In line with these premise, the number of translation professionals is getting higher. In fact, the result of translation researches tends to help human daily life in term of evaluation, designing translator machines, and cultural studies. Therefore, translation means converting written information from one language into another. It is the new discipline appeared in the second half of the 20th century. The term “Translation Studies” was coined by James S. Holmes, an American-Dutch poet and translator of poetry, in his seminal paper “The Name and Nature of Translation Studies”. Translation enables effective communication between people around the world. It is a courier for the transmission of knowledge, a protector of cultural heritage, and essential to the development of a global economy. Translation helps us to know about the developments in the field of creative arts, education, literature, business, science and politics. It has shifted from the traditional conception of the fixed, stable and unchangeable nature of the text and its meaning to a text with wide scope for variations. Translation also helps in nation building. In this globalised world, the demand for translation and language related services has increased many times. Translation is not only needed for the creation of national identity but has also become an essential tool for keeping pace with the processes of globalization and localization. The activity of translation has a long-standing tradition and has been widely practiced throughout history, but in our rapidly changing world its role has become of paramount importance. Nowadays, knowledge in which cultural exchanges have been widening, has been increasingly expanding and international communication has been intensifying, the phenomenon of translation has become fundamental. Be it for scientific, medical, technological, commercial, legal, cultural or literary purposes, today human communication depends heavily on translation and, consequently, interest in the field is also growing. Accordingly, the discussion, in the present study, proceeds primarily from the perspectives of “Translation Studies” and “Linguistics”. One major goal is to show the interrelationships between linguistics and translation, and how they benefit from each other. Nowadays, translation research has started to take another path, which is more automatic. The invention of the internet, together with the new technological developments in communication and digital materials, has increased cultural exchanges between nations. This leads translators to look for ways to cope with these changes and to look for more practical techniques that enable them to translate more and waste less. They also felt the need to enter the world of cinematographic translation, hence the birth of audiovisual translation. The latter technique, also called screen translation, is concerned with the translation of all kinds of TV programs, including films, series, and documentaries. This field is based on computers and translation software programs, and it is composed of two methods; dubbing and subtitling. In fact, audiovisual translation marks a changing era in the domain of translation.
In short, translation has very wide and rich history in the West. Since its birth, translation was the subject of a variety of research and conflicts between theorists. Each theorist approaches it according to his viewpoint and field of research, the fact that gives its history a changing quality.

Discussion

Translation is an activity that requires deep mastering of languages, a good knowledge of source and target cultures. It is also linked with the translation method, strategies and styles of variations. Each translation type requires different translation method. In this paper, it is an attempt to outline that there are several types of translation. Each type is defined by different scholars through different criteria to the contextual situation of communication. In this paper, we will be writing down the three prominent types of translation through various medium namely; technical translation, literary translation and pragmatic translation. For each type, a selection of examples will be considered for analysis based on translation theories and techniques. We will show that some chunks of text require literal translation, while other requires interpretive method. In addition, this paper will also examine various strategies and its styles of variations based on translational study. The following strategies will be presented in the paper as;

• They involve text manipulation.
• They must be applied to the process.
• They are goal-oriented.
• They are problem-centered.
• They are applied consciously.
• They are inter-subjective.

Most theorists agree that strategies are used by translators when they encounter a problem and literal translation is not useful. Different researchers have investigated and described various translation strategies from their different perspectives. It intends to show what translation strategies exist and when and why they are used by professional translators. Different scholars have various perspectives to the aspects of the act of translation, so, they define and describe different types of strategies. Bergen's (n. d.) classification of the strategies includes three categorizations which will be discussed mainly in this paper:

• Comprehension strategies
• Transfer strategies
• Production strategies

An addition to this paper, styles of variations will also be introduced to the readers through different aspects and examples. The concept of style can be defined in terms of the distinctive way an individual or a group uses language, or better still the discourse used to perform distinct functions of language aimed at achieving specific purposes. However, this does not entail that style is simply a matter of form since it is the product of other components such as the genre of discourse, its semantics, syntax and phonology. Indeed, in order to analyze a given stylistic variation one needs an extensive checklist that includes lexical and grammatical categories, allusions, and figures of speech. Style can be understood to refer to the recurring typical features of the source text compared to the typical features of the translated text. In a quantitative and qualitative analysis, this variation is shown to be influenced by several pragmatic and social factors, and to index the interpreters' stances towards source speakers and towards the immigrant court users who are the recipients of translations from English. It is argued that translation styles have profound consequences for limited English speakers, as the insistence on institutional norms in translating to them is viewed as a gate keeping behavior that may impede their full participation in the proceedings.

What is translation?

Translation went through various definitions going from a mere linguistics activity during the sixties, a cultural and communicative activity during the seventies reflects the social impacting activity in the latest founding of the literature.
“Translation is traditionally known as being the replacement of textual material in one language into equivalent textual material in another language”.
House (2015) mentions that translation is considered as the “replacement” of a text in the source language by a semantically and pragmatically equivalent text in the target language. It is strongly related to a source language and target language cultures. It requires a high level of mastery languages, an awareness of any contextual factors within which the discourse emerges. There is no need to mention how it affected civilizations through different areas of mankind history. For example, An Arab-Islamic civilizations. There have always been different directions on how one should or should not translate. In the Arab tradition, two main methods existed and were in complete divergence namely the literal and the free method.
On the other hand, in the Western tradition there are various methods currently exist namely, the linguistic, the hermeneutic, the interpretive, the functionalist, the interventionist, the poly-systemic and the text-typologist method. More so, it may be important to point out that translation has been defined in many ways, and every definition reflects the theoretical approach underpinning it.
As Shuttlworth and Cowie (1997) observe throughout the history of research into translation, the phenomenon has been variously delimited by formal descriptions, echoing the frameworks of the scholars proposing them. For example, Bell (1991: XV) starts with an informal definition of translation, which runs as follows: the transformation of a text originally in one language into an equivalent text in a different language retaining, as far as is possible, the content of the message and the formal features and functional roles of the original text.
At the beginning of the ‘scientific’ (Newmark, 1988, p. 2) study of translation, Catford (1965, p. 20) described it in these terms, the replacement of textual material in one language (SL) by the equivalent textual material in another language.
Thirty years later, in Germany, the concept of translation as a form of ‘equivalence’ is maintained, as we can see from Koller’s definition (1995, p. 196): “The result of a text processing activity, by means of which a source language text is transposed into a target-language text. Between the resultant text in L2 (the target-language text) and the source text in L1 (the source language text) there exists a relationship, which can be designated as a translational, or equivalence relation”. Because complete equivalence (in the sense of synonymy or sameness) cannot take place in any of his categories, Jakobson (1959) declares that all poetic art is, therefore, technically untranslatable. That is, the translator has to take the question of interpretation into account in addition to the problem of selecting a TL phrase which will have a roughly similar meaning. Exact translation is impossible. In this regard, Bassnett (1996) claims that all texts, being part of a literary system descended from and related to other systems are “translations of translation of translations”: every text is unique and at the same time, it is the translation of another text. No text is entirely original because language itself, in its essence, is already a translation: firstly, of the non-verbal world and secondly, since every sign and every phrase is the translation of another sign and another phrase. However, this argument can be turned around without losing any of its validity: all texts are original because every translation is distinctive. Every translation, up to a certain point, is an invention and as such it constitutes a unique text.
In this analysis of the above definition, Manfredi (2008), points out that the above distinction can be divided into two main perspectives, those that consider translation either as a ‘process’ or a ‘product’. To this twofold categorization, Bell (1991, p. 13) adds a further variable, since he suggests making a distinction between translating (the process), a translation (the product) and translation (i.e., “the abstract concept which encompasses both the process of translating and the product of that process”. Moreover, thanks to advances in new technologies, today we can also incorporate into TS the contribution of corpus linguistics, which allows both theorists and translators analyses of large amounts of electronic texts (Manfredi, 2008). On the other hand, Halliday (1992, p. 15) takes translation to refer to the total process and relationship of equivalence between two languages; we then distinguish, within translation, between “translating” (written text) and “interpreting” (spoken text). Halliday, thus, proposes distinguishing the activity of “translation” (as a process) from the product(s) of “translating”, including both “translation” (concerning written text) and ‘interpreting’ (regarding spoken text.
“Translation is the production of a functional target text maintaining a relationship with a given source text that is specified according to the intended or demanding function of the target text.

Types of Translation

Translation is an activity that requires deep mastering of languages, a good knowledge of source and target cultures. It is also linked with the translation method, strategies and styles of variations. Each translation type requires different translation method. In this paper, it is an attempt to outline that there are several types of translation. Each type is defined by different scholars through different criteria to the contextual situation of communication. In this paper, we will be writing down the three prominent types of translation through various medium namely; technical translation, literary translation and pragmatic translation.

Technical translation

Technical translation is a type of specialized translation involving the translation of documents produced by technical writers, or more specifically, texts which relate to technological subject areas or texts which deal with the practical application of scientific and technological information. (Wikipedia)
Translators' main goal is to accurately translate the technical terminology to match the document and the message of the original content.

The benefits of technical translation

A professional technical translation service is provided by translators with dual specialties, that is, professionals who are fluent in the language pair, but who are also experts in the field covered by the documents to be translated.
When you need to have your documents translated by a technical translator, translators who are not experts may not be able to provide the necessary solutions and terminology for a quality translation. If the translator is not an expert in the field, he/she will have to learn the new terminology while working. This means that translation will take longer, have higher chances of inaccuracies, and may result in higher costs. Therefore, the main advantages of hiring an agency specialized in this type of service are as follows:

Literary translation

Literary translation is the translation of creative and dramatic prose and poetry into other languages. This includes the translation of literature from ancient languages and the translation of modern fiction so that it can reach a wider audience.
Literary translation is of huge importance. It helps to shape our understanding of the world around us in many ways. Reading Homer and Sophocles as part of a classical education in school helps to build an understanding of history, politics, philosophy and so much more. Meanwhile, reading contemporary translations provides fascinating insights into life in other cultures and other countries. In a fast-paced world so rife with misunderstanding and confusion, such efforts to share knowledge and experiences across cultural boundaries should be applauded.
The translation of literature differs greatly from other forms of translation. The sheer size of the texts involved in literary translation sets it apart. Tackling a translation that runs to hundreds of thousands of words is not a task for the faint-hearted. Nor is recreating poetry in a new language, without losing the beauty and essence of the original work.
One of the key challenges of literary translation is the need to balance staying faithful to the original work with the need to create something unique and distinctive that will evoke the same feelings and responses as the original. This can be particularly challenging when it comes to translating poetry.
Poems are written with incredible attention to detail. Not only are the words and phrases important, but the number of syllables and the entire rhythm of the completed work. It’s a challenging task to complete just in one language, let alone when trying to recreate a poet’s work during a translation. Daniel Hahn, director of the British Centre for Literary Translation, sums up the issue beautifully.
As literary translators will attest, a single word can be extremely troublesome. The author of a work of fiction has chosen that word for a good reason, so the translator must ensure that it is faithfully delivered in the target language. However, what if no direct translation is available? Or what if several options exist, each with a slightly different nuance? Urdu language translator Fahmida Riaz outlines her approach to such thorny issues.
For instance, “Every piece you translate comes from the pen of an individual, so you have to give it an individual treatment. I try to retain the ambience of the original culture, rather than the language, as it is reflected in the text.”

Pragmatic translation

Pragmatic translation is the basic assumption that provided a source language text contains no misstatements of fact, is competently written and has to be fully translated rather than summarized or functionally reorientated; one's purpose in translating it is to be referentially and pragmatically accurate. In this paper, I shall not deal with referential accuracy but concentrate instead on the pragmatic aspects of translation. As the term pragmatic translation may be used in a variety of ways, I should like to state my own definition of pragmatic, which derives from Charles Morris and ultimately from Charles S. Peirce. I am using pragmatic as one of the two factors in translation: pragmatic denotes the reader's or readership's reception of the translation, as opposed to referential, which denotes the relationship between the translation and the extra-linguistic reality it describes.
Translation is a properly way to a properly communication and pragmatics is how to use language in communication properly. By translation, many things from different languages and cultures can understand to each other. In other words, translation can be stated as a facilitator to make a communication runs well.

===An Overview on Translation Studies ===

===Main Issues in Translation Studies: Equivalence or Variations ===

=== Matthiessen's Parameter on Register Variations===

===Conclusion ===

=== References ===

= Muhammad Numan A Study to Explore the Translation Strategies of Idiomatic Expression from Urdu to English ; A Case Study of Sadat Hassan Manto’s Short Story “Khol Do” =
[[Trans_Type_EN_13]]

===Abstract===
Translation is necessary for developing knowledge and idea, but it also makes the people understand the language and culture of other people or countries. However, equivalence is essential during translation, especially when the translator wants to translate idiomatic expressions in the best possible way. Therefore it is necessary to follow up on some strategies during the translation process. The research work is carried out under the qualitative method with textual analysis techniques as significant. Mona Baker's model for idiomatic expression is explored with the help of different examples from collected data. The primary purpose of this study is to find out which types of strategies are being followed by the translator during the translation process. It was found that translation by paraphrasing, translation by similar words and meaning and translation by similar meaning and different words.
===Key words ===
Translation Strategies, Idiomatic expression, Sadat Hassan Manto, Urdu Literature --[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 09:45, 12 December 2021 (UTC)

===Introduction ===

In this chapter, the researcher wants to highlight the different concepts about the fundamental question that "what is idiomatic expression" and the views of various critics, theorists and linguistic experts, and prominent scholars of translation studies.--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 15:38, 13 December 2021 (UTC) Among them are Lindalorri, Mona Baker, Newmark's, and many more define idioms from their point of view. Secondly, the researcher highlights one of the most prominent literary and short stories writers of the sub-continent Sadat Hassan Manto, his life, literary style, and short stories career. In the last statement of the problem, the objective of the research, which type of strategies was followed in the translation process, purposes of study, and delimitation of studies are explained one by one.

Many critics, theorists, and linguists define idioms differently. However, in general, an idiom is a phrase or expression that typically has a metaphorical, non-literal meaning connected to it. However, phrases can become figurative idioms while keeping the literal meaning of the words. However, according to the Oxford Dictionary of English, a set of words is established by usage as having a meaning not deducible from the meanings of the constituent terms (e.g., over the moon, see the light).

"What is particularly remarkable about idioms is that they can be described in a variety of ways, depending on the roles they fulfilled," writes (Linda 2006: 8). "A string of words whose meaning differs from the meaning supplied by the individual words" is what an idiom is, according to (Larson 1984: 20). Idioms are "at the end of the scale from collocations in one or both of the areas: flexibility of patterning and transparency of meaning," according to (Baker 1992: 23). Idioms are defined by (Yagihashi 2003, 22) as a "collection of words whose meaning cannot be guessed from their meaning.". According to Newmark, “Idioms are word groups whose meaning cannot be deduced from the meaning of individual words.”(Newmark 1981: 11).--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 15:38, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

The whole meaning of each word that makes up an idiom cannot be considered the idiom's overall meaning. As a result, an idiom should not be translated. To remark that someone is bull-headed, for example, suggests that he or she is obstinate, even though the connotation has nothing to do with the words bull or headed. According to Corelli, English has a sizeable idiomatic base. About 4,000 idioms in American English are drawn from the nation's culture and everyday life. Idioms infect English with a peculiar flavor and offer it remarkable diversity, brilliant character, and color. She also feels that idiomatic expressions not only assist language learners in understanding English culture but also penetrating English people's traditions and lifestyles and gaining a deeper understanding of English history.(Corelli 2006: 53)

The main issue that idiomatic and fixed expressions pose for translators, according to Baker is twofold: "the ability to recognize and interpret an idiom correctly; and the difficulties involved in rendering the various aspects of meaning that an idiom or a fixed expression conveys into the target language. The first challenge that a translator encounters is understanding that she/he is dealing with an idiomatic expression.(Baker 1992: 65)

Sadat Husain Manto's writings also include numerous literary criticism, studies in Urdu, and many translations from Urdu into English. He is credited with having brought Urdu language and literature into the mainstream of contemporary international writing. There is no doubt that Sadat Hassan Manto was the most prolific of all modern writers in the sub-continent. Manto's published a substantial number of short stories during his short literary life span, and novelette gave some master piece work to Urdu literature. The noble laureate Hemingway mentions the lunatic life of great Manto's in his speeches. The current research study aims at discovering and determining the strategies used in translations of "khol do" short stories about sexual violence during partition of sub-continent and "license" a short story which throw light on the behavior of society toward widow his profession which lead toward prostitution by Aatesh Taseer an Indian born translator currently living in London having solid links with native country and culture.(Ahsan 2020: 12-27)--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 15:44, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Literature Review ===
In this chapter, the author/researcher defines the strategy and its different definitions from the perspective of different subjects and fields. However, the sole focus is only on the strategy of translation studies. Furthermore, renowned academicians put forward their definition of strategy like Venutti quoted translation strategy as the theory of de construction-sim, which is progressive and future-oriented. Krings defines it as the content of the project, while Seguinet divided the term into three steps. However, Locher defines it as the procedure of solving a problem faced in translating a text. Jaskelaine involves the primary task of choosing the SL text and developed a method to translate it. In last, the author points out his research work's sole purpose by mentioning different research work on Mento's short stories except for this angle.

The term "strategy" is used in a variety of settings. Many theorists in translation studies have used the phrase "translation methods" interchangeably, although with significant distinctions in meaning and perspective. The following is a collection of more general definitions of the term strategy. A strategy is a long-term set of actions to achieve a specific goal (Wikipedia Committee, n. d.).A methodical plan for improving one's learning performance has been actively altered and mentioned (Instruction Curriculum Reading Glossary, n. d.)
A strategy is a well-thought-out, intentional, goal-oriented (with a measurable outcome) approach carried out through a series of actions that can be monitored and modified (Curriculum Learning Literate-Futures Glossary, n. d.)
A collection of particular mental and behavioral procedures is taken to reach a given result. These definitions are general and can be related to different fields of study. This study mainly concerns translation strategies, although the definitions mentioned above can be narrowed down to this research field, as well. Translation strategies have their characteristics, through which one can gain a proper understanding of them. In general, a translator employs a strategy when confronted with a challenge while translating a text; nevertheless, translation methods are not required when translating a text literally. Bergen points out that strategies are not always obvious or straightforward.
Although beginners in the field of translation believe they have done a successful translation when they translate word for word and utilize a dictionary, they do not realize that there is still a problem and that adjustments must be made at various levels of the translation. As a result, the most critical purpose of the strategies is to solve problems. "Venuti attempted to put deconstructionist translation theory into practice by proposing the "resistant translation" technique as an alternative to the standard "smooth translation. This technique tries to reverse the colonial concept of translation, English-American culture centralism, and the value of imperialist culture from an ideological standpoint.
It aims to retain "foreignness" rather than seeking similarity in translation principles and methods. The author believes Venuti's translation strategy is quite progressive and future-oriented, with the development of international communications on an equal footing. However, it will take time to implement fully." (Jianzhong. .Krings 1986, 18) defines translation strategy as "a translator's potentially deliberate objectives for solving concrete translation problems specific translation task in the context of a project."The translators adopted three global tactics, according to (Seguinot 1989, 27) (i) translating uninterrupted for as long as possible; (ii) resolving surface flaws as soon as possible; (iii) leaving text quality and stylistic problems to the editing stage.

Furthermore, (Loescher 1991, 8) defines translation strategy as "a possibly conscious technique for overcoming a difficulty encountered in translating a text, or any segment thereof." As stated in this definition, consciousness is vital in distinguishing strategies employed by learners and translators. "The element of consciousness is what distinguishes strategies from these activities that are not strategic," (Cohen 1998, 4) claim moreover, (Bell 1998, 188) distinguishes between global (whole-text) and local (text segment) techniques and indicates that this distinction is the outcome of several types of translation challenges.

According to (Venuti 1998, 240), "involve the core tasks of picking the foreign text to be translated and establishing a way to translate it." He uses the terms "domesticating" and "foreignizing" to describe them. Ordudari, considering the process and outcome of translation, Jaaskelainen divides methods into two primary categories: some strategies deal with what happens to texts, while others deal with what happens during the translation process. According to (Jaaskelainen 2005, 15), product-related strategies entail the essential tasks of selecting the SL content and establishing a technique for translating it. On the other hand, process-related strategies are "a set of (loosely articulated) rules or principles that a translator applies to attain the goals determined by the translating scenario.

Furthermore, (Jaaskelainen 2005, 16) distinguishes between global and local strategies, stating that "global strategies refer to general principles and modes of action, while local strategies refer to specific activities concerning the translator's problem-solving and decision-making. (Newmark 1988, 221) distinguishes between translation methods and translation procedures. (Newmark 1988, 81) also distinguishes between translation techniques and procedures, writing, "While translation methods are employed for full texts, translation procedures are utilized for sentences and smaller units of language."

Apart from other literature like poetry, drams and other subcultures also produce literary genius in short stories. Monto is one of them. His literature is translated into different languages with a different theme in his work. Apart from the story of division, Manto's books are characterized by powerful female characters. Manto combines the physical brutality of division with the intellectual cruelty that sex and sexuality face inside the Indio Pak subcontinent's social framework (Ranjan 2004, 3). Manto's female characters, according to Ispahani, are characterized by their sexual fragilities, such as sexual humiliation, rape, and prostitution. "They are nearly always victims, with the power only to cause their destruction," she believes. Sakina's body movement reveals how severely she was sexually raped. Sakina's silence and pain depict the savagery of her rape to the point where they lost their ability to communicate. Manto's short stories present another perspective on trauma through the absence of the subject converses (Mehta 2018, 9). Bingo by Tariq Rahman explores sexual repression, social injustice, and war tragedies. Wartime rape has existed since the beginning of conflicts, and penetrators consider it one of their weapons of war (Isikozlu, 2016, 13).

The concept of hegemonic binary was introduced by the second wave of feminism, which depicts patriarchal conduct as sexually superior and powerful. At the same time, women are sexually inferior and submissive argue (Marinucci, 2010, 15). Sexual trauma serves as a link between the victim and society; it ruins the victim's sense of safety, leads to low self-esteem, and silences them called by (Lewis 2017, 54). Saadat Hasan Manto (1912-1955) was one of the most well-known, controversial, and provocative Urdu writers of the twentieth century. Despite being a prolific writer of essays, plays, film scripts, and novels, he was best known for his short tales. Born in Punjab, he began his writing career in Bombay before moving to Lahore, Pakistan, in January 1948, a few months after partition (Hasan 1984). Following that, his stories generally centered on a partition, exploring its human effects from various perspectives.

Manto's works are notable for their realism, word economy, dependence on internal components, and, most notably, their abrupt, often distressingly unclear ends (Akhtar and Flemming 1985, 9). While Tariq Rahman wrote Bingo, he is a writer, playwright, and critic who has made significant contributions to Urdu literature through his writing. Research work was carried out on the comparison of "bingo" and "khol do."
The purpose of this thesis is to compare the two short stories Khol Do and Bingo, both of which focus on women and violence, particularly wartime rape, which makes women more vulnerable than ever before. This paper explores how women are victims of war and partition, making them doubly marginalize primarily due to the hegemonic binaries of men and women. Both of the stories aim to reflect the stigmata of our society regarding the violence and cruel treatment of women since their existence. Furthermore, via the lenses of feminism and post-colonialism, it examines how varied wartime weapons can be for both gender binaries. The writers' audacity causes us to reflect on the inhumane treatment of women in everyday life and even in wartime when they are with the men who are supposed to defend the female.
Several research articles are found on translated work (license and khol do) of Urdu famous short stories writer Sadat Hassan Manto's from a different perspective like psychoanalysis, postcolonial, feminist approaches but to explore the problem of translations strategies face by translator Aatish Taseer during the process of translation has not been mention till date. To summarize this, the research includes a critical, in-depth, comprehensive analysis of issues that previously did not address.

=== Theoritical Framework ===

Different strategies have been used, like using an idiom of similar meaning and similar form, the idiom of similar meaning and different form, translation by Paraphrasing, translation by omission. The approach of employing idioms of similar meaning and form, according to Mona Baker, entails using an idiom in the target language that can express about the same meaning as the source language idiom, as well as having lexical similarity. On the other hand, this type of matching happens periodically as well as regularly.

Similarly, employing idioms with similar meanings but different forms means that it is possible to locate an idiom or fixed expression in the target text language that has a similar meaning to the source idiom or expression but is made up of distinct lexical elements. Consider the case of English and French, both of which use the idiom mentioned above. In English, one good deed is rewarded with another, whereas in French, handsome deeds are rewarded with handsome deeds.

Furthermore, we did not come across any idioms in the category mentioned above during translating idioms. To deal with this issue, the translators used the most popular approach, known as a translation by paraphrase, which is short, straightforward, and time-saving. When a match cannot be identified in the target language or when it appears improper to employ idiomatic language in target material due to aesthetic differences between the source and target languages, this is the most typical approach for translating an idiom from source to target language. However, one thing to keep in mind is that a perfect translation is not required is necessary or possible.

Last but not least, to overcome the problem of idiom translation, the translator employs the strategy of translation by omission. This can be defined as an idiom being omitted entirely in the target text with a single word. This is done because the idiom has no close match in the target language; its meaning cannot be easily paraphrased or due to stylistic reasons.

Data analysis Techniques:
Textual analysis is the method of data analysis in qualitative research that brings forth the hidden and potent message, structure, and function of research in giving text, Alan Mckee (defines textual analysis as whenever we perform textual analysis on the text, we make an educated guess at some time of the most likely interpretations that might be made of that text (Alan Mckee 2001, 3)
Analysis of the translation of short stories in light of Mona baker's theory "khol do and license" are short stories written by Sadat Hassan Manto and translated by many translators from Urdu into English. During translation, the translator adopted many strategies for translating idiomatic expression, sometimes by Paraphrasing, sometimes by omission, sometimes using similar idioms of form and meaning while sometimes using different words and the same form, the whole.
--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 09:51, 12 December 2021 (UTC)

===Discussion and Analysis===

The chapter analyzes and discusses all the data collected by the author/researcher from different sources. All the examples of idioms are first identified, then translated into the target text, and back-translated for the sole purpose of exploring the strategies being used by the translator. A separate section is given to every strategy with its related example. Moreover, the idiomatic expression, the target work for finding, is highlighted through the bold letter.

4.1 Translation by Paraphrasing:

Based on our findings, the most often used strategy was "translation by paraphrasing." An inspection also reveals that Aatish Taseer preferred this strategy. Here are some examples applied by the translators, and in the following section, the logic behind their preference towards this strategy is elaborate. The following are examples from two short stories of Sadat Husain Manto's "khol do" and "license."
Example 1:

ST: Sirajuddin ne subah das baji anki kholi to logo ka ail mutalatam samandar deka.

TT: Ten a.m., Siraj Uddin opens his eyes on the cold floor of the camp, seeing the swelling sea of men.

BT: sub ke das baji jab Sirajuddin ne apni anki koli to logo ka aik ublaha howa samandar ka nizara dekni laga.

So, the above idioms are literal idioms being translated with the help of Paraphrasing because there is no perfect equivalent of mutalatam words in English languages. A similar look at another idiom from short stories "khol do."

Example 2:

ST: Khuda tomahra bala kari.

TT: Your God will reward

BT: Is ka badla khoda tomahi di.

Here, the word reward is being used for Bala Kari, an example of transitional by Paraphrasing.
Let take another example from "khol do."

Example 3:

ST: unkho nai Jan khateli pa rak kar sakena ko donda.

TT: even putting their lives online, they search sakina

BT: apni zindagio ko khatri me dal kar unkho nai sakina ko dond nekala.

The above idioms are examples of pure idiom translated from Urdu into English with the help of paraphrases strategies. However, under the same strategies, the idioms of another short story of Manto,s "license," are translated by Aatish Taseer. Some of the examples are given below.

Example 4:

ST: Abu kochwan bara cheel jabela ta. It is the binomial type of idioms taken from the first sentence of the short story "license" by Sadat
Hasan Manto

TT: Abu kochwan is stylish man.

BT: Abu kochwan aik wazahdar admi ta.

From the above idiom, it is clear that there is no perfect equivalence of cheela chabela idiom in English; that is, the translator goes
through paraphrasing strategies. Look at another example from "license."

Example 5:

ST: Lein har waqat bank bani rekhi ka usi be had showk ta

TT: He had a weakness for style and fashion.

BT: Dan saj ke rekhna uski kamzori me sai ik ta.

So all of the above examples, which are analyzed one by one, are examples of idioms being translated through paraphrasing strategies. (De Beaugrande and Dressler 1981, 50) define paraphrases as "approximate conceptual equivalence among outwardly different material." Similarly, in this regard, Hirst defines paraphrases as "talk(ing) about the same situation in a different way." Munday declared that "equivalence is particularly useful in translating idioms and proverbs” For instance, if the English idiom like a bear with a sore head is rendered into Persian as (mesle borje zahremar), meaning like a tower of snake venom, the strategy of equivalence has been applied.

According to Leonardi, "Equivalence can be said to be the central issue in translation." In this regard, house believes that "a translation text should match not only its source text in function but also employ equivalent situational-dimensional means to achieve that function" (Baker 2002, 49). who shares this approach, states that equivalence is used "for the sake of convenience—because most translators are used to it rather than because it has any theoretical status" (Kenny 1998, 77).

Despite different attitudes to the concept of equivalence, most specialists pay much attention to its meaning in the theory of translation. The translation is a form of communication, and that is why it is vital to establish equivalence between the source text and the target text. Although Vinay and Darbelnet believe that equivalence is used differently than in modern translation theory, it is evident that equivalence is one of the basic concepts of translation that cannot be neglected. Consequently, based on the Above mentioned studies using Paraphrasing in translation stands as the core concept in the process of translation, and still, most of the translators cling to it for producing a more comprehensible and explicable text. These language ideas and translation models are ideal constructs, presented abstractly in order to be differentiated precisely. They may exist in an uneasy combination in actual theories and practices, resulting in logical tensions or inconsistencies. They must first contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation before they can contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation. Theories and actions must be contextualized in historical settings. They've been utilized as analytical tools to describe various topics in section introductions. Theoretical writings and current events these language notions and translation models are ideal constructs expressed in an abstract manner in order to be distinguished precisely in real-life hypotheses they may exist in an uncomfortable mix, resulting in logical conflicts or inconsistencies. They must first contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation before they can contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation.

4.2 Using an idiom of Similar Meaning and Form

As mentioned earlier, this strategy type is being used by Aatish Taseer during their translated work of Manto's short stories "khol do" and" license" on an occasional basis. Some examples are mention below.

From khol do.

Example 6:

ST: Larki ka rang zard hogaya.

TT: The girl's face became fail

BT: larki ka rang zar hogya.

Similarly, another example from the license is

Example 7:

ST: Abu our us ke mat beer hogaie

TT: They fall in love with each other.

BT: WO ik dosri ke mokhbat me geriftar hogaie

The above idioms are pure ones and are being translated with the help of similar meanings and similar forms.

The procedures: transposition, modulation, equivalence, and adaptation, and when it comes to defining the term Equivalence, (Vinay and Darbelnet 2000, 90) propose that it consists in rendering "the same situation … by two texts using completely different stylistic and structural methods", and when it comes to translating idiomatic expressions like "Il pleut à seaux" it can be translated as "It is raining cats and dogs" using the idiom of similar form and meaning in the target language.

As (Baker 1992, 12) states, this strategy involves using an idiom in the TL which conveys roughly the same meaning as that of the source language idiom and, in addition, consists of identical lexical items. The salient point is that this kind of match can only occasionally be achieved, which cannot be picked up more often by translators. Accordingly, both translators mentioned in the current study had quite a slim chance of using this strategy type.

4.3 Using an idiom of similar meaning but different form:

During translating Manto short stories, "khol do" and "license," some of the idioms are translated with the help of this strategy. Some of the examples are given below from two different short stories.

Example number one is from the short story "khol do"

Example 8:

ST: Aur bolwai gos ayai thee?

TT: The roitors come abroad.

BT: pasadi bahar agai hai.

The above idiom is a pure type of idiom being translated with the help of above mention strategy. The word rioter is being used for bolwai, which is not a perfect word for bolwai. In Urdu bolwai, people believe in violence when minorities or the low population of any country want some rights. These people stop them by using violence, burn down their properties, rapes women, and do things like that. Another example from the license is below.

Example 9:

ST: Dosri kotwal abu ko dek kar jal ban ho jati.

TT: The other coachman burn with envy.

BT: Abu ke kamyabi dek kar aur kotwal abu sai khasad karni lagi’

The above idioms are a pure idiom that reflects the effect of jealousy between competitors to achieve equivalency. Aatish Taseer uses envy word for jal ban instead of other which have similar meaning but different form. Look at the other example from "license."

Example 10:

ST: Dino lat vo lagal se kam karni laga.

TT: Dino came with an excuse.

BT: Dino abb bahi tarashni laga.

The above idioms are types of binomial idioms translated with the help of idioms with similar meanings and different forms. (Newmark 1988, 81) mentions the difference between translation methods and translation procedures. He writes that "[w]hile translation methods relate to whole texts, translation procedures are used for sentences and the smaller units of language" (Newmark 1988, 81). Idiomatic translation in his definition reproduces the 'message' of the original. However, it distorts nuances of meaning by preferring colloquialisms and idioms where these do not exist in the original, leading to using an idiom of similar meaning but a different form. Besides, it is often possible to find an idiom or fixed expression in the target language with a meaning similar to that of the source idiom or expression but which consists of different lexical items (Baker 1992, 12). Therefore, translators discover idiomatic expressions in the target language with different forms than in the source language. In the current study, the translators approached this strategy merely for 9% of the total times, which means the frequency of Iranian and English idioms with the same meaning and different forms is not considered high.

4.4 Translation by omission:

A translator is less using these strategies, and we did not find any clue on this type of strategy in an area under consideration.
--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 09:48, 12 December 2021 (UTC)

=== Findings===

(Mandelbit 1995) believed that idioms with different cognitive mapping in the target language would be more challenging to translate. After conducting study and data analysis of collected data, the result revealed that the translator frequently used three out of four strategies of the Mona Baker model during the translation process, which is a translation by Paraphrasing, translation by similar meaning and similar form, translation by similar meaning and different form. In contrast, translation by omission does not found in his work.
After detail and careful analysis of data, more than half of idioms like "swelling sea of man,” my lord break his arrogance, “weakness for style and fashion." As I mentioned earlier, many more are translated under the umbrella of Paraphrasing, which is considered the most common method used for translating idioms.

Similarly, we also reflect strategies like similar meaning and different form and similar meaning and similar form. The idiom "rioter came abroad,” burn with envy,” The girl's face became pale, " They fall in love with each other" are translated with the help of two mention strategies, respectively.

Although translation by omission is a strategy used on rare occasions because of its meaning, its meaning cannot be easily paraphrased or stylistic reason. Here, the researcher also did not find any idiom translated with the help of the omission strategy.

===Conclusion ===

Go through detailed discussion and analysis of data collected from my source. We finally concluded that the idioms present in two short stories, "khol do" and "License," are translated under the frame of Mona Baker's idiomatic model. Translation by Paraphrasing is mainly used while idioms of similar meaning and form and idioms of similar meaning and different forms are used occasionally. The researcher discusses all the strategies with related examples in the order of maximum used to minimum used. The strategy by omission did not find it works. All the data are collected from different sources and analyzed with the help of different researcher tools, and the result is written in light of the finding. Different from previous studies, the writer presents the strategies to translate idioms by each type of idiomatic expression found in the story. From the result, it is considered the translation of idiomatic expressions in the story is quite accurate. As the number of accurate data is more the data which is not related to the translation. We take conclusion from the translation through idiomatic expression and paraphrasing is the best way to translate a novel or a story however it is very difficult job to do because it needs more accurate and precise knowledge about the source language and an inspiring method to express ideas in the target language. However, translation is thing through which we can connect the world with each other and also we can study and observe diverse cultures.

=== References ===
Abu-Saydeh, A. F. (2004). Translation of English idioms into Arabic. Babel, 114-131.

Ahsan, S. (2020). A comparative study of two translations of manto's short story "Toba Tek". International Journal of English Language Studies, 12-27.

Alexander, R. J. (1987). Mimeograph. In R. J. Alexander (Ed.) Collocation and Culture. Trier: University of Trier, West Germany.

Al-Qinai, J. (2000). Translation quality assessment. strategies, parameters and procedures. Translator's Journal, 497-519.

Bayashi, J. (2020). Japanese-English translation: An advanced guide. Oxfordshire: Routledge.

Das, V. &. (1995). Critical events: An anthropological perspective on contemporary India. New Delhi: Oxford Printing Press.

Mufti, A. (2007). The Language of English India. In I. &. End (Ed.) Enlightenment in the Colony. Princeton University Press.

Waka Xia, L. (2019). A discourse analysis of news translation in China. Syydney: Routledge.

= Muhammad Saqib Mehran Problems in Translation Study =
[[Trans_Type_EN_14]]

===Abstract===

===Key words ===

===Introduction ===

===Ambiguity===

===Lexical and Structural Mismatches===

===Multiword units: Idioms and Collocations===

===Summary===

===Further Reading===

=刘胜楠 A Case Study of ''Ne Zha'' on Subtitle Translation Strategies from the Perspective of Skopos Theory=
[[Trans_Type_EN_15]]

Translation types, strategies, styles, methods

2021-12-13T16:02:06Z

Muhammad Numan: /* Translation and Culture */

'''Translation types, strategies, styles, methods'''

[[Translation_types,_strategies,_styles,_methods|Overview Page of Translation types, strategies, styles, methods]]

30 Chapters（0/30)

[[Trans_Type_EN_1]] [[Trans_Type_EN_2]] [[Trans_Type_EN_3]] [[Trans_Type_EN_4]] [[Trans_Type_EN_5]] [[Trans_Type_EN_6]] [[Trans_Type_EN_7]] [[Trans_Type_EN_8]] [[Trans_Type_EN_9]] [[Trans_Type_EN_10]] [[Trans_Type_EN_11]] [[Trans_Type_EN_12]] [[Trans_Type_EN_13]] [[Trans_Type_EN_14]] [[Trans_Type_EN_15]] [[Trans_Type_EN_16]] [[Trans_Type_EN_17]] [[Trans_Type_EN_18]] [[Trans_Type_EN_19]] [[Trans_Type_EN_20]] [[Trans_Type_EN_21]] [[Trans_Type_EN_22]] [[Trans_Type_EN_23]] [[Trans_Type_EN_24]] [[Trans_Type_EN_25]] [[Trans_Type_EN_26]] [[Trans_Type_EN_27]] [[Trans_Type_EN_28]] [[Trans_Type_EN_29]] [[Trans_Type_EN_30]] ...

[[Book_projects|Back to translation project overview]]

[[DCG-To-Do|To the To Do List]]

=阳佳颖 Analysis On Subtitling Strategies in the American Version of the ''Legend of Zhen Huan''=

'''浅析美版《甄嬛传》的字幕翻译策略'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_1]]

阳佳颖 Yang Jiaying, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 2: The Use of Translation Strategy and Translation Methods in Tourism Texts under the Guidance of Peter Newmark's Translation Theory -- A Case Study of ''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''=
'''纽马克翻译理论指导下旅游文本中翻译策略与翻译方法的使用——以''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_2]]

刘晓 Liu Xiao, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 3: Translation methods and strategies for novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory -- A case study of Korean novel Eun-ju's Movie (Excerpt)=
交际翻译理论指导下小说题材所适用的翻译方法和翻译策略—以韩国小说集《恩珠的电影》（节选）为例

[[Trans_Type_EN_3]]

刘越Liu Yue ，Hunan Normal University，China

=Chapter 4: On Translation Strategies and Translation Methods in Chinese Translation of English Prose -- A Case Study of Chinese Translation of English Prose "Pleasures of Ignorance"=

'''浅析英语散文汉译中的翻译策略和翻译方法——以英语散文《无知的乐趣》汉译本为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_4]]

毛雅文 Mao Yawen, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 5： Analysis of translation strategies and methods for political eassays --- A Case Study of Annual Summary of the Russian Government's Work of 2019 =
'''政论语体翻译策略及翻译方法— 以《2019年俄罗斯政府工作报告》为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_5]]

毛优 Mao You，Hunan Normal University，China

=Chapter 6: An analysis and comparison of the translation styles of two Chinese translations of ''Le Spleen de Paris''=
'''浅析对比《巴黎的忧郁》两个汉译本的翻译风格'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_6]]

彭瑞雪 Peng Ruixue, Hunan University, China

=Chapter 7: A Study of Lu Xun’s Short Stories Translation from the Perspective of Functional Equivalence: Taking Yang Xianyi and Gladys Yang’s English Verison of ''Kong I-Chi'' as a Case Study=
功能对等翻译视角下的鲁迅短篇小说翻译研究——以杨、戴夫妇的《孔乙己》英译本为例

[[Trans_Type_EN_7]]

秦建安 QinJianna, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 8:Translation methods and strategies applicable to the style of biographical literature -- Taking ''Incidents in Life of Slave Girl'' (excerpt) as an example=

传记文学的文体所适用的翻译技巧与策略——以英文传记《一名女奴的人生际遇》(节选)为例

[[Trans_Type_EN_8]]

颜子涵 Yan Zihan, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 9: On the Translation Strategies of ''Lun Yu'' from the Perspective of Fusion of Horizons – A Contrastive Study of two translations of Ku Hung-ming and Xu Yuanchong=

'''视域融合视角下看《论语》英译的翻译策略—以辜鸿铭和许渊冲的英译本为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_9]]

邝艳丽 Kuang Yanli, Hunan Normal University, China

=杨柳青 Bian Zhilin's Literary Translation Theories and Practice——Take His Translation of Romantic Poems as Examples=

Yang Liuqing杨柳青,Hunan Normal University,China.

[[Trans_Type_EN_10]]

=Atta Ur Rahman Exploring Translation Strategies: A Case Study of the English Translation of the Holy Quran=

===Abstract===
This study aims at diagnosing culture-specific items in the English translation of the Holy Quran and the strategies which were used to translate the CSIs. Translating CSIs can be a demanding task because such items have specific meanings in the culture and language in which they exist but not necessarily in others. Taking this fact into account, the present study investigates the strategies used in the translation of culture-specific items in the English translation of the Holy Quran. Moreover, the researcher explored the most frequently employed translation procedures. To achieve these goals, the descriptive approach is applied for the analysis of the translation of specific items of culture. The descriptive analysis is also used for the investigation of the translation procedures used therein. The findings of this study indicate that the use of cultural equivalent strategy was the most frequent applied procedure. The descriptive equivalent and through translation procedures were the second most frequently applied translation strategies which were followed by transference, functional equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, modulation and notes. The results shows that the translation procedures are helpful (especially the target-oriented ones) in conveying the meaning of the text from Arabic into English in different ways.

===Key Words===
The Holy Quran, Translation Strategies/procedures, Culture-Specific Items, Newmark

===Introduction===
1. Overview
Translation that plays a crucial role in introducing the history and in transferring the culture of an area is a kind of communication between different languages. It is also illustrated “as the result of a linguistic-textual procedure in which a text in one language is re-contextualized in another language.” In the re-contextualization, studies on translation demonstrate that there are certain critical points (Munday 2012:37) that are problematic for translators, especially, when dealing with vital cultural texts such as religious texts (Malmkjær 2015:10). It helps to communicate and exchange information with people from different countries and cultures. Khammyseh argues that translation is one of the traditional communicating methods between communities all around the world. (Khammyseh 2005;9). Jothiraj states that “translation plays an important role in the inter-lingual process of communication”(Jothiraj 2004;1). Translation is essential for cultures and languages to exchange information. Newmark (1988) defines it as a craft in which a written message in a language is replaced by the same story in another language. According to him, Translation is the art of trying to translate what is written or expressed in one language into another language with the same message or expression. To accomplish a qualified translation, the translator needs to be aware of different aspects(Newmark 1988;2). Many scholars in translation have noticed that the difficulty for a translator is to translate texts which deals with religious concepts and cultural specific items.

Nida indicated that translation is the way of finding natural issues in the TL close to the SL, in terms of message and style(Nida 1964;32). Larson (1998) has acknowledged that dealing with religious and cultural items is the most difficult, both in finding equivalence and analyzing the source vocabulary. Among the many challenges that exist for the translator is to bring the concept of the SL to a deeper meaning in the TL, the main problem is how to give CSIs, the significance which is firmly connected to the particular cultural context(Larson 1998;23).--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 15:41, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

Culture plays a considerable role, Snell-Hornby assumed that “Culture refers to all socially conditioned aspects of human life”.(Snell-Hornby 1988;33). Another definition of culture is formulated by Goodenough. For him, culture is “what people have to learn as distinct from their biological heritage, must consist of the end product of learning: knowledge, in a most general, if relative, sense of the term."(Goodenough 1957;167). By this definition, we should note that culture is not only a material phenomenon; it does not consist of things, people, behavior, or emotions. It is rather the organization of these things. It is the forms of things that people have in their minds, their models for perceiving, relating, and otherwise interpreting them”. According to him, if the translator wants to understand a culture, she or he has to understand that culture is a mixture of belief and knowledge.

The religious text and especially the Holy Quran have played a significant role in human life throughout history to guide human beings towards the right path. Translating religious text can be a hectic job. When it comes to religious texts like the Holy Quran, it might be even more hectic. The Holy Quran has a profound impact on the human lives of its believers. It spreads spiritual serenity and peace of mind. Lustig and Joline thought that “religion is an important institutional network that binds people to one another”(Lustig and Joline 2003;16). But sometimes believers of Islam (whether they are native or not native speakers of the language) face a tremendous difficulty when they want to understand the meaning of a certain lexical unit, lexis that can be identified as Quranic-specific words/phrases.

This study is aimed to probe Newmark's translation procedures applied to translate cultural items from the SL (Arabic) to the TL (English) and to focus on translation strategies used by the English translator to transfer absolute and in-depth intended meanings of the CSI in the Holy Quran. If we examine Newmark's opinion, seventeen procedures may be needed by a translator in the process of translation. However, only a few translation procedures are relevant to this translation, they are Transference, cultural equivalent, functional equivalent, descriptive equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, through translation, modulation and notes.(Newmark 1988;81). These types of translation procedures are usually used to translate cultural terms contained in the text involving Surah Yusuf as a source language. Thus, in the relationship between translation and culture, the strategies offered should be understood as an attempt to make the translation easy to understand by the TR without blurring the message contained in the text written in the SL.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 15:41, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Translation and Culture===

2. Translation and Culture

Culture and translation are intimately connected, for understanding the culture translation plays a crucial role. In every nation, there are multiple cultures which reflect how people behave, socially, traditionally and politically and also practice their specific languages. Languages have a complex system of communication that humans adapt from different cultural background. When someone wants to know more about any culture, it is necessary to know about that language. For understanding the language they need to translate it as one might not understand the particular language. Thus, translation fills the gap created by languages that is a very important aspect of translation.

The translation is the process of translating a point or text from one language to another, we can also refer translation to moving of something from one place to another. Translation impacts also on our real life, in a way of transforming other cultures, norms and traditions into our culture. Translators play a vital role in culture and mediators between cultures, dedicated to linking the gap that repeatedly hinders effective communication between communities. According to Peter Newmark, “translators have been entrusted the elegant and highly-demanding task of representing cultures for decades” (Newmark 1988;7). Newmark established connections concerning the relationship between culture and translating. In his book, he regards translation as a process of “representing the meaning of a text into another language in the way that the author planned the text” (Newmark 1988;5). According to him, although this process has been supposed to be simple, in reality, translators have been facing the complex task of translating and conveying culture for decades, ever since countries began establishing relationships between one another. (Newmark 1988;7).

In the history of translation studies, translation has been discussed through multiple routes which based on practicality and some theoretical aspects. For instance, Catford defined it as "the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language”(Catford 1965;20). According to Venuti translation is "the forcible replacement of the linguistic and cultural difference of the foreign text with a text that will be understandable to the target language reader”(Venuti 1995;18). Schjoldager stated that“a translation is a text that expresses what another text has expressed in another language”(Schjoldager 2008;19). Culture is a complex whole which includes knowledge,belief,art,law,morals,customs and many other capabilities and habits acquired by man as a member of society. The translation is no longer considered to be a mere cross-linguistic activity but it significantly is cross-cultural communication.”
Since language reflects the way of life and basic parts of it, the process of translation cannot be done without the integration of cultural symbols into the construction of meaning. Hassan claimed that a good translation “is one that carries all the ideas of the original as well as its structural and cultural features” (Hassan 2014;2). Hermanns contributed that translation should be recognized as a cultural act. It is a kind of linguistic-cultural activity that involves at least two languages and two cultural traditions. Similarly, translation is not just a verbal act; it is also cultural, which is an act of communication of cultures(Hermanns 1999;22) Later, Hassan emphasized a good translation "is one that carries all the ideas of the original as well as its structural and cultural features" and that "reconstructs the cultural/historical context of the original"(Hassan 2014;2).
These statements demonstrate that there is an interaction between translation and culture, Newmark illustrated that culture in translation competence is “the greatest hurdle to translation, at least the achievement of an accurate and decent translation" (Newmark 2001;328).

Bearing in mind the general alliance among researchers regarding the importance of culture in translation, the translation activity is a question of transferring the correct meaning and that the translator has a productive role in transferring not only the linguistic system of the source text but also the cultural one. As such, it is extremely difficult to draw a borderline between translation and culture as they are inextricably overlaid and this connection leads to creative translation.

2.1 Culture-Specific Items (CSIs)

Culture-specific items are notions that are specific to a particular culture. These concepts are using in different domains such as flora, fauna, food, clothes, housing, work, leisure, politics, law, and religion in the way of life. These cultural concepts are consist of different suggestion and approaches. For the denomination of these concepts, many scholars and linguists employed different names or terms, relatively different definitions are given and they tried to define some points that were related to the culture but they not defined even the name of the concept clearly. Scholars refer different names to these culture-specific items, Newmark uses the term cultural words. (Newmark 1988;327) Christine Nord names them “culturemes” (Nord 1997;9) while in one of the newer studies, focused on the translation of culture-specific items, Mohammad Reza Shah Ahmadi and Fatemeh Nosrati employ a term culture-bound element (Ahmadi and Nosrati 2012;1).
After a long time, some scholars prefer the terms “culture-specific item” (Aixela, 1997; Davies, 2003), others choose cultural words (Newmark, 2003) or culture-bound phenomena/concepts (Baker, 1992, Newmark, 2003, Robinson, 2003). In this study, the term “culture-specific item” is used as the basic term, as well as its abbreviation CSI, although other synonyms may be used to prevent repetition. "Culture-specific items are defined by different scholars according to their differences and similarities. Meanwhile, Mona Baker (1992) defines specific concepts of culture as “sourcelanguage words that express concepts unknown in the target culture” (Baker, 1992, 21). It may relate to religion, kind of food or social customs. Newmark suggests to culture-specific items as cultural words (Newmark 1988, 94). He further discussed that in many circumstances, cultural words are somewhat easy to detect in a text because they are closely related to a specific language and unable to translate word by word (Newmark 1988, 95). When they cannot be translated literary then he mentioned that the translators usually the purpose is to provide a descriptive-functional equivalent (Newmark 1988, 95).--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:02, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

2.1.1 Translation of CSIs in the Holy Quran

The Holy Quran is the most basic religious book for Muslims, the Quran was revealed to the prophet Muhammad (PBUH). The Quranic corpus, created in an early form of Classical Arabic, is traditionally believed to be a literal transcript of God’s speech and to constitute the earthly production of an uncreated and eternal heavenly original, according to the general view referred to in the Quran itself as “the well-preserved tablet” (al-lawḥ al-mahfūẓ; Qurʾān 85;22). It has a heartfelt impact on human lives and their believers. It spreads spiritual stability and peace of mind. According to (Lustig and Joline 2003;16) “Religion is an important institutional network that binds people to one another.”
Translating Quranic-specific words/phrases is considered a great challenge for the translators which requires an accurate interpretation and consciousness of the crucial functions of these Quranic-specific words/phrases. Therefore, they have to focus on a set of aspects to attain equivalence and then render the exact meaning. The translation of the Holy Quran is a debatable process because Arabic is full of cultural-specific concepts with no proper equivalent in other languages; consequently, some equivalents fail to convey their cultural meaning thoroughly. The translation is seen as the process of reconstructing a text into other languages. In the Holy Quran, it is mentioned in the Surah of Yusuf: “we have sent it down as an Arabic Quran”, the translated text has been simply seen as a commentary, explaining, or paraphrasing of the source text. In general, exact translation never occurs; rather this can be a basic interpretation of the Holy Quran. In the process of translation of the Holy Quran, language and CSI items and rhetorical features were not inimitable and reproducible into other languages.
Translating CSIs is a strenuous task because such elements have special meanings in culture and language.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:02, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Types of Translation ===
3. Types of Translation
Newmark (1988) determines 8 types of translation which are:

3.1 Word-for-Word Translation

This is usually indicated as an interlinear translation, with the target language immediately below the source language words. The source language word-order is preserved and the words translated singly by their most common meanings, out of context. These words are translated literally. Some of the uses of point-by-point translation are to understand the mechanics of the source language or to create a difficult text as a pre-translation process.

3.2 Literal translation

In this type of translation, the grammatical structures of the source language are changed to the nearest target language equivalent but the written points remain the same to one another, out of context.
3.3 Faithful translation
This translation attempts to reproduce the original exact meaning within the limitations of the TL grammatical structures. It also conveys cultural words and maintains an unusual degree of grammar and strength in translation. It tries to make the SL author completely loyal to the intent and reality of the text.

3.4 Semantic Translation

Semantic translation takes much of the aesthetic value of the source language text, making sense where appropriate so that there are no implications, wordplay or repetition roots in the finished version. It may translate less important cultural points by a culturally neutral third or active terms but not by cultural equation and it may also give the reader more small concessions.

3.5 Adaptation

This is an unrestricted form of translation. It is used mainly for plays and poetry, the themes, characters, plots are usually preserved, the SL culture converted to the TL culture and the text rewritten (Ahmad 2015, 15).

3.6 Free Translation

The content without a form of the original or the matter without the manner is the productions of free translation. It is also known as intra-lingual translation and it is usually longer than the original.

3.7 Idiomatic Translation

This type of translation replicates the original message but degrades the depth of meaning by selecting meanings and dialogues that do not exist in the original.

3.8 Communicative Translation

This type of translation replicates the original message but degrades the depth of meaning by selecting meanings and dialogues that do not exist in the original.

===Translation Strategies ===

4. Translation Strategies
Many theorists have used the term translation strategy extensively but with some significant differences in meaning and perspective that they see. Many theorists have used the approach of translation comprehensively but with some notable differences in meaning and vision as they appear.

4.1 Aixela Translation Strategies:
According to Aixela (1996), translators need to choose several strategies based on the source language culture and target culture. He distinguishes many of the translation strategies that apply to the translation of culture-specific items and at the same time, he tries to command by the level of their intercultural intervention. He divided it into two groups; conservative groups (5 approaches) and the substitution (6 strategies).

4.1.1. Conservation:
In conservation, the less compelling process includes repetition, orthographic adaptation, linguistic translation, extratextual gloss and intratextual gloss.

4.1.1.1 Repetition: In repetition, there is simply the transference of the culture-specific items from the ST to the TT. Thus, the translator keeps as much as possible the original reference (Aixela, 1996, p. 61). This approach is often used for languages that do not differ in the alphabet and most for names.

4.1.1.2 Orthographic Adaptation: The orthographic adaptation involves writing or
transliteration, mainly when the original term is given in a different alphabet than the one used in the target culture.

4.1.1.3 Linguistics translation: Linguistic translation emphasizes on the way where the translator chooses the source closest to the original text and increases his understanding by giving the TL version which is still relevant to the ST cultural system.

4.1.1.4 Extra-textual Gloss: Here, the extra-textual gloss refers to additional information to the previously mentioned procedures, The translator uses one of the above strategies but considers it as a necessity to explain the meaning or concept of CSI. In this gloss, it can be footnotes, endings, words, ideas, translators in dictionaries, italics and so on.

4.1.1.5 Intra-textual Gloss: It's like the past but the translator feels that he/she can include the globe as an indirect part of the text, not to distract the reader.

4.2.1 Substitution
In substitution, According (Aixela, 1996) “that synonymy, limited universalization, absolute universalization, naturalization, deletion, and autonomous creation are encompassing here”.

4.2.1.1 Synonymy: This strategy is a stylist used to avoid the constant repetition of culturespecific items in the ST.

4.2.1.2 Limited Universalization: When the translator realizes that the culture-specific item is not clear to the reader or that another source CSI exists in the source language which can be replaced, replace it with data. Of course, the location is not as specific to the source language as the first one.

4.2.1.3 Absolute Universalization: The only difference between limited universalization and absolute universalization is when the translator cannot find the best known CSI in the source language or prefers to eliminate the unusual concept and choose a neutral term. (Aixela, 1997, p.63).

4.2.1.4 Naturalization: In this case “translator brings the culture-specific item into the TL culture” (Shokri, Ketabi, 2015, p.8).

4.2.1.5 Deletion: When the CSI is “unacceptable ideologically or stylistically or it is not relevant enough for the effort of comprehension required for the readers” (Aixela, 1996, p. 64), or very clear that the translator does not want to use any strategy, they delete the CSI.

4.2.1.6 Autonomous Creation: When the translator agrees to use non-existent cultural
reference in the ST.(Aixela, 1997).

4.3 Mona Baker’s Translation Strategies
Baker’s strategies have been used by professional translators at word level in their translations, to deal with issues while performing the task of translation. (Baker, 1992). He suggests various procedures to work for unequal treatment at the point level, for example, translation by a more general word, translation by a more neutral / less obvious word, translation by paraphrasing, Using related words, and so on. She formulates the classification in different strategies, which are the following:

4.3.1 Translation by a more general word: According to Baker, this has to do with the meaning of the proposition. Appropriately it works in many languages.

4.3.2 Translation by a more neutral/ less expressive word: This is another strategy in terms of semantics it does with differences with obvious meaning.

4.3.3 Translation by cultural substitution: This strategy involves placing culture-specific material that does not have the same predictive meaning as the target language material but may have the same effect on the target reader.

4.3.4 Translation using a loan word: This strategy relies on culture-specific items, modern borrowing points plus interpretation concepts and buzz points.

4.3.5 Translation by paraphrase using a related word: When the source material is written in the target language but separately, and when the frequency used in the source text is high, it will be natural in the target language.

4.3.6 Translation by paraphrase using unrelated words: This strategy can be used when the concept in the source material is not lexical in the TL.

4.3.7 Translation by omission: Losing phrases or words that are not vital to text development.

4.3.8 Translation by an illustration: Here, use examples when the source word is not equal in the target language. Each theorist presents their strategies according to their point of view, however, Baker's (1992) translation strategies include the most applicable set of strategies, as it shows the strategies used by professional translators.

===Cultural Categories ===

5. Cultural categories

5.1.2 Ecology
In this type of cultural category, Newmark labels those words which have some similarities and differences in culture concerning the environment. For Example, animals, colors, astronomy, plants birds etc. They will also have some geographical features that can normally differ from other cultural terms in that they usually have no political, commercial value.

5.1.2 Material culture

Material culture is also known as artefacts, In the category of material culture, Newmark included Food, clothes, housing, transport, and communications and also those objects which are made by humans. For Example, Clothing, atoms, crops, vegetables, jewellery, drugs, planets etc. “Food is for many the most sensitive and important expression of national culture. The function of the generic clothes terms is approximately constant, indicating the part of the body that is covered, but the description varies depending on climate and material used, houses and town, and transport.”

5.1.3 Social culture

The social culture is divided by Newmark in two ways, they are work and leisure. For example, Trade, armour, literature, poets, markets, games.

5.1.4 Organisation

Newmark organizations are divided into five categories: political and administrative conditions, historical conditions, and international conditions. ‘The international community terms usually have recognized translations which are in• fact through-translations, and are now generally known by their acronyms', religious terms, artistic terms; “the translation of artistic terms referring to movements, processes and organizations generally depend on the putative knowledge of the readership. For example, adultery, business, corruption, sex, poverty, marriage, divorce etc.”

5.2 Newmark Classification CSIs

Newmark (1988) established the classification of culture-specific items (CSIs) into five classes which are;
Table 1. Newmark classification of Culture-Specific Items. (Newmark 1988, 97)

5.2.1 Categorization of CSIs in Surah Yousuf of the Holy Quran

Verse No. Terms English Translation Categories
1 الۡکِتٰبِ Book Material culture

2 قرُۡءٰنًا Quran Material culture

3 الۡقَصَصِ Narration Gesture

4 رَايَۡتُ Dream Habit

5 کَوۡکَبًا Stars Ecology

6 ال َّ شمۡسَ Sun Ecology

7 الۡقَمَرَ Moon Ecology

8 الۡاحََادِيۡثِ Events Organization

9 يعَۡقوُۡبَ House of Yaqub Material culture

10 يعَۡقوُۡبَ Yaqub

11 ابِۡرٰہيِۡمَ Ibrahim

12 اِسۡحٰقَ Ishaq

13 اقۡتلُوُا Kill Social culture

14 ارَۡضًا Earth Ecology

15 الۡجُبِّ Pit Ecology

16 ال َّ س َّ يارَةِ Wayfares

17 يٰۤابََانَا Father

18 َّ يرۡتعَۡ Eat Social culture

19 وَ يَلۡعَبۡ Play Social culture

20 لَحٰفِظُوۡنَ Guard Social culture

21 وَ اخََافُ Fear Habit

22 الذِئّۡبُ Wolf Ecology

23 عِشَاءًٓ Nightfall Ecology

24 َّ يبۡکُوۡنَ Weeping Habit

25 مَتاَعِنَا Belongings Material culture

26 قمَِيۡصِہٖ Shirt Material culture

27 وَارِدہَمُۡ Water drawer Material culture

28 دلَۡوَهٗ Bucket Material culture

29 بِثمََنٍ ۢ بَخۡسٍ Paltry price Material culture

30 درََاہمَِ مَعۡدوُۡدةٍَ Silver coin Material culture

31 مِّصۡرَ Egypt

32 لِامۡرَاتَِہٖۤ Wife

33 الۡارَۡضِ Land Ecology

34 اشَُدَّ هٗۤ Prime age

35 الۡابَۡوَابَ Door Material culture

36 مَعَاذَ ّٰ ِ Master Organization

37 ال ُّ سوۡٓءَ Evil Habit

38 الۡفَحۡشَاءَؕٓ Lewdness Habit

39 عِبَادِنَا Servant Organization

40 وَ قَدَّ تۡ Ripped Social culture

41 عَذاَبٌ Punishment Social culture

42 ُّ يسۡجَنَ Prison Organization

43 الۡعَزِيۡزِ Minister Organistion

44 حُباؕ Love Social culture

45 فتَٰىہَا Slave Organization

46 سِکِّيۡنًا Knife Material culture

47 مَلکٌَ Angel Organization

48 فَاسۡتجََابَ Prayer Gestures

49 خَمۡرًا Wine Material culture

50 خُبۡزًا Bread Material culture

51 رَاۡسِیۡ Head Material culture

52 ال َّ طيۡرُ Birds Ecology

53 ءَارَۡبَابٌ Gods Organization

54 يٰصَاحِبَیِ السِّجۡنِ Prisoners Organization

55 تعَۡبدُوُۡنَ Worship Gesture

56 ال َّ شيۡطٰنُ Satan Organization

57 الۡمَلِکُ King Organization

58 بَقَرٰتٍ Cows Ecology

59 خُضۡرٍ Green Ecology

60 يٰبسِٰتٍ Dry Ecology

61 سُنۡۢبلُٰتٍ Grain Material culture

62 تزَۡرَعُوۡنَ Crops Material culture

63 يغَُاثُ Rain Ecology

64 يَعۡصِرُوۡنَ Juice Material culture

65 النِّسۡوَةِ Women

66 ال َّ رسُوۡلُ Messenger Organization

67 الۡعَزِيۡزِ Governor Organization

68 ال ّٰ صدِقِيۡنَ Truthful Habit

69 الۡخَائِٓنيِۡنَ Betray Organization

70 خَزَائِٓنِ Treasure Material culture

71 مَ َّ کنَّ ا Power Organization

72 بِرَحۡمَتِنَا Mercy Gestures

73 يَتَّ قوُۡنَ Taqwa Habit

74 الۡمُنۡزِلِيۡنَ Hospitality Habit

75 رِحَالِہِمۡ Camel Ecology

76 وَ ل َّ مَا فَتحَُوۡا Family Organization

77 بَابٍ Gate Material culture

78 اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty Organization

79 الۡعِيۡرُ Caravan Organization

80 لسَٰرِقوُۡنَ Thieves Organization

81 السِّقَايَۃَ Bowl Material culture

82 تاَ ّٰ ِ Swear Habit

83 کٰذِبيِۡنَ Liars Habit

84 وِّعَاءِٓ Bag Material culture

85 درََجٰتٍ Rank Organization

86 َّ موۡثِقًا Pledge Social culture

87 الۡحٰکِمِيۡنَ Judges Organization

88 الۡقَرۡيَۃَ Town Material culture

89 عَيۡنٰہُ Eyes

90 الۡبَشِيۡرُ News Social culture

91 ابَوََيۡہِ Parents Organization

92 الۡعَرۡشِ Thrown Organization

93 يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ Devices Material culture

94 وَ الۡارَۡضِ Earth Ecology

95 ال َّ سمٰوٰتِ Heavens Ecology

===Translation Procedure ===

6. Translation Procedure

There are seventeen different kinds of translation procedures classified by Newmark. According to (Gallagher 1996, 31), “translation procedures are the technical devices to convey the message of a text in one language into another language.” The difference between translation procedure and translation methods discussed by (Newmark 1988, 81), “translation methods relate to whole texts, translation procedures are used for sentences and the smaller units of language.”

6.1 Transference
Transference is the way through which we convert the source language to target language and also contains transliteration or transcription. Transference is also known as loan words, there is no transformation in the spelling of the words that have been translated.

6.2 Naturalization
Naturalization changes the word SL to its pronunciation, then TL to its original form.
Naturalization also adds new connections to external conditions.

6.3 Culture equivalent
In this procedure, SL the cultural word is translated by the target cultural word. The use of the translation of this procedure is limited because it is not accurate, but it can be used in general texts, public and publicity, as well as for brief explanation to readers who do not understand the relevant source language culture.

6.4 Functional Equivalent
This approach is the most accurate path of translating and it uses very neutral cultural points with a new specific term.

6.5 Descriptive equivalent
This strategy is working for the description of the meaning or function of the source language.

6.6 Synonymy
This method of translation is applied when there is nothing to the same.

6.7 Through-Translation
Through translation is the literal translation of common conflicts, the names of organizations and compound parts.

6.8 Shifts or Transposition
This translation procedure involving a change in grammar from SL to TL. This change is done when there is a difference between the structure of the SL and the TL is reasonable.

6.9 Modulation
This procedure is used in the translation of sentences, phrases and clauses. Here the translator looked at the message in the source language sentence from a different angle or a different way of thinking. This strategy is used when the translation of words with literal meaning does not produce a reasonable translation.

6.10 Recognized Translation
The translation process is manifested when the translator uses an authoritative or appropriate translation of an organization's term.

6.11 Translation Label
This procedure is the appropriate one for the translation of a new institutional term, and it is a temporary translation of the source language word.

6.12 Compensation
This process manifests itself when there is a meaningful loss in one part, but compensation in the other part.

6.13 Componential Analysis
In this procedure, the source language word translated into the TL by detailing the components of the meaning of the source language word.

6.14 Reduction & Expansion
In this procedure, the elements of the word 'auto' removed and the elements of the word expanded in the target language.

6.15 Paraphrase
This procedure appears when cultural words need more explanation.

6.16 Couplets
In this procedure, two or more different procedures meet in one translation, couplets, triplets, quadruplets.

6.17 Notes
When the additional information is added to the cultural words for the clarification of readers.

===Analysis and Discussion ===

7. Analysis and Discussion

7.1 Introduction
This chapter highlights the procedure of the study and the analysis of culture-specific items in Surah Yusuf. This chapter explores the use of translation strategies in transferring meaning from the ST to the TL and the appropriateness of Newmark's model in interpreting the procedures that the translator applied during the translation process.

7.2 Procedures
To account for the translation of CSIs in this research, the source text of the Holy Quran in Arabic and its English translation translated by Mufti Taqi Usmani were studied. After reading the whole Ayahs of Surah Yusuf and its translation, every Ayah and its translation in English were carefully analyzed to identify CSIs and the strategies used by the translator to translate them into English. After that, the classification of CSIs by Newmark (1988) has been accepted as the theoretical framework of this study aimed at analyzing culture-specific items. For the clarification, each procedure is interpreted and demonstrated with illustrations in Tables 1-9.

7.3 Analysis and Discussion
After the categorizing the culture-specific items according to Newmark’s strategies, the researcher worked on the strategies for translating the culture-specific items applied in Surah Yusuf, including transference, cultural equivalent, functional equivalent, descriptive equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, through translation, modulation and notes; Then, he arranged the data gained in Tables 1-9 in order to show the cases of applying Newmark’s strategies for translating the culture-specific items.
The discussion section is devoted to the interpretation of each selected culture-specific word, the researcher presents a discussion of how he formulates the CSIs in Newmark strategies.
Below are the discussion points created for using each strategy;

7.3.1 Transference: Transference includes transliteration and is the same as what is called transcription. The word then becomes a loan word. There were words that were transferred from the source text to the target text. These are presented in the following table.
Table1.

Here are some examples of Transference applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yusuf:

Strategy Source Text Target Text
قرُۡءٰنًا Quran
ابِۡرٰہيِۡمَ Ibrahim
Transference يعَۡقوُۡب Yaqub
اِسۡحٰق Ishaq
يَتَّ قوُۡنَ Taqwa

Words that have given in table 1 are transference words because these are conveyed to target language which is a different language writing system then from the source language, For example, the word Quran is transliterated word and pronounce as same as like in source language قرُۡءٰنًا, so it is transcripted and also become a loan word. Similarly, all the mentioned words in table 1 are transference words.
7.3.2. Cultural Equivalent: Cultural equivalent purpose is to replace a cultural word in the source language with an, although not completely synonymous, target language word.

Table 2.
Examples of Cultural equivalent applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡب House of Yaqub
لَحٰفِظُوۡنَ Guard
بِثمََنٍ ۢ بَخۡسٍ Paltry price
درََاہمَِ مَعۡدوُۡدةٍَ Silver coin
اشَُدَّ هٗ Prime age
Cultural Equivalent مَعَاذَ ّٰ Master
الۡعَزِيۡزِ Minister
فَاسۡتجََابَ Prayer
اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty
يٰصَاحِبَیِ السِّجۡن Prisoners
الۡمَلِکُ King
يَعۡصِرُوۡنَ Juice
مَ َّ کنَّ ا Power

In Surah Yusuf, we have some words that are related to the cultural equivalent, Table 2 contains cases where cultural equality is applied. The word House of Yaqub is not completely synonymous to the ST اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡب, it is a replaced word in the SL. The word minister is not completely synonymous to the word ST word الۡعزَِيۡزِ. Similarly, the word Master in the TT is not synonymous to the word which is used in the ST ّٰ مَعَاذَ, it is a replaced word. The original meaning of the word فَاسۡتجََابَ is to accepted, but here it is referred to Prayer which is not only the synonymous but also a replaced one; furthermore, all the words mentioned in table 2 are mostly not completely synonymous words but the cultural replacing words.

7.3.3 Functional Equivalent:In functional equivalent, the word culture-free is used,
sometimes with a specific term; Therefore, it generalizes the word SL.

Table3.

Examples of Functional equivalent applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
الۡقَصَصِ Narration
رَايَۡتُ Dream
Functional equivalent الۡاحََادِيۡثِ Events
ال َّ س َّ يارَةِ Wayfares
مِّصۡرَ Egypt
يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ Devices

In functional equivalent, culture-free words are used, sometimes a new specific term is used which generalizes the SL word. For example, in table 3 the word Events is used as a cultural free word that generalizes the ST الۡاحََادِيۡثِ. The word Devices is a cultural free word and used as a new specific term to generalize the ST word يَمۡکُرُوۡنَ. The word Narration is used in the TT as a cultural free word because it is not limited or bound to a single culture. The word narration can be used by every culture representative.
7.3.4 Descriptive Equivalent: It is using phrases in TT to explain the ST word.
Table4.
Examples of Descriptive equivalent applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
کَوۡکَبًا Stars
ال َّ شمۡسَ Sun
الۡقمََرَ Moon
Descriptive equivalent عِشَاءًٓ And at Nightfall
وَارِدہَمُۡ Water drawer
سِکِّيۡنً Knife
الۡکِتٰبِ Enlightening book
ال َّ سمٰوٰتِ Heaven

The descriptive equivalent is, using phrases in TT to explain the ST word. For example Eleven stars and the sun and the moon a phrase used in the TT which explains کَوۡکَبًا َّ و ال َّ شمۡسَ وَ الۡقمََرَ the ST words stars, sun and moon. Similarly, Enlightening the book is a phrase used in the target text which highlights the meaning of الۡکِتٰبِ.
7.3.5 Componential Analysis:componential analysis is the initial comparison of a source language point to a selected language point that has the same meaning, but does not equate to one.
Table5.
Examples of Componential analysis applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
رَايَۡتُ Dream
ال َّ طيۡرُ Birds
Componential analysis وَ يَلۡعَبۡ Play
يَعۡصِرُوۡنَ Juice
مَعَاذَ ّٰ ِ Master
يٰصَاحِبَیِ السِّجۡنِ Prisoners
اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty

Further, in justification in the translation of CSIs, the researcher analyzed the words that comparing the word base of a source language with the target language point that has the same meaning, but obviously not equals one. Like رَايَۡتُ means to look or see while translating it to the TT it meanings changes to word Dream. The basic comparison of these two words is the same.
That is both words are related to cognition and eyes. For instance, other words are ال َّ طيۡرُ Birds, اِ نِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty.
7.3.6 Synonymy: Synonymy is a near target language equivalent.
Table 6.
Examples of Synonymy applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
الۡکِتٰبِ Book
قۡتلُوُا Kill
ارَۡضًا Earth
Synonymy الذِئّۡبُ Wolf
دلَۡوَه Bucket
خَمۡرًا Wine
يٰبسِٰتٍ Dry

The translator has used good equivalents for the words chosen in the Surah Yusuf. For instance, الۡکِتٰبِ Book, Book in the TT and الۡکِتٰبِ in the ST are the synonymous word. Few other examples are mentioned in table 6.
7.3.7 Through translation:Through-translation, is a literal translation of common conflicts, names of organizations and compound parts. It can also be called: click or loan translation.
Table7.
Examples of Through-translation applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡبَ House of Yaqub
غَيٰبَتِ الۡجُبِّ Into the bottom of a pit
بِرَحۡمَتِنَا Mercy
Through Translation الۡاحََادِيۡثِ Events
ُّ يسۡجَنَ Prison
الۡعَزِيۡزِ Governor
الۡخَائِٓنيِۡنَ Betray
وَ ل َّ مَا فَتحَُوۡا Family

In through translation, the researcher found those words which have common collocations, name of organization or component of compounds in Surah Yusuf. Examples of through translations are House of Yaqub, اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡبَ is a component of the compound, Family وَ ل َّ مَا فَتحَُوۡا is the name of the organization, other examples are mentioned in table 7.
7.3.8 Modulation: Modulation occurs when the translator generates the original text message in TL text according to the current target language norms, as source language and target languages may differ visually.
Table8.
Examples of in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf Modulation applied
Strategy Source Text Target Text
يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ Devices
Modulation لَسٰرِقوُۡنَ Thieves
مَ َّکنَّ ا Power
وَ قَدَّ تۡ Ripped

The modulation occurs in the translation of culture-specific items when we are translating the word or phrase from the source text to target text according to the new norms and traditions in TT culture. For instance, Devices are the word that had been translated from the Arabic word يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ which means to plan something while in English it is opposite which means tools.
7.3.9 Notes: Notes, additions, and glosses are additional information that a translator must add to the version; The additional information that translators add is usually cultural.
Table9.
Examples of Notes applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty
Notes تعَۡبدُوُۡنَ Worship
ال َّ شيۡطٰنُ Satan
بِثمََنٍ ۢ بَخۡسٍ Paltry price

In this strategy, the translator adds some additional information to his version, The additional information that translators add is usually cultural. For example اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ is a word which means that giving the order is limited or quality related to Al-Mighty God while the translator used the word sovereign which means authority. Worship is a word which means to follow or obey someone, the translator can use it in his point of view while in Arabic تعَۡبدُوُۡ نَ which means a quality limited to God.

===Conclusion and Recommendations===

8. Conclusion and Recommendations

This chapter summarizes the findings of the study. It also provides some recommendations regarding the application of translation procedures in translation between language systems.

8.1 Summary of the Findings

The translator applied nine translation procedures out of seventeen of Newmark’s translation procedures in the translation of the Surah Yusuf of the Holy Quran, namely, transference, cultural equivalent, functional equivalent, descriptive equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, through translation, modulation and notes. The cultural equivalent strategy was the most frequent applied procedure. The descriptive equivalent and through translation procedure was the second most frequently applied translation procedure, It was followed by transference, functional equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, modulation and notes. It is a descriptive study in which CSIs from ST translated to TT.

8.2 Conclusion

The present study purpose was to explore the CSIs in Surah Yusuf of the Holy Quran and to investigate which translation strategy proposed by Newmark (1988) were employed by the translator to overcome culture-specific items. Obviously, the researcher has worked hard to clear the way for future students of translation. Throughout the research, the researcher faced a lot of challenges and findings were revealed, some of them are the following;

• Between Arabic and English, there is a big cultural gap. Till now, this problem is considered as an unsolvable problem.

• Lack of reading and translating religious books.

• Many mistakes are made by the translators because they were unknown to the ST.

• The translators have to go through or review the previous translation of the Quranic scripture to solve the problem that they might face in the process of their translation.

The procedures used in this study will help the translator to render culture-specific terms accurately. Thus, the researcher worked well to fill the linguistic gaps between Arabic and English. Furthermore, Newmark’s translation procedures helped the translator make the translation sound more natural to the TR. It can be observed from the analysis that Newmark’s translation procedures were effective in translating the Islamic texts. The findings of the study might help students of translation and practitioners in the field of TS to get familiar with the most influential strategies in rendering cultural specific items. They can use the findings of the study to employ translation tasks in translations. Educational planners can use the findings of this study to specify the most influential, dominant strategies to conduct a target-oriented/sourceoriented translation. To sum up, it should be emphasized that the focus of this particular study was on religious genre. Investigating CSIs in different genres could lead to new areas of research for interested researchers. Accordingly, the information gained from this study may prove useful to translators, translation teachers, and student learners as it will help them improve their translation skills with the special attention of culture-specific items and will allow them Give texts when having a broad view of translation. Other researchers can derive similar effects from many of the findings of the same study.

This study is similar to other studies that might have several limitations which need to be taken into account. The study focused on one Surah translated by one translator. Examining different Surahs of the Holy Quran and their translations by other authors from different cultures might lead to interesting facts or they might confirm the findings of this study. Different translators might employ different strategies. Further research is needed to confirm or disconfirm the findings of this study. Newmark's strategies are not limited to the cultural features of the language. But it also covers the linguistic specifications. To narrow down the subject of the study, the linguistic aspects of the text were ignored. Comparing these linguistic aspects could be another interesting topic and venue for further research.
Finally, It may be concluded that Newmark’s translation procedures are necessary for the translation of an Islamic text between two different language systems and cultures. However, the translator must be competent in using the translation procedures to provide an accurate translation.

8.3 Recommendations

The researcher furnished a set of recommendations in the light of the findings reached and the results obtained. The recommendations can make a helpful set of guidelines for both existing and potential translators in general and for translating religious texts of two languages that are not closely related. These recommendations are tentative and are subject to modification upon closer investigation by translation scholars and professionals:

• The researcher recommends that the study of translation procedures should be included in the university curriculum for students who study translation, to help them in solving the problems of translating religious texts.

• It is recommended for translastors to use the translation procedures appropriately in order to deliver the meaning of the source text correctly.

• The researcher also recommends examining the application of other kinds of translation procedures on Islamic texts based on other models such as Andrew Chesterman’s translation procedures.

• It would also be beneficial to investigate Newmark’s translation procedures to various types of texts such as medical texts and journalistic texts.

=== References ===
Abdi, H. (2019). Translating culture-specific items (CSIs) as a conundrum for Iranian MA translation students: Considering the level of study. Journal of new advances in English Language Teaching and Applied Linguistics, 1(1), 88-109.

Aguado-Gimenez, P., & Pérez-Paredes, P. F. (2005). Translation-strategies use: A classroombased examination of Baker’s taxonomy. Meta: journal des traducteurs/Meta:
Translators' Journal, 50(1), 294-311.

Ahmadi, M. R.S and Nosrati, Fatemah. (2012). Domestication and Foreignization Strategies in Translation of Culture-Specific Items. Translations of English-Persian Children’s Literature. San Francisco: Grin Publishing. Google Books.

Al Saleh, R. A. (2019). An Application of Newmark's Procedures to Muhammad Abul Quasem's Alleman, J. C. Bee. W. Ulitkin, I. Files, F., Zetzsche, J., Chatonnet-Marton, P. & y del Árbol, E. V. Translation Strategies.

Al-Sofi, B. B. M. A., & Abouabdulqader, H. (2020). Bridging the gap between translation and culture: towards a cultural dimension of translation. International journal of linguistics, literature and culture, 6(1), 1-13.

Baker, M., 1992. In Other Words: A Coursebook on Translation. London: Routledge, p.20–42.

Blažytė, D., & Liubinienė, V. (2016). Culture-specific items (CSI) and their translation strategies in Martin Lindstrom’s" Brand sense". Kalbų studijos, (29), 42-57.

Bush, P. (1998) "Literary Translation." In: M. Baker, ed. Routledge Encyclopedia of Translation Studies, London: Routledge, pp.127-130.

Catford. J. C. (1965). A linguistic theory of translation. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
English Translation of Mohammad Al-Ghazali's Islamic Guidance.Literature and Culture, 6(1), 1-13.

Gečaitė, L. (2020). Culture-Specific Items and Their Translation Strategies in Victoria Hislop's Novel The Sunrise.” (2020).

Hassan, B. E. A. (2014). Between English and Arabic: A practical course in translation.
Cambridge Scholars Publishing.

Hermans, T. (1999). Translation in systems. Manchester: St. Jerome Publication House, J. (Ed.). (2014). Translation: a multidisciplinary approach. Springer.
Issa, A. L. S. M., & Hammood, L. H. R.- Quranic-Specific Phrases under the Study of Translation; Significance and Applications.

Janfaza, E., Assemi, A., & Dehghan, S. S. (2012). Language, translation, and culture.
In International Conference on Language, Medias and Culture (Vol. (33), p. 83-87).

Janfaza, E., Assemi, A., & Dehghan, S. S. (2012). Language, translation, and culture.
In International Conference on Language, Medias and Culture (Vol. 33, p. 83-87).

Lambert, J. (1998) Literary Translation. In: M. Baker, ed. Routledge Encyclopedia of Translation Studies. London: Routledge, 130-134.

Landers, Clifford E. (2001) Literary Translation: A practical guide. New Jersey University Press: Multilingual Maters.

Lustig, Myron, W. and Koeser, Joline (2003), Intercultural Competence: Interpersonal Communication Across Cultures, Boston: Allyn and Bacon.

Malmkjær, K. (1993). Who Can Make Nice A Better Word Than Pretty? Collocation, Translation, and Psycholoinguistics. In: Baker, M., Francis, G. and Tognini-Bonelli, E.
eds. Text and Technology. Philadelphia/Amsterdam: John Benjamins Publishing Company. pp.213-32.

Mosavat, S., & Rahimpour, S. (2016). The Most and Least Used Translation Strategies for
Conveying Culture-Specific-Items in Young Adult Literature from English into Persian. International Journal of Humanities and Cultural Studies (IJHCS) ISSN 23565926, 1853-1873.

Munday, J. (1997). Systems in Translation: A computer-assisted systemic approach to the analysis of translation of García Márquez. Ph.D thesis, University of Bradford.

Newmark, P. (2001). A Textbook of Translation. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language
Education Press

Newmark, Peter. (1988). A Textbook of Translation. New Jersey: Prentice-Halls

Nord, Christiane. (1997). Translating as a Purposeful Activity: Functionalist Approaches
Explained. Manchester: St. Jerome. Accessed 10 November. 2018. Google Books Schjoldager, A. (2008). Understanding translation. Academica: Århus.

Silalahi, M., & Lubis, S. (2013). Translation Procedures of Cultural Terms Found In Sejarah Bilingual For Students of Senior High School.
Valipoor, K., & andAzizeh Chalak, H. H. T. (2019). Cultural-specific items in translation of the Holy Quran by Irving: 43-51.

Venuti, L. (1995). The translator’s invisibility: A history of translation. London and New York:
Routledge

Widiarto, O. V. V. (2016). The translation procedures of cultural expressions applied in a game of thrones translated into Perebutan Tahta novel by Barokah Ruziati (Doctoral dissertation, Dian Nuswantoro University).

=Zohaib Chand AN INTRODUCTION TO TRANSLATION STUDIES: AN OVERVIEW Intan Pradita=

[[Trans_Type_EN_12]]

===Abstract===
This study aims to observe the development of translation studies through its different types, various strategies, styles and particular methods. In this paper, the readers are introduced to some famous translation scholars including their view of translation studies. At the further discussions, this study lets the readers acknowledge the main issues on translation studies, focusing on different styles of variations such as grammar, sentence structure, textual analysis, strategies and methods. This study may help those who are interested to conduct translation researches and help them by giving options of which theories is beneficial to their analysis. Moreover, it aims to explore the clear definition of translation as well as help the readers to understand the basic concept which are used in the field of translation. The present study, therefore, attempts to outline the scope of the discipline of translation studies and more importantly, it is an attempt to outline its activity that required a deep mastering of language, a good source of knowledge and target cultures.

===Key words ===
Translation, styles of variations, strategies

===Introduction ===
It is undoubtedly right that translation is important to share information. In line with these premise, the number of translation professionals is getting higher. In fact, the result of translation researches tends to help human daily life in term of evaluation, designing translator machines, and cultural studies. Therefore, translation means converting written information from one language into another. It is the new discipline appeared in the second half of the 20th century. The term “Translation Studies” was coined by James S. Holmes, an American-Dutch poet and translator of poetry, in his seminal paper “The Name and Nature of Translation Studies”. Translation enables effective communication between people around the world. It is a courier for the transmission of knowledge, a protector of cultural heritage, and essential to the development of a global economy. Translation helps us to know about the developments in the field of creative arts, education, literature, business, science and politics. It has shifted from the traditional conception of the fixed, stable and unchangeable nature of the text and its meaning to a text with wide scope for variations. Translation also helps in nation building. In this globalised world, the demand for translation and language related services has increased many times. Translation is not only needed for the creation of national identity but has also become an essential tool for keeping pace with the processes of globalization and localization. The activity of translation has a long-standing tradition and has been widely practiced throughout history, but in our rapidly changing world its role has become of paramount importance. Nowadays, knowledge in which cultural exchanges have been widening, has been increasingly expanding and international communication has been intensifying, the phenomenon of translation has become fundamental. Be it for scientific, medical, technological, commercial, legal, cultural or literary purposes, today human communication depends heavily on translation and, consequently, interest in the field is also growing. Accordingly, the discussion, in the present study, proceeds primarily from the perspectives of “Translation Studies” and “Linguistics”. One major goal is to show the interrelationships between linguistics and translation, and how they benefit from each other. Nowadays, translation research has started to take another path, which is more automatic. The invention of the internet, together with the new technological developments in communication and digital materials, has increased cultural exchanges between nations. This leads translators to look for ways to cope with these changes and to look for more practical techniques that enable them to translate more and waste less. They also felt the need to enter the world of cinematographic translation, hence the birth of audiovisual translation. The latter technique, also called screen translation, is concerned with the translation of all kinds of TV programs, including films, series, and documentaries. This field is based on computers and translation software programs, and it is composed of two methods; dubbing and subtitling. In fact, audiovisual translation marks a changing era in the domain of translation.
In short, translation has very wide and rich history in the West. Since its birth, translation was the subject of a variety of research and conflicts between theorists. Each theorist approaches it according to his viewpoint and field of research, the fact that gives its history a changing quality.

Discussion

Translation is an activity that requires deep mastering of languages, a good knowledge of source and target cultures. It is also linked with the translation method, strategies and styles of variations. Each translation type requires different translation method. In this paper, it is an attempt to outline that there are several types of translation. Each type is defined by different scholars through different criteria to the contextual situation of communication. In this paper, we will be writing down the three prominent types of translation through various medium namely; technical translation, literary translation and pragmatic translation. For each type, a selection of examples will be considered for analysis based on translation theories and techniques. We will show that some chunks of text require literal translation, while other requires interpretive method. In addition, this paper will also examine various strategies and its styles of variations based on translational study. The following strategies will be presented in the paper as;

• They involve text manipulation.
• They must be applied to the process.
• They are goal-oriented.
• They are problem-centered.
• They are applied consciously.
• They are inter-subjective.

Most theorists agree that strategies are used by translators when they encounter a problem and literal translation is not useful. Different researchers have investigated and described various translation strategies from their different perspectives. It intends to show what translation strategies exist and when and why they are used by professional translators. Different scholars have various perspectives to the aspects of the act of translation, so, they define and describe different types of strategies. Bergen's (n. d.) classification of the strategies includes three categorizations which will be discussed mainly in this paper:

• Comprehension strategies
• Transfer strategies
• Production strategies

An addition to this paper, styles of variations will also be introduced to the readers through different aspects and examples. The concept of style can be defined in terms of the distinctive way an individual or a group uses language, or better still the discourse used to perform distinct functions of language aimed at achieving specific purposes. However, this does not entail that style is simply a matter of form since it is the product of other components such as the genre of discourse, its semantics, syntax and phonology. Indeed, in order to analyze a given stylistic variation one needs an extensive checklist that includes lexical and grammatical categories, allusions, and figures of speech. Style can be understood to refer to the recurring typical features of the source text compared to the typical features of the translated text. In a quantitative and qualitative analysis, this variation is shown to be influenced by several pragmatic and social factors, and to index the interpreters' stances towards source speakers and towards the immigrant court users who are the recipients of translations from English. It is argued that translation styles have profound consequences for limited English speakers, as the insistence on institutional norms in translating to them is viewed as a gate keeping behavior that may impede their full participation in the proceedings.

What is translation?

Translation went through various definitions going from a mere linguistics activity during the sixties, a cultural and communicative activity during the seventies reflects the social impacting activity in the latest founding of the literature.
“Translation is traditionally known as being the replacement of textual material in one language into equivalent textual material in another language”.
House (2015) mentions that translation is considered as the “replacement” of a text in the source language by a semantically and pragmatically equivalent text in the target language. It is strongly related to a source language and target language cultures. It requires a high level of mastery languages, an awareness of any contextual factors within which the discourse emerges. There is no need to mention how it affected civilizations through different areas of mankind history. For example, An Arab-Islamic civilizations. There have always been different directions on how one should or should not translate. In the Arab tradition, two main methods existed and were in complete divergence namely the literal and the free method.
On the other hand, in the Western tradition there are various methods currently exist namely, the linguistic, the hermeneutic, the interpretive, the functionalist, the interventionist, the poly-systemic and the text-typologist method. More so, it may be important to point out that translation has been defined in many ways, and every definition reflects the theoretical approach underpinning it.
As Shuttlworth and Cowie (1997) observe throughout the history of research into translation, the phenomenon has been variously delimited by formal descriptions, echoing the frameworks of the scholars proposing them. For example, Bell (1991: XV) starts with an informal definition of translation, which runs as follows: the transformation of a text originally in one language into an equivalent text in a different language retaining, as far as is possible, the content of the message and the formal features and functional roles of the original text.
At the beginning of the ‘scientific’ (Newmark, 1988, p. 2) study of translation, Catford (1965, p. 20) described it in these terms, the replacement of textual material in one language (SL) by the equivalent textual material in another language.
Thirty years later, in Germany, the concept of translation as a form of ‘equivalence’ is maintained, as we can see from Koller’s definition (1995, p. 196): “The result of a text processing activity, by means of which a source language text is transposed into a target-language text. Between the resultant text in L2 (the target-language text) and the source text in L1 (the source language text) there exists a relationship, which can be designated as a translational, or equivalence relation”. Because complete equivalence (in the sense of synonymy or sameness) cannot take place in any of his categories, Jakobson (1959) declares that all poetic art is, therefore, technically untranslatable. That is, the translator has to take the question of interpretation into account in addition to the problem of selecting a TL phrase which will have a roughly similar meaning. Exact translation is impossible. In this regard, Bassnett (1996) claims that all texts, being part of a literary system descended from and related to other systems are “translations of translation of translations”: every text is unique and at the same time, it is the translation of another text. No text is entirely original because language itself, in its essence, is already a translation: firstly, of the non-verbal world and secondly, since every sign and every phrase is the translation of another sign and another phrase. However, this argument can be turned around without losing any of its validity: all texts are original because every translation is distinctive. Every translation, up to a certain point, is an invention and as such it constitutes a unique text.
In this analysis of the above definition, Manfredi (2008), points out that the above distinction can be divided into two main perspectives, those that consider translation either as a ‘process’ or a ‘product’. To this twofold categorization, Bell (1991, p. 13) adds a further variable, since he suggests making a distinction between translating (the process), a translation (the product) and translation (i.e., “the abstract concept which encompasses both the process of translating and the product of that process”. Moreover, thanks to advances in new technologies, today we can also incorporate into TS the contribution of corpus linguistics, which allows both theorists and translators analyses of large amounts of electronic texts (Manfredi, 2008). On the other hand, Halliday (1992, p. 15) takes translation to refer to the total process and relationship of equivalence between two languages; we then distinguish, within translation, between “translating” (written text) and “interpreting” (spoken text). Halliday, thus, proposes distinguishing the activity of “translation” (as a process) from the product(s) of “translating”, including both “translation” (concerning written text) and ‘interpreting’ (regarding spoken text.
“Translation is the production of a functional target text maintaining a relationship with a given source text that is specified according to the intended or demanding function of the target text.

Types of Translation

Translation is an activity that requires deep mastering of languages, a good knowledge of source and target cultures. It is also linked with the translation method, strategies and styles of variations. Each translation type requires different translation method. In this paper, it is an attempt to outline that there are several types of translation. Each type is defined by different scholars through different criteria to the contextual situation of communication. In this paper, we will be writing down the three prominent types of translation through various medium namely; technical translation, literary translation and pragmatic translation.

Technical translation

Technical translation is a type of specialized translation involving the translation of documents produced by technical writers, or more specifically, texts which relate to technological subject areas or texts which deal with the practical application of scientific and technological information. (Wikipedia)
Translators' main goal is to accurately translate the technical terminology to match the document and the message of the original content.

The benefits of technical translation

A professional technical translation service is provided by translators with dual specialties, that is, professionals who are fluent in the language pair, but who are also experts in the field covered by the documents to be translated.
When you need to have your documents translated by a technical translator, translators who are not experts may not be able to provide the necessary solutions and terminology for a quality translation. If the translator is not an expert in the field, he/she will have to learn the new terminology while working. This means that translation will take longer, have higher chances of inaccuracies, and may result in higher costs. Therefore, the main advantages of hiring an agency specialized in this type of service are as follows:

Literary translation

Literary translation is the translation of creative and dramatic prose and poetry into other languages. This includes the translation of literature from ancient languages and the translation of modern fiction so that it can reach a wider audience.
Literary translation is of huge importance. It helps to shape our understanding of the world around us in many ways. Reading Homer and Sophocles as part of a classical education in school helps to build an understanding of history, politics, philosophy and so much more. Meanwhile, reading contemporary translations provides fascinating insights into life in other cultures and other countries. In a fast-paced world so rife with misunderstanding and confusion, such efforts to share knowledge and experiences across cultural boundaries should be applauded.
The translation of literature differs greatly from other forms of translation. The sheer size of the texts involved in literary translation sets it apart. Tackling a translation that runs to hundreds of thousands of words is not a task for the faint-hearted. Nor is recreating poetry in a new language, without losing the beauty and essence of the original work.
One of the key challenges of literary translation is the need to balance staying faithful to the original work with the need to create something unique and distinctive that will evoke the same feelings and responses as the original. This can be particularly challenging when it comes to translating poetry.
Poems are written with incredible attention to detail. Not only are the words and phrases important, but the number of syllables and the entire rhythm of the completed work. It’s a challenging task to complete just in one language, let alone when trying to recreate a poet’s work during a translation. Daniel Hahn, director of the British Centre for Literary Translation, sums up the issue beautifully.
As literary translators will attest, a single word can be extremely troublesome. The author of a work of fiction has chosen that word for a good reason, so the translator must ensure that it is faithfully delivered in the target language. However, what if no direct translation is available? Or what if several options exist, each with a slightly different nuance? Urdu language translator Fahmida Riaz outlines her approach to such thorny issues.
For instance, “Every piece you translate comes from the pen of an individual, so you have to give it an individual treatment. I try to retain the ambience of the original culture, rather than the language, as it is reflected in the text.”

Pragmatic translation

Pragmatic translation is the basic assumption that provided a source language text contains no misstatements of fact, is competently written and has to be fully translated rather than summarized or functionally reorientated; one's purpose in translating it is to be referentially and pragmatically accurate. In this paper, I shall not deal with referential accuracy but concentrate instead on the pragmatic aspects of translation. As the term pragmatic translation may be used in a variety of ways, I should like to state my own definition of pragmatic, which derives from Charles Morris and ultimately from Charles S. Peirce. I am using pragmatic as one of the two factors in translation: pragmatic denotes the reader's or readership's reception of the translation, as opposed to referential, which denotes the relationship between the translation and the extra-linguistic reality it describes.
Translation is a properly way to a properly communication and pragmatics is how to use language in communication properly. By translation, many things from different languages and cultures can understand to each other. In other words, translation can be stated as a facilitator to make a communication runs well.

===An Overview on Translation Studies ===

===Main Issues in Translation Studies: Equivalence or Variations ===

=== Matthiessen's Parameter on Register Variations===

===Conclusion ===

=== References ===

= Muhammad Numan A Study to Explore the Translation Strategies of Idiomatic Expression from Urdu to English ; A Case Study of Sadat Hassan Manto’s Short Story “Khol Do” =
[[Trans_Type_EN_13]]

===Abstract===
Translation is necessary for developing knowledge and idea, but it also makes the people understand the language and culture of other people or countries. However, equivalence is essential during translation, especially when the translator wants to translate idiomatic expressions in the best possible way. Therefore it is necessary to follow up on some strategies during the translation process. The research work is carried out under the qualitative method with textual analysis techniques as significant. Mona Baker's model for idiomatic expression is explored with the help of different examples from collected data. The primary purpose of this study is to find out which types of strategies are being followed by the translator during the translation process. It was found that translation by paraphrasing, translation by similar words and meaning and translation by similar meaning and different words.
===Key words ===
Translation Strategies, Idiomatic expression, Sadat Hassan Manto, Urdu Literature --[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 09:45, 12 December 2021 (UTC)

===Introduction ===

In this chapter, the researcher wants to highlight the different concepts about the fundamental question that "what is idiomatic expression" and the views of various critics, theorists and linguistic experts, and prominent scholars of translation studies.--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 15:38, 13 December 2021 (UTC) Among them are Lindalorri, Mona Baker, Newmark's, and many more define idioms from their point of view. Secondly, the researcher highlights one of the most prominent literary and short stories writers of the sub-continent Sadat Hassan Manto, his life, literary style, and short stories career. In the last statement of the problem, the objective of the research, which type of strategies was followed in the translation process, purposes of study, and delimitation of studies are explained one by one.

Many critics, theorists, and linguists define idioms differently. However, in general, an idiom is a phrase or expression that typically has a metaphorical, non-literal meaning connected to it. However, phrases can become figurative idioms while keeping the literal meaning of the words. However, according to the Oxford Dictionary of English, a set of words is established by usage as having a meaning not deducible from the meanings of the constituent terms (e.g., over the moon, see the light).

"What is particularly remarkable about idioms is that they can be described in a variety of ways, depending on the roles they fulfilled," writes (Linda 2006: 8). "A string of words whose meaning differs from the meaning supplied by the individual words" is what an idiom is, according to (Larson 1984: 20). Idioms are "at the end of the scale from collocations in one or both of the areas: flexibility of patterning and transparency of meaning," according to (Baker 1992: 23). Idioms are defined by (Yagihashi 2003, 22) as a "collection of words whose meaning cannot be guessed from their meaning.". According to Newmark, “Idioms are word groups whose meaning cannot be deduced from the meaning of individual words.”(Newmark 1981: 11).--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 15:38, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

The whole meaning of each word that makes up an idiom cannot be considered the idiom's overall meaning. As a result, an idiom should not be translated. To remark that someone is bull-headed, for example, suggests that he or she is obstinate, even though the connotation has nothing to do with the words bull or headed. According to Corelli, English has a sizeable idiomatic base. About 4,000 idioms in American English are drawn from the nation's culture and everyday life. Idioms infect English with a peculiar flavor and offer it remarkable diversity, brilliant character, and color. She also feels that idiomatic expressions not only assist language learners in understanding English culture but also penetrating English people's traditions and lifestyles and gaining a deeper understanding of English history.(Corelli 2006: 53)

The main issue that idiomatic and fixed expressions pose for translators, according to Baker is twofold: "the ability to recognize and interpret an idiom correctly; and the difficulties involved in rendering the various aspects of meaning that an idiom or a fixed expression conveys into the target language. The first challenge that a translator encounters is understanding that she/he is dealing with an idiomatic expression.(Baker 1992: 65)

Sadat Husain Manto's writings also include numerous literary criticism, studies in Urdu, and many translations from Urdu into English. He is credited with having brought Urdu language and literature into the mainstream of contemporary international writing. There is no doubt that Sadat Hassan Manto was the most prolific of all modern writers in the sub-continent. Manto's published a substantial number of short stories during his short literary life span, and novelette gave some master piece work to Urdu literature. The noble laureate Hemingway mentions the lunatic life of great Manto's in his speeches. The current research study aims at discovering and determining the strategies used in translations of "khol do" short stories about sexual violence during partition of sub-continent and "license" a short story which throw light on the behavior of society toward widow his profession which lead toward prostitution by Aatesh Taseer an Indian born translator currently living in London having solid links with native country and culture.(Ahsan 2020: 12-27)--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 15:44, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Literature Review ===
In this chapter, the author/researcher defines the strategy and its different definitions from the perspective of different subjects and fields. However, the sole focus is only on the strategy of translation studies. Furthermore, renowned academicians put forward their definition of strategy like Venutti quoted translation strategy as the theory of de construction-sim, which is progressive and future-oriented. Krings defines it as the content of the project, while Seguinet divided the term into three steps. However, Locher defines it as the procedure of solving a problem faced in translating a text. Jaskelaine involves the primary task of choosing the SL text and developed a method to translate it. In last, the author points out his research work's sole purpose by mentioning different research work on Mento's short stories except for this angle.

The term "strategy" is used in a variety of settings. Many theorists in translation studies have used the phrase "translation methods" interchangeably, although with significant distinctions in meaning and perspective. The following is a collection of more general definitions of the term strategy. A strategy is a long-term set of actions to achieve a specific goal (Wikipedia Committee, n. d.).A methodical plan for improving one's learning performance has been actively altered and mentioned (Instruction Curriculum Reading Glossary, n. d.)
A strategy is a well-thought-out, intentional, goal-oriented (with a measurable outcome) approach carried out through a series of actions that can be monitored and modified (Curriculum Learning Literate-Futures Glossary, n. d.)
A collection of particular mental and behavioral procedures is taken to reach a given result. These definitions are general and can be related to different fields of study. This study mainly concerns translation strategies, although the definitions mentioned above can be narrowed down to this research field, as well. Translation strategies have their characteristics, through which one can gain a proper understanding of them. In general, a translator employs a strategy when confronted with a challenge while translating a text; nevertheless, translation methods are not required when translating a text literally. Bergen points out that strategies are not always obvious or straightforward.
Although beginners in the field of translation believe they have done a successful translation when they translate word for word and utilize a dictionary, they do not realize that there is still a problem and that adjustments must be made at various levels of the translation. As a result, the most critical purpose of the strategies is to solve problems. "Venuti attempted to put deconstructionist translation theory into practice by proposing the "resistant translation" technique as an alternative to the standard "smooth translation. This technique tries to reverse the colonial concept of translation, English-American culture centralism, and the value of imperialist culture from an ideological standpoint.
It aims to retain "foreignness" rather than seeking similarity in translation principles and methods. The author believes Venuti's translation strategy is quite progressive and future-oriented, with the development of international communications on an equal footing. However, it will take time to implement fully." (Jianzhong. .Krings 1986, 18) defines translation strategy as "a translator's potentially deliberate objectives for solving concrete translation problems specific translation task in the context of a project."The translators adopted three global tactics, according to (Seguinot 1989, 27) (i) translating uninterrupted for as long as possible; (ii) resolving surface flaws as soon as possible; (iii) leaving text quality and stylistic problems to the editing stage.

Furthermore, (Loescher 1991, 8) defines translation strategy as "a possibly conscious technique for overcoming a difficulty encountered in translating a text, or any segment thereof." As stated in this definition, consciousness is vital in distinguishing strategies employed by learners and translators. "The element of consciousness is what distinguishes strategies from these activities that are not strategic," (Cohen 1998, 4) claim moreover, (Bell 1998, 188) distinguishes between global (whole-text) and local (text segment) techniques and indicates that this distinction is the outcome of several types of translation challenges.

According to (Venuti 1998, 240), "involve the core tasks of picking the foreign text to be translated and establishing a way to translate it." He uses the terms "domesticating" and "foreignizing" to describe them. Ordudari, considering the process and outcome of translation, Jaaskelainen divides methods into two primary categories: some strategies deal with what happens to texts, while others deal with what happens during the translation process. According to (Jaaskelainen 2005, 15), product-related strategies entail the essential tasks of selecting the SL content and establishing a technique for translating it. On the other hand, process-related strategies are "a set of (loosely articulated) rules or principles that a translator applies to attain the goals determined by the translating scenario.

Furthermore, (Jaaskelainen 2005, 16) distinguishes between global and local strategies, stating that "global strategies refer to general principles and modes of action, while local strategies refer to specific activities concerning the translator's problem-solving and decision-making. (Newmark 1988, 221) distinguishes between translation methods and translation procedures. (Newmark 1988, 81) also distinguishes between translation techniques and procedures, writing, "While translation methods are employed for full texts, translation procedures are utilized for sentences and smaller units of language."

Apart from other literature like poetry, drams and other subcultures also produce literary genius in short stories. Monto is one of them. His literature is translated into different languages with a different theme in his work. Apart from the story of division, Manto's books are characterized by powerful female characters. Manto combines the physical brutality of division with the intellectual cruelty that sex and sexuality face inside the Indio Pak subcontinent's social framework (Ranjan 2004, 3). Manto's female characters, according to Ispahani, are characterized by their sexual fragilities, such as sexual humiliation, rape, and prostitution. "They are nearly always victims, with the power only to cause their destruction," she believes. Sakina's body movement reveals how severely she was sexually raped. Sakina's silence and pain depict the savagery of her rape to the point where they lost their ability to communicate. Manto's short stories present another perspective on trauma through the absence of the subject converses (Mehta 2018, 9). Bingo by Tariq Rahman explores sexual repression, social injustice, and war tragedies. Wartime rape has existed since the beginning of conflicts, and penetrators consider it one of their weapons of war (Isikozlu, 2016, 13).

The concept of hegemonic binary was introduced by the second wave of feminism, which depicts patriarchal conduct as sexually superior and powerful. At the same time, women are sexually inferior and submissive argue (Marinucci, 2010, 15). Sexual trauma serves as a link between the victim and society; it ruins the victim's sense of safety, leads to low self-esteem, and silences them called by (Lewis 2017, 54). Saadat Hasan Manto (1912-1955) was one of the most well-known, controversial, and provocative Urdu writers of the twentieth century. Despite being a prolific writer of essays, plays, film scripts, and novels, he was best known for his short tales. Born in Punjab, he began his writing career in Bombay before moving to Lahore, Pakistan, in January 1948, a few months after partition (Hasan 1984). Following that, his stories generally centered on a partition, exploring its human effects from various perspectives.

Manto's works are notable for their realism, word economy, dependence on internal components, and, most notably, their abrupt, often distressingly unclear ends (Akhtar and Flemming 1985, 9). While Tariq Rahman wrote Bingo, he is a writer, playwright, and critic who has made significant contributions to Urdu literature through his writing. Research work was carried out on the comparison of "bingo" and "khol do."
The purpose of this thesis is to compare the two short stories Khol Do and Bingo, both of which focus on women and violence, particularly wartime rape, which makes women more vulnerable than ever before. This paper explores how women are victims of war and partition, making them doubly marginalize primarily due to the hegemonic binaries of men and women. Both of the stories aim to reflect the stigmata of our society regarding the violence and cruel treatment of women since their existence. Furthermore, via the lenses of feminism and post-colonialism, it examines how varied wartime weapons can be for both gender binaries. The writers' audacity causes us to reflect on the inhumane treatment of women in everyday life and even in wartime when they are with the men who are supposed to defend the female.
Several research articles are found on translated work (license and khol do) of Urdu famous short stories writer Sadat Hassan Manto's from a different perspective like psychoanalysis, postcolonial, feminist approaches but to explore the problem of translations strategies face by translator Aatish Taseer during the process of translation has not been mention till date. To summarize this, the research includes a critical, in-depth, comprehensive analysis of issues that previously did not address.

=== Theoritical Framework ===

Different strategies have been used, like using an idiom of similar meaning and similar form, the idiom of similar meaning and different form, translation by Paraphrasing, translation by omission. The approach of employing idioms of similar meaning and form, according to Mona Baker, entails using an idiom in the target language that can express about the same meaning as the source language idiom, as well as having lexical similarity. On the other hand, this type of matching happens periodically as well as regularly.

Similarly, employing idioms with similar meanings but different forms means that it is possible to locate an idiom or fixed expression in the target text language that has a similar meaning to the source idiom or expression but is made up of distinct lexical elements. Consider the case of English and French, both of which use the idiom mentioned above. In English, one good deed is rewarded with another, whereas in French, handsome deeds are rewarded with handsome deeds.

Furthermore, we did not come across any idioms in the category mentioned above during translating idioms. To deal with this issue, the translators used the most popular approach, known as a translation by paraphrase, which is short, straightforward, and time-saving. When a match cannot be identified in the target language or when it appears improper to employ idiomatic language in target material due to aesthetic differences between the source and target languages, this is the most typical approach for translating an idiom from source to target language. However, one thing to keep in mind is that a perfect translation is not required is necessary or possible.

Last but not least, to overcome the problem of idiom translation, the translator employs the strategy of translation by omission. This can be defined as an idiom being omitted entirely in the target text with a single word. This is done because the idiom has no close match in the target language; its meaning cannot be easily paraphrased or due to stylistic reasons.

Data analysis Techniques:
Textual analysis is the method of data analysis in qualitative research that brings forth the hidden and potent message, structure, and function of research in giving text, Alan Mckee (defines textual analysis as whenever we perform textual analysis on the text, we make an educated guess at some time of the most likely interpretations that might be made of that text (Alan Mckee 2001, 3)
Analysis of the translation of short stories in light of Mona baker's theory "khol do and license" are short stories written by Sadat Hassan Manto and translated by many translators from Urdu into English. During translation, the translator adopted many strategies for translating idiomatic expression, sometimes by Paraphrasing, sometimes by omission, sometimes using similar idioms of form and meaning while sometimes using different words and the same form, the whole.
--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 09:51, 12 December 2021 (UTC)

===Discussion and Analysis===

The chapter analyzes and discusses all the data collected by the author/researcher from different sources. All the examples of idioms are first identified, then translated into the target text, and back-translated for the sole purpose of exploring the strategies being used by the translator. A separate section is given to every strategy with its related example. Moreover, the idiomatic expression, the target work for finding, is highlighted through the bold letter.

4.1 Translation by Paraphrasing:

Based on our findings, the most often used strategy was "translation by paraphrasing." An inspection also reveals that Aatish Taseer preferred this strategy. Here are some examples applied by the translators, and in the following section, the logic behind their preference towards this strategy is elaborate. The following are examples from two short stories of Sadat Husain Manto's "khol do" and "license."
Example 1:

ST: Sirajuddin ne subah das baji anki kholi to logo ka ail mutalatam samandar deka.

TT: Ten a.m., Siraj Uddin opens his eyes on the cold floor of the camp, seeing the swelling sea of men.

BT: sub ke das baji jab Sirajuddin ne apni anki koli to logo ka aik ublaha howa samandar ka nizara dekni laga.

So, the above idioms are literal idioms being translated with the help of Paraphrasing because there is no perfect equivalent of mutalatam words in English languages. A similar look at another idiom from short stories "khol do."

Example 2:

ST: Khuda tomahra bala kari.

TT: Your God will reward

BT: Is ka badla khoda tomahi di.

Here, the word reward is being used for Bala Kari, an example of transitional by Paraphrasing.
Let take another example from "khol do."

Example 3:

ST: unkho nai Jan khateli pa rak kar sakena ko donda.

TT: even putting their lives online, they search sakina

BT: apni zindagio ko khatri me dal kar unkho nai sakina ko dond nekala.

The above idioms are examples of pure idiom translated from Urdu into English with the help of paraphrases strategies. However, under the same strategies, the idioms of another short story of Manto,s "license," are translated by Aatish Taseer. Some of the examples are given below.

Example 4:

ST: Abu kochwan bara cheel jabela ta. It is the binomial type of idioms taken from the first sentence of the short story "license" by Sadat
Hasan Manto

TT: Abu kochwan is stylish man.

BT: Abu kochwan aik wazahdar admi ta.

From the above idiom, it is clear that there is no perfect equivalence of cheela chabela idiom in English; that is, the translator goes
through paraphrasing strategies. Look at another example from "license."

Example 5:

ST: Lein har waqat bank bani rekhi ka usi be had showk ta

TT: He had a weakness for style and fashion.

BT: Dan saj ke rekhna uski kamzori me sai ik ta.

So all of the above examples, which are analyzed one by one, are examples of idioms being translated through paraphrasing strategies. (De Beaugrande and Dressler 1981, 50) define paraphrases as "approximate conceptual equivalence among outwardly different material." Similarly, in this regard, Hirst defines paraphrases as "talk(ing) about the same situation in a different way." Munday declared that "equivalence is particularly useful in translating idioms and proverbs” For instance, if the English idiom like a bear with a sore head is rendered into Persian as (mesle borje zahremar), meaning like a tower of snake venom, the strategy of equivalence has been applied.

According to Leonardi, "Equivalence can be said to be the central issue in translation." In this regard, house believes that "a translation text should match not only its source text in function but also employ equivalent situational-dimensional means to achieve that function" (Baker 2002, 49). who shares this approach, states that equivalence is used "for the sake of convenience—because most translators are used to it rather than because it has any theoretical status" (Kenny 1998, 77).

Despite different attitudes to the concept of equivalence, most specialists pay much attention to its meaning in the theory of translation. The translation is a form of communication, and that is why it is vital to establish equivalence between the source text and the target text. Although Vinay and Darbelnet believe that equivalence is used differently than in modern translation theory, it is evident that equivalence is one of the basic concepts of translation that cannot be neglected. Consequently, based on the Above mentioned studies using Paraphrasing in translation stands as the core concept in the process of translation, and still, most of the translators cling to it for producing a more comprehensible and explicable text. These language ideas and translation models are ideal constructs, presented abstractly in order to be differentiated precisely. They may exist in an uneasy combination in actual theories and practices, resulting in logical tensions or inconsistencies. They must first contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation before they can contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation. Theories and actions must be contextualized in historical settings. They've been utilized as analytical tools to describe various topics in section introductions. Theoretical writings and current events these language notions and translation models are ideal constructs expressed in an abstract manner in order to be distinguished precisely in real-life hypotheses they may exist in an uncomfortable mix, resulting in logical conflicts or inconsistencies. They must first contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation before they can contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation.

4.2 Using an idiom of Similar Meaning and Form

As mentioned earlier, this strategy type is being used by Aatish Taseer during their translated work of Manto's short stories "khol do" and" license" on an occasional basis. Some examples are mention below.

From khol do.

Example 6:

ST: Larki ka rang zard hogaya.

TT: The girl's face became fail

BT: larki ka rang zar hogya.

Similarly, another example from the license is

Example 7:

ST: Abu our us ke mat beer hogaie

TT: They fall in love with each other.

BT: WO ik dosri ke mokhbat me geriftar hogaie

The above idioms are pure ones and are being translated with the help of similar meanings and similar forms.

The procedures: transposition, modulation, equivalence, and adaptation, and when it comes to defining the term Equivalence, (Vinay and Darbelnet 2000, 90) propose that it consists in rendering "the same situation … by two texts using completely different stylistic and structural methods", and when it comes to translating idiomatic expressions like "Il pleut à seaux" it can be translated as "It is raining cats and dogs" using the idiom of similar form and meaning in the target language.

As (Baker 1992, 12) states, this strategy involves using an idiom in the TL which conveys roughly the same meaning as that of the source language idiom and, in addition, consists of identical lexical items. The salient point is that this kind of match can only occasionally be achieved, which cannot be picked up more often by translators. Accordingly, both translators mentioned in the current study had quite a slim chance of using this strategy type.

4.3 Using an idiom of similar meaning but different form:

During translating Manto short stories, "khol do" and "license," some of the idioms are translated with the help of this strategy. Some of the examples are given below from two different short stories.

Example number one is from the short story "khol do"

Example 8:

ST: Aur bolwai gos ayai thee?

TT: The roitors come abroad.

BT: pasadi bahar agai hai.

The above idiom is a pure type of idiom being translated with the help of above mention strategy. The word rioter is being used for bolwai, which is not a perfect word for bolwai. In Urdu bolwai, people believe in violence when minorities or the low population of any country want some rights. These people stop them by using violence, burn down their properties, rapes women, and do things like that. Another example from the license is below.

Example 9:

ST: Dosri kotwal abu ko dek kar jal ban ho jati.

TT: The other coachman burn with envy.

BT: Abu ke kamyabi dek kar aur kotwal abu sai khasad karni lagi’

The above idioms are a pure idiom that reflects the effect of jealousy between competitors to achieve equivalency. Aatish Taseer uses envy word for jal ban instead of other which have similar meaning but different form. Look at the other example from "license."

Example 10:

ST: Dino lat vo lagal se kam karni laga.

TT: Dino came with an excuse.

BT: Dino abb bahi tarashni laga.

The above idioms are types of binomial idioms translated with the help of idioms with similar meanings and different forms. (Newmark 1988, 81) mentions the difference between translation methods and translation procedures. He writes that "[w]hile translation methods relate to whole texts, translation procedures are used for sentences and the smaller units of language" (Newmark 1988, 81). Idiomatic translation in his definition reproduces the 'message' of the original. However, it distorts nuances of meaning by preferring colloquialisms and idioms where these do not exist in the original, leading to using an idiom of similar meaning but a different form. Besides, it is often possible to find an idiom or fixed expression in the target language with a meaning similar to that of the source idiom or expression but which consists of different lexical items (Baker 1992, 12). Therefore, translators discover idiomatic expressions in the target language with different forms than in the source language. In the current study, the translators approached this strategy merely for 9% of the total times, which means the frequency of Iranian and English idioms with the same meaning and different forms is not considered high.

4.4 Translation by omission:

A translator is less using these strategies, and we did not find any clue on this type of strategy in an area under consideration.
--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 09:48, 12 December 2021 (UTC)

=== Findings===

(Mandelbit 1995) believed that idioms with different cognitive mapping in the target language would be more challenging to translate. After conducting study and data analysis of collected data, the result revealed that the translator frequently used three out of four strategies of the Mona Baker model during the translation process, which is a translation by Paraphrasing, translation by similar meaning and similar form, translation by similar meaning and different form. In contrast, translation by omission does not found in his work.
After detail and careful analysis of data, more than half of idioms like "swelling sea of man,” my lord break his arrogance, “weakness for style and fashion." As I mentioned earlier, many more are translated under the umbrella of Paraphrasing, which is considered the most common method used for translating idioms.

Similarly, we also reflect strategies like similar meaning and different form and similar meaning and similar form. The idiom "rioter came abroad,” burn with envy,” The girl's face became pale, " They fall in love with each other" are translated with the help of two mention strategies, respectively.

Although translation by omission is a strategy used on rare occasions because of its meaning, its meaning cannot be easily paraphrased or stylistic reason. Here, the researcher also did not find any idiom translated with the help of the omission strategy.

===Conclusion ===

Go through detailed discussion and analysis of data collected from my source. We finally concluded that the idioms present in two short stories, "khol do" and "License," are translated under the frame of Mona Baker's idiomatic model. Translation by Paraphrasing is mainly used while idioms of similar meaning and form and idioms of similar meaning and different forms are used occasionally. The researcher discusses all the strategies with related examples in the order of maximum used to minimum used. The strategy by omission did not find it works. All the data are collected from different sources and analyzed with the help of different researcher tools, and the result is written in light of the finding. Different from previous studies, the writer presents the strategies to translate idioms by each type of idiomatic expression found in the story. From the result, it is considered the translation of idiomatic expressions in the story is quite accurate. As the number of accurate data is more the data which is not related to the translation. We take conclusion from the translation through idiomatic expression and paraphrasing is the best way to translate a novel or a story however it is very difficult job to do because it needs more accurate and precise knowledge about the source language and an inspiring method to express ideas in the target language. However, translation is thing through which we can connect the world with each other and also we can study and observe diverse cultures.

=== References ===
Abu-Saydeh, A. F. (2004). Translation of English idioms into Arabic. Babel, 114-131.

Ahsan, S. (2020). A comparative study of two translations of manto's short story "Toba Tek". International Journal of English Language Studies, 12-27.

Alexander, R. J. (1987). Mimeograph. In R. J. Alexander (Ed.) Collocation and Culture. Trier: University of Trier, West Germany.

Al-Qinai, J. (2000). Translation quality assessment. strategies, parameters and procedures. Translator's Journal, 497-519.

Bayashi, J. (2020). Japanese-English translation: An advanced guide. Oxfordshire: Routledge.

Das, V. &. (1995). Critical events: An anthropological perspective on contemporary India. New Delhi: Oxford Printing Press.

Mufti, A. (2007). The Language of English India. In I. &. End (Ed.) Enlightenment in the Colony. Princeton University Press.

Waka Xia, L. (2019). A discourse analysis of news translation in China. Syydney: Routledge.

= Muhammad Saqib Mehran Problems in Translation Study =
[[Trans_Type_EN_14]]

===Abstract===

===Key words ===

===Introduction ===

===Ambiguity===

===Lexical and Structural Mismatches===

===Multiword units: Idioms and Collocations===

===Summary===

===Further Reading===

=刘胜楠 A Case Study of ''Ne Zha'' on Subtitle Translation Strategies from the Perspective of Skopos Theory=
[[Trans_Type_EN_15]]

Translation types, strategies, styles, methods

2021-12-13T15:41:24Z

Muhammad Numan: /* Introduction */

'''Translation types, strategies, styles, methods'''

[[Translation_types,_strategies,_styles,_methods|Overview Page of Translation types, strategies, styles, methods]]

30 Chapters（0/30)

[[Trans_Type_EN_1]] [[Trans_Type_EN_2]] [[Trans_Type_EN_3]] [[Trans_Type_EN_4]] [[Trans_Type_EN_5]] [[Trans_Type_EN_6]] [[Trans_Type_EN_7]] [[Trans_Type_EN_8]] [[Trans_Type_EN_9]] [[Trans_Type_EN_10]] [[Trans_Type_EN_11]] [[Trans_Type_EN_12]] [[Trans_Type_EN_13]] [[Trans_Type_EN_14]] [[Trans_Type_EN_15]] [[Trans_Type_EN_16]] [[Trans_Type_EN_17]] [[Trans_Type_EN_18]] [[Trans_Type_EN_19]] [[Trans_Type_EN_20]] [[Trans_Type_EN_21]] [[Trans_Type_EN_22]] [[Trans_Type_EN_23]] [[Trans_Type_EN_24]] [[Trans_Type_EN_25]] [[Trans_Type_EN_26]] [[Trans_Type_EN_27]] [[Trans_Type_EN_28]] [[Trans_Type_EN_29]] [[Trans_Type_EN_30]] ...

[[Book_projects|Back to translation project overview]]

[[DCG-To-Do|To the To Do List]]

=阳佳颖 Analysis On Subtitling Strategies in the American Version of the ''Legend of Zhen Huan''=

'''浅析美版《甄嬛传》的字幕翻译策略'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_1]]

阳佳颖 Yang Jiaying, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 2: The Use of Translation Strategy and Translation Methods in Tourism Texts under the Guidance of Peter Newmark's Translation Theory -- A Case Study of ''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''=
'''纽马克翻译理论指导下旅游文本中翻译策略与翻译方法的使用——以''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_2]]

刘晓 Liu Xiao, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 3: Translation methods and strategies for novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory -- A case study of Korean novel Eun-ju's Movie (Excerpt)=
交际翻译理论指导下小说题材所适用的翻译方法和翻译策略—以韩国小说集《恩珠的电影》（节选）为例

[[Trans_Type_EN_3]]

刘越Liu Yue ，Hunan Normal University，China

=Chapter 4: On Translation Strategies and Translation Methods in Chinese Translation of English Prose -- A Case Study of Chinese Translation of English Prose "Pleasures of Ignorance"=

'''浅析英语散文汉译中的翻译策略和翻译方法——以英语散文《无知的乐趣》汉译本为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_4]]

毛雅文 Mao Yawen, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 5： Analysis of translation strategies and methods for political eassays --- A Case Study of Annual Summary of the Russian Government's Work of 2019 =
'''政论语体翻译策略及翻译方法— 以《2019年俄罗斯政府工作报告》为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_5]]

毛优 Mao You，Hunan Normal University，China

=Chapter 6: An analysis and comparison of the translation styles of two Chinese translations of ''Le Spleen de Paris''=
'''浅析对比《巴黎的忧郁》两个汉译本的翻译风格'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_6]]

彭瑞雪 Peng Ruixue 202120081517 法语语言文学专业, Hunan University, China

==Abstract==

从20世纪初以来，对波德莱尔这位“恶魔诗人”的作品的译介就源源不断，《巴黎的忧郁》是波德莱尔除了《恶之花》之外的另一部经典作品。亚丁译本与怀宇译本认为《巴黎的忧郁》是散文，钱春绮、邢鹏举和郭宏安则译之为散文诗。翻译立足点的不同必然会导致译本的差异。本文将选取《巴黎的忧郁》的亚丁译本和郭宏安译本，结合刘宓庆的翻译风格论，从翻译风格的角度对两个译本进行分析对比，从而对《巴黎的忧郁》的主旨和思想有进一步了解和体会，对郭宏安、亚丁两位译者的文学翻译观有进一步把握, 并对刘宓庆的翻译风格理论的适用性有进一步思考。

Since the early twentieth century, there has been a steady stream of translations of Baudelaire’s work, the ‘demon poet’, and ''Le Spleen de Paris'' is another of Baudelaire’s classics, in addition to ''Les Fleurs du mal''. The Ya Ding’s(亚丁) and Huai Yu’s(怀宇) translations consider ''Le Spleen de Paris'' to be prose, while Qian Chunqi(钱春绮), Xing Pengju(邢鹏举) and Guo Hong’an(郭宏安) translate it as prose poems. The difference in the grounding of the translation will inevitably lead to differences in the translations. In this paper, we will select the Ya Ding’s and Guo Hong’an’s translations of ''Le Spleen de Paris'' and analyse and compare the two translations from the perspective of translation style in the light of Liu Miqing’s(刘宓庆) theory of translation style, so as to further understand and appreciate the main idea and thoughts of Le Spleen de Paris, further grasp the literary translation concepts of Guo Hong’an and Ya Ding, and further consider the applicability of Liu Miqing’s theory of translation style.

==Key Words==

Translation Styles, ''Le Spleen de Paris'', Guo Hong'an, Ya Ding
翻译风格，巴黎的忧郁，郭宏安，亚丁

==Introduction==

The chapters in ''Le Spleen de Paris'' can be as short as a few lines or as long as a dozen paragraphs, some in the form of dialogue, some narrative, and some descriptive, depicting modern life around everyday things, inner activities, philosophical reflections and urban landscapes. In this work, Baudelaire’s satire and sarcasm on the sordid, deformed reality of society are unrelentingly scathing and fierce in their attack on corrupt worldly habits. The Ya Ding’s(亚丁) and Huai Yu’s(怀宇) translations consider ''Le Spleen de Paris'' to be prose, while Qian Chunqi(钱春绮), Xing Pengju(邢鹏举) and Guo Hong’an(郭宏安) translate it as prose poems. Different views towards translation determine the differences in translation strategies and methods, which in turn lead to different translation styles. In this paper, we will select Ya Ding’s translation and Guo Hong’an’s translation and analyse and compare the translation styles of the two translations in the light of Liu Miqing’s（刘宓庆） translation style theory.

Firstly, the first part of this paper will provide a brief introduction to Liu Miqing's theory of translation style. Next, in the second part, we will analyse and compare the register markers and lexical markers of the two translations from the perspective of formal markers by selecting a number of prose or prose poems from ''Le Spleen de Paris'' according to the form and content of the text, discussing the two translators' grasp of the style of the original text, Guo Hong'an and Yadin, and then be able to grasp the differences between the translation styles of the two translations. Finally, in the third part, we start from the perspective of the non-formal markers and analyse the translators' approach and techniques in handling the translation, as well as the ideological and emotional aspects of the translation, in order to grasp the translation styles of the two translations in general. Thereby, we expect to gain a further appreciation of the main idea and thought of Melancholy in Paris, a better understanding of Ya Ding's and Guo Hong'an's views on literary translation, and further reflection on the applicability of Liu Miqing's theory of translation style.

==Liu Miqing’s theory of translation style==

Literary style often gives the impression of being elusive and difficult to grasp, but in Liu Miqing’s view, literary style is both graspable and translatable, and the key to stylistic translation lies in the adaptability of the style of the original work. A grasp of the style of the original is the groundwork for a stylistic translation, “only when the translator analyses the structure of the original text and combines it with the aesthetic activity of a vague collection of non-formal markers can the style of the text become visible, thus making the meaning of style knowable” (Liu Miqing 2005:240)#. In order to comprehend the style of the original text, the translator must grasp the system of stylistic markers, which includes the Form Markers and the Non-Formal Markers. The Formal markers are intuitive and capture style from a linguistic perspective, including six types of markers: Phonological Markers, Register Markers, Lexical Markers, Lexical Markers, Textual Markers, Lexical Markers, Textual Markers and Markers of Figures of Speech. Non-formal markers are non-intuitive and capture style from an aesthetic point of view, which means that in the process of translation the translator also has to take into account “elements that are imaginative or psychological and affective” (Liu 2005:249)#. The non-formal marker style symbol system consists of three aspects: the writer’s choice and treatment of the subject matter, the inner thoughts and feelings of the work and the writer’s spirituality, and the integration of the recipient’s vision.

Liu Miqing states that there are three means of translation of style. The first is Corresponding, which is a correspondence to the original language’s style marker system, namely, to grasp the formal and non-formal markers of the original language and imitate it. The second is Recasting, which is the re-creation of style. This re-creation is usually based on four main grounds: the lack of a style marker system in the target language corresponding to the original; the fact that the style of the target language imitating and copying the original is hardly acceptable to contemporary readers as the chronology changes; the need to make communicative function and utility; and the inevitability of cultural differences. Thirdly, Decoloring or Generalizing, where a linguistic and cultural barrier that cannot be crossed compels the abandonment or partial abandonment of stylistic meaning in order to ensure the communicative function of the language.

In addition, Liu Miqing proposes five principles of style translation: the principle of adaptability, the principle of recipient, the principle of hierarchy, the principle of synthesis and the principle of the limits of translatability. The principle of adaptability means that the aim is to adapt to the style of the original language, “the translator must carefully analyse the formal and non-formal markers of the original text, pay attention to the degree of adaptation of the correspondence in a comparative bilingual study, and try to find the appropriate bilingual counterpart ‘value’” (Liu 2005:261)#. The principle of synthesis refers to the fact that style is a multi-layered synthesis, and that translations will reflect a variety of stylistic translation devices at the same time.

==Form Markers==

According to the form and content of the chapters, we have selected two proses or prose poems from ''Le Spleen de Paris'' as a foundation for a specific analysis and comparison of the translation styles of the two texts. L’Étranger, a novel and unusual form for poetry or prose, consists of 15 lines and is a dialogue based on the question “Who do you love most?” Chacun sa chimère, a highly symbolic piece of six short paragraphs, in which Baudelaire poignantly captures the existential and spiritual plight of the 19th century in general.

===Register Markers===

“Register (or domain of use) refers to the range of words use, and words circulating in a particular range of use often have common features” (Liu 2005:242)#. From a genre point of view, ''Le Spleen de Paris'' is a literary work in which the language should belong to the written language. However, the two translators differ in their judgement on this point of written language for two reasons. On the one hand, some of the texts are in the form of dialogues, and since they are printed texts, it is logical to choose to translate them into written language, but as they are dialogues, it is also reasonable to decide to translate them into spoken language. On the other hand, the two translators position the work differently in terms of genre, with Guo Hong’an considering the book to be a collection of prose poems and Ya Ding considering it to be a collection of prose. The different genres naturally have different registers; prose poetry is more poetic than prose, and poetic means that the use of words is relatively more concise and ‘elegant’; in prose the use of words is relatively freer and more ‘vulgar’. It should be noted that the terms ‘elegant’ and ‘vulgar’ here refer to the dignity and simplicity of the diction, respectively. The former means that the diction is closer to the written word, while the later means that the diction is closer to the spoken word. There is a clear difference between Guo Hong’an’s translation and Ya Ding’s translation in terms of the “elegance” and “vulgarity” of the words used, which we will then illustrate with examples.

The title ''L’Étranger'' is translated by Guo Hong’an as “异乡人” and by Aden as “陌生人”. In English, there is no distinguishing between these two words, both meaning “stranger”, but in Chinese they are not the same. The term “异乡人” has a long history, and has been used in ancient Chinese poetry, for example in the poem The night of the New Year’s Eve (《岁除夜有怀（一题作除夜）》) by the Tang poet Meng Haoran(孟浩然), in which he says, “乱山残雪夜，孤烛异乡人”, and in Xu Hun(许浑)’s Inscription of the Monastery of the Huqiu Temple in Suzhou (《题苏州虎丘寺僧院》), in which he says, “暂引寒泉濯远尘，此生多是异乡人”, and in Wei Zhuang(韦庄)’s Farewell to Xucai Li on the River (《江上别李秀才》), he says, “莫向尊前惜沈醉，与君俱是异乡人”. However, in ancient Chinese, the use of“陌生人” is less common and occurs mainly in more secular and colloquial works, such as in the Ming dynasty novel The Case of Pao Gong (《包公案》), in which there is “王氏对陌生人，未知好歹”, and in the Qing dynasty novel The Mirror and the Flower (《镜花缘》), in which there is “连我们自己的丫鬟都认不清楚；到了陌生人眼里那里还看得出”. In contrast, the former is closer to the written word, more poetic and “elegant”, while the latter is closer to the spoken word and more “vulgar”.

'''Eg. (a)'''

Original text： « Qui aimes-tu le mieux, homme énigmatique, dis ? ton père, ta mère, ta sœur ou ton frère ?
Guo’s translation：“你最爱谁，谜一样的人，你说？父亲，母亲，姐妹，还是兄弟?”
Ya’s translation：——喂！你这位不可猜测的人，你说说你最爱谁呢？你父亲还是你母亲？姐妹还是兄弟？

Original text： –Je n’ai ni père, ni mère, ni sœur, ni frère.
Guo’s translation：“我没有父亲，没有母亲，没有姐妹，没有兄弟。”
Ya’s translation：——哦……我没有父亲也没有母亲，没有姐妹也没有兄弟。

Original text： –Vous vous servez là d’une parole dont le sens m’est resté jusqu’à ce jour inconnu.
Guo’s translation：“您用了一个词，我至今还不知道它的含义。”
Ya’s translation：——这……您说出了一个我至今还一无所知的词儿。

Original text：– Je le hais comme vous haïssez Dieu.
Guo’s translation：“我恨它，一如您恨上帝。”
Ya’s translation：——我恨它，就像您恨上帝一样。

Original text：–Eh ! qu’aimes-tu donc, extraordinaire étranger ?
Guo’s translation：“唉！那你爱谁，不寻常的异乡人？”
Ya’s translation：——啊呀！你究竟爱什么呀？你这不同寻常的陌生人！

This text is rather distinctive because it is both a text and a dialogue, a dialogue recorded in text. In this regard, the two translations reflect different styles. Guo’s translation is more dignified, more in keeping with the conventions of written expression, and more faithful to the form and content of the original. Ya Ding, on the other hand, prefaces the first three sentences with intonation words such as “喂！”, “哦……”, “这……”. The use of intonation reflects the state of the speaker, demonstrating the questioner’s persistence and the respondent’s hesitancy. In the fourth sentence, for the word “comme”, Guo Hong’an translates it as “一如”, while Aden chooses “就像……一样”. The former is obviously more commonly used in printed language, while the latter is often used in speech. In the fifth sentence, Aden translates “Eh!” as “啊呀!”, translates “donc” as “究竟” and adds the colloquial “你这” in his translation of “extraordinaire étranger”. In contrast, the translations of Guo “唉” and“那” are more written and less emphatic. It is obvious that the Ya Ding’s translation is more colloquial, closer to the spoken word, and plainer and more straightforward.

===Lexical Markers===

Lexical markers indicate the author’s idiolect (Liu 2005:243)#. First, we need to distinguish between lexical markers and register markers. On the surface, these two perspectives seem similar, as they both relate to “words”. But in fact “idiolect” and “register” are not the same. The former is personal and refers mainly to one's habits of using words, for example, to use words more easily or more elegantly, to use certain adjectives or adverbs, or to use participles. The latter, however, is “social in a different way” (Liu 2005:243)#. The difference between Guo Hong’an’s more “elegant” and Aden’s more “vulgar” diction, as we have just mentioned, is in fact based on the positioning of the text. In a general sense, what kind of words should be used in written language? What kind of words should be used in oral language? They are not based on subjective conventions, but on the rules of the language, the conventions of social usage, and the use of words in a broader sense. But in addition, it is important to note that “idiolect is also highly related to the style and subject matter of the work (Liu 2005:245)#”, and on this level, lexical markers and register markers are again connected. For example, Guo Hong’an translates ''Le Spleen de Paris'' as a prose poem, while Ya Ding translates it as a prose text, and thus there is a difference in the diction of the two translators. In conclusion, after analysing the register markers, through the lexical marker analysis and comparing Guo Hong’an’s and Ya Ding’s translations, we can know the diction habits of the two translators and thus further understand their respective translation styles and the differences between them.

'''Eg. (b)'''

Original text：Je questionnai l’un de ces hommes, et je lui demandai où ils allaient ainsi.

Guo’s translation：我问其中一个人，他们这是往哪里去。

Ya’s translation：我向其中一个人询问，他们这样匆忙是向哪里去。

The first half of the original French sentence “Je questionnai l’un de ces hommes” is a subject-predicate object construction, and both Guo’s translation and Ya’s translation are verb-predicate statements, but Ya’s translation changes the structure by placing the object between the subject and the predicate, as “向其中一个人”. Guo simply translates “ainsi” as “这”, while Ya adds an adverb and tranlates it as “这样匆忙” , which makes the picture of the text more concrete.

Original text：Il me répondit qu’il n’en savait rien, ni lui, ni les autres ;

Guo’s translation：他回答我说，他一无所知，他，别人，都一无所知；

Ya’s translation：他回答我说，他也一无所知；不但他，别人也不知道。

In this sentence, for “il n’en savait rien”, Guo translates it straightforwardly as “他一无所知”, while Yah adds the adverb “也”: “他也一无所知”. In the original French, “ni lui, ni les autres” is a negative parallelism, which Guo translates as a parallelism “他，别人”, while Ya adds a correlative to indicate a progressive relationship “不但……也……”.

Original text：Tous ces visages fatigués et sérieux ne témoignaient d’aucun désespoir ; sous la coupole spleenétique du ciel, les pieds plongés dans la poussière d’un sol aussi désolé que ce ciel, ils cheminaient avec la physionomie résignée de ceux qui sont condamnés à espérer toujours.

Guo’s translation：这些疲惫而严肃的面孔没有表现出任何的绝望；在这阴郁的苍穹下，他们的脚陷入和天空一样愁惨的大地的尘土中，带着注定要永远希望的人的无可如何的神情，走着。

Ya’s translation：在这些疲惫而严肃的面孔上，没有一张表现出绝望的神情。在这阴郁的苍穹下，大地也像天空一样令人忧伤，他们行走着，脚步陷入尘土中，脸上呈现着无可奈何的，被注定要永远地希望下去的神情。

The first third of the original French sentence “Tous ces visages fatigués et sérieux ne témoignaient d'aucun désespoir" is a common subject-verb-object construction, with the subject and object being "visages, témoignaient, désespoir". Guo's translation is similar, with "faces, expressions, despair" and he translates "tous...ne" as "没有". The Ya’s translation, however, splits the entire sentence in two, changing the sentence type to a gerund followed by a subject-verb-object, translating "tous...ne" as "没有一张".

In the second third of the sentence, Ya Dang's translation is clearly more fragmented and has more clauses than Guo's, showing the loose structure of prose sentences, while Guo's translation has more whole sentences and a more compact sentence structure, using more determiners before nouns. For example, for "les pieds plongés dans la poussière d'un sol aussi désolé que ce ciel", Guo adds two definite articles before "尘土", Guo adds the definite article "和天空一样惨淡的" and "大地的". For "ils cheminaient avec la physionomie résignée de ceux qui sont condamnés à espérer toujours", Guo translates the noun “神情” which is preceded by three "的", "带着注定要永远希望的" modifies "人", "带着注定要永远希望的人的" and "无可如何的" modifying “神情”; and "cheminaient" is singled out and placed at the end of the sentence, translated as "走着". This is a very subtle way of structuring the sentence. "The word "走" is the central action of the sentence, and all the other components are describing the environment and scene of this "走". The "走着，" alone at the end not only serves to reinforce the central content of the sentence, but also reinforces the atmosphere of the setting it presents. In a miserable, grey and heavy atmosphere, the people do nothing else but walk, however, this monotonous and repetitive action does not cause them to feel helpless and irritated, instead they all look with an eternal hope. The two characters “走着” alone give the reader a great sense of contrast and impact. The Ya’s translation, however, disrupts the order of the entire sentence and cuts it into many small phrases, putting "cheminaient" ahead-- "大地也像天空一样令人忧伤，他们行走着，脚步陷入尘土中". There are two "的" before "神情", but he separates the two determiners with a comma, "可奈何的，被注定要永远地希望下去的".

Original text：Et le cortège passa à côté de moi et s’enfonça dans l’atmosphère de l’horizon, à l’endroit où la surface arrondie de la planète se dérobe à la curiosité du regard humain.

Guo’s translation：行者的队伍从我身边走过，没入天际，地球圆形的表面遮住了人们好奇的目光。

Ya’s translation：旅行者的队伍从我身边走过，没入遥远的天际。由于行星圆形的表面，人类好奇的目光消失在那里。

For "s'enfonça dans l'atmosphère de l'horizon", Guo translates it as "没入天际" and in the Ya’s translation the word “遥远的” is used to describe the sky “天际”. Guo Hong'an divides a whole sentence in the original French into three sub-clauses, while Ya Ding divides a whole sentence into two. For the translation of “à l'endroit où la surface arrondie de la planète se dérobe à la curiosité du regard humain”, Ya Ding uses a logical correlate “由于” to indicate the cause, and the subject and predicate of sentence are respectively “好奇的目光” and “消失”; in Guo's translation, the causal relationship is not emphasized, and the subject and predicate being “表面” “遮住” “好奇的目光”. The similarity between the two translators is the conversion of the word “la curiosité”, which is translated word-for-word as “目光的好奇”. Both translators switch the modifier and the central phrase and translate it as “好奇的目光”. The difference, though, is that Guo uses it as an object and Yah brings this element to the front of the sentence as the subject.

Original text：Et pendant quelques instants je m’obstinai à vouloir comprendre ce mystère ; mais bientôt l’irrésistible Indifférence s’abattit sur moi, et j’en fus plus lourdement accablé qu’ils ne l’étaient eux-mêmes par leurs écrasantes Chimères.

Guo’s translation：有一段时间我一直想理解这奥秘：可是很快不可抗拒的冷漠控制了我，我被沉重地压倒了，那些背着过重的怪兽的人也没有这样。

Ya’s translation：好长时间，我一直力图解开这个谜；可是不久，不可抗拒的冷漠控制了我，于是，我也显得比被怪兽压迫的人们更加疲劳了。

Similarly, Ya Ding uses four commas and a semicolon in this sentence to loosen up the sentence structure. For example, the phrase "pendant quelques instants" "mais bientôt" is translated as "好长时间，""可是不久，". And the Ya Ding the conjunction "于是" to the sentence, indicating the continuation of the context. In contrast, Guo's translation of the phrase is longer and more compact. In the translation of "ils ne l'étaient eux-mêmes par leurs écrasantes Chimères", Guo's translation remains closer to the subject-verb-object order of the original sentence, with the subject “背着怪兽的人”. There is still, on the other hand, is still a change of subject in the Ya Ding’s translation, using "我" as the subject. Guo translates "j'en fus plus lourdement accablé" as "被沉重地压倒", while the Asian translation uses "more fatigued ". Obviously, the former passive form is more in line with the heavy and depressing atmosphere of the original, as the monster in people is already heavy, and the indifference that controls “我” is even heavier and more suffocating than the monster, while the power and emotion conveyed by the word "疲劳" are slightly inadequate.

As a result, we can recognise the difference in translation style between Guo Hong'an and Aden by analysing their idiolect. Guo Hong'an's diction is simpler and more concise, conveying a more straightforward, serious and sharp emotional atmosphere. He tends to use longer endocentric phrases, with several "的" in a single clause; he uses fewer conjunctions and associative words, and does not add adjectives that are not found in the original; as a result, the clauses in Guo's translation are longer, and the whole sentence is more compact and closer to the structure of the original. In contrast, Ya Ding's diction is more varied. He prefers to use adjectives in order to express in an obvious way the mood and atmosphere hidden beneath the original text; he tends to use short, endocentric phrases and does not like to add too many modifiers before a central noun; he tends to use linking, logical correlatives to show the logical relationships hidden beneath the sentences, according to his own understanding; thus the sentences in Ya's translation are more dispersed and more lyrical, with a softer tone and atmosphere than in Guo's translation which conveys more strong and heavy emotions.

==Non-formal Markers==

The register markers and the lexical markers which belong to the category of formal markers are intuitive style symbols. But with these visual markers alone, it is not possible to get as comprehensive a picture as possible of the overall translation style of a work of translation. Therefore, when analysing translation style, it is necessary to consider not only formal markers but also non-formal markers. "Although style is not a ‘nebulous’ existence, it does have so-called 'non-formal elements' such as charm, style, momentum, mood, etc., which we call the non-formal signs of style " (Liu 2005:249)#.

Non-formal markers are holistic, open, compatible and unique. The holistic nature means that the "non-formal marker style symbol system does not rely on the formal markers itself (see the six types of formal markers above), but on the general linguistic structure and features of the aesthetic object (textual patterns and features), the context, the communicative function of the work (intended to describe the scene, intended to stimulate emotion, intended to expound, etc.) to construct the unstable structure of aesthetic object, which evoke the psychological factors of image, experience and perception in the aesthetic consciousness of the aesthetic subject (the recipient, i.e. the reader). perception) , in order to adapt to the unstable structure of the aesthetic object, forming an ambiguous aesthetic activity"(Liu 2005:250)#. In ordinary parlance, the holistic is the overall feeling that the reader has about the text. This feeling is ambiguous, integrated and aesthetic. The openness refers to the openness of the aesthetic object, and the non-formal mark of style "fundamentally dependent on imagination and creativity". Aesthetic criticism of the work itself is therefore flexible and unrestricted, and readers in different times and spaces can have their own interpretations of the same literary work. Compatibility refers to the fact that stylistic symbols carry a variety of information, not a single one; "the style of a great work of art is often a combination of rigidity and softness, light and darkness, inhibition and ebb and flow" (Liu 2005:250)#. Uniqueness means that identical non-formal symbol systems do not exist; each symbol and each system has its own characteristics.

According to Liu Miqing, we can appreciate the specific significance of the non-formal symbolic system of style from four perspectives: the writer's choice of subject matter, his treatment and technique, the inner thoughts and emotions of the work, the writer's spirituality and the recipient factor. In the same way, when we apply this way of thinking to the analysis of translations, turning the "writer" into the "translator" and further analysing the translation style from two perspectives: the translator's approach and technique, and the inner thoughts and emotions of the work. In this way, the translation style can be analysed and interpreted in a more systematic and comprehensive way.

Both translators, Guo Hong'an and Ya Ding, chose the book ''Le Spleen de Paris'', but the former considered it a collection of prose poems while the latter considered it a collection of essays, so the two translators adopted different approaches and techniques to the language and text in the process of translation. From the above analysis of the register markers and lexical markers of the two translations, which belong to the category of symbolist literature, we can see that the similarity between the two translations is that they both capture the most important feature of the original text - its symbolic meanings. The difference lies in the fact that Guo Hong'an's diction is closer to the Chinese elegant language and more concise, leaving more room for the reader's imagination. His translation has fewer sub-clauses, a more compact sentence structure and the punctuation is more similar to that of the original French. The translator's personal creation is less reflected in the translation and the translator is more invisible. In contrast, Ya Ding's idiolect is more colloquial and tends to use inflections, adjectives, correlatives, etc. that express emotion and logic. He often brings out the emotions and logic hidden in the original text in the translation, giving the text a more graphic feel, which facilitates the reader's understanding of the emotional content of the original text, but at the same time reduces the reader's scope for imagination. His translations contain many short sentences with a loose sentence structure, which is closer to the form of a prose text. Both in terms of form and content, we can see in the translation that Ya Ding as a translator has played a more creative role.

The content of both translations is based on the original text and is therefore largely the same. In terms of the form of the translation, such as phrase structure, sentence structure, paragraph structure, etc., the two translations differ considerably. As a result of this difference in form, there is also a division in the ideas and emotions conveyed by the two translations. In the analysis of the text Chacun a sa chimère above, we have been able to gain a comprehensive understanding of the two translations from a general perspective. The Guo's translation is rawer and low-emotion in its depiction of the setting and characters, and the oppressive and dreary atmosphere is well shaped by the compact sentence structure and condensed diction. The overall feeling of the Ya Ding's translation is softer. Although the scene is also one of a man being oppressed by a monster, there is a sense of compassion and sadness in the words of the Ya Ding's translation, and his words are emotional, whereas the words in Guo's translation are clearly more emotionless.

==Conclusion==

The overall language of ''Le Spleen de Paris'' is sharp, raw and pitiless, and the atmosphere created is heavy, grey and depressing. Through his depiction of the urban environment and his portrayal of urban characters, Baudelaire satirises and criticises nineteenth-century capitalist society in a direct or indirect way. In such a money-over-money society, everyone pursues pleasure and utilitarianism. The lower classes, alienated by the big machine and mass production, lived a miserable life, exploited by the big capitalists and financiers, deprived of the freedom they were entitled to as human beings, losing their individuality and becoming numb, losing their sense of subjectivity and no longer being able to control their own lives. And the "awakened men" like Baudelaire, the artists and literary scholars, who saw the ills of society but were unable to change them, were forced to submit to the filthy capital. As a result, they are miserable. Like ''Les Fleurs du mal'', ''Le Spleen de Paris'' was born in this context.

Guo Hong'an translates ''Le Spleen de Paris'' as a prose poem, so his sentence construction is more compact; Adam treats it as prose, so his sentence construction is looser. Combined with the different diction habits of the two authors, Guo's more elegant diction and Adam's more colloquial diction, a clear difference in style emerges between the two translations. The style of Guo's translation is more sombre, unfeeling and sharp, while that of Adam's is relatively softer, emotive and more human.

Liu Miqing's theory of translation style provides an effective and relatively comprehensive way of thinking and perspective for analysing the style of a text from different perspectives, such as content and form, visible and invisible, internal and external, etc. This is undoubtedly very valuable for comparing and analysing the translation styles of the two translations. However, we can see that some of the definitions in this theory are very vague or too detailed, for example, the difference between "lexical symbols" and "register symbols" is not very big, both are related to the use of words, but Liu Miqing insists on dividing them into two kinds of symbols, which makes it impossible to clearly determine the types of formal symbols when using the theory for analysis. This leads to the analysis of different texts that always feels like it is saying the same thing. It is clear that the analysis is done from two different perspectives of words and phrases, but in reality, the analysis yields roughly the same result.

==References==

[1] 北京大学中国语言学研究中心 Center for Chinese Linguistics of Peking University. 异乡人（古代汉语）［DB/OL］. http://ccl.pku.edu.cn:8080/ccl_corpus/search?q=%E5%BC%82%E4%B9%A1%E4%BA%BA&start=0&num=50&index=FullIndex&outputFormat=HTML&encoding=UTF-8&maxLeftLength=30&maxRightLength=30&orderStyle=score&LastQuery=&dir=gudai&scopestr=, [2021-11-17]

[2] 北京大学中国语言学研究中心 Center for Chinese Linguistics of Peking University. 陌生人（古代汉语）［DB/OL］. http://ccl.pku.edu.cn:8080/ccl_corpus/search?q=%E9%99%8C%E7%94%9F%E4%BA%BA&start=0&num=50&index=FullIndex&outputFormat=HTML&encoding=UTF-8&maxLeftLength=30&maxRightLength=30&orderStyle=score&LastQuery=&dir=gudai&scopestr=, [2021-11-17]

[3] 刘宓庆 Liu Mingqing. 新编当代翻译理论[M]. 北京 Beijing: 中国对外翻译出版公司 China Translation & Publishing Corporation, 2005.

[4] 波德莱尔 Baudelaire. 巴黎的忧郁[M]. 郭宏安 Guo Hong'an, 北京 Beijing: 商务印书馆 The Commercial Press, 2018.

[5] 波德莱尔 Baudelaire. 巴黎的忧郁[M]. 亚丁 Ya Ding, 北京 Beijing: 生活·读书·新知三联书店 Sanlian Bookstore, 2004.

=Chapter 7: A Study of Lu Xun’s Short Stories Translation from the Perspective of Functional Equivalence: Taking Yang Xianyi and Gladys Yang’s English Verison of ''Kong I-Chi'' as a Case Study=
功能对等翻译视角下的鲁迅短篇小说翻译研究——以杨、戴夫妇的《孔乙己》英译本为例

[[Trans_Type_EN_7]]

秦建安 QinJianna, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 8:Translation methods and strategies applicable to the style of biographical literature -- Taking ''Incidents in Life of Slave Girl'' (excerpt) as an example=

传记文学的文体所适用的翻译技巧与策略——以英文传记《一名女奴的人生际遇》(节选)为例

[[Trans_Type_EN_8]]

颜子涵 Yan Zihan, Hunan Normal University, China

=Chapter 9: On the Translation Strategies of ''Lun Yu'' from the Perspective of Fusion of Horizons – A Contrastive Study of two translations of Ku Hung-ming and Xu Yuanchong=

'''视域融合视角下看《论语》英译的翻译策略—以辜鸿铭和许渊冲的英译本为例'''

[[Trans_Type_EN_9]]

邝艳丽 Kuang Yanli, Hunan Normal University, China

=杨柳青 Bian Zhilin's Literary Translation Theories and Practice——Take His Translation of Romantic Poems as Examples=

Yang Liuqing杨柳青,Hunan Normal University,China.

[[Trans_Type_EN_10]]

=Atta Ur Rahman Exploring Translation Strategies: A Case Study of the English Translation of the Holy Quran=

===Abstract===
This study aims at diagnosing culture-specific items in the English translation of the Holy Quran and the strategies which were used to translate the CSIs. Translating CSIs can be a demanding task because such items have specific meanings in the culture and language in which they exist but not necessarily in others. Taking this fact into account, the present study investigates the strategies used in the translation of culture-specific items in the English translation of the Holy Quran. Moreover, the researcher explored the most frequently employed translation procedures. To achieve these goals, the descriptive approach is applied for the analysis of the translation of specific items of culture. The descriptive analysis is also used for the investigation of the translation procedures used therein. The findings of this study indicate that the use of cultural equivalent strategy was the most frequent applied procedure. The descriptive equivalent and through translation procedures were the second most frequently applied translation strategies which were followed by transference, functional equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, modulation and notes. The results shows that the translation procedures are helpful (especially the target-oriented ones) in conveying the meaning of the text from Arabic into English in different ways.

===Key Words===
The Holy Quran, Translation Strategies/procedures, Culture-Specific Items, Newmark

===Introduction===
1. Overview
Translation that plays a crucial role in introducing the history and in transferring the culture of an area is a kind of communication between different languages. It is also illustrated “as the result of a linguistic-textual procedure in which a text in one language is re-contextualized in another language.” In the re-contextualization, studies on translation demonstrate that there are certain critical points (Munday 2012:37) that are problematic for translators, especially, when dealing with vital cultural texts such as religious texts (Malmkjær 2015:10). It helps to communicate and exchange information with people from different countries and cultures. Khammyseh argues that translation is one of the traditional communicating methods between communities all around the world. (Khammyseh 2005;9). Jothiraj states that “translation plays an important role in the inter-lingual process of communication”(Jothiraj 2004;1). Translation is essential for cultures and languages to exchange information. Newmark (1988) defines it as a craft in which a written message in a language is replaced by the same story in another language. According to him, Translation is the art of trying to translate what is written or expressed in one language into another language with the same message or expression. To accomplish a qualified translation, the translator needs to be aware of different aspects(Newmark 1988;2). Many scholars in translation have noticed that the difficulty for a translator is to translate texts which deals with religious concepts and cultural specific items.

Nida indicated that translation is the way of finding natural issues in the TL close to the SL, in terms of message and style(Nida 1964;32). Larson (1998) has acknowledged that dealing with religious and cultural items is the most difficult, both in finding equivalence and analyzing the source vocabulary. Among the many challenges that exist for the translator is to bring the concept of the SL to a deeper meaning in the TL, the main problem is how to give CSIs, the significance which is firmly connected to the particular cultural context(Larson 1998;23).--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 15:41, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

Culture plays a considerable role, Snell-Hornby assumed that “Culture refers to all socially conditioned aspects of human life”.(Snell-Hornby 1988;33). Another definition of culture is formulated by Goodenough. For him, culture is “what people have to learn as distinct from their biological heritage, must consist of the end product of learning: knowledge, in a most general, if relative, sense of the term."(Goodenough 1957;167). By this definition, we should note that culture is not only a material phenomenon; it does not consist of things, people, behavior, or emotions. It is rather the organization of these things. It is the forms of things that people have in their minds, their models for perceiving, relating, and otherwise interpreting them”. According to him, if the translator wants to understand a culture, she or he has to understand that culture is a mixture of belief and knowledge.

The religious text and especially the Holy Quran have played a significant role in human life throughout history to guide human beings towards the right path. Translating religious text can be a hectic job. When it comes to religious texts like the Holy Quran, it might be even more hectic. The Holy Quran has a profound impact on the human lives of its believers. It spreads spiritual serenity and peace of mind. Lustig and Joline thought that “religion is an important institutional network that binds people to one another”(Lustig and Joline 2003;16). But sometimes believers of Islam (whether they are native or not native speakers of the language) face a tremendous difficulty when they want to understand the meaning of a certain lexical unit, lexis that can be identified as Quranic-specific words/phrases.

This study is aimed to probe Newmark's translation procedures applied to translate cultural items from the SL (Arabic) to the TL (English) and to focus on translation strategies used by the English translator to transfer absolute and in-depth intended meanings of the CSI in the Holy Quran. If we examine Newmark's opinion, seventeen procedures may be needed by a translator in the process of translation. However, only a few translation procedures are relevant to this translation, they are Transference, cultural equivalent, functional equivalent, descriptive equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, through translation, modulation and notes.(Newmark 1988;81). These types of translation procedures are usually used to translate cultural terms contained in the text involving Surah Yusuf as a source language. Thus, in the relationship between translation and culture, the strategies offered should be understood as an attempt to make the translation easy to understand by the TR without blurring the message contained in the text written in the SL.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 15:41, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

===Translation and Culture===

2. Translation and Culture

Culture and translation are intimately connected, for understanding the culture translation plays a crucial role. In every nation, there are multiple cultures which reflect how people behave, socially, traditionally and politically and also practice their specific languages. Languages have a complex system of communication that humans adapt from different cultural background. When someone wants to know more about any culture, it is necessary to know about that language. For understanding the language they need to translate it as one might not understand the particular language. Thus, translation fills the gap created by languages that is a very important aspect of translation.

The translation is the process of translating a point or text from one language to another, we can also refer translation to moving of something from one place to another. Translation impacts also on our real life, in a way of transforming other cultures, norms and traditions into our culture. Translators play a vital role in culture and mediators between cultures, dedicated to linking the gap that repeatedly hinders effective communication between communities. According to Peter Newmark, “translators have been entrusted the elegant and highly-demanding task of representing cultures for decades” (Newmark 1988, 7). Newmark established connections concerning the relationship between culture and translating. In his book, he regards translation as a process of “representing the meaning of a text into another language in the way that the author planned the text” (Newmark 1988, 5). According to him, although this process has been supposed to be simple, in reality, translators have been facing the complex task of translating and conveying culture for decades, ever since countries began establishing relationships between one another. (Newmark 1988, 7).

In the history of translation studies, translation has been discussed through multiple routes which based on practicality and some theoretical aspects. For instance, Catford (1965) defined it as "the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language” (Catford 1965, 20). According to Venuti’s translation is "the forcible replacement of the linguistic and cultural difference of the foreign text with a text that will be understandable to the target language reader” (Venuti 1995, 18). Schjoldager stated that “a translation is a text that expresses what another text has expressed in another language” (Schjoldager 2008, 19). Culture is a complex whole which includes knowledge, belief, art, law, morals, customs and many other capabilities and habits acquired by man as a member of society. The translation is no longer considered to be a mere cross-linguistic activity but it significantly is cross-cultural communication.”
Since language reflects the way of life and basic parts of it, the process of translation cannot be done without the integration of cultural symbols into the construction of meaning. Hassan (2014), claimed that a good translation “is one that carries all the ideas of the original as well as its structural and cultural features” (Hassan 2014, 2). Hermanns (1999) contributed that translation should be recognized as a cultural act. It is a kind of linguistic-cultural activity that involves at least two languages and two cultural traditions. Similarly, translation is not just a verbal act; it is also cultural, which is an act of communication of cultures. Later, Hassan emphasized a good translation "is one that carries all the ideas of the original as well as its structural and cultural features" and that "reconstructs the cultural/historical context of the original"(Hassan 2014, 2).
These statements demonstrate that there is an interaction between translation and culture, Newmark (2001), illustrated that culture in translation competence is “the greatest hurdle to translation, at least the achievement of an accurate and decent translation" (Newmark 2001, 328).

Bearing in mind the general alliance among researchers regarding the importance of culture in translation, the translation activity is a question of transferring the correct meaning and that the translator has a productive role in transferring not only the linguistic system of the source text but also the cultural one. As such, it is extremely difficult to draw a borderline between translation and culture as they are inextricably overlaid and this connection leads to creative translation.

2.1 Culture-Specific Items (CSIs)

Culture-specific items are notions that are specific to a particular culture. These concepts are using in different domains such as flora, fauna, food, clothes, housing, work, leisure, politics, law, and religion in the way of life. These cultural concepts are consist of different suggestion and approaches. For the denomination of these concepts, many scholars and linguists employed different names or terms, relatively different definitions are given and they tried to define some points that were related to the culture but they not defined even the name of the concept clearly. Scholars refer different names to these culture-specific items, Newmark uses the term cultural words. (Newmark 1988, 327) Christine Nord names them “culturemes” (Nord 1997, 9) while in one of the newer studies, focused on the translation of culture-specific items, Mohammad Reza Shah Ahmadi and Fatemeh Nosrati employ a term culture-bound element (Ahmadi and Nosrati 2012, 1).
After a long time, some scholars prefer the terms “culture-specific item” (Aixela, 1997; Davies, 2003), others choose cultural words (Newmark, 2003) or culture-bound phenomena/concepts (Baker, 1992, Newmark, 2003, Robinson, 2003). In this study, the term “culture-specific item” is used as the basic term, as well as its abbreviation CSI, although other synonyms may be used to prevent repetition. "Culture-specific items are defined by different scholars according to their differences and similarities. Meanwhile, Mona Baker (1992) defines specific concepts of culture as “sourcelanguage words that express concepts unknown in the target culture” (Baker, 1992, 21). It may relate to religion, kind of food or social customs. Newmark suggests to culture-specific items as cultural words (Newmark 1988, 94). He further discussed that in many circumstances, cultural words are somewhat easy to detect in a text because they are closely related to a specific language and unable to translate word by word (Newmark 1988, 95). When they cannot be translated literary then he mentioned that the translators usually the purpose is to provide a descriptive-functional equivalent (Newmark 1988, 95).

2.1.1 Translation of CSIs in the Holy Quran

The Holy Quran is the most basic religious book for Muslims, the Quran was revealed to the prophet Muhammad (PBUH). The Quranic corpus, created in an early form of Classical Arabic, is traditionally believed to be a literal transcript of God’s speech and to constitute the earthly production of an uncreated and eternal heavenly original, according to the general view referred to in the Quran itself as “the well-preserved tablet” (al-lawḥ al-mahfūẓ; Qurʾān 85, P. 22). It has a heartfelt impact on human lives and their believers. It spreads spiritual stability and peace of mind. According to (Lustig and Joline 2003, 16) “Religion is an important institutional network that binds people to one another.”
Translating Quranic-specific words/phrases is considered a great challenge for the translators which requires an accurate interpretation and consciousness of the crucial functions of these Quranic-specific words/phrases. Therefore, they have to focus on a set of aspects to attain equivalence and then render the exact meaning. The translation of the Holy Quran is a debatable process because Arabic is full of cultural-specific concepts with no proper equivalent in other languages; consequently, some equivalents fail to convey their cultural meaning thoroughly. The translation is seen as the process of reconstructing a text into other languages. In the Holy Quran, it is mentioned in the Surah of Yusuf: “we have sent it down as an Arabic Quran”, the translated text has been simply seen as a commentary, explaining, or paraphrasing of the source text. In general, exact translation never occurs; rather this can be a basic interpretation of the Holy Quran. In the process of translation of the Holy Quran, language and CSI items and rhetorical features were not inimitable and reproducible into other languages.
Translating CSIs is a strenuous task because such elements have special meanings in culture and language.

===Types of Translation ===
3. Types of Translation
Newmark (1988) determines 8 types of translation which are:

3.1 Word-for-Word Translation

This is usually indicated as an interlinear translation, with the target language immediately below the source language words. The source language word-order is preserved and the words translated singly by their most common meanings, out of context. These words are translated literally. Some of the uses of point-by-point translation are to understand the mechanics of the source language or to create a difficult text as a pre-translation process.

3.2 Literal translation

In this type of translation, the grammatical structures of the source language are changed to the nearest target language equivalent but the written points remain the same to one another, out of context.
3.3 Faithful translation
This translation attempts to reproduce the original exact meaning within the limitations of the TL grammatical structures. It also conveys cultural words and maintains an unusual degree of grammar and strength in translation. It tries to make the SL author completely loyal to the intent and reality of the text.

3.4 Semantic Translation

Semantic translation takes much of the aesthetic value of the source language text, making sense where appropriate so that there are no implications, wordplay or repetition roots in the finished version. It may translate less important cultural points by a culturally neutral third or active terms but not by cultural equation and it may also give the reader more small concessions.

3.5 Adaptation

This is an unrestricted form of translation. It is used mainly for plays and poetry, the themes, characters, plots are usually preserved, the SL culture converted to the TL culture and the text rewritten (Ahmad 2015, 15).

3.6 Free Translation

The content without a form of the original or the matter without the manner is the productions of free translation. It is also known as intra-lingual translation and it is usually longer than the original.

3.7 Idiomatic Translation

This type of translation replicates the original message but degrades the depth of meaning by selecting meanings and dialogues that do not exist in the original.

3.8 Communicative Translation

This type of translation replicates the original message but degrades the depth of meaning by selecting meanings and dialogues that do not exist in the original.

===Translation Strategies ===

4. Translation Strategies
Many theorists have used the term translation strategy extensively but with some significant differences in meaning and perspective that they see. Many theorists have used the approach of translation comprehensively but with some notable differences in meaning and vision as they appear.

4.1 Aixela Translation Strategies:
According to Aixela (1996), translators need to choose several strategies based on the source language culture and target culture. He distinguishes many of the translation strategies that apply to the translation of culture-specific items and at the same time, he tries to command by the level of their intercultural intervention. He divided it into two groups; conservative groups (5 approaches) and the substitution (6 strategies).

4.1.1. Conservation:
In conservation, the less compelling process includes repetition, orthographic adaptation, linguistic translation, extratextual gloss and intratextual gloss.

4.1.1.1 Repetition: In repetition, there is simply the transference of the culture-specific items from the ST to the TT. Thus, the translator keeps as much as possible the original reference (Aixela, 1996, p. 61). This approach is often used for languages that do not differ in the alphabet and most for names.

4.1.1.2 Orthographic Adaptation: The orthographic adaptation involves writing or
transliteration, mainly when the original term is given in a different alphabet than the one used in the target culture.

4.1.1.3 Linguistics translation: Linguistic translation emphasizes on the way where the translator chooses the source closest to the original text and increases his understanding by giving the TL version which is still relevant to the ST cultural system.

4.1.1.4 Extra-textual Gloss: Here, the extra-textual gloss refers to additional information to the previously mentioned procedures, The translator uses one of the above strategies but considers it as a necessity to explain the meaning or concept of CSI. In this gloss, it can be footnotes, endings, words, ideas, translators in dictionaries, italics and so on.

4.1.1.5 Intra-textual Gloss: It's like the past but the translator feels that he/she can include the globe as an indirect part of the text, not to distract the reader.

4.2.1 Substitution
In substitution, According (Aixela, 1996) “that synonymy, limited universalization, absolute universalization, naturalization, deletion, and autonomous creation are encompassing here”.

4.2.1.1 Synonymy: This strategy is a stylist used to avoid the constant repetition of culturespecific items in the ST.

4.2.1.2 Limited Universalization: When the translator realizes that the culture-specific item is not clear to the reader or that another source CSI exists in the source language which can be replaced, replace it with data. Of course, the location is not as specific to the source language as the first one.

4.2.1.3 Absolute Universalization: The only difference between limited universalization and absolute universalization is when the translator cannot find the best known CSI in the source language or prefers to eliminate the unusual concept and choose a neutral term. (Aixela, 1997, p.63).

4.2.1.4 Naturalization: In this case “translator brings the culture-specific item into the TL culture” (Shokri, Ketabi, 2015, p.8).

4.2.1.5 Deletion: When the CSI is “unacceptable ideologically or stylistically or it is not relevant enough for the effort of comprehension required for the readers” (Aixela, 1996, p. 64), or very clear that the translator does not want to use any strategy, they delete the CSI.

4.2.1.6 Autonomous Creation: When the translator agrees to use non-existent cultural
reference in the ST.(Aixela, 1997).

4.3 Mona Baker’s Translation Strategies
Baker’s strategies have been used by professional translators at word level in their translations, to deal with issues while performing the task of translation. (Baker, 1992). He suggests various procedures to work for unequal treatment at the point level, for example, translation by a more general word, translation by a more neutral / less obvious word, translation by paraphrasing, Using related words, and so on. She formulates the classification in different strategies, which are the following:

4.3.1 Translation by a more general word: According to Baker, this has to do with the meaning of the proposition. Appropriately it works in many languages.

4.3.2 Translation by a more neutral/ less expressive word: This is another strategy in terms of semantics it does with differences with obvious meaning.

4.3.3 Translation by cultural substitution: This strategy involves placing culture-specific material that does not have the same predictive meaning as the target language material but may have the same effect on the target reader.

4.3.4 Translation using a loan word: This strategy relies on culture-specific items, modern borrowing points plus interpretation concepts and buzz points.

4.3.5 Translation by paraphrase using a related word: When the source material is written in the target language but separately, and when the frequency used in the source text is high, it will be natural in the target language.

4.3.6 Translation by paraphrase using unrelated words: This strategy can be used when the concept in the source material is not lexical in the TL.

4.3.7 Translation by omission: Losing phrases or words that are not vital to text development.

4.3.8 Translation by an illustration: Here, use examples when the source word is not equal in the target language. Each theorist presents their strategies according to their point of view, however, Baker's (1992) translation strategies include the most applicable set of strategies, as it shows the strategies used by professional translators.

===Cultural Categories ===

5. Cultural categories

5.1.2 Ecology
In this type of cultural category, Newmark labels those words which have some similarities and differences in culture concerning the environment. For Example, animals, colors, astronomy, plants birds etc. They will also have some geographical features that can normally differ from other cultural terms in that they usually have no political, commercial value.

5.1.2 Material culture

Material culture is also known as artefacts, In the category of material culture, Newmark included Food, clothes, housing, transport, and communications and also those objects which are made by humans. For Example, Clothing, atoms, crops, vegetables, jewellery, drugs, planets etc. “Food is for many the most sensitive and important expression of national culture. The function of the generic clothes terms is approximately constant, indicating the part of the body that is covered, but the description varies depending on climate and material used, houses and town, and transport.”

5.1.3 Social culture

The social culture is divided by Newmark in two ways, they are work and leisure. For example, Trade, armour, literature, poets, markets, games.

5.1.4 Organisation

Newmark organizations are divided into five categories: political and administrative conditions, historical conditions, and international conditions. ‘The international community terms usually have recognized translations which are in• fact through-translations, and are now generally known by their acronyms', religious terms, artistic terms; “the translation of artistic terms referring to movements, processes and organizations generally depend on the putative knowledge of the readership. For example, adultery, business, corruption, sex, poverty, marriage, divorce etc.”

5.2 Newmark Classification CSIs

Newmark (1988) established the classification of culture-specific items (CSIs) into five classes which are;
Table 1. Newmark classification of Culture-Specific Items. (Newmark 1988, 97)

5.2.1 Categorization of CSIs in Surah Yousuf of the Holy Quran

Verse No. Terms English Translation Categories
1 الۡکِتٰبِ Book Material culture

2 قرُۡءٰنًا Quran Material culture

3 الۡقَصَصِ Narration Gesture

4 رَايَۡتُ Dream Habit

5 کَوۡکَبًا Stars Ecology

6 ال َّ شمۡسَ Sun Ecology

7 الۡقَمَرَ Moon Ecology

8 الۡاحََادِيۡثِ Events Organization

9 يعَۡقوُۡبَ House of Yaqub Material culture

10 يعَۡقوُۡبَ Yaqub

11 ابِۡرٰہيِۡمَ Ibrahim

12 اِسۡحٰقَ Ishaq

13 اقۡتلُوُا Kill Social culture

14 ارَۡضًا Earth Ecology

15 الۡجُبِّ Pit Ecology

16 ال َّ س َّ يارَةِ Wayfares

17 يٰۤابََانَا Father

18 َّ يرۡتعَۡ Eat Social culture

19 وَ يَلۡعَبۡ Play Social culture

20 لَحٰفِظُوۡنَ Guard Social culture

21 وَ اخََافُ Fear Habit

22 الذِئّۡبُ Wolf Ecology

23 عِشَاءًٓ Nightfall Ecology

24 َّ يبۡکُوۡنَ Weeping Habit

25 مَتاَعِنَا Belongings Material culture

26 قمَِيۡصِہٖ Shirt Material culture

27 وَارِدہَمُۡ Water drawer Material culture

28 دلَۡوَهٗ Bucket Material culture

29 بِثمََنٍ ۢ بَخۡسٍ Paltry price Material culture

30 درََاہمَِ مَعۡدوُۡدةٍَ Silver coin Material culture

31 مِّصۡرَ Egypt

32 لِامۡرَاتَِہٖۤ Wife

33 الۡارَۡضِ Land Ecology

34 اشَُدَّ هٗۤ Prime age

35 الۡابَۡوَابَ Door Material culture

36 مَعَاذَ ّٰ ِ Master Organization

37 ال ُّ سوۡٓءَ Evil Habit

38 الۡفَحۡشَاءَؕٓ Lewdness Habit

39 عِبَادِنَا Servant Organization

40 وَ قَدَّ تۡ Ripped Social culture

41 عَذاَبٌ Punishment Social culture

42 ُّ يسۡجَنَ Prison Organization

43 الۡعَزِيۡزِ Minister Organistion

44 حُباؕ Love Social culture

45 فتَٰىہَا Slave Organization

46 سِکِّيۡنًا Knife Material culture

47 مَلکٌَ Angel Organization

48 فَاسۡتجََابَ Prayer Gestures

49 خَمۡرًا Wine Material culture

50 خُبۡزًا Bread Material culture

51 رَاۡسِیۡ Head Material culture

52 ال َّ طيۡرُ Birds Ecology

53 ءَارَۡبَابٌ Gods Organization

54 يٰصَاحِبَیِ السِّجۡنِ Prisoners Organization

55 تعَۡبدُوُۡنَ Worship Gesture

56 ال َّ شيۡطٰنُ Satan Organization

57 الۡمَلِکُ King Organization

58 بَقَرٰتٍ Cows Ecology

59 خُضۡرٍ Green Ecology

60 يٰبسِٰتٍ Dry Ecology

61 سُنۡۢبلُٰتٍ Grain Material culture

62 تزَۡرَعُوۡنَ Crops Material culture

63 يغَُاثُ Rain Ecology

64 يَعۡصِرُوۡنَ Juice Material culture

65 النِّسۡوَةِ Women

66 ال َّ رسُوۡلُ Messenger Organization

67 الۡعَزِيۡزِ Governor Organization

68 ال ّٰ صدِقِيۡنَ Truthful Habit

69 الۡخَائِٓنيِۡنَ Betray Organization

70 خَزَائِٓنِ Treasure Material culture

71 مَ َّ کنَّ ا Power Organization

72 بِرَحۡمَتِنَا Mercy Gestures

73 يَتَّ قوُۡنَ Taqwa Habit

74 الۡمُنۡزِلِيۡنَ Hospitality Habit

75 رِحَالِہِمۡ Camel Ecology

76 وَ ل َّ مَا فَتحَُوۡا Family Organization

77 بَابٍ Gate Material culture

78 اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty Organization

79 الۡعِيۡرُ Caravan Organization

80 لسَٰرِقوُۡنَ Thieves Organization

81 السِّقَايَۃَ Bowl Material culture

82 تاَ ّٰ ِ Swear Habit

83 کٰذِبيِۡنَ Liars Habit

84 وِّعَاءِٓ Bag Material culture

85 درََجٰتٍ Rank Organization

86 َّ موۡثِقًا Pledge Social culture

87 الۡحٰکِمِيۡنَ Judges Organization

88 الۡقَرۡيَۃَ Town Material culture

89 عَيۡنٰہُ Eyes

90 الۡبَشِيۡرُ News Social culture

91 ابَوََيۡہِ Parents Organization

92 الۡعَرۡشِ Thrown Organization

93 يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ Devices Material culture

94 وَ الۡارَۡضِ Earth Ecology

95 ال َّ سمٰوٰتِ Heavens Ecology

===Translation Procedure ===

6. Translation Procedure

There are seventeen different kinds of translation procedures classified by Newmark. According to (Gallagher 1996, 31), “translation procedures are the technical devices to convey the message of a text in one language into another language.” The difference between translation procedure and translation methods discussed by (Newmark 1988, 81), “translation methods relate to whole texts, translation procedures are used for sentences and the smaller units of language.”

6.1 Transference
Transference is the way through which we convert the source language to target language and also contains transliteration or transcription. Transference is also known as loan words, there is no transformation in the spelling of the words that have been translated.

6.2 Naturalization
Naturalization changes the word SL to its pronunciation, then TL to its original form.
Naturalization also adds new connections to external conditions.

6.3 Culture equivalent
In this procedure, SL the cultural word is translated by the target cultural word. The use of the translation of this procedure is limited because it is not accurate, but it can be used in general texts, public and publicity, as well as for brief explanation to readers who do not understand the relevant source language culture.

6.4 Functional Equivalent
This approach is the most accurate path of translating and it uses very neutral cultural points with a new specific term.

6.5 Descriptive equivalent
This strategy is working for the description of the meaning or function of the source language.

6.6 Synonymy
This method of translation is applied when there is nothing to the same.

6.7 Through-Translation
Through translation is the literal translation of common conflicts, the names of organizations and compound parts.

6.8 Shifts or Transposition
This translation procedure involving a change in grammar from SL to TL. This change is done when there is a difference between the structure of the SL and the TL is reasonable.

6.9 Modulation
This procedure is used in the translation of sentences, phrases and clauses. Here the translator looked at the message in the source language sentence from a different angle or a different way of thinking. This strategy is used when the translation of words with literal meaning does not produce a reasonable translation.

6.10 Recognized Translation
The translation process is manifested when the translator uses an authoritative or appropriate translation of an organization's term.

6.11 Translation Label
This procedure is the appropriate one for the translation of a new institutional term, and it is a temporary translation of the source language word.

6.12 Compensation
This process manifests itself when there is a meaningful loss in one part, but compensation in the other part.

6.13 Componential Analysis
In this procedure, the source language word translated into the TL by detailing the components of the meaning of the source language word.

6.14 Reduction & Expansion
In this procedure, the elements of the word 'auto' removed and the elements of the word expanded in the target language.

6.15 Paraphrase
This procedure appears when cultural words need more explanation.

6.16 Couplets
In this procedure, two or more different procedures meet in one translation, couplets, triplets, quadruplets.

6.17 Notes
When the additional information is added to the cultural words for the clarification of readers.

===Analysis and Discussion ===

7. Analysis and Discussion

7.1 Introduction
This chapter highlights the procedure of the study and the analysis of culture-specific items in Surah Yusuf. This chapter explores the use of translation strategies in transferring meaning from the ST to the TL and the appropriateness of Newmark's model in interpreting the procedures that the translator applied during the translation process.

7.2 Procedures
To account for the translation of CSIs in this research, the source text of the Holy Quran in Arabic and its English translation translated by Mufti Taqi Usmani were studied. After reading the whole Ayahs of Surah Yusuf and its translation, every Ayah and its translation in English were carefully analyzed to identify CSIs and the strategies used by the translator to translate them into English. After that, the classification of CSIs by Newmark (1988) has been accepted as the theoretical framework of this study aimed at analyzing culture-specific items. For the clarification, each procedure is interpreted and demonstrated with illustrations in Tables 1-9.

7.3 Analysis and Discussion
After the categorizing the culture-specific items according to Newmark’s strategies, the researcher worked on the strategies for translating the culture-specific items applied in Surah Yusuf, including transference, cultural equivalent, functional equivalent, descriptive equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, through translation, modulation and notes; Then, he arranged the data gained in Tables 1-9 in order to show the cases of applying Newmark’s strategies for translating the culture-specific items.
The discussion section is devoted to the interpretation of each selected culture-specific word, the researcher presents a discussion of how he formulates the CSIs in Newmark strategies.
Below are the discussion points created for using each strategy;

7.3.1 Transference: Transference includes transliteration and is the same as what is called transcription. The word then becomes a loan word. There were words that were transferred from the source text to the target text. These are presented in the following table.
Table1.

Here are some examples of Transference applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yusuf:

Strategy Source Text Target Text
قرُۡءٰنًا Quran
ابِۡرٰہيِۡمَ Ibrahim
Transference يعَۡقوُۡب Yaqub
اِسۡحٰق Ishaq
يَتَّ قوُۡنَ Taqwa

Words that have given in table 1 are transference words because these are conveyed to target language which is a different language writing system then from the source language, For example, the word Quran is transliterated word and pronounce as same as like in source language قرُۡءٰنًا, so it is transcripted and also become a loan word. Similarly, all the mentioned words in table 1 are transference words.
7.3.2. Cultural Equivalent: Cultural equivalent purpose is to replace a cultural word in the source language with an, although not completely synonymous, target language word.

Table 2.
Examples of Cultural equivalent applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡب House of Yaqub
لَحٰفِظُوۡنَ Guard
بِثمََنٍ ۢ بَخۡسٍ Paltry price
درََاہمَِ مَعۡدوُۡدةٍَ Silver coin
اشَُدَّ هٗ Prime age
Cultural Equivalent مَعَاذَ ّٰ Master
الۡعَزِيۡزِ Minister
فَاسۡتجََابَ Prayer
اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty
يٰصَاحِبَیِ السِّجۡن Prisoners
الۡمَلِکُ King
يَعۡصِرُوۡنَ Juice
مَ َّ کنَّ ا Power

In Surah Yusuf, we have some words that are related to the cultural equivalent, Table 2 contains cases where cultural equality is applied. The word House of Yaqub is not completely synonymous to the ST اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡب, it is a replaced word in the SL. The word minister is not completely synonymous to the word ST word الۡعزَِيۡزِ. Similarly, the word Master in the TT is not synonymous to the word which is used in the ST ّٰ مَعَاذَ, it is a replaced word. The original meaning of the word فَاسۡتجََابَ is to accepted, but here it is referred to Prayer which is not only the synonymous but also a replaced one; furthermore, all the words mentioned in table 2 are mostly not completely synonymous words but the cultural replacing words.

7.3.3 Functional Equivalent:In functional equivalent, the word culture-free is used,
sometimes with a specific term; Therefore, it generalizes the word SL.

Table3.

Examples of Functional equivalent applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
الۡقَصَصِ Narration
رَايَۡتُ Dream
Functional equivalent الۡاحََادِيۡثِ Events
ال َّ س َّ يارَةِ Wayfares
مِّصۡرَ Egypt
يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ Devices

In functional equivalent, culture-free words are used, sometimes a new specific term is used which generalizes the SL word. For example, in table 3 the word Events is used as a cultural free word that generalizes the ST الۡاحََادِيۡثِ. The word Devices is a cultural free word and used as a new specific term to generalize the ST word يَمۡکُرُوۡنَ. The word Narration is used in the TT as a cultural free word because it is not limited or bound to a single culture. The word narration can be used by every culture representative.
7.3.4 Descriptive Equivalent: It is using phrases in TT to explain the ST word.
Table4.
Examples of Descriptive equivalent applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
کَوۡکَبًا Stars
ال َّ شمۡسَ Sun
الۡقمََرَ Moon
Descriptive equivalent عِشَاءًٓ And at Nightfall
وَارِدہَمُۡ Water drawer
سِکِّيۡنً Knife
الۡکِتٰبِ Enlightening book
ال َّ سمٰوٰتِ Heaven

The descriptive equivalent is, using phrases in TT to explain the ST word. For example Eleven stars and the sun and the moon a phrase used in the TT which explains کَوۡکَبًا َّ و ال َّ شمۡسَ وَ الۡقمََرَ the ST words stars, sun and moon. Similarly, Enlightening the book is a phrase used in the target text which highlights the meaning of الۡکِتٰبِ.
7.3.5 Componential Analysis:componential analysis is the initial comparison of a source language point to a selected language point that has the same meaning, but does not equate to one.
Table5.
Examples of Componential analysis applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
رَايَۡتُ Dream
ال َّ طيۡرُ Birds
Componential analysis وَ يَلۡعَبۡ Play
يَعۡصِرُوۡنَ Juice
مَعَاذَ ّٰ ِ Master
يٰصَاحِبَیِ السِّجۡنِ Prisoners
اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty

Further, in justification in the translation of CSIs, the researcher analyzed the words that comparing the word base of a source language with the target language point that has the same meaning, but obviously not equals one. Like رَايَۡتُ means to look or see while translating it to the TT it meanings changes to word Dream. The basic comparison of these two words is the same.
That is both words are related to cognition and eyes. For instance, other words are ال َّ طيۡرُ Birds, اِ نِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty.
7.3.6 Synonymy: Synonymy is a near target language equivalent.
Table 6.
Examples of Synonymy applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
الۡکِتٰبِ Book
قۡتلُوُا Kill
ارَۡضًا Earth
Synonymy الذِئّۡبُ Wolf
دلَۡوَه Bucket
خَمۡرًا Wine
يٰبسِٰتٍ Dry

The translator has used good equivalents for the words chosen in the Surah Yusuf. For instance, الۡکِتٰبِ Book, Book in the TT and الۡکِتٰبِ in the ST are the synonymous word. Few other examples are mentioned in table 6.
7.3.7 Through translation:Through-translation, is a literal translation of common conflicts, names of organizations and compound parts. It can also be called: click or loan translation.
Table7.
Examples of Through-translation applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡبَ House of Yaqub
غَيٰبَتِ الۡجُبِّ Into the bottom of a pit
بِرَحۡمَتِنَا Mercy
Through Translation الۡاحََادِيۡثِ Events
ُّ يسۡجَنَ Prison
الۡعَزِيۡزِ Governor
الۡخَائِٓنيِۡنَ Betray
وَ ل َّ مَا فَتحَُوۡا Family

In through translation, the researcher found those words which have common collocations, name of organization or component of compounds in Surah Yusuf. Examples of through translations are House of Yaqub, اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡبَ is a component of the compound, Family وَ ل َّ مَا فَتحَُوۡا is the name of the organization, other examples are mentioned in table 7.
7.3.8 Modulation: Modulation occurs when the translator generates the original text message in TL text according to the current target language norms, as source language and target languages may differ visually.
Table8.
Examples of in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf Modulation applied
Strategy Source Text Target Text
يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ Devices
Modulation لَسٰرِقوُۡنَ Thieves
مَ َّکنَّ ا Power
وَ قَدَّ تۡ Ripped

The modulation occurs in the translation of culture-specific items when we are translating the word or phrase from the source text to target text according to the new norms and traditions in TT culture. For instance, Devices are the word that had been translated from the Arabic word يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ which means to plan something while in English it is opposite which means tools.
7.3.9 Notes: Notes, additions, and glosses are additional information that a translator must add to the version; The additional information that translators add is usually cultural.
Table9.
Examples of Notes applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf
Strategy Source Text Target Text
اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty
Notes تعَۡبدُوُۡنَ Worship
ال َّ شيۡطٰنُ Satan
بِثمََنٍ ۢ بَخۡسٍ Paltry price

In this strategy, the translator adds some additional information to his version, The additional information that translators add is usually cultural. For example اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ is a word which means that giving the order is limited or quality related to Al-Mighty God while the translator used the word sovereign which means authority. Worship is a word which means to follow or obey someone, the translator can use it in his point of view while in Arabic تعَۡبدُوُۡ نَ which means a quality limited to God.

===Conclusion and Recommendations===

8. Conclusion and Recommendations

This chapter summarizes the findings of the study. It also provides some recommendations regarding the application of translation procedures in translation between language systems.

8.1 Summary of the Findings

The translator applied nine translation procedures out of seventeen of Newmark’s translation procedures in the translation of the Surah Yusuf of the Holy Quran, namely, transference, cultural equivalent, functional equivalent, descriptive equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, through translation, modulation and notes. The cultural equivalent strategy was the most frequent applied procedure. The descriptive equivalent and through translation procedure was the second most frequently applied translation procedure, It was followed by transference, functional equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, modulation and notes. It is a descriptive study in which CSIs from ST translated to TT.

8.2 Conclusion

The present study purpose was to explore the CSIs in Surah Yusuf of the Holy Quran and to investigate which translation strategy proposed by Newmark (1988) were employed by the translator to overcome culture-specific items. Obviously, the researcher has worked hard to clear the way for future students of translation. Throughout the research, the researcher faced a lot of challenges and findings were revealed, some of them are the following;

• Between Arabic and English, there is a big cultural gap. Till now, this problem is considered as an unsolvable problem.

• Lack of reading and translating religious books.

• Many mistakes are made by the translators because they were unknown to the ST.

• The translators have to go through or review the previous translation of the Quranic scripture to solve the problem that they might face in the process of their translation.

The procedures used in this study will help the translator to render culture-specific terms accurately. Thus, the researcher worked well to fill the linguistic gaps between Arabic and English. Furthermore, Newmark’s translation procedures helped the translator make the translation sound more natural to the TR. It can be observed from the analysis that Newmark’s translation procedures were effective in translating the Islamic texts. The findings of the study might help students of translation and practitioners in the field of TS to get familiar with the most influential strategies in rendering cultural specific items. They can use the findings of the study to employ translation tasks in translations. Educational planners can use the findings of this study to specify the most influential, dominant strategies to conduct a target-oriented/sourceoriented translation. To sum up, it should be emphasized that the focus of this particular study was on religious genre. Investigating CSIs in different genres could lead to new areas of research for interested researchers. Accordingly, the information gained from this study may prove useful to translators, translation teachers, and student learners as it will help them improve their translation skills with the special attention of culture-specific items and will allow them Give texts when having a broad view of translation. Other researchers can derive similar effects from many of the findings of the same study.

This study is similar to other studies that might have several limitations which need to be taken into account. The study focused on one Surah translated by one translator. Examining different Surahs of the Holy Quran and their translations by other authors from different cultures might lead to interesting facts or they might confirm the findings of this study. Different translators might employ different strategies. Further research is needed to confirm or disconfirm the findings of this study. Newmark's strategies are not limited to the cultural features of the language. But it also covers the linguistic specifications. To narrow down the subject of the study, the linguistic aspects of the text were ignored. Comparing these linguistic aspects could be another interesting topic and venue for further research.
Finally, It may be concluded that Newmark’s translation procedures are necessary for the translation of an Islamic text between two different language systems and cultures. However, the translator must be competent in using the translation procedures to provide an accurate translation.

8.3 Recommendations

The researcher furnished a set of recommendations in the light of the findings reached and the results obtained. The recommendations can make a helpful set of guidelines for both existing and potential translators in general and for translating religious texts of two languages that are not closely related. These recommendations are tentative and are subject to modification upon closer investigation by translation scholars and professionals:

• The researcher recommends that the study of translation procedures should be included in the university curriculum for students who study translation, to help them in solving the problems of translating religious texts.

• It is recommended for translastors to use the translation procedures appropriately in order to deliver the meaning of the source text correctly.

• The researcher also recommends examining the application of other kinds of translation procedures on Islamic texts based on other models such as Andrew Chesterman’s translation procedures.

• It would also be beneficial to investigate Newmark’s translation procedures to various types of texts such as medical texts and journalistic texts.

=== References ===
Abdi, H. (2019). Translating culture-specific items (CSIs) as a conundrum for Iranian MA translation students: Considering the level of study. Journal of new advances in English Language Teaching and Applied Linguistics, 1(1), 88-109.

Aguado-Gimenez, P., & Pérez-Paredes, P. F. (2005). Translation-strategies use: A classroombased examination of Baker’s taxonomy. Meta: journal des traducteurs/Meta:
Translators' Journal, 50(1), 294-311.

Ahmadi, M. R.S and Nosrati, Fatemah. (2012). Domestication and Foreignization Strategies in Translation of Culture-Specific Items. Translations of English-Persian Children’s Literature. San Francisco: Grin Publishing. Google Books.

Al Saleh, R. A. (2019). An Application of Newmark's Procedures to Muhammad Abul Quasem's Alleman, J. C. Bee. W. Ulitkin, I. Files, F., Zetzsche, J., Chatonnet-Marton, P. & y del Árbol, E. V. Translation Strategies.

Al-Sofi, B. B. M. A., & Abouabdulqader, H. (2020). Bridging the gap between translation and culture: towards a cultural dimension of translation. International journal of linguistics, literature and culture, 6(1), 1-13.

Baker, M., 1992. In Other Words: A Coursebook on Translation. London: Routledge, p.20–42.

Blažytė, D., & Liubinienė, V. (2016). Culture-specific items (CSI) and their translation strategies in Martin Lindstrom’s" Brand sense". Kalbų studijos, (29), 42-57.

Bush, P. (1998) "Literary Translation." In: M. Baker, ed. Routledge Encyclopedia of Translation Studies, London: Routledge, pp.127-130.

Catford. J. C. (1965). A linguistic theory of translation. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
English Translation of Mohammad Al-Ghazali's Islamic Guidance.Literature and Culture, 6(1), 1-13.

Gečaitė, L. (2020). Culture-Specific Items and Their Translation Strategies in Victoria Hislop's Novel The Sunrise.” (2020).

Hassan, B. E. A. (2014). Between English and Arabic: A practical course in translation.
Cambridge Scholars Publishing.

Hermans, T. (1999). Translation in systems. Manchester: St. Jerome Publication House, J. (Ed.). (2014). Translation: a multidisciplinary approach. Springer.
Issa, A. L. S. M., & Hammood, L. H. R.- Quranic-Specific Phrases under the Study of Translation; Significance and Applications.

Janfaza, E., Assemi, A., & Dehghan, S. S. (2012). Language, translation, and culture.
In International Conference on Language, Medias and Culture (Vol. (33), p. 83-87).

Janfaza, E., Assemi, A., & Dehghan, S. S. (2012). Language, translation, and culture.
In International Conference on Language, Medias and Culture (Vol. 33, p. 83-87).

Lambert, J. (1998) Literary Translation. In: M. Baker, ed. Routledge Encyclopedia of Translation Studies. London: Routledge, 130-134.

Landers, Clifford E. (2001) Literary Translation: A practical guide. New Jersey University Press: Multilingual Maters.

Lustig, Myron, W. and Koeser, Joline (2003), Intercultural Competence: Interpersonal Communication Across Cultures, Boston: Allyn and Bacon.

Malmkjær, K. (1993). Who Can Make Nice A Better Word Than Pretty? Collocation, Translation, and Psycholoinguistics. In: Baker, M., Francis, G. and Tognini-Bonelli, E.
eds. Text and Technology. Philadelphia/Amsterdam: John Benjamins Publishing Company. pp.213-32.

Mosavat, S., & Rahimpour, S. (2016). The Most and Least Used Translation Strategies for
Conveying Culture-Specific-Items in Young Adult Literature from English into Persian. International Journal of Humanities and Cultural Studies (IJHCS) ISSN 23565926, 1853-1873.

Munday, J. (1997). Systems in Translation: A computer-assisted systemic approach to the analysis of translation of García Márquez. Ph.D thesis, University of Bradford.

Newmark, P. (2001). A Textbook of Translation. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language
Education Press

Newmark, Peter. (1988). A Textbook of Translation. New Jersey: Prentice-Halls

Nord, Christiane. (1997). Translating as a Purposeful Activity: Functionalist Approaches
Explained. Manchester: St. Jerome. Accessed 10 November. 2018. Google Books Schjoldager, A. (2008). Understanding translation. Academica: Århus.

Silalahi, M., & Lubis, S. (2013). Translation Procedures of Cultural Terms Found In Sejarah Bilingual For Students of Senior High School.
Valipoor, K., & andAzizeh Chalak, H. H. T. (2019). Cultural-specific items in translation of the Holy Quran by Irving: 43-51.

Venuti, L. (1995). The translator’s invisibility: A history of translation. London and New York:
Routledge

Widiarto, O. V. V. (2016). The translation procedures of cultural expressions applied in a game of thrones translated into Perebutan Tahta novel by Barokah Ruziati (Doctoral dissertation, Dian Nuswantoro University).

=Zohaib Chand AN INTRODUCTION TO TRANSLATION STUDIES: AN OVERVIEW Intan Pradita=

[[Trans_Type_EN_12]]

===Abstract===
This study aims to observe the development of translation studies through its different types, various strategies, styles and particular methods. In this paper, the readers are introduced to some famous translation scholars including their view of translation studies. At the further discussions, this study lets the readers acknowledge the main issues on translation studies, focusing on different styles of variations such as grammar, sentence structure, textual analysis, strategies and methods. This study may help those who are interested to conduct translation researches and help them by giving options of which theories is beneficial to their analysis. Moreover, it aims to explore the clear definition of translation as well as help the readers to understand the basic concept which are used in the field of translation. The present study, therefore, attempts to outline the scope of the discipline of translation studies and more importantly, it is an attempt to outline its activity that required a deep mastering of language, a good source of knowledge and target cultures.

===Key words ===
Translation, styles of variations, strategies

===Introduction ===
It is undoubtedly right that translation is important to share information. In line with these premise, the number of translation professionals is getting higher. In fact, the result of translation researches tends to help human daily life in term of evaluation, designing translator machines, and cultural studies. Therefore, translation means converting written information from one language into another. It is the new discipline appeared in the second half of the 20th century. The term “Translation Studies” was coined by James S. Holmes, an American-Dutch poet and translator of poetry, in his seminal paper “The Name and Nature of Translation Studies”. Translation enables effective communication between people around the world. It is a courier for the transmission of knowledge, a protector of cultural heritage, and essential to the development of a global economy. Translation helps us to know about the developments in the field of creative arts, education, literature, business, science and politics. It has shifted from the traditional conception of the fixed, stable and unchangeable nature of the text and its meaning to a text with wide scope for variations. Translation also helps in nation building. In this globalised world, the demand for translation and language related services has increased many times. Translation is not only needed for the creation of national identity but has also become an essential tool for keeping pace with the processes of globalization and localization. The activity of translation has a long-standing tradition and has been widely practiced throughout history, but in our rapidly changing world its role has become of paramount importance. Nowadays, knowledge in which cultural exchanges have been widening, has been increasingly expanding and international communication has been intensifying, the phenomenon of translation has become fundamental. Be it for scientific, medical, technological, commercial, legal, cultural or literary purposes, today human communication depends heavily on translation and, consequently, interest in the field is also growing. Accordingly, the discussion, in the present study, proceeds primarily from the perspectives of “Translation Studies” and “Linguistics”. One major goal is to show the interrelationships between linguistics and translation, and how they benefit from each other. Nowadays, translation research has started to take another path, which is more automatic. The invention of the internet, together with the new technological developments in communication and digital materials, has increased cultural exchanges between nations. This leads translators to look for ways to cope with these changes and to look for more practical techniques that enable them to translate more and waste less. They also felt the need to enter the world of cinematographic translation, hence the birth of audiovisual translation. The latter technique, also called screen translation, is concerned with the translation of all kinds of TV programs, including films, series, and documentaries. This field is based on computers and translation software programs, and it is composed of two methods; dubbing and subtitling. In fact, audiovisual translation marks a changing era in the domain of translation.
In short, translation has very wide and rich history in the West. Since its birth, translation was the subject of a variety of research and conflicts between theorists. Each theorist approaches it according to his viewpoint and field of research, the fact that gives its history a changing quality.

Discussion

Translation is an activity that requires deep mastering of languages, a good knowledge of source and target cultures. It is also linked with the translation method, strategies and styles of variations. Each translation type requires different translation method. In this paper, it is an attempt to outline that there are several types of translation. Each type is defined by different scholars through different criteria to the contextual situation of communication. In this paper, we will be writing down the three prominent types of translation through various medium namely; technical translation, literary translation and pragmatic translation. For each type, a selection of examples will be considered for analysis based on translation theories and techniques. We will show that some chunks of text require literal translation, while other requires interpretive method. In addition, this paper will also examine various strategies and its styles of variations based on translational study. The following strategies will be presented in the paper as;

• They involve text manipulation.
• They must be applied to the process.
• They are goal-oriented.
• They are problem-centered.
• They are applied consciously.
• They are inter-subjective.

Most theorists agree that strategies are used by translators when they encounter a problem and literal translation is not useful. Different researchers have investigated and described various translation strategies from their different perspectives. It intends to show what translation strategies exist and when and why they are used by professional translators. Different scholars have various perspectives to the aspects of the act of translation, so, they define and describe different types of strategies. Bergen's (n. d.) classification of the strategies includes three categorizations which will be discussed mainly in this paper:

• Comprehension strategies
• Transfer strategies
• Production strategies

An addition to this paper, styles of variations will also be introduced to the readers through different aspects and examples. The concept of style can be defined in terms of the distinctive way an individual or a group uses language, or better still the discourse used to perform distinct functions of language aimed at achieving specific purposes. However, this does not entail that style is simply a matter of form since it is the product of other components such as the genre of discourse, its semantics, syntax and phonology. Indeed, in order to analyze a given stylistic variation one needs an extensive checklist that includes lexical and grammatical categories, allusions, and figures of speech. Style can be understood to refer to the recurring typical features of the source text compared to the typical features of the translated text. In a quantitative and qualitative analysis, this variation is shown to be influenced by several pragmatic and social factors, and to index the interpreters' stances towards source speakers and towards the immigrant court users who are the recipients of translations from English. It is argued that translation styles have profound consequences for limited English speakers, as the insistence on institutional norms in translating to them is viewed as a gate keeping behavior that may impede their full participation in the proceedings.

What is translation?

Translation went through various definitions going from a mere linguistics activity during the sixties, a cultural and communicative activity during the seventies reflects the social impacting activity in the latest founding of the literature.
“Translation is traditionally known as being the replacement of textual material in one language into equivalent textual material in another language”.
House (2015) mentions that translation is considered as the “replacement” of a text in the source language by a semantically and pragmatically equivalent text in the target language. It is strongly related to a source language and target language cultures. It requires a high level of mastery languages, an awareness of any contextual factors within which the discourse emerges. There is no need to mention how it affected civilizations through different areas of mankind history. For example, An Arab-Islamic civilizations. There have always been different directions on how one should or should not translate. In the Arab tradition, two main methods existed and were in complete divergence namely the literal and the free method.
On the other hand, in the Western tradition there are various methods currently exist namely, the linguistic, the hermeneutic, the interpretive, the functionalist, the interventionist, the poly-systemic and the text-typologist method. More so, it may be important to point out that translation has been defined in many ways, and every definition reflects the theoretical approach underpinning it.
As Shuttlworth and Cowie (1997) observe throughout the history of research into translation, the phenomenon has been variously delimited by formal descriptions, echoing the frameworks of the scholars proposing them. For example, Bell (1991: XV) starts with an informal definition of translation, which runs as follows: the transformation of a text originally in one language into an equivalent text in a different language retaining, as far as is possible, the content of the message and the formal features and functional roles of the original text.
At the beginning of the ‘scientific’ (Newmark, 1988, p. 2) study of translation, Catford (1965, p. 20) described it in these terms, the replacement of textual material in one language (SL) by the equivalent textual material in another language.
Thirty years later, in Germany, the concept of translation as a form of ‘equivalence’ is maintained, as we can see from Koller’s definition (1995, p. 196): “The result of a text processing activity, by means of which a source language text is transposed into a target-language text. Between the resultant text in L2 (the target-language text) and the source text in L1 (the source language text) there exists a relationship, which can be designated as a translational, or equivalence relation”. Because complete equivalence (in the sense of synonymy or sameness) cannot take place in any of his categories, Jakobson (1959) declares that all poetic art is, therefore, technically untranslatable. That is, the translator has to take the question of interpretation into account in addition to the problem of selecting a TL phrase which will have a roughly similar meaning. Exact translation is impossible. In this regard, Bassnett (1996) claims that all texts, being part of a literary system descended from and related to other systems are “translations of translation of translations”: every text is unique and at the same time, it is the translation of another text. No text is entirely original because language itself, in its essence, is already a translation: firstly, of the non-verbal world and secondly, since every sign and every phrase is the translation of another sign and another phrase. However, this argument can be turned around without losing any of its validity: all texts are original because every translation is distinctive. Every translation, up to a certain point, is an invention and as such it constitutes a unique text.
In this analysis of the above definition, Manfredi (2008), points out that the above distinction can be divided into two main perspectives, those that consider translation either as a ‘process’ or a ‘product’. To this twofold categorization, Bell (1991, p. 13) adds a further variable, since he suggests making a distinction between translating (the process), a translation (the product) and translation (i.e., “the abstract concept which encompasses both the process of translating and the product of that process”. Moreover, thanks to advances in new technologies, today we can also incorporate into TS the contribution of corpus linguistics, which allows both theorists and translators analyses of large amounts of electronic texts (Manfredi, 2008). On the other hand, Halliday (1992, p. 15) takes translation to refer to the total process and relationship of equivalence between two languages; we then distinguish, within translation, between “translating” (written text) and “interpreting” (spoken text). Halliday, thus, proposes distinguishing the activity of “translation” (as a process) from the product(s) of “translating”, including both “translation” (concerning written text) and ‘interpreting’ (regarding spoken text.
“Translation is the production of a functional target text maintaining a relationship with a given source text that is specified according to the intended or demanding function of the target text.

Types of Translation

Translation is an activity that requires deep mastering of languages, a good knowledge of source and target cultures. It is also linked with the translation method, strategies and styles of variations. Each translation type requires different translation method. In this paper, it is an attempt to outline that there are several types of translation. Each type is defined by different scholars through different criteria to the contextual situation of communication. In this paper, we will be writing down the three prominent types of translation through various medium namely; technical translation, literary translation and pragmatic translation.

Technical translation

Technical translation is a type of specialized translation involving the translation of documents produced by technical writers, or more specifically, texts which relate to technological subject areas or texts which deal with the practical application of scientific and technological information. (Wikipedia)
Translators' main goal is to accurately translate the technical terminology to match the document and the message of the original content.

The benefits of technical translation

A professional technical translation service is provided by translators with dual specialties, that is, professionals who are fluent in the language pair, but who are also experts in the field covered by the documents to be translated.
When you need to have your documents translated by a technical translator, translators who are not experts may not be able to provide the necessary solutions and terminology for a quality translation. If the translator is not an expert in the field, he/she will have to learn the new terminology while working. This means that translation will take longer, have higher chances of inaccuracies, and may result in higher costs. Therefore, the main advantages of hiring an agency specialized in this type of service are as follows:

Literary translation

Literary translation is the translation of creative and dramatic prose and poetry into other languages. This includes the translation of literature from ancient languages and the translation of modern fiction so that it can reach a wider audience.
Literary translation is of huge importance. It helps to shape our understanding of the world around us in many ways. Reading Homer and Sophocles as part of a classical education in school helps to build an understanding of history, politics, philosophy and so much more. Meanwhile, reading contemporary translations provides fascinating insights into life in other cultures and other countries. In a fast-paced world so rife with misunderstanding and confusion, such efforts to share knowledge and experiences across cultural boundaries should be applauded.
The translation of literature differs greatly from other forms of translation. The sheer size of the texts involved in literary translation sets it apart. Tackling a translation that runs to hundreds of thousands of words is not a task for the faint-hearted. Nor is recreating poetry in a new language, without losing the beauty and essence of the original work.
One of the key challenges of literary translation is the need to balance staying faithful to the original work with the need to create something unique and distinctive that will evoke the same feelings and responses as the original. This can be particularly challenging when it comes to translating poetry.
Poems are written with incredible attention to detail. Not only are the words and phrases important, but the number of syllables and the entire rhythm of the completed work. It’s a challenging task to complete just in one language, let alone when trying to recreate a poet’s work during a translation. Daniel Hahn, director of the British Centre for Literary Translation, sums up the issue beautifully.
As literary translators will attest, a single word can be extremely troublesome. The author of a work of fiction has chosen that word for a good reason, so the translator must ensure that it is faithfully delivered in the target language. However, what if no direct translation is available? Or what if several options exist, each with a slightly different nuance? Urdu language translator Fahmida Riaz outlines her approach to such thorny issues.
For instance, “Every piece you translate comes from the pen of an individual, so you have to give it an individual treatment. I try to retain the ambience of the original culture, rather than the language, as it is reflected in the text.”

Pragmatic translation

Pragmatic translation is the basic assumption that provided a source language text contains no misstatements of fact, is competently written and has to be fully translated rather than summarized or functionally reorientated; one's purpose in translating it is to be referentially and pragmatically accurate. In this paper, I shall not deal with referential accuracy but concentrate instead on the pragmatic aspects of translation. As the term pragmatic translation may be used in a variety of ways, I should like to state my own definition of pragmatic, which derives from Charles Morris and ultimately from Charles S. Peirce. I am using pragmatic as one of the two factors in translation: pragmatic denotes the reader's or readership's reception of the translation, as opposed to referential, which denotes the relationship between the translation and the extra-linguistic reality it describes.
Translation is a properly way to a properly communication and pragmatics is how to use language in communication properly. By translation, many things from different languages and cultures can understand to each other. In other words, translation can be stated as a facilitator to make a communication runs well.

===An Overview on Translation Studies ===

===Main Issues in Translation Studies: Equivalence or Variations ===

=== Matthiessen's Parameter on Register Variations===

===Conclusion ===

=== References ===

= Muhammad Numan A Study to Explore the Translation Strategies of Idiomatic Expression from Urdu to English ; A Case Study of Sadat Hassan Manto’s Short Story “Khol Do” =
[[Trans_Type_EN_13]]

===Abstract===
Translation is necessary for developing knowledge and idea, but it also makes the people understand the language and culture of other people or countries. However, equivalence is essential during translation, especially when the translator wants to translate idiomatic expressions in the best possible way. Therefore it is necessary to follow up on some strategies during the translation process. The research work is carried out under the qualitative method with textual analysis techniques as significant. Mona Baker's model for idiomatic expression is explored with the help of different examples from collected data. The primary purpose of this study is to find out which types of strategies are being followed by the translator during the translation process. It was found that translation by paraphrasing, translation by similar words and meaning and translation by similar meaning and different words.
===Key words ===
Translation Strategies, Idiomatic expression, Sadat Hassan Manto, Urdu Literature --[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 09:45, 12 December 2021 (UTC)

===Introduction ===

In this chapter, the researcher wants to highlight the different concepts about the fundamental question that "what is idiomatic expression" and the views of various critics, theorists and linguistic experts, and prominent scholars of translation studies.--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 15:38, 13 December 2021 (UTC) Among them are Lindalorri, Mona Baker, Newmark's, and many more define idioms from their point of view. Secondly, the researcher highlights one of the most prominent literary and short stories writers of the sub-continent Sadat Hassan Manto, his life, literary style, and short stories career. In the last statement of the problem, the objective of the research, which type of strategies was followed in the translation process, purposes of study, and delimitation of studies are explained one by one.

Many critics, theorists, and linguists define idioms differently. However, in general, an idiom is a phrase or expression that typically has a metaphorical, non-literal meaning connected to it. However, phrases can become figurative idioms while keeping the literal meaning of the words. However, according to the Oxford Dictionary of English, a set of words is established by usage as having a meaning not deducible from the meanings of the constituent terms (e.g., over the moon, see the light).

"What is particularly remarkable about idioms is that they can be described in a variety of ways, depending on the roles they fulfilled," writes (Linda 2006: 8). "A string of words whose meaning differs from the meaning supplied by the individual words" is what an idiom is, according to (Larson 1984: 20). Idioms are "at the end of the scale from collocations in one or both of the areas: flexibility of patterning and transparency of meaning," according to (Baker 1992: 23). Idioms are defined by (Yagihashi 2003, 22) as a "collection of words whose meaning cannot be guessed from their meaning.". According to Newmark, “Idioms are word groups whose meaning cannot be deduced from the meaning of individual words.”(Newmark 1981: 11).--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 15:38, 13 December 2021 (UTC)

The whole meaning of each word that makes up an idiom cannot be considered the idiom's overall meaning. As a result, an idiom should not be translated. To remark that someone is bull-headed, for example, suggests that he or she is obstinate, even though the connotation has nothing to do with the words bull or headed. According to (Corelli 2006, 53), English has a sizeable idiomatic base.
About 4,000 idioms in American English are drawn from the nation's culture and everyday life. Idioms infect English with a peculiar flavor and offer it remarkable diversity, brilliant character, and color. She also feels that idiomatic expressions not only assist language learners in understanding English culture but also penetrating English people's traditions and lifestyles and gaining a deeper understanding of English history.
The main issue that idiomatic and fixed expressions pose for translators, according to (Baker 1992, 65), is twofold: "the ability to recognize and interpret an idiom correctly; and the difficulties involved in rendering the various aspects of meaning that an idiom or a fixed expression conveys into the target language. The first challenge that a translator encounters is understanding that she/he is dealing with an idiomatic expression.

Sadat Husain Manto's writings also include numerous literary criticism, studies in Urdu, and many translations from Urdu into English. He is credited with having brought Urdu language and literature into the mainstream of contemporary international writing. There is no doubt that Sadat Hassan Manto was the most prolific of all modern writers in the sub-continent. Manto's published a substantial number of short stories during his short literary life span, and novelette gave some master piece work to Urdu literature. The noble laureate Hemingway mentions the lunatic life of great Manto's in his speeches. The current research study aims at discovering and determining the strategies used in translations of "khol do" short stories about sexual violence during partition of sub-continent and "license" a short story which throw light on the behavior of society toward widow his profession which lead toward prostitution by Aatesh Taseer an Indian born translator currently living in London having solid links with native country and culture.

===Literature Review ===
In this chapter, the author/researcher defines the strategy and its different definitions from the perspective of different subjects and fields. However, the sole focus is only on the strategy of translation studies. Furthermore, renowned academicians put forward their definition of strategy like Venutti quoted translation strategy as the theory of de construction-sim, which is progressive and future-oriented. Krings defines it as the content of the project, while Seguinet divided the term into three steps. However, Locher defines it as the procedure of solving a problem faced in translating a text. Jaskelaine involves the primary task of choosing the SL text and developed a method to translate it. In last, the author points out his research work's sole purpose by mentioning different research work on Mento's short stories except for this angle.

The term "strategy" is used in a variety of settings. Many theorists in translation studies have used the phrase "translation methods" interchangeably, although with significant distinctions in meaning and perspective. The following is a collection of more general definitions of the term strategy. A strategy is a long-term set of actions to achieve a specific goal (Wikipedia Committee, n. d.).A methodical plan for improving one's learning performance has been actively altered and mentioned (Instruction Curriculum Reading Glossary, n. d.)
A strategy is a well-thought-out, intentional, goal-oriented (with a measurable outcome) approach carried out through a series of actions that can be monitored and modified (Curriculum Learning Literate-Futures Glossary, n. d.)
A collection of particular mental and behavioral procedures is taken to reach a given result. These definitions are general and can be related to different fields of study. This study mainly concerns translation strategies, although the definitions mentioned above can be narrowed down to this research field, as well. Translation strategies have their characteristics, through which one can gain a proper understanding of them. In general, a translator employs a strategy when confronted with a challenge while translating a text; nevertheless, translation methods are not required when translating a text literally. Bergen points out that strategies are not always obvious or straightforward.
Although beginners in the field of translation believe they have done a successful translation when they translate word for word and utilize a dictionary, they do not realize that there is still a problem and that adjustments must be made at various levels of the translation. As a result, the most critical purpose of the strategies is to solve problems. "Venuti attempted to put deconstructionist translation theory into practice by proposing the "resistant translation" technique as an alternative to the standard "smooth translation. This technique tries to reverse the colonial concept of translation, English-American culture centralism, and the value of imperialist culture from an ideological standpoint.
It aims to retain "foreignness" rather than seeking similarity in translation principles and methods. The author believes Venuti's translation strategy is quite progressive and future-oriented, with the development of international communications on an equal footing. However, it will take time to implement fully." (Jianzhong. .Krings 1986, 18) defines translation strategy as "a translator's potentially deliberate objectives for solving concrete translation problems specific translation task in the context of a project."The translators adopted three global tactics, according to (Seguinot 1989, 27) (i) translating uninterrupted for as long as possible; (ii) resolving surface flaws as soon as possible; (iii) leaving text quality and stylistic problems to the editing stage.

Furthermore, (Loescher 1991, 8) defines translation strategy as "a possibly conscious technique for overcoming a difficulty encountered in translating a text, or any segment thereof." As stated in this definition, consciousness is vital in distinguishing strategies employed by learners and translators. "The element of consciousness is what distinguishes strategies from these activities that are not strategic," (Cohen 1998, 4) claim moreover, (Bell 1998, 188) distinguishes between global (whole-text) and local (text segment) techniques and indicates that this distinction is the outcome of several types of translation challenges.

According to (Venuti 1998, 240), "involve the core tasks of picking the foreign text to be translated and establishing a way to translate it." He uses the terms "domesticating" and "foreignizing" to describe them. Ordudari, considering the process and outcome of translation, Jaaskelainen divides methods into two primary categories: some strategies deal with what happens to texts, while others deal with what happens during the translation process. According to (Jaaskelainen 2005, 15), product-related strategies entail the essential tasks of selecting the SL content and establishing a technique for translating it. On the other hand, process-related strategies are "a set of (loosely articulated) rules or principles that a translator applies to attain the goals determined by the translating scenario.

Furthermore, (Jaaskelainen 2005, 16) distinguishes between global and local strategies, stating that "global strategies refer to general principles and modes of action, while local strategies refer to specific activities concerning the translator's problem-solving and decision-making. (Newmark 1988, 221) distinguishes between translation methods and translation procedures. (Newmark 1988, 81) also distinguishes between translation techniques and procedures, writing, "While translation methods are employed for full texts, translation procedures are utilized for sentences and smaller units of language."

Apart from other literature like poetry, drams and other subcultures also produce literary genius in short stories. Monto is one of them. His literature is translated into different languages with a different theme in his work. Apart from the story of division, Manto's books are characterized by powerful female characters. Manto combines the physical brutality of division with the intellectual cruelty that sex and sexuality face inside the Indio Pak subcontinent's social framework (Ranjan 2004, 3). Manto's female characters, according to Ispahani, are characterized by their sexual fragilities, such as sexual humiliation, rape, and prostitution. "They are nearly always victims, with the power only to cause their destruction," she believes. Sakina's body movement reveals how severely she was sexually raped. Sakina's silence and pain depict the savagery of her rape to the point where they lost their ability to communicate. Manto's short stories present another perspective on trauma through the absence of the subject converses (Mehta 2018, 9). Bingo by Tariq Rahman explores sexual repression, social injustice, and war tragedies. Wartime rape has existed since the beginning of conflicts, and penetrators consider it one of their weapons of war (Isikozlu, 2016, 13).

The concept of hegemonic binary was introduced by the second wave of feminism, which depicts patriarchal conduct as sexually superior and powerful. At the same time, women are sexually inferior and submissive argue (Marinucci, 2010, 15). Sexual trauma serves as a link between the victim and society; it ruins the victim's sense of safety, leads to low self-esteem, and silences them called by (Lewis 2017, 54). Saadat Hasan Manto (1912-1955) was one of the most well-known, controversial, and provocative Urdu writers of the twentieth century. Despite being a prolific writer of essays, plays, film scripts, and novels, he was best known for his short tales. Born in Punjab, he began his writing career in Bombay before moving to Lahore, Pakistan, in January 1948, a few months after partition (Hasan 1984). Following that, his stories generally centered on a partition, exploring its human effects from various perspectives.

Manto's works are notable for their realism, word economy, dependence on internal components, and, most notably, their abrupt, often distressingly unclear ends (Akhtar and Flemming 1985, 9). While Tariq Rahman wrote Bingo, he is a writer, playwright, and critic who has made significant contributions to Urdu literature through his writing. Research work was carried out on the comparison of "bingo" and "khol do."
The purpose of this thesis is to compare the two short stories Khol Do and Bingo, both of which focus on women and violence, particularly wartime rape, which makes women more vulnerable than ever before. This paper explores how women are victims of war and partition, making them doubly marginalize primarily due to the hegemonic binaries of men and women. Both of the stories aim to reflect the stigmata of our society regarding the violence and cruel treatment of women since their existence. Furthermore, via the lenses of feminism and post-colonialism, it examines how varied wartime weapons can be for both gender binaries. The writers' audacity causes us to reflect on the inhumane treatment of women in everyday life and even in wartime when they are with the men who are supposed to defend the female.
Several research articles are found on translated work (license and khol do) of Urdu famous short stories writer Sadat Hassan Manto's from a different perspective like psychoanalysis, postcolonial, feminist approaches but to explore the problem of translations strategies face by translator Aatish Taseer during the process of translation has not been mention till date. To summarize this, the research includes a critical, in-depth, comprehensive analysis of issues that previously did not address.

=== Theoritical Framework ===

Different strategies have been used, like using an idiom of similar meaning and similar form, the idiom of similar meaning and different form, translation by Paraphrasing, translation by omission. The approach of employing idioms of similar meaning and form, according to Mona Baker, entails using an idiom in the target language that can express about the same meaning as the source language idiom, as well as having lexical similarity. On the other hand, this type of matching happens periodically as well as regularly.

Similarly, employing idioms with similar meanings but different forms means that it is possible to locate an idiom or fixed expression in the target text language that has a similar meaning to the source idiom or expression but is made up of distinct lexical elements. Consider the case of English and French, both of which use the idiom mentioned above. In English, one good deed is rewarded with another, whereas in French, handsome deeds are rewarded with handsome deeds.

Furthermore, we did not come across any idioms in the category mentioned above during translating idioms. To deal with this issue, the translators used the most popular approach, known as a translation by paraphrase, which is short, straightforward, and time-saving. When a match cannot be identified in the target language or when it appears improper to employ idiomatic language in target material due to aesthetic differences between the source and target languages, this is the most typical approach for translating an idiom from source to target language. However, one thing to keep in mind is that a perfect translation is not required is necessary or possible.

Last but not least, to overcome the problem of idiom translation, the translator employs the strategy of translation by omission. This can be defined as an idiom being omitted entirely in the target text with a single word. This is done because the idiom has no close match in the target language; its meaning cannot be easily paraphrased or due to stylistic reasons.

Data analysis Techniques:
Textual analysis is the method of data analysis in qualitative research that brings forth the hidden and potent message, structure, and function of research in giving text, Alan Mckee (defines textual analysis as whenever we perform textual analysis on the text, we make an educated guess at some time of the most likely interpretations that might be made of that text (Alan Mckee 2001, 3)
Analysis of the translation of short stories in light of Mona baker's theory "khol do and license" are short stories written by Sadat Hassan Manto and translated by many translators from Urdu into English. During translation, the translator adopted many strategies for translating idiomatic expression, sometimes by Paraphrasing, sometimes by omission, sometimes using similar idioms of form and meaning while sometimes using different words and the same form, the whole.
--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 09:51, 12 December 2021 (UTC)

===Discussion and Analysis===

The chapter analyzes and discusses all the data collected by the author/researcher from different sources. All the examples of idioms are first identified, then translated into the target text, and back-translated for the sole purpose of exploring the strategies being used by the translator. A separate section is given to every strategy with its related example. Moreover, the idiomatic expression, the target work for finding, is highlighted through the bold letter.

4.1 Translation by Paraphrasing:

Based on our findings, the most often used strategy was "translation by paraphrasing." An inspection also reveals that Aatish Taseer preferred this strategy. Here are some examples applied by the translators, and in the following section, the logic behind their preference towards this strategy is elaborate. The following are examples from two short stories of Sadat Husain Manto's "khol do" and "license."
Example 1:

ST: Sirajuddin ne subah das baji anki kholi to logo ka ail mutalatam samandar deka.

TT: Ten a.m., Siraj Uddin opens his eyes on the cold floor of the camp, seeing the swelling sea of men.

BT: sub ke das baji jab Sirajuddin ne apni anki koli to logo ka aik ublaha howa samandar ka nizara dekni laga.

So, the above idioms are literal idioms being translated with the help of Paraphrasing because there is no perfect equivalent of mutalatam words in English languages. A similar look at another idiom from short stories "khol do."

Example 2:

ST: Khuda tomahra bala kari.

TT: Your God will reward

BT: Is ka badla khoda tomahi di.

Here, the word reward is being used for Bala Kari, an example of transitional by Paraphrasing.
Let take another example from "khol do."

Example 3:

ST: unkho nai Jan khateli pa rak kar sakena ko donda.

TT: even putting their lives online, they search sakina

BT: apni zindagio ko khatri me dal kar unkho nai sakina ko dond nekala.

The above idioms are examples of pure idiom translated from Urdu into English with the help of paraphrases strategies. However, under the same strategies, the idioms of another short story of Manto,s "license," are translated by Aatish Taseer. Some of the examples are given below.

Example 4:

ST: Abu kochwan bara cheel jabela ta. It is the binomial type of idioms taken from the first sentence of the short story "license" by Sadat
Hasan Manto

TT: Abu kochwan is stylish man.

BT: Abu kochwan aik wazahdar admi ta.

From the above idiom, it is clear that there is no perfect equivalence of cheela chabela idiom in English; that is, the translator goes
through paraphrasing strategies. Look at another example from "license."

Example 5:

ST: Lein har waqat bank bani rekhi ka usi be had showk ta

TT: He had a weakness for style and fashion.

BT: Dan saj ke rekhna uski kamzori me sai ik ta.

So all of the above examples, which are analyzed one by one, are examples of idioms being translated through paraphrasing strategies. (De Beaugrande and Dressler 1981, 50) define paraphrases as "approximate conceptual equivalence among outwardly different material." Similarly, in this regard, Hirst defines paraphrases as "talk(ing) about the same situation in a different way." Munday declared that "equivalence is particularly useful in translating idioms and proverbs” For instance, if the English idiom like a bear with a sore head is rendered into Persian as (mesle borje zahremar), meaning like a tower of snake venom, the strategy of equivalence has been applied.

According to Leonardi, "Equivalence can be said to be the central issue in translation." In this regard, house believes that "a translation text should match not only its source text in function but also employ equivalent situational-dimensional means to achieve that function" (Baker 2002, 49). who shares this approach, states that equivalence is used "for the sake of convenience—because most translators are used to it rather than because it has any theoretical status" (Kenny 1998, 77).

Despite different attitudes to the concept of equivalence, most specialists pay much attention to its meaning in the theory of translation. The translation is a form of communication, and that is why it is vital to establish equivalence between the source text and the target text. Although Vinay and Darbelnet believe that equivalence is used differently than in modern translation theory, it is evident that equivalence is one of the basic concepts of translation that cannot be neglected. Consequently, based on the Above mentioned studies using Paraphrasing in translation stands as the core concept in the process of translation, and still, most of the translators cling to it for producing a more comprehensible and explicable text. These language ideas and translation models are ideal constructs, presented abstractly in order to be differentiated precisely. They may exist in an uneasy combination in actual theories and practices, resulting in logical tensions or inconsistencies. They must first contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation before they can contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation. Theories and actions must be contextualized in historical settings. They've been utilized as analytical tools to describe various topics in section introductions. Theoretical writings and current events these language notions and translation models are ideal constructs expressed in an abstract manner in order to be distinguished precisely in real-life hypotheses they may exist in an uncomfortable mix, resulting in logical conflicts or inconsistencies. They must first contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation before they can contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation.

4.2 Using an idiom of Similar Meaning and Form

As mentioned earlier, this strategy type is being used by Aatish Taseer during their translated work of Manto's short stories "khol do" and" license" on an occasional basis. Some examples are mention below.

From khol do.

Example 6:

ST: Larki ka rang zard hogaya.

TT: The girl's face became fail

BT: larki ka rang zar hogya.

Similarly, another example from the license is

Example 7:

ST: Abu our us ke mat beer hogaie

TT: They fall in love with each other.

BT: WO ik dosri ke mokhbat me geriftar hogaie

The above idioms are pure ones and are being translated with the help of similar meanings and similar forms.

The procedures: transposition, modulation, equivalence, and adaptation, and when it comes to defining the term Equivalence, (Vinay and Darbelnet 2000, 90) propose that it consists in rendering "the same situation … by two texts using completely different stylistic and structural methods", and when it comes to translating idiomatic expressions like "Il pleut à seaux" it can be translated as "It is raining cats and dogs" using the idiom of similar form and meaning in the target language.

As (Baker 1992, 12) states, this strategy involves using an idiom in the TL which conveys roughly the same meaning as that of the source language idiom and, in addition, consists of identical lexical items. The salient point is that this kind of match can only occasionally be achieved, which cannot be picked up more often by translators. Accordingly, both translators mentioned in the current study had quite a slim chance of using this strategy type.

4.3 Using an idiom of similar meaning but different form:

During translating Manto short stories, "khol do" and "license," some of the idioms are translated with the help of this strategy. Some of the examples are given below from two different short stories.

Example number one is from the short story "khol do"

Example 8:

ST: Aur bolwai gos ayai thee?

TT: The roitors come abroad.

BT: pasadi bahar agai hai.

The above idiom is a pure type of idiom being translated with the help of above mention strategy. The word rioter is being used for bolwai, which is not a perfect word for bolwai. In Urdu bolwai, people believe in violence when minorities or the low population of any country want some rights. These people stop them by using violence, burn down their properties, rapes women, and do things like that. Another example from the license is below.

Example 9:

ST: Dosri kotwal abu ko dek kar jal ban ho jati.

TT: The other coachman burn with envy.

BT: Abu ke kamyabi dek kar aur kotwal abu sai khasad karni lagi’

The above idioms are a pure idiom that reflects the effect of jealousy between competitors to achieve equivalency. Aatish Taseer uses envy word for jal ban instead of other which have similar meaning but different form. Look at the other example from "license."

Example 10:

ST: Dino lat vo lagal se kam karni laga.

TT: Dino came with an excuse.

BT: Dino abb bahi tarashni laga.

The above idioms are types of binomial idioms translated with the help of idioms with similar meanings and different forms. (Newmark 1988, 81) mentions the difference between translation methods and translation procedures. He writes that "[w]hile translation methods relate to whole texts, translation procedures are used for sentences and the smaller units of language" (Newmark 1988, 81). Idiomatic translation in his definition reproduces the 'message' of the original. However, it distorts nuances of meaning by preferring colloquialisms and idioms where these do not exist in the original, leading to using an idiom of similar meaning but a different form. Besides, it is often possible to find an idiom or fixed expression in the target language with a meaning similar to that of the source idiom or expression but which consists of different lexical items (Baker 1992, 12). Therefore, translators discover idiomatic expressions in the target language with different forms than in the source language. In the current study, the translators approached this strategy merely for 9% of the total times, which means the frequency of Iranian and English idioms with the same meaning and different forms is not considered high.

4.4 Translation by omission:

A translator is less using these strategies, and we did not find any clue on this type of strategy in an area under consideration.
--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 09:48, 12 December 2021 (UTC)

=== Findings===

(Mandelbit 1995) believed that idioms with different cognitive mapping in the target language would be more challenging to translate. After conducting study and data analysis of collected data, the result revealed that the translator frequently used three out of four strategies of the Mona Baker model during the translation process, which is a translation by Paraphrasing, translation by similar meaning and similar form, translation by similar meaning and different form. In contrast, translation by omission does not found in his work.
After detail and careful analysis of data, more than half of idioms like "swelling sea of man,” my lord break his arrogance, “weakness for style and fashion." As I mentioned earlier, many more are translated under the umbrella of Paraphrasing, which is considered the most common method used for translating idioms.

Similarly, we also reflect strategies like similar meaning and different form and similar meaning and similar form. The idiom "rioter came abroad,” burn with envy,” The girl's face became pale, " They fall in love with each other" are translated with the help of two mention strategies, respectively.

Although translation by omission is a strategy used on rare occasions because of its meaning, its meaning cannot be easily paraphrased or stylistic reason. Here, the researcher also did not find any idiom translated with the help of the omission strategy.

===Conclusion ===

Go through detailed discussion and analysis of data collected from my source. We finally concluded that the idioms present in two short stories, "khol do" and "License," are translated under the frame of Mona Baker's idiomatic model. Translation by Paraphrasing is mainly used while idioms of similar meaning and form and idioms of similar meaning and different forms are used occasionally. The researcher discusses all the strategies with related examples in the order of maximum used to minimum used. The strategy by omission did not find it works. All the data are collected from different sources and analyzed with the help of different researcher tools, and the result is written in light of the finding. Different from previous studies, the writer presents the strategies to translate idioms by each type of idiomatic expression found in the story. From the result, it is considered the translation of idiomatic expressions in the story is quite accurate. As the number of accurate data is more the data which is not related to the translation. We take conclusion from the translation through idiomatic expression and paraphrasing is the best way to translate a novel or a story however it is very difficult job to do because it needs more accurate and precise knowledge about the source language and an inspiring method to express ideas in the target language. However, translation is thing through which we can connect the world with each other and also we can study and observe diverse cultures.

=== References ===
Abu-Saydeh, A. F. (2004). Translation of English idioms into Arabic. Babel, 114-131.

Ahsan, S. (2020). A comparative study of two translations of manto's short story "Toba Tek". International Journal of English Language Studies, 12-27.

Alexander, R. J. (1987). Mimeograph. In R. J. Alexander (Ed.) Collocation and Culture. Trier: University of Trier, West Germany.

Al-Qinai, J. (2000). Translation quality assessment. strategies, parameters and procedures. Translator's Journal, 497-519.

Bayashi, J. (2020). Japanese-English translation: An advanced guide. Oxfordshire: Routledge.

Das, V. &. (1995). Critical events: An anthropological perspective on contemporary India. New Delhi: Oxford Printing Press.

Mufti, A. (2007). The Language of English India. In I. &. End (Ed.) Enlightenment in the Colony. Princeton University Press.

Waka Xia, L. (2019). A discourse analysis of news translation in China. Syydney: Routledge.

= Muhammad Saqib Mehran Problems in Translation Study =
[[Trans_Type_EN_14]]

===Abstract===

===Key words ===

===Introduction ===

===Ambiguity===

===Lexical and Structural Mismatches===

===Multiword units: Idioms and Collocations===

===Summary===

===Further Reading===

=刘胜楠 A Case Study of ''Ne Zha'' on Subtitle Translation Strategies from the Perspective of Skopos Theory=
[[Trans_Type_EN_15]]

20211201 homework

2021-12-05T15:56:16Z

Muhammad Numan: /* http://www.example.com link title */

Quicklinks: [[Introduction_to_Translation_Studies_2021|Back to course homepage]] [https://bou.de/u/wiki/uvu:Community_Portal#Frequently_asked_questions_FAQ FAQ] [https://bou.de/u/wiki/uvu:Community_Portal Manual] [[20210926_homework|Back to all homework webpages overview]] [[20220112_final_exam|final exam page]]

==陈静 Chén Jìng 国别女 202020080595==

因本书即记述女娲炼石补天所剩的那块“顽石”幻化为贾宝玉在人间经历的故事，故称。饫(yù玉)甘餍(yàn厌)肥──意谓饱食美味佳肴。饫、餍：均为饱食之意。
The book records the legend that Precious Jade originate from the stone which was left after Nyvwa smelted rocks to patch up heaven(the traditional Chinese folk tale), thus getting its title. Yuganyanfei in Chinese means enjoying delicious food. Both Yu and Yan means enjoy.--[[User:Chen Jing|Chen Jing]] ([[User talk:Chen Jing|talk]]) 15:15, 5 December 2021 (UTC)

This book is named because it describes the story of Jia Baoyu's experience in the world. “ Yu Gan Yan Fei ”in Chinese - it means to eat delicious food. Both Yu and Yan means satiety.

--[[User:Cai Zhufeng|Cai Zhufeng]] ([[User talk:Cai Zhufeng|talk]]) 15:21, 5 December 2021 (UTC)

==蔡珠凤 Cài Zhūfèng 日语语言文学女 202120081477==

甘、肥：均指精美食品。蓬牖(yǒu友)茅椽(chuán船)──即茅草房屋。形容住屋简陋，生活清贫。

Sweet and fat: both refer to exquisite food. Canopies and rafters-- thatched house. It describes poor housing and hard life.

--[[User:Cai Zhufeng|Cai Zhufeng]] ([[User talk:Cai Zhufeng|talk]]) 14:44, 28 November 2021 (UTC)

Sweet and fat both refer to exquisite food. Canopies and rafters-- that is, thatched house, which describes poor housing and hard life.--[[User:Chen Huini|Chen Huini]] ([[User talk:Chen Huini|talk]]) 12:01, 30 November 2021 (UTC)Chen Huini

==陈惠妮 Chén Huìnī 英语语言文学（英美文学）女 202120081479==

蓬、茅：都是野草。牖：窗户。椽：纵向固定于檩条之上以支撑屋顶的木杠。绳床瓦灶──形容用具简陋，生活清贫。

The tached cottage are weeds. You refers to windows. Rafters are wooden bars fixed longitudinally over purlins to support the roof. Rope bed tile stove ── describes simple appliance and poor life.--[[User:Chen Huini|Chen Huini]] ([[User talk:Chen Huini|talk]]) 12:10, 30 November 2021 (UTC)Chen Huini
Thetached cottage are weeds. You refer to windows. Rafters are wooden bars fixed longitudinally over purlins to support the roof. Rope bed tile stove ── describes simple appliance and poor life.
wooden bar that is fixed on the purlin to support the roof. Rope bed tile stove--Describes simple appliances. --[[User:Mahzad Heydarian|Mahzad Heydarian]] ([[User talk:Mahzad Heydarian|talk]]) 01:07, 1 December 2021 (UTC)

"Peng" and "Mao" are all weeds. "You" refers to windows. "Yuan" are wooden bars fixed longitudinally over purlins to support the roof. Rope bed tile stove are used to describe simple appliance and poor life.--[[User:Chen Xiangqiong|Chen Xiangqiong]] ([[User talk:Chen Xiangqiong|talk]]) 09:02, 1 December 2021 (UTC)

==陈湘琼 Chén Xiāngqióng 外国语言学及应用语言学女 202120081480==

绳床：是一种用绳子将木板穿连而成并可折叠的简单坐具，故又称“交床”、“交椅”。以其学自胡人(古代中原人对北方游牧民族的称谓)，故亦称“胡床”。这里只是形容床铺简陋，并非实指绳床。

Rope bed is a kind of collapsible sitting equipment being simply made of rope and wood. It was also called “connection bed” or “connection chair” because people used to connect rope and planks to make it. Besides，that kind of way was learned from Hu （nomadic people lived in northern ancient China），so it was called“Hu bed” too. In this place，“Hu ded” is only an adjective to describe the shabby bed rather than a real bed.--[[User:Chen Xiangqiong|Chen Xiangqiong]] ([[User talk:Chen Xiangqiong|talk]]) 06:26, 29 November 2021 (UTC)

Rope bed: It is a kind of simple sitting apparatus that can be folded by stringing the wooden boards together, so it is also called "cross bed" and "cross chair". Learned from the Hu (ancient Chinese people to the northern nomads), it is also known as "Hu bed". Here is only to describe the bed is simple, not the actual rope bed.--[[User:Chen Xinyi|Chen Xinyi]] ([[User talk:Chen Xinyi|talk]]) 07:08, 29 November 2021 (UTC)

==陈心怡 Chén Xīnyí 翻译学女 202120081481==

瓦灶：烧饭用的粗陶器和土灶台。女娲(wā蛙)氏炼石补天——上古神话传说，事见《列子·汤问》、《淮南子·览冥训》、《太平御览·卷七八·女娲氏》，略谓：相传女娲是伏羲之妹，兄妹结为夫妻，产生人类；

Tile stove: a rough pottery and earthen stove used for burning rice. Nuwa legend’s refining stone to mend the sky - an ancient myth and legend, see ''Lie Zi - Tang Wen'', ''Huai Nan Zi - Lan Ming Xun'', ''Taiping Yu Lan - Volume 78 - Nuwa legend’s'', it is said that Nuwa was the younger sister of Fuxi, and the brother and sister became a couple to produce human beings.--[[User:Chen Xinyi|Chen Xinyi]] ([[User talk:Chen Xinyi|talk]]) 07:03, 29 November 2021 (UTC)
Tile stove: a rough pottery and earthen stove used for cooking rice. Nuwa refining stone to mend the sky - an ancient myth and legend, presents in ''Lie Zi - Tang Wen'', ''Huai Nan Zi - Lan Ming Xun'', ''Taiping Yu Lan - Volume 78 - Nuwa''. Itis said that Nuwa was the younger sister of Fuxi, and they became a couple to produce human beings.--[[User:Cheng Yang|Cheng Yang]] ([[User talk:Cheng Yang|talk]]) 10:02, 1 December 2021 (UTC)

==程杨 Chéng Yáng 英语语言文学（英美文学）女 202120081482==

女娲又以黄土造人，使人类大量增加。不料天崩地裂，大火熊熊，洪水泛滥，野兽横行，生民面临灭顶之灾。于是女娲挺身而出，炼五色石以补苍天，折四条鳌足以为天柱，才避免了这场浩劫。
Nuwa also made human beings out of loess, which greatly increased the number of human beings. Unexpectedly, the sky collapsed, the fire raging, the flood, wild animals rampant, the living people faced extinction. So Nuwa came forward and refined the five-color stone to mend the sky, and folded the four feet of a huge legendary turtle to be the pillar of heaven, and finally avoided the catastrophe.--[[User:Cheng Yang|Cheng Yang]] ([[User talk:Cheng Yang|talk]]) 10:07, 1 December 2021 (UTC)

In addition, Nuwa made human beings out of loess, which greatly increased the population of human beings. Unexpectedly, the sky collapsing, the fire raging, the flood and wild animals rampant, people were faced with extinction. So Nuwa came forward, refined the five-color stone to mend the sky, folded the four feet of a huge legendary turtle to be the pillar of heaven and finally avoided the catastrophe. --[[User:Ding Xuan|Ding Xuan]] ([[User talk:Ding Xuan|talk]]) 07:28, 4 December 2021 (UTC)

==丁旋 Dīng Xuán 英语语言文学（英美文学）女 202120081483==

大荒山──或本《山海经·大荒西经》：“大荒之中，有山名曰大荒之山，日月所出入……是谓大荒之野。”无稽崖──曹雪芹杜撰的地名。“大荒山无稽崖”寓荒诞无稽之谈。

The Barren Mountain or ''The Classic of Mountains and Seas•Wild West Classic'', “In the wildness, there is a mountain named The Barren Mountain and a place called the Barren Wilderness where sun and moon rise and set.” The Ridiculous Cliff— a place name fabricated by Cao Xueqin. “The Barren Mountain and Ridiculous Cliff” means an absurd and fantastic talk.--[[User:Ding Xuan|Ding Xuan]] ([[User talk:Ding Xuan|talk]]) 07:42, 29 November 2021 (UTC)

Da Huang Mount or ''The Classic of Mountains and Rivers•Da Huang Xi Jing'', “In the wildness, there is a mountain named Da Huang Mount and a place called Da Huang Field where sun and moon rise and set.” Wu Ji Cliff— a place name fabricated by Cao Xueqin. "Da Huang Mount and Wu Ji Cliff” means an absurd and fantastic talk.--[[User:Du Lina|Du Lina]] ([[User talk:Du Lina|talk]]) 04:12, 1 December 2021 (UTC)

==杜莉娜 Dù Lìnuó 英语语言文学（语言学）女 202120081484==

青埂峰──曹雪芹杜撰的地名。其谐音为“情根”，寓贾宝玉的多情源于此。诗礼簪缨之族──意谓书香门第和官宦人家。

Qing Geng Mount--a made-up place name by Cao Xueqin. Homonym for"love root" in Chinese, implying the root of Precious Jade Merchant's love. The family of "shi li zan ying"(shi,"诗", The Book of Songs; li,"礼"，The Book of Rites；zan,簪，stick in the hair of a civil official;ying,“缨”,tassels of helmet of a military offer) connotes a scholarly and elite family.--[[User:Du Lina|Du Lina]] ([[User talk:Du Lina|talk]]) 04:00, 1 December 2021 (UTC)

Green Ridge Peak -- a place name invented by Cao Xueqin. Homonym for "love root" in Chinese, implying the root of Precious Jade Merchant's love. The family of "shi li zan ying" (shi "诗", The Book of Songs; li "礼"，The Book of Rites；zan 簪，stick in the hair of a civil official; ying “缨”,tassels of helmet of a military offer) connotates a scholarly and elite family. --[[User:Root|Root]] ([[User talk:Root|talk]]) 12:23, 1 December 2021 (UTC)

Qing Geng Mount--a made-up place named by Cao Xueqin. Homonym for"love root" in Chinese, implying the root of Precious Jade Merchant's love. The family of "shi li zan ying"(shi,"诗", The Book of Songs; li,"礼"，The Book of Rites；zan,簪，stick in the hair of a civil official;ying,“缨”,tassels of helmet of a military offer) connotes a scholarly and elite family.--[[User:Fu Hongyan|Fu Hongyan]] ([[User talk:Fu Hongyan|talk]]) 13:01, 1 December 2021 (UTC)

Green Ridge Peak -- a place name invented by Cao Xueqin. Homonym for "love root" in Chinese, implying the root of Precious Jade Merchant's love. The family of "shi li zan ying" (shi "诗", The Book of Songs; li "礼"，The Book of Rites；zan 簪，stick in the hair of a civil official; ying “缨”,tassels of helmet of a military offer) connotates a scholarly and elite family. --[[User:Fu Hongyan|Fu Hongyan]] ([[User talk:Fu Hongyan|talk]]) 13:01, 1 December 2021 (UTC)

==付红岩 Fù Hóngyán 英语语言文学（英美文学）女 202120081485==

诗礼：读诗书，讲礼义。簪缨：古代显贵的冠饰，代指官宦。簪：是一种条状饰物，用以固定头发或连接冠与发髻，兼有装饰作用。
Poetry and Ritual: reading poetry and practicing etiquette. Hairpin：crowns of ancient nobility. Hairpin: striped ornament, used for securing hair or linking crown with hair as well as ornament.--[[User:Fu Hongyan|Fu Hongyan]] ([[User talk:Fu Hongyan|talk]]) 12:51, 1 December 2021 (UTC)

“诗礼” Poetry and Ritual: reading poetry and practicing etiquette. “簪缨” Hairpin：crowns of ancient nobility, denoting government officials. “簪” Hairpin: striped ornament, used for securing hair or linking crown with hair as well as ornament.--[[User:Fu Shiyu|Fu Shiyu]] ([[User talk:Fu Shiyu|talk]]) 12:04, 2 December 2021 (UTC)

==付诗雨 Fù Shīyǔ 日语语言文学女 202120081486==

缨：帽带。花柳繁华地──意谓繁华游乐之地。花柳：游乐之地。
“缨”(Ying): bat ribbon. “花柳繁华地”(Hua liu fan hua di)——refers to the bustling amusement sections . “花柳”(Hua liu): amusement sections. --[[User:Fu Shiyu|Fu Shiyu]] ([[User talk:Fu Shiyu|talk]]) 09:22, 29 November 2021 (UTC)

“缨”(Ying): bat ribbon. “花柳繁华地”(Hua liu fan hua di)——refers to a scenic place where flowers and willows flourish . “花柳”(Hua liu): flowers and willows.--[[User:Gao Mi|Gao Mi]] ([[User talk:Gao Mi|talk]]) 00:53, 1 December 2021 (UTC)

==高蜜 Gāo Mì 翻译学女 202120081487==

温柔富贵乡──典出汉·伶玄《赵飞燕外传》：“(皇)后德(樊)嬺计，是夜进合德。帝(汉成帝)大悦，以辅属体，无所不靡，谓为温柔乡。谓曰：‘吾老是乡矣，不能效武皇帝求白云乡也。’”(合德：赵飞燕之妹。)形容美女成群而又荣华富贵的环境。

“Wenroufuguixiang”, a prosperous place teeming with beauties —— an allusion from ''The Private Life of Lady Swallow'' by Ling Xuan in Han dynasty, quote: “Empress Fanni came up with a plan and sent her sister Hede to the emperor that night. Emperor Hancheng was extremely pleased that he indulged in stroking all over Hede’s body and referred to it as “Wenrouxaing”, a place of tenderness. Emperor Hancheng further added, “As I can’t follow Emperor Wudi’s way of seeking for the Baiyun village where immortals reside, I might as well spend the rest of my life with Hede nearby.” (Hede, the sister of Zhao feiyan)”.--[[User:Gao Mi|Gao Mi]] ([[User talk:Gao Mi|talk]]) 00:56, 1 December 2021 (UTC)

“Gentle and rich land”, a prosperous place teeming with beauties —— an allusion from ''The Private Life of Lady Swallow'' by Ling Xuan in Han dynasty, quote: “Empress Fanni came up with a plan and sent her sister Hede to the emperor that night. Emperor Hancheng was extremely pleased that he indulged in stroking all over Hede’s body and referred to it as “Wenrouxaing”, a place of tenderness. Emperor Hancheng further added, “As I can’t follow Emperor Wudi’s way of seeking for the Baiyun village where immortals reside, I might as well spend the rest of my life with Hede nearby.” (Hede, the sister of Zhao feiyan)”.--[[User:Gong Boya|Gong Boya]] ([[User talk:Gong Boya|talk]]) 13:38, 5 December 2021 (UTC)

==宫博雅 Gōng Bóyǎ 俄语语言文学女 202120081488==

贾宝玉生长的贾府正是这样的环境。几世几劫——佛教用语。形容年代久远。世：佛家将过去、现在、未来均称为“世”，故“几世”表示很长的时间。

Jia Baoyu grew up in just such an environment. Life and death -- A Buddhist term. A long time ago. World: Buddhism refers to the past, present and future as "world", so "several worlds" means a long time.--[[User:Gong Boya|Gong Boya]] ([[User talk:Gong Boya|talk]]) 13:36, 5 December 2021 (UTC)

It is the just environment of the Merchant's where Precious Jade lives in. A few "Shi" and "Jie": in buddhism, the past, present, and future are all called "Shi"(a lifetime), a few of which means a long time span.--[[User:He Qin|He Qin]] ([[User talk:He Qin|talk]]) 13:32, 5 December 2021 (UTC)

==何芩 Hé Qín 翻译学女 202120081489==

劫：佛家认为世界是一个不断毁灭与更生的过程，这样一个周期需要若干万年，谓之一“劫”，故“几劫”也表示很长的时间。偈(jì记)──佛教用语。本义为佛经中的颂词。引申为佛家诗。一般为四句，多富哲理或预言性。

Jie (calamity): In Buddhism, it is believed that the world is a process of constant destruction and renewal. Such a cycle, which takes several tens of thousands of years, is called a “Jie”. So several Jie’s also means a very long time. Ji (verse)──a Buddhist term whose original meaning is the eulogy in the Buddhist scriptures and is extended to Buddhism poems. It usually consists of four sentences, which are philosophical or prophetic.--[[User:He Qin|He Qin]] ([[User talk:He Qin|talk]]) 10:59, 1 December 2021 (UTC)

Jie(calamity): In Buddhism, it’s believed that the world is a progress which is constantly devastating and regenerating. Such a cycle needs several tens of thousands of years, called a “Jie”. So several “Jie” also means a long time. Ji(verse)—— a Buddhist term whose original meaning is the eulogy in the Buddhist texts and is extended to Buddhism poems. It’s generally composed of four sentences, rich in philosophy or prophetic.--[[User:Hu Shuqing|Hu Shuqing]] ([[User talk:Hu Shuqing|talk]]) 06:11, 4 December 2021 (UTC)

==胡舒情 Hú Shūqíng 英语语言文学（语言学）女 202120081490==

“无才”一诗──倩(qiàn欠)：请，请求，恳求。此诗实为曹雪芹自况，即无意于为朝庭效力。野史──与“官史”、“正史”相对。

The poem "Unwisdom"——Qian( interchangeable words): means “please”. This poem is actually Cao Xueqin’s own situation, who is unwilling to serve the court. “Unofficial history”——contrary to Official history.--[[User:Hu Shuqing|Hu Shuqing]] ([[User talk:Hu Shuqing|talk]]) 05:54, 4 December 2021 (UTC)

In the poem "Impotence", Qian( interchangeable words): means “please”. This poem is a reflectino of Cao Xueqin's recent situdation, which means she is unwilling to work for the court. Unofficial history: contrary to "official history" or "formal history".--[[User:Huang Jinyun|Huang Jinyun]] ([[User talk:Huang Jinyun|talk]]) 08:16, 5 December 2021 (UTC)

==黄锦云 Huáng Jǐnyún 英语语言文学（语言学）女 202120081491==

原指私人记载轶闻琐事的文字。引申以指小说之类的作品。文君──指卓文君。汉代临邛富翁卓王孙之女，容貌美丽，才学优长，而夫死寡居。

Originally it refers to private records of anecdote, which is extended to works like novels. Wenjun--Zhuo Wenjun. She is the daughter of a wealthy man from Linqiong in the Han Dynasty, Zhuo Wangsun. She is pretty, talentd and well-educated, and lives alone after her husband's death.--[[User:Huang Jinyun|Huang Jinyun]] ([[User talk:Huang Jinyun|talk]]) 03:04, 1 December 2021 (UTC)

It originally refers to private records of anecdote, which is extended to works like novels. Wenjun refers to Zhuo Wenjun. She is the daughter of a wealthy man from Linqiong in the Han Dynasty, Zhuo Wangsun. She is pretty, talentd and well-educated, and lives alone after her husband's death.--[[User:Huang Yiyan1|Huang Yiyan1]] ([[User talk:Huang Yiyan1|talk]]) 12:05, 1 December 2021 (UTC)

==黄逸妍 Huáng Yìyán 外国语言学及应用语言学女 202120081492==

司马相如饮于卓氏，以琴曲挑之，卓文君即与之私奔，遂为夫妻，以卖酒为生。事见《史记·司马相如列传》。子建──指曹植，字子建。三国魏武帝曹操第四子，著名才子。

Sima Xiangru drank in Zhuo Wenjun's home where Sima played the Chinese zither and the music attracted Zhuo Wenjun, thus Sima and Zhuo fell in love with each other. Later they eloped and sold wine for a living. This was recorded in Records of the Historians•Biography of Sima Xiangru. Zijian referred to Cao Zhi, a famous wit, also the fourth son of Cao Cao, emperor Wudi of The Three Kingdoms.--[[User:Huang Yiyan1|Huang Yiyan1]] ([[User talk:Huang Yiyan1|talk]]) 15:22, 30 November 2021 (UTC)

Sima Xiangru drank in Zhuo Wenjun's home where Sima played the Chinese zither and the music attracted Zhuo Wenjun, thus Sima and Zhuo fell in love with each other. Later they eloped and sold wine for a living. This was recorded in Records of the Grand Historian•Biography of Sima Xiangru. Zijian referred to Cao Zhi, a famous wit, also the fourth son of Cao Cao, emperor Wudi of The Three Kingdoms.--[[User:Zeng Junlin|Zeng Junlin]] ([[User talk:Zeng Junlin|talk]]) 02:37, 1 December 2021 (UTC)

==曾俊霖 Zēng Jùnlín 国别男 202120081478==

《南史·谢灵运传》：“谢灵运曰：‘天下才共一石：曹子建独得八斗，我得一斗，自古及今共用一斗。’”遂有“八斗之才”的美誉。又《魏志》(见《太平御览》卷六○○引)：“文帝(曹丕)尝欲害植，以其无罪，令植七步为诗，若不成，加军法。
"Biography of Xie Lingyun in History of Southern Dynasties": "Xie Lingyun said: 'there is one stone in the world: Cao Zijian won eight fights alone, I won one fight, and I have shared one fight since ancient times and today." therefore, Xie Lingyun has the reputation of "eight fights of talents". Also in Wei Zhi (see volume 600 of Taiping Yulan): "Emperor Wen (Cao Pi) wanted to harm Zhi, so he ordered Zhi to take seven steps as a poem because he was innocent. If he failed, he would add military law.--[[User:Zeng Junlin|Zeng Junlin]] ([[User talk:Zeng Junlin|talk]]) 02:36, 1 December 2021 (UTC)

"Biography of Xie Lingyun in History of Southern Dynasties": "Xie Lingyun said: 'there is one stone in the world: Cao Zijian won eight fights alone, I won one fight, and I have shared one fight since ancient times and today." therefore, Xie Lingyun has the reputation of "eight fights of talents". Also in Wei Zhi (see volume 600 of Taiping Yulan): "Emperor Wen (Cao Pi) wanted to harm Zhi, so he ordered Zhi to take seven steps as a poem because he was innocent. If he failed, he would add military law.--[[User:Huang Zhuliang|Huang Zhuliang]] ([[User talk:Huang Zhuliang|talk]]) 14:13, 5 December 2021 (UTC)Huang Zhuliang

==黄柱梁 Huáng Zhùliáng 国别男 202120081493==

植即应声曰：‘煮豆燃豆萁，豆在釜中泣。本是同根生，相煎何太急！’文帝善之。”(事又见南朝宋·刘义庆《世说新语·文学》，文字略异)遂又有“七步之才”的美誉。Immediately after Emperor Wendi of Wei Dynasty(220-266) has ordered, Cao Zhi answered, "boil the beans and burn the osmunda, and the beans cry in the kettle. It's from the same root. Why do you want to fry each other? " Emperor Wendi then give his kindness to Cao Zhi.(see also Shi Shuo Xin Yu---literature by Liu Yiqing of the Southern Song Dynasty, with slightly different words) So Zhi is gifted with the reputation of "Seven-Step Talent".--[[User:Huang Zhuliang|Huang Zhuliang]] ([[User talk:Huang Zhuliang|talk]]) 02:31, 1 December 2021 (UTC)Huang Zhuliang
Immediately after Emperor Wendi of Wei Dynasty(220-266) has ordered, Cao Zhi answered, "boil the beans and burn the osmunda, and the beans cry in the kettle. It's from the same root. Why do you want to fry each other vexedly? " Emperor Wendi then gave his kindness to Cao Zhi.(see also Shi Shuo Xin Yu---literature by Liu Yiqing of the Southern Song Dynasty, with slightly different words) So Zhi was gifted with the reputation of "Seven-Step Talent".--[[User:Jin Xiaotong|Jin Xiaotong]] ([[User talk:Jin Xiaotong|talk]]) 13:16, 5 December 2021 (UTC)

==金晓童 Jīn Xiǎotóng 202120081494==

“从此”四句──是借空空道人的彻悟，以说明世界上的一切都是虚幻的。空、色、情：都是佛教用语。
The four sentences "from now on" are to explain that everything in the world is illusory. Emptiness, form and emotion are all Buddhist terms.--[[User:Jin Xiaotong|Jin Xiaotong]] ([[User talk:Jin Xiaotong|talk]]) 14:29, 28 November 2021 (UTC)

==邝艳丽 Kuàng Yànl 英语语言文学（语言学）女 202120081495==

佛家认为，“空”是世界的本质，所谓万物不过是因缘遇合，倏生倏灭，并非真实存在；“色”是人所看到的表相，并非真实的存在；“情”是人对世界产生的感受，更属主观意识，而非真实的物质。
Buddhism believes that “Empty” is the nature of the world that everything is not real material but something form by fate with swift birth and death. “Beauty” is just representation what people see, rather than a real material. “Affection”, a sense of people to the world, more belongs to subjective consciousness, rather than real material.--[[User:Kuang Yanli|Kuang Yanli]] ([[User talk:Kuang Yanli|talk]]) 13:12, 1 December 2021 (UTC)

Buddhism believes that “Empty” is the nature of the world that everything is not real material but something form by fate with swift birth and death. “Form” is just representation what people see, rather than a real material. “Affection”, a sense of people to the world, more belongs to subjective consciousness, rather than real material.--[[User:Li Aixuan|Li Aixuan]] ([[User talk:Li Aixuan|talk]]) 04:38, 4 December 2021 (UTC)

==李爱璇 Lǐ Àixuán 英语语言文学（语言学）女 202120081496==

这就是佛家所谓“四大皆空”的“色空”观念，也即佛家主张禁欲主义的原因。《情僧录》──《红楼梦》的别名之一。因空空道人抄录此书而使之传世，并因看了此书而悟彻了空、色、情，故称。
This is the concept of "form and emptiness" in so-called "All the four elements are void " originated in Buddhism, that is, the reason why Buddhism advocates asceticism. "Ch'ing Tseng Lu" -- one of the nicknames of ''Dream of the Red Chamber''. K'ung K'ung, the Taoist, copied this book and handed it down to the world. After reading this book, he realized the emptiness, form and emotion, so he called himself Kongkong.--[[User:Li Aixuan|Li Aixuan]] ([[User talk:Li Aixuan|talk]]) 15:10, 28 November 2021 (UTC)

This is the Buddhist concept of "element and emptiness", derived from the idea that "all the four elements(earth, water, fire and air of which the world is made) are void of vanities ", which is the reason why Buddhism advocates asceticism. ''Ch'ing Tseng Lu'' -- one of the alias name of ''Dream of the Red Chamber''. K'ung K'ung, the Taoist, transcribed this book and made it handed on from age to age. After reading this book, he became enlightened about emptiness, element and love, so he called himself K'ung K'ung.--[[User:Li Ruiyang|Li Ruiyang]] ([[User talk:Li Ruiyang|talk]]) 13:35, 1 December 2021 (UTC)

==李瑞洋 Lǐ Ruìyáng 英语语言文学（英美文学）女 202120081497==

作者欲借此书名，说明“情”的虚幻。《风月宝鉴》──《红楼梦》的别名之一。风月宝鉴是太虚幻境警幻仙姑所造的一面宝镜，从正面看到的是美人，从反面看到的是骷髅，隐寓美人即骷髅。
The author wanted to use this book title to illustrate the illusion of love. ''Precious Mirror of Voluptuousness'' is one of the alias name of ''Dream of the Red Chamber''. Precious Mirror of Voluptuousness is a treasure mirror wrought by the Monitory Dream Fairy from the Great Void. The mirror implies beauty is a skeleton, because its front side shows a beauty, while the reverse side shows a skeleton.--[[User:Li Ruiyang|Li Ruiyang]] ([[User talk:Li Ruiyang|talk]]) 13:34, 1 December 2021 (UTC)

The author wanted to use this book title to illustrate the illusion of love. ''Precious Mirror of Voluptuousness'' is one of the alias of ''Dream of the Red Chamber''. ''Precious Mirror of Voluptuousness'' is a treasure mirror wrought by the Monitory Dream Fairy from the world of Great Void. The mirror implies that beauty is skeleton, because its front side shows a beauty, while the reverse side shows a skeleton.--[[User:Li Shan|Li Shan]] ([[User talk:Li Shan|talk]]) 12:17, 4 December 2021 (UTC)

==李姗 Lǐ Shān 英语语言文学（英美文学）女 202120081498==

第十二回写贾瑞因贪看镜子的正面而丧命。作者以《风月宝鉴》为书名，是欲告诫人们要打破情关，跳出情海。故“甲戌本”凡例云：“《红楼梦》又曰《风月宝鉴》，是戒妄动风月之情。”(风月：指男女之情。)

Chapter twelve has noted that Jia Rui died after devouringly glancing the face of that mirror. By naming the book as ''The Mirror of Romantic Love'', the author aimed to warn people to aviod obsession with love. Therefore, the version finished in the year of 1694 recorded that, "''Dream of the Red Chamber'' is also named ''The Mirror of Romantic Love'', to remind men and women not to fall in love casually."--[[User:Li Shan|Li Shan]] ([[User talk:Li Shan|talk]]) 15:00, 30 November 2021 (UTC)

In Chapter twelve, Omen Merchant died after devouringly staring the observe side of the mirror. By naming the book as ''The Mirror of Romantic Love'', the author aimed to warn people to aviod obsession with love. Therefore, the version finished in the year of 1694 recorded that, "''Dream of the Red Chamber'' is also named ''The Mirror of Romantic Love'', so as to remind men and women not to fall in love casually."--[[User:Li Shuang|Li Shuang]] ([[User talk:Li Shuang|talk]]) 03:05, 1 December 2021 (UTC)

==李双 Lǐ Shuāng 翻译学女 202120081499==

《金陵十二钗》──《红楼梦》的别名之一。因本书主要是为林黛玉等十二位金陵籍女子(即太虚幻境“金陵十二钗正册”中的女子)立传，故称。

''Twelve Women of Jinling'' is one of other names of ''Dream of the Red Chamber''. Because this book is mainly of biographies for Mascara Jade Gorest and other 12 Jinling native women (women in Illuosry Land of Great Void of ''The Official Collection of Twelve Women of Jinling'').--[[User:Li Shuang|Li Shuang]] ([[User talk:Li Shuang|talk]]) 02:59, 1 December 2021 (UTC)

''Twelve Women of Jinling'' is one of other names of ''Dream of the Red Mansion''. Because this book is mainly the biographies for Mascara Jade Gorest and other 12 Jinling native women (women in Illuosry Land of Great Void of ''The Official Collection of Twelve Women of Jinling'') --[[User:Li Wenxuan|Li Wenxuan]] ([[User talk:Li Wenxuan|talk]]) 14:32, 1 December 2021 (UTC)

==李文璇 Lǐ Wénxuán 英语语言文学（英美文学）女 202120081500==

地陷东南──古代神话传说，见于《淮南子·天文训》记载：共工与颛顼争夺帝位，怒而触不周山，致使东南大地塌陷下沉，所以东南低而西北高。这里并无特别含意，只是下句所说姑苏在中国东南，顺便提及。

Collapse in the Southeast， which is from the old mystery and legend. From the records of ''Huainan Zi-The Record of Astronomy'': Gonggong and Zhuan Xu (both are the legendary ruler) fought for the throne. Gongong was so angry that he hit the Mountain Buzhou, thus causing the southeast land to collapse and sink, which is the reason why the southeast are lower and northwest are higher. However, there are no special meaning, only to name a few since the following sentence has talked about Gushu. --[[User:Li Wenxuan|Li Wenxuan]] ([[User talk:Li Wenxuan|talk]]) 12:02, 29 November 2021 (UTC)
The southeast of the land sinks-ancient myths and legends, found in the "Huainanzi·Tenwen Xun" record: Gonggong and Zhuanxu competed for the throne, and they couldn't touch Zhoushan in anger, causing the southeast land to collapse and sink, so the southeast was low and the northwest was high. There is no special meaning here, but the next sentence says that Gusu is in southeastern China, which is mentioned by the way.--[[User:Li Wen|Li Wen]] ([[User talk:Li Wen|talk]]) 14:16, 30 November 2021 (UTC)

==李雯 Lǐ Wén 英语语言文学（英美文学）女 202120081501==

西方──这里指佛家理想中的西方极乐世界，即所谓“佛国”，又称“西方净土”、“西方净国”、“西方世界”、‘极乐土’。《佛说阿弥陀经》：“从是西方，过十万亿佛土，有世界名曰极乐……彼土何故名为极乐？
The West-here refers to the Western Paradise in the Buddhist ideals, the so-called "Buddhist Country", also known as the "Western Pure Land", "Western Pure Countr", "Western World", and "Buddhist Land". "Buddha Says Amitabha Sutra": "From the West, over ten trillion Buddha fields, there is a world called bliss... Why is the land called bliss?--[[User:Li Wen|Li Wen]] ([[User talk:Li Wen|talk]]) 14:16, 30 November 2021 (UTC)

Western -- here refers to the Western paradise in the Buddhist ideal, namely the so-called "Buddhist country", also known as "western pure land", "western pure country", "western world", "paradise". Buddha said amitabha Sutra: "From the West, over ten trillion Buddha lands, there is a world name called bliss... Why is it called Bliss?--[[User:Li Xinxing|Li Xinxing]] ([[User talk:Li Xinxing|talk]]) 14:19, 30 November 2021 (UTC)

==李新星 Lǐ Xīnxīng 亚非语言文学女 202120081503==

其国众生无有众苦，但受诸乐，故名极乐。” 灵河——佛国中的河。佛经中说因龙住于河中，永不枯竭，故又称“龙泉”。一说指印度人称之为“圣水”的恒河。

Living beings in his country have no suffering, but receive happiness, hence the name Of Happiness." Ling River - the river in the Country of Buddhism. The Buddhist scriptures say that the dragon lives in the river and never dries up, so it is also called "Dragon Spring". One refers to the Ganges, which Indians call "holy water".--[[User:Li Xinxing|Li Xinxing]] ([[User talk:Li Xinxing|talk]]) 06:16, 29 November 2021 (UTC)

All living beings in his country have no pain, but they receive all kinds of music, so it is called blissful. " Linghe River - the river in the Buddha kingdom. The Buddhist Scripture says that because the dragon lives in the river and will never dry up, it is also called "Longquan". The first theory refers to the Ganges River, which Indians call "holy water".--[[User:Li Yi|Li Yi]] ([[User talk:Li Yi|talk]]) 14:00, 30 November 2021 (UTC)

==李怡 Lǐ Yí 法语语言文学女 202120081504==

三生石──典出唐·袁郊《甘泽谣·圆观》：僧人圆观与友人李源同游三峡，见几个妇人在汲水，圆观对李源说：“其中孕妇姓王者，是某(我)托生之所。”并相约十二年后的中秋之夜在杭州天竺寺外相见。是夜圆观即死。

Yuan Guan, a monk, was visiting the Three Gorges with his friend Li Yuan. He saw several women pumping water. Yuan guan said to Li Yuan, "Among them, the pregnant woman's name is King, and she is the place where someone (I) will take care of herself." And meet twelve years later in the Mid-Autumn festival night in Hangzhou Tianzhu Temple foreign minister. The night circle is death.--[[User:Li Yi|Li Yi]] ([[User talk:Li Yi|talk]]) 13:59, 30 November 2021 (UTC)

Stone of lives—this illusion comes from ''Gan Ze Songs•Yuan Guan'' written by Yuan Jiao in Tang dynasty. Yuan Guan, a monk, was visiting the Three Gorges with his friend Li Yuan. When Yuan Guan saw several women pumping water, she said to Li Yuan, "Among them, the pregnant woman, whose last name is Wang, is the place where I will be rebirth." And they made a promise to meet twelve years later in the Mid-Autumn festival night in Hangzhou Tianzhu Temple. At that very night Yuan Guan left the world.--[[User:Liu Peiting|Liu Peiting]] ([[User talk:Liu Peiting|talk]]) 14:33, 30 November 2021 (UTC)

==刘沛婷 Liú Pèitíng 英语语言文学（英美文学）女 202120081505==

李源虽觉怪异，还是如期而至，只见一牧童高唱《竹枝词》曰：“三生石上旧精魂，赏月吟风不要论。惭愧情人远相访，此身虽异性长存。” 李源才知圆观果已转生为牧童。“三生石”遂成为因缘前定的典故。

Strange as Li Yuan felt, he still showed up as expected. When he saw a shepherd boy singing ''Zhu Zhi Poems'' saying that “I am the old spirit through three cycles of life, singing of moon and wind is not to be mentioned again. Ashamed when my lover visits afar, my spirit remains stable regardless of physical changes”, Li Yuan knew that Yuan Guan had been reincarnated as a shepherd boy. “The stone of lives” then became the allusion of predestined relationship.--[[User:Liu Peiting|Liu Peiting]] ([[User talk:Liu Peiting|talk]]) 11:28, 30 November 2021 (UTC)

Although Li Yuan felt strange, he still arrived as scheduled. He saw a shepherd boy singing ''Zhu Zhi Poems'' that “I am the old spirit through three cycles of life, singing of moon and wind is not to be mentioned again. Ashamed when my lover visits afar, my spirit remains stable regardless of physical changes”. Li Yuan knew that yuan Guanguo had been reborn as a shepherd boy. "Sansheng stone" has become a pre-determined allusion.--[[User:Liu Shengnan|Liu Shengnan]] ([[User talk:Liu Shengnan|talk]]) 12:21, 1 December 2021 (UTC)

==刘胜楠 Liú Shèngnán 翻译学女 202120081506==

曹雪芹顺手拈来，将其安在了灵河岸上。三生：佛教用语。佛家认为人的灵魂不灭，轮回转世，每转生一次即为一生，故将前生、今生、来生谓之“三生”。

Cao Xueqin picked it up and placed it on the Linghe river bank.San Sheng: a Buddhist term. Buddhism believes that people's soul is immortal and reincarnated. Each reincarnation is a life. Therefore, the past, the present and future are called "San Sheng".--[[User:Liu Shengnan|Liu Shengnan]] ([[User talk:Liu Shengnan|talk]]) 14:00, 30 November 2021 (UTC)

Cao Xueqin picked it up conveniently and placed it on the bank of the Ling River. Sansheng: a Buddhist term. Buddhism believes that the human soul is immortal and reincarnated. Each rebirth is a lifetime, so the previous, present, and future lives are called the "three lives". --[[User:Liu Wei|Liu Wei]] ([[User talk:Liu Wei|talk]]) 15:14, 1 December 2021 (UTC)Liu Wei

==刘薇 Liú Wēi 国别女 202120081507==

绛珠仙草：为曹雪芹所杜撰，即林黛玉的前身。甘露──是一种特殊的露水。典出《老子》第三二章：“天地相合，以降甘露。”古人认为是天地的精华，故甘露降被视为太平的祥瑞。

Jiang Zhu Xiancao: the predecessor of Lin Daiyu and was invented by Cao Xueqin. Manna is a special kind of dew.The 32nd chapter of ''Laozi''is quoted as follows: "When the Yin and Yang of heaven and earth merge with each other, manna will come naturally. " The ancients believed that it was the essence of the heaven and the earth, so the befall of manna was regarded as a sign of peace and auspiciousness. --[[User:Liu Wei|Liu Wei]] ([[User talk:Liu Wei|talk]]) 05:15, 30 November 2021 (UTC)Liu Wei

Vermilion Pearl Plant, invented by Cao Xueqin, was the previous existence of Lin Daiyu. Manna was a special kind of dew, quoted from the 32nd chapter of ''Laozi'': "The earth and sky would then conspire to bring the sweet dew down." The ancients believed that it was the essence of nature, the befall of manna regarded as a sign of peace and auspiciousness. --[[User:Liu Xiao|Liu Xiao]] ([[User talk:Liu Xiao|talk]]) 12:17, 1 December 2021 (UTC)

==刘晓 Liú Xiǎo 英语语言文学（英美文学）女 202120081508==

明·李时珍《本草纲目·水部一·甘露》(释文)引《瑞应图》：“甘露，美露也。神灵之精，仁瑞之泽，其凝如脂，其甘如饴，故有甘、膏、酒、浆之名。”

From the chapter of "Water" in the ''Compendium of Materia Medica'' by Li Shizhen, a medical expert of the Ming dynasty, previously quoted from ''Ruiying Tu'', an illustrated scroll of auspicious objects: "Manna, the sweet dew or the beautiful dew, is a rare water with the auspicious essence of the divine dragon, condensed like fat and sweet as syrup, so it also has the name of sweet, cream, wine and pulp."--[[User:Liu Xiao|Liu Xiao]] ([[User talk:Liu Xiao|talk]]) 08:04, 29 November 2021 (UTC)

In ''Compendium of Materia Medica'' the chapter of “ Water · Manna Dew”(Interpretation), Li Shizhen of the Ming Dynasty quotes “Ruiying Tu": "Manna, the sweet dew or the beautiful dew, is a rare water with the auspicious essence of the divine dragon, condensed like fat and sweet as syrup, so it also has the name of sweet, cream, wine and pulp."--[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 07:11, 30 November 2021 (UTC)

==刘越 Liú Yuè 亚非语言文学女 202120081509==

离恨天──民间传说谓：“三十三天，离恨天最高；四百四病，相思病最苦。”后即以“离恨天”比喻男女相恋而不能遂愿，抱恨终身的境地。曹雪芹加以利用，可谓恰到好处。

The Deep Hatred── folklore says: "thirty-three days, the deep hatred is the highest; four hundred and four kinds of sicknesses, lovesickness is the worst." The latter refers to the situation of men and women falling in love and not being able to fulfill their wishes and regret for ever. Cao Xueqin to use, can be said to be just right.--[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 22:49, 28 November 2021 (UTC)

Lihen Heaven── as folklore says: "among the thirty-three heavens, Lihen Heaven is the highest; among the four hundred and four kinds of sicknesses, lovesickness is the worst." The latter refers to the situation of men and women falling in love but being unable to be together and regret all their life. Cao Xueqin’s use of is felicitous. --[[User:Liu Yunxin|Liu Yunxin]] ([[User talk:Liu Yunxin|talk]]) 15:43, 2 December 2021 (UTC)

==刘运心 Liú Yùnxīn 英语语言文学（英美文学）女 202120081510==

秘情果、灌愁水──这是曹雪芹杜撰的，前者寓林黛玉对贾宝玉一往情深而难以言表，后者寓林黛玉将陷入深愁苦海之中。造历幻缘──经历虚幻的因缘。造：通“遭”。遭受。

Miqing Fruit and Guanchou Water are made up by Cao Xueqin. The former implies the firm and inexpressive love of Blue-black Jade to Precious Jade. While the latter infers to the abyss of misery that she will descend into. Zaoli Huanyuan—to be submitted to the illusory fate. “Zao (造)”: the same as “zao（遭）” which means being submitted to. --[[User:Liu Yunxin|Liu Yunxin]] ([[User talk:Liu Yunxin|talk]]) 15:27, 2 December 2021 (UTC)

The images of Miqing Fruit and Guanchou Water are created by Cao Xueqin. The former implies the firm and inexpressive love of Black-Jade to Precious Jade, while the latter hints to the abyss of misery that she will descend into. The Chinese idiom ”Zaoli Huanyuan (造历虚幻)“ means that someone have to be submitted to the illusory fate. The Chinese character "造 (pronounce 'Zao')" is same as “遭 (also pronounce 'Zao')” which means being submitted to something or someone.--[[User:Luo Anyi|Luo Anyi]] ([[User talk:Luo Anyi|talk]]) 11:34, 5 December 2021 (UTC)

==罗安怡 Luó Ānyí 英语语言文学（英美文学）女 202120081511==

缘：佛家用语，即因缘。佛家将事物的发生、变化、消灭的主要条件谓之“因”，辅助条件谓之“缘”，所以世界不过是因缘变化的过程，而非物质的存在，因而一切都是虚幻的，也就是所谓“色空”。度脱──佛教和道教用语。指超度世人脱离有生有死的苦难，达到脱离生死的涅槃境界。
"Yuan (缘)": A Buddhist term for cause and effect. “Cause (Yin; 因)“ serves as the primary condition for the occurrence, change and destruction of things in Buddhism, while "Yuan", the secondary condition. So the world is merely a process of karmic change, not material existence, and thus everything is illusory. That is to say that “The form is emptiness".
“Du tuo (度脱)"— used both in Buddhism and Taoism, refers to the transcendence of the world from the suffering of birth and death to the state of immortal nirvana.

"Yuan (缘）：The term of Buddism, which refers to Dependent Origination. Buddism called all the major conditions of the happenings, variations and extinction of the things as" causes", the subsidiary condition as " lot", so the world comes from the process of the variation of the cause and lot, but not from the substance, which making everythings in the world virtual things, in other words, "empty forms." “Du tuo (度脱)"—The term used in Buddism and Taoism. It refers to getting people rid of the sufferings of the life and death to help them achieve nirvana.--[[User:Luo Xi|Luo Xi]] ([[User talk:Luo Xi|talk]]) 15:44, 5 December 2021 (UTC)

==罗曦 Luó Xī 英语语言文学（英美文学）女 202120081512==

功德──佛教用语。《大乘义章·十功德义三门分别》：“功谓功能，能破生死，能得涅槃，能度众生，名之为功。此功是其善行家德，故云功德。”后世多泛指念佛、诵经、布施、度人出家等为功德。

Gong De--the term in Buddism. According to ''Mahayana Righteous Chapter · Ten Merit, Virtue and Righteousness'': "Gong refers to function,which can help people get themselves rid of the rounds of the life and death, so it can help people achieve Nirvana and save all the human-beings. This Gong comes from the virtue acuumulated by oneself and his familes, thus, it is called virtue." The later generations will call the deeds such as reciting the Buddha, chanting, giving alms, and guiding people to become monks, etc as Gong De.--[[User:Luo Xi|Luo Xi]] ([[User talk:Luo Xi|talk]]) 15:34, 5 December 2021 (UTC)

Gong De (merit) ──Buddhist term. ''Mahayana Righteous Chapter · Ten Merit, Virtue and Righteousness'': "Gong is the function that remove people’s fear of life and death, achieve Nirvana and save all living beings, and this is the reason why it is named like that. This Gong is the virtue that people share their good deeds acquired from their families to others, so it is then called as Gong De". Later, it generally refers to the merits of reciting the Buddha, chanting, giving alms, and guiding people to become monks, etc.--[[User:Ma Xin|Ma Xin]] ([[User talk:Ma Xin|talk]]) 09:36, 29 November 2021 (UTC)

==马新 Mǎ Xīn 外国语言学及应用语言学女 202120081513==

因果──佛教用语。佛教指种什么因，结什么果，善有善报，恶有恶报，循环不爽。《涅槃经·遗教品一》：“善恶之报，如影随形，三世因果，循环不失。”火坑──佛教用语。

Yin and Guo (cause and effect)-Buddhist term. In Buddhism, it refers to the same as what a man sows, so he shall reap. Good deeds come back to help you, and bad deeds come back to haunt you and the cycle is time-tested. ''Nirvanasutra. Relics I'': "The retribution of good and evil very closely associated with each other circulates all ages that has no ending.” Huo Keng (fire-pit)—Buddhist term.--[[User:Ma Xin|Ma Xin]] ([[User talk:Ma Xin|talk]]) 08:55, 29 November 2021 (UTC)

Yin and Guo (cause and effect) --- a Buddhist term. In Buddhism, it refers to the fact that you reap what you sow, viz., a time-tested cycle in which the good and the evil must at last have their reward. ''Nirvanasutra·Relics I'': "The retribution of good and evil very closely associated with each other circulates all ages with no ending." Huo Keng (fire pit) --- a Buddhist term.--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 11:52, 1 December 2021 (UTC)

==毛雅文 Máo Yǎwén 英语语言文学（英美文学）女 202120081514==

《法华经·普门品》：“假使兴害意，推落大火坑。念彼观音力，火坑变成池。”佛教谓众生轮回有六道，即天道、人道、阿修罗道、畜生道、饿鬼道、地狱道。后三道最苦，谓之“火坑”。这里用引申义，泛指人世间的苦难。

''Sutra on the Lotus Flower of the Wondrous Dharma·The Universal Door of the Bodhisattva Who Listens to the Sounds of All the World'': "Should you be pushed into a raging fire pit by enemies who are so harmful, mean and cruel, you can evoke the holy strength of Gwan Yin Bodhisattva, and then the blaze will be turned into a limpid pool, so that you can circumvent the extreme danger of being burned." Six realms of reincarnation of all beings are identified in Buddhism: gods, humans, demigods, animals, hungry ghosts and hells. The last three ones are the most painful, which are consequently called "the fire pit". Here, "the fire pit" is used with its extended meaning that refers to the sufferings in the world.--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 09:17, 29 November 2021 (UTC)

''Sutra on the Lotus Flower of the Wondrous Dharma·The Universal Door of the Bodhisattva Who Listens to the Sounds of All the World'': "Should you be pushed into a raging fire pit by enemies who are so harmful, mean and cruel, you can evoke the holy strength of Gwan Yin Bodhisattva, and then the blaze will be turned into a limpid pool, so that you can circumvent the extreme danger of being burned." Six realms of reincarnation of all beings are identified in Buddhism: Heaven, human, Asura, animals, hungry ghosts and hell. The last three ones are the most painful, which are consequently called "the fire pit". Here, "the fire pit" is used with its extended meaning that refers to the sufferings in the world.--[[User:Mao You|Mao You]] ([[User talk:Mao You|talk]]) 08:36, 4 December 2021 (UTC)

==毛优 Máo Yōu 俄语语言文学女 202120081515==

太虚幻境——太虚：指虚无飘渺的太空。出自《庄子·知北游》：“是以不过乎昆仑，不游乎太虚。” 幻境：虚幻的境界。出自唐·王维《为兵部祭库部王郎中文》：“深悟幻境，独与道游。”曹雪芹将二者组合，创造了一个虚构的仙境，当寓“虚无空幻”之意。

The fantasy world of Taixu - Taixu: refers to the vague and ethereal space. From "Zhuangzi - Zhi Bei You": "It is not to be over Kunlun, not to travel in the Tai Xu." Fantasy world: the unreal realm of illusion. From Tang-Wang Wei, "For the Ministry of the Military Department to sacrifice to Wang Langzhong of the Ministry of the Treasury": "Deeply aware of the fantasy world, I traveled alone with the Tao." Cao Xueqin combines the two to create a fictional realm of immortality, which means "nothingness and emptiness".--[[User:Mao You|Mao You]] ([[User talk:Mao You|talk]]) 08:31, 4 December 2021 (UTC)

The fantasy world of Taixu——Taixu refers to the vague and ethereal space from "Zhuangzi - Zhi Bei You": "It is not to be over Kunlun, not to travel in the Tai Xu." Fantasy world: the unreal realm of illusion from Wang Wei from Tang Dynasty "For the Military Department to mourn the Ministry Wang of the Treasury Department": "Deeply aware of the fantasy world, I traveled alone with the Tao." Cao Xueqin combined the two to create a fictional realm of immortality, which means "nothingness and emptiness".--[[User:Mou Yixin|Mou Yixin]] ([[User talk:Mou Yixin|talk]]) 15:23, 4 December 2021 (UTC)

==牟一心 Móu Yīxīn 英语语言文学（英美文学）女 202120081516==

“假作真”一联──意谓如果以假为真，真假必然混淆，那么真的也可能被当作假的；如果以无为有，有无必然混淆，那么有也可能被当作无。影射世人真假不分，是非不辨。

“falsehood serves as genuineness” means that if regarding falsehood as genuineness, the two will be bound to get into confusion and then truth is likely to be seen as sham; this is true in the case of nothingness and reality. This verse insinuates that people fail to distinguish fact from fiction, right from wrong.--[[User:Mou Yixin|Mou Yixin]] ([[User talk:Mou Yixin|talk]]) 07:24, 29 November 2021 (UTC)

“Falsehood serves as genuineness” means that if regarding falsehood as genuineness, the two will be bound to get into confusion and then truth is likely to be seen as sham; if nothing is taken as something, then there is bound to be confusion, and then something may be regarded as nothing. This verse insinuates that people fail to distinguish fact from fiction, right from wrong.--[[User:Peng Ruixue|Peng Ruixue]] ([[User talk:Peng Ruixue|talk]]) 14:30, 29 November 2021 (UTC)

==彭瑞雪 Péng Ruìxuě 法语语言文学女 202120081517==

有命无运──古人认为人的先天禀赋的贵贱寿夭为“命”，而现实生活中的遭遇为“运”。“有命无运”就是虽有好的禀赋，却无好的机遇，所以将终生坎坷。

Destiny without fortune -- ancient people believe that a person's birth and life expectancy are "destiny", while what happens to them in real life is "fortune". "To have a destiny but no fortune is to have good gifts but no good opportunities, so one will have a difficult life.--[[User:Peng Ruixue|Peng Ruixue]] ([[User talk:Peng Ruixue|talk]]) 14:23, 29 November 2021 (UTC)

==秦建安 Qín Jiànān 外国语言学及应用语言学女 202120081518==

“惯养”一联──菱花：指英莲将来改名香菱。空对雪澌澌：隐喻英莲将遭受冷落乃至虐待。雪：“薛”的谐音，指薛蟠。

One of the couplet "guanyang"--"''linghua''"（water chestnut）：it refers to Yinglian will change her name into "XiangLing"."空对雪澌澌"(kong dui xue si si)metaphorically means Yinglian will be ignored and even abused. "雪"(xue) is homophonic with "薛"(xue) which points to XuePan.--[[User:Qing Jianan|Qing Jianan]] ([[User talk:Qing Jianan|talk]]) 06:47, 29 November 2021 (UTC)

The couplet " to be spoiled"--linghua（water chestnut）refers to that Yinglian would rename to XiangLing. And snow melting away metaphorically means Yinglian will be ignored and even abused. Snow( pronounced as xue in Chinese)is homophonic with Xue which refers to XuePan.--[[User:Qiu Tingting|Qiu Tingting]] ([[User talk:Qiu Tingting|talk]]) 11:42, 29 November 2021 (UTC)

==邱婷婷 Qiū Tíngtíng 英语语言文学（语言学）女 202120081519==

澌澌：落雪的声音，形容大雪。 “菱花”两句暗指英莲虽被爹娘娇惯，将来却做薛蟠之妾，而且将受到冷落乃至虐待。此联隐喻甄英莲及其家庭的命运。

Gurgling: the sound of snow falling, used to describe heavy snow. The phrase “Ling Hua”(Water Chestnut) implies that although Ying Lian was spoiled by her parents, she would become Xue Pan's concubine and would be snubbed and even abused by him in the future. This couplet metaphors the fate of Zhen Yinglian and her family.--[[User:Qiu Tingting|Qiu Tingting]] ([[User talk:Qiu Tingting|talk]]) 11:46, 29 November 2021 (UTC)

Gurgling: the sound of snow falling, used to describe heavy snow. The “Ling Hua” implies although Yinglian was coddled by her parents, she would marry Xue Pan as a concubine in the future and would be neglected and even abused. This couplet metaphors the fate of Yinglian and her family.--[[User:Rao Jinying|Rao Jinying]] ([[User talk:Rao Jinying|talk]]) 08:28, 29 November 2021 (UTC)

==饶金盈 Ráo Jīnyíng 英语语言文学（语言学）女 202120081520==

“好防”一联：此联暗指后文甄士隐家将于三月十五日遭火灾。三劫──佛教用语。“三阿僧祇劫”的省略。指菩萨修成正果所需的时间。泛指极长的时间。

The couplet “Being on guard” implies the content of following text that Zhen Shiyin’s home would suffer a fire disaster on 15th Mar. Three misfortunes in life, a Buddhism term, is the abbreviation of “San E Seng Du JIe”, that is, the time for a Budhisattva to get to the promised land, and it refers to a long time in general.--[[User:Rao Jinying|Rao Jinying]] ([[User talk:Rao Jinying|talk]]) 08:14, 29 November 2021 (UTC)

The couplet “take precautions”alludes that in the following paragraphs, Zhen Shiyin’s house will be ravaged by fire on March 15th. “Three Tribulations”, a Buddhist term, is the omitted form of “Three Longstanding and Formidable Tribulations”, which refers to the time it takes for a Bodhisattva to achieve the fruition. It is used to illustrate extremely long period of time in a general sense.--[[User:Shi Liqing|Shi Liqing]] ([[User talk:Shi Liqing|talk]]) 06:55, 29 November 2021 (UTC)

==石丽青 Shí Lìqīng 英语语言文学（英美文学）女 202120081521==

北邙山──又作“北芒山”。本名邙山，因在洛阳之北，故名。东汉、魏、晋时王侯公卿多葬于此，后世即成为墓地的代称。

Beimang Mountain is also known as “North Mang Mountain”. Originally called Mang Mountain, it gets its existing name for the reason that it lies in the north of Luoyang in Henan Province. In the Eastern Han, Wei and Jin Dynasties, it boasted the burial ground of the feudal aristocrats, and later became synonymous with the cemetery.--[[User:Shi Liqing|Shi Liqing]] ([[User talk:Shi Liqing|talk]]) 02:53, 29 November 2021 (UTC)

Beimang Mountain is also known as “North Mang Mountain”. Originally called Mang Mountain, it gets its existing name for the reason that it lies in the north of Luoyang. In the Eastern Han, Wei and Jin Dynasties, most of the feudal aristocrats were buried here.So it became
the another name of cemeteries later.--[[User:Sun Yashi|Sun Yashi]] ([[User talk:Sun Yashi|talk]]) 08:52, 1 December 2021 (UTC)

==孙雅诗 Sūn Yǎshī 外国语言学及应用语言学女 202120081522==

“然生得”四句──意谓贾雨村生得一副福相。古人以为“腰圆背厚”、“面阔口方”、“剑眉星眼”、“直鼻方腮”皆为福相的特征，而贾雨村兼有，故下文说“怪道又说他必非久困之人”。此为贾雨村将来飞黄腾达作铺垫。

The four sentences,"Ran Sheng De",means that Jia Yucun was born with an appearance showing good fortune.The ancients think that "round waist and thick back", "big face and wide mouth", "sword eyebrows and star eyes", "straight nose and square cheek" are all the features of the appearance that shows good fortune. Jia Yucun has all these features, so the following text says "The strange priest said that he must not be trapped for a long time".This indicates that Jia Yucun will be successful in his official career in the future.--[[User:Sun Yashi|Sun Yashi]] ([[User talk:Sun Yashi|talk]]) 08:37, 1 December 2021 (UTC)

The four sentences, “Ran Sheng De”, means that Jia Yucun’s features promise a good fortune. The ancients thought that "round waist and thick back", "big face and wide mouth", "sword eyebrows and star eyes", and "straight nose and square cheek" are all the characteristics of man whose appearance promise a good fortune, and Jia Yucun has all, so the following says "The strange priest said that he must not be trapped for a long time". This indicates that Jia Yucun will have a meteoric rise in life in the future.--[[User:Wang Lifei|Wang Lifei]] ([[User talk:Wang Lifei|talk]]) 08:30, 4 December 2021 (UTC)

==王李菲 Wáng Lǐfēi 英语语言文学（英美文学）女 202120081523==

口占五言一律──意谓随口念出五言律诗一首。口占：口头吟诗吟词。五言律：“五言律诗”的简称，亦简称“五律”。诗体之一。

Oral five-character poem—which means reciting a five-character poem casually.

Annotation:

Oral: recite poems and lyrics verbally.

Five-character poem: the abbreviation of “five-character rhythmic poem”, also known as “five-character rhythm” . One of the poetic forms.--[[User:Wang Lifei|Wang Lifei]] ([[User talk:Wang Lifei|talk]]) 07:05, 1 December 2021 (UTC)

A poem in five words, recited orally. Mouthfuls: verbal recitation of poetry and lyrics. Wuyan Rhythm: short for "five-word rhythm poem", also known as "five rhythm". One of the poetic genres.--[[User:Wang Yifan21|Wang Yifan21]] ([[User talk:Wang Yifan21|talk]]) 12:24, 1 December 2021 (UTC)

==王逸凡 Wáng Yìfán 亚非语言文学女 202120081524==

即每句五字的律诗，每首共八句四十字。如果每句七字，则称“七言律诗”，简称“七言律”或“七律”。如果每首超过十句(不论五言、七言)，则称“排律”或“长律”。

This is a rhyme of five words per stanza, with eight stanzas of forty words each. If each stanza is seven words long, the poem is called a "seven-word rhyme", or "seven-word rhyme" for short. If each stanza is longer than ten (whether five or seven), the poem is called a "line of rhythm" or "long rhythm".--[[User:Wang Yifan21|Wang Yifan21]] ([[User talk:Wang Yifan21|talk]]) 04:36, 29 November 2021 (UTC)

==王镇隆 Wáng Zhènlóng 英语语言文学（英美文学）男 202120081525==

因其有一整套严格的格律规定，故称“律诗”。“未卜”一联──未卜：不可预知。三生愿：指婚姻。频：时时刻刻。

Because it has a whole strict system of rhythm regulations, it is called rhyme. The couplet “Uncertainty”——Uncertainty means unpredictable. Three lives’ wishes: marriage. Frequency: at every moment or hour by hour.--[[User:Wei Yiwen|Wei Yiwen]] ([[User talk:Wei Yiwen|talk]]) 09:07, 5 December 2021 (UTC)

==卫怡雯 Wèi Yíwén 英语语言文学（英美文学）女 202120081526==

此联是贾雨村自谓欲与甄家丫鬟(后文才交代其名字为娇杏)结姻的愿望不知能否实现，因而增添了一种无法摆脱的愁绪。“自顾”一联──自顾风前影：这里化用了“顾影自怜”一典。

This couplet is an expression of Jia Yucun who wanted to get married with Zhen’s maid(later mentioned her name as Jiao Xing which implied that she was lucky). But he didn’t know whether this wish can be achieved and thus added an inextricable melancholy. The couplet “Self-pity”——looking at the shadow in the wind: it cited the allusion of “Gu Ying Zi Lian” with its meaning of looking at one’s shadow and lamenting himself. --[[User:Wei Yiwen|Wei Yiwen]] ([[User talk:Wei Yiwen|talk]]) 12:37, 29 November 2021 (UTC)

This couplet is the expression of Jia Yucun who wanted to get married with the maid of Zhen (later known as Jiaoxing) but didn’t know whether this wish can be achieved thus felt an inextricable melancholy. The couplet——looking at the shadow in the wind, cited the allusion of “when looking at my pityful shadow, I feel very sad(顾影自怜)” .--[[User:Wei Chuxuan|Wei Chuxuan]] ([[User talk:Wei Chuxuan|talk]]) 13:18, 3 December 2021 (UTC)

==魏楚璇 Wèi Chǔxuán 英语语言文学（英美文学）女 202120081527==

典出晋·陆机《赴洛道中作二首》其一：“伫立望故乡，顾影凄自怜。”意谓看着自己的身影也觉可爱。表示自我欣赏。堪：能够或配得上之意。

This expression is from a poem group ''Two Poems Written in the Tour to Luoyang'' written by Lu Ji，a poet of Jin dynasty : when I stand looking towards the direction of my hometown, my shadow looks so pityful that I can not help feeling sad. (伫立望故乡，顾影凄自怜。) This verse means when you look at your shadow, you think it is lovely, referring to a kind of self-appreciation. Kan(堪): means being able to do something or deserving something.--[[User:Wei Chuxuan|Wei Chuxuan]] ([[User talk:Wei Chuxuan|talk]]) 08:20, 29 November 2021 (UTC)

This allusion is from one of the poem in ''Two Poems Written on the Way to Luoyang'' written by Lu Ji in Jin Dynasty: when I stand, looking towards the direction of my hometown, my shadow looks so pityful that I can not help feeling sad. (伫立望故乡，顾影凄自怜。) This means when I look at my own shadow, I think it is lovely, referring to a kind of self-appreciation. Kan(堪): means being able to do something or deserving something.--[[User:Wei Zhaoyan|Wei Zhaoyan]] ([[User talk:Wei Zhaoyan|talk]]) 08:12, 3 December 2021 (UTC)

==魏兆妍 Wèi Zhàoyán 英语语言文学（英美文学）女 202120081528==

月下俦：这里化用了唐·李复言《续玄怪录·定婚店》的故事：唐人韦固夜过宋城，见一老翁在月下翻看簿册，问之，才知是婚姻簿子。老翁并携赤绳，言其一旦用此赤绳系住一男一女之足，二人必成夫妻。后人即把“月下老人”奉为婚烟之神。

Marriage below the moon: This was borrowed from the story of ''The Sequel of Xuanguai Lu • Dinghun Dian'' by Li Fuyan in Tang Dynasty: When Wei Gu of the Tang Dynasty passed by Song city at night, he saw an old man reading through a thin book under the moon. After asking him, he knew it was a marriage book. The old man was also holding a red line and claimed that once a man and a woman's feet were tied with this red rope, they would get married. Then “the old man under the moon” was worshiped as Hymen by the later generation.--[[User:Wei Zhaoyan|Wei Zhaoyan]] ([[User talk:Wei Zhaoyan|talk]]) 07:18, 29 November 2021 (UTC)

Marriage below the moon: it was borrowed from the story of ''The Sequel of Xuanguai Lu • Dinghun Dian'' by Li Fuyan in Tang Dynasty: When Wei Gu of the Tang Dynasty passed by Song city at night, he saw an old man reading through a thin book under the moon. After asking him, he knew it was a marriage book. The old man was also holding a red line and claimed that once a man and a woman's feet were tied with this red rope, they would get married. Then “the old man under the moon” was respected as Hymen by the later generation.--[[User:Wu Jingyue|Wu Jingyue]] ([[User talk:Wu Jingyue|talk]]) 13:46, 29 November 2021 (UTC)

==吴婧悦 Wú Jìngyuè 俄语语言文学女 202120081529==

这里是成婚之意。此联是贾雨村一面顾影自怜，一面暗想：将来谁能做我的配偶？“蟾光”一联──蟾光：月光。

Here it means to get married. This association is the reflection of Jia Yucun‘s one side of self-pity, and one side of thinking: who can be my mate in the future? A antithetical couplet “Changuang” -- Changuang : Moonlight.--[[User:Wu Jingyue|Wu Jingyue]] ([[User talk:Wu Jingyue|talk]]) 13:44, 29 November 2021
Here is the meaning of marriage. This couplet is Jia Yucun's self pity and Thinking: who can be my spouse in the future? "Toad light": moonlight.--[[User:Wu Yinghong|Wu Yinghong]] ([[User talk:Wu Yinghong|talk]]) 12:26, 1 December 2021 (UTC)

==吴映红 Wú Yìnghóng 日语语言文学女 202120081530==

因相传月宫中有蟾蜍，故称。又暗用“蟾宫折桂”的成语。晋·郤诜获得举贤良方正对策第一名后，对晋武帝说：“臣举贤良对策，为天下第一，犹桂林之一枝，若昆山之片玉。”(事见晋·王隐《晋书》、通行本《晋书·郤诜It is said that there are toads in the Moon Palace, so it is called. And secretly use the idiom "toad palace wins laurel". After Jin Jiashen won the first place in the selection of virtuous and upright countermeasures, he said to Emperor Wu of Jin: "the minister's selection of virtuous and upright countermeasures is the first in the world. It is still one branch of Guilin and like a piece of jade in Kunshan." (see Jin Shu by Wang Yin and the current book Jin Shu Jiashen Biography)

According to legend, there are toads in the moon palace, for which the name was given. People also used the idiom "Toad Hall wins the prize". After winning the first prize, Jin Zhenshen said to emperor Wu of the Jin Dynasty, "The wise and virtuous policy is the best in the world, one of the branches of the Jugui forest, like the piece of jade in Kunshan." (Things see Jin wang Hidden "Jin shu", the introduction of this "Jin Shu · zhenxian”--[[User:Xiao Yiyao|Xiao Yiyao]] ([[User talk:Xiao Yiyao|talk]]) 16:28, 3 December 2021 (UTC)

==肖毅瑶 Xiāo Yìyáo 英语语言文学（英美文学）女 202120081531==

唐人将“折桂”之“桂”傅会为神话传说中月宫之“桂”，遂产生了“蟾宫折挂”这一成语。事见宋·叶唐人将“折桂”之“桂”傅会为神话传说中月宫之“桂”，遂产生了“蟾宫折挂”这一成语。事见宋·叶梦得《避暑录话》卷下：“世以登科为‘折桂’，此谓郤诜对策东堂，自云‘桂林一枝’也。自唐以来用之……其后以月中有桂，故又谓之‘月桂’。

People in Tang Dynasty considered the word “桂 “ in “折桂” referred to cinnamon of the moon palace in Chinese mythologies, and then “Chan Gong Zhe Gui ” came into being, which meant obtaining a high degree. According to “Summer Record” by Ye Mengde: People regarded succeeding in the Imperial Examination as “Zhe Gui”, and it originated in that Xi Shen called himself as a branch of cinnamon in the cinnamon forest when facing the emperor in his imperial test. Since Tang Dynasty, the word was used widely. Because there are cinnamon in moon based on the mythology, then it was also called laurel.--[[User:Xiao Yiyao|Xiao Yiyao]] ([[User talk:Xiao Yiyao|talk]]) 10:42, 1 December 2021 (UTC)

People in Tang Dynasty considered the word “cinnamon “ in “plucking cinnamon” referred to cinnamon of the moon palace in Chinese mythologies, and then “plucking cinnamon in the toad palace ” came into being, which meant obtaining a high degree in the imperial examination. According to “Summer Record” by Ye Mengde: People regarded succeeding in the Imperial Examination as “plucking cinnamon”, and it originated in that Xi Shen called himself as a branch of cinnamon in the cinnamon forest when facing the emperor in his imperial test. Since Tang Dynasty, the word was used widely. Because there are cinnamon in moon based on the mythology, then it was also called laurel.
--[[User:Xie Jiafen|Xie Jiafen]] ([[User talk:Xie Jiafen|talk]]) 00:57, 5 December 2021 (UTC)

==谢佳芬 Xiè Jiāfēn 英语语言文学（英美文学）女 202120081532==

而月中又言有蟾，故又改桂为蟾，以登科为‘登蟾宫’。”参见第九回“蟾宫折桂”注。玉人：美人。这里暗指娇杏。
而月中又言有蟾，故又改桂为蟾，以登科为‘登蟾宫’。”参见第九回“蟾宫折桂”注。玉人：美人。这里暗指娇杏。
In the middle of the moon, it was said that there were toads, so it was changed from cinnamon to toad and "passing civil examinations" is thought as "entering the toad palace". we can see the ninth note "pluck cinnamon flowers in the Palace of the Toad". Jade man: beauty. This implies Lucky.--[[User:Xie Jiafen|Xie Jiafen]] ([[User talk:Xie Jiafen|talk]]) 05:41, 30 November 2021 (UTC)

==谢庆琳 Xiè Qìnglín 俄语语言文学女 202120081533==

此联是贾雨村借月光而隐寓两层意思：一是希望自己能像月光那样到楼上去看他倾心的娇杏；二是企盼自己一旦金榜题名，必定先向娇杏求婚。

==熊敏 Xióng Mǐn 英语语言文学（英美文学）女 202120081534==

“玉在”一联──玉在椟中求善价：典出《论语·子罕》：“子贡曰：‘有美玉于斯，韫椟而藏诸？求善贾而沽诸？’子曰：‘沽之哉，沽之哉！我待贾者也。’”

The jade was placed in the box and expected to sell a good price. “Confucian Analects, Zihan”: The Zigong said: if you have a good jade, will you hide it in the cabinet or sell it to merchants with good price? The Master said:” sell it, sell it!”

==徐敏赟 Xú Mǐnyūn 语言智能与跨文化传播研究男 202120081535==

(斯：此，这里。韫椟：收藏在柜子或木匣里。贾：一说为商人，一说通“价”，皆通。沽：出售，卖掉。)后人即以“椟玉”、“椟藏”或“待贾而沽”、“待贾沽”、“待贾”、“待沽”等来比喻怀才待用或待时出山的人。

==颜静 Yán Jìng 语言智能与跨文化传播研究女 202120081536==

钗于奁内待时飞：典出汉·郭宪《洞冥记》卷二：汉武帝元鼎元年，宫中起造招仙阁，有神女以玉钗赠汉武帝，帝赐与赵婕妤。至汉昭帝元凤年间，宫人欲毁之，将匣子打开时，玉钗化白燕飞去。这里的意思与“玉在椟中求善价”相同。

"The hairpin in the toilet box is waiting to fly" comes from the book of ''The Nether World'' by Guo Xian of the Han Dynasty Volume 2: in the first year of the Yuan Ding of Emperor Wu of the Han Dynasty, the palace started to build the Zhaoxian Pavilion. A goddess presented a jade hairpin to Emperor Wu of the Han Dynasty, and the Emperor gave it to Zhao Jieyu. During the reign of emperor Zhao of the Han Dynasty, when the palace people wanted to destroy it, they opened the box, and the jade hairpin turned into a white swallow and flew away. The meaning here is the same as "the jade in the pot is seeking for good price".

==颜莉莉 Yán Lìlì 国别女 202120081537==

此联表明贾雨村雄心勃勃，信心十足，以为自己犹如椟中之玉、匣中之钗，虽然暂时落魄，将来定能仕途得意，飞黄腾达。

This part shows that Jia Yucun is ambitious and confident. He feels like a jade and hairpin in a box. Although he is down and out for the time being, he will be successful in his career in the future.

Although temporarily depressed, he will be able to be successful in his official career in the future.--[[User:Yan Zihan|Yan Zihan]] ([[User talk:Yan Zihan|talk]]) 08:25, 4 December 2021 (UTC)

==颜子涵 Yán Zǐhán 国别女 202120081538==

芹意──谦词。典出《列子·杨朱》：从前有人觉得芹菜味美，即向乡绅推荐并称赞，乡绅一尝，味道却很差，胃里也不舒服，在场的人都抱怨他，使他十分羞惭。

Meager affection — modest words. From ''Liezi Yangzhu '': Once upon a time, someone thought celery was delicious, and then recommended it to the squire and praised it. When the squire tasted it, the squire tasted it, but he felt terrible and uncomfortable in his stomach. Everyone present complained about him, which made him very ashamed.--[[User:Yan Zihan|Yan Zihan]] ([[User talk:Yan Zihan|talk]]) 08:22, 4 December 2021 (UTC)

Meager afffection— modest words. From ''The Chapter of Yang Zhu in the Liezi'': Once upon a time, someone thought celery was delicious, and then recommended it to the squire and praised it. However,When the squire tasted it, he felt terrible and uncomfortable in his stomach. Everyone present complained about him, which made him very ashamed.--[[User:Yang Jiaying|Yang Jiaying]] ([[User talk:Yang Jiaying|talk]]) 09:51, 5 December 2021 (UTC)

==阳佳颖 Yáng Jiāyǐng 国别女 202120081540==

后即以“芹意”、“芹献”、“献芹”、“芹曝”、“献曝”、“美芹”等代称菲薄的礼物。飞觥(gōng功)献斝(jiǎ假)──形容酒席间频频举杯、互相劝饮的热闹景象。觥、斝：是古代的两种酒器，这里泛指酒杯。

After that, they are called meager gifts,such as "Celery affection", "Celery Offering", "Celery exposure", "beautiful Celery" and so on. The Chinese idioms "飞觥献斝"-Fei Gong Xian Jiǎ Describes the lively scene of raising glasses and urging each other to drink frequently during the banquet. Gong觥 and Jia斝, which are two kinds of wine vessels in ancient times , here refer to the wine cup.--[[User:Yang Jiaying|Yang Jiaying]] ([[User talk:Yang Jiaying|talk]]) 09:42, 5 December 2021 (UTC)

After that, they are called gifts of low price,such as "Celery affection", "Celery Offering", "Celery exposure", "beautiful Celery" and so on. The Chinese idioms "飞觥献斝"-Fei Gong Xian Jiǎ Describes the lively scene of raising glasses and advising each other to drink more during the banquet. Gong觥 and Jia斝, which are two kinds of wine vessels in ancient times , here refer to the wine cup.--[[User:Yang Aijiang|Yang Aijiang]] ([[User talk:Yang Aijiang|talk]]) 11:27, 5 December 2021 (UTC)

==杨爱江 Yáng Àijiāng 英语语言文学（语言学）女 202120081541==

飞觥：挥舞酒杯。献斝：本义为酒席上行酒令规定的饮酒杯数，这里引申为劝饮。“时逢三五”一诗──三五：十五日。

Fei Gong: wave the wine glass. Xian Jia斝:The original meaning is the number of drinking cups stipulated by the drinking games in the banquet, which is extended to advise drinking here. The Poem of "On the fifteenth"---Three Fve: on the fifteenth.

Fei Gong: wave the wineglass. Xian Jia:The original meaning is the number of drinking cups stipulated by the drinking games in the banquet, which is extended to advise drinking here. The Poem of "On the fifteenth"---Three Fve: on the fifteenth each month of the lunar calendar --[[User:Yang Kun|Yang Kun]] ([[User talk:Yang Kun|talk]]) 13:33, 5 December 2021 (UTC)

== Headline text ==
==杨堃 Yáng Kūn 法语语言文学女 202120081542==

这里指农历八月十五日中秋节。满把清光：形容月光皎洁而明亮。护玉栏：玉雕栏杆沐浴在月光之中。

The fifteenth refers to the Mid Autumn Festival on August 15th of the lunar calendar. The full moonlight: described the moonlight as bright and pure. Bathing jade balustrades: it refers to the jade balustrades bathed in the moonlight.--[[User:Yang Kun|Yang Kun]] ([[User talk:Yang Kun|talk]]) 06:51, 29 November 2021 (UTC)

It refers to the Mid Autumn Festival on August 15th of the lunar calendar. The full moonlight: describing the moonlight as bright and clear. Bathing jade balustrades: the jade balustrades is bathed in the moonlight.--[[User:Yang Liuqing|Yang Liuqing]] ([[User talk:Yang Liuqing|talk]]) 08:36, 29 November 2021 (UTC)

==杨柳青 Yáng Liǔqīng 英语语言文学（英美文学）女 202120081543==

此诗表示贾雨村的雄心壮志，即希望自己像高高在上的中秋之月，令万人仰慕。这是贾雨村仕途得意、飞黄腾达的预兆。“飞腾”两句──飞腾：飞黄腾达。接履：义同“接踵”。接二连三、接连不断之意。意谓将不断高升。

This poem shows Jia Yuncun's ambition to be admired by thousands of people like the mid-autumn moon hanging high in the sky. This is the omen of his bright official career and great success in future. “Fly swiftly upward” means achieving success in one’s career. “Follow heels” symbolically means one after and another and here it means being promoted in career continually.--[[User:Yang Liuqing|Yang Liuqing]] ([[User talk:Yang Liuqing|talk]]) 12:12, 1 December 2021 (UTC)

This poem shows Jia Yucun's great ambition in which be admired like the moon in the mid autumn by thousands of people. This is also the portent of his success and promotion in official career.“Fly and soar” means make one's way in the world. “Follow on one's shoes”, same as “follow on one's heels”, means continuously. Previous two sentences mean a continuous ascending in his official career.--[[User:Ye Weijie|Ye Weijie]] ([[User talk:Ye Weijie|talk]]) 04:37, 5 December 2021 (UTC)

==叶维杰 Yè Wéijié 国别男 202120081544==

云霄：比喻高官显宦。这两句是说贾雨村的即兴诗就是其仕途得意、飞黄腾达的预兆。大比──隋、唐以后科举考试的泛称。以其为全国考生参加的考试，故称。

Yunxiao: It is a metaphor for a high-ranking official. These two sentences are saying that Jia Yucun’s improvisational poems are the harbinger of his success and prosperity. Great competition ─ ─ A general term for imperial examinations after the Sui and Tang Dynasties.Thus, it is called the exam taken by candidates nationwide.--[[User:Ye Weijie|Ye Weijie]] ([[User talk:Ye Weijie|talk]]) 04:16, 5 December 2021 (UTC)

Yunxiao: a metaphor for high officials and prominent officials. These two lines mean that Jia Yucun's impromptu poem is an omen of his successful career and soaring to great heights. Dapi--The general term for the imperial examination after Sui and Tang. It is called as the examination for all candidates in China.--[[User:Yi Yangfan|Yi Yangfan]] ([[User talk:Yi Yangfan|talk]]) 13:55, 5 December 2021 (UTC)Yi Yangfan

==易扬帆 Yì Yángfān 英语语言文学（英美文学）女 202120081545==

这里指最高一级的会试。明、清时代的科举考试每三年举行一轮，分为三级：头一年为院考，考生为府、县童生，考取者为生员，通称秀才；次年为乡试，考生为一省的生员(秀才)和在国子监肄业的监生，考取者为举人；

This refers to the highest level of the examination. In the Ming and Qing dynasties, the imperial examinations were held every three years and were divided into three levels: the first year was the examination, in which the candidates were child students of the prefecture or county, and those who took the examination were student members, commonly known as xiucai; the following year was the examination for the countryside, in which the candidates were student members of a province (xiucai) and students who had completed their studies at the Guozhijian, and those who took the examination were juren.--[[User:Yi Yangfan|Yi Yangfan]] ([[User talk:Yi Yangfan|talk]]) 09:58, 2 December 2021 (UTC)Yi Yangfan

This refers to the highest level of the imperial examinations. During the Ming and Qing dynasties, the imperial examinations were held every three years and were divided into three levels: the first year was the examination, in which the candidates were Tongsheng, scholars in prefecture or county studying for the lowest degree in imperial examinations, and those who passed the examination were Shengyuan, commonly known as Xiucai. The following year was the provincial imperial examination, in which the candidates were Shengyuan (Xiucai) and students who had completed their studies at the Imperial Academy, and those who took the examination were Juren.--[[User:Yin Huizhen|Yin Huizhen]] ([[User talk:Yin Huizhen|talk]]) 01:40, 5 December 2021 (UTC)

==殷慧珍 Yīn Huìzhēn 英语语言文学（英美文学）女 202120081546==

第三年为会试，考生为全国的举人，考取者为贡士，贡士再经殿试考中者为进士。春闱一捷──这里指考取进士。春闱：指会试。以其在春天举行，故称。

The third year held the metropolitan examination, and the candidates were Juren, the first- degree scholars all over the country. Candidates who passed the examination were Gongshi, the second-degree scholars, and then those who passed the final imperial examination were Jinshi, the imperial scholars. A success in Chunwei─which refers to the success of passing the final imperial examination and becoming the imperial scholars. Chunwei means metropolitan examination, because it was held in spring. --[[User:Yin Huizhen|Yin Huizhen]] ([[User talk:Yin Huizhen|talk]]) 11:04, 1 December 2021 (UTC)

The metropolitan examination was held on the third year, and the candidates were Juren,the first- degree scholars all over the country. Whoever passed the examination became Gongshi
the second-degree scholars, and finally Jinshi, the imperial scholar. A success in Chunwei── refers to the passing of the final imperial examination and becoming the imperial scholar. Chunwei, the metropolitan examination, gained its name for being held in spring.--[[User:Yin Meida|Yin Meida]] ([[User talk:Yin Meida|talk]]) 15:41, 3 December 2021 (UTC)

==殷美达 Yīn Měidá 英语语言文学（语言学）女 202120081547==

闱：这里指科举考试的考场。捷：本义为战胜、成功，引申为科举及第。黄道之期──即黄道之日。指六吉辰值日之日。《协纪辨方书·卷七·黄道黑道》)

Wei refers to the place for imperial examination. Jie originally means success or triumph, and extends to passing an imperial exam. The dies faustus, also called an auspicious day, is the time when the six lucky gods are on their duties. ''The Book of Coordinating and Distinguishing Climatic,Geographical and Human Conditions·Roll Seven·Auspicious Day and Ominous Day''--[[User:Yin Meida|Yin Meida]] ([[User talk:Yin Meida|talk]]) 15:10, 3 December 2021 (UTC)

Wei refers to the place for imperial examination here. Jie originally means success or triumph, and extends to passing the imperial exam later. The dies faustus, also called an auspicious day, is the time when the six lucky gods are on their duties. ''The Book of Coordinating and Distinguishing Climatic,Geographical and Human Conditions·Roll Seven·Auspicious Day and Ominous Day''--[[User:Yin Yuan|Yin Yuan]] ([[User talk:Yin Yuan|talk]]) 04:09, 5 December 2021 (UTC)

==尹媛 Yǐn Yuán 英语语言文学（英美文学）女 202120081548==

称：青龙、明堂、金匮、天德、玉堂、司命等六辰为吉神，此六辰值日的日子，诸事皆吉，故称 “黄道吉日”。投谒(yè叶)──本义为投递名帖求见。这里引申为持荐书投拜，以期关照。

It is said that Green Dragon, Bright Hall, Golden Chamber., Day Virtue, Jade Hall, the God of Ciming this six gods symbol goodness. When they are on duty, all things are auspicious, it says "the auspicious and lucky day". Touye——its the original meaning is to deliver the name to see. Here its meaning extended to hand in the testimonial to worship, with the wish to be cared.--[[User:Yin Yuan|Yin Yuan]] ([[User talk:Yin Yuan|talk]]) 15:34, 1 December 2021 (UTC)

It is said that Green Dragon, Bright Hall, Golden Chamber., Day Virtue, Jade Hall, the God of Ciming these six gods symbol goodness. When they are on duty, all things are auspicious, it says "the auspicious and lucky day". Touye——its original meaning is to deliver the name to see. Here its meaning is extended to hand in the testimonial to worship, with the wish to be cared.--[[User:Zhan Ruoxuan|Zhan Ruoxuan]] ([[User talk:Zhan Ruoxuan|talk]]) 09:30, 5 December 2021 (UTC)

==詹若萱 Zhān Ruòxuān 英语语言文学（英美文学）女 202120081549==

谒：晋见。黑道──“黑道日”的略称。六凶辰值日之日诸事皆凶，故称“黑道日”。见《协纪辨方书·卷七·黄道黑道》：“天刑、朱雀、白虎、天牢、玄武、勾陈者，月中黑道也。

“Ye”:call on somebody holding high offices.”Hei Dao”—the Chinese abbreviation of “a black day”. There are six ferocious gods and when they are on duty, all things are sinister. So it says “a black day”. From “the Vol.7 of Good or Bad Luck” in ''Compendium of Auguries'', it is known that “Stern Star, Vermilion Bird, White Tiger, Celestial Prison，Black Tortoise and Curved Array these six gods symbol evil.”--[[User:Zhan Ruoxuan|Zhan Ruoxuan]] ([[User talk:Zhan Ruoxuan|talk]]) 09:25, 5 December 2021 (UTC)
Ye: see you. Yakuza -- short name for Yakuza Day. Six fierce day on duty all things are fierce, it is called "yakuza day". See "Xie Ji Bian Fang book · volume 7 · Huangdao Black road" : "Day punishment, rosefinch, white tiger, day prison, xuanwu, hook Chen, in the middle of the black road also.--[[User:Zhang Qiuyi|Zhang Qiuyi]] ([[User talk:Zhang Qiuyi|talk]]) 14:06, 5 December 2021 (UTC)

==张秋怡 Zhāng Qiūyí 亚非语言文学女 202120081550==

所理之方，所值之日，皆不可兴土功、营屋舍、移徙、远行、嫁娶、出军。”社火花灯──这里指元宵节表演各种杂耍，张挂各种灯笼。
On the day when you are worth it, you should not do anything with soil, camp, emigrate, travel far, marry or leave the army." She Huo Huadeng -- here refers to the Lantern Festival to perform various kinds of acrobatics, hanging lanterns.--[[User:Zhang Qiuyi|Zhang Qiuyi]] ([[User talk:Zhang Qiuyi|talk]]) 14:05, 5 December 2021 (UTC)

==张扬 Zhāng Yáng 国别男 202120081551==

社火：逢年过节百姓举行酬神赛会，表演各种杂耍，以示庆贺，并兼娱乐。社：土地社。引申以泛指神。鹑(chú n纯)衣──典出《荀子·大略》：“子夏贫，衣若县鹑。”(县：通“悬”。)

SheHuo(社火): on every New Year's festivals, people hold big rallies for pilgrimage and perform various acrobatics to celebrate and entertain. She(社): Land agency. Extended to refer to God in general. Quail("鹑"chú n equals "纯") clothes - comes from ''Xunzi: The Outline'': "Zi Xia is poor, and his clothes are like hanging(县) quails." ("县"xian equals "悬"xuan.)--[[User:Zhang Yang|Zhang Yang]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yang|talk]]) 15:12, 28 November 2021 (UTC)

SheHuo(社火):the people's annual festival of the gods, performing a variety of juggling, to celebrate and entertain.She(社): Land agency. Extended to refer to God in general. Quail("鹑"chú n equals "纯") clothes - comes from ''Xunzi: The Outline'': "Zi Xia is poor, and his clothes are like hanging(县) quails." ("县"xian equals "悬"xuan.)--[[User:Zhang Yiran|Zhang Yiran]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yiran|talk]]) 01:57, 29 November 2021 (UTC)

==张怡然 Zhāng Yírán 俄语语言文学女 202120081552==

比喻破烂的衣服。因鹌鹑羽稀秃尾，十分难看，故以为喻。笏满床──典出《旧唐书·崔神庆传》：“开元中，神庆子琳等皆至大官，群从数十人，趋奏省闼。每岁时家宴，以一榻置笏，重叠于其上。”
A metaphor for tattered clothes. It is used as a metaphor for a quail's sparse feathers and bald tail, which is very unsightly. The bed was full of wats（笏满床）- from "The Old Book of Tang - Cui Shenqing": "In the middle of Kaiyuan, Shenqing's sons, Lin and others, were all great officials, with dozens of people from the group, and tended to play the provincial office. Whenever there was a family banquet, a couch was placed with wats overlapping on it."--[[User:Zhang Yiran|Zhang Yiran]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yiran|talk]]) 01:52, 29 November 2021 (UTC)

A metaphor for ragged clothes. It is used as a metaphor for a quail's sparse feathers and bald tail, which is very uncomely. The bed was full of wat boards- from "The Old Book of Tang - Cui Shenqing": "In the middle of Kaiyuan, Shenqing's sons, Lin and others, were all great officials, with dozens of people from the group, and tended to play the provincial office. Whenever there was a family banquet, a couch was placed with wats overlapping on it."--[[User:Zhong Yifei|Zhong Yifei]] ([[User talk:Zhong Yifei|talk]]) 08:23, 29 November 2021 (UTC)

==钟义菲 Zhōng Yìfēi 英语语言文学（英美文学）女 202120081553==

形容满门为官。笏：亦名“手板”。是旧时朝臣上朝时手持的一种狭长板子，以象牙或木、竹制成，上面可以记事备忘。

Describe all people in a house as officials. Wat board: also known as "hand board". It is a long and narrow board held by the old courtiers when they went to the court. It is made of ivory, wood and bamboo. You can keep notes on it.--[[User:Zhong Yifei|Zhong Yifei]] ([[User talk:Zhong Yifei|talk]]) 01:50, 29 November 2021 (UTC)

It means that the whole family are officials. Scepter board: also known as “hand board”, which is a long and narrow tablet held before the breast by officials when received in audience by the emperor. It is made of ivory, wood and bamboo. People can keep notes on it to remember things.--[[User:Zhong Yulu|Zhong Yulu]] ([[User talk:Zhong Yulu|talk]]) 08:05, 29 November 2021 (UTC)

==钟雨露 Zhōng Yǔlù 英语语言文学（英美文学）女 202120081554==

陇头──坟头。陇：通“垄”。坟墓。《礼记·曲礼上》：“适墓不登垄。”郑玄注：“垄，冢也。”

Long Tou—tomb. Long(陇)—similar to Long(垄)，the grave. Quli in the Book of Rites:“Don’t climb to the grave.” Zheng Xuan annotates:“Long, a grave.”--[[User:Zhong Yulu|Zhong Yulu]] ([[User talk:Zhong Yulu|talk]]) 07:48, 29 November 2021 (UTC)

Long Tou— the tomb. Long(陇)— the same as Long(垄)，the grave. Quli in the Book of Rites:“Don’t climb to the grave when you exactly see the grave.” Zheng Xuan annotates:“Long, a grave.”--[[User:Zhou Jiu|Zhou Jiu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Jiu|talk]]) 08:32, 29 November 2021 (UTC)

==周玖 Zhōu Jiǔ 英语语言文学（英美文学）女 202120081555==

强梁──典出《墨子·鲁问》：“譬有人于此，其子强梁不材，故其父笞之，其邻家之父举木而击之。”原指为人强横凶暴，胡作非为。引申为强盗。

Qing Liang—derives from Mo Zi: “ For example, there is a man whose son is cruel and unpromising. Therefore, his father beats him, and the neighbor’s father also raised a stick and struck him.” It originally means one is cruel ferocious and commit any outrages. Extension for the bandit.--[[User:Zhou Jiu|Zhou Jiu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Jiu|talk]]) 07:26, 29 November 2021 (UTC)

Qiang Liang-derives from ''Mo-tse: Lu's questions'':"For instance, there is a son who is too strong to be useful. The father teaches him by whipping him with a bamboo stick. When the old man next door saw this, he raised his stick and beat the son severely." The word originally refers to people who are very violent and commit many outrages. Later it was extended to mean robber. --[[User:Zhou Junhui|Zhou Junhui]] ([[User talk:Zhou Junhui|talk]]) 07:56, 29 November 2021 (UTC)

[[File:Example.jpg]]==周俊辉 Zhōu Jùnhuī 法语语言文学女 202120081556==

择膏粱──意谓挑选富贵人家的子弟做女婿。膏粱：“膏粱子弟”的略称。意谓吃肉类和细粮(泛指精美食物)人家的子弟。

To choose a rich fatty diet means to choose the son of a rich man as a son-in-law. Rich fatty meals: Abbreviation for "the son of a rich and important family". It means the children of rich family who eat meat and fine grains （generally refers to exquisite food).
--[[User:Zhou Junhui|Zhou Junhui]] ([[User talk:Zhou Junhui|talk]]) 07:24, 29 November 2021 (UTC)

“择膏梁” means choosing a son-in-law from a rich family. 膏梁: the abbrevation of "膏梁子弟". It means the children of family who eat meat and fine grain (generally referring to delicate food).--[[User:Zhou Qiao1|Zhou Qiao1]] ([[User talk:Zhou Qiao1|talk]]) 06:27, 30 November 2021 (UTC)

==周巧 Zhōu Qiǎo 英语语言文学（语言学）女 202120081557==

泛指富贵人家的子弟。“因嫌”二句──嫌纱帽小：意谓嫌官小。纱帽：旧时纱制的官帽。

It generally refers to the children of wealthy parents. The phrase "因嫌" is unsatisfied with the small gauze hat, which denotes the petty officials. The gauze hat: an official hat made of yarn in ancient.--[[User:Zhou Qiao1|Zhou Qiao1]] ([[User talk:Zhou Qiao1|talk]]) 06:15, 30 November 2021 (UTC)

Refers to the children of wealthy families in general. "Therefore, discontent" the two words mean that the yarn hat is too small, and it is a metaphor that the official is too small. Yarn Hat: An official hat made of yarn in the old days.--[[User:Zhou Qing|Zhou Qing]] ([[User talk:Zhou Qing|talk]]) 02:05, 29 November 2021 (UTC)

==周清 Zhōu Qīng 法语语言文学女 202120081558==

锁枷扛：泛指犯罪坐牢。锁枷：两种刑具。这两句是说因嫌官小而贪赃枉法，以致犯罪入狱，披枷戴锁。

Shackle uplift: refers to jail for crimes in general. Shackles: Two types of instruments of torture. These two sentences mean that because of the petty officials, they were corrupt and broke the law, leading to crimes and imprisonment.

Shackle uplift: refers to jail for crimes in general. Shackles: Two types of torture instruments. These two sentences mean that because of the low post , they were corrupt and broke the law, spending the rest of their life in a prison in chains.--[[User:Zhou Xiaoxue|Zhou Xiaoxue]] ([[User talk:Zhou Xiaoxue|talk]]) 08:45, 29 November 2021 (UTC)

==周小雪 Zhōu Xiǎoxuě 日语语言文学女 202120081559==

“昨怜”二句──紫蟒：绣蟒紫袍。以其为旧时高官之礼服，故借喻高官。这两句是说从贫穷到富贵只是转眼间的事。喻世事变幻无常。

"Yesterday's pity" -These two sentences mean that from poverty to rich is only a matter of time. It refers to the impermanence of life.
purple python ：the purple embroidered robe.Ancient official dress, here refers to the high official.--[[User:Zhou Xiaoxue|Zhou Xiaoxue]] ([[User talk:Zhou Xiaoxue|talk]]) 08:32, 29 November 2021 (UTC)

==朱素珍 Zhū Sùzhēn 英语语言文学（语言学）女 202120081561==

反认他乡是故乡──意谓人生在世，不过是匆匆过客，而人们却当作了自己的故乡，以至忙忙碌碌，争名夺利。等到呜呼哀哉，还是赤条条一身而去。所以下文说“甚荒唐，到头来，都是为他人作嫁衣裳”。

==邹岳丽 Zōu Yuèlí 日语语言文学女 202120081562==

面善──面熟。善：熟悉，知道，了解。《礼记·学记》：“不陵节而施之谓孙(逊)，相观而善之谓摩。”孔颖达疏：“善，犹解也。”

Good face - familiar face. Good: familiar, knowing, understanding. 《The book of rites · Student reporters 》: "Teaching without exceeding students' acceptance is called "step by step". Seeing each other's (works) and feeling good, learning from each other is called "" Kong yingdashu said: "if you are good, you still understand."--[[User:Zou Yueli|Zou Yueli]] ([[User talk:Zou Yueli|talk]]) 15:33, 28 November 2021 (UTC)

==Nadia 202011080004==

贾夫人仙逝扬州城，冷子兴演说荣国府

==Mahzad Heydarian 玛莎 202021080004==

却说封肃听见公差传唤，忙出来陪笑启问。
When Zhen Shiyin's father-in-law Feng Su heard the government's servants call him, he quickly came out and greeted them with a smile.

==Mariam toure 2020GBJ002301==

那些人只嚷：“快请出甄爷来！”
Those people just yelled: "Please come out, Master Zhen!"

<nowiki>Insert non-formatted text here</nowiki>[
== http://www.example.com link title ==
]==Rouabah Soumaya 202121080001==

封肃忙陪笑道：“小人姓封，并不姓甄。
Feng Su hurriedly laughed and said,"The villain's surname is Feng, not Zhen.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 15:56, 5 December 2021 (UTC)

==Muhammad Numan 202121080002==

只有当日小婿姓甄，今已出家一二年了。
Only the youngest son-in-law, Chen, has been married for 12 years.--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 12:13, 30 November 2021 (UTC)

==Atta Ur Rahman 202121080003==

不知可是问他？”
I don't know, but can you ask him?

[http://www.example.com link title]==Muhammad Saqib Mehran 202121080004==

那些公人道：“我们也不知什么真假，既是你的女婿，就带了你去面禀太爷便了。”
Those fair-minded people said: "We don't know what is true or false. Since you are your son-in-law, we will take you to face the grandfather."

==Zohaib Chand 202121080005==

大家把封肃推拥而去。

==Jawad Ahmad 202121080006==

封家各各惊慌，不知何事。
English: Feng's family were all very frightened. They didn't know what had happened

==Nizam Uddin 202121080007==

至二更时分，封肃方回来。

==Öncü 202121080008==

众人忙问端的，他说道：“原来新任太爷姓贾名化，本湖州人氏，曾与女婿旧交。

Everyone hurriedly asked the whole of questions, he said: "Actually new appoint of a district magistrate" he names Hua Jia，Born in Huzhou，have an old relationship with daughter husband.--[[User:AkiraJantarat|AkiraJantarat]] ([[User talk:AkiraJantarat|talk]]) 07:00, 4 December 2021 (UTC)

==Akira Jantarat 202121080009==

因在我家门首看见娇杏丫头买线，只说女婿移住此间，所以来传。

Because I saw Jiao Xing buying silk. She said that her husband would move to live in this area. So come to tell you.--[[User:AkiraJantarat|AkiraJantarat]] ([[User talk:AkiraJantarat|talk]]) 06:58, 4 December 2021 (UTC)

==Benjamin Wellsand 202111080118==

我将缘故回明，那太爷感伤叹息了一回。

==Asep Budiman 202111080020==

又问外孙女儿，我说看灯丢了。

I asked my grandson's daughter again, and I said that I lost the light.--Ei Mon Kyaw[[User:EIMONKYAW|EIMONKYAW]] ([[User talk:EIMONKYAW|talk]]) 14:57, 2 December 2021 (UTC)--[[User:EIMONKYAW|EIMONKYAW]] ([[User talk:EIMONKYAW|talk]]) 14:57, 2 December 2021 (UTC)Ei Mon Kyaw

==Ei Mon Kyaw 202111080021==

太爷说：‘不妨，待我差人去，务必找寻回来。’

The grandfather said: ‘May be, when I send someone, you must find it back.’--[[User:EIMONKYAW|EIMONKYAW]] ([[User talk:EIMONKYAW|talk]]) 06:59, 1 December 2021 (UTC)Ei Mon Kyaw-Ei Mon Kyaw-[[User:EIMONKYAW|EIMONKYAW]] ([[User talk:EIMONKYAW|talk]]) 06:59, 1 December 2021 (UTC)

The grandfather said, "Do not worry about it. I will send someone to find it back."--[[User:Chen Jing|Chen Jing]] ([[User talk:Chen Jing|talk]]) 15:20, 5 December 2021 (UTC)